General Catalog Issue

Bulletin

GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE

2000 2001

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

FALL 2000 WINTER 2001 SPRING 2001 SUMMER 2001 FALL 2001

International application Priority Filing Dates March 1 July 1, 2000 Sept. 1, 2000 Dec. 1, 2000 March 1

Graduate study application April 1 Sept. 1, 2000 Nov. 1, 2000 Feb. 1 April 1

Undergraduate application or re-enrollment June 1 Oct. 1, 2000 Feb. 1 May 1 June 1 Priority Filing Dates

†Advance registration begins, touchtone May 17 Nov. 6, 2000 Feb. 21 ‡April May 21 phone and Web Access

Continuous registration and adjustments Oct. 6 Jan. 19 April 13 June 29 Oct. 5 until

Classes begin (day and evening) Sept. 25 Jan. 8 April 2 June 25 Sept. 24

Last day to enroll in classes, add a class, Oct. 6 Jan. 19 April 13 varies Oct. 5 or make section changes

Late payment fee begins Oct. 9 Jan. 22 April 16 § Oct. 8

Last day of refund period and drop without Oct. 20 Feb. 2 April 27 Oct. 19 course recorded

Last day to make changes in grading option, drop from a class without permission Oct. 27 Feb. 9 May 4 varies Oct. 26

Last day to drop a class with department Nov. 17 March 2 May 25 varies Nov. 16 permission

Final examinations Dec. 4-9 March 19-24 June 11-16 ◊Aug. 16-17 Dec. 3-8

††Commencement days June 17 Aug. 18

Term ends Dec. 9 March 24 June 16 Dec. 8

Holidays Nov. 10 Nov. 12 Nov. 23-24 Jan. 15 May 28 July 4 Nov. 22-23 Changes are published in the quarterly Schedule of Classes. †Advance registration beginning dates are tentative. Refer to the quarterly Schedule of Classes for dates and procedures. ‡Summer Session catalog available in April. §One week after session begins. ◊For eight-week courses. ††The annual Commencement Day is in June, and there is a summer ceremony in August; there are no ceremonies in fall or winter.

4 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PROGRAMS OF STUDY

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Accounting 1

Administration of Justice

Anthropology 2

Applied Linguistics 3 Teaching English as a Second Language

Architecture

Art Undergraduate Options: Art History; Drawing/Painting/Printmaking; Graphic Design; Sculpture Graduate Options: Painting, Sculpture, Painting/Sculpture

Athletic Training

Biology 4 Undergraduate Certiﬁcate: Biotechnology

Black Studies

Business Administration 2 Undergraduate options: Accounting; Advertising Management; Finance; General Management; Human Resource Management; Information Systems; Marketing; Supply and Logistics Management Food Industry Management Certiﬁcate

Chemistry 4 Undergraduate option: Biochemistry

Chicano/Latino Studies

Child and Family Studies

Civil Engineering 2, 4 Environmental Engineering minor Graduate option: Civil Engineering Management

Community Development

Computer Applications

Computer Engineering 77

Computer Science

Conﬂict Resolution

Economics 2, 4, 5 Graduate options: General Economics; Applied Economics

Education6 Elementary Education Secondary Education Specialist Program options: Counseling; Curriculum and Instruction; Media/Librarianship; Policy, Foundations, and Administrative Studies; Special Education Educational Leadership Options: Administration; Curriculum and Instruction; Postsecondary Education; Special and Counselor Education

Electrical Engineering 77

Electrical and Computer Engineering

Engineering Management 2 Options: Project Management, Technology Management

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

English Professional Writing

Environmental Management

Environmental Sciences and Resources Options: Biology; Chemistry; Civil Engineering; Economics; General; Geography; Geology; Physics

Environmental Studies

European Studies

Foreign Languages Undergraduate options: Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Russian, Spanish, combination of two or more of these languages; Certiﬁcate: Teaching Japanese as a Foreign Language Graduate: French, German, Spanish

Foreign Literatures and Languages

Geography 4, 5

Geology 4 Undergraduate option: Environmental Geology minor Graduate option: Geohydrology

Gerontology 1

Health Education Undergraduate options: Community Health; Health and Fitness Promotion; Health Sciences; School Health; M.P.H.: Health Education/Health Promotion

History

International Business Studies

International Economics

International Management

International Studies African Studies; East Asian Studies; European Studies; Latin American Studies; Middle East Studies

Latin American Studies

Liberal Studies Options: Arts and Letters; Science; Social Science

Manufacturing Engineering (joint degree with Oregon State University)

Mathematics 2 Graduate option: Statistics

Mathematics Education

Mechanical Engineering 2

Middle East Studies

Music Jazz minor Graduate options: Performance, Conducting

Philosophy

Physics 4

Political Science 5

6 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Minor Certiﬁcate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Psychology 2, 5

Public Administration M.P.A. option: Health Administration; M.P.H. option: Health Administration and Policy

Public Administration and Policy

Science Options: Biology; Chemistry; Environmental; General; Geology

Social Science

Social Work

Sociology 2, 5

Software Engineering (Oregon College of Engineering and Computer Science)

Speech Communication Options: General Speech Communication; Speech and Hearing Sciences

Systems Engineering

Systems Science Options: Anthropology; Business Administration; Civil Engineering; Economics; Engineering Management; General; Mathematics; Mechanical Engineering; Psychology; Sociology

Theater Arts

Urban Studies and Planning Graduate option: Regional Planning

Women’s Studies 1

Writing Options: Fiction, Non-Fiction, Technical Writing

Preprofessional Programs: agriculture; chiropractic; clinical laboratory science; cytotechnology; dental hygiene; dentistry; forestry; law; medicine; naturopathic medicine; nuclear medicine technology; nursing; occupational therapy; optometry; osteopathy; pharmacy; physical therapy; physician assistant; podiatry; radiation therapy; veterinary medicine

1 Postbaccalaureate or graduate certiﬁcate. 4 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral 6 M.A./M.S. offered by Graduate School of Education. 2 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral pro- program of environmental sciences and resources. M.A.T./M.S.T. offered in cooperation with appropriate gram of systems science. 5 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral department. 3 Offered by Department of Applied Linguistics as Teaching program of urban studies. 7 M.S., M.Eng., and Ph.D. in Electrical and Computer English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL). Engineering

CONTENTS Welcome to Portland State University 9 The University, Academic Resources, Undergraduate Admissions, Undergraduate Requirements, University Studies, University Honors Program, Expenses, Financial Aid, Housing, Campus Life, Student Services, University Services Graduate Studies 53 General Information, Graduate Governance, Graduate Degrees, Admission to Graduate Studies, Graduate Fees, Financial Assistance, Enrollment Policies and Credit Regulations, Academic Standing, Academic Honesty, General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements for Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for Master’s Degrees, Systems Science Courses College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 71 Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Chicano/Latino Studies, Child and Family Studies, Economics, English, Environmental Programs, Foreign Languages and Literatures, General/Liberal Studies, Geography, Geology, History, International Studies, Mathematical Sciences, Philosophy, Physics, Preprofessional Programs, Psychology, Science Education, Sociology, Speech Communication, Women’s Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies School of Business Administration 183 Undergraduate Programs, International Business Studies Certificate, Food Industry Management Program, Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting, Graduate Programs, Courses Graduate School of Education 201 Degree Programs, Programs Leading to Licensure, Courses School of Engineering and Applied Science 225 Undergraduate Programs, Graduate Programs, Manufacturing Engineering, Oregon Master of Software Engineering, Systems Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Elec- trical and Computer Engineering, Engineering and Technology Management, Mechanical Engineering, Courses School of Fine and Performing Arts 253 Architecture, Art, Music, Theater Arts Graduate School of Social Work 271 Graduate Programs, Extended Studies, Child Welfare Partnership, Courses, Regional Research Institute for Human Services College of Urban and Public Affairs 277 School of Community Health; Hatfield School of Government: Administration of Justice, Political Science, Public Administration; School of Urban Studies and Planning; Research Institutes School of Extended Studies and Summer Session 311

Institutional Programs 313 Ofﬁce of International Affairs; Supplemental Programs: Army ROTC, Challenge, PSU LINK, Chiron Studies Directories 321 Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Portland State University Ofﬁcers of Administration, Academic Faculty

Index 353

WELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

THE UNIVERSITY

Portland State University is a comprehen- support a high quality educational environ- sive public university of growing distinc- ment and reflect issues important to the tion. The University has more than 16,000 region. It actively promotes the develop- enrolled students and serves 40,000 indi- ment of a network of educational institu- viduals in credit or noncredit classes each tions to serve the community. year, including nearly one-third of the Presidents who have served the Univer- Oregon University System’s enrolled gradu- sity are John F. Cramer, 1955 to 1958; ate students. PSU is Oregon’s primary vehi- Branford P. Millar, 1959 to 1968; Gregory cle for meeting higher education, research, B. Wolfe, 1968 to 1974; Joseph C. Blumel, and public service needs throughout the 1974 to 1986; Natale A. Sicuro, 1986 to Portland metropolitan area. Its research 1988; Roger N. Edgington (interim presi- and study programs are essential elements dent) 1988 to 1990; and Judith A. Ramaley, in the development of the state and the 1990-1997. Daniel O. Bernstine took office region in the decades ahead. The institu- August 1, 1997. tion serves Oregon’s population and commercial center through academic program CAMPUS, CITYSCAPE flexibility, intellectual creativity, and dedication to lifelong learning. The PSU campus is a cityscape, designed to Portland State University is at the center meet student needs. of a dynamic community. Almost 60 per- Occupying 41 buildings in a 49-acre cent of Oregonians live within commuting area, the campus is built around the Park distance of the campus and the population Blocks, a greenway area reserved for pedes- of greater Portland has grown to nearly two trians and bicyclists. The Park Blocks are million people. With its excellent parks, well used by PSU students. Landscaped to cultural facilities, transportation systems, combine utility with natural beauty, they and cityscape, Portland is one of the finest provide a place for students and the com- cities in the United States. As Oregon’s eco- munity to gather, talk, study, or put on an nomic and population center, and as a impromptu concert or lecture. gateway to the Pacific Rim, Portland offers Elevated walkways connect many of the unique opportunities for business, indus- buildings, bridging city streets and provid- try, government, and the University to ing fast, easy routes for busy students. An enhance partnerships that promote eco- underground tunnel network serves the nomic, social, cultural, and international same purpose and contains shops, game development. rooms, and eating places. The University’s mission is to enhance At the edge of campus, the University the intellectual, social, cultural, and eco- merges easily into downtown Portland. The nomic qualities of urban life by providing areas immediately surrounding the campus access throughout the life span to a quality contain private student housing, shops, liberal education for undergraduates and to taverns, convenience stores, dry cleaners, an appropriate array of professional and theaters, and restaurants which primarily graduate programs especially relevant to serve the University. metropolitan areas. The University con- Commercial and governmental centers, ducts research and community service that as well as cultural and entertainment 10 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

resources, are within easy walking distance in specialized courses while actively programs in civil, electrical, and mechani- of campus. Among them are the Oregon involved in their professions.The faculty is cal engineering are accredited by the Engi- History Center, Performing Arts Center, supported by about 700 non-teaching neering Accreditation Commission/ Portland Art Museum, Multnomah County administrative, ofﬁce, and technical Accreditation Board for Engineering and Library, Portland Center with its noted personnel. Technology. The computer science program Lovejoy and Keller fountains, Civic is accredited by the Computing Sciences Stadium, Civic Auditorium, theaters, and ACCREDITATION Accreditation Board. restaurants. In the Department of Speech Commu- The campus is located within 90 min- Portland State University is accredited by nication, the training program in speech utes’ driving time of snow-covered Mt. the Northwest Association of Schools and pathology is accredited by the Education Hood to the east and the famed Oregon Colleges, the ofﬁcial accrediting agency for and Training Board, American Board of coastline to the west. the region. Portland State is a member of Examiners through the American Speech- the Association of American Colleges and Language-Hearing Association. The speech FACULTY Universities. and hearing clinics have accreditation in Various schools and departments within both speech pathology and audiology by PSU faculty members are engaged in teach- the University also are accredited by special the Professional Service Board, American ing, research, and related academic work. agencies. The undergraduate and graduate Board of Examiners in Speech Pathology Many also put their expertise to work in programs and the accounting program of and Audiology through the American community affairs, consulting with local the School of Business Administration are Speech-Language-Hearing Association. business concerns, holding key assign- accredited by the American Assembly of In the College of Urban and Public ments in professional, cultural, and civic Collegiate Schools of Business. The Gradu- Affairs, the Master of Urban Planning groups, working cooperatively with social ate School of Education teacher education degree is accredited by the Planning agencies, or otherwise serving the programs are accredited by the National Accreditation Board, and the Master of community. Council for Accreditation of Teacher Edu- Public Administration degree is accredited Faculty members come from colleges cation and by the Oregon Teacher Stan- by the National Association of Schools of and universities throughout the United dards and Practices Commission. Public Affairs and Administration. States and from foreign countries. The fac- The Graduate School of Social Work The Department of Music is accredited ulty includes more than 600 full-time and program is accredited by the Council on by the National Association of Schools of several hundred part-time members. More Social Work Education. The Department of Music. Programs in the Department of Art than 70 percent of the full-time faculty Chemistry is accredited by the American are accredited by the National Association have doctoral degrees. Many of the part- Chemical Society. The School of Engineer- of Schools of Art and Design. time members from the community lecture ing and Applied Science’s undergraduate

ACADEMIC RESOURCES

The major academic units of the University education programs supplement the major EAR ROUND STUDY are the College of Liberal Arts and Sci- studies and provide many diverse opportu- Y - , ences, the College of Urban and Public nities. Students achieve the understanding DAY AND EVENING Affairs, the professional schools of Business and knowledge necessary to participate Three 11-week terms, Summer Session, Administration, Engineering and Applied fully in the social, political, and cultural and Extended Studies make up PSU’s year- Science, and Fine and Performing Arts, and activities of the community. round study program. The programs and the graduate schools of Education and Master’s degrees are offered in numer- courses described in this catalog are offered Social Work. ous disciplines, and the University offers throughout the year. Students may enter nine doctoral degrees, including degrees in Operating from a solid base of liberal PSU at the beginning of any term. To enroll and professional arts and sciences, the Uni- computer science, engineering, education, mathematics education, social work and for 9 credits or more during fall, winter, or versity encourages innovative curricula spring, formal admission to PSU is both on the undergraduate and the gradu- social research, and four interdisciplinary degrees in which approximately a dozen required; nonadmitted students may take a ate levels through its degree, certificate, maximum of 8 credits per term. In sum- and preprofessional programs. New pro- departments participate. These professional advanced degrees enable students to make mer, students may take a full academic load grams are initiated to meet educational without being admitted formally. See the needs as they are recognized. valuable contributions to society through the use of new knowledge and enhanced academic calendar on page 3 for important Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science awareness of its concerns. dates. degrees are available in a wide variety of See pages 4-6 for a list of the programs fields from the academic colleges and pro- offered at PSU and consult the index for fessional schools. The Bachelor of Music further information about these programs. degree is available for those seeking a professional music degree. Additionally, specialist certificate programs, minors, preprofessional programs, and secondary W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 11

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS

105 Neuberger Hall test scores are submitted directly to PSU 1975 are not required to provide the SAT P.O. Box 751 from the testing board. For more informa- or ACT. Portland, Oregon 97207-0751 tion on these examinations, contact the 3. Subject Requirements. Must satisfac- (503) 725-3511 College Board, 1947 Center Street, Berke- torily complete 14 units (one year equal to www.pdx.edu/ ley, CA 94704; The American College one unit) of college preparatory work in Testing Program, Iowa City, IA 52240; or the following subject areas: HOW TO APPLY: PSU Counseling and Psychological a. English (4 units). Shall include the Services, M343 Smith Memorial Center, study of the English language, literature, DOMESTIC STUDENTS (503) 725-4423. speaking and listening, and writing with emphasis on and frequent practice in Domestic students should submit the fol- 5. The number of students admitted for any term is subject to the availability of writing expository prose during all four lowing information to the Office of Admis- years. sions and Records. space. When space is limited, selection b. Mathematics (3 units). Shall include 1. Application Form and Nonrefund- may be based on grade point average, date of application, intended major, etc. first-year algebra and two additional able Fee. Copies of the official form may years of college preparatory mathematics be obtained from the PSU Office of Admis- 6. Altered Transcripts and Falsified such as geometry (deductive or descrip- sions and Records and at the counseling Applications. Students who knowingly tive), advance topics in algebra, trigo- offices in most Oregon high schools and submit altered transcripts or falsified appli- nometry, analytical geometry, finite community colleges or on-line at http:// cations jeopardize their admission status mathematics, advanced applications, cal- www.pdx.edu. To assure consideration for and could have their registration canceled. culus, probability and statistics, or admission, the application should be sub- All records submitted, filed, and accumu- courses that integrate topics from two or mitted by the dates listed on the form and lated in the Office of Admissions and more of these areas. (One unit is highly must be accompanied by a nonrefundable Records become the property of the recommended in the senior year.) Alge- † bra and geometry taken prior to the $50 application fee . The application and University. the nonrefundable $50 application fee are ninth grade will be accepted. valid for one calendar year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS c. Science (2 units). Shall include a 2. Admission Validation. If the student Entering Freshmen—Residents and year each in two fields of college prepara- does not validate admission by registering Nonresidents. To be admitted as fresh- tory science such as biology, chemistry, men, students need to fulfill each of the physics, or earth and physical science; for classes within one calendar year, the one recommended as laboratory science. student must submit a new application requirements (or alternatives to each) as and pay the $50 fee again. To validate your specified in items 1-4 below. d. Social Studies (3 units). Shall admission, you must register and pay for at include one year of U.S. history, one year 1. High School Graduation Require- of global studies (world history, geogra- least one credit in the term for which you ment. Must have graduated from a stan- phy, etc.), one year of social studies elec- were admitted. dard or accredited high school. Students tive (government highly recommended). 3. Official Transcripts. Transcripts must who have not graduated from high school e. Second Language (2 units). Shall be submitted directly from each high or from a standard or accredited high include two years of the same second school or college attended. Transfer stu- school may meet entry requirements language. dents who have earned fewer than 30 through alternative testing. Alternative Alternatives to the Subject Require- testing includes successful completion of credits of college transfer coursework are ments. (Any one of the following.) required to submit high school tran- the Test of General Education Develop- ment (GED) with a minimum overall score i. Score an average of 470 or above scripts. Since all official transcripts submit- (1410 total) on the SAT II subject ted become the property of PSU and of 46 and a minimum score of 40 on each of the five sub-tests. Students may also exams (English Composition, Math cannot be copied or returned to the stu- Level I or IIc, and a third test of the dent, students are encouraged to obtain meet the high school graduation require- student’s choice). ment with a minimum score of 1,000 on unofficial copies of their transcripts from ii. Take make-up coursework for spe- the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 21 on prior institutions for advising or personal cific subject requirements missed in the American College Test (ACT) and an purposes. high school and achieve a passing average of 470 or above (1,410 total) on grade. Note: Satisfactory completion of 4. Official Scores of College Board each of SAT II subject tests for English, Math 95 or its equivalent (Intermedi- Scholastic Aptitude Test or American Math Level I or IIc, and one additional ate Algebra) fulfills in total the subject College Test. For new freshmen entering subject test of the student’s choice. requirement in mathematics. PSU directly from high school or who have 2. Admissions Test Requirement. Must 4. Grade Point Average Requirement. earned fewer than 30 credits of college submit scores of the Scholastic Aptitude To be admitted, students must have a 2.50 transfer work, scores from the College Test (SAT) or American College Test grade point average in all graded subjects Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or (ACT). Note: Students graduated before taken toward graduation in four years of American College Test (ACT) are required. high school. The applicant is responsible for seeing that

† Fees subject to change without notice. 12 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Alternative to the GPA Requirement. Transfer Evaluations. A copy of the Applications will be considered for all (Either of the following.) transfer evaluation is sent after the transfer terms subject to department and/or Uni- i. 1000 SAT or student has been admitted. versity restrictions and/or course availabil- ii. 21 ACT Academic Probation/Disqualification. ity. Students applying for graduate study 5. Special Admissions. A limited number Academic probation/disqualification will should contact the appropriate academic of students who do not meet the admis- not affect the admissibility of a student department for specific departmental appli- whose complete academic record meets the sions requirements or alternatives listed cation information. minimum admission requirements in effect above may be admitted through special at the time of application. A student who ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS action of an admissions committee. To be fails to meet the minimum admission Applicants must satisfy an English lan- considered on this basis, contact: Portland requirements must petition the Office of guage competency requirement and an State University, Office of Admissions and Admissions and Records. academic preparation requirement. Records, P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR Disciplinary Disqualification. A stu- English Language Competency 97207-0751, (503) 725-3611 or email dent who has been disqualified from Requirement. The English language com- [email protected]. another institution for disciplinary reasons petency requirement applies to all under- Admission of Students Graduated in must be eligible to re-enroll at that institu- graduate students. It may be satisfied by 1984 or Before tion to be considered for admission to Port- scoring 525 on the Test of English as a Students who graduated from high school land State University. Students with Foreign Language (TOEFL). Effective fall extenuating circumstances may petition the in 1984 or before will not be required to term 1996, only the international TOEFL meet the 14 units of prescribed subjects. Scholastic Standards Committee for a waiver of this policy. examination or the PSU institutional They will, however, need to meet the TOEFL examination will be accepted. requirements (or alternatives) effective fall Applicants who do not satisfy the English term 1984. Students who attend a college HOW TO APPLY: language competency requirement may be or a university in the interim between high INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS considered for admission in the English as school graduation and admission will be a Second Language (ESL) program; stu- required to meet the transfer requirements To be considered for admission to Portland dents assigned to the ESL program as a in effect at the time of their transfer. State University for a full course of studies, condition of admission are restricted to non-U.S. citizens must submit an Interna- ESL courses until they attain satisfactory Entering Transfer Students tional Student Application, a $50 (U.S. dol- Oregon Resident. To be admitted as a proficiency in English. Information on lars) nonrefundable application fee, and transfer student, resident applicants must TOEFL test dates, cost, and location of have a minimum GPA of 2.00 in 30 quarter academic documents to show that the stu- testing centers is available from TOEFL, credit hours of transferable college work. dent meets the admission requirements P.O. Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540, or from Students who have accumulated up to 29 described below. All international students www.toefl.org. credits of college work must also meet the must provide evidence of adequate finan- Academic Preparation Requirement. freshman admission requirements. cial resources to pay for their PSU educa- Undergraduate students: by completing Nonresident. To be admitted as a trans- tion and their expenses. academic (university preparatory) U.S. sec- fer student, nonresident applicants must Candidates for admission are given pri- ondary school education or equivalent at have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in 30 quarter ority if complete applications are filed by: an acceptable standard determined by the credit hours of transferable college work. March 1 for fall term Office of Admissions and Records; or, as a Students who have accumulated up to July 1 for winter term transfer student, by completing 30 college 29 credits of college work must also meet September 1 for spring term credits, excluding ESL courses, with a 2.50 the freshman admission requirements. December 1 for Summer Session GPA or better at an accredited American college or university. English as a Second Language Test. Applicants who are admitted to Portland State may take an institutional TOEFL on campus. Call the Testing Office, (503) 725- 4428, for dates and details of the testing program. Intensive English Language Program. Persons seeking English language training only, who do not wish to continue toward university-level academic study, may apply for admission to the Intensive English Lan- guage Program (IELP). The IELP provides non-credit classes only; therefore, no university-level academic credit will be offered. Students must have earned the equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma for admission consideration. Prospective students must be in legal U.S. immigration status at the time of application. Contact the Department of Applied Linguistics, (503) 725-4088, for additional requirements. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 13

ETERANS ADMISSION ART TIME STUDENTS any. The University does not maintain any V ’ P - / records of senior citizen enrollments, but REQUIREMENTS NONADMITTED STUDENTS the registration receipt may be used to (503) 725-3876 (503) 725-3511 obtain a library card. Contact the Senior Adult Learning Center, 113A Urban and Portland State University is approved for A student may take up to a maximum of 8 Public Affairs Building. the training of veterans. credits per term without applying for Veterans considering entering PSU are formal admission. However, a first-time expected to meet admission requirements registrant must complete and provide a RETENTION OF STUDENT appropriate for their educational back- Quick Entry Form to the Office of Admis- DOCUMENTS grounds. (Please see Veterans’ Services sions and Records so a file can be created under Student Services for instruction in on the database. Credit work taken as a All documents submitted to PSU become how to apply.) part-time student is acceptable in degree the property of the University and may Academic Credit. Credit may be programs subject to University regula- not be copied or returned to a student. granted for some types of military service tions. Students who plan to earn a degree Transcripts from other institutions cannot courses on the college level where equiva- at PSU should be admitted formally as soon be copied. lency to Portland State courses can be as possible. Nonadmitted students are not shown. Veterans should provide transcripts eligible to receive financial aid. RELEASE OF STUDENT from appropriate military schools and a Non-admitted students are allowed to INFORMATION copy of VA form DD214 to the Admissions register after all other students. Space may and Records Office upon application to be limited. Please note: The privacy laws do not permit PSU. A student may earn most University the University to discuss a student’s appli- Satisfactory Progress Standards. In degrees as a part-time student. Some cation with anyone other than the appli- order to maintain satisfactory progress, the degrees may be earned by taking courses cant. All inquiries must originate with the student veteran must complete the follow- exclusively at night. Students who wish to applicant. ing credits: earn a degree should apply for admission at Certified for: . . Undergraduate:. . . Graduate: or before their junior year. Part-time stu- STUDENT RECORDS Full time...... 12 credits...... 9 credits dents, especially, should meet regularly Three-quarter time . . . . 9 credits...... 7 credits with an adviser for up-to-date require- One-half time ...... 6 credits...... 5 credits The University Student Records Policy, in ments and University policies. accordance with the federal Family Educa- The GPA required to maintain satisfac- The Schedule of Classes, published each tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as tory progress at Portland State University is term, contains information needed to regis- Amended, governs the collection, use, and 2.00. One hundred and eighty (180) cred- ter as a part-time student. Part-time stu- disclosure of student records with the goal its are required to graduate with a bacca- dents may follow the same advance of ensuring their privacy. Generally it pro- laureate degree (the total is greater in some registration, touchtone telephone, and Web vides the right to nonrelease of confidential programs). Incompletes, withdrawals, access procedures as full-time students. information except as directed by the stu- and audits do not count toward credits Fee payment is required by published dent in a transcript request, or as provided completed and may result in a VA deadlines. by law; the right to inspect educational overpayment. Students are responsible for making records maintained by the University; the For reporting purposes, the last date of sure that prerequisites have been met. Stu- right to correction of errors, a hearing if attendance is the same as the date of official dents should consult schools and depart- necessary, and the right to file a complaint withdrawal from class or classes, date of ments regarding admission to upper- with the U.S. Department of Education. student notification of a change in credits division courses. Prerequisites are listed in Copies of the full Student Records Policy to the Veterans’ Clerk, or the date of deter- individual course descriptions in this cata- are available from the Office of Student mination of unsatisfactory progress, which- log. If a student has not taken the necessary Affairs and the Office of Admissions and ever is earliest. This date determines the prerequisites but feels confident of per- Records. amount of overpayment, if any, incurred by forming the coursework, the student a student not maintaining satisfactory should check with the department. Often progress standards. the department will waive the prerequisite STUDENTS RETURNING Courses may be dropped during the for individuals with equivalent experience TO PSU AFTER AN ABSENCE drop periods, but student veterans are still or learning in the field. Former Portland State University students responsible for reporting any changes in Evening classes on campus at Portland who have attended another college or uni- credits which affect the rate of VA certifica- State University are a continuation of the versity since leaving PSU and who wish to tion. The number of credits completed is regular daytime offerings. Credit courses enroll after an absence must submit a re- checked against the number of credits for have the same academic value whether enrollment application form to the Office which the veteran is certified each term by taken by day or in the evening. of Admissions and Records. Official tran- the Veterans’ certification clerk. Library privileges are available to part- scripts must be submitted from each insti- Failure to maintain satisfactory progress time students and they may use their fee tution attended since leaving PSU. The standards at Portland State University will receipt to obtain or revalidate a library filing date for a re-enrollment is the same as result in the termination of G.I. benefits. card. This is done at the Circulation Desk for new students. Please contact Veterans’ Services, (503) in Millar Library. Part-time students are 725-3876, 118 Smith Memorial Center, for encouraged to obtain an ID card in the more information. Neuberger Hall lobby. Senior citizens, persons 65 or older not enrolled as regular students, may take classes on a space-available basis at no charge other than for special materials, if 14 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

DMISSION TO financial aid for both PSU and the commu- Students who qualify may elect to pursue A nity college courses. Students in this either of these programs. Scholarships are PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS program are initially restricted to eight or available on a competitive basis for those AND SCHOOLS fewer credit hours per term at the PSU who qualify. The ROTC credits earned are campus. Applicants should contact accepted as transfer credits to meet Port- Admission to Portland State University Clackamas Community College at (503) land State University’s total credit require- does not automatically admit students to its 657-6958, ext. 2770, or Mt. Hood Com- ments for graduation. For more professional programs and schools. Stan- munity College at (503) 669-6996, or the information, see the University of Portland dards for admission and evaluation of Portland State University Office of Admis- catalog or contact the professor of aero- transfer credits often exceed general Uni- sions and Records at (503) 725-3511 for space studies, University of Portland, Port- versity requirements. Students should more information. land, Oregon 97203, (503) 283-7216. check this catalog under the appropriate Associate Degree Transfers. Students Army ROTC. For information on the academic unit to determine if a unit has who upon admission have completed an Portland State Army ROTC program, see special admission requirements. Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer (AAOT) page 319. degree at an accredited Oregon community National Student Exchange Program. TRANSFER college or another PSU-approved associate Portland State is a member of the National CREDITS degree, have met all lower-division general Student Exchange Program, which enables education and University requirements. Wr sophomores, juniors, and seniors to attend Accredited Colleges and Universities. 323 is waived. The student must still fulfill state-supported institutions in other areas The Office of Admissions and Records eval- any outstanding upper-division general of the nation for up to one academic year. uates credits from accredited colleges and education requirements. The transfer A.A. Students pay in-state tuition. Call (503) universities. Portland State University may not satisfy all requirements for admis- 725-3511 for applications. accepts college-level credits earned in aca- sion to professional schools. Please check College Courses Completed before demic degree programs at colleges and uni- with each school for specific admission High School Graduation. College courses versities accredited by regional accrediting requirements. taken before a high school diploma is associations and as recommended in Trans- Vocational and Technical Schools. received are accepted in transfer provided fer Credit Practices of Designated Educa- Portland State University generally does the student receives grades of D- or above tional Institutions. All courses are not grant credit for courses which are in the courses and the grades are posted on evaluated to be either equivalent or parallel deemed vocational-technical that are not a college transcript. to PSU courses. Equivalent means that the applicable toward a four-year baccalaureate Health Science Professions. Students catalog course description is substantially degree. A student may petition to have up who have completed preprofessional pro- equal to that in the Portland State Univer- to twelve lower-division vocational-techni- grams at PSU may transfer up to 48 credits sity Bulletin. Parallel means that the cal credits transferred to PSU as general of their professional health science work course is in a discipline which is offered by elective credits, subject to academic from schools accredited by a regional asso- Portland State, even though PSU does not requirements committee review and ciation and/or as indicated in Transfer offer the specific course. approval. Petition forms may be obtained Credit Practices. The health science students Unaccredited and Foreign Institu- from the Office of Admissions and Records, may not receive a bachelor’s degree from tions. Departmental representatives, work- Neuberger Hall Lobby or by calling (503) PSU and from the professional school when ing through the Office of Admissions and 725-3511. both degrees are based essentially on the Records, are authorized to evaluate credits Correspondence Credit. A maximum same credits completed by the student. The transferred from unaccredited or foreign col- of 60 correspondence credits is acceptable residence credit requirement is satisfied by leges and universities or International Bacca- in transfer from schools recognized as insti- completing 45 of the last 60 credits at PSU, laureate (IB) Diplomas after a student has tutions of higher education. after admission to PSU and prior to formal been admitted to PSU. International stu- Community and Junior Colleges. The enrollment in the qualifying professional dents requesting transfer of credit from for- number of lower-division credits to be program. The student must be within 48 eign institutions must supply catalogs and/ accepted in transfer from regionally accred- credits of receiving a bachelor’s degree from or documentation of course content from ited junior colleges and the Oregon com- PSU at the time of matriculation into the those institutions before consideration of munity colleges is limited to 108. professional program. transfer evaluation can be made. Work from Military Service Courses. Credit may Through affiliation agreements from unaccredited schools is evaluated in accor- be granted for military service courses on fully accredited programs at the Veterans dance with the institutions and policies the college level where equivalency to Port- Administration Medical Center in Portland listed in Transfer Credit Practices, published land State courses can be shown. (NMT), Mayo School of Health Related Sci- by the American Association of Collegiate AFROTC Program. Under a coopera- ences in Rochester, Minn., (CYT) and Registrars and Admissions Officers. Credit tive agreement with the University of Port- Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in given for a particular course will not exceed land, Portland State University students New York (CYT), credits will be transferred credit given for the equivalent or corre- may participate in the Air Force Reserve to Portland State University in a manner sponding PSU course. Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) pro- equivalent to academically based programs. Co-admission Programs. Portland gram offered on the University of Portland State University has established co-admis- campus. The purpose of the program, sion programs with Clackamas Community THE ENROLLMENT which is administered by the Aerospace PROCESS College and Mt. Hood Community Col- Studies faculty at the University of Port- lege. Each co-admission program allows land, is to select and train students to serve (503) 725-3412 students to be simultaneously enrolled at as officers in the United States Air Force. both PSU and the community college cam- Registration. Before registering, a student AFROTC offers to men and women a two- should consult the Schedule of Classes, pus. In addition, the program provides for year and a four-year program, both of PSU academic advising and, if qualified, which is available each term, one month which lead to an Air Force commission. prior to the beginning of classes and in the W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 15

spring for fall term. The Schedule of Classes contains the up-to-date information for course selection and registration. KEY TO COURSE Advance registration is accomplished by using the Touchtone Telephone Response DESCRIPTIONS (TTVR) or the PSU homepage Web access via www.pdx.edu registration system. Advanced registration is scheduled accord- Art 489/589 Metal Sculpture (3) ing to the priority dates published in the Bronze or aluminum sculpture cast by the lost wax process. Welded metal sculpture fabrica- Schedule of Classes. For Web access, go to tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding methods. Experimental materials, methods, PSU homepage, www.pdx.edu, click on and concepts optional, consistent with the facilities and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Admissions. Prerequisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture or consent of instructor. Registration and changes are continuous. Students may register until the end of the second week of the term. A preregis- tered student must drop all courses prior to the first day of the term in order to avoid a Course prefix/Subject. These letters indicate the department or academic unit which offers the course. refund percentage charge. Changes in grading option are done via Web access or Course numbering system. Courses throughout the Oregon University System (OUS) are at the Admissions and Records windows, numbered as follows: Neuberger Hall lobby. 0-99 Noncredit courses or credit courses of a remedial, terminal, or semiprofes- A student is formally registered only sional nature not applicable toward degree requirements. when the procedures listed in the Schedule 100-299 Courses on the lower-division level. of Classes have been completed and tuition 300-499 Courses on the upper-division level. and fees have been paid for the term. Stu- dents are financially responsible for all 4xx/5xx Master’s level graduate courses which are also offered as courses for undergraduates. classes and credits in which they are registered on or after the first day of the term. 5xx Graduate courses offered in support of master’s degree level instructional programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to master’s The academic regulations which govern programs or for courses populated by master’s students. drops and withdrawals are described in 5xx/6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional pro- detail on page 26 under “Grading System grams which are also offered as courses for master’s level students. for Undergraduates.” Students who with- 6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level instructional pro- draw or drop may be entitled to certain grams. Ordinarily employed for units whose majors have access to doctorate refunds of fees paid. See page 32 for more programs or for courses populated by doctorate students. information. 7xx Postbaccalaureate courses which may not be applied toward an academic The University reserves the right to degree. drop students who do not attend classes or 8xx In-service courses with limited application toward advanced degrees and no do not have the proper prerequisites. application toward undergraduate degrees. Concurrent Enrollment. Portland State University students paying full tuition In addition, the following number system is generally in effect in all OUS institutions: 100 to may enroll for courses in other units of the 110 and 200 to 210 courses are survey or foundation courses in the liberal arts and sciences in Oregon University System through a the disciplines covered. The following numbered courses are repeating courses (they may be taken for more than one term under the same number), with credit being granted according to concurrent enrollment program. Details the amount of work done: 199/299/399, Special Studies; 401, 501, 601, 801, Research; 402, of policies and procedures are available at 502, 602, 802, Independent Study; 503 Thesis/603 Dissertation; 404, 504, 604, 804, Coopera- the Admissions and Records Office, tive Education/Internship; 405, 505, 605, 805, Reading and Conference; 406, 506, 606, 806, 113 Neuberger Hall. Problems/Projects; 407, 507, 607, 807, Seminar; 408, 508, 608, 808, Workshop; 409, 509, 609, ID Cards. All students (full time, part 809, Practicum; and 410, 510, 610, 810, Selected Topics. Other repeating numbers are time, extended studies) may purchase a assigned to activity courses, such as art, music, and physical education. Certain senior level photo ID card by presenting their paid courses are taught concurrently with their graduate-level counterparts. Hence this course may tuition receipt at the ID window in the be offered for either graduate or undergraduate credit. (See quarterly Schedule of Classes for Neuberger Hall Lobby. See the Schedule of specific offering.) In the graduate credit course, additional work appropriate to the graduate level of study will be assigned. Classes for operating hours. Course title. The official title of the course is listed next to the course number. A subtitle may CROSS-LISTED be used as part of an omnibus course title. COURSES Credits. The numeral or words in parentheses indicate the number of credits granted for one term of study in a particular course. Where approved departmental combinations of courses Whenever an academic department agrees are listed together, the first number in parentheses refers to the first course number and so on with a program or school to cross-list a respectively. Example: Art 373, 374, 375 Creative Sculpture (3, 3, 3). course, that course may be used toward Maximum credits. This designation, which appears in descriptions of activity courses, such as satisfaction of undergraduate major art, music, and physical education, means that students may continue to earn credit in this requirements regardless of which course course for more than one term up to specified limits. prefix the student had used for registration. A cross-listed course may only be taken Prerequisites. Prerequisites, expressed either in terms of specific courses or more general experience, are intended to assure that students are prepared for the work of the course. A once for credit. student who lacks these specific prerequisites but feels prepared for the course for other reasons should consult the instructor before enrolling. 16 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

UNDERGRADUATE REQUIREMENTS

Portland State University is committed to anese as a foreign language, urban studies, EQUIREMENTS FOR providing for its students maximum oppor- or women’s studies. A certificate program is R tunities for intellectual and creative devel- only available upon graduation or as a BACHELOR’S DEGREE opment within the context of its urban and postbaccalaureate. Students will be graduated according to the international mission. Students earning a A minor in administration of justice, requirements of the PSU catalog in force baccalaureate degree will complete a rigor- anthropology, architecture, art, athletic when they enroll at PSU or any other ous program of study leading to mastery of training, biology, black studies, business accredited postsecondary institution, sub- the chosen field of study at the undergrad- administration, chemistry, community ject to the seven-year rule (see below). uate level. In addition, Portland State Uni- development, computer applications, com- Once admitted and enrolled, students may versity is committed to providing the puter science, economics, electrical engi- graduate under the guidelines of any cata- foundation for continued learning after neering, English, environmental log issued after their first admission and completing the baccalaureate degree. This engineering, environmental studies, foreign enrollment, whether or not the student was foundation includes the capacity to engage languages, geography, geology, health edu- enrolled during the year in which said cata- in inquiry and critical thinking, to use vari- cation, history, international economics, log was in effect. This requirement applies ous forms of communication for learning international studies, jazz studies, linguis- to all PSU students regardless of whether or and expression, to gain an awareness of the tics, mathematics, music, philosophy, not they are transfer students. broader human experience and its environ- physics, political science, professional writ- Seven-Year Rule: No catalog is valid for ment (local, national, and international), ing, psychology, sociology, speech commu- longer than the summer term following the along with an ability to appreciate the nication, theater arts, and women’s studies. seventh academic year after issuance of the responsibilities of individuals to them- A nondegree preprofessional catalog. The 2000-2001 catalog will expire selves, each other, and community. program in agriculture, chiropractic, clini- at the end of summer term, 2007. A stu- To accomplish these goals, the Univer- cal laboratory science, cytotechnology, dent must meet the requirements of a cata- sity requires all students to complete the dental hygiene, dentistry, forestry, law, log for which the student is eligible and requirements for the major, the general medicine, naturopathic medicine, nuclear which is valid at the time of the student’s education requirements or the Honors medicine technology, nursing, occupational graduation. This applies to a first bachelor’s Program, the appropriate bachelor’s degree therapy, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, degree, to a second bachelor’s degree, and (Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Arts, or physical therapy, physician assistant, to certificates which may be earned by Bachelor of Music), and a sufficient podiatry, radiation therapy, and veterinary undergraduates and by postbaccalaureate number of elective courses to complete all medicine. students. degree requirements. Highly motivated students may wish to Students working toward a bachelor’s Undergraduate students at Portland complete an undergraduate degree pro- degree must complete the (1) University State University may work toward a Bache- gram through the independent study and requirements, (2) Bachelor of Arts, Bache- lor of Arts, a Bachelor of Science, or a Bach- individualized learning of the University lor of Music, or Bachelor of Science elor of Music degree, with one or more Honors Program, 1632 SW 12th Avenue. requirements, (3) general education majors. See the “Programs of Study” chart Interdisciplinary studies are available requirement, and (4) requirements for a on pages 4-6 for majors leading to a bacca- through science and humanities courses. major. Students majoring in General Stud- laureate degree. For further information, contact the honors ies Option II do not need to meet the gen- Students working toward a bachelor’s program. eral education requirement and upper- degree may wish to supplement their major For more information on any of these division requirement in the academic dis- coursework with: degrees or programs, see the individual tribution areas. Specific requirements for a A certificate program, a concentration curricula listings in this catalog. baccalaureate degree are detailed by the of courses in one of the following specialty chart on page 17. Students pursuing sup- fields: biotechnology, black studies, Chi- plementary programs must complete addi- cano/Latino Studies, European studies, tional requirements as specified in the international business studies, Latin Ameri- curricula of these programs. can studies, Middle East studies, teaching English as a second language, teaching Jap- W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 17

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

REQUIREMENTS FOR Upper-Division Cluster (Junior and Senior Years) BACCALAUREATE DEGREES Students are required to select three courses (for a total of 12 credits) from one upper-division cluster which is directly linked to one To earn a baccalaureate degree a student must complete (1) University of the three Sophomore Inquiry classes they have taken previously. requirements, (2) general education requirements, (3) specific require- Note: Upper-division cluster courses may not be used to fulfill a ments for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, or Bachelor of Sci- student’s major or program requirements...... 12 credits ence Degree, and (4) requirements for a major. Senior Capstone Students bear final responsibility for ensuring that the courses This 6-credit capstone course is the culminating general education taken are applicable toward satisfying their degree requirements. course for seniors. Students join an interdisciplinary team, develop 1. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT a strategy to address a problem or concern in the community, and implement this strategy over one, two, or three quarters of work. .6 Minimum number of credits (lower-division plus upper-division): ...... 180 (180-205 in engineering) credits Minimum number of upper-division credits ATTENTION TRANSFER STUDENTS: (300- and 400-level): ...... 72 Please note: All students (not required for Liberal Studies or the Honors Pro- Complete General Education Requirements (Not required for gram) who commenced study at an institution of higher education on or Liberal Studies or the Honors Program): For students graduating after fall 1994 will be required to complete the University Studies requirement. (See page 19). The following placement within University Studies is under post-1994 Bulletins including transfer students who com- based on total credits accepted at term of admission to PSU. menced study at an institution of higher education on or after fall 1994. For continuing students and transfer students who com- Transfer students who have earned less than 30 quarter credit menced study at an institution of higher education prior to fall hours of transfer work are required to complete all of the University 1994 and are graduating under pre-1994 Bulletins only, see Studies program requirements, including the entire sequence of page 25. Freshman Inquiry. Transfer students who have earned 30-44 quarter credit hours of 2. UNIVERSITY STUDIES (GENERAL EDUCATION transfer work are required to complete the Transfer Transition REQUIREMENT) course (UnSt 210) and the University Studies program beginning University General Education Requirement for students graduating under with Sophomore Inquiry. post-1994 Bulletins. See University Studies, page 19. Transfer students who have earned 45-89 quarter credits of trans- The purpose of the general education program at Portland State Uni- fer work are required to complete the University Studies program versity is to facilitate students in acquiring and developing the knowl- beginning with Sophomore Inquiry as follows: 45-59 credits, three edge, abilities, and attitudes which form a foundation for lifelong courses; 60-74 credits, two courses; and 75-89 credits, one course. learning. This foundation includes the capacity and the propensity to (The upper division cluster must come from one of these Sopho- engage in inquiry and critical thinking, to use various forms of commu- more Inquiry classes.) Transer Transition 210 taken as a choice nication for learning and expression, to gain an awareness of the counts as a Sophomore Inquiry course. broader human experience and its environment, and appreciate the Transfer students who have earned 90 or more credits of transfer responsibilities of persons to themselves, to each other, and to work are required to complete the University Studies program community. beginning with an upper-division cluster. It is recommended that To accomplish this purpose all freshmen entering with less than 30 they complete the Sophomore Inquiry course directly linked to the prior university credits are required to complete the following program upper-division cluster they choose. (See current Schedule of Classes for course descriptions and capstone offerings): TRANSFERRING PSU’S UNIVERSITY STUDIES GENERAL Freshman Inquiry EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: One year-long course which must be taken in sequence Portland State students often transfer in and out during their academic careers. Because general education requirements vary at each college and (UnSt 101,102,103) ...... 15 credits university, you must meet with advisers at each institution you attend to Sophomore Inquiry plot a successful path to graduation. University Studies and the Honors Pro- Students are required to choose three Sophomore Inquiry courses, gram are comparable to and mesh well with general education require- each from a different University Studies cluster ments in Oregon and nationally. PSU has recommended that university for a total of 12 credits...... 12 credits studies general education credits transfer in as fulfilling general education requirements, and most Oregon University System schools are receptive to this. Our advisers are always available to assist you in resolving transfer issues.

Continued on next page 18 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Continued from previous page

3. REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS, The social science academic distribution area consists of BACHELOR OF MUSIC, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE undergraduate courses from the following: Administration of DEGREES(Students must choose one.) Justice (AJ 220 and 330 only), Anthropology, Black Studies (except BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427), Economics, Gen- Courses taken to satisfy BA/BS requirements may also be used to meet eral Social Science, Geography, History, International Studies, Politi- any other requirements if they conform to the regular qualification for cal Science, Psychology, Sociology, Urban Studies and Planning, those requirements. Women’s Studies. For the Bachelor of Arts Degree: Students must complete 28 credits to include a minimum of 12 4. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS credits in the arts and letters academic distribution area, with a Students majoring in a department: see department description in the minimum of 4 credits in the area of fine and performing arts; Bulletin. a minimum of 12 credits in the science and/or social science Students majoring in Arts and Letters, Science, Social Science or Lib- distribution areas, with a minimum of 4 credits in the science eral Studies: see General Studies/Liberal Studies section of the Bulletin. distribution area; and 4 credits in a foreign language numbered 203 or higher (conducted in the target language). GENERAL LIMITATIONS For the Bachelor of Music Degree: Students must complete the Maximum number of credits transferred from regionally accredited program of music and applied music as prescribed by the Depart- two-year institutions: ...... 108 ment of Music. Maximum number of correspondence credits (transferred from For the Bachelor of Science Degree: Students must complete a schools recognized as institutions of higher learning): ...... 60 minimum of 12 credits in the science academic distribution area Maximum number of credits graded P (pass) that may be counted (excluding mathematical sciences/statistics) a minimum of 12 cred- for graduation: ...... 45 its in the arts and letters and/or the social sciences distribution Note restriction on P (pass) grades used for residence areas, and 4 credits in mathematical sciences/statistics. A minimum requirements. of 8 or the 12 credits in the science distribution area must be in Maximum number of Cooperative Education credits that may be coursework with integrated or associated laboratory or field work. applied toward degree requirements:...... 12 Unless otherwise specified, only courses within the science distri- Minimum cumulative grade point average: 2.00 on all residence bution area that have an explicit indication of lab or field work as work and 2.00 on all courses, no matter where taken, in major field part of the catalog description will satisfy the B.S. degree require- (some departments require a GPA greater than 2.00 in the major). ment for lab/field work. Residence credit: 45 (excluding credit by examination) of the final ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS 60 or 165 of the total credits presented. Restriction: At least 25 of The arts and letters academic distribution area consists of the last 45 credits must be for differentiated grades. Credits earned undergraduate courses from the following: Applied Linguistics, by participation in the Oregon State Inter-institutional Program at Architecture, Art, Black Studies (BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, the Malheur Field Station, some Oregon State System Programs of 425, 426, 427 only), English (except for Wr 115, 120, 121, 222, Study Abroad, and some National Student Exchange programs also 227, 323), Foreign Languages and Literatures, General Arts and count as residence credit. Letters, Music, Philosophy, Speech Communication, Theater Arts. The science academic distribution area consists of undergraduate courses from the following: Biology, Chemistry, Envi- ronmental Studies, Geology, Mathematics/Statistics, Physics, Science Education. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 19

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

163 Cramer Hall different disciplines. Freshman Inquiry has PPER DIVISION CLUSTER 725-5890 a maximum class size of 40 students and U - www.ous.pdx.edu/ each class is divided into three small- See page 20 for cluster descriptions and current group, peer mentor sessions lead by spe- Schedule of Classes for course descriptions. Please see page 17 for University Studies cially selected upper-division students. Class material is introduced and explored Upper division students pursue a program (general education) baccalaureate of 12 credits within one cluster area of requirements. during the full class sessions and then assignments are developed and discussed interest they began in Sophomore Inquiry. The faculty of PSU have designed a four- in the peer mentor sessions. This focus on a specific cluster area may year program of study required of all stu- While the themes and content of the serve to complement the undergraduate’s dents (not required for Liberal Studies or Freshman Inquiry courses differ, the over- major area of study. Upper-division cluster Honors Program) planning to graduate all objectives are the same. Each of these courses may not be used to fulfill a stu- under the specifications in the 1994-95 classes emphasizes the building of a foun- dent’s major requirements. and subsequent University Bulletins. This dation of communication skills for learning nationally recognized program offers stu- and expression. Writing is the core, but CAPSTONE REQUIREMENT dents a clear opportunity to acquire the communication also includes emphasis on foundation for the academic and problem improving oral, numeric, and graphic/ The culmination of the University Studies solving skills needed to succeed in the 21st visual modes of communication. Freshman program is the capstone requirement. This century. University Studies offers students Inquiry is also designed to help students 6-credit, community-based learning course a program of connected educational learn and effectively use current informa- is designed to provide students with the opportunity to apply, in a team context, opportunities. tion technologies. Both in the large groups and in the smaller peer mentor sessions, what they have learned in the major and in The purpose of the University Studies their other university studies courses to a program is to facilitate the acquisition of students are introduced to the Internet and e-mail, as well as word-processing and cal- real challenge emanating from the metro- the knowledge, abilities, and attitudes that politan community. Interdisciplinary teams will form a foundation for lifelong learning culation software. Students will also learn how disciplines from the sciences, social of students address these challenges and among its students. This foundation sciences, humanities, and professional produce a summation product under the includes the capacity and the propensity to schools approach problems in different guidance of a PSU faculty member. engage in critical thinking, to use various ways and how they work together to The capstone’s purpose is to further forms of communication for learning and improve understanding of complex issues. enhance student learning while cultivating expression, to gain an awareness of the When students complete Freshman crucial life abilities that are important both broader human experience and its environ- Inquiry they will be expected to be able to academically and professionally: establishment, and to appreciate the responsibilities apply writing, numeracy, speech, and ing connections within the larger commu- of persons to themselves, each other, and visual/graphic skills to problems requiring nity, developing strategies for analyzing their communities. analysis and discovery. Freshman Inquiry and addressing problems, and working University Studies begins with Fresh- will expand awareness of academic poten- with others trained in fields different from man Inquiry, a year-long course introduc- tial and prepare students to move on to one’s own. ing students to different modes of inquiry increasingly rigorous and sophisticated and providing them with the tools to suc- levels of inquiry. TRANSFER TRANSITION ceed in advanced studies and their majors. (UNST 210 OR 310) At the sophomore level, students choose OPHOMORE INQUIRY three different courses, each of which leads S Transfer Transition is a course specifically into a thematically linked, interdisciplinary See page 20 for course descriptions or current designed and recommended for students cluster of courses at the upper-division Schedule of Classes. transferring to Portland State University level. Students are required to complete from other post-secondary institutions. 12 credits from one of these course clus- After the freshman year, students and fac- The thematically based course is designed ters. Finally, all students are required to ulty continue to emphasize the interdisci- by faculty from different disciplines complete a capstone course which consists plinary approaches integral to University assisted by student peer mentors. This 5- of teams of students from different majors Studies, further developing the four goals credit, one-term course is designed to assist working together to complete a project of communication, human experience, transfer students in improving their com- addressing a real problem in the Portland inquiry, and critical thinking, while con- munication skills, learning the process of metropolitan community. tinuing to affirm the ideas of ethics and inquiry from the perspectives of several dif- social responsibility. At the sophomore ferent disciplines, and building a founda- level, students select 12 credits of course- RESHMAN INQUIRY tion for the effective and efficient F work in Sophomore Inquiry from more application of information technology (UNST 101, 102, 103) than 25 different interdisciplinary courses. resources, such as the Internet and e-mail. Sophomore Inquiry provides the student For some students, Transfer Transition can See current Schedule of Classes for course an introduction to the important concepts, descriptions. be used as one of the required Sophomore questions, and concerns explored in Inquiry courses. Freshman Inquiry consists of a year-long greater depth in the upper-division course course developed by a team of faculty from clusters. 20 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY STUDIES CLUSTERS AND SOPHOMORE INQUIRY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The following are brief descriptions of the Upper-Division Clusters, including the Sophomore Inquiry courses which serve as the gateways to the clusters. Please contact the cluster coordinator for more detailed course descriptions. Contact information is avaliable through the Office of University Studies, (503) 725-5890, 163 Cramer Hall. See page 17 for information on undergraduate requirements. AFRICAN STUDIES CLUSTER ASIAN STUDIES CLUSTER This cluster presents interdisciplinary approaches to the study An interdisciplinary approach to understanding the diversity of of the African continent and its peoples, their complexity and cultures and societies in Asia, including both the continuities diversity. It explores problems and themes that are cultural, his- and discontinuities between past and present. History, religion, torical, political, and geographical, and that address fundamen- art, anthropology, geography, literature, political science, and tal issues in the construction and expression of identity and economics provide complementary ways of grasping the com- knowledge. plexities of contemporary Asian worlds. Soph Inq: African Studies Soph Inq: Asian Studies This course will explore changing disciplinary and interdiscipli- This course introduces students to the study of diverse cultures nary perspectives on the study of the African continent and its and societies in Asia through history, literature, anthropology, peoples. The course examines how an understanding of the and geography. Contemporary issues related to the political, African experience, far from being exotic or distant, reaches to cultural, and economic transformation of Asia in the twentieth the core of academic struggle and intellectual debate. century are discussed in light of tradition and its place in Asian societies as well as the powerful forces of modernity. AMERICAN STUDIES CLUSTER American Studies is an established interdisciplinary field both CLASSIC GREEK CIVILIZATION CLUSTER in the United States and in several other countries, including The theme of this cluster is: What made the Greek civilization England and Japan. This cluster uses Americanist materials of the classical period what it was? Greek civilization was com- ranging from literature, through landscapes, to art, music, and posed of several distinct features and the cluster provides a court cases, to explore both the tensions and the traditions of variety of courses which enable students to attain an overall American culture and society. view of the classical period and the influence of the Greeks on Soph Inq: American Studies later cultures. This course introduces students to the interdisciplinary field of Soph Inq: Classic Greek Civilization American Studies, provides a focus through which to explore This course will investigate the history, art, archaeology, culture, sources in the humanities, social sciences, natural sciences, and and philosophies of Greece in the Classical period (600-100 performing arts, and offers an opportunity to acquire a variety B.C.). We examine Greek culture in terms of its influence on of skills important in college and the work world. As the inter- modern American culture and also focus on the differences disciplinary study of American Culture, the course focuses on a between the two societies as a means of getting a more objective comparison of voices or perspectives as a way of knowing look at ourselves. Greek approaches to modern issues such as American artifacts, policies, and places. Although the focus of diversity, democracy, education, and poverty are explored and each class may differ, they will all use their subjects as a labora- their lessons for today's society considered. tory for learning the methods and perspectives of American Studies. In the process, students will become familiar with COMMUNITY STUDIES CLUSTER something of the culture, character, and environment of the This cluster explores the nature of the communities we live in, United States. Each class will focus on several main texts or whether defined spatially (such as a neighborhood) or as a set projects during class, and students will do an additional project of ties based on sharing a common interest. Building commu- either outside class and/or in their mentor sections. nity has become a central debate in a number of social sciences, including sociology, political science, economics, and psychol- ARCHAEOLOGY CLUSTER ogy. In a culture emphasizing individualism and individual Through the study of archaeology, students grapple with funda- rights, how can needs for community and responsibility to mental questions about what it means to be human, how we others be balanced? Thus, in this cluster, students have the came to be the way we are, and what we might expect from the opportunity to gain practical as well as theoretical experience future. The field draws on research interests, methods, and with building communities. explanatory approaches from multiple disciplines, including: Soph Inq: Community and Identity in America anthropology, history, black studies, geography, biology, and This course considers how to study communities and how well geology. social scientific knowledge squares with the understanding of Soph Inq: Archaeology community members. The study requires students to learn and This course surveys the varieties of current archaeological utilize a variety of skills, including calculation, interviewing, approaches to the past, the kinds of questions we ask, and and observation, as well as organization of observations samples some of the most important answers. through selection and synthesis.

Continued on next page W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 21

Continued from previous page

Soph Inq: Cities: Impressions, Perspectives, and Facts Soph Inq: Drama as Politics Many sources of information affect one’s notions of what cities This course will look at dramatic texts as they portray political are and should be. This course reviews the mechanisms by and social issues in three major periods of European history: which individuals gather information in and about an urban- Ancient Greece, the Renaissance, and the Modern Period scape, the media through which impressions derived from that (1750-1945). In addition to teaching dramatic style and struc- information are expressed, and the degree to which authorita- ture, the course will concentrate on teaching students to ana- tive perspectives condition both of these processes. lyze critically the political and social content reflected and Soph Inq: Dynamics Of The American City represented in literature for the stage. The texts are chosen to In this course, students become familiar with the historical emphasize the stage as a forum for the portrayal of ethical development and current conditions of the American city. The issues within human experience. Their writings will encourage course introduces basic concepts and methods of the interdisci- students to explore the manner in which the European tradi- plinary field of urban studies. Major topics include city plan- tion has seen theater as a stage responsible for the presentation ning, federal-city relations, and the dynamics of urban policy- of social and political issues. making. Special attention is given to social class, gender, and Soph Inq: Art as Politics ethnic diversity in urban America. The economic, cultural, and The course will look at art and architecture as they portray political contribution of women and nondominant/ethnic political and social issues in three major periods of European groups to the development of modern urban America receives history: Ancient Greece, the Renaissance, and the Modern detailed attention throughout the course. Period (1750-1945). In the course students will learn to analyze critically the political and social content represented in art ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY CLUSTER and architecture and how to “read” a work of art as a text. Each This cluster creates a bridge between the scientific approach to week we will concentrate on a major work of painting, architec- analyzing and solving environmental problems, the socioeco- ture, sculpture, or music which will be complemented by short nomic concerns involved in formulating and administering texts by major authors from each period. Students will develop environmental policy, and the historic and philosophical basis a vocabulary with which to discuss art and reflect on its per- of humanity’s relationship to ecosystems. With the common sonal and political dimensions. As computer technology is ideal goal of defining, characterizing, and understanding environ- for the integration or art, literature and history in a three- mental sustainability, the cluster identifies how each participat- dimensional and interdisciplinary manner, student groups will ing discipline can creatively contribute and thus, enable create Web pages for each era along with carrying out tradi- students to direct their own courses of study toward this end. tional assignments. Soph Inq: Environmental Sustainability Soph Inq: European Art and Politics A sustainable human society is one that satisfies its needs with- This course will investigate how European political powers out jeopardizing the opportunity of future generations to satisfy have used art and architecture for their own purposes. It will theirs. This course introduces students to the study of environ- focus primarily on France under King Louis IX (St. Louis) in mental sustainability, and to the ways in which a wide variety of the 13th century, and Germany and Italy under Hitler and Mus- disciplines address environmental issues. solini in the 20th century, discussing both support and censor- ship of the arts. Each section will also serve as an introduction EUROPEAN STUDIES CLUSTER to other periods in the medieval and modern worlds. Students Europe has long been a site of struggle over issues of self-iden- will learn to read works of art on the level of primary narrative, tity, politics, ethnicity, class, gender, and religion, among oth- but will focus more sharply on the works’ symbolic and ideo- ers. The cluster in European Studies proposes an in-depth logical contents by investigating the social, political, intellec- study of European history, economics, politics, geography, the- tual, and religious contexts in which they were created. ater, art, and literature in order to convey the complexity of the Readings will include historical and art-historical analyses, as European scene, past and present. well as works written during the periods in question. While this course deals heavily with the visual arts, students from all Soph Inq: European Political Theory majors are encouraged to enroll. Although it has had immense cultural, political, and economic influence on the rest of the world, Europeans themselves have FAMILY STUDIES CLUSTER long debated the nature and meaning of Europe—a debate that The theme of this cluster is a broad exploration of family issues has been recently reopened with the demise of the Communist from diverse perspectives, which are relevant to the non-tradi- bloc. This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to exam- tional PSU student. From this foundation students may pursue ine the historic impact of religious, class, national, and ethnic study of human development and multiple perspectives on identities of European development and their contemporary families in the context of varied academic disciplines, including relevance. history, sociology, public health education, psychology, speech communication, and black studies. Soph Inq: Family Studies This introductory course in contemporary family issues is designed to provide a broad exploration of the family, emphasizing the current social, cultural, and political forces affecting urban families. Specific topics to be explored in-depth include: gender roles, work and family issues, poverty, teen parents, and the impact of race and culture on the family experience. A central focus throughout this course will be on the strength of contemporary families facing external challenges.

Continued on next page 22 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Continued from previous page

FREEDOM, PRIVACY, AND TECHNOLOGY CLUSTER Soph Inq: Youth, Service, and Community The aim of this cluster is to provide the knowledge that will This course will examine the theory, history, and current appli- enable those who complete the cluster to face thoughtfully the cations of service initiatives to engage youth and strengthen question of the appropriate use of and limitations upon communities. Contemporary service initiatives in educational modern technology. One important feature of the cluster is that reform, the national service program, and community develop- it brings together actual sciences with humanistic and social ment will be explored. Students will be given the opportunity science disciplines. to examine the role of service through class readings and discussions, guest speakers, and direct community contacts. Soph Inq: Freedom, Privacy, and Technology Privacy and freedom are highly valued, and are to some extent Soph Inq: People and Places: Life in Urban Africa protected by the U.S. Constitution. Recent rapid advance in sci- As larger numbers of African people work in industry and live ence and technology, combined with compelling motives to use in cities, quality of life issues in urban areas become extremely this technology to control and exploit aspects of human life that important. Healthy places, places that can contribute to the have heretofore been left to chance or to individual choice, development of African nations and the continent as a whole, make urgent the questions about what uses of technology must have healthy people. Urban services and facilities, such as should be encouraged or permitted. electricity, telephone, clean water, proper housing, and adequate transport, are essential elements to sustain a healthy qual- GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE CLUSTER ity of life. This course will look at the connection between the Students are barraged on a daily basis with news stories of El services and facilities available to people, and the creation of Nino, global warming, CO2 increasing, greenhouse effects, healthy people and healthy places. ozone hole, etc. This cluster will introduce some of the scien- KNOWLEDGE, RATIONALITY, AND UNDERSTANDING tific concepts and issues of natural global cycles and how the CLUSTER systems have changed in the past. We will discuss the physical, Knowledge, rationality, and understanding are at once the chief chemical, and biological changes of the earth’s environment in goals of the academic enterprise and the subject of much cur- the past, present, and future. The past will concentrate on the rent academic discussion. This study of their natures and the physical, chemical, and biological changes that are recorded in methods of achieving them has both theoretical interest and a the rock, ice, and sediment record. The present will concentrate practical benefit. Logic, science, and certain mathematical dis- on recent changes on the oceans and atmosphere, and discuss ciplines aim to discover rational methods of achieving knowl- the human dimension. The future will discuss the merits and edge and understanding. Assessments of these methods call limits of global models. upon the disciplines of epistemology, psychology, and philoso- Soph Inq: Global Environmental Change phy of science. This course will provide enough content and description of the Soph Inq: Knowledge, Rationality, and Understanding global system for students to have a conceptual framework to An introduction to the cluster knowledge, rationality, and do further study. This course will include a variety of exercises, understanding, the course deals briefly with the nature of these, including homework problems, writing exercises, group exer- with the techniques of achieving them and with general criti- cises and likely one or more mid-term exams. There will be cisms of the techniques. Its main aim is to promote the kind of some use of mathematics and graphical information, including critical inquiry that has been so successful in advancing mod- use of Excel as an analytical tool. Having the computer in the ern science, both physical and social. classroom will allow analysis to take place in a group setting. HEALTHY PEOPLE/HEALTHY PLACES CLUSTER LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES CLUSTER The major unifying themes in this cluster are: the reciprocal Within a decade or so the vast region we call Latin America will relationship between the well-being of individual members of a have an under-fifteen population larger than the total population of the United States and, unless things change dramatically, community and the health of the places within which individuals construct the elements of their daily lives, and the need to overwhelming socioeconomic problems that make those of address problems at both levels in order to improve the func- today pale in comparison. This cluster studies cultural, intellec- tioning of each. Cluster courses from a variety of disciplines tual, artistic, and environmental issues in Latin American soci- link theories, method, and practice regarding the diagnosis of ety and the impact of external influences. contemporary problems and various natural, physical, and Soph Inq: Latin American Studies social environments. This course inquires into the colonial origins and development of Latin American society and culture, and the nineteenth cen- Soph Inq: Health in Our Time tury roots of political and economic dilemmas that confront the This course will examine health status and current health peoples of Mexico, the Caribbean, Central America, and South research within and between groups in the United States and America. A variety of scholarly and literary sources are used to comparatively, around the world. Students will critically ana- provide the student with a varied and balanced view of the rest lyze health information and controversial health issues in the of the hemisphere. media in the context of our class studies.

Continued on next page W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 23

Continued from previous page

LEADERSHIP FOR CHANGE CLUSTER Soph Inq: Epic Heroes, Honorable Knights, and Solitary This cluster will explore the theoretical frameworks of leader- Wanderers: Society and the Individual in Medieval ship studies by exposing students to a variety of leadership Europe, ca. 1000 -1400 classes offered across academic disciplines. Students will This interdisciplinary course will examine the complex and understand the different forms leadership takes and be able to changing relationship of the individual to medieval society dur- work with these forms within an organizational context. Stu- ing a period of momentous cultural transformations in Europe. dents will grapple with the fundamental question of what it We will examine the idealization of social and gender roles and means to be a leader. situate those in their broader historical and cultural context. Emphasis will be placed on close textual analysis and group Soph Inq: Student Leadership for Change discussion of works drawn from the genres of courtly romance, This course will provide a foundation of leadership theory and epic, allegorical treatises, biography, and epistolary will examine models of leadership in relation to the theory and correspondence. concepts of change. There will be opportunities for practice, application, and documentation of leadership, and reflection MIDDLE EAST STUDIES CLUSTER on individual responsibility for and potential in leadership The Middle East is a region of great ethnic and cultural diver- roles. sity and intense nationalist rivalry. Its near monopoly of world energy supplies and geopolitical location have long made it a MEDIEVAL STUDIES CLUSTER focus of international capital flow, labor migration, and world This cluster is made up of courses that, taken together, present power competition. This cluster addresses key issues facing to students a broad, interdisciplinary view of medieval Europe, Middle Eastern societies in the 21st century, issues which face approximately the period from 400 to 1500 AD. The cluster the United States as well: ethnicity, transnational culture, strives to distinguish the medieval cultural system(s) from migrant labor, the politics of energy, and distribution of wealth those that preceded and those that followed. in the context of both regional and world power structures. Soph Inq: Medieval Europe 1000-1300: Sex, Truth, and Soph Inq: The Original Melting Pot: Middle East Ethnics, Manuscripts Politics, and Culture This course will provide students with an interdisciplinary This course introduces students to the distinctive cultural histo- introduction to pre-modern society and culture, with an ries of the ethnic groups of the region and their interrelation- emphasis upon literary, historical, and artistic aspects—which ships from Roman times to the present, examining at the same necessarily include social, religious, intellectual, political, and time larger political, economic, and cultural patterns at work in economic features of life. the region in the same period. Specific contemporary issues Soph Inq: Interpreting a Distant Past: Medieval Europe such as transnational culture, migrant labor, distribution of 5th to 15th Century wealth are also addressed. Selections of scholarly and literary Following the myth of King Arthur from the earliest sources sources are used to introduce the student to both professional through its many reincarnations, this course will focus on the views and those of the region’s people themselves. way different versions reflected the world(s) of the writers and how historians, archaeologists, and philologists have contrib- MORALITY CLUSTER uted to separate reality from fantasy. Students will be intro- This cluster studies morality (i.e., moral learning, beliefs, val- duced to different disciplinary approaches to the work and its ues, feelings, and behavior) from the perspective of philosophy, historical contexts—social, political, religious, and literary. The psychology, and other academic disciplines. The aim of these study of Arthurian legends, both their content and their con- courses is not just the practical moral one of improving moral text, provides an exciting opportunity to appreciate the chang- thought and behavior but the more intellectual one of coming ing self-reflections of a distant age. to understand better this central aspect of our human nature. Soph Inq: Telling Stories: Narrative in Medieval Europe Soph Inq: Morality During the 12th and 13th centuries, Western Europe witnessed This course focuses attention on the psychology of moral devel- the rise of narrative story-telling in literature, in drama, and in opment, as well such philosophical questions as whether there the visual arts. This course will explore this increasing interest are any objective moral standards. There will also be stress on in telling stories, the interplay between the different media, and the distinctions between philosophical questions about moral- the sources found in earlier periods and other regions. It will ity, scientific questions about morality, and moral questions also attempt to highlight these narratives as “telling stories,” themselves, as well as some effort to introduce students to the discovering what they tell us about society in Romanesque and relevant methods of scientific inquiry on the one hand, and Gothic Europe, both their sources within that society and their philosophical inquiry on the other hand. impact upon it. The principle focus will be on visual narratives, but no preference will be given to students of the fine arts, and NINETEENTH CENTURY CLUSTER all majors are encouraged to enroll. Students in this class will The advent of the 19th century marks the beginning of the find opportunity to discuss Gothic romance literature, devo- modern age. No field of inquiry was exempt from change: poli- tional narratives, oral traditions, and mystery plays, in addition tics, society, religion, philosophy, psychology, science, music, to image cycles found in stained glass, sculpture, and manu- and the literary and visual arts. In this cluster, students study script painting. the ideas that emerged and evolved in various intellectual disciplines during this dynamic century which even now shape the world we inhabit.

Continued on next page 24 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Continued from previous page

Soph Inq: The Nineteenth Century: Revolution and Soph Inq: Framing The Two Cultures Evolution In this class we explore some of what C.P. Snow meant by dis- This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to the study of sociating the cultures of the sciences and the humanities; we the development of the 19th century through its three phases: also explore what it means for our current intellectual world to (1) Revolution, Romanticism, and Nationalism; (2) Realism, believe that these two cultures—the cultures of the sciences Evolution, Socialism, and More Revolution; and (3) Imperial- and the humanities—are distinct and unrelated. ism, the Bureaucratic State, Individualism, and Decadence. SCIENCE IN THE LIBERAL ARTS CLUSTER POPULAR CULTURE CLUSTER The theme of this cluster is “science-in-the-making” or the Popular culture is a vital area of study that offers new insights ongoing process of active scientific inquiry—the processes of into our history, beliefs, diversity, emotional make-up, and problem-posing, problem-solving, and persuasion. This the- socio-economic relations. Study of popular culture is an inter- matic emphasis is applied to scientific inquiry in general, to the disciplinary approach aimed at understanding how culture study of general natural science concepts, and to the analysis of links the individual and society. This cluster of courses will scientific issues in political, economic, social and ethical enable students to see everyday life with new eyes by teaching contexts. them the habits of critical thinking and query into what they Soph Inq: Natural Science Inquiry would otherwise take for granted. This course is designed to provide a methodological and inter- Soph Inq: Introduction to Popular Culture disciplinary perspective on science and engage students in the In this course, students begin to study popular culture through collaborative scientific investigation of problems of the sort observation, reflection, description, and critical thinking in they might encounter as attentive citizens. Through the use of order to gain a deeper understanding of the popular myths sur- collaborative inquiry students learn that the modern sciences, rounding everyday life. Students focus on several forms of pop- as well as the questions they address, require teamwork both ular culture and engage in discussion and interpretation within and between specific disciplines. The course features individually and in group work. methods of scientific investigation, analysis and graphical presentation of data, and scientific writing. The major course CULTURE OF PROFESSIONS IN SOCIETY CLUSTER project deals with a real-world scientific problem in the Professions in society investigates the nature and role of the Portland area. professions in contemporary American life. Since the beginning of the nineteenth century, professions like law, medicine, and WOMEN’S STUDIES CLUSTER engineering have grown immeasurably in knowledge. Less well The field of Women’s Studies originated as an interdisciplinary understood is their growth in power of all types—economic, effort to uncover women’s experience past and present. Today, social, cultural, even political. the field focuses on gender as a category of analysis and explores the impact of gender on all areas of social life. Soph Inq: Professions in Society This interdisciplinary course is intended to give those who Although feminist scholarship is diverse in terms of methods anticipate a future identity as professionals insight into the and theoretical frameworks, its common basis lies in this focus intellectual and ethical bases of their chosen fields. For all inter- on gender difference and issues of inequality organized around ested students, it opens up to scrutiny, through depiction’s of gender. This focus is central to all courses in this cluster. professional roles in films, literature, and the works of histori- Soph Inq: Introduction to Women’s Studies ans and social scientists, the centrality of the professions to the In this course students analyze the varieties of women’s experi- making of the modern world. ence in contemporary American society, consider how gender relations may be changing, and investigate the social, political, RENAISSANCE STUDIES CLUSTER economic, and cultural forces that shape our lives as women The Renaissance, dating from approximately 1300 to 1700, saw and men. Feminist thinking within and across academic disci- the transition from the late medieval to the early modern world. plines frames the exploration of these topics. Attention is paid It was the age of exploration and discovery, of the Reformation to relations of inequality organized along lines of race, ethnicity, and Counter-Reformation; it saw an explosion of artistic and class, and sexual orientation as well as gender. literary creativity. This cluster offers a broad, interdisciplinary Soph Inq: Introduction to Women’s and Gender Issues view of the period. Utilizing a variety of disciplinary perspectives, this course will Soph Inq: The Renaissance explore the process of gender socialization, whereby we learn to This course examines the life and thought of this vibrant period become women and men; implications of those socialization of Western history as reflected in great works of literature and processes in our adult lives; and what happens when we move art. beyond binary gender systems, through examination of trans- gender issues. Throughout these explorations, attention will be SCIENCES–HUMANITIES CLUSTER paid to variations in experience based on race, ethnicity, nation- This cluster provides students a sophisticated portrayal of the ality, sexual orientation, and economic status. historical and contemporary relationship of the natural sciences and the humanities. The cluster is formed around the idea that an appropriate scientific literacy must develop within a framework of the types of questions primarily posed by the humanities, and that an understanding of the historical inquiry characteristic of the humanities can be usefully contrasted to that of the sciences. Cluster courses explore these various and complex relations, identifying early developments of the two cultures, and moving into the contemporary age. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 25

LTERNATIVE MEANS OF THE UPPER-DIVISION REQUIREMENT IN (3) Demonstration of proficiency in a for- A THE ACADEMIC DISTRIBUTION AREAS eign language equivalent to that attained MEETING SOME A total of 16 upper-division credits must be after two years of college study. There are UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS earned in the academic distribution areas three ways to demonstrate equivalency with no more than 12 credits in one GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT proficiency: a) in French, German, or department. These 16 credits may all be in Spanish, by passing the CLEP examination (For continuing students and transfer students one, be split between two, or be split graduating under pre-1994 Bulletins.) with a score high enough for second-year among all three academic distribution level credit (see page 28); b) in other lan- A student must earn a minimum of 4 and a areas. These credits may also be counted guages regularly taught by the Department maximum of 12 credits in each of only two toward the General Education courses of Foreign Languages and Literatures by departments in each of the three academic (except Wr 323) offered in the three aca- passing a departmental examination with a distribution areas (arts and letters, science, demic distribution areas. For students score high enough for second-year level social science). In each of the three aca- majoring in a department, these 16 upper- credit; c) in any language for which the demic distribution areas the total credits division credits must be earned in courses Department of Foreign Languages and Lit- earned in the two departments must be a outside the student’s major department; for eratures has a qualified tester by passing a minimum of 16 credits. The general educa- students majoring in General Studies non-credit departmental examination. tion requirement must be met by courses Option I, these upper-division credits must English satisfies the B.A. language require- which are outside the student’s major be earned in courses outside the major aca- ment for students whose official transcripts department and which are not on the gen- demic distribution area. demonstrate that their secondary education eral education exclusion list. A student DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT was completed in a foreign language. Such majoring in a foreign language may use Students graduating with the general edu- students may not enroll in first- or second- credits in a second language toward the cation distribution requirements and using year courses in the language in which they arts and letters part of the general educa- the 1992-93 catalog or a later catalog must received their secondary education. (See tion requirement. meet the University diversity requirement page 113.) GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT which requires students to successfully EXCLUSION LIST complete two courses (minimum of six The following courses are excluded credits) of diversity coursework from the DOUBLE MAJOR from meeting the general education approved list. The two courses must be Students with two or more departmental or requirement: taken from two different departments. The school majors must satisfy the University All courses listed as 199, 299, 399, and list is available from the Degree Require- distribution requirements for only one of 401-410, and all 500-level courses; transfer ments Office in the Neuberger Hall lobby, the majors. The student must identify the courses with omnibus numbers; Anth 304, the quarterly schedule of classes, and from departmental or school major for which 305, 350; D 235, 255, 335, 435, 455; Ec academic departments and advisers. the University requirements are to be satis- 470, 471, 480, and 481; Eng 474; G 211, Courses taken to satisfy the Diversity fied. When a double major includes both a 300; Ling 110, 120; Mth 95, 100, 191, Requirement may also be used to meet any departmental and a general studies Option 192, 193; USP 420, 422, 423; and Wr 115, other requirements if they conform to the II major, the University distribution 120, 121, 211, 222, 227, 323, 327, 426, regular qualification for those require- requirements are to be satisfied for the 427, 429, and 472. ments. No one departmental course number departmental major. FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT may be taken for more than six credits to FOR THE B.A. DEGREE. count for the general education require- The B.A. language requirement is not ASSESSMENT ment. defined in credits, but in terms of compe- ENGLISH COMPOSITION tence: for graduation, a student must dem- Students at Portland State University par- Wr 121 and Wr 323 English Composition. onstrate competence equivalent to that ticipate in assessment activities within their Wr 323 may not be taken until student is a normally attained after two years of college programs of study. Assessment activities junior and must be passed with a grade study. Students with no previous knowl- may include standardized testing, place- equivalent to C minus or better. A Writing edge of a foreign language are advised to ment tests, surveys, portfolios of student Intensive Course (WIC) with a grade of C- complete 24 credits (two years) in a lan- work, group or individual interviews, or or better will substitute for Wr 323. guage. classroom research. Results are used to Note: Wr 121 may be met by passing an Students who already possess sufficient inform the process of teaching and learn- examination with a grade equivalent to C competence (or who wish to prepare them- ing, the design and implementation of pro- minus or better. A portfolio assessment selves outside of formal classes) may meet grams and curricula, and efforts to describe allows students to demonstrate compe- the B.A. language requirement in any of the and improve the student experience at tence and may confer credit in Wr 323. For following ways: (1) Completion in any for- Portland State University. students entering PSU with an Associate of eign language of 203 or its equivalent with Incoming students to PSU may be Arts–Oregon Transfer degree, Wr 323 will a grade of C-, P, or above; (2) completion in required to take a writing assessment and, be waived. any foreign language of a course that has based on the results of that assessment, take an assigned writing course. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 203 or higher as a prerequisite; PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life. 26 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PPLICATION FOR 2.a. Bachelor of Arts degree: if the first want to plan to spend more than 12 terms A degree was not a B.A., students must to complete degree requirements. Under- A DEGREE complete two years of college-level work graduate students desiring to take more (AND DEGREE AUDIT) in a foreign language or demonstrate than 21 credits must obtain approval as (503) 725-3438 equivalent proficiency. follows: b. Bachelor of Music degree: if the first An admitted student who intends to be degree was not a B.M., students must 22-25 credits: Obtain approval of adviser on graduated from Portland State University complete program in music and applied Consent for Overload form available at the Registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. must file an application for a degree music as prescribed by the Department (undergraduate or graduate) with the of Music 26 or more credits: Petition to Academic Degree Requirements section of the Office c. Bachelor of Science degree: if the first Requirements Committee. Forms are available at degree was not a B.S., 36 credits from the the registration window, Neuberger Hall lobby. of Admissions and Records. Commence- Such petitions must be submitted by the last day ment day is in June, a summer commence- science area or 36 credits from the social sciences. to pay without a late fee. ment is held in August, and degrees can be Class Standing. Class standing is based issued each term. Quarterly degree applica- 3. Requirements for a major: Courses on the number of credits a student has tion deadlines are published in the Schedule taken as a postbaccalaureate student or as completed, according to the following of Classes. Applications received after a part of the first degree program count schedule: deadline are considered for the next avail- toward the major. Students do not need to able graduation date. meet the general education requirement. Acceptable Status credits completed General University degree require- Admitted postbaccalaureate students Freshman ...... 1-44 ments are checked by the Degree Require- must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.00 Sophomore ...... 45-89 ments section in the Office of Admissions on all work taken at PSU. Failure to do so Upper-division standing ...... 90 or more Junior ...... 90-134 and Records, 104 Neuberger Hall. All spe- will result in academic probation and disqualification. Senior ...... 135 or more cial requirements for a degree in a major Postbaccalaureate ...... Hold a degree will be checked and approved by the Postbaccalaureate students who do not from an accredited college or university department, college, or school offering the hold a degree from a university where the major program. language of instruction is English must sat- RADING SYSTEM FOR Students bear final responsibility for isfy the Wr 323 requirements before gradu- G ensuring that the courses taken are applica- ation from PSU. UNDERGRADUATES ble toward satisfying their degree require- Certificate Candidates Holding a Baccalaureate Degree. A candidate for a The undergraduate grading system applies ments. They are also responsible for only to undergraduate courses. informing the degree requirements section certificate holding a baccalaureate degree must complete the following: The undergraduate grading system of any change of address while a degree gives students the choice of taking certain candidate. If the first degree is from Portland State University, credits in residence courses designated by departments for Based on the application, baccalaureate either differentiated (A, B, C, D, F) or candidates are mailed a complete Degree needed to complete the certificate requirements. undifferentiated (pass or no pass) grades. Audit before their last term. Part-time stu- The following grading scale is employed If the first degree is from another dents may request a Degree Audit prior to at the undergraduate level: application upon completion of 150 cred- accredited college or university, 30 its. (Advanced degree candidates should credits in residence at Portland State A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+= 1.33 see their adviser concerning the required University, including that work needed A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00 GO-series forms.) to complete the certificate require- B+ = 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 All University academic requirements ments. Postbaccalaureate students who B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 must be satisfied before any degree will be do not hold a degree from a university Evaluation of a student’s performance is conferred and all financial obligations must where the language of instruction is determined by the following grades: English must satisfy the Wr 323 be met before any diploma will be released. A—Excellent requirements before completion of a B—Superior certificate program. POSTBACCALAUREATE C—Average STUDIES D—Inferior (503) 725-3438 ACADEMIC CREDIT F—Failure P—Pass Second Baccalaureate Degree. A candi- A credit is the basic unit of measurement of NP—No pass educational accomplishment. One credit date for a second baccalaureate degree The following marks are also used: must complete the following: normally connotes 10 hours of lecture-recitation or 20 or more hours of laboratory, I—Incomplete 1. Residence credit after earning first studio, or activity work. The majority of IP—In Progress (UnSt 421 only) degree: if the first degree was from Port- courses at Portland State University involve W—Withdrawal land State University, 36 credits; if the first three or four hours per week of lecture-rec- Au—Audit degree was from another college or univer- itation. PSU is on the quarter-system calen- X—No basis for grade/No grade received sity accredited by a recognized regional dar. Semester credits transferred from other association, 45 credits. Restriction: At least The Schedule of Classes identifies courses accredited schools may be converted to as offered under the differentiated or undif- 25 of the 45 credits must be for differenti- PSU’s credits by multiplying by 1.5. ated grades (A-F). ferentiated option. Students electing the A student should enroll for an average undifferentiated grade option when it is of 15 credits per term in order to be gradu- offered are graded pass or no pass. In the ated within the normal 12 terms. majority of instances, a pass grade is Employed students should make sure they equated to a C- grade or better (some are not overloading themselves. They may W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 27

departments accept only C or better). the fourth week of the term. As a courtesy, point average of 3.50. To be graduated Please check with the department. Neither students are advised to notify the instructor “With High Honors” a student must have a pass nor no pass grades are used in com- concerned of the intended or completed minimum resident GPA of 3.75 and an puting a student’s GPA. A maximum of 45 withdrawal. overall cumulative GPA of 3.75. If a course credits graded P may be applied toward A student may withdraw for any reason has been repeated for credit, the first grade Portland State’s baccalaureate degree. Stu- before the end of the fifth week, but with- only is used in computing honors. For the dents elect grade options for specific drawal between then and the end of the purpose of determining a student’s eligibil- courses during registration and will not be eighth week requires instructor approval. A ity for graduation with Honors or High permitted to change after the regular dead- student withdrawing after the end of the Honors, overall cumulative grade point line for making a change in grading option fifth week shall have a W recorded on the averages include credits and points earned as listed in the Schedule of Classes. The transcript. at all accredited colleges and universities undifferentiated grade option may not be A student wishing to withdraw after the but do not include credits and points used to repeat a course previously taken for eighth week must petition the Deadline earned at unaccredited and foreign differentiated grade or for major require- Appeals Committee or Graduate Council. institutions. ments in some departments. A W is recorded if the petition is allowed. Honors degrees are inscribed on diplo- Incompletes. A student may be Reasons for withdrawal beyond the eighth mas and candidates’ names are published assigned an I mark by an instructor when week must be beyond the student’s control, in the Commencement program. all of the following four criteria apply: and medical reasons must be documented. Grade Requirements for Graduation. 1. Quality of work in the course up to that Instructor’s comments are required on the In order to earn a bachelor’s degree, a stu- point is C- level or above. petition. dent must earn 180 credits (more required 2. Essential work remains to be done. Deadline dates for drops and withdraw- in some programs) with grades of A, B, C, “Essential” means that a grade for the als are given on the calendar page of the D, or P. course could not be assigned without Schedule of Classes. Date of withdrawal is A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA dropping one or more grade points below the date it is received by Registration. on residence credit, that is, credit taken at the level achievable upon completion of Eight-week Summer Session classes will PSU. the work. use three- and six-week deadlines instead A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA of four and eight weeks. on all courses taken in the student’s major 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be If a student, to the best of the instruc- field. As some departments have additional acceptable to the instructor. The student tor’s knowledge, has never attended class, conditions, check Requirements for Major does not have the right to demand an I. the name on the grading register may be in the major department description in the The circumstances must be unforeseen or assigned an X grade. An auditor may also Bulletin to determine the minimum GPA be beyond the control of the student. An be assigned an X for insufficient attendance required for your major and whether D or instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- only. P grades may be counted toward the major. ate medical or other documentation. A student who has participated in a A student completing a minor must 4. Consultation must have occurred and course but who has failed to complete meet the GPA prescribed in the description a formal agreement must be reached essential work or attend examinations, and of the minor. between instructor and student. who has not communicated with the A maximum of 45 credits graded P may A written record of the remaining work instructor, will be assigned an D, F, NP, or be counted toward the 180 credits required and its completion date should be kept by whatever grade the work has earned. for graduation. At least 25 of the last 45 both instructor and student. The instructor Grade Point Average (GPA). The reg- credits must be taken for differentiated may specify the highest grade that may be istrar computes current and cumulative grades. earned. This should not exceed the level of GPAs on student grade reports and tran- Academic Standing: Warning, Proba- achievement displayed during the normal scripts, according to the following scale: tion, Dismissal, and Reinstatement.The course period. A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0. A plus faculty Scholastic Standards Committee has The deadline for completion of an grade increases the points by 0.33, a minus the authority to place on academic warn- Incomplete can be no longer than one year. decreases it by 0.33 (e.g., B- = 2.67). ing, probation, or dismissal any student The instructor may set a shorter deadline Cumulative grade point averages include according to the following standards: which shall be binding. An agreement to a all credits and points earned at PSU. Sepa- Academic Warning. Any student with longer period must be by petition to the rate GPAs are printed for undergraduate 12 or more attempted credits whose cumu- Scholastic Standards Committee. courses and for graduate courses. For fur- lative PSU GPA† falls below a 2.00 will be An Incomplete mark becomes part of ther details on academic standing, see the placed on academic warning. A registration the permanent transcript record after the quarterly Schedule of Classes. hold will also be placed on the student deadline expires. To remove an I, an GPA Repeat Policy. Credit is retained until he/she has met with an academic instructor must file a supplementary grade on the first A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, and adviser. report. Note: Other colleges and universi- all grades in subsequent attempts count in Academic Probation. Students on aca- ties may treat a permanent incomplete as a GPA. The first PSU grade of D or F may be demic warning will be placed on academic failure. forgiven if repeated at PSU for a differenti- probation if they do not meet at least one of Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a ated grade (not P/NP). In this case, credit is the following requirements: course must be initiated by the student. It retained on the last grade received. 1. Raise the cumulative PSU GPA† to 2.00, is the student’s responsibility to withdraw Honors Degrees. In order to be eligible or properly by the deadline dates published in for baccalaureate honors a student must 2. Earn a GPA for the given term of 2.25 the Schedule of Classes. To avoid having to have a minimum of 45 residence credits in or above. pay a check-in fee, students should check courses with differentiated grades. To be in any assigned laboratory or studio desks. graduated “With Honors” a student must A student may withdraw with no course have a minimum resident grade point aver- record on the transcript up to the end of age of 3.50 and an overall cumulative grade

† The Scholastic Regulations use a GPA combining the undergraduate GPA with any graduate coursework. 28 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Academic Dismissal. Students on aca- GRADUATE STUDENTS Guidelines Governing Credit by Exami- demic probabtion will be dismissed if they Graduate Council. This council recom- nation (PSU courses) do not meet at least one of the following mends policies and standards for graduate 1. Not all courses in all departments are requirements: courses and programs and coordinates all open to challenge. Each academic unit 1. Raise the cumulative PSU GPA† to 2.00, graduate activities of instructional units decides which of its courses are available or and programs. It develops and recom- to undergraduates for credit by examina- 2. Earn a GPA for the given term of 2.25 mends University policies, establishes pro- tion. The determination by the depart- or above. cedures and regulations for graduate ment is final. No courses numbered 199, studies, and adjudicates petitions regarding 299, 399, or 401 to 410 inclusive are eligi- If only the second of these requirements graduate regulations. is met, the student will remain on proba- ble for credit by examination. Wr 323 is tion subject to the same requirements as UNDERGRADUATE AND not available. those specified above. GRADUATE STUDENTS 2. Credit earned by examination may not A student’s status when on probation Academic Appeals Board. This board be received in a course which: does not change by repeating courses. hears appeals from students who claim to a. Duplicates credit previously earned However, a student’s status when academi- have received prejudiced or capricious aca- by a student, or cally dismissed is changed by repeating demic evaluation and makes recommenda- b. Is more elementary, as determined by courses, but not by grade changes made by tions on cases to the Provost. In such cases departmental, college, or school regula- the instructor. the student should first consult with the tions, than a course in which the student Academically disqualified students are instructor. If the grievance is not resolved, has already received credit. not permitted to register for any Portland the student should then contact the depart- 3.a. A student may attempt to acquire State University day, evening, summer, or ment chair, then the dean of the college or credit by examination only once for any Extended Studies credit classes. school. If the grievance is still not resolved, course. Reinstatement. A student who is dis- the student may then appeal by writing a b. A student who has taken but not missed may be readmitted to the University letter to the Academic Appeals Board. passed a course may subsequently Appeals may be filed in the Office of Stu- attempt credit in that course by examina- upon petition to and approval by the Scho- tion. Only one such attempt is permit- lastic Standards Committee; the student’s dent Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center. ted. In the event of failure, results will proposed academic program must have the Deadline Appeals Board. A student not be recorded on a student’s academic approval of an academic adviser. may petition this board to be exempted record. Should an examination not be from published deadlines. Cases most often passed, credit can be obtained by repeat- APPEALS AND handled involve deadlines for waiving late ing the course. GRIEVANCES registration fees and for changing classes. 4. In assigning grades for credit by exami- Petitions may be submitted before or after nation, the departments, college, or Grievances and requests for exceptions to the deadline date and must include docu- schools determine whether to use an University requirements may be filed with mentation of the reason for missing the undifferentiated (P for pass or NP for no committees which deal with specific stu- deadline. pass) or a differentiated grade, from A dent concerns. Petition forms may be obtained at the (excellent) to F (failing). Office of Admissions and Records in the 5. Credit earned by examination at other UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS Neuberger Hall lobby. For further informa- institutions of higher education may only Academic Requirements Committee. tion students may call (503) 725-3511. be transferred with the approval of the This committee develops policies and adju- appropriate Portland State department, dicates petitions regarding academic regu- CREDIT BY EXAMINATION college, or school and the Academic lations such as credit loads, transfer credit, (503) 725-3511 Requirements Committee. and graduation requirements for all under- 6. Credit by examination does not count graduate degree programs. It also develops Undergraduate students may obtain Credit toward residence credit. and recommends policies and adjudicates by Examination in three basic ways: student petitions regarding initial under- Courses and Examinations Given for I. Examinations in Portland State Univer- Credit graduate admissions, including entering sity courses approved for Credit by Exami- freshmen. nation and administered by Portland State 1. Students should contact the appropri- Scholastic Standards Committee. departments or schools. ate departments, college, or schools to This committee develops and recommends II. Examinations approved by Portland determine the availability of particular academic standards with a view to main- State and available through the College- courses for credit by examination. taining the reputation of the undergraduate Level Examination Program (CLEP). 2. The examinations administered vary program of the University. It advises the III.Advanced Placement Program. according to the departments, college, or Registrar in academic matters concerning schools which administer them, and may transfer students or students seeking read- I. PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY include midterm and/or final examina- mission after having had scholastic defi- COURSES tions in current courses or special exami- ciencies. It assists undergraduate students Prerequisites for Credit by Examination nations designed for students “challenging” who are having difficulty with scholastic (PSU courses) courses whether or not the courses are cur- regulations and adjudicates student 1. Students must be formally admitted (in rently being offered. petitions that request the waiving of writing) to Portland State, and regulations on suspensions (academic readmission). 2. Be currently registered or have completed one Portland State course. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 29

Application for Credit by Examination set by the Educational Testing Services and Chemistry. A score of 4 or 5 qualifies (PSU courses) and Cost are subject to change. science, health science, and engineering 1. Students wishing to take examinations Relation between CLEP and majors to enroll in Ch 223 and 229. A for Portland State courses may obtain an Advanced Placement (AP) Program. creditable grade in these two courses will application with detailed instructions from Students cannot acquire duplicate credit confer 10 credits in Ch 221, 222, 227, and the Office of Admissions and Records through CLEP in the subjects for which 228. A score of four or five will entitle the (Neuberger Hall lobby). they have acquired Advanced Placement nonmajor to 9 credits in chemistry, unas- 2. The fee for credit by examination is credit. To the extent that a student’s high signed; these 9 credits will count toward $40 per course examination. school does not offer Advanced Placement the distribution requirements in science. work, CLEP becomes a supplement or sub- Computer Science. A score of 4 or 5 II. CLEP EXAMINATIONS stitute for Advanced Placement credit. will lead to a conference with an adviser to CLEP (College-Level Examination determine whether credit will be conferred III. ADVANCED PLACEMENT for CS 161 and CS 162. Program) includes nationally normed PROGRAM English. A score of 4 or 5 on the examinations. CLEP has (1) subject Students who complete college-level work Advanced Placement English Literature matter examinations, and (2) general in high school under the Advanced Place- and Composition examination will confer a examinations. ment Program sponsored by the College total of 15 lower-division credits: 3 credits A table of CLEP examinations accepted by Entrance Examination Board and who in Wr 121 and 12 credits in Eng 104, 105, PSU is available from the Admissions and receive creditable grades in examinations 106. A score of 3 will confer 3 credits in Wr Records Office, Neuberger Hall lobby. administered by that board may, after 121. A score of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Eligibility for CLEP. CLEP subject or admission to PSU, be granted credit toward Placement English Language and Composi- general examinations may be taken prior to a bachelor’s degree in comparable college tion examination will confer 9 credits: 3 entering the University. If the individual courses. Students may request an official credits in Wr 121 and 6 unassigned credits passes a CLEP examination, the University transcript be sent to Portland State Univer- in lower-division writing. accepts the amount of credit indicated in sity, Office of Admissions and Records. The European History. A score of 4 or 5 the CLEP table, but only after admission is transcript request should be sent to confers 8 credits in Hst 101 and 102, and granted and the student is (or has been) Advanced Placement Program, PO Box 4 credits in history, unassigned. enrolled in Portland State courses. 6671, Princeton, NJ 08541-6671. Foreign Languages. French, German, Qualifications for CLEP Transfer. Students entering from high schools not Latin, and Spanish Language Test: A score Students who have taken CLEP examina- participating in the Advanced Placement of 3 confers 12 credits for the first year tions prior to entering Portland State may Examinations may, on their own initiative, sequence; a score of 4 confers 12 credits for transfer such credit provided they have apply to the College Entrance Examination the second-year sequence and 3 additional passed the examination with scores at or Board for permission to take the Advanced upper-division foreign language elective above the minimum accepted by PSU and Placement Examinations. If they receive credits for a total of 15 credits; and a score provided the University has approved the creditable scores, they may be granted sim- of 5 confers 12 credits for the second-year examinations for credit. ilar credit after admission. sequences, plus 8 upper-division credits, Application for Credit before Coming Credit Awarded for Advanced for a total of 20 credits. to PSU. Students may request an official Placement. The amount of credit a student Mathematics. Calculus AB: A score of 4 transcript be sent to Portland State Univer- may receive for Advanced Placement or 5 confers 8 credits in Mth 251 and 252. sity, Office of Admissions and Records. The Examinations and the scores required for A score of 3 confers 4 credits in Mth 251. request should be sent to College Examina- the award of credit vary according to Calculus BC: A score of 4 or 5 will confer 12 tions Entrance Board, Attention: CLEP department as described below under indi- credits in Mth 251, 252, and 253. A score Transcript Service, Princeton, NJ 08540. vidual department headings. Important: of 3 will confer 8 credits in Mth 251 and The transcript request should include Any student with a score of four or five (or 252. Social Security number, date and place of three in mathematics) must arrange an Music. Music Theory: A score of 4 or 5 test and fee. Fees are set by the Educational interview with the department chair for confers 12 credits for Mus 111, 112, 113; a Testing Services and are subject to change. purposes of further guidance. score of 3 confers 4 credits for Mus 111. Phone request number is (609) 771-7865. Art History. With a score of 3 or better Music History/Literature: A score of 4 or Where to Apply for CLEP and the completion of the accompanying 5 confers 8 credits for Mus 201, 202. Examinations. Students planning to take year-long course in high school, will confer Physics B. A score of 4 or 5 confers CLEP examinations should apply for them 9 credits in ArH 204, 205, and 206. 12 credits in Ph 201, 202, and 203. at least one month in advance with the Biology. A student with a score of 4 or Physics C. A score of 4 or 5 confers Testing Office of PSU’s Counseling and Psy- 5 will be permitted to enroll in advanced 8 credits in Ph 211 and 212. chological Services (M342 Smith Memo- courses in biology with waiver of the intro- United States History. A score of 4 or rial Center) or with other recognized CLEP ductory courses. This waiver does not 5 on the examination confers 8 credits in testing centers. The Testing Office supplies reduce the total number of credits required Hst 201 and 202. descriptive brochures and other informa- in biology courses for a major but gives the tion on CLEP examinations. student opportunity to gain greater depth The Testing Office also supplies infor- and scope. mation and administers CLEP examinations to nonadmitted or nonenrolled students. Fees for CLEP examinations are 30 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY HONORS PROGRAM

Honors Program Building of the Honors Program, and the specific Each year several noted scholars, American 1632 SW 12th requirements of their individualized or foreign, are brought to campus; they (503) 725-4928 programs. both deliver public lectures and meet with www-adm.pdx.edu/user/hon/ Students complete a core component of a seminar group of students from the work in the Honors Program, which satis- Honors Program, who have prepared by B.A. or B.S.—any University major fies their general and liberal education working through an appropriate bibliogra- requirements. While individual core pro- phy with faculty from the honors program. The University Honors Program is grams will vary to some extent, students Departmental Honors. Some depart- intended for those students who plan to go will complete 8 or 10 courses in Honors (8 ments in the College of Liberal Arts and on to graduate or professional school; it for technical/professional track, 10 for lib- Sciences offer a departmental honors therefore gives highly motivated applicants eral arts track). These will include the option. Students should contact their the chance to develop undergraduate appropriate track of the core course, “Stud- major department to find out if this degree programs that reflect their particular ies,” at least two courses designated as col- option is available and, if so, what the interests. loquia, and the two-quarter thesis project requirements are. Limited to 200 participants, the Honors (8 credit hours). Program offers a foundation course in the Studies in Western Culture. A foun- COURSES theory and methods of the human, natural, dation course in the theory and methods of and social sciences, opportunities for inde- the social sciences, humanities, and sci- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered pendent study, and honors colloquia. Stu- ences. “Studies” examines the politics, art, every year. dents are also allowed the chance to take ideas, and scientific practice of major peri- Hon 199 part in the Washington, D.C., internship ods in Western culture, beginning with the Studies in Western Culture program provided by the program. Honors period that has been called the “foundation I-IV (tech/prof–5, 5, 5; 4 Program classes are small, and students of the natural sciences,” the 17th century. I-VI (classical–5, 5, 5; 4, 4, 4) work closely with advisers both in the pro- See section above for technical/professional and Originally developed under a grant from classical section course descriptions. Studies in gram and in the academic departments of the National Endowment for the Humani- Western Culture I-III comprise 15 credits (12 the University. ties, the course remains open to all Port- hours lecture, 3 hours recitation); Studies in Students may major in any undergradu- land State students. Western Culture IV-VI comprise 12 credits (lec- ate degree program offered at Portland After the first two quarters of the fresh- ture only, no recitation). State. Requirements for majors are set by man year, which are taken by all students, Hon 199 departments; students meet general educa- first-year students will separate into two Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tion requirements through their work in tracks, the technical/professional track and Consent of instructor. the Honors Program. the classical track. Students in the technical Hon 399 Eligibility and Admission. The pro- and professional majors will thereafter Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) gram seeks students who will strive for aca- study the organization and historical devel- Hon 401 demic excellence. Students who have Research (Credit to be arranged.) opment of professional culture, while stu- Consent of instructor. combined SAT scores of 1200 or more and dents in the classical track will pursue the whose high school grade point averages Hon 403 roots, beginning in ancient Greece and Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) were 3.50 or better are eligible to apply. Rome and moving forward through the The qualities sought in Honors Program Hon 404 medieval and Renaissance periods, of the Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit students, however, are not always reflected social and political movements which to be arranged.) in test scores, GPAs, or transcripts, and so shape later culture. Hon 405 other factors, including letters of recom- Professors of classical studies, science Reading and Conference (Credit to be mendation, a writing sample, and an inter- studies, history, humanities, and interdisci- arranged.) view are considered. plinary social science serve as faculty, and Consent of instructor. Part-time students, transfer students, written work focuses on primary texts Hon 407 and students returning after an absence studied in the course. Students are encour- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) from formal education also may apply. Consent of instructor. Reading and discussion of aged to form study groups to supplement an area to be chosen by instructor, with a semi- However, because of the program’s own their classroom work. nar paper required. curricular structure and the unique direc- Further information and course Hon 410 tions that most degree programs take, stu- descriptions are available from the Honors Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) dents who have completed more than 60 Program Office, located in the Honors Pro- Consent of instructor. quarter hours of college work are not usu- gram Building, 1632 S.W. 12th Avenue. ally considered for admission. Visiting Scholars Project. In the junior Graduation Requirements. Honors and senior years of the honors curriculum, Program students are graduated after com- students participate in coursework associ- pleting requirements for their majors, the ated with the Visiting Scholars Project. liberal and general education requirements W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 31

EXPENSES

Tuition and Fees/Student Status. Enter- All students registered for coursework tuition and fee schedules have not been set ing and continuing students at Portland on or after the first day of the term have a by the Oregon State Board of Higher Edu- State University should plan their study financial obligation in the form of an cation. The charges listed in the chart on programs and work loads with a knowl- accounts receivable. The financial obliga- the following page are effective during the edge of the fee and tuition schedules of the tion is the maximum load enrolled after the 1999-2000 academic year. Students should institution. The Oregon State Board of start of the term. consult the tuition and fee listing in the Higher Education reserves the right to All tuition and fees may be paid at the PSU Schedule of Classes for up-to-date infor- change the schedule of tuition and fees Cashier Windows located in Neuberger mation and applicable tuition and fees. without notice. Additionally, certain Hall lobby, or in accordance with the Students who enroll incur an accounts charges set by the University are also sub- instructions received with the monthly bill- receivable obligation and are financially ject to change. However, no change made ing statement. For specific deadlines refer responsible for all classes and credits in after a term begins will become effective to the appropriate Schedule of Classes pub- which they are registered on or after the within that term. lished each term. Tuition and fees must be first day of the term. All classes dropped Most laboratory and class materials are paid in full each term; however, students are subject to the refund schedule. Stu- included in the tuition and fees payment, may elect to pay in installments by making dents are required to pay for any tuition, but certain classes do require special a one-third payment at the beginning of the fees and charges remaining on their deposit charges, surcharges, or costs to term with the balance due by the term’s account. cover materials. These charges are listed in end (Revolving Charge Account Plan). Tuition and Fee Calculation—8 Cred- the Schedule of Classes. First-time participants must sign an agree- its or Fewer. Part-time students enrolling A regular student is defined as a resi- ment which is available at the Accounts in courses numbered 499 or below pay dent or nonresident undergraduate, post- Receivable office, Neuberger Hall lobby. undergraduate tuition and fees. Students baccalaureate, or graduate student enrolled Tuition and Fee Schedules/Regular enrolling in courses numbered 500 and for 9 credits or more. A regular student is Tuition Schedule. Note: The 2000-2001 above pay graduate tuition and fees. entitled to use the resources of the Univer- sity, including the Library, the Health Ser- vice, and use of the open recreation areas of the Peter Stott Center. A regular student is TUITION AND FEES also entitled to admission to PSU home athletic events (with the exception of play- (Charges for 1999-2000) off games and social events) and coverage Graduate Graduate by a basic health insurance plan. No reduc- Undergrad Undergrad Student Student tion in the total charge is made to those Credits Resident Nonresident Resident Nonresident students who do not intend to use specific Full-time: resources or services. All regular students 12-18 $1,156.00 $3,887.00 ...... are required to be currently admitted to the 9-16 ...... $2,097.50 $3,588.50 Part-time: University. 1* 153.00 153.00 287.50 287.50 All part-time students, admitted and 2* 233.00 233.00 498.00 498.00 nonadmitted, taking 1 to 8 credits pay 3* 313.00 313.00 708.50 708.50 tuition and fees according to the level of 4* 393.00 393.00 919.00 919.00 5* 478.00 478.00 1,134.50 1,134.50 the course(s) in which they enroll. Courses 6* 558.00 558.00 1,345.00 1,345.00 numbered 499 or below are assessed at the 7* 638.00 638.00 1,555.50 1,555.50 undergraduate rate; courses numbered 500 8* 718.00 718.00 1,766.00 1,766.00 and above are assessed at the graduate rate. 9 887.00 2,937.00 ...... 10 976.00 3,253.00 ...... Part-time students are entitled to such ser- 11 1,066.00 3,570.00 ...... vices as the University Library, Smith Over-time: Each Memorial Center, Student Development additional credit 75.00 302.00 204.00 370.00 programs, and use of the open recreation Graduate assistants pay $259.50 per term (plus hourly overtime fee above 16 credits). areas of the Peter Stott Center. They are not Postbaccalaureate students pay undergraduate fees, when registered for 9 credits or entitled, however, to incidental fee privi- more. leges, such as free admission to most ath- Admission is required in order to register for 9 credits or more. letic events or subsidized use of the Helen Note: The appropriate fee is determined by total credits of registered coursework (credit and Gordon Child Development Center, or audit). health services or insurance; however, stu- *Tuition for carrying loads of 8 credits or fewer is determined by the level of the course(s) dents taking 4-8 hours may opt to pur- taken. Residency is not considered. chase health services and insurance. See the quarterly Schedule of Classes for further details and for registration policies that Residency and admission requirements are affect carrying load, such as auditors and overloads. waived for students in this category. 32 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

For students enrolling in classes both Resource Fee. This fee is a mandatory dents receiving financial aid who withdraw for undergraduate and graduate credit, the enrollment fee. All students are assessed a completely from school before the end of instructional fee for each is combined and technology fee per credit hour. In addition, the term may be required to repay a por- added to the single building, technology, students admitted to some academic pro- tion of their financial aid award. The and incidental fee to arrive at the total grams are assessed a program-specific amount to be repaid will be calculated by charge. resource fee per credit. the Student Financial Aid Office based When courses are added, tuition is cal- Other Special Fees. Special fees and upon the date the student withdraws. culated upon the difference between the fines are subject to change. Up-to-date Refund calculations are based on total original credit-hour payment and total information on special fees and clarifica- tuition and fees. Special fees are nonre- credits. When credits exceed 8, tuition tion of charges can be obtained from the fundable. Refunds are computed from the policy for 9 credits or more applies. Office of Business Affairs, 167 Neuberger date of official withdrawal or drop; they are Tuition and Fee Calculation— Hall, (503) 725-3443. not based on when attendance in class 9 Credits or More. All students taking Revolving Charge Account Plan ceased. Students who are delayed in with- 9 credits or more are assessed tuition and (RCAP). An installment payment option is drawal process for reasons beyond their fees according to their undergraduate/ available (except to students who owe the control may petition for an earlier drop graduate and residency status. The level University money from previous terms or date via a Deadline Appeals petition of courses in which students enroll is who are receiving financial aid). obtained at the Registration window. Allow immaterial. Students may elect to pay installments four to six weeks between withdrawal/drop Tuition Reciprocity. Under an agree- on their account balance. The balance is and receipt of refund. Action cannot begin ment between the states of Oregon and subject to interest at the rate of 12 percent until the two-week Add period has passed. Washington, a limited number of Washing- per annum. First-time participants must Refund Schedule for Complete or ton students may be eligible to attend PSU sign an agreement which is available at the Partial Withdrawal and pay Oregon resident tuition and fee Accounts Receivable Window, Neuberger Before the beginning of classes ...... 100% rates. To qualify for tuition reciprocity, Hall lobby. Before the close of the 14th calendar day Washington students must: In the event of withdrawal, any refunds after classes begin ...... 85%† Be legal residents of the state of due are applied to the outstanding balance, Before the close of the 21st calendar day Washington. and any remaining balance due remains after classes begin ...... 50%† payable. Failure to pay in full may also Before the close of the 28th calendar day Be a junior or senior level student with † at least 90 credits or an A.A. degree. result in denial of registration, graduation, after classes begin ...... 25% Be formally admitted PSU students. and transcripts as well as additional assess- There is no refund after the close of the Enroll in and satisfactorily complete a ment for collection charges and attorney’s 28th calendar day following the start of minimum of 9 credits per term at PSU. fees. classes. This schedule applies to all stu- Audit credits do not count for credit. Withdrawals and Fee Refunds. dents, whether making a complete with- Maintain permanent residence in the Complete withdrawal or dropping one or drawal or just reducing hours. The state of Washington. more classes can be accomplished before appropriate percentage is applied to the The Office of Admissions and Records classes begin via touch-tone phone or Web difference between the initial official tuition can provide additional information about access with a 100 percent reversal of and fees figure and the figure applicable to the program. charges. After classes begin, withdrawals the reduced load. Self-Support, Extended Studies, and and class drops are accomplished via Non-Credit. Enrollment in these courses touch-tone phone, Web access, or Special may not be combined with regular PSU Registration Form at the Registration win- credit courses for fee calculations. Self-sup- dows in the Neuberger Hall lobby, with the port courses have fees that are assessed in applicable tuition percentage charge addition to any other tuition paid to the remaining due and payable. Refund con- University. sideration is automatic; no special request Senior Citizen Fee Schedule. Senior is necessary. citizens are defined as persons age 65 or Fees for the purchase of a student older who do not wish to earn course health insurance plan are nonrefundable. credit. Senior citizens who are Oregon resi- Refunds of special course fees must be dents are authorized to attend classes on a approved by departments. Physical educa- space-available basis without payment of tion, speech, and music special activity tuition. Charges for special materials, if any, course fee refunds are subject to the sched- must be paid. ule for complete withdrawal listed on Incidental and Health Service fee privi- page 32. leges are not provided and the University Complete withdrawal or dropping does not maintain any records of enroll- coursework does not cancel a student’s ment. The registration receipt may be used obligation to pay a student loan, balance of to obtain a library card. Revolving Charge Account Plan (RCAP), or Late Fees. Late payment fees apply on any other financial obligation owed the the fifteenth day of the term counting from University. Students with such outstanding the first day of the term. A late fee of $40 is obligations will have any refund due them charged after the second week of the term, applied against the obligation. with an additional assessment of $59 after Students on financial aid will have their the eighth week. refund credited back to the appropriate grantor or agency making the award. Stu-

† Less nonrefundable health insurance for regular students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 33

FINANCIAL AID

174 Neuberger Hall Loan, Federal Work-Study, and Federal Academic Progress Policy requirements (503) 725-3461 Direct Stafford Loan programs. described in the Financial Aid Guide. The e-mail: [email protected] International Students. International student must be in a degree or certificate www.ess.pdx.edu/fao students are not eligible to participate in program and must be a U.S. citizen or be The professional staff of the Student Finan- federal financial aid programs. an eligible non-citizen. cial Aid Office is ready to help students to Applications for Aid. Applications for determine the level of their financial need financial aid must be submitted annually CONFIRMATION AND and to plan for the most efficient use of for the academic year and/or summer aid. DECISION NOTIFICATION their financial resources for education. Applications are accepted by the Stu- dent Financial Aid Office at any time Applicants will be advised of the decision STUDENT BUDGETS during the year, with priority given to on their financial aid application by an admitted applicants who submit their Award Notification Letter. Those awarded FAFSA in January or February and who To assist the student in financial planning aid will be required to sign and return a provide all requested information and in determining eligibility for assis- reply copy of their award letters. promptly. It is not necessary to wait for tance, the following expenses are taken The Student Financial Aid Office formal admission to the University before into consideration: tuition and fees, books awards aid to eligible students from the fol- submitting the financial aid application; and supplies, room and board, transporta- lowing federal, state, institution, and donor however, students new to Portland State tion, child care costs and personal/miscel- sources. must be admitted before processing of the laneous expenses. Specific allowable application for financial aid may occur. student expense budgets are shown in the Funds will not be disbursed until the appli- EDUCATIONAL Applying for Financial Aid brochure (avail- cant has been accepted for admission to the GRANT PROGRAMS able in the Financial Aid Office) and the University. Schedule of Classes. Note: All tuition and fee Federal Pell Grants. This federally funded In order to be eligible to receive state or costs are subject to change by the Oregon grant program is designed to provide assis- federal financial aid, students must remain State Board of Higher Education. tance to eligible undergraduate students. in good academic standing as defined in The Student Financial Aid Office pro- The amount of the grant is determined by the University Scholastic Standards Policy, vides needy, qualified students with finan- the federal government with the University and enroll for the minimum credits speci- cial aid in the form of loans, grants, and acting as the disbursing agent. Eligibility is fied by their Award Notification Letter. Stu- employment. In order to make the best use based upon financial need. dents also must meet the Satisfactory of available funds, awards normally consist of a “package” of two or more of these forms of financial aid. Underlying the awarding of financial aid at PSU is the nationally accepted philosophy that parents are the primary source responsible for helping dependent students to meet educational costs. The amount of the contribution expected from parents is related directly to a family’s financial strength as reflected by adjusted gross income, number of dependents, allowable expenses, and assets. Both dependent and independent students also have a responsibility to make a reasonable contribution toward their costs from earnings and savings. Financial aid resources serve to supplement these primary resources. Aid eligibility is determined through a federally established formula. Students should apply annually using the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA can be filed on- line at www.fafsa.ed.gov. FAFSA forms are available at high schools or at college financial aid offices. Graduate Students. Graduate students may receive consideration for financial assistance through the Federal Perkins 34 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Federal Supplemental Educational leaves the University. The federal govern- School of Social Work Loan Fund Opportunity Grants. This is a federally ment pays the interest on subsidized loans Frida D. Wahlgren Loan Fund for Girls funded grant program under which eligible while the student is in school. Unsubsi- Ellis T. Waring Memorial Loan Fund applicants are selected for awards by Port- dized loan eligibility is based upon the dif- West Linn Lions Club land State University. Eligibility is based ference between the student’s cost of upon exceptional financial need and attendance and financial aid awarded. FEDERAL awards are limited to undergraduate stu- Repayment of interest begins while the stu- WORK STUDY dents only. dent is still enrolled. The federal govern- - State Need Grants (Oregon resi- ment does not make interest payments. The Federal Work-Study Program is a dents). All undergraduate students need- Annual loan maximums for both loan types need-based program in which the federal ing financial aid are eligible to apply for the combined are $2,625 for freshmen; $3,500 government pays from 50 to 90 percent of Need Grant awarded by the Oregon State for sophomores; $5,500 for juniors, student wages and the employer pays the Assistance Commission. Awards are based seniors, and postbaccalaureates; and remainder. Work-Study is available to upon financial need. Awards are renewable $8,500 for graduate students. Indepen- undergraduate and graduate students. for 12 terms provided satisfactory aca- dent students may borrow additional Employment opportunities are on-campus demic progress and financial need con- unsubsidized Stafford Loans up to these and off-campus. On-campus jobs are with tinue. maximums: $4,000 for freshmen and nearly every academic and administrative Oregon University System Supple- sophomores; $5,000 for juniors, seniors, department. Off-campus jobs are with gov- mental Tuition Grants. This is a state- and postbaccalaureates; and $10,000 for ernment agencies and non-profit groups; funded program that provides tuition assis- graduates. The interest rate varies annually, many are community service jobs that tance to eligible Oregon resident under- with a maximum of 8.25 percent. involve directly serving the community, graduates. Federal Direct PLUS Loans. These while providing good work experience. Athletic Grants-in-Aid and Scholar- loans are available to the parents of depen- The America Reads program which tutors ships. Athletic grants-in-aid and scholar- dent students who wish to borrow more young children in public schools is one of ships are administered by the Director of funds than the Federal Direct Stafford Loan these programs. The Office of Human Athletics. Each varsity coach is responsible eligibility allows. Parents may borrow the Resources lists openings for on-campus for selecting the recipients based upon difference between the student’s cost of and some off-campus jobs. The Career their athletic ability and eligibility. The attendance and all other aid the student Center refers students to community ser- national governing organization, NCAA, receives. Repayment begins 60 days after vice jobs. sets forth the exact eligibility and financial the last disbursement. The interest rate For other student employment oppor- aid regulations for men’s and women’s varies annually, with a maximum of 9 tunities, contact the Student Employment athletics. percent. Office within the Career Center, (503) 725- Any prospective Portland State student Short-Term Loans. Short-term loans of 4958, 402F University Services Building. may apply for an athletic grant-in-aid. up to $200 are available through the Upon application, the student is required Accounts Receivable Office for education- to fill out a Department of Athletics ques- ally related expenses with proof of full pay- CHECKS AND tionnaire. Once the eligibility status of the ment of tuition and fees. Eligibility is based TUITION CREDITS student athlete is determined, an interview on proof of ability to repay. Financial aid funds and tuition credits are is arranged with the particular sport coach. The following is a list of donors of Port- disbursed by the Cashier’s Office each The coach then selects the recipients after land State Loan Funds: term. Available financial aid will be auto- considering each candidate’s ability, eligi- Beaverton Business and Professional matically credited to pay tuition and other bility, finances available, and the need of Women’s Club Fund PSU charges. Students may complete the the particular sport. Each coach submits a Division of Continuing Education Loan Direct Deposit form to authorize the cash- list to the Director of Athletics of those ath- Fund ier to electronically deposit any remaining letics students qualifying for grant-in-aid. East Side Rotary Club Student Loan Fund aid to the student’s bank account. Direct East Side Rotary Women Loan Fund Deposit forms are included with the stu- Louis Gevurtz Memorial Student Loan EDUCATIONAL dent’s Award Notification Letter. Students Fund LOANS who do not choose this option go to the Albert Joe Ingalls Memorial Fund cashier in person to receive a check for any Grace Irish Memorial Loan Fund Federal Perkins Loans. This federally remaining aid. Federal Work-Study is Dan Jones Memorial Loan Fund funded loan program is available to under- earned on a monthly basis and paychecks Nina Mae Kellogg Loan Fund for Girls graduate and graduate students who dem- are issued at the end of each month. onstrate exceptional financial need. This is Karl Kemper Memorial Loan Fund a long-term, low-interest loan for which Lents Lodge No. 156 AF & AM Masonic repayment commences nine months after Educational Revolving Fund ADDITIONAL the student is no longer enrolled on at least Hugh B. McGuire Memorial Student Loan INFORMATION a half-time basis. Fund Additional details on the federal aid pro- Federal Direct Stafford Loans. Loans Patrons of Mu Phi Epsilon (Alpha Lambda grams are available in The Student Guide, are available to PSU students through the Chapter) published annually by the U.S. Department cooperation of the University and the U.S. Adelia Pritchard Scholarship Loan Fund of of Education. Students will also receive a Department of Education. Both interest the Business and Professional Women’s Financial Aid Guide with their Award Noti- subsidized and unsubsidized loans are Club of Portland fication Letter, which gives a detailed available. Subsidized loan eligibility is PSU Co-op Loan Fund explanation of the conditions for receiving based upon the demonstration of financial PSU Women’s Association Loan Fund aid, student rights and responsibilities, and need. Repayment begins six months after Sandy Business and Professional Women’s other information of which aid applicants the student drops below half-time status or Club Loan Fund W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 35

should be aware. Copies of these guides are formally studied Arabic in an accredited taught by a member of the PSU Depart- available through the Student Financial Aid college for at least two years; had an out- ment of English. (Department of English, Office, 174 Neuberger Hall. standing performance in previous Arabic 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) studies; 3.40 GPA or higher; and a commit- Caribbean Studies Scholarship. SCHOLARSHIPS ment to successfully complete third-year Annual award for any major (undergradu- AND AWARDS Arabic at PSU. School performance and ate or graduate) in a field related to Carib- financial need are a major consideration. bean Studies, based on scholastic Portland State University has a number of (Department of Foreign Languages and achievement, community service, and scholarships and awards which are admin- Literatures, 393 Neuberger Hall, 725- merit. (Department of Black Studies, 308 istered by individual academic depart- 3522.) Neuberger Hall, 725-3472) ments, the Scholarship Committee, or Richard Apfel Scholarship. This Earle A. Chiles Scholarship. Awarded special committees developed for specific scholarship is granted to a full-time, upper- to a junior French Language major show- scholarships. Scholarships generally are division engineering student, based on ing academic excellence, leadership, and awarded on the basis of academic achieve- scholarship and financial need. (School of financial need. Selection is based on a 350- ment, promise, and financial need. The fol- Engineering and Applied Science, Fourth word statement (in French), transcripts, lowing list represents some of the Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-4631.) financial need, and two letters of recom- individual scholarships and awards admin- APWA (American Public Works Asso- mendation. (Department of Foreign Lan- istered by Portland State University. Addi- ciation) Oregon Chapter Scholarship. guages and Literatures, 393 Neuberger tional information is available in the Scholarships granted to full-time civil engi- Hall, 725-3522.) Scholarship Handbook, printed by the neering students based on scholarship and The Frank Andrew Clarke and Helen Office of Academic Affairs and available in financial need. Recipients must be Oregon Clarke Memorial Award. An undergradu- 349 Cramer Hall; or, contact the depart- residents for at least four years. (Depart- ate award offered annually by the Depart- ment or person mentioned after each ment of Civil Engineering, 138 Science ment of English for a work of excellence scholarship description. Building 2, 725-4282.) submitted as a regular course assignment Army ROTC Scholarships. A signifi- by a Portland State University student. UNDERGRADUATE cant number of students receive Army Department of English faculty members † Academy of American Poets Award. An ROTC scholarships while at PSU. The may nominate one or more noteworthy annual award presented for the best poem scholarships are available on a competitive student papers. Also, students may directly or group of poems submitted by a Portland basis to all qualified undergraduate or submit essays which they have written for State University student. The Department graduate students, and are available for all English courses during the academic year of English Prize Committee may choose to academic majors. (University of Portland, to the Department’s Prize Committee. make either a graduate or undergraduate Military Science Program, 283-7353.) (Department of English, 405 Neuberger award. (Department of English, 405 Neu- ASCE (American Society of Civil Hall, 725-3521.) berger Hall, 725-3521.) Engineers) Oregon Section Scholarship. Barry Commoner Scholarship/Paul

A-DEC Scholarship. Awarded to Scholarship is granted to a senior civil engi- Croy Scholarship. Each scholarship admitted junior- or senior-level School of neering student (must be in their junior awarded to junior or senior students with Business Administration students with a year in June of the year application is academic and career interests in the area of 3.25+ GPA interested in marketing. (240 made) with a 3.00 GPA or above. (Depart- environmental science. Applicants must School of Business Administration, 725- ment of Civil Engineering, 138 Science have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or above, be 3712.) Building 2, 725-4282.) enrolled full-time, be in need of financial AFROTC Scholarships. Portland State Maria Balogh Scholarship. Awarded to assistance, and be able to articulate aca- University participates in a crosstown Air an undergraduate computer science major. demic and professional goals related to Force ROTC program with the University (Department of Computer Science, 120 environmental policy or science. (Environ- of Portland. Students who qualify may PCAT Building, 725-4036). mental Sciences and Resources, 218 Sci- compete for AFROTC scholarships, which Boeing Engineering Scholarships. ence Building 2, 725-4980). are awarded on a competitive basis. Schol- Two awards. Applicants must be full-time Coral Sales Company/D.P. Daniels arships are available in numerous academic undergraduate students at PSU who are Civil Engineering Scholarship. Recipi- disciplines and are open to students on the majoring in engineering and have achieved ents must intend to pursue a career in basis of demonstrated academic abilities or shown the potential to achieve satisfac- highway/transportation engineering or and leadership potential. (AFROTC tory or better academic accomplishments. highway construction. No GPA require- Detachment 695, University of Portland, Minimum GPA is 3.00. Applicants must be ments. Leadership qualities and participa- 283-7216.) authorized to work in the United States on tion in extra-curricular activities, both civic Marjorie Albertson Scholarship. a full time basis for other than training. and professional, will be considered. Evi- Awarded to a senior student with a 2.80 (School of Engineering and Applied Sci- dence of work experience in highway/ GPA or above majoring in music. The indi- ence, Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 20, transportation field is an asset. The recipi- vidual is selected on talent and scholarship. 725-4631.) ents must have lived in the Northwest for (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, Bernard V. Burke Awards in History. at least 10 years and have junior or senior 725-3011.) † Applicants must be declared history majors standing. (Civil Engineering Department, Noury Al-Khaledy Scholarship in with at least a 3.00 overall GPA and a mini- 138 Science Building 2, 725-4282.) Arabic Studies. Established in 1995 in mum 3.25 GPA in history. (Department of Corporate Associates Scholarship. recognition of the contributions of the late History, 441 Cramer Hall, 725-3917.) One scholarship awarded to an outstand- Professor Noury Al-Khaledy who led the Phyllis and Tom Burnam Creative ing junior- or senior-level undergraduate Arabic Language instructional program at Writing Awards. Awards are made annu- student admitted to the School of Business PSU for over two decades. Open to all full- ally for the best works of fiction by stu- Administration. Minimum 3.25 GPA time PSU students of all majors who have dents enrolled in any writing class which is

† Also for graduate students. 36 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

required. (240 School of Business Adminis- Oregon residents. (Educational Equity Pro- receiving the award. (School of Business tration, 725-3712.) grams and Services, 120 Smith Memorial Administration, 240 SBA, 725-3712.) Jeannine B. Cowles Music Center, 725-4457.) Food Industry Leadership Program Scholarship. Awarded to full-time music Dawn Dressler Health Sciences Scholarship. Awarded to an undergraduate majors with a 2.80+ cumulative GPA. Award. This award was established in or graduate student in the food industry Recipients will demonstrate academic and honor of Dawn Dressler, who was a physics management program. Financial need is a leadership potential as well as performance professor from 1962-88 and chaired the consideration and applicants must be pur- ability. (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln Health Sciences Advisory Committee. suing a career in the food industry. Hall, 725-3011). Awarded to a senior-level or post-bac stu- Mathilda Goldsmith Scholarship. Dean's Achievement Scholarships dent who has been accepted for study in This scholarship is for women who are (Engineering and Computer Science). the health science or allied health profes- returning to college after a significant inter- For entering freshmen or transfer students sions. Applicants must have completed ruption in studies. Applicants must be in engineering or computer science. Appli- their required studies in general physics at Oregon residents and maintain a minimum cants must be U.S. citizens or permanent Portland State to be considered. (Health GPA of 3.00. (Women’s Studies, 401 residents and have a minimum 3.00 GPA. Science Advising, College of Liberal Cramer Hall, 725-3510). (School of Engineering and Applied Sci- Arts and Sciences, 490 Neuberger Hall, Goodman Scholarship. One full- ence, Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 20, 725-3822). tuition, renewable scholarship is awarded 725-4631). Elizabeth Ducey Fund. For any stu- to an incoming freshman from among †Deutsche Sommerschule am dent intending to study for a specialty in Grant, Jefferson, Madison, Marshall, or Pazifik. Scholarships are awarded to Middle East Studies; must be enrolled and Roosevelt high schools in Portland. Final- students attending the German Summer making satisfactory progress in a Middle ists are recommended by high school fac- School Program. (Department of Foreign Eastern language. (International Education ulty or administrators and are based upon Languages and Literatures, 393 Neuberger Services/Study Abroad Programs, 212 East academic promise and financial need. Must Hall, 725-3522.) Hall, 725-4011.) have minimum 2.50 GPA. (Office of Hulda DeVaughn Scholarship. H.C.M. Erzurumlu Scholarship. This Admissions and Records, 105 Neuberger Awarded annually to a female Spanish is an annual award of full resident tuition Hall, 725-3511.) major with a minimum 3.25 GPA in the to an upper-division student majoring in Hatfield Prize in Political Science. major. (Department of Foreign Languages engineering or computer science, based on Yearly award to a PSU undergraduate polit- and Literatures, 393 Neuberger Hall, scholarship, need, and potential for success ical science major. Applicants will submit a 725-5291). in the profession. (School of Engineering 10-20 page essay addressing a topic chosen Diversity Achievement Undergradu- and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- by the unit. (Division of Political Science, ate Scholarship for Freshmen. A specific ing, Suite 20, 725-4631.) 650 Urban Center, 725-3921.) goal of the Diversity Achievement Scholar- David Evans & Associates Scholar- Walter D. Hershey Memorial ship is to enrich the diversity of Portland ships. Three scholarships are awarded to Scholarship. Four awards given to out- State’s educational environment by attract- full-time, upper-division Civil Engineering standing junior-level business majors with ing and recognizing outstanding students students based on scholarship and need. A a minimum GPA of 3.25. Financial need from racially and ethnically diverse back- 3.00 GPA or above is required. (Depart- also a consideration. (240 School of Busi- grounds and experiences. For the freshman ment of Civil Engineering, 138 Science ness Administration Building, 725-3712.) award, graduating high school seniors and Building 2, 725-4282.) Paul W. Howell Award. Tri-annual others with less than 30 college credits C.G. Fanger Scholarship Fund. award is made to students working on must meet regular admission requirements Awards made to outstanding mechanical bachelor’s degrees in the Department of and have a high school GPA of at least engineering students based on scholarship, Geology. Based on academic records and 2.75. Students are provided academic sup- need, and potential success in the profes- written recommendations of two faculty port services, are monitored for completion sion. Restricted to upper-division engineer- members. (Department of Geology, 17 of at least 12 credits per term, and must ing students. (Department of Mechanical Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) maintain a 2.50+ college GPA. Priority is Engineering, 118 Science Building 2, International Cultural Service Pro- given to Oregon residents. (Educational 725-4290.) gram Scholarship. Intended to help inter- Equity Programs and Services, 120 Smith D. Paul Fansler Memorial Scholar- national students in meeting costs of Memorial Center, 725-4457.) ship in International Affairs. Two awards, attending PSU. Students provide 80 hours Diversity Achievement Undergradu- for juniors and seniors majoring in political of community service during the academic ate Scholarships for College Students science and international studies who year, mostly in the form of cultural presen- (with 30+ college credits.) A specific goal intend to pursue careers in international tations to school and community groups, of the Diversity Achievement Scholarship is affairs. Applicants should demonstrate high in exchange for partial tuition waivers. to enrich the diversity of Portland State’s academic achievement and show strong Applicants must have at least sophomore educational environment by recognizing evidence of community service. (Division standing. (International Education Ser- and retaining outstanding students from of Political Science, 650 Urban Center, vices, 212 East Hall, 725-4094). racially and ethnically diverse backgrounds 725-5974.) International Student Scholarship. and experiences. Students with 30 or more Farmers Insurance Group of Compa- Intended to help international students in college credits and a cumulative GPA of nies Scholarship. Awarded to meeting costs of attending PSU. Applicants 2.50 (minimum) are eligible to apply for sophomore-, junior- or senior-level must have met all admissions require- the award. Students receive academic sup- undergraduates majoring in business or ments, including English language profi- port services and must complete at least 12 mathematics relating to the insurance ciency (students restricted to ESL credits per term, maintaining a 2.50+ industry, and have a minimum GPA of coursework are not eligible). (Interna- cumulative GPA with a 2.70+ GPA in their 2.50. Financial need is a consideration. tional Education Services, 212 East Hall, major area of study. Priority is given to Recipients must be full-time students when 725-4094).

† Also for graduate students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 37

Irvington Women’s Club Scholarship. †Drew Lippay Scholarship in Human ship. (International Education Services, For a junior- or senior-level woman with Resource Management. Scholarship to an 212 East Hall, 725-4094.) demonstrated professional goals and finan- outstanding undergraduate or graduate Richard Muller Art Scholarship. cial need. The recipient must be a full-time student in human resource management Annual award to a full-time declared art student with a minimum cumulative GPA with a 3.00+ GPA. Must be a member of major at PSU who has completed 20 cred- of 3.00. (Women’s Studies, 401 Cramer the Human Resource Management Associa- its in art courses. The recipient is chosen Hall, 725-3510). tion. (240 School of Business Administra- on the basis of a portfolio, need, and GPA. Arthur M. James Scholarships. Three tion Building, 725-3712.) Applications are available spring term. scholarships are made to full-time, upper- Robert and Rosemary Low Memorial (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, division civil/structural engineering stu- Music Scholarship. Awards given to 725-3515). dents, based on scholarship and need. undergraduate music majors based on need Anne P. Myers History Scholarship. (Department of Civil Engineering, 138 and outstanding musical ability. (Depart- Applicants must be declared history majors Science Building 2, 725-4282.) ment of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, with at least a 3.00 overall GPA and a mini- Jantzen/Zehntbauer Scholarship. One 725-3011.) mum 3.25 GPA in History. (Department of award for an upper-division computer sci- LSI Logic. Applicants must be upper- History, 441 Cramer Hall, 725-3917). ence student. This scholarship includes a division students pursuing a degree in elec- Richard L. and Maurine B. Neuberger summer internship at Jantzen prior to the trical engineering, computer engineering, Scholarship. Applicants need a cumulative recipient’s senior year. (Department of computer science, or mechanical engineer- GPA of 3.50 or above, show potential for Computer Science, 120 PCAT, 725-4036.) ing, and interested in working in the semi- civic leadership, and have a proven desire Clyde R. Johnson Chemistry Award. conductor field, including the fields of to serve their community. In receiving the Award is made each spring term for the process, manufacturing, modeling, and/or award, Neuberger Scholars shall be made succeeding year to a superior PSU chemis- circuit and systems design. In addition, aware of the service of the Neuberger try student in the junior class. Consider- applicants must be willing to complete an family to PSU, the state of Oregon and the ation is given to qualities of character. internship at LSI as part of the award. nation. (Office of Financial Aid, 183 Neu- Nominations for this award are made by Award is renewable for senior year, pro- berger Hall, 725-5251). faculty members of the Department of vided recipient continues to meet award †Thomas M. Newman Scholarship. Chemistry. (Department of Chemistry, 262 requirements. (School of Engineering and Annual award for a graduate or undergrad- Science Building 2, 725-3811.) Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Building, uate anthropology major. The student must Nina Mae Kellogg Awards. Annual Suite 20, 725-4631.) be admitted and enrolled at the time the awards to undergraduate students who Mackenzie Family Scholarship. This award is made. The student will have dem- demonstrate excellence in the use of the award provides support for single adult onstrated focus and interest in studies in English language. The senior award is lim- women students with job or family respon- the Pacific Northwest which can be ited to English majors; the sophomore sibilities pursuing an academic degree. addressed through any of the subfields of award is open to any full-time PSU stu- Applicants must have a GPA of 3.00 or anthropology. (Department of Anthropol- dent—regardless of major—who demon- above, sophomore standing or above by ogy, 141 Cramer Hall, 725-3081.) strates proficiency in writing. Invitations to the time of award, and must demonstrate Oregon Laurels Undergraduate compete are based on grade point average. financial need and potential to contribute Scholarships. The Oregon Laurels scholar- Eligible students should not hesitate to to the community through school, family, ships are available to graduating high approach faculty about nomination. (For civic, or similar activities. (Women’s Stud- school seniors, students transferring to more information, contact the Nina Mae ies, 401 Cramer Hall, 725-3510). Portland State University from other insti- Kellogg Committee, Department of Vergil V. Miller Corporate Associates tutions of higher education, and to stu- English, 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.) Scholarship. Awarded to an outstanding dents currently enrolled at Portland State Jean Kendall-Glazer Art Scholarship. junior-level student admitted to the School University. They are renewable for up to 12 Annual award to a full-time declared art of Business Administration; 3.25 GPA min- academic terms, depending upon the status major at PSU who has completed 20 cred- imum required. (240 School of Business of the recipient at the time of the award. its in art courses. The recipient is chosen Administration, 725-3712.) (Office of Financial Aid, 183 Neuberger on the basis of a portfolio, need, and GPA. John P. and Miriam C. McKee Award. Hall, 725-5251.) Applications are available spring term. Annual award given to an outstanding Oregon State Sheriffs Association (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, undergraduate student, generally a senior, Scholarship. For full-time administration 725-3515). majoring in geology. (Department of Geol- of justice majors completing 90 to 130 Patricia and Gary Leiser Scholarship ogy, 17 Cramer Hall, 725-3022.) credits (the majority at PSU), completing in Middle Eastern Languages. Annual The Keith Morden Memorial Scholar- specific AJ courses, and having a minimum award of $500 to an undergraduate ship. Established to assist nonresident for- 3.00 cumulative GPA. Award by faculty engaged in the study of Arabic, Turkish, or eign students completing their nomination. (Division of Administration of Persian language at Portland State Univer- undergraduate degree at PSU. Applicants Justice, 550 Urban Center, 725-4018.) sity. Applicants must be enrolled in a must have a cumulative GPA of at least Joseph J. O’Rourke Accounting Schol- course in one of the above languages 3.00 at the beginning of the last term of arship. Scholarship awarded to an out- during the year for which the scholarship is their junior year and be currently enrolled standing student in accounting with a granted, complete the course with a pass- in sufficient credits to qualify for senior minimum 3.25 GPA. (240 School of Busi- ing grade, and have an overall grade point standing prior to the fall term of the follow- ness Administration Building, 725-3712.) average of at least 3.25. Applicants must ing academic year. The recipient must be also demonstrate serious interest in the enrolled for and complete 12 credits and Middle East by taking courses on the maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 region, and be a U.S. citizen. (Middle East the term he or she is receiving the scholar- Studies Center, 320 East Hall, 725-4074).

† Also for graduate students. 38 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Donald D. Parker Award. Applicants PSU Department of Music Scholar- Kayo Uchida Sato Memorial must be junior-level students with a 3.50 ships. Awards are given to music majors Scholarship. Awards made to full-time GPA or above admitted to the School of based on demonstrated musical abilities on PSU students or high school seniors plan- Business Administration. Awarded to a stu- voice or instrument. Decisions made by a ning to attend PSU full time who are Asian dent with an outstanding scholastic record. committee of the Department of Music fac- or other ethnic minority and are majoring (240 School of Business Administration, ulty. Minimum 3.00 GPA required. in mathematics or the natural sciences and 725-3712.) (Department of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, have a 3.00 GPA or above. U.S. citizenship Portland Society of Financial Ana- 725-3011.) or resident alien status is required. Finan- lysts Scholarship. Awarded to junior- or PSU Department of Theater Arts cial need is a primary consideration. (Edu- senior-level finance majors. Students must Scholarships. Limited funds are available cational Equity Programs and Services, 120 be admitted to the School of Business to continuing undergraduate theater Smith Memorial Center, 725-4457.) Administration and have an interest in majors. Awards are based on merit as Daniel J. Scheans Scholarship. investments. (240 School of Business decided by Department of Theater Arts Annual award for an undergraduate Administration, 725-3712.) faculty. (Department of Theater Arts, anthropology major. The student must be Portland Teachers Program. Tuition 127 Lincoln Hall, 725-4612.) admitted and enrolled at the time the waivers are available to African-American, John Redman Memorial Award. award is made. The student will demon- Asian-American, Native-American, and Offered annually for writing completed as a strate a focus and interest in studies of any Hispanic students who have attained junior regular course assignment by a freshman of the subfields of anthropology. (Depart- level standing. Students must be commit- student. (Department of English, 405 Neu- ment of Anthropology, 141 Cramer Hall, ted to completion of the degree and basic berger Hall, 725-3521). 725-3081). teaching certificate at PSU and seek subse- Julie and Bill Reiersgaard Mechanical Jack S. Schendel Commemorative quent employment as a teacher in the Port- Engineering Scholarship. This scholar- Scholarship. Awarded to an outstanding land Public School System. (Educational ship is for a female mechanical engineering health education major with a minimum Equity Programs and Services, 120 Smith major with junior or senior status; who 3.25 GPA. (School of Community Health, Memorial Center, 725-4457.) works part time; has a minimum 3.00 GPA; 212 Peter Stott Center, 725-4401.) Presidential Scholarships. Awarded to and intends to remain in Oregon after Henry and Janice Schuette Engineer- academically qualified high school seniors graduation. (School of Engineering and ing Scholarship. Recipient will be chosen in the spring of their senior year. It is open Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Building, based on academic achievement, financial to students who have a minimum 3.75 Suite 20, 725-4631.) need, and student’s demonstration of lead- cumulative GPA and a SAT score of no †William A. and Edith Rockie Schol- ership qualities in civic and professional less than 1150 or ACT of 27. (Office of arship: Geography. Awarded to geography activities. Preference will be given to appli- Financial Aid, 183 Neuberger Hall, majors completing a minimum of 18 cred- cants studying mechanical engineering. 725-5251.) its in geography and who have junior, (Dean’s Office, Engineering and Applied Professional Engineers of Oregon senior, or graduate student standing at Science, Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 20, (PEO) Scholarships. Awarded to engi- effective time of award. (Department of 725-4631). neering or computer science majors with Geography, 424 Cramer Hall, 725-3916.) Wilma Sheridan Scholarship. Annual upper-division standing. Must have gradu- †William A. and Edith Rockie Schol- award of $1,000 for a student majoring in ated from an Oregon high school, be an arship Fund: Geology. A tri-annual award one of the Fine and Performing Arts Oregon resident, and a U.S. citizen. (Dean’s to a student majoring in geology based on departments and who has achieved junior Office, Engineering and Applied Science, merit of a research project and compe- or senior standing. (Additional information Fourth Avenue Building, Suite 20, tence. Award is made to senior-level under- available in the Office of the Dean, School 725-4631). graduates and to graduate students. of Fine and Performing Arts, 349 Lincoln †PSU Department of Art Scholarship. (Department of Geology, 17 Cramer Hall, Hall, 725-3105.) Annual award based on a portfolio and 725-3022.) Georgia M. Sherman Award for GPA. Applicants must be full-time PSU Nancy Ryles Scholarship. Awarded Excellence in Human Resource declared art majors with at least 20 credit annually to women working toward under- Management. Cash award to a senior dem- hours in art. Applications available spring graduate degrees who, due to financial onstrating outstanding potential in the field term. (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger need, family responsibilities, or other of human resource management with a Hall, 725-3515.) obstacles, have had their education inter- 2.50+ GPA. Applicants will usually have †PSU Department of Art Graphic rupted. Applicants must be female, U.S. been admitted to the School of Business Design Scholarship. Awarded to a citizens, residents of Oregon, admitted to Administration. (240 School of Business declared full-time art major concentrating PSU, and either entering college after a sig- Administration, 725-3712.) in graphic design at PSU who has com- nificant period since graduating from high Nancy O’Rourke Tang Scholarship. pleted lower-division requirements in the school or continuing after a significant Awarded to students in the School of Busi- graphic design program. Selection is made interruption in their college education. ness at the junior level or beyond who are on the basis of portfolio, need, and GPA. (Women’s Studies, 401 Cramer Hall, 725- working toward a four-year degree, a post- Applications available spring term. 3510.) baccalaureate accounting certificate, and/or (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, †Florence Saltzman-Heidel Art a master’s degree with an accounting con- 725-3515.) Scholarship. Annual award to a full-time centration. This scholarship is restricted to declared art major at PSU who has com- returning students who have had a signifi- pleted 20 credits in Art courses. The recipi- cant break in their education. Special con- ent is chosen on the basis of a portfolio and sideration may be given to single-parent GPA. Applications available spring term. applicants. Both full- and part-time stu- (Department of Art, 239 Neuberger Hall, dents are eligible. (240 School of Business 725-3515.) Administration, 725-3712).

† Also for graduate students. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 39

Elizabeth and S. John Trudeau Schol- GRADUATE Gerald A. Frey Scholarship. Awarded arship for the Fine and Performing Arts. Undergraduate scholarships with an (†) are to a student in the Graduate School of Annual award of at least $600 for a student also available for graduate students. Social Work entering their final year of field entering junior or senior year enrolled in a Alice Armstrong Scholarship. placement. Applicant must be in good aca- minimum of 12 credits per term toward a Awarded to the female graduate student demic standing, demonstrate financial degree in architecture, music, theater, or that demonstrates the highest likelihood of need, and have selected community-based art. (School of Fine and Performing Arts, becoming a business leader and role model practice or social service program manage- 349 Lincoln Hall, 725-3105.) for other professional women. Applicants ment concentration. (Graduate School of 3rd Regiment Drum and Bugle Corp must have completed at least 24 credit Social Work, 400 University Center Build- Brass Scholarship. Awarded to one brass hours in the MBA program. (240 School of ing, 725-5021). or percussion student each year. (Depart- Business Administration, 725-3712). Garrison Gibbons Fellowship. ment of Music, 231 Lincoln Hall, Robert Garner Cameron Memorial Awarded to a student in the GSSW with an 725-3199.) Scholarship. Awarded to the PSU graduate interest in gay and lesbian issues. Appli- †UPA Memorial Award. Award is given student who exemplifies Cameron’s dedica- cants must demonstrate financial need and annually to one undergraduate and one tion to the community and his ethical busi- outstanding academic qualifications. Pref- graduate student in the College of Urban ness practices. (240 School of Business erence given to students with experience and Public Affairs. (College of Urban and Administration, 725-3712.) working with gay or lesbian clients. (Grad- Public Affairs, 750 Urban Center, 725- Casey Family Program Scholarship. uate School of Social Work, 400 University 4043.) The Casey Family Program provides one Center Building, 725-5021). †Lucille S. Welch Art Scholarship. stipend annually in the amount of $6,000. Graduate Studies in Early Interven- Full-time declared art majors at PSU who To qualify for this stipend you must be a tion or Early Childhood Special have completed a minimum of 20 credits minority student enrolled in the Graduate Education. Applicants must be admitted to in art courses. Selection made on the basis School of Social Work entering your the Special Education and Early Interven- of portfolio, need, and GPA. Application second year of field placement and have tion Program. (Special Education Program available spring term. (Department of Art, demonstrated interest in work with chil- Office, 204 School of Education Building, 239 Neuberger Hall, 725-3515.) dren and families. Application deadline is 725-4632). Harry J. and Rhoda White March 1. (Janet Putnam, Graduate School Carl E. Green Graduate Fellowship. Scholarship. Awarded to an outstanding, of Social Work, 400 University Center Awarded to a graduate student specializing upper-division engineering or computer Building, 725-5021.) in environmental/geotechnical engineering science student admitted to a specific Maurie Clark Fellowship. Annual or environmental geology based on schol- degree program. (School of Engineering award to an outstanding full-time graduate arship, potential success, and financial and Applied Science, Fourth Avenue Build- student enrolled in a Ph.D. program in the need. (Department of Civil Engineering, ing, Suite 20, 725-4631.) College of Urban and Public Affairs. Recip- 138 Science Building 2, 725-4282.) Jane Wiener Memorial Alumni ient must be a doctoral candidate with Elsa Jorgenson Awards. For full-time Scholarship. Awarded to the son or approved dissertation outline who intends PSU graduate students majoring in English, daughter of alumni who obtained a degree to use the fellowship to support research foreign languages, and science; applicants from PSU. Full tuition and fees for up to 15 activities. (College of Urban and Public must also receive full tuition remission terms of undergraduate study; documenta- Affairs, 750 Urban Center, 725-4043.) from another source and demonstrate tion of financial need; community service Dale and Coral Courtney Scholar- financial need. As many as two awards are component; minimum 2.5 GPA. (Alumni ship. Annual awards to admitted graduate given in each year that funds are available. Relations Office, 725-5073.) students in the Department of Geography (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Phyllis Robideaux Wiener Memorial at Portland State University. (Department Hall, 725-8410.) Scholarship. An award will be made to a of Geography, 424 Cramer Hall, Robert and Rosemary Low Memorial scholar selected on merit, without regard to 725-3916.) Award. One award is given in years in financial circumstances, who is a graduate Paul Emmett Graduate Fellowship. which funds are available. Scholarship to of an Oregon public school, enrolled at This city-wide fellowship from the Ameri- give special recognition to academically PSU presently and returning, a junior or can Chemistry Society is awarded to a qualified graduate students with physical senior in the fall, and a political science graduate student in the Department of handicaps. Student must be admitted to major maintaining a minimum 3.50 grade Chemistry and includes a stipend to aug- PSU as a regular graduate student. Selec- point average in political science subjects. ment the student’s other support. All tion will be made on the basis of scholar- (Division of Political Science, 650 Urban admitted graduate students are automati- ship and academic potential. Financial Center, 725-3921.) cally nominated for this fellowship, as long need may be considered, but is not a The Harold Zeh and The Rev. James as they have at least one year left in the requirement. (Office of Graduate Studies, G. Anderson Chemistry Award. City- program. The designee will be selected by 111 Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) wide award by the American Chemistry the department faculty; among the criteria Gladys McCoy Fellowship. This fel- Society, Portland Section, to an outstanding are academic excellence, research perfor- lowship is awarded to ethnically diverse student who will be graduating the follow- mance, and dedication. (Department of students from Oregon and Southwest ing year and is majoring in chemistry. Chemistry, 262 Science Building 2, Washington on the basis of financial need Eligibility by faculty nomination only. 725-3811.) and demonstrated interest in policy devel- (Department of Chemistry, 262 Science Philip H. Ford Memorial Fund. opment and child and family services. Building 2, 725-3811.) Annual award given for the best submitted Applicants must be enrolled or admitted to piece of original scholarship or criticism the Graduate School of Social Work. (Grad- written for graduate credit in an English uate School of Social Work, 400 University course at PSU. (Department of English, Center Building, 725-5021). 405 Neuberger Hall, 725-3521.)

† Also for graduate students. 40 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Minority Graduate Student Pipeline Oregon Sports Lottery Graduate need. (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Support Fellowships. For students who Scholarship Program. Annual awards for Cramer Hall, 725-8410). intend to pursue an academic career in full-time PSU master’s or doctoral students, Morris and Anna Steinberg higher education. Each nominee must be a with preference given to students in areas Scholarship. Awarded to a GSSW student member of an ethnic minority group, a supported by PSU doctoral programs. All entering their last year of the M.S.W. pro- full-time student, admitted to a PSU gradu- awards are merit-based; half of the awards gram. Applicants must be in good aca- ate degree program, in good standing, and are given to students who also demonstrate demic standing with demonstrated nominated by a faculty member. Funded financial need. Amount and number of experience in working with immigrant or by the Oregon University System. (Office scholarships are dependent upon the funds refugee populations. (Graduate School of of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer Hall, available from the Sports Lottery in any Social Work, 400 University Center Build- 725-8410.) given year. Nominations are accepted from ing, 725-5021). James R. Nattinger Scholarship the departments only. (Office of Graduate Stoll Family Public Service Award. Annual award to an outstanding Studies, 111 Cramer Hall, 725-8410.) Scholarship. Awarded to students who are graduate student in applied linguistics. Cri- Ruth Renfroe Scholarship. Award planning a career in public service in the teria for nomination are academic excel- based on applicant’s potential to make a public, private non-profit, or government lence and potential for scholarly valuable contribution to the field of social sector. Applicants must be in good aca- contributions to the discipline of linguis- work with the aging. Applicants must be demic standing with preference given to tics, theoretical and applied. (Department M.S.W. students who will be entering their students currently working in the public, of Applied Linguistics, 467 Neuberger second year of field instruction. (Graduate private, or governmental sectors. (Graduate Hall, 725-4098). School of Social Work, 400 University School of Social Work, 400 University Oregon Laurels Graduate Tuition Center Building, 725-5021). Center Building, 725-5021). Remission Program. Annual awards of Frank Roberts Community Service Rose Tucker Graduate Fellowship. tuition credit equivalent to the instruc- Scholarship. Awarded to a PSU graduate Awarded to graduate students in history, tional portion of resident graduate fees for student who demonstrates a commitment applicants are selected by a committee full- and part-time PSU graduate students. to community or public service. Applicants composed of a PSU history professor and Awards are merit-based. Financial need is a must be admitted to a PSU graduate degree employees of the Oregon Historical Society. consideration for some of these awards. program, in good academic standing, and Past graduate assistants have been assigned (Office of Graduate Studies, 111 Cramer enrolled for at least 6 credit hours per term. to work in the Oregon History Museum, Hall, 725-8410, or contact your major They must also have excellent undergradu- the library, and the Oregon Historical Quar- department.) ate portfolios and demonstrate financial terly Journal. (Department of History, 441 Cramer Hall, 725-3917).

HOUSING

College Housing Northwest, 1802 SW ments which have been modified to meet Although some utilities are included, stu- 10th Avenue, (503) 725-4333 the needs of students with physical chal- dents must pay for their own electricity. www.chnw.org lenges, and two others are completely The modern Goose Hollow building Housing for Portland State University stu- wheelchair-accessible. The buildings, offers carpeted studio, one-, and two-bed- dents is provided through College Housing which vary in architectural styles and floor room apartments. Monthly rental rates are Northwest, a private, nonprofit corporation plans, house approximately 1,600 stu- $422 for a studio apartment, $552 to $625 located on the PSU campus. The goal of dents, domestic partners, and dependents. for a one-bedroom apartment, and $707 to PSU and College Housing Northwest is to The campus apartments consist of eight $860 for a two-bedroom unit, exclusive of provide desirable and affordable housing to refurbished buildings which offer a unique electricity charges. The Goose Hollow is students of the University. A wide range of charm within the urban setting of the cam- located just eight blocks off campus via a housing is available, including small, fur- pus. Several of the buildings are located on bike path that connects the apartment nished sleeper units and programs geared the picturesque South Park Blocks. building to campus. All apartments are toward the different needs of the diverse Monthly rents for unfurnished accommo- wired for Internet and secure, off-street student body of PSU. College Housing dations in the campus buildings range from parking is available. Northwest also provides living options for $214 to $405 for a sleeping room (shared Montgomery Hall, which consists of PSU students that are less expensive than bath facilities), $338 to $427 for a studio 144 single- and six double-occupancy comparable private housing options in apartment, $440 to $577 for a one-bed- units, is popular with traditional as well as downtown Portland. room unit, and $637 to $663 for a two- international students. The historic hall Eleven buildings on campus and five bedroom unit. Rental rates include heat offers many educational and social pro- buildings off campus are available to PSU and utilities. grams geared toward introducing new stu- students, offering more than 1,300 units in West Hall, a new nine-story apartment dents to life at PSU. Rooms are furnished all. The central location of College Housing building, features 189 one-bedroom units. with a standard or loft bed, dresser, desk, Northwest housing provides excellent Located on campus, these well-insulated, and sink. Single occupancy units rent for access to all of the amenities of Portland’s carpeted apartments rent for $550 to $559. $272 per month and double-occupancy urban core. Three buildings have apart- units rent for $321 per month. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 41

The Ondine, across the street from the able security deposit and a nonrefundable basis. Conference housing is available year Portland State Bookstore, features fur- cleaning fee on all apartments. round. nished sleepers and bachelors. In this com- To be eligible for student housing, Incoming students are advised to make munity-oriented building, sleepers include undergraduate students must successfully their housing plans three to six months a private bath—but no kitchen facilities— complete a minimum of 6 credits per term prior to starting school at the University. and rent for $313 per month, including for three out of four successive academic Occasionally some units are available utilities. Bachelors share bathroom and terms. Graduate students in all units are immediately, but most apartments and the kitchen facilities with an adjoining apart- required to complete a minimum of 6 cred- residence hall have waiting lists of varying ment and rent for $340 per month, includ- its per term for three out of four successive lengths. College Housing Northwest ing utilities. academic terms or provide documentation requires a $20 application fee from stu- These rental rates are projected for that they are working toward an advanced dents before they are placed on any waiting spring 2000, but rates usually increase degree. Student status is checked at the lists. For information and a housing appli- each year in July to keep up with rising beginning of every academic term and ten- cation, contact: College Housing North- costs. Tenants are given a 30-day notice of ants are required to provide veriﬁcation of west, 1802 SW 10th Avenue, Portland, rental increases. In addition to rent, Col- their eligibility upon request. Oregon 97201, (503) 725-4333; or (800) lege Housing Northwest requires a refund- Guest rooms for overnight visitors to 547-8887, ext. 4333. the University are available on a year-round

CAMPUS LIFE

TUDENTS are just a few of the opportunities. A visit versity Chorus and Chamber Choir; Opera S to the Littman Gallery on campus, with its Workshop; and several chamber groups. The more than 16,000 students who attend local and traveling exhibits, a lunch hour Each year they provide a rich experience of Portland State University form a diverse listening to free-form jazz at a noon con- music in performance during free noon group, with many age groups and cultures cert, a presentation at the Lunchbox The- concerts as well as occasional evening pro- represented. The great majority are Orego- ater, or an impromptu forum in the Park grams for the benefit of music scholarships nians, but almost every state in the Union Blocks are among the options open to PSU at the University. and 68 foreign countries are also repre- students. The Music Committee works closely sented. Approximately 28 percent Opportunities exist for all levels of stu- with the Department of Music to present of the students are enrolled in graduate dent involvement at PSU. Below is a sam- weekly noon concerts. These Tuesday and studies. pling of currently active programs and Thursday programs are free and open to The student population also reflects the groups. New activities are initiated contin- all. They feature exceptional student and enrollment of many older students—nearly uously according to student interests. professional performers in a variety of solo 80 percent are in the 22-and-older age and ensemble literature. Each Wednesday MULTICULTURAL CENTER and Friday at noon the Popular Music group; half are 25 years and older; and 20 26 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, percent are 35 or older. The average age of (503) 725-5547 Board sponsors free performances by the students at PSU is about 28 years. The Multicultural Center is a focal place on Northwest’s finest rock and jazz musicians Many students take a full load of campus that welcomes all students, faculty, and hosts national musical acts as well. courses while also being employed in posi- staff and community members to share in Student rates are available for many tions either on or off campus, with over dialogue and activities that further under- other concerts, including those of the three-fourths of the students working while standing among people of different cul- Friends of Chamber Music, Portland attending school. Forty-four percent of the tures. The center offers a program space for Symphonic Choir, Oregon Symphony students are part-time. events that promote appreciation for cul- Orchestra, and Portland Opera Association. tural diversity and serves as an informal In short, music is a vital force at Port- gathering place for all members of the Uni- land State, providing extensive opportuni- CAMPUS ties for participation to student performers ACTIVITIES versity’s extended family. Student organizations, academic units, and community and to all listeners. Campus-centered activities, supported by groups collaborate to offer a rich array of PUBLICATIONS the changing resources of the city, make for educational and cultural activities open to Student publications include the Vanguard, dynamic and contemporary choices for the all. the daily University newspaper; and The Portland State student. Most students plan MUSIC Portland State University Review, the campus their schedules to allow time to take advan- Many musical organizations contribute to literary magazine. The two publications tage of the numerous opportunities, which the cultural life of the University commu- strive to provide a service to the University may include organized cultural affairs, out- nity. They include the PSU Piano Recital community and to provide an opportunity door activities, or a multitude of other Series, the Florestan Trio (artists-in-resi- to students to learn about the publications experiences available on campus or in the dence at PSU), and Trio Viento (faculty business. community. Conducting volunteer research woodwind trio); the PSU Orchestra, Sym- at the Institute on Aging, finding a part- phonic Band, Pep, and Jazz lab bands; Uni- time job, or interning in city government 42 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES the Rose Garden arena off campus and in TUDENT RIGHTS The Campus Christian Ministry represents the Peter W. Stott Center on campus, and S , eight faiths: Baptist, Christian (Disciples of track and field events take place at Duni- FREEDOMS, Christ), Episcopal, Lutheran, Methodist, way Park. RESPONSIBILITIES, Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, and United Free admission to all PSU men’s and AND CONDUCT Church of Christ. Campus Ministry is women’s intercollegiate home athletic located at SW Broadway and Montgomery. events, with the exception of playoff The policies of the University governing There are also a variety of religious games, is accorded to all Portland State stu- the rights, freedoms, responsibilities, and student organizations that invite participa- dents who hold a valid ID card. Extra foot- conduct of students are set forth in the tion in educational events. ball reserved tickets are also available prior Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and The Center for the Study of Religion to each home game. Responsibilities, as supplemented and (CSR) at PSU has an office, library, and A wide range of intramural and club amended by the Portland State University internet services in the basement of the sports for men and women are also offered. Student Conduct Code, which has been Campus Ministry. CSR arranges PSU Recreational hours for gymnasium, hand- issued by the President under authority of classes, as well as lectures, symposia, and ball court, swimming pool, and weight the Administrative Rules of the Oregon forums to increase public knowledge and rooms are scheduled each term. State Board of Higher Education. The code understanding of the religious traditions of governing academic honesty is part of the the world, while also supporting inter-faith STUDENT GOVERNMENT—ASPSU Student Conduct Code. Students may con- dialogue in the quest for meaning and All students registered for at least one sult these documents in the Office of Stu- wisdom. credit are members of the Associated Stu- dent Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial Center. dents of Portland State University (ASPSU). Observance of these rules, policies, and SPECIAL EVENTS The ASPSU advocates for students’ inter- procedures helps the University to operate Conferences and programs bring noted ests, officially represents students before in a climate of free inquiry and expression authors, actors, and political figures to internal and external bodies, and is the and assists it in protecting its academic campus to lecture and/or participate in vehicle through which students may partic- environment and educational purpose. group discussions. These events are orga- ipate in the governance of the University. nized by students and faculty working There are many opportunities to become ACADEMIC HONESTY together and are open to the entire metro- involved with student government at Port- Academic honesty is a cornerstone of any politan community. land State. Students may run for office, meaningful education and a reflection of Student committees, with faculty con- serving on the Student Senate or as presi- each student’s maturity and integrity. The sultation, plan and present continuing pro- dent, vice president, or treasurer, or as a Office of Student Affairs is responsible for grams in film, poetry, photography, art member of the Student Fee Committee. working with University faculty to address exhibitions, and music. The Outdoor Pro- Students may also volunteer to work on complaints of academic dishonesty. gram, World Dance office, the Women’s specific-issue task forces on events such as The Student Conduct Code, which Union, and other student organizations the ASPSU Book Exchange, or be applies to all students, prohibits all forms provide a variety of co-curricular services. appointed to a University-wide committee of academic cheating, fraud, and dishon- Film programs feature classics and new to represent the student body. esty. These acts include, but are not limited forms of expression, showing a caliber of to, plagiarism, buying and selling of course excellence not often seen in popular THEATER assignments and research papers, perform- theaters. Opportunities for extensive performance ing academic assignments (including tests Special committees arrange for such and production experience are available to and examinations) for other persons, unau- events as foreign language theater and students through productions by the Port- thorized disclosure and receipt of academic other programs in the performing arts land State Theater Arts Department. Studio information, and other practices commonly which visit Portland State. PSU students theater, graduate theses, and Lunchbox and understood to be academically dishonest. work with representatives of the other Supperbox Theater (short pieces offered at Allegations of academic dishonesty may Portland-area colleges and universities to noon and on weekend evenings) are stu- be addressed by the instructor, may be bring the finest in cultural events to the dent-directed. referred to the Office of Student Affairs for community. All students, not just theater arts action, or both. Allegations referred to the majors, are invited to audition for any Office of Student Affairs are investigated SPORTS departmental production. Tryouts are following the procedures outlined in the PSU sponsors 16 intercollegiate varsity announced regularly in the Vanguard. Student Conduct Code. sports, eight for men and nine for women. Acts of academic dishonesty may result Men’s sports are football, basketball, cross STUDENT PARTICIPATION in one or more of the following sanctions: a country, golf, outdoor track, indoor track, ON FACULTY BOARDS AND failing grade on the exam or assignment for tennis, and wrestling. Women’s sports are which the dishonesty occurred, disciplin- cross country, basketball, golf, softball, soc- COMMITTEES ary reprimand, disciplinary probation, loss cer, tennis, outdoor track, indoor track, Students are encouraged to share in the of privileges, required community service, and volleyball. policy-making processes of the University suspension from the University for a period Portland State is a member of the by becoming members of University boards of up to two years, and/or dismissal from National Collegiate Athletic Association and committees. Students should contact the University. (NCAA) Division I. PSU competes in the the Office of Student Affairs which solicits Questions regarding academic honesty Big Sky Conference in all sports except names of interested persons, or ASPSU for should be directed to the Office of Student wrestling, which is a member of the more information regarding the nomina- Affairs. PAC-10, and softball, which plays an inde- tion process. pendent schedule. Football games are played at Portland Civic Stadium, indoor sports are played in W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 43

STUDENT SERVICES

The mission of the Enrollment and Student cial mailing describing the programs the A peer-tutoring program for Portland Services unit of PSU is threefold: to provide term prior to their first enrollment. At these State University students who desire programs that facilitate and enhance stu- sessions students will learn how to use the supplemental, individualized academic dent learning through intentionally con- PSU Bulletin, be advised about the general assistance in lower-division courses. necting parts of the student experience into education requirements, will learn how to Tutoring sessions are available on a a meaningful whole through collaborative find an adviser, and how to register for drop-in basis. partnerships with faculty and other institu- classes. Another important orientation Workshops covering basic university- tional agents and by bridging organiza- component is the campus life session level skills. These workshops are open tional boundaries; to enrich and which describes programs and resources to any Portland State University student complement student learning by providing available to students. Fall New Student who desires further information and opportunities for involvement in meaning- Week is an expanded program including skill development. ful activities within the University commu- both the advising and student life These tutorial opportunities are nity and the larger urban community; and components. designed to assist students who are experi- to provide services that facilitate student encing academic difficulty because of initial transition to the University and remove INFORMATION AND anxiety about college, who find themselves barriers to student success. ACADEMIC SUPPORT insufficiently prepared for university Within the unique setting of PSU as the CENTER coursework, or who have limited English- major metropolitan university in Oregon, speaking ability. Returning students who student service programs, organizations, 118 Smith Memorial Center need basic skill review can also benefit and activities serve as focal points for stu- (503) 725-4005 from tutorial assistance, as can students dent success, personal growth and devel- who face cultural and economic barriers to The Information and Academic Support opment, multicultural understanding, their educational goals. All students desir- Center (IASC) provides direct services to community service, and leadership oppor- ing to upgrade their academic skills are newly admitted and enrolled students to tunities, as well as support the University’s encouraged to use the tutorial services or to aid in the University’s retention efforts. The teaching, research, and public service attend workshops. IASC maintains a library of resources rele- mission. Students can obtain services by making vant to the needs of students and provides The Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- a direct request to the program staff or referral to other University services and ment and Student Services also serves as through faculty and special program departments. Specific programs are offered the administrator of numerous student ser- referral. vices and activities including the Office of to meet the various needs of students. General Education Requirements The Tutorial and Learning Skills Pro- Student Affairs, Career Center, Counseling gram also offers tutor training and super- Advising. Students who have not declared and Psychological Services, Educational vised tutoring experience to upper-division a major are provided advising as it pertains Equity Programs and Services, Enrollment and graduate students who have a mini- to the University General Education Services, Information and Academic Sup- mum 3.00 GPA in the subject area in which Requirements. Students majoring in a port Center, Student Health Service, and they wish to tutor. Tutoring can be done department are provided appropriate refer- Student Development. voluntarily, through the College Work- ral to the advising available within the aca- Study Program, or for credit. Training is demic department. Workshops and other required and can be completed through OFFICE OF media resources provide needed informa- special tutor training workshops. STUDENT AFFAIRS tion with individual appointments avail- The program fosters academic success able for specific needs assessment. through individualized attention. Its peer- 433 Smith Memorial Center Academic Support Program. Students tutoring program helps personalize the (503) 725-4422 who find themselves academically disquali- university experience, opens channels for The personnel in the Office of Student fied may petition to participate in the Aca- cultural exchange, and presents a valuable Affairs provide support and assistance to demic Support Program (ASP). If accepted, opportunity for students to become students in dealing with the administra- they will receive extensive advising, moni- involved in one another’s intellectual tion, faculty, staff, and other students. They toring and support while addressing aca- growth and social development. are the primary route of appeal in ques- demic deficiencies. Students are required Students who need tutorial assistance or tions of unfair treatment or disciplinary to maintain standards which lead to who are interested in becoming a tutor are action. The staff is sensitive to the cultural increased academic performance enhanc- encouraged to contact the Program’s staff. diversity among PSU’s population and con- ing the likelihood of success in petitioning siders this diversity when advocating for the Scholastic Standards Committee for COMMUNITY COLLEGE RELATIONS, and providing assistance to students. formal reinstatement. 118 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, New Student Orientation programs are Tutorial and Learning Skills Program. (503) 725-8387 located in the Office of Student Affairs. All The Tutorial and Learning Skills Program The Community College Relations Office newly admitted PSU students, whether coordinates a variety of supportive instruc- responds to the needs of students transfer- freshman or transfers, are invited to attend tional and tutorial opportunities for stu- ring to PSU from community college by the New Student Orientation programs. All dents, including: providing advising and transition assis- newly admitted students will receive a spe- tance. PSU recognizes that transfer 44 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

students often have unique needs and situ- STUDENT ATHLETE ACADEMIC DIVERSITY ACHIEVEMENT ations. The office also acts as a liasion for ADVISER, 224 PETER STOTT SCHOLARSHIPS/UNDERREPRESENTED community college personnel, providing CENTER, (503) 725-2387 MINORITIES ACHIEVEMENT information, updates, and assistance in the Student athletes coming to PSU will be able SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM/PORTLAND development of collaborative educational to work directly with an adviser to assist TEACHERS PROGRAM opportunities. them in academic advising and scheduling. Students admitted to PSU who are recipi- Co-admission programs, currently in Referral, advocacy, problem solving and ents of the Underrepresented Minorities place with Clackamas Community College monitoring of progress for those with aca- Achievement Scholarship Program, the and Mt. Hood Community College, help demic difficulty are also available. Portland Teachers Program, and the Diver- sity Achievement Scholarships are pro- ease the transition from community college VETERANS’ SERVICES to the University. Co-admitted students vided tuition waivers and support services 118 SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, through a special advisement component have access to PSU academic advising, (503) 725-3876 library privileges, and, if qualified, financial of the Educational Equity Programs and All veterans applying to Portland State Uni- Services unit. Applications are accepted in aid for both PSU and community college versity are encouraged to take advantage of courses. February for first-time freshmen and trans- the services and opportunities open to fer or continuing college students with 30 DISABILITY SERVICES FOR them. Veterans’ Services provides exten- or more college credits. Applications may STUDENTS, 118 SMITH MEMORIAL sive academic counseling, and welcomes be accepted throughout the year, depend- CENTER, (503) 725-4150, TDD (503) the opportunity to aid PSU veterans in any ing on availability of funds. 725-6504 University-related problem they may The recipients receive academic advis- Disability Services for Students (DSS) is a encounter. The Veterans’ coordinator is ing, advocacy, priority registration, tutor- University resource promoting barrier-free available in 118 Smith Memorial Center, ing, one-on-one counseling, and environments (physical, program, informa- (503) 725-3876. In addition, the personnel mentoring, and may participate in information, attitude), which means ensuring the welcome the chance to talk informally with tional and social group activities. In addi- rights of students with disabilities and veterans about any aspect of federal veter- tion, the students’ academic progress is assisting the University with meeting its ans’ benefits. monitored from term-to-term to promote obligations under federal and state statutes. Certification for VA Benefits. Veterans academic success. Disability Services for Students works intending to use their education and train- to ensure access to University courses, pro- ing eligibility at PSU should obtain proper ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES grams, facilities, services, and activities by certification forms from the Veterans’ Clerk Students who prefer advising and counsel- documenting disabilities and providing or in the Registrar’s Office (725-3411). This ing from a multicultural staff can obtain arranging reasonable accommodations, process should be started at least one these services from staff in EEPS. An ethnic academic adjustments, auxiliary aids and month prior to registration. student adviser assists underrepresented services, training, consultation, and techni- Portland State is approved for the train- students—primarily students of American cal assistance. Students who have a disabil- ing of veterans under Title 38, U.S. Code, Indian heritage. In addition to meeting ity are encouraged to contact DSS for Section 1501 (for disabled veterans), Sec- individually with students, the adviser pro- further information. tion 1651 (Veterans’ Readjustment Benefits vides guidance to several American Indian Act of 1966), and Section 1700 (Survivors organizations on campus, such as the MENTOR PROGRAM FOR and Dependents Educational Assistance). United Indian Students in Higher Educa- RETURNING WOMEN STUDENTS Tutoring. For some veterans, tutorial tion and the campus chapter of the Ameri- 224 PETER STOTT CENTER, (503) 725-2387 funds are available. Basic requirements of can Indian Science and Engineering The PSU Mentor Program for Returning the program are that the veteran be Society. The adviser also participates in Women Students provides support and enrolled for at least 6 credits and be receiv- outreach activities. ing VA educational benefits. information to women returning to college PROJECT CONNECT: MENTORS FOR after an interruption in their formal educa- NEW STUDENTS, 120 SMITH tion because of family and/or work respon- EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MEMORIAL CENTER, (503) 725-8031 sibilities. The program is a resource for PROGRAMS AND SERVICES, Project Connect, a mentoring project for women at both the undergraduate and the new students, matches students who are graduate level. Any returning woman 120 Smith Memorial Center, new to Portland State with successful undergraduate new to PSU can be matched 724-4457 junior and senior students (“student with a trained student mentor. In addition Educational Equity Programs and Services guides”). These student guides help new to matching individual women with stu- (EEPS) manages various programs and ser- students, especially those who are first gen- dent mentors, the program also sponsors vices that increase access for, and improve eration college students, adjust to univer- weekly drop-in support groups, hosts spe- the retention of, students from low- sity life and provide the initial and cial orientations for potential new students, income, ethnic, and other disadvantaged important individual connections to the and offers specific activities for graduate groups that are underrepresented in post- campus. Student guides, in turn, develop students. The Mentor Program also assists secondary education. This office also leadership and mentoring skills and are women who are planning to return to col- administers scholarships for underrepre- “connected” to faculty mentors. lege and works with local community col- sented students and provides general advis- lege programs to encourage returning STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES, ing, advocacy, and counseling for ethnic EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY women students to consider a bachelor’s students. PROGRAM (SSS/EOP), M107 SMITH degree as an educational goal and to facili- MEMORIAL CENTER, (503) 725-3815 tate their transfer to PSU. SSS/EOP is Portland State University’s federally funded academic and personal support services program. It is designed to provide special assistance to those who have traditionally had limited access to a W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 45

college education. Specifically, students middle and secondary schools. It seeks to the University and the wider who are low-income, who have a disability, increase the number of these students community. or whose parents did not graduate from enrolling in postsecondary education. Stu- Specific services such as bulletin boards college can receive assistance from SSS/ dents in this program will have access to and displays for University and com- EOP if they have a need for academic sup- free services provided by professional role munity announcements, scheduling port. The program provides counseling, models and educational advisers in the and coordination of all student events, skill development courses, and tutoring areas of motivation, career and college and a contact point for independent that is designed to help the student achieve information, leadership skills, mentoring, student clubs and organizations. his or her educational goals. and tutoring as needed. Students are Opportunities for out-of-class learning The program’s goal is to provide sup- assisted with admissions and financial aid and applied experience which compli- port services that will facilitate an increase preparation for post-secondary study. ments in-class learning. in the retention and graduation rates of The student locker rental program and program eligible students who, historically, UPWARD BOUND PROGRAM, the University lost and found programs 239 SHATTUCK HALL, have a higher attrition rate than most (503) 725-4010 are administered through this office. students. The PSU Upward Bound Program attempts Community-service and leadership Students should consider applying for to generate skills and motivation necessary activities on and off campus. the Student Support Services/Educational for success in education beyond high All students within the University are Opportunity Program if they feel they will school among low-income and potential encouraged to participate in Student Devel- benefit from the additional academic and first-generation college students who are opment activities as members of student personal support the program provides. enrolled in high school. boards and committees. These activities Only admitted PSU students can apply for To be eligible, students must: give students opportunities to sharpen participation in SSS/EOP. Applicants will Be enrolled in 9th through 11th grade their skills in leadership, budgeting, pro- be selected on the basis of their need for at Franklin, Grant, Jefferson, Lincoln, gramming, communication, and relations the educational services SSS/EOP provides Madison, Marshall or Wilson High with the public. and their desire to fully participate in the School in Portland. Art Exhibition Committee / 250A program’s activities. Once selected, partici- Come from a low-income family in SMC / 725-5656. Juried art shows featur- pation is voluntary and determined by the which the parents did not graduate ing local and traveling exhibits is coordi- individual needs of the student. Students from a four-year college. nated by students. Paintings, sculpture, interested in SSS/EOP are invited to contact Be in need of academic assistance. prints, ceramics, and graphic design are the SSS/EOP office. Have a desire to pursue higher educa- shown in the Littman Gallery of Smith Student Support Services/EOP is a U.S. tion. Memorial Center. Photographs are exhib- Department of Education Title IV TRIO ited in the White Gallery, also on the program. PSU’s Upward Bound Program offers: Preparation for postsecondary second floor of Smith Center. A program of HEALTH CAREERS CONNECTION education art education, including gallery talks and OUTREACH COORDINATOR, 120 Assistance from tutors during the studio visits, accompanies the exhibitions. SMC, (503) 725-4457 academic year Association of African Students / 449 The Health Careers Connection Outreach Individual and group counseling SMC / 725-5659. The AAS promotes fel- Coordinator serves pre-college and college An intensive six-week nonresidential lowship and cultural exchange among its underrepresented students of color who are summer program (one week is a members and organizational affiliates. interested in pursuing careers in medicine, residential Outdoor Learning Lab) Activities are aimed at increasing and dentistry, and nursing. The coordinator, Assistance in completing college admis- enhancing the understanding of the eco- funded through a partnership of the sions and financial aid applications nomic, political, social, and cultural issues Oregon Area Health Education Centers Special workshops, field trips and of Africa. Program/Oregon Health Sciences Univer- college visits Black Cultural Affairs Board / 26A sity and PSU, helps students establish criti- Incentives: stipend checks, awards, bus SMC / 725-5660. The Black Cultural cal connections to programs and personnel tickets, high school credit Affairs Board (BCAB) is one result of the in educational institutions and in the efforts of the black community, black stu- health professions. In addition to career dents, and Portland State University to and academic advising, the coordinator STUDENT address the needs of black students on the links students to resources and activities DEVELOPMENT University campus. The purpose of the that promote academic success in high Black Cultural Affairs Board is to provide school and college. 443 Smith Memorial Center educational and cultural enrichment, with (503) 725-4452 primary emphasis on the black experience TALENT SEARCH: PROJECT PLUS In the program area of Student Develop- for PSU students and community residents. PROGRAM, 219 SHATTUCK HALL, In addition to its theatrical productions, art (503) 725-4458 ment, student organizations, committees, exhibits, dances, speakers, debates, etc., The PSU Project PLUS program is the latest and a staff of advisers in the Office of the BCAB also provides resource informa- of the TRIO programs at the University. Student Development work together to tion about student services to help incom- The program serves a total of 600 students provide PSU students with: ing and returning black students accustom at Cleveland, Franklin, and Marshall high Student participation on campus and in themselves to the logistics of the University. schools and Sellwood, Hosford, Lane, and the metropolitan community. It is the goal of the Black Cultural Affairs Binnsmead middle schools in Southeast Resources and expertise for campus Board to create an environment that makes Portland, and Glencoe and Hillsboro high cultural, academic, recreational, and the attainment of knowledge possible and schools and Thomas and Poynter junior community service programs. gratifying for all students and to support high schools in the Hillsboro School Dis- An open atmosphere for student dia- the associated needs of black students. trict. The program is designed to increase logue, debate, experimentation, and the number of diverse, under-served stu- action on problems and issues affecting dents continuing in and graduating from 46 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Chiron Studies / 451 SMC / Literary Arts Council / 442 SMC / Student Organization Committee / 725-5662. Chiron Studies is a student-run 725-5666. The Literary Arts Council 451 SMC / 725-5657. The Student Orga- program which provides incentive and brings poets and fiction writers of national nization Committee assists student organi- support for students to teach University and international stature to campus for zations with all aspects of operation and courses, with faculty sponsorship, which readings and hosts writing workshops. registration with the University. Resources are not offered by the academic depart- Music Committee / 442 SMC / the SOC can provide to registered groups ments. Stop by to learn more about Chiron 725-5666. The Music Committee works include up to $400 of financial support, or to discuss an idea for a course you closely with the Department of Music to desk space, and assistance in any matter would like to teach. present weekly noon concerts. These Tues- regarding the operation of a student group Club Sports / 443 SMC / 725-5663. day and Thursday programs are free and or the formation of a new group. Administered by students, the Club Sports open to all. They feature exceptional stu- Student Recreation Program / Peter program is designed to provide students dent and professional performers in a vari- W. Stott Center/ 725-5127. The Student with the opportunity to compete in sports ety of solo and ensemble literature. Recreation Program is a student fee funded including water polo, tennis, table tennis, OSPIRG / SB21 SMC / 725-4500. The organization that provides recreational time tae kwon do, volleyball, and soccer. Clubs Oregon Student Public Interest Research in the Peter W. Stott Center. The Student travel regionally and provide an excellent Group at PSU is part of a statewide research Recreation Program operates the weight basis for improving one’s knowledge of a effort operating at several colleges and uni- room, circuit room, natatorium, intramural sport. versities. The group investigates such areas leagues, open gym time, and other recre- Dance / 442 SMC / 725-5670. The as consumer and environmental protection, ational services provided in the Peter W. World Dance office sponsors a wide variety concentrating on local problems. Stott Center. Students with valid PSU iden- of local, international, and national guest Outdoor Program / 114 SMC / tification may use any of the services for artists. Featured artists perform in short 725-5668. This program provides stu- free or for a nominal charge. Recreation and long workshop format. Events are dents, faculty, and staff with the opportu- hours change on a term by term basis offered at a nominal cost to students. nity to take part in outdoor activities Student Resource Center / 115 SMC / Students with Disabilities Union / including team-led kayaking, canoeing, 725-4402. Operated by students, the Stu- 435 SMC / 725-5664. The Students with rafting, camping, wilderness hiking, cross dent Resource Center is a bureau of Disabilities Union is coordinated and country skiing, and snow camping trips. resources and information that provides staffed by students who provide the PSU The program maintains an extensive inven- answers and help on virtually all phases of community with disability/ability programs tory of outdoor equipment which students, life at Portland State. In those instances and advocacy to eliminate attitudinal and faculty, and staff may rent for a small fee. where the staff cannot provide the needed architectural barriers to academic achieve- Educational programs include films, lec- help, referral will be made, directing the ment. There is no charge or disability tures, demonstrations, etc. student to the specific person or group requirement to be an SDU member. The Popular Music Board / 452 SMC / who can give assistance. SDU offers advocacy, awareness seminars, 725-5661. PMB sponsors weekly concerts United Indian Students in Higher complaint forms, procedures, and referrals. every Wednesday and Friday at noon, fea- Education / 439 SMC / 725-5671. UISHE Film / 510 SW Hall / 725-4470. The turing the top rock and jazz groups in the provides information and programs con- PSU Film Committee presents entertaining Northwest. In addition, special concerts cerning Native American customs, tradi- and edifying films, foreign and domestic, to featuring internationally acclaimed artists tions, history, and literature to PSU students and the public throughout the are presented periodically in the Univer- students. Annual events include a Salmon year at the Fifth Avenue Cinema. sity’s auditoriums. PMB strives to present Bake and a series of Pow Wows. UISHE KPSU/S18E SMC/725-5669. KPSU, excellent musicians and a wide spectrum of works closely with many Indian organiza- 1450 AM, provides students with an edu- popular music, including rock, new wave, tions in the community in order to have as cational opportunity to learn about radio blues, reggae, Latin, funk, and jazz. many tribes as possible represented at its broadcasting. KPSU is Portland’s only city- Queers and Allies / 441A SMC / celebrations. wide college radio programming, which 725-5681. The Q&A provides a supportive Women’s Union Resource Center / 28 makes it a unique experience for students, environment for lesbian, gay, and bisexual SMC / 725-5672. Developed by and for the University, and the community. KPSU is students. It also acts as an advocate for women students, the union sponsors cul- on the air 365 days a year from 5 p.m. to 2 sexual minority students and promotes gay, tural, social, and academic activities. The a.m. lesbian, and bisexual visibility through union also acts as a referral center for needs La Raza / 448 SMC / 725-5665. activism and educational programs. such as child care, community services, La Raza in an umbrella for two student Speakers Board / 446 SMC / and scholarship information. The office is a groups: Mecha, which focuses on the Mexi- 725-5654. The Speakers Board is a stu- place to study, relax, and meet friends. Vol- can-American community, and Mujeres, dent-faculty committee which brings to unteers are welcome as office staff and which addresses the needs of Latino/Chi- campus high-caliber speakers of broad organizers of union events. cano women. La Raza provides students appeal to students, faculty, and staff. Each with the opportunity to learn about Chi- term the board selects a guest speaker. Lec- GREEK SYSTEM cano and Latino cultures with a variety of turers have included nationally known pol- The PSU fraternities and sororities encour- programs including speakers, films, tradi- iticians, economists, journalists, poets, and age scholastic achievement as well as pro- tional celebrations, and weekly meetings. others. Persons who would like more infor- mote leadership and teamwork. The program maintains a close link with mation about the board may call 725-5654 Campus chapters of social sororities are the Latino and Chicano communities of or drop by 446 Smith Memorial Center. Alpha Chi Omega, Delta Chi Sigma, and Oregon. Students Building Better Communi- Phi Sigma Sigma. Fraternities include ties / 47B SMC / 72LEADR. This organi- Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, and Tau zation assists students in finding volunteer Kappa Epsilon. For further information, opportunities and placements in the Port- contact the Office of Student Development, land metropolitan area. 725-5654. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 47

HONORARY, PROFESSIONAL, Iota Sigma Psi Pi Sigma Alpha SOCIAL AFFILIATIONS Women in Chemistry Political Science Portland State has chapters of the following Contact: Carole Gatz, Department of Chemistry Contact: David Smeltzer, Department of Political honorary and professional organizations: Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, a 3.00 Science GPA in chemistry, and one year in advanced Students must be graduating seniors and have a Alpha Phi Sigma chemistry beyond organic chemistry. 3.50 GPA in political science. Administration of Justice Contact: Annette Jolin, Department of Kappa Delta Pi Sigma Xi Administration of Justice Education Scientific research society of North America Students must have completed one-third of the Contact: Loyde Hales, School of Education Must be a major in a discipline that can be classi- credits necessary for graduation, have a 3.20 School of Education graduate level students fied as a science, be it a natural science or a GPA in administration of justice, and have a must have completed a minimum of 30 gradu- social science. 3.00 cumulative GPA. ate-level credits at Portland State University in Contact: Thomas Hard, Department of Chemis- an approved certificate and/or master’s degree try, Scott Burns, Department of Geology Beta Alpha Psi program or a minimum of 18 graduate-level Students must be invited to join and must have Accounting credits at Portland State University in an the sponsorship of two regular (faculty) mem- Contact: Mike Henton, School of Business approved program for the Doctor of Educa- bers. Students must demonstrate an ability to Administration tion. Students must have an overall GPA of no do scientific research and indicate the potential Students must have taken the first term of inter- less than 3.75 on graduate-level hours, exem- of future scientific work. mediate accounting, have a 3.00 GPA overall plify worthy educational ideals, express an and a 3.00 GPA in accounting. Tau Beta Pi intention to continue in the field of education, Engineering Honor Beta Gamma Sigma manifest desirable personal qualities, and give Contact: Herman Migliore, Department of Business evidence of leadership attributes. Mechanical Engineering Contact: Tom Gillpatrick, School of Business Mu Phi Epsilon Engineering students are scholastically eligible if Administration Music their overall GPA is in the top 20 percent for Students must be in the upper five percent of the Contact: Marilyn Shotola, Department of Music juniors, 20 percent for seniors, and 12.5 per- junior class, the upper 10 percent of the senior Students must be music majors or minors, have cent for graduate level. The student chapter class, or the upper 20 percent of master’s can- a 3.00 GPA in music, and show promise in will also evaluate candidates for other factors didates. music and service. such as minimum number of PSU credits and Delta Pi Epsilon Phi Alpha Theta potential for active membership. Business Education History Contact: Rosanne Mohr, School of Business STUDENT LEGAL SERVICES Contact: Thomas Luckett, Department of 401C SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, Administration History Students must have a 3.00 GPA in 12 hours of (503) 725-4556 Students must be juniors or seniors with 45 Confidential, professional advice and coun- graduate work in business teacher education. credits at PSU; have 18 credits in history, with Eta Kappa Nu a 3.00 GPA overall with no more than three seling on a wide range of legal issues is Electrical Engineering incompletes on their transcripts. Graduate stu- available through Student Legal Services. Contact: Lee Casperson, Department of Electri- dents must have 15 credits in history, with a The attorney and staff are qualified to pro- cal Engineering 3.50 history GPA, with no more than two vide students with assistance in under- Students must be in the upper quarter of the incompletes on their transcripts. standing and dealing with legal problems junior class, the upper third of the senior class, Phi Kappa Phi they may encounter. The office also main- or the upper half of M.S. or Ph. D. candidates. Overall disciplines-general honorary tains a resource file of community agencies Financial Management Association Honors Contact: Kathy Greey, Education Floor, Millar and referral services. Society Library This office also offers mediation services Finance Law Students must be in the top 5 percent of the for students who want an alternative pro- Contact: Beverly Fuller, School of Business senior class or in the top 5 percent and in the cess for resolving disputes in a construc- Administration third term of the junior class. Graduate stu- tive, non-adversarial atmosphere. The goal Students must have a 3.00 GPA overall, 90 cred- dents must have a 4.00 GPA. is to provide a safe, neutral environment its at PSU, and have taken FinL 358 or 359. Phi Sigma Iota Student must have 3.00 GPA in finance where students can come to resolve con- Foreign Languages flicts with other students, other members classes. Contact: Suwako Watanabe, Department of Golden Key National Honorary Foreign Languages and Literatures of the PSU community, or the community Overall disciplines, general honorary Students must be juniors and foreign language at large. Contact: Duncan Carter, Department of English; majors, have a 3.00 GPA in foreign language. Susan Hopp, Student Development Students must undergo an interview in the CHILD CARE Students must be in the top 15 percent of their language. RESOURCES junior or senior class. Full- or part-time and Pi Mu Epsilon traditional or nontraditional students are eligi- Mathematics ble. HELEN GORDON CHILD Contact: Leonard Swanson, Department of DEVELOPMENT CENTER Human Resource Management Association Mathematical Sciences 1609 SW 12TH AVENUE, Human Resource Management Students must have two years of college-level (503) 725-3092 Contact: Alan Cabelly, School of Business mathematics, including calculus; a 3.00 GPA The Helen Gordon Child Development Administration in mathematics; and be in the top third of their Membership is open to any undergraduate or class overall. Sophomore students may join if Center is a University-operated service that graduate student with an interest or emphasis they have five terms of college-level mathemat- provides a quality educational laboratory in human resource management. The student ics, including two terms of calculus. They preschool/extended day program for chil- chapter is affiliated with the Portland chapter must have a 4.00 GPA and be in the top fourth dren two to six years of age. The center is of the Northwest Human Resource Manage- of their class overall. Graduate students must accredited by the National Academy of ment Association and the national organization have mathematical work at least equivalent to Early Childhood Programs, a division of of the Society for Human Resource Manage- that required of the undergraduate and have the National Association for the Education ment. maintained a 3.00 GPA in mathematics during of Young Children. The center is open from their last school year prior to their election. 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. daily. Children of 48 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PSU students, faculty, and staff are eligible academic year. Students taking 4-8 credit vices, and a basic health insurance program for enrollment in the program. Enrollment hours who wish to be eligible for CAPS and is provided. Students taking 4-8 credit is based on the date of application. Student Health Services, may become so by hours may pay the health fee within 15 As a laboratory preschool/extended day paying the Health Fee within the first 15 days of the beginning of the term. Included program, the center enables students from days of the term. During Summer Session, in the basic benefits are partial payments education, psychology, and related fields to students taking 1 or more credit hours are for hospitalization, physicians’ home and complete course requirements through eligible for services. office visits, ambulance service, diagnostic observation, practicum, or research activi- CAPS also offers a testing service that work, surgery, and pregnancy expenses. An ties at the center. Interested students coordinates national tests (LSAT, MCAT, optional supplementary insurance, avail- should contact the center’s office. GRE, GMAT) and administers other admis- able at extra cost, covers major medical and sions, aptitude, and specialty tests. The ser- dependent care. ASPSU CHILDREN’S CENTER vice is available to PSU students and to Insurance coverage is available for stu- 126 SMITH CENTER (503) 725-2273 members of the greater community. There dents during summer session, even if they The Children’s Center provides child care are fees for testing which vary depending are not enrolled, providing that they were for children (ages 3 through 9) of students, on the test. eligible spring term. Students eligible staff, and faculty on a part-time, flexibly The CAPS Outreach/Consultation Pro- spring term and who are returning fall term scheduled basis. This facility is for part- gram sponsors various workshops through may use the Health Services on a fee-for- time care, and time may be scheduled in the year on topics of general and specific service basis during the summer. Basic blocks of up to four hours a day with a interest; these are well advertised and are insurance is not automatic during Summer maximum of 20 hours of care per week. usually open to students and community Session. It must be purchased individually The Children’s Center is fully licensed and members. Consultation services (e.g., by the student taking one or more credits. staffed by professionals. Call (503) 725- training, mediation, conflict resolution, Pamphlets explaining the insurance CARE for information and enrollment program development) are available to stu- coverage and insurance forms are available procedures. dents and faculty in groups or individually. in Health Services. Questions regarding To learn more about our services or to insurance benefits may be directed to STUDENT PARENT SERVICES take advantage of a specific service, call or Health Services at (503) 725-3462. 401D SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER, come by the CAPS office Monday through PSU is not responsible and will not pay (503) 725-5655 Thursday, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., and Friday, bills from physicians, hospitals, and labora- Student Parent Services (SPS) is a resource 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., to make an appointment. tories incurred by the student contrary to and referral, networking and educational Walk-in appointments are available. the provisions of the prepaid medical plan. center designed to help student parents For further information regarding manage their roles and responsibilities as STUDENT HEALTH services, call or come by Student Health both parents and students. SPS services Services. include the PSU Child Care Cooperative (a SERVICE networking service); parent education classes, workshops and materials; and D4 Neuberger Hall, CAREER CENTER child care information, education and (503) 725-3462 402 University Services Building referral. SPS also provides individual con- Student Health Services is staffed by physi- (503) 725-4613 sultation. SPS is funded through Incidental cians and nurses who are available for diag- www.career.pdx.edu Fees and there is no charge for direct ser- nosis, treatment, consultation and referrals vices. Student parents can use SPS by call- for illnesses and injuries. Women’s health The Career Center offers assistance to ing (503) 725-5655 or dropping by the care is available for annual gynecological Portland State University students (who are SPS office in room 401D, SMC. exams, pap smears, family planning coun- formally admitted and registered for seling, and contraception. The Student classes) and alumni. Services and resources OUNSELING AND Health Service is an outpatient facility open include: C 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Thursday Individual career and job search PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES and 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Friday. counseling. Each term Student Health Services Workshops and individual assistance on M343 Smith Memorial Center, offers a variety of physical assessment career decisions, resume writing, inter- (503) 725-4423 screens, lectures and workshops that viewing, and job search strategies. Counseling and Psychological Services address health-related issues. These events An extensive career library and home (CAPS) provides assistance to PSU students are advertised on bulletin boards around page with information on careers, in the following areas: the campus. A wellness resource center and internships, employers, and job-search Crisis counseling a self help clinic are available and provide resources. Brief individual, couple or family coun- educational material and assessment tools An on-campus recruiting program in seling, group counseling, general and on health-related issues pertinent to stu- which students interview with topic specific, psychiatric assessment dents. Assessments and counseling are employers, both public and private. and treatment including medication available to assist students to live a health- PSU CareerNet, an on-line service fea- Career counseling including testing ier lifestyle. turing full- and part-time job listings. Screening for learning disabilities Health Services and Counseling and Placement file/dossier service for Stress management Psychological Services work closely to educators. Test anxiety enhance the students’ educational experi- Off-campus part-time or temporary Alcohol and other drug use assessment, ences by recognizing the importance of employment for eligible students (see education and referral maintaining physical and mental health at listing for Student Employment). These services are available to students the optimal level. Off-campus Federal Work-Study Com- taking 9 or more credits during the regular Students taking 9 or more credits fall, munity Service, “America Reads” and winter, and spring terms are eligible for ser- “America Counts” programs. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 49

Annual Career Information Day in vate sectors, in print, on videotape, and via Work-Study Community Service posi- February and Part-time/Summer/ the Web. Also available for use at any time tions. Many employment opportunities are Temporary Job Fair in April. are employer directories, school and col- degree-related and most jobs offer flexible Portland-area Peace Corps office. lege vacancy notices, information concern- hours, often within walking distance from Workshops are offered regularly to ing employment trends and patterns, and campus. Referrals may be obtained by assist students with career decision mak- job-seeking techniques, including sample using PSU CareerNet, an online career and ing, resume writing, interview preparation, resumes and letters of application. job information service, or by stopping by and effective job seeking techniques. For further information, contact the the Student Employment Office during Appointments may be arranged to discuss Career Center or visit the Web site: office hours. Some employers also arrange career plans, employment opportunities, www.career.pdx.edu. employment interviews with students in resumes, and application materials. Prac- the Career Center. Check PSU CareerNet STUDENT EMPLOYMENT, regularly, as job postings and employer tice interviews with video-taped feedback 402F UNIVERSITY SERVICES may be scheduled. BUILDING, (503) 725-4958 interview schedules change daily. The Career Center library contains Student Employment provides referrals to career information as well as information internships and part-time, temporary, and on employers in both the public and pri- summer jobs off campus, including Federal

UNIVERSITY SERVICES

Nearly 15,000 students attend Portland surface lots, limited short-term meters, and is open Mondays through Fridays from State-each one with a special set of circum- on-street city metered spaces. 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. stances, concerns, interests, and aims. The campus offers special programs for Finding the right people to answer ques- carpools, disabled parking, and others with BOX OFFICE/ tions and provide help and support is special needs. TICKETMASTER made easier by organizations and channels For more detailed information on trans- set up to respond to the various needs. portation, parking, or securing a permit, (503) 725-3307 inquire at the Parking Office, (503) The Box Office is located at 510 S.W. Hall ACCESSIBILITY 725-3442. Street. Tickets are for sale to PSU cultural events and activities, as well as to intercol- Accessibility is the keynote of Portland AFFIRMATIVE ACTION legiate athletic home events. This office State: the campus is on the edge of down- OFFICE also serves as a Ticketmaster outlet where town Portland and within the freeway loop. (503) 725-4417 tickets to most major events and perfor- Tri-Met, the local transit agency, serves mances occurring in the metropolitan area the three counties—Multnomah, Washing- It is the mission of the Affirmative Action may be purchased. ton, and Clackamas—which make up met- Office to: (1) promote a campus environ- ropolitan Portland. Tri-Met tickets and ment that supports and celebrates the CAMPUS PUBLIC passes are available at Transportation and diversity of the PSU community; (2) ensure SAFETY OFFICE Parking Services, the new Transportation a good faith affirmative action effort and Center in the Urban Center Building, and equal opportunity in all aspects of employ- (503) 725-4407 at numerous other locations throughout ment; and (3) ensure fair and equitable the city. Monthly passes entitle riders to The Campus Public Safety Office is located treatment for all PSU community members. adjacent to Shattuck Hall at SW Broadway unlimited travel and transfer privileges and To accomplish this mission, the office offer a reduction over the purchase price of and College streets. The office is open year- provides the following services: complaint round, 24 hours a day to assist with per- individual fares. The Portland metropolitan processing and investigation; campus area is divided into zones which determine sonal safety, crime prevention, escort ser- recruitment facilitation; Affirmative Action vices, and limited vehicle services, and to the price of monthly passes. Park and Ride Plan development; and workshop and Stations, located throughout the suburban provide general University information. event development for students, staff, and Public safety officers patrol the campus areas, allow commuters to park their cars faculty in employment and diversity- and ride the bus into the city. The campus continually to assure a safe and comfort- related areas. able environment. is within Fareless Square, a large section of For more detailed information about downtown Portland within which bus our functions and policies, including griev- travel is free. ance procedures and the sexual harassment Wheelchair and bicycle paths, and policy, contact the office by phone at (503) parking areas for bicycles, are located 725-4417 or via the Internet at http:// throughout the campus. Automobile park- www.afm.pdx.edu. The Affirmative Action ing is provided in permit-only structures, Office is located in 122 Cramer Hall and 50 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

NFORMATION berger Hall), and Multimedia Development To borrow material from the library it is I (B18 Smith Memorial Center). Audio visual necessary to have a valid PSU photo identi- TECHNOLOGIES material may be checked out to support fication card. Bring this card to the library’s (503) 725-4441 classroom or campus-related activities. Circulation Desk on the ground floor Television Services is responsible for the pro- where you will be entered into the library’s The Office of Information Technologies duction and distribution of television sup- automated circulation system. provides support for computing, voice, and port material, including support of on- Library resources consist of more than data communications, multimedia, and campus distance education classrooms and one million volumes, including approxi- television and audio visual services. The delivery of distance learning presentations. mately 10,000 serial subscriptions, a grow- Office of the Executive Director is located Multimedia Development provides advice ing number of CD-ROM and on-line in 445 Neuberger Hall. Information Tech- and technical assistance in the develop- computer databases, and an extensive col- nologies consists of the following areas: ment and use of multimedia presentations lection of government documents. Music Computing and Network Services and material. recordings and scores are also housed in (Shattuck Hall Annex) operates and main- Hoffmann Hall is Portland State Uni- the library. tains all centralized computer systems, the versity’s new high-tech classroom facility. It The library issues a number of informa- campus network, and Internet-2 connec- was designed to accommodate large classes tion guides to instruct and assist library tion, providing support for the academic without sacrificing the interaction between users. These are available from display and administrative functions of the Univer- instructor and student by the use of cut- racks throughout the building. sity and specialized applications such as ting-edge multimedia technology. Three Access to the library’s collection is Portals (Portland Area Library System), large rear-projection screens are visible through an on-line catalog which lists UNIX, the campus library system, and the from anywhere in the hall, giving the about 90 percent of the books and other World Wide Web. instructor the choice of projecting video, resources. The missing 10 percent consists Information Systems (120 Shattuck film, television, slides, computer presenta- mainly of books, media, and non-Roman Hall) supports the campus administrative tions or a combination of any of the above. alphabet materials cataloged prior to 1977, enterprise. Systems include the full suite of Combined with a powerful sound system which are listed in the card catalog. Termi- SCT/Banner software (financial, human and touch-screen that controls all functions nals connected to the on-line catalog’s com- resources, student systems), data ware- including lighting and shades, the instruc- puter are located on the ground floor and house, and touchtone applications. tor has an almost unlimited number of elsewhere in the library. The catalog can Help Desk (18 Smith Memorial Center) options to present course material to as also be searched by using personal com- provides assistance in the use of hardware many as 400 students. When not sched- puters from remote locations via the Web. and software and issues accounts to stu- uled for classroom use, the hall can be For details obtain a copy of the information dents for Internet access and electronic rented for a multitude of functions. Auxil- bulletin titled “How to use the PSU On-line mail. Computer accounts are available to iary Services can help with scheduling Catalog.” all currently enrolled students upon Hoffmann Hall. Additional information can The organization of the library is based request. be obtained from the Information Technol- on four divisions, each devoted to a general Instruction and Research Services ogies home page (http://www.oit.pdx.edu/). subject area. The divisional libraries offer a (B18 Smith Memorial Center) consists of Telecommunications (M107F Smith reference desk, open shelving of all books Academic Consulting, Educational Media Memorial Center) provides the University, and periodicals, photocopy machines, and Services, the Instructional Computing Cen- including student housing, with telephone special equipment for using microform ter, the University Micro Labs, and the Uni- services including data connections and materials. The divisions are: versity Studies Labs. The University support to other Oregon University System Business and Government Docu- Studies Labs (first and second floors, (OUS) facilities located in the Portland ments (Basement). Accounting, business Cramer Hall) provide access to microcom- metropolitan area. administration, career development and puters in the support of the University resume writing, consumer information, Studies Program. University Micro Labs economics, finance, government publica- (UML) are general access microcomputer LIBRARY RESOURCES tions, law, management, statistics, taxation, labs available for student use with current (503) 725-4617 and a collection of telephone directories. ID. Labs are located in 107 Shattuck Hall, Social Science and Education 112 Shattuck Hall, and the Millar Library. The Portland State University Library is (Second Floor). Bibliography (general), UML facilities consist of both Intel based located on the west side of the park blocks, children’s literature, college catalogs and (Windows) and Macintosh desktop com- across from Neuberger Hall and next to the directories, dissertations and theses, educa- puters and laser printers. Other microcom- Health and Physical Education Building. tion, financial aid information, general puter labs maintained by the Office of The Branford P. Millar Library, named in periodicals, newspapers in microform, Information Technologies such as the Uni- honor of PSU’s president from 1959 to library science, medicine, physical educa- versities Studies Labs, the Training Labs 1968, was dedicated on May 10, 1975. A tion, psychology, and speech; the reference (321 Cramer Hall) and the Learning Labs major addition which nearly doubled the collections for administration of justice, (96 Neuberger Hall) are available for gen- size of the original building was dedicated anthropology, social work, sociology, and eral student use when not scheduled for on November 3, 1991. urban studies; and a current newspapers classroom use. The Instructional Comput- During fall, winter, and spring terms the room. ing Center (ICC) maintains labs for special- library is open until 11 p.m. Sundays Arts and Humanities (Third Floor). ized applications such as the CAD/GIS Lab through Thursdays and until 7 p.m. on Fri- Art, communication, film, foreign lan- and the Electronic Conference Room. days and Saturdays. The library opens at 8 guages, literature, music, philosophy, pho- ICC also provides technical support for a.m. Mondays through Fridays, 10 a.m. on tography, religion, theater arts, and special Hoffmann Hall. Saturdays, and 11 a.m. on Sundays. These collections; the reference collections for Educational Media Services consists of hours are subject to change; up-to-date biography, book reviews, history and polit- Audio Visual Services (B18 Smith Memo- information on library hours can be ical science. rial Center), Television Services (501 Neu- obtained by calling (503) 725-3065. W ELCOME TO PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY 51

Science and Engineering (Fifth OUNDATION scheduled by the campus Scheduling Floor). Agriculture, architecture, biology, PSU F Office, located in the Smith Center admin- chemistry, computer science, earth sci- (503) 725-4911 istrative offices. ences, engineering, forestry, mathematics, The Foundation is committed to creating Smith Center is home to many student military and naval sciences, and physics; greater financial strength and stability for organizations, including Associated Stu- the reference collection for geography. the University by engaging in development dents of Portland State University (ASPSU), The fourth floor has no reference desk activities in a manner designed to facilitate student publications, and a variety of other and no reference collections. It contains the or enhance the mission of Portland State student clubs and boards. It also houses circulation stacks for administration of jus- University. The Foundation administers the Student Resource Center, Multicultural tice, anthropology, geography, history, funds raised and earned and provides them Center, and the Offices of Student Affairs political science, social work, sociology, to PSU to support a range of activities, and Student Development. urban studies, and the map collection. including scholarships, endowments, fac- Smith Center provides diverse services The library’s ground floor contains the ulty development and travel, educational and amenities to enhance campus life— Reserve Library of short-term loan material and research equipment, and special pro- Portland Teacher’s Credit Union, Co-Head selected by instructors for required and grams and speakers. The Foundation is Salon, Littman and White Galleries, Viking supplemental reading, the Music Room, guided by a volunteer Board of Directors, Bowl and Billiards (including video games housing the music CD, phonodisk, and representative of civic, business, and cul- and television lounge), Parkway Com- phonotape collection with listening room tural leadership in the metropolitan area. mons, and University Market. Parkway and listening stations, the Interlibrary Loan The board oversees the Foundation’s activi- Commons, Smith Center’s food court, fea- Department, and the library’s administra- ties, recruits financial and other support on tures Starbucks Coffee, Taco Bell, Subway, tive offices. A 40-station computer lab for the University’s behalf, and serves as a vital The Wokery, pizza, pastas, and made to PSU students, featuring both IBM clones link between Portland State and the order daily specials. University Market, and Macintosh machines, is operated by community. located on the ground floor near the SW the Office of Information Technologies. Montgomery Street entrance, stocks paper- TALN/IACD (Technology Access for Life back books, magazines, pens, calculators, Needs/Information Access Center for the SMITH MEMORIAL CENTER paper supplies, candy, soft drinks, and PSU Disabled) have offices on the ground floor (503) 725-4522 memorabilia. Smith Center also offers the of the library as well. Browsing Lounge, a quiet area for students The PSU Library augments its own Smith Center, 1825 SW Broadway, serves to study or simply relax and admire the resources by cooperation with other librar- as the campus focal point for students, fac- Park Blocks. ies. Students and faculty have library privi- ulty, staff, and the University community. It Smith Center is undergoing extensive leges at any school in the Oregon State is a gathering place for students to meet renovations and upgrades during the next System of Higher Education. Through a and plan activities, take advantage of recre- few years. The operating hours and avail- program known as Metroloan, direct access ational and social areas, attend events, seek ability of some services may be affected. to other college and university libraries in help or information, or just relax and get Check out the latest plans and schedules the Portland area can be arranged. The food and refreshment. for the renovation on the second floor (by Portland Area Library System (PORTALS) The Smith Center ballroom and other room 203) and the fourth floor (by the sky is a formal organization of libraries dedi- meeting and conference rooms host a vari- bridge to Neuberger Hall) displays. Also, cated to resource sharing, cooperative col- ety of activities, including conferences, lec- see www.pp.pdx.edu/AUX/SMCOP/ for the lection development, and other tures, meetings, dances, concerts, and Smith Memorial Center Master Plan for collaborative pursuits. Before using other other events involving the University and renovations and additions. libraries it is always advisable to call in the metropolitan community. Most campus advance to determine local policies and activities, other than credit classes, are procedures.

OMBUDS OFFICE (503) 725-5901

The mission of the Ombuds Office is to ensure that all members of the campus community receive fair and equitable treatment within the University system. The office serves as a confidential, independent resource to students, faculty, and staff who need assistance in resolving problems and conflicts that may arise. The Ombudsper- son considers all sides of a question in an impartial and objective way and assists community members is resolving conflicts, sorting through policy, presenting options, and mediating issues. The Ombuds Office is located in 169 Cramer Hall and is open Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. 52 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

RANSPORTATION AND ALUMNI RELATIONS PUBLICATIONS T The Office of Alumni Relations enables The Office of Publications produces the PARKING SERVICES Portland State’s 80,000 alumni to maintain official University publications, including (503) 725-3442 a strong and continuing relationship with the Portland State University Bulletin; com- the University. The office is responsible for mencement programs; the faculty-staff The Transportation and Parking Services promoting communication between newsletter, PSU Currently; PSU Magazine; Office sells faculty, staff, and student park- alumni and the University and for provid- and many other major and specialized ing permits and is responsible for coordi- ing services to alumni, such as the Alumni publications. The office works closely with nation of campus transportation programs. VISA Card, the Alumni Benefit Card (ABC), departmental and administrative offices to Parking permits provide parking in any alumni travel, and a variety of insurance respond to the publications needs of the university parking areas and are designated programs. The ABC card provides gradu- University. by “permit type.” Beginning summer term ates access to a variety of benefits and Uni- 2000, the cost for parking is $195.00 for versity facilities, including the Library and UNIVERSITY DEVELOPMENT full term, $65 per month for faculty and physical education facilities. The Office of University Development is staff, and $7.00 daily (subject to available The 30 volunteer members of the responsible for managing and coordinating space). Various other types of permits are Alumni Board of Directors initiate and pro- the University fund development program, available. For full information on types of mote many programs on behalf of the working in collaboration with the deans permits, and where to park, please contact Alumni Association and the University. The and constituent development directors in the Transportation and Parking Office, board hosts an annual PSU Weekend, the schools and colleges, and the PSU Neuberger Hall Lobby. which includes a day of seminars, a nation- Foundation. The office is responsible for Beginning Summer term, PSU Trans- ally-known speaker, a pre-football game conducting planned giving, corporate and portation and Parking Services will open party, and a variety of other events. The foundation relations, annual giving, stew- their new Transportation Center, in the Alumni Board also sponsors an endowed ardship, and prospect research, tracking Urban Center Building. The Transportation scholarship for children of alumni; over- and clearance programs, and provides the Center will be staffed Monday through sees an alumni advocates program; selects unifying impetus for a strong, cohesive, Friday and provide alternative transporta- outstanding alumni award winners; works and ever-accelerating University-wide tion information, sell discount student bus with student and campus groups; and pro- fund-raising program. passes, and a variety of tickets. The Neu- motes numerous other activities. berger Hall Office will continue to sell the VISITOR INFORMATION bus passes, provide PassPort decals to fac- GOVERNMENT RELATIONS CENTER ulty and staff, and sell parking permits. The Office of Government Relations, Currently, discount student bus passes can located in the President’s Office, has princi- 1939 SW Broadway, be purchased by presenting the current pal responsibility for liaison and communi- (503) 725-4407 PSU Student ID and are available to all cation between the University and local, students who carry at least one credit hour. state, and national governments and agen- Campus maps, brochures, class schedules, This program is subject to Tri-Met approval cies. The office helps build governmental and registration forms are available 24 each year. support for the University and identifies hours a day in the Portland State University opportunities for faculty and staff to con- Visitor Information Center, 1939 SW tribute to the public policy process. Broadway. UNIVERSITY The office is in the Campus Public RELATIONS MARKETING AND Safety Office, and staff are available to give COMMUNICATIONS directions to visitors looking for the 341 Cramer Hall, The mission of the Office of Marketing Library, the bookstore, and other campus (503) 725-4478 and Communications is to build stronger points. The mission of University Relations is to relationships with key constituencies by Street signs in the University district communicate the value of PSU to the (1) enhancing the University’s ability to direct motorists to the center. community and to build public and finan- sense, serve, and satisfy needs and cial support for the University. University (2) increasing public awareness of the Relations is composed of Alumni Relations, strengths and benefits of PSU. Government Relations, Marketing and Communications, Publications, and University Development. GRADUATE STUDIES

WILLIAM H. FEYERHERM, VICE PROVOST FOR RESEARCH AND DEAN OF GRADUATE STUDIES 111 CRAMER HALL, (503) 725-3423 www.gsr.pdx.edu

GENERAL INFORMATION GRADUATE (503) 725-8410 GOVERNANCE

Portland State University graduate pro- All matters of graduate study are subject to grams offer a variety of opportunities for the policies and procedures established by advanced study and research, including the Faculty Senate upon recommendation preparation for academic or other profes- of the Graduate Council. The dean of sional careers, continuation and improve- Graduate Studies is responsible for con- ment of skills for in-service professionals, ducting the affairs of the Office of Graduate and personal intellectual enrichment and Studies and Research and for certifying to professional development. More than the Registrar candidates who have fulfilled 4,000 graduate students are enrolled in the the requirements for advanced degrees. University’s colleges and schools, and over Student Responsibility. The student is 1,000 graduate degrees are awarded annu- responsible for knowing all regulations and ally in the more than 50 master’s and the procedures required by the University and nine doctoral programs. the advanced degree program being pur- The Office of Graduate Studies and sued. In no case will a regulation be waived Research oversees the University’s graduate or an exception granted because of igno- programs in the interest of ensuring quality rance of the regulation or of the assertion instruction and research and promoting the that the student was not informed by the highest achievement of graduate students. adviser or other authority. The student Located in 111 Cramer Hall, it is the prin- should be familiar with information cipal resource concerning advanced degree published in the Portland State University requirements, degree status, petition proce- Bulletin, including the section on Graduate dures, thesis or dissertation preparation, Studies and the section listing the require- and final oral examinations. ments for the degree and the offerings and The Office of Admissions, in the lobby requirements of the major department. The of Neuberger Hall, receives and processes department chair appoints a faculty adviser general inquiries related to graduate admis- for each graduate student to assist in devel- sions. Complete application packets for oping the course of study, determining admission to particular graduate programs deficiencies, planning the program, and are available in the academic departments. clarifying special regulations. Departments Individual academic departments respond can be expected to have additional degree to inquiries seeking information about requirements beyond those listed in the graduate degree program requirements, Bulletin. admission to their graduate degree pro- A graduate student may petition the grams, and the availability of graduate Graduate Council for the waiver of a Uni- assistantships in their subject areas. versity graduate academic regulation or degree requirement. The responsibility of initiating the petition rests with the student. The petition must be approved by the faculty adviser and graduate committee and is forwarded to the Office of Graduate Studies and Research. The petition must be accompanied by supporting documentation provided by the department and approved by the chair of the department/ school/college graduate committee. 54 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Petition forms are available in the Office of Professional Degrees retains final approval authority for Graduate Studies and Research. Master of Business Administration advancement to candidacy. The University reserves the right to (M.B.A.), with an option in management of In addition to the general University require the withdrawal of any student who innovation and technology; Master of Edu- admission and degree requirements, each fails to accept responsibilities, as evidenced cation (M.Ed.); Master of Engineering doctoral program has special requirements by conduct or scholastic achievement. (M.E.), in civil engineering, civil engineer- and/or policies concerning admissions and ing management, electrical and computer awarding of the Ph.D. degree. Information GRADUATE engineering, mechanical engineering, on specific admissions requirements, pro- DEGREES project management, systems engineering, cedures, and other aspects of the program technology management; Master of Engi- can be obtained from the following: dean, The advanced degrees offered by Portland neering (M.E.) in manufacturing engineer- School of Engineering and Applied Sci- State University are listed below: ing, a joint program with Oregon State ence, Computer Science Doctoral Program University; Master of Environmental Man- and Electrical and Computer Engineering Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) agement (M.E.M.); Master of Fine Arts Doctoral Program; Director, Environmental Computer science; electrical and computer (M.F.A.), in art, with options in painting, Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program; engineering; environmental sciences and sculpture, and painting/sculpture; Master Director, Mathematics Education Doctoral resources (with options in biology, chemis- of International Management (M.I.M.); Program; Director, Social Work and Social try, civil engineering, economics, geogra- Master of Music (M.M.), with options in Research Doctoral Program; Director, Sys- phy, geology, and physics); mathematics performance and conducting; Master of tems Science Doctoral Program; and dean, education; public administration and pol- Public Administration (M.P.A.), with an College of Urban and Public Affairs, Urban icy; social work and social research; sys- option in health administration; Master of Studies Doctoral Program and Public tems science (with options in anthropology, Public Health (M.P.H.), a joint program Administration and Policy Doctoral business administration, civil engineering, with Oregon Health Sciences University Program. economics, engineering management, and Oregon State University, with options Under the Western Interstate Commis- mathematics, mechanical engineering, psy- in health education/health promotion and sion for Higher Education (WICHE) chology, and sociology); urban studies. health administration and policy; Oregon Regional Graduate Program agreement, res- Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Master of Software Engineering (O.M.S.E.), idents of Alaska, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, In educational leadership: administration; a joint program with Oregon Graduate Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, postsecondary education; curriculum and Institute, Oregon State University, and Uni- and Wyoming admitted to the doctoral instruction; special and counselor versity of Oregon; Master of Social Work program in environmental sciences and education. (M.S.W.); Master of Urban and Regional resources or in urban studies pay resident Master of Arts (M.A.) or Master of Planning (M.U.R.P.); Master of Urban Stud- tuition fees. Science (M.S.) ies (M.U.S.). Administration of justice (M.S. only); DOCTOR OF anthropology (M.A. only); biology; chemis- EDUCATION try; civil engineering; computer science DOCTOR OF (M.S. only); conflict resolution; economics; PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Education degree is granted education (with options in counseling; cur- in recognition of mastery of theory, prac- riculum and instruction; educational pol- The Doctor of Philosophy degree is tice, and research in education. The criteria icy, foundations, and administration; awarded for scholastic achievement based for the award of the degree are the candi- media/librarianship; special education); upon the candidate’s proven comprehen- date’s demonstrated comprehensive knowl- electrical and computer engineering; engi- sive knowledge in a recognized specialized edge of designated fields of concentration neering management (M.S. only); environ- field of study and for creative scholarship and specialization and the successful pre- mental sciences and resources (M.S. only); through independent research. Judgment sentation and defense of a dissertation English (M.A. only); financial analysis; for- of such attainments is based upon evalua- embodying the results of original investiga- eign languages (M.A. only) with options in tion of a dissertation grounded in indepen- tion which demonstrates the candidate’s French, German, and Spanish; foreign lit- dent research and the passing of prescribed ability to conduct independent investiga- erature and language (M.A. only); geogra- written and oral examinations. tion. The dissertation is a contribution to phy; geology (with an option in Doctor of Philosophy programs consist knowledge or a constructive result of sig- geohydrology); health education; history of formal coursework, guided individual nificance and value for educational prac- (M.A. only); mathematics (with an option study in a chosen field or discipline, study tice. In addition to the area of in statistics); mechanical engineering; in cognitive areas, and original research specialization, which includes the leader- physics; political science; psychology; soci- which serves as the basis for a scholarly ship core and the specialty studies core, the ology; speech communication (with an dissertation. Before being admitted to can- student’s program of study includes work option in speech and hearing sciences); didacy for the Ph.D. degree, each student in related fields outside education and the TESOL (M.A. only); theater arts (M.A. must pass written comprehensive examina- use of systematic inquiry leading to the only); writing. tions; some programs also require demon- dissertation. Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) or strated competency in at least one foreign All doctoral students must fulfill the Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.) language. Advancement to candidacy for residency requirement by attending a mini- English (M.A.T. only); general arts and let- the Doctor of Philosophy degree requires, mum of three consecutive terms of full- ters; environmental science; science; gen- among other prerequisites, certification by time approved graduate study at PSU (at eral social science; mathematics; music. the responsible program coordinator/direc- least 9 credits per term) after admission to tor that specified coursework has been or the doctoral program. For the Ed.D., these will be completed and that the proposed approved graduate credits may be course- research can be adequately supported and work, the study of practice (i.e., field-based directed. The dean of Graduate Studies work), or dissertation credits. Foreign G RADUATE STUDIES 55

language competency is not required for ASTER OF ARTS IN PTIONS FOR MEETING the Ed.D. degree. The equivalent of three M O years of full-time study beyond the bacca- TEACHING AND MASTER OF THE GRADUATE FOREIGN laureate is required. SCIENCE IN TEACHING LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT The Ed.D. in educational leadership FOR M.A. AND M.A.T. For students interested in specializing in a program prepares highly qualified profes- STUDENTS particular teaching field at the secondary sional educators for positions in teaching, level, the Master of Arts in Teaching supervision, and administration in elemen- The Department of Foreign Languages and (M.A.T.) and/or the Master of Science in tary and secondary education, in Literatures will accept the following ways Teaching (M.S.T.) are offered in the follow- community and four-year colleges and of satisfying the graduate foreign language ing fields: English, general arts and letters, universities, and in other educational insti- competency requirement: science, environmental science, general tutions, both public and private. 1. Equivalent coursework: Students who social science, mathematics, and music. Information concerning admission have passed a course equivalent to PSU The fundamental purpose of the M.A.T. requirements, procedures, and other level 203 or higher in a foreign language and M.S.T. programs is the improvement of aspects of the program can be obtained within the four years prior to their admis- the quality of teaching in the schools. To from the dean, Graduate School of sion into their PSU graduate program will this end, the programs are developed and Education. be deemed to have met the language administered within flexible guidelines to requirement. The Department of Foreign match the needs of students with varying ASTER OF ARTS AND Languages and Literatures will issue a cer- M backgrounds and professional plans. The tificate of completion upon evaluation of MASTER OF SCIENCE programs permit the prospective or in-ser- the student’s academic record. M.A. and vice teacher to work toward satisfying the The University offers programs leading to M.A.T. students are responsible for making requirements for a teaching certificate if their academic records available to the the Master of Arts and the Master of Sci- desired and, in addition, to devote a sub- ence as shown in the Graduate Degrees sec- chair of that department in the first term of stantial portion of the program of study to admission and requesting evaluation and tion. In all programs leading to these coursework in selected academic fields. All degrees, the primary emphasis is placed certification. Note: This option is not avail- M.A.T. degrees require a demonstrated pro- able to students in the M.A. TESOL program. upon the student’s scholarly development ficiency in at least one foreign language. through formal coursework, seminars, Foreign language proficiency is not 2. Students who do not meet the require- research, and independent study. The pro- required for the M.S.T. degree. ment under 1. above should make an grams are designed to develop a mastery of In general, admission requirements are appointment with the Department of subject matter in a chosen discipline and to equivalent to admission requirements for Foreign Languages and Literatures during provide training and experience in the M.A. and M.S. degrees. the first term after their admission to make research. A minimum of 45 graduate credits is an individualized plan for the completion Candidates for the Master of Arts and required. of their language requirement. Options Master of Science degrees must earn a min- The program of study includes the include preparing for and passing one of imum of 45 credits in approved graduate following: these evaluations: courses. A thesis may be required, depend- 1. At least 24 graduate credits must be a. Oral proficiency interview (mandatory for M.A. TESOL students) ing on the program. The Master of Arts devoted to selected courses in academic degree requires a demonstrated proficiency fields which strengthen the candidate’s b. A written test (mandatory for M.A. TESOL students), such as in one or more foreign languages. Foreign scholarship in a teaching field and related i. The Graduate Student Foreign language proficiency is not required for the area. This minimum may be higher at the Master of Science degree. Programs of Language Test department’s discretion. At least 12 credits ii. The CLEP exam study are built upon appropriate baccalau- in residence at PSU at the 500, 500/600, or reate preparation and include a major dis- iii. A special exam, administered by the 600 level must be completed successfully. Department of Foreign Languages and cipline; if a thesis is included in the The remainder of the required courses may program of study, the discipline and thesis Literatures be 400/500 courses taken for the 500-level c. Coursework after admission: taking a represent the major portion of the program number. of study. course at level 203 or above (for M.A. TESOL students using Chinese or Japa- Applicants for admission must meet the 2. At least 9 credits of courses in education are required. nese only, achieving a grade of B or better University requirements for admission to in a third-year course taught in the for- graduate study. For further information on 3. A final written examination covering eign language is equivalent to option b. admission, as well as other aspects of a spe- the academic teaching field and profes- above). cific master’s degree, the appropriate sional education courses is required. d. Overseas intensive courses or other department should be contacted directly. 4. A final oral examination is required of intensive courses all students except in music and math e. Special reading courses, if available. M.S.T. programs. The Department of Foreign Languages Information on admission and other and Literatures will teach and test only in aspects of a program may be obtained by languages in which it has expertise. How- contacting the department identified with ever, off-campus arrangements may be pos- the field of interest. sible with the cooperation of other institutions. Certification of having passed a foreign language examination from an institution other than Portland State Uni- versity must be approved by the Depart- ment of Foreign Languages and Literatures at Portland State University prior to 56 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

acceptance as fulfillment of the University’s Courses and certificates completed will DMISSION TO master’s degree foreign language compe- be transcripted by the University Registrar A tency requirement. as a part of the student’s permanent GRADUATE STUDIES A student whose native language is not University record. Certificates may be OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS English may meet the foreign language awarded at the end of any term when the 725-3511 requirement in English, except for students requirements have been met. Students in two programs: (1) students in the M.A. must apply for award of the certificate in Application to graduate programs at Port- in French, Spanish, or German, who must the Office of Graduate Studies and land State University requires two com- be tested in a language other than English Research no later than the first week of the plete (but different) admissions packets, and other than the language of their M.A. term in which completion is expected. one sent to the Office of Admissions and program; and (2) students in the M.A. in Courses completed up to seven years one sent to the department. Complete Foreign Literature and Language, who are prior to the certificate award date may be applications are available from the individ- required to demonstrate fluency in two for- used to satisfy graduate certificate ual academic departments. eign languages other than English at the requirements (i.e., a course started in the A student must be admitted formally to time of admission and are not required to fall term of 1994 will be beyond the seven- graduate status (regular, conditional, certif- demonstrate additional competency except year limitation at the close of fall term icate) for a program of study to be planned as necessary to complete their degree 2001). Courses completed for a graduate with the assistance of a faculty adviser. requirements. degree program may be applied to comple- Admission to regular or conditional degree For M.A. TESOL students only, a stu- tion of a graduate certificate program. status should be obtained at the earliest dent whose native language is not English Degree credits earned in fulfillment of a possible time in order to avoid loss of will meet the written requirement (2.b., graduate certificate program may be credit applicable to a degree. Courses taken above) by achieving a TOEFL score of 600 applied to a graduate degree program, pro- at PSU in postbaccalaureate status or non- or higher. vided they meet the appropriate standards admitted status are transfer courses and for use in the degree (including acceptable must meet all transfer limits and requirements. GRADUATE CERTIFICATES grade and completion within seven years of the degree award date for the master’s Regular Status. Students who meet the University requirements and are fully A graduate certificate program is a linked degree). For graduate certificates only. Transfer accepted by their departments or schools series of approved graduate-level courses as potential degree candidates are given which constitute a coherent body of study credit is defined as any graded (B- or higher) graduate course taken at another regular status. Students must have regular with a specific defined focus within a disci- status to be appointed graduate research or pline. It is designed for a postbaccalaureate accredited institution. Two-thirds of the credits required for a graduate certificate, teaching assistants and to graduate with participant and reflects the educational any degree or certificate. mission of the University. Each graduate or 15 credits, whichever is higher, must be taken at PSU. Individual programs may set Conditional Status. Students who do certificate program is approved by the not meet all requirements for regular Graduate Council and the Faculty Senate higher minimums. The following graduate certificate pro- admission to the University are given con- with a minimum number of credits and a ditional admission status if they are fully specific set of courses which must be com- grams are currently offered (additional programs are in the process of approval): accepted by their departments (see Quali- pleted; a final project or portfolio may be fied Status below). After completing 9 required to provide for integration of the Analog and Microwave Circuit Design; Communication Systems; Computer Archi- graduate graded hours with a 3.00 or better sequence of course materials. GPA, these students will be given regular Students must be admitted to the grad- tecture and Design; Design Automation; Digital Design; Digital Signal Processing; status. Students on conditional status may uate certificate program by the University not be graduate research or teaching assis- and must meet standards for admission to Image Processing; Integrated Circuit Test, Verification, and Validation; Lasers and tants. Students admitted to the University allied graduate degree programs (master’s conditionally who do not achieve a 3.00 or doctoral level programs). All graduate Opto-electronics (School of Engineering and Applied Science), Children’s and GPA after completing 9 graded graduate certificate applicants must have an accred- hours will be dropped from their graduate ited baccalaureate degree. Applicants with Young Adult Literature (Department of Curriculum and Instruction), Engineering programs. an undergraduate GPA of at least 2.75 are Qualified Status. Students whose eligible for regular admission with the Geology; Environmental Geology; Hydro- Geology (Department of Geology), Geron- department has imposed departmental pre- agreement of their graduate certificate pro- requisites, GPA, or other requirements but gram; applicants with an undergraduate tology (Institute on Aging), Hydrology (Environmental Sciences and Resources), who are eligible for a regular University GPA lower than 2.75 but at least 2.50 are admission are given qualified status. These eligible for conditional admission at the Mathematics for Middle School Math Teachers (Department of Mathematical students are eligible to be graduate assis- discretion of their program. Applicants tants. A student may have both a condi- with 12 or more graduate credits must Sciences). Application materials and program tional and qualified admission status. have a cumulative graduate GPA of at least Graduate Certificate Status. Students 3.00, and this GPA supersedes the under- requirements are available from the departments offering these programs or from the admitted only to a graduate certificate pro- graduate GPA. Programs may specify addi- gram are in a special status allowing a max- tional requirements, including higher Graduate Studies and Research Web site at www.gsr.pdx.edu. imum of 8 credits of registration per term. minimum GPA requirements. Graduate certificate students who are con- Graduate certificate students must currently admitted to a graduate degree remain in good academic standing (see program do not have this restriction. Grad- page 52) and must achieve a cumulative uate certificate students who wish to regis- GPA of 3.00 or higher in all courses to be ter for more than 8 credits per term should used for the graduate certificate. see the Office of Graduate Studies and Research. G RADUATE STUDIES 57

Certificate Status. All students work- an accredited institution with a minimum scores, portfolio, and/or departmental ing in a planned program leading only to a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all undergradu- checklist. postbaccalaureate certificate are given cer- ate courses. To be considered for admission The department evaluates the file and tificate status. Certificate students may be as a graduate certificate student, the appli- recommends admission or denial of the admitted to other categories of graduate cant must meet all requirements for regular applicant. Some departments evaluate study and concurrently pursue a certificate. or conditional graduate degree admission. admission applications periodically, This status includes students working on To be considered for admission as a and other departments wait until the teaching certificates but does not include postbaccalaureate certificate student, the application deadline before evaluating all students admitted only to graduate certifi- applicant must present a baccalaureate applications. cate programs. degree from an accredited institution with Upon admission, the student will be Postbaccalaureate Status. Students either a cumulative GPA of 2.75 in all assigned to a departmental or school fac- not currently working for a degree but who undergraduate courses or at least 12 credits ulty adviser. wish to register for more than 8 credits of with a cumulative GPA of 3.00 in graduate The application and the non-refundable graduate credit courses may be admitted to work in the proposed field of study earned application fee are valid for one academic postbaccalaureate status. A postbaccalaure- subsequent to receiving the baccalaureate year. To validate admission, a student must ate student wishing to be admitted to regu- degree. Applicants with 12 or more gradu- register and pay for at least one credit in lar degree status must apply in the same way ate credits must have a cumulative gradu- the term for which she/he was admitted. If as any other applicant and must meet the ate GPA of at least 3.00, and this GPA the student does not validate admission for general University requirements and be supersedes the undergraduate GPA. the admission term, that admission will be fully accepted by the department or school. Departmental Requirements. A cancelled unless the student contacts the A postbaccalaureate student may find department may have special admission Admissions Office and requests that the departmental enrollment limitations on requirements based on previous academic admission be updated to another term many courses. Transfer of courses com- achievement scores on Graduate Record within the year. If the student does not val- pleted in a postbaccalaureate status is not Examinations or other tests, letters of rec- idate admission within one calendar year, automatically applied toward a graduate ommendation, a portfolio, or an autobio- the admission will be cancelled, and the degree; each course must be evaluated and graphical statement. Information regarding student must submit a new application and recommended by the department and is departmental requirements may be new application fee. considered nonresident credit for which all obtained directly from the specific depart- Admission of Foreign Applicants. transfer limits and requirements apply. ment. The number of students admitted to All graduate students are expected to be University Requirements for Admis- a particular program is limited to the proficient in the use of English. An appli- sion to Graduate Courses and Programs. resources available. cant whose native language is not English To be admitted to Portland State University Application Documents. In order to and who has not completed undergraduate for the purpose of pursuing graduate work, expedite the graduate admission process for degree requirements at an accredited U.S. applicants must satisfy minimum Univer- domestic applicants, Portland State Univer- institution must present the following: sity requirements and be accepted by the sity requires that the applicant send two 1. A complete and accurate chronological department in which the graduate work is complete (but different) application pack- outline of all previous college-level proposed. Any applicant whose native lan- ets, one packet to the Admissions Office education. guage is not English and who has not and the other directly to the department. 2. Authorized school or university received a baccalaureate degree from a U.S. Incomplete packets sent either to the records, transcripts, certificates of degrees, institution must pass the Test of English as Admissions Office or to the department etc., showing all courses taken and all a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a mini- will seriously delay completion of the grad- grades and degrees received. The records mum score of 550. uate admission process. Students may call must be either the original documents or Portland State University will not confer the PSU Touch-tone Admission Status certified copies (i.e., copies certified by a active admission status to any graduate stu- Reporting System at 725-ADMT (2368) to notary public or a U.S. Embassy official). dent pending an expected baccalaureate determine the status of their admission An official translation must be attached to degree without formal written notification applications. Questions about the admis- these records if they are in a language from the Registrar of the conferring institu- sion process should be directed to the other than English. tion confirming that all requirements for department. 3. A minimum score of 550 on the Test of the degree have been met and stating the 1. The application packet sent to the English as a Foreign Language, which is date the degree will be conferred. If admit- Admissions Office must include: administered by the Educational Testing ted on this basis, an official transcript a. the University application form; showing the degree will be required during Service at testing centers established b. the application fee; the term of admission or the admission will throughout the world. Students who be canceled. c. one official transcript from every col- cannot obtain a TOEFL bulletin and regis- lege or university attended (except PSU), tration form locally should write, well in To be considered for admission as a including junior colleges and commu- regular degree student, the applicant must advance, to: Test of English as a Foreign nity colleges; Language, Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540. present a baccalaureate degree from an d. the measles immunization form. accredited institution with either a mini- The minimum acceptable TOEFL score is 2. The application packet sent to the mum cumulative GPA of 2.75 in all under- 550 (213 for computer-based test). department must include: graduate courses or a cumulative GPA of at The applicant must have earned the least 3.00 in all graduate credit earned at a. the departmental application form; equivalent of a U.S. bachelor’s degree, with accredited institutions (a minimum of 12 b. a copy of each transcript (or official first-class marks, from an approved institu- credits). transcripts, if required by the tion. The applicant must present certifica- To be considered for admission as a department); tion of the availability of sufficient funds to conditional degree student, the applicant c. other departmental requirements, meet all costs while studying at the Univer- must present a baccalaureate degree from which may include recommendations, resume, personal statement, essay, test 58 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

sity. Contact the Admissions Office for an Students who have not been in continu- Microfilming estimate of expenses. ous enrollment after admission to graduate Dissertation (required) ...... 55.00 Funds for graduate assistantships and study, but who have enrolled in course- Thesis (optional) ...... 45.00 fellowships are limited, and the chances of work elsewhere, must complete the re- Copyrighting (optional) ...... 45.00 a foreign student obtaining such aid during enrollment request; in addition, they must Transcript the first year of residence are minimal. Stu- request that each institution attended since Official ...... 5.00 dents from other countries are expected to leaving PSU send two transcripts directly to Each additional copy ordered at same carry a full academic load of 9 credits the Office of Admissions. A GPA of at least time...... 1.00 Unofficial/advising ...... 1.50 during the regular school year and are cau- 3.00 in all graduate work taken subsequent Catalog ...... 6.00 tioned not to plan to supplement funds by to admission to Portland State University is part-time off-campus employment during a prerequisite for re-enrollment. Note: All tuition and fee costs listed above are accurate as of January 1, 2000, and are subject to this period. To assure that registration materials can change by the Oregon State Board of Higher Application deadlines for foreign stu- be prepared on time, the re-enrollment Education or the independent institutions dents are fixed. Applications for admission request form and supporting documents involved. and complete credentials should reach the should be received by the Office of Admis- Office of Admissions at least 6 months sions no later than three weeks prior to INANCIAL prior to the opening of the term. Please registration. F note that the application must be accompa- ASSISTANCE nied by a $50 (U.S.) nonrefundable appli- BASIC GRADUATE Graduate Assistantships. The University cation fee. FEES offers graduate assistantships for teaching Exceptional Admission Procedures. or research on a competitive basis for stu- In situations beyond the control of a for- The basic fees associated with graduate dents working toward advanced degrees in eign applicant, when transcripts and docu- study at PSU are listed in the following most areas. To qualify and to remain eligi- ments are not available to confirm table. The admission application fee is ble for an appointment, a student must be completion of a baccalaureate degree in a required and is nonrefundable. For many admitted to regular or qualified status and foreign university, the Vice Provost may of the graduate degree programs, the appli- be in good academic standing in a graduate employ a special admissions procedure. cant is required to submit a recent test degree program at PSU. Graduate assistants Upon referral by the Admissions staff score on one or more of the designated must be registered for and satisfactorily responsible for foreign student admission standardized tests. The graduate tuition complete a minimum of 9 graduate aca- and recommendation of the admitting fees depend on the total number of credits demic credits each term the assistantship is department, a special panel consisting of in enrolled classes, resident or nonresident in effect, except Summer Session, and three faculty may be appointed to review status in the state of Oregon, and the stu- show satisfactory academic progress in ful- the materials available and interview the dent’s status as graduate assistant or non- filling the requirements of the degree pro- applicant. The panel shall consist of one graduate assistant. Further details on gram. The student’s department chair or member of the admitting department, one graduate fees are available by contacting graduate coordinator may allow up to 4 member of the Graduate Council, and a the Office of the Registrar, 132 Neuberger undergraduate credits within the 9 credits representative of the Office of Graduate Hall. if the undergraduate credits are needed as Studies and Research. The panel will evalu- Tuition and fees may be paid in full at prerequisites for graduate courses or are ate the educational background and prepa- the time of registration; however, the Uni- important to the student’s plan of study. ration of the applicant and review versity offers a deferred tuition plan which Any request for a student to take more than documents including letters and written allows for a partial payment at registration four undergraduate courses must be testimony of persons who serve as refer- with the balance due in two installments. approved by the dean of Graduate Studies. ences or are cognizant of the circumstances Admission application fee Graduate assistants are provided a salary of the applicant’s situation. The panel may (nonrefundable) ...... $50.00 on a regular periodic basis as compensation determine that an equivalency of a bacca- for the service provided and receive a laureate degree was earned and, if so, may Admission application fee for graduate certificate status only (nonrefundable) . . .$25.00 remission of the instructional fee portion of recommend that the student be admissable Tests tuition each term of appointment. Students in regular or conditional status; or it may wishing to apply for graduate assistantships determine that an equivalency of a bacca- Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General ...... 96.00 must correspond directly with the appro- laureate degree was not earned, and, if so, Graduate Management Admission Test priate academic department chair. The it may recommend that specific additional (GMAT) ...... 125.00 Office of Graduate Studies and Research preparation be required in order to meet Miller Analogy Test ...... 45.00 does not award graduate assistantships. the admission standard. The dean of Grad- Tuition (1999-2000) Oregon Laurels. The Oregon Laurels uate Studies shall make a final determina- Oregon residents Graduate Tuition Remission Program pro- tion based upon the recommendation and 8 credits ...... 1,766.00 vides remission of the instructional fees at the evidence presented. Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 2,097.50 in-state rates to academically qualified stu- Re-enrollment. Students who have not Each additional credit ...... 204.00 dents on a competitive basis with prefer- been enrolled for three terms (excluding Nonresidents ence given to Oregon residents. The tuition 8 credits ...... 1,766.00 summer) after admission to graduate study remissions are available to admitted gradu- and who have not attended another college Full time (9 to 16 credits)...... 3,588.50 Each additional credit ...... 370.00 ate students, both full time and part time, or university in the interim, must complete at Portland State University. The Oregon a re-enrollment request and submit it to the Laurels is a merit program; financial need is Office of Admissions. also a consideration for some of the awards. The application deadline is April 15 for the following year. Information will be available after March 1 from the Office G RADUATE STUDIES 59

of Graduate Studies and Research in 111 The grades of P/NP are used by only a Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a Cramer Hall. limited number of departments which have course must be initiated by the student. It Scholarships. Portland State University received special authorization and may be is the student’s responsibility to withdraw has a limited number of scholarships avail- counted as credit toward a graduate degree properly by the deadline dates published in able to graduate students. Scholarships are in resident credit only. the Schedule of Classes. awarded to students in attendance at the A mark of IP may be used for 501/601 A student may withdraw with no record University on the basis of academic Research and for 506/606 Project when a on the transcript up to the end of the achievement, promise, and financial need. student is progressing in an acceptable fourth week of the term. As a courtesy, stu- A computerized data base of scholar- manner toward completion of the work; dents are advised to notify the instructor ships, both national and local, is available final grades for 501/601 and 506/606 are concerned of the intended or completed on the second floor of the library. Informa- assigned by the instructor on a Supplemen- withdrawal. tion on scholarships related to specific tal Grade Report. A mark of IP must be A student may withdraw for any reason departments should be made to the specific used for 503 Thesis/603 Dissertation when before the end of the fourth week, but department involved. a student is progressing in an acceptable withdrawal between then and the end of Educational Loans and Work. Gradu- manner; final grades for 503/603 are the eighth week requires instructor ate students may apply for educational assigned by the instructor on the Recom- approval. A student withdrawing after the loans through the Federal Perkins Student mendation for the Degree form (GO-17) end of the fourth week shall have a W Loan program, the Federal Direct Stafford and posted after acceptance of the thesis/ recorded on the transcript. Loan program, the Federal Unsubsidized dissertation by the Office of Graduate Stud- A student wishing to withdraw after the Stafford Loan program, and the federal ies and Research. eighth week must petition the Deadline College Work-Study Program. Details and Incompletes. A student may be Appeals Board. A W is recorded if the peti- application materials are available from the assigned an I grade by an instructor when tion is allowed. Reasons for withdrawal Student Financial Aid Office, 176 Neu- all of the following four criteria apply: beyond the eighth week must be beyond berger Hall. Priority consideration for Fed- 1. Quality of work in the course up to that the student’s control, and medical reasons eral Perkins Student Loan and federal point is C level or above. must be documented. Instructor’s com- College Work-Study will be given to those 2. Essential work remains to be done. ments are required on the petition. who have completed the application pro- “Essential” means that a grade for the Refunds are automatic and are calcu- cess earliest, while funds are available. course could not be assigned without lated from the date of official course load dropping one or more grade points below reduction. The refund is 100 percent ENROLLMENT POLICIES the level achievable upon completion of before the first day of the term. AND CREDIT REGULATIONS the work. If a student, to the best of the instructor’s knowledge, has never attended class, 3. Reasons for assigning an I must be Graduate Grading System. The following the name on the Grading Register may be acceptable to the instructor. The student assigned an X grade. An auditor may also grading scale is employed at the graduate does not have the right to demand an I. level: be assigned an X for insufficient atten- The circumstances must be unforeseen or dance. A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+ = 1.33 be beyond the control of the student. An A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00 A student who has participated in a instructor is entitled to insist on appropri- course but has failed to complete essential B+ = 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 ate medical or other documentation. In no B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 work or attend examinations, and who has case is an “Incomplete” grade given to enable not communicated with the instructor, will The grading system at the graduate level a student to do additional work to raise a defi- be assigned an F, a D, or whatever grade the is defined as follows: cient grade. work has earned. A—Excellent 4. A written agreement, signed by both Repeat of Graduate Courses. If a B—Satisfactory the student and the instructor, should required course is repeated, the grades C—Below graduate standard include a statement of the remaining work awarded both times are included in the D—Failure to be done to remove the I grade, and the GPA; however, credit toward the number of F—Failure date, not to exceed one year from the end credits required for the degree is counted The following marks are also used: of the term of enrollment for the course, only once. Repeating courses to raise the P—Satisfactory completion (B- or better) by which work must be completed in GPA is not acceptable. NP—No credit, unsatisfactory order to earn credit toward the degree. The Audit. Graduate students may take any I—Incomplete instructor may specify the highest grade course for which they have the prerequi- IP—In progress which may be awarded upon completion; sites and which is open to them on the W—Withdrawn the grade awarded should not exceed the basis of their admission category on an X—No grade received/No basis for grade level of achievement attained during the audit (no-credit) basis. The tuition and fees regular course period. for auditing courses are the same as for Although grades of C+, C, and C- are An Incomplete grade becomes part of taking the courses for credit, but a student’s below the graduate standard, they may be the permanent transcript record after the load (total credit hours) does not include counted as credit toward a graduate degree deadline expires, unless a retroactive with- audit enrollments. with the specific approval of the depart- drawal is approved by petition to the Grad- Courses taken more than once on an ment. The student must have a B average uate Council. To remove an I an instructor audit basis cannot be repeated for graduate (3.00 GPA) on the courses fulfilling the must file a supplementary grade report. credit. During the add-drop period a stu- degree requirements (courses listed on the dent registered for a course for audit may GO-12 form for master’s students), and change to credit status or vice versa departments may establish a more rigorous through the official methods; thereafter the standard. Grades of D or F indicate clearly change cannot be made. unacceptable work and carry no graduate credit. 60 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Television Course Credit. Graduate its) must be taken in residence in 500, 500/ Transfer Credit. If transfer credit is to credit earned through enrollment in televi- 600, or 600 course level categories. The be presented, the Proposed Transfer Credit sion courses (closed-circuit TV excepted) remainder of the required credits may be for Master’s Degree form must be filed in will not be acceptable toward an advanced 400/500 courses taken for the 500-level the Office of Graduate Studies and degree, except when approved in advance number. Research for approval, and must be accom- by the graduate adviser, the department, In a doctoral program, a minimum of panied by an official sealed transcript from and the dean of Graduate Studies. three consecutive terms must be spent in the institution if it has not been sent to the Correspondence Credit. Under no cir- full-time residence (minimum 9 graduate University previously. It is suggested that cumstance will graduate credit earned credits each term) after admission to the this form be submitted early in the stu- through correspondence study be accept- doctoral program. dent’s program, but it must be submitted able toward an advanced degree. A maximum of 12 graduate credits and approved before the Office of Graduate Academic Load. The normal term load acquired by an undergraduate student at Studies and Research will review the Grad- for a student devoting full time to graduate Portland State University through the graduate Degree Program form, which is due in study is 12 credits including coursework uate credit reservation procedure will be the first week in the term of graduation. and thesis. Graduate students must seek counted as residence credits if approved Transferable credits may include graduate approval of registration in excess of 16 for inclusion in the student’s graduate credits graded A or B received from: (1) credits. A student registering for 17 to 19 program. PSU prior to admission to a PSU graduate credits must obtain the approval of the Residence requirements are intended to degree program, except courses reserved department chair or faculty adviser. A stu- ensure that the candidates work in close for graduate credit; (2) other accredited dent registering for 20 credits or more association with other graduate scholars in institutions. Credit from foreign institu- must obtain the approval of the depart- the intellectual environment of the tions is generally not transferable into a ment chair or faculty adviser, the student’s University. graduate program at Portland State academic dean, and the dean of Graduate Credit Distribution and Limitations University. Studies. A graduate assistant registering for for Master’s Degrees. Limitations are The acceptability of transfer credit more than 16 credits must obtain approval placed on the use of credits in 501, 503, toward an advanced degree at PSU is deter- from the department chair and the dean of 505, 508, and 509 courses. In a 45-credit mined by the student’s department with the Graduate Studies. Overload approval forms program, the limits are as follows: a maxi- approval of the Office of Graduate Studies may be obtained from the departments or mum of 12 credits in 501 and 505 com- and Research. Courses approved for gradu- the Office of Graduate Studies and bined; a maximum of 9 credits in 508 and ate transfer credit from another institution Research. 509 combined; a range of 6 to 9 credits in are not entered on PSU’s graduate tran- Minimum Enrollment. The University 503. scripts and are not considered in the com- requires that graduate students who are Courses applied to the degree must be putation of grade point averages for the involved in activities requiring faculty time 500 or 600 level. The 700- and 800-level purposes of determining continued admis- or the use of University facilities register courses are not acceptable in graduate sibility and graduation. Graduate courses each term. degree programs, with the exception of the taken at PSU while in nonadmitted or post- The student’s department will deter- master’s degree programs in the School of baccalaureate status are considered transfer mine the exact number of credits for which Education as well as some M.A.T./M.S.T. credit if used toward a graduate degree; the student must enroll in any given term programs; these programs may allow a they must meet all transfer requirements in relation to the amount of time required maximum of 6 credits at the 800 level. and are subject to transfer limits. of faculty or the use of University facilities Joint Campus Program. Graduate stu- Credit cannot be transferred for the fol- during the term. dents at Portland State University may, lowing: (1) courses for which a grade lower A minimum of one credit is required with adviser, department, and registrar than B- was received; (2) courses graded when taking any comprehensive or final approval, take graduate courses at any of Pass; (3) correspondence courses, televi- examination. A minimum of one credit of the other institutions in the Oregon State sion courses, and some short-term courses; registration is required when engaged in System of Higher Education. A student reg- (4) courses completed at a date which any phase of research, such as developing isters for these courses with the PSU regis- exceeds the time limits prescribed for the or collecting data, or any aspects of a thesis trar, who records each grade on the degree program; (5) courses used for any or dissertation until its final acceptance is academic record under Joint-Campus other degree at any institution; (6) courses approved by the Office of Graduate Studies Course (JC 510/610). The student must be not acceptable into graduate academic and Research. a matriculated graduate student in a PSU degrees without qualification at the origi- Residence Credit. In a 45-credit pro- advanced-degree program and be regis- nating institution; (7) undergraduate gram, a master’s candidate must earn a tered for PSU credit the same term the JC courses. minimum of 30 graduate credits in courses 510/610 course is taken. A maximum of 15 The maximum transfer credit accepted on the PSU campus during the student’s JC credits may be applied toward a PSU toward a master’s degree is one-third of the admitted graduate degree status (regular, graduate degree program. Forms are avail- number of credits required for the degree. conditional, or qualified) and graduate cer- able from the assistant director in the Departments may require stricter limits on tificate status. In a degree program greater Office of Registration and Records in the transfer credit; therefore, students should than 45 credits, a master’s candidate must lobby of Neuberger Hall. Self-support seek advice concerning individual program earn a minimum of two-thirds of the courses and courses offered by Extended requirements. Certain professional master’s required credits in courses on the PSU Studies and Summer Session are ineligible programs have special transfer credit allow- campus during the student’s admitted grad- for this program. ances resulting from accreditation require- uate degree status (regular, conditional, or ments and interinstitutional agreements qualified) and graduate certificate status. A (e.g., M.S.W. program). minimum of 12 credits in a 45-credit program (or 25 percent of the required credits in a degree program greater than 45 cred- G RADUATE STUDIES 61

Reservation of Work for Graduate must be filed in the Office of Graduate CADEMIC Credit. Only credits earned at PSU can be Studies and Research not later than the last A reserved for graduate credit. A Reservation day to register for classes in the term for STANDING of Graduate Credit form must be filed in which the application is made. A leave of All students admitted to graduate studies the Office of Graduate Studies and absence is granted only to graduate stu- (regular, conditional, and graduate certifi- Research after admission to a graduate pro- dents in good standing and does not con- cate) at Portland State University must gram, preferably the term following admis- stitute a waiver of the time limit for maintain a GPA of at least 3.00 for all grad- sion. Reserved graduate credit is limited to completion of the graduate degree at PSU. uate credit earned at Portland State Univer- 12 completed and graded graduate credits A student may petition for a second sity. All graduate students, especially those of A or B earned within the last 45 credits leave of absence from a graduate program, in a conditional admission status, are prior to the award of the baccalaureate but approval is required from the depart- expected to keep in close communication degree and not used to fulfill the requirement chair or program director and gradu- with their departments and to avail them- ments for the baccalaureate degree. ate committee of the college or school. selves of departmental advising. Approval to accept a course reserved for Cancellation of Admission to Gradu- Academic Probation. An admitted stu- graduate credit toward a graduate degree is ate Program. If a student does not validate dent is placed on probation if: within the province of the department or admission by registering and paying for at authorized director of the degree program. least one credit in the term of admission, 1. The student’s cumulative graduate GPA Such courses then can be used to partially that admission will be cancelled unless the at Portland State University, based on the fulfill the residence requirements for the student contacts the Admissions Office and completion of 9 graded graduate credits degree. requests that the admission be updated to after admission to the graduate/postbacca- Dual Master’s Degrees. No credits another term within the calendar year. If laureate level at PSU, is below 3.00 at the applied toward a master’s degree, once that the student does not validate admission end of any term, or degree is achieved, may be applied to the within one calendar year, the admission 2. The student’s term graduate GPA, based earning of another master’s degree, except will be cancelled and the student must on a minimum of 6 graded graduate cred- for the special arrangement provided for submit a new application and a new appli- its, is below 2.67 for a given term. the dual master’s degree program. cation fee. While on academic probation the stu- In the case of the dual master’s degree A student with validated admission to a dent will not be permitted to graduate, to program, a graduate student may work graduate program who during a one-year be advanced to doctoral candidacy, to concurrently toward the completion of the period 1) does not have an approved leave receive approval of the master’s degree pro- requirements of two master’s degrees in of absence and 2) does not successfully gram (GO-12 form), to receive or continue complementary disciplines where an over- complete a graduate course in the to hold a graduate assistantship, or to regis- lap of coursework or research (not thesis) approved program of study for the degree ter for more than a total of 9 credits in any occurs. The dual degree program is may have admission to the degree program term. Removal of academic probation planned in consultation with and approved canceled. For further information, students occurs if the cumulative graduate GPA is by the advisers from each program. The are urged to contact individual depart- brought to 3.00 within the next 9 graduate courses to be accepted dually for the two ments for departmental restrictions. credits in graded courses in the case of pro- degrees shall be determined by the depart- Degree Application. Candidates must bation due to a low cumulative GPA, or ment(s) involved but may not exceed one- file a Degree Application card with Gradu- both cumulative and term GPA of 3.00 or third of the required quarter credits for a ate Studies by the first Friday of the antici- above in the case of probation due to a low degree. If the two master’s programs have pated term of graduation. The degree will term GPA. different totals for course credits, the one- not be conferred unless the student has Disqualification. A student who is dis- third limit is determined by the smaller attained a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 qualified may not register for any graduate course total. To ensure time for adequate for all graduate credits earned at Portland courses at PSU for at least one calendar planning, applications for admission to the State, as well as a GPA of at least 3.00 on year. Disqualification occurs if: dual degree program are made early in the the courses fulfilling the degree require- 1. The student on academic probation for graduate studies. Admission to the second ments (courses listed on the GO-12 form low GPA fails to achieve a cumulative grad- program in the dual degree program must for master’s students); departments may uate GPA of 3.00 or higher within the next be attained no later than the term prior to establish a more rigorous standard. 9 graduate credits in graded courses; or the term in which the final coursework is Limitations for Faculty Members. 2. The student on probation for a term completed for the first degree. A memo of PSU faculty members are encouraged to GPA below 2.67 does not receive at least a agreement signed by both advisers and list- pursue additional advanced degrees at 3.00 term GPA and does not achieve a ing the specific courses which will be used other institutions. Specifically, faculty 3.00 cumulative GPA within the next 9 for both degrees must be approved by the members above the rank of instructor are credits of graded graduate coursework; or Office of Graduate Studies before gradua- not eligible to receive an advanced degree tion with the first degree. These forms are in their own department or school at the 3. The student becomes subject to aca- available in the Office of Graduate Studies University; however, in special circum- demic probation for a second time. and Research, 111 Cramer Hall. stances, they may earn a degree in a depart- Readmission After Disqualification. Leave of Absence. A student admitted ment or school in which they do not hold A disqualified student may petition for to a graduate program and in good stand- an appointment. readmission as a degree-seeking student in ing may petition for leave of absence for a graduate program after one calendar year. one calendar year. Leave of absence status Readmission after the mandatory one-year assures the student a continuation of the period is initiated by the student’s filing of student’s admission in the program during a petition for readmission to the Graduate the period of the leave of absence. Applica- Council through the Office of Graduate tion for leave of absence, endorsed by the Studies and Research. Readmission is not department chair or program director, automatic. To be readmitted the student 62 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

must meet all current admission require- 3. Selling or Offering to Sell Course of academic honesty and integrity. Consis- ments, with the exception of the graduate Assignment Materials. Selling or offering tent with existing Office of Graduate Stud- GPA. to sell material to another person; know- ies procedures for the review of student If the student’s graduate program has ing, or under circumstances having reason petitions, at least two members of the recommended readmission, the Graduate to know, that the whole or a substantial Graduate Council will review the petition Council may grant readmission, with or part of the material is intended to be independently and each will submit their without additional academic require- submitted in fulfillment of a course decision to approve or deny the student’s ments, or may recommend continued dis- requirement. requested action. Then, the Graduate qualification. If the Graduate Council 4. Academic Fraud. Furnishing false or Council chair will review both the student’s approves readmission, the student must incomplete information to the University petition and the decisions made by the submit a re-enrollment request to the Office with the intent to deceive; forging, alter- Graduate Council members. The Graduate of Admissions. The readmitted graduate ing, or misusing University documents or Council chair will approve or deny the stu- student is subject to all University and pro- academic forms which serve as the basis dent’s request, or invoke an alternative dis- gram requirements in effect at the time of for admission, course study, or gradua- position, indicating the findings of fact and readmission. The student must raise the tion; misrepresenting a person’s identity to evidence used to arrive at the decision. The PSU cumulative graduate GPA to 3.00 or an instructor or other University official. Graduate Council chair’s decision is final. It better with 12 credits of graded graduate Procedures for Allegations of Viola- is reported to the dean of Graduate Studies, coursework after readmission, or she/he tion of Graduate Policy on Academic who provides written notification to the will be disqualified. Honesty and Integrity. Allegations of vio- student of the chair’s decision. Graduate courses completed at any lation of the graduate policy on academic If the student requests a formal hearing institution while a student is under dishonesty and integrity not resolved within instead of exercising the petition option qualification at PSU will not be applied the department (or appropriate academic (see paragraph above), the dean shall refer toward a graduate program at PSU. unit) shall be submitted to the dean of the matter to the Graduate Council chair, Graduate Studies. At this point in the pro- who will convene a hearing panel under ACADEMIC HONESTY cess, the dean is empowered to attempt to the following procedures. The Graduate resolve the case and not forward the case to Council chair shall appoint a hearing panel Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty the Graduate Council. If the dean, with from among its members and designate and Integrity. Graduate students have a appropriate consultation, and the student one of the appointed members to serve as primary, unique relationship and responsi- concur in the case’s disposition, such dis- the panel’s chair. The hearing panel will be bility to the faculty of the academic depart- position will be imposed. If the dean is comprised of at least three but no more ments, the faculty upon whose unable to resolve the case, the dean shall than five members. If there are graduate recommendations graduate degrees are provide formal written notification to the student members serving on the Graduate awarded. A major feature of the graduate student of Council, the council chair shall invite one graduate student member to serve on the student’s responsibilities to the faculty is the charges; the adherence to academic honesty. The the student’s right to request a for- hearing panel. The council chair, in consul- Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and mal hearing to contest the charges; tation with the panel chair, shall notify all Integrity assumes that the student is hon- the student’s right to waive the for- involved parties of the date, time, and place est, that all coursework and examinations mal hearing by utilizing the student for the hearing and provide a list of hearing represent the student’s own work, and that petition process (see paragraph panel members, in advance of the hearing, all documents supporting the student’s below); and to permit objections to be heard regarding the requirement that the student’s admission and graduation are accurate and the appointment of any particular panel request for a formal hearing or to file member(s). Prior to the hearing, all complete. Academic honesty is a require- a petition be submitted in writing to ment for all graduate activities. Any viola- the dean within 10 business days of involved parties are encouraged to submit tion of academic honesty and integrity is the date of this written notification. written arguments and corroborating docu- grounds for academic action. In addition, a If the student does not respond ments to the hearing panel chair. student found in violation of this policy within this time period, the dean The dean, with assistance from the orig- may be subject to disciplinary sanction shall refer the matter to the Graduate inal complainant, and with advice and as provided in the University Student Council for decision by default, assistance from the Oregon Department of Conduct Code. based upon the information and Justice, shall advance the case before the records in the file, without further Violations of the policy include but are hearing panel. The student shall have the participation by the student. Upon right to be represented (at the student’s not limited to: referral to the Graduate Council, the 1. Cheating in Examinations and council chair shall review the file own expense) by counsel. The dean may Course Assignments. The willful use or and submit a written determination elect to have the Department of Justice provision to others of unauthorized mate- for final consideration by the present the matter. At the panel hearing, all rials in written or oral examinations or in council. involved parties shall be given the opportu- course assignments. If the petition option is selected by the nity to present further oral and written student, the student will complete a writ- arguments and to have witnesses called. 2. Plagiarism.The appropriation of lan- Opportunity shall be provided for witness guage, ideas, and products of another ten petition to the dean of Graduate Stud- ies that includes the student’s own written cross-examination. Testimony shall be pre- author or artist and representation of them sented upon oath or affirmation and a ver- as one’s own original work; failure to pro- statement, with attached supporting documentation, and the specific action batim record of the hearing kept. vide proper identification of source data; The hearing panel shall deliberate in use of purchased or borrowed papers in requested of the Graduate Council. The Office of Graduate Studies shall request a private and produce a written decision, graduate courses without complete identi- including the findings of fact and evidence fication of the source. written statement from the faculty member(s) and/or administrative personnel who relied upon to reach its decision. The have advanced the case of alleged violation administration has the burden of proving G RADUATE STUDIES 63

the allegations. Findings shall be based Language Requirement. For the Ph.D. 2. The theoretical and empirical frame- upon a preponderance of the evidence. If degree, the student may be required to work within which the proposed problem the hearing panel concludes that a viola- demonstrate competency in at least one exists. tion of graduate policy on academic hon- foreign language. The requirement of for- 3. The significance of the proposed esty and integrity occurred, the following eign language competence for the Ph.D. research and its likely contributions. constitute academic actions which the degree is determined by the governing unit 4. The research methodology to be used. hearing panel may take: of the student’s program, department, or denial or rescinding of credit for the school. Any foreign language requirement Upon final approval of the dissertation course in which the violation must be completed before the comprehen- proposal by the dissertation committee and occurred; sive examinations. approval of the research plan and proce- academic probation for a period of Preliminary Examination. Early in the dure by the Human Subjects Research one calendar year; doctoral program the student may be Review Committee, the program shall academic disqualification for a request advancement to candidacy. period of one to three calendar required to take preliminary examinations. The scope and content of the examination, Changes in the original proposal are per- years; mitted, but the student is expected to pro- denial or rescinding of the award of and the standard of performance, shall be the graduate degree. determined by the department concerned. vide a sufficiently complete formulation of the proposal and to keep modifications to a In the event that the hearing panel is Comprehensive Examination. Before advancement to candidacy and not less minimum. All major modifications of the unable to reach a consensus decision, the approved dissertation proposal must be hearing panel will submit its majority and than one academic year before all requirements for the doctoral degree are expected reviewed and approved by the dissertation minority report at the next scheduled committee and the Human Subjects Council meeting for deliberation and vote to be completed, the student must pass a series of comprehensive examinations in Research Review Committee. If the student by the entire Graduate Council. A consen- has not satisfied the residency requirement sus decision, reached by the hearing panel the field of specialization. The examinations may be written, oral, or both. The by the time of advancement to candidacy, a and ratified at a subsequent council meet- plan for doctoral residency must accom- ing, is final. comprehensive examinations may not be taken until the language requirement, if pany the program’s recommendation for Upon receipt of the Graduate Council’s advancement. The dean of Graduate Stud- decision, or the council chair’s decision in any, and substantially all the coursework for the degree have been completed. ies retains final approval authority for the case of a petition, the dean of Graduate advancement to candidacy. Studies will impose whatever academic Advancement to Candidacy. After passing the comprehensive examination Human Subjects Research Review sanction is included in the decision. If an Committee. All research involving human academic sanction is imposed, the dean and the identification of the dissertation proposal, and after the student completes a subjects conducted by faculty, staff or stu- will also forward all materials gathered in dents in any program at PSU must have the case to the Office of Student Affairs, preliminary draft for approval from the Human Subjects Research Review Commit- prior approval of the Human Subjects which may choose to act under the aus- Research Review Committee. This policy, pices of the Student Conduct Code. tee, a dissertation committee—consisting of the dissertation adviser, a minimum of established by the Office of the President of three and a maximum of five additional Portland State University, applies to all GENERAL REQUIREMENTS faculty from the doctoral program, plus the research under the auspices of the Univer- FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES representative of the Office of Graduate sity, including surveys and questionnaires, Studies—shall be formed to take the place whether supported by grant, contract, gift, Advisory Committee. An advisory com- of the advisory committee. At this time the University, or personal funds. Even if a stu- mittee for the doctoral degree student shall faculty adviser is superseded by the disser- dent’s research is exempt from full Human consist of at least three faculty members tation adviser. The chair of the dissertation Subjects Research Review Committee representative of the student’s field of study. committee and the Graduate Office Repre- review, the student must still file an appli- When a student enters the doctoral pro- sentative must be regular, full-time PSU cation with the HSRRC. The decision to gram, a faculty adviser shall be designated faculty, tenured or tenure-track, assistant waive review is made by the HSRRC chair by the program director to advise the stu- professor or higher in rank; the other three or a designated member of the HSRRC. The dent and to meet in regular consultation committee members may include adjunct student should allow a minimum of six concerning the program of studies and faculty. If it is necessary to go off-campus weeks for the approval process. research. The additional members of the for one additional committee member with Dissertation Presentation. With guid- advisory committee shall be appointed at a specific expertise not available among PSU ance of the dissertation committee, the can- time not later than six months prior to faculty, a curriculum vitae (CV) for that didate shall present a dissertation written the completion of the comprehensive proposed member must be presented. All in acceptable form setting forth the results examinations. committee members must have doctoral of original and independent investigation. Residence Requirements. A mini- degrees. A written dissertation proposal The dissertation must constitute a contri- mum of three academic years of satisfac- shall be presented to the dissertation com- bution to knowledge, significantly enlarg- tory graduate study beyond the mittee for discussion, evaluation, and sug- ing, modifying, or reinterpreting what was baccalaureate is required. A minimum of gested modifications. The final proposal previously known. The candidate is three consecutive terms must be spent in submitted to the committee for approval expected to register for dissertation and the full-time residence, with registration for 9 should be sufficiently detailed and clear to related research for a minimum of one full- or more graduate credits each term, after provide a blueprint for the study to follow. time academic year. Until the degree is admission to the doctoral program at Port- The proposal is expected to include the fol- granted, the student enrolls for the number land State University. lowing: of credits appropriate to the amount of University services utilized, as determined 1. General nature and present status of by the dissertation adviser, with a mini- knowledge of the problem. mum of one credit each term. Ph.D. students must register for a minimum of 27 64 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

hours of dissertation (603) credits before more than one dissenting vote on the doc- 4. In some programs the student may graduation; Ed.D. students must register toral final examination. If the final oral be required to pass a preliminary for a minimum of 18 hours of dissertation examination is not satisfactory, the advisory examination. (603) credits before graduation. A mini- committee may recommend that the dean 5. Foreign language examinations, if mum continuing enrollment of one credit of Graduate Studies permit the candidate required, must be passed before the com- is required through the term a student to take another oral examination after a prehensive examination. Notice of passing graduates. The dissertation must be pre- period of further study. of the examination is sent to the dean of pared in accordance with the University’s Dissertation in Absentia. With the Graduate Studies. Information Regarding Dissertation Approval, written approval of the doctoral program 6. The comprehensive examinations are available in the Office of Graduate Studies chair, the dean of Graduate Studies may scheduled and administered in accordance and Research. authorize the dissertation to be prepared in with established rules of the program. The Microfilming. Portland State University absentia. The student must register at Port- results of the examination are sent to the subscribes to the services offered by Uni- land State University at the beginning of dean of Graduate Studies. versity Microfilms International, enabling each term and conduct the research under degree candidates to have their doctoral the direction of the dissertation adviser. 7. After the student has passed the com- dissertations microfilmed and abstracts Time Limitation. A doctoral candidate prehensive and foreign language examina- published in the Dissertation Abstracts has a minimum of four months and a max- tions, and after identification of a International. Microfilming is mandatory imum of five years from the effective date dissertation research problem, a disserta- for doctoral candidates. An abstract, not to of advancement to candidacy to complete tion committee consisting of the disserta- exceed 350 words, must be submitted to all requirements for graduation, including tion adviser and a minimum of three and a the Office of Graduate Studies and defense of the dissertation and its final maximum of five additional faculty from Research with the microfilm agreement acceptance by the Office of Graduate Stud- the doctoral program is recommended by form. The charge for this service is $55, ies and Research (within this time frame, the program director. This committee is payable at the Cashier’s office, after picking doctoral programs may have stricter selected with regard to both faculty skills up the necessary forms in the Office of requirements). Candidates must be contin- and knowledge required by the research Graduate Studies and Research. Doctoral uously enrolled during that period. Failure problem and the regulations of the spe- students may wish to copyright their dis- to meet the five-year limitation will invali- cific academic program and the University. sertations. The charge for this optional ser- date passing of the comprehensive exami- The chair of the dissertation committee vice is $45. nations and remove the student from and the Graduate Office representative Final Oral Examination. After tenta- candidacy. Readmission to candidacy must be regular, full-time PSU faculty, ten- tive approval of the dissertation, the candi- requires the passing of the regular, or a spe- ured or tenure-track, assistant professor or date’s dissertation committee, including the cial, comprehensive examination. Approv- higher in rank; the other three committee representative of the Office of Graduate als for readmission are required from the members may include adjunct faculty. If it Studies and Research, shall conduct a final academic program and the dean of Gradu- is necessary to go off-campus for one addi- oral examination, which may be scheduled ate Studies. tional committee member with specific only during the regular sessions or during expertise not available among PSU faculty, the eight-week Summer Session. The final a CV for that proposed member must be SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES presented. All committee members must examination shall not be given until FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES coursework and residence requirements have doctoral degrees. The adviser submits one copy of the Appointment of Final have been completed. The final defense of The following outline summarizes the Port- the dissertation may be held no later than Oral Examination Committee (GO-16D) to land State University procedural require- the Office of Graduate Studies and five weeks prior to the conferring of the ments for the doctoral degree. Additional degree. The final doctoral oral examina- Research for appointment of the represen- requirements may be imposed by specific tative of the Office of Graduate Studies and tion, which is open to the public, is the cul- programs. minating experience in the doctoral Research and approval of the committee by studies. The candidate is expected to pre- PRE-CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE the dean of Graduate Studies. The disserta- pare and present orally a formal statement 1. After admission to a specific program, tion topic must accompany this request, on the research methodology and results. each student is assigned to a faculty along with a copy of the preliminary draft The oral presentation should not exceed 30 adviser by the program director. A prelimi- for approval from the Human Subjects minutes. Following the oral presentation, nary course of study is developed in con- Research Review Committee. the candidate must defend the dissertation sultation with the adviser. 8. The student prepares a written disserta- as a worthy contribution to knowledge in 2. Upon satisfactory completion of 9 cred- tion proposal and submits it to the its field and must demonstrate a mastery of its of coursework and not later than six approved dissertation committee for evalu- the field of specialization as it is related to months prior to the completion of the ation, modification, and final approval. the dissertation. The questioning and dis- comprehensive examinations, an advisory When the dissertation committee accepts cussion are for the purpose of: (1) further committee consisting of at least three the proposal, it recommends the student enlightenment of the candidate and the members is appointed by the program for advancement to candidacy to the dean committee of the significance and limita- director. of Graduate Studies. This request must be accompanied by a copy of the approval of tions of the research, and (2) demonstra- 3. A program of study is prepared by the tion that the candidate has met the high the research plan and procedure by the advisory committee in consultation with Human Subjects Research Review Com- expectations of the University for the award the student. The student’s program is rec- of the doctoral degree. mittee. If the student has not satisfied the ommended to the program director; after residency requirements, a plan for doc- All committee members or alternates approval, copies are distributed to the stu- approved by the dean of Graduate Studies toral residency compliance must also dent, adviser, program director, and dean accompany this request. must be present for the final examination. of Graduate Studies. For dissertation approval there may be no G RADUATE STUDIES 65

9. The student is informed by the dean of of Graduate Studies and Research. There is and no fewer than two weeks before the Graduate Studies of advancement to candi- no charge involved. close of the term of graduation. If a thesis is dacy for the doctoral degree. The candi- 9. Incomplete or In Progress grades in any being presented, the required oral exami- date has a minimum of four months and a course (excluding dissertation, see 10 nation must be scheduled no later than five maximum of five years from the effective below) which is in the approved program weeks prior to the close of the term in date of advancement to candidacy to com- must be removed no later than two weeks which the degree will be granted. plete all requirements for graduation, before graduation. When a thesis is presented, the final including defense of the dissertation and 10.The doctoral program completes the oral examination is conducted by a com- its final acceptance by the Office of Gradu- Recommendation for the Degree form mittee of at least three and not more than ate Studies and Research. Candidates must (GO-17D) which is forwarded to the Office five faculty members, including the candi- be continuously enrolled during that of Graduate Studies and Research no later date’s adviser as chairperson and a repre- period. than the last week of the term of gradua- sentative of the Office of Graduate Studies who is appointed by the dean of Graduate CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE tion. In-progress grades for required 603 dissertation credits are changed on this Studies. The chair of the examination com- 1. Under direction of the chair of the dis- mittee and the Graduate Office representa- sertation committee, and in consultation form, eliminating the need for the Supple- mental Grade Report for these courses. tive must be regular, full-time PSU faculty, with the members of the dissertation com- tenured or tenure-track, assistant professor mittee, the candidate prepares a prelimi- 11.The dean of Graduate Studies certifies or higher in rank; the other committee nary draft of the dissertation. that all requirements for the degree have members may include adjunct faculty. If it 2. The draft is revised and corrected as been met and recommends the awarding is necessary to go off-campus for one com- directed by the dissertation committee of the degree. mittee member with specific expertise not until it meets the approval of the 12.Graduation. available among PSU faculty, a CV for that committee. proposed member must be presented; that 3. The candidate files the Application for GENERAL REQUIREMENTS member must be in addition to the the Degree form with the Office of Gradu- FOR MASTER’S DEGREES required three PSU faculty members. All ate Studies and Research no later than committee members must have master’s the first week of the anticipated term of Program of Study. Prior to the completion degrees. graduation. of 18 credits, the degree student prepares a In the case of a non-thesis oral examina- 4. At least two weeks prior to the final program of study with the assistance of the tion, the committee shall consist of at least oral examination, the chair of the disserta- faculty adviser. The purpose of the planned two members of the student’s department, tion committee submits copies of the final program of study is to present an orga- including the candidate’s adviser. At the draft to each member of the committee. nized, individualized plan for coursework, discretion of the department, a faculty member from another department may be 5. The final oral examination must be practicums, and research activities consis- added; that member would be selected by passed and degree requirements com- tent with the requirements for the pro- the adviser, the department chair, or the pleted no later than five calendar years posed degree and approved by the faculty departmental graduate committee chair, after advancement to candidacy for the adviser. Successful completion of the according to department policy. For M.A.T. doctoral degree. Candidates must be program of study should demonstrate a and M.S.T. candidates, one member of the continuously enrolled. high level of academic and professional committee is required to be added from the 6. Three copies of the dissertation and performance required in the graduate specialization. School of Education. four copies of the abstract in final The chairperson of the final oral exami- approved form (some departments require The final, approved program of study must be received in the Office of Graduate nation committee will schedule the time four copies of the dissertation and five and place of the examination after agree- copies of the abstract) must be submitted Studies not later than the first week of the term of graduation. ment has been reached among all members to the Office of Graduate Studies and and the candidate. All committee members Research no later than three weeks before Language Requirement. The language requirement for M.A. and M.A.T. students or alternates approved by the dean of graduation. Required corrections must be Graduate Studies must be present for the made before graduation. Deadlines for must be passed before the student’s program (GO-12) or committee can be final oral examination. The final examina- each term are available in the Office of tion is open to the University faculty. Pass- Graduate Studies and Research. approved and before final exams can be taken. (See “Options for Meeting the Grad- ing of the final oral examination requires a 7. Microfilming of the dissertation is man- uate Foreign Language Requirement for majority approval. In case of failure of the datory for doctoral candidates. An abstract, M.A. and M.A.T. students,” page 55.) final oral examination, the department has which may not exceed 350 words, must be Final Examination. If a final examina- the option of disqualifying the candidate submitted to the Office of Graduate Stud- tion is required by the student’s major from the master’s program or permitting ies and Research with the University department, it shall be taken after success- the candidate to appear for re-examination Microfilms International agreement form. ful completion of any required foreign lan- after a period of at least three months. The The charge for this service is $55, payable guage examination and after at least 30 result of the second examination is final. at the Cashier’s Office, after picking up the credits have been completed. The examina- If a final written examination is necessary forms in the Office of Graduate tion is not a re-examination over course- required, the student must pass all sections Studies and Research. Copyrighting of the work but rather a test of the candidate’s of the examination. If the student fails the dissertation is optional, at an additional ability to integrate material in the major entire examination or any section thereof, charge of $45, payable at the Cashier’s and related fields, including the work in the department may dismiss the student Office. any thesis or research project. from the degree program, or permit the 8. The National Research Council Survey If a final oral examination is required, it student to repeat the entire examination, or of Earned Doctorates must be completed may be scheduled only during the regular the section that was failed, after a by the student and returned to the Office sessions or the eight-week Summer Session 66 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

minimum of three months. The result of and four copies of an abstract of not more UMMARY OF PROCEDURES the second examination is final. than 350 words must be filed with the S Human Subjects Research Review Office of Graduate Studies and Research FOR MASTER’S DEGREES Committee. All research involving human not later than three weeks prior to the close The following outline summarizes the Port- subjects conducted by faculty, staff, or stu- of the term in which the degree will be land State University procedural require- dents in any program at PSU must have granted. Deadlines for each term are avail- ments for master’s degrees. Additional prior approval of the Human Subjects able in the Office of Graduate Studies and requirements may be imposed by specific Research Review Committee. This policy, Research. Two copies of the thesis will be programs. established by the Office of the President of bound by the Library. The third copy will Portland State University, applies to all be forwarded to the major department. It is 1. Apply for admission about six months research under the auspices of the Univer- wise to clear with the Office of Graduate prior to registration. Check with the spe- sity, including surveys and questionnaires, Studies and Research before undertaking cific department about deadlines. whether supported by grant, contract, gift, the final preparation of the thesis. 2. Prior to registration, become familiar University, or personal funds. Even if a stu- Thesis in Absentia. With the written with general regulations and procedures dent’s research is exempt from full Human approval of the department or program for the master’s degree as described in the Subjects Research Review Committee chair, the dean of Graduate Studies may Bulletin. review, the student must still file an appli- authorize the thesis to be prepared in 3. Prior to first term registration, meet cation with the HSRRC. The decision to absentia. The student must register at Port- with faculty adviser assigned by program waive review is made by the HSRRC chair land State University at the beginning of director and plan a preliminary program of or a designated member of the committee. each term and conduct the research under study. HSRRC applications may be obtained from the direction of the thesis adviser. 4. If graduate courses taken as an under- the Office of Graduate Studies and Microfilming. The University sub- graduate and not used in the bachelor’s Research in 111 Cramer Hall. The student scribes to the services offered by University degree are to be considered for use in the should allow a minimum of six weeks for Microfilms International, enabling degree graduate program, the Reservation of the approval process. candidates to have master’s theses micro- Graduate Credit form (GO-10) must be Thesis. The presentation of a thesis as filmed and abstracts published in the Mas- filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and partial fulfillment of the requirements for ter’s Abstracts. The microfilm agreement Research no later than the term following the master’s degree is required in certain form and further information may be admission to a graduate degree program. departments. If a thesis is presented, the obtained from the Office of Graduate Stud- (Valid only for courses completed at student must register for 6 to 9 thesis cred- ies and Research. It is not required that Portland State University.) its in the appropriate department. Final master’s theses be microfilmed. Upon the 5. If transfer credit from another accred- grades for thesis credits are not recorded recommendation of the department chair, ited institution is to be presented, the Pro- until the thesis has been approved. IP is the however, selected theses may be accepted posed Transfer Credit for Master’s Degree interim grade reported. When the thesis is for microfilming. In such cases an abstract form (GO-11) must be filed in the Office required, it becomes a major factor in of not more than 150 words must be sub- of Graduate Studies and Research for determining the eligibility of the candidate mitted to the Office of Graduate Studies approval. It is suggested that this form be for the degree. Each school, college, and and Research with the microfilm agreement submitted early in the student’s program; it department defines the nature of research form. The charge for this service is $45, must be approved before the Graduate and scholarship accepted for a thesis, but payable at the Cashier’s office after picking Degree Program (GO-12) can be approved. in all cases a high level of resourcefulness, up the necessary forms in the Office of productivity, and mature perception of the Graduate Studies and Research. 6. If admitted to conditional or qualified discipline is expected. The quality of the Time Limitation. All coursework sub- status, remove all deficiencies and/or con- culminating work must meet University mitted for the master’s degree program ditions. Adviser will submit a Petition for standards and reflect those of other leading approved by the department must be com- Change of Status form (GO-7) to change universities. pleted within the seven years prior to the from qualified to regular status; condi- The subject of the thesis must be within awarding of the degree (e.g., a course tional admission will automatically be the major field of the candidate. Although started in the fall term of 1993 will be changed to regular status after completion the thesis is not required to show original beyond the seven-year limitation at the of the first 9 graded graduate hours with a results, it must reveal independent investi- close of fall term 2000). The formal appli- 3.00 or better GPA. gation, including the knowledge and application for the degree must be filed with the 7. If a foreign language is required, pass cation of the accepted methods of Office of Graduate Studies and Research no the foreign language exam. This require- scholarship and research methodology. The later than the first week of the anticipated ment must be met before the GO-12 or thesis represents the independent work of term of graduation. Deadlines for each oral exam committee can be approved and the candidate for the degree and must be term are available in the Office of Graduate before any final exam may be taken. (See developed under the direction of a faculty Studies and Research. “Options for Meeting the Graduate For- member approved for graduate instruction. Validation of Out-of-Date Graduate eign Language Requirement for M.A. and The student must be registered for at least Credit. Credits offered for a master’s M.A.T. Students,” page 55.) one credit in every term in which the stu- degree program that were earned beyond 8. Submit a final Graduate Degree Pro- dent is working on any phase of thesis, the seven-year limitation must be validated gram form (GO-12), planned with and including data development or collection, by a written examination prepared and approved by the faculty adviser and signed writing, revision, defense, and finalization administered by the academic department by the department chair or department through acceptance by the PSU Library and in which the coursework was completed. graduate committee chair, to the Office the Office of Graduate Studies and Only credits earned at Portland State Uni- of Graduate Studies and Research no later Research. versity may be validated. than the first week of the term of Three copies of the thesis (unbound), graduation. prepared in accordance with the Univer- 9. File Application for Degree form in the sity’s Information Regarding Thesis Approval, Office of Graduate Studies and Research G RADUATE STUDIES 67

no later than the first week of the term of member must be presented; that member committee is required to be added from graduation. Deadlines for each term are must be in addition to the required three the Graduate School of Education. The available in the Office of Graduate Studies PSU faculty members. All committee oral examination must be scheduled no and Research. members must have master’s degrees; less than two weeks before the end of the 10.A minimum enrollment of one credit is c. the oral examination must be sched- term. uled at least five weeks prior to the end required during the term in which oral or of the term and the Graduate Office rep- 13.If there are any changes in the written exams are taken. A thesis student resentative must receive a complete copy approved program, a Change in Graduate must be registered for at least one credit in of the thesis at least two weeks prior to Degree Program form (GO-13) must be every term in which the student is work- the examination date (for Summer Ses- filed. ing on any phase of thesis, including data sion, the oral examination must be held 14.Schedule and pass final master’s exami- development or collection, writing, revi- during the regular eight-week session); nations, if required, at least two weeks sion, defense, and finalization through d. student must check with faculty before date of graduation. Deadlines for acceptance by the PSU Library and the adviser and thesis committee chair to each term are available in the Office of Office of Graduate Studies and Research. assure completion of requirements prior Graduate Studies and Research. to final examinations; 11.If thesis is to be submitted: e. three copies of the unbound thesis 15.An Incomplete or In-Progress grade in a. thesis proposal, Human Subjects and four copies of the abstract, in final any course, excluding thesis (see 16 Research Review Committee approval, approved form, must be submitted to the below), which is on the approved pro- and appointment of the departmental Office of Graduate Studies and Research gram (GO-12) must be removed no later thesis committee must be completed at least three weeks prior to close of the than two weeks before graduation. before submission of the GO-12 (see 8 term in which the degree will be granted. above); 16.Adviser is responsible for the comple- Deadlines for each term are available in tion of the form Recommendation for the b. adviser submits the Appointment of the Office of Graduate Studies and Final Oral Examination Committee form Research. Required changes must be Degree (GO-17M), which is forwarded to (GO-16M) for appointment of the repre- made before graduation. the Office of Graduate Studies and sentative of the Office of Graduate Stud- 12.In the case of a non-thesis oral exami- Research no later than the last day of the ies and Research by the end of the first nation, the committee shall consist of at term of graduation. In-Progress grades for week of the term of graduation (earlier in required thesis credits are changed on the summer term). The chair of the examina- least two members of the student’s department, including the candidate’s adviser. At form, eliminating the need for the Supple- tion committee and the Graduate Office mental Grade Report for these courses. representative must be regular, full-time the discretion of the department, a faculty PSU faculty, tenured or tenure-track, member from another department may be 17.The dean of Graduate Studies certifies assistant professor or higher in rank; the added; that member would be selected by that all requirements for the degree have other committee members may include the adviser, the department chair, or the been met and recommends the awarding adjunct faculty. If it is necessary to go off- departmental graduate committee chair, of the degree. campus for one committee member with according to department policy. For M.A.T. 18.Graduation. specific expertise not available among and M.S.T. candidates, one member of the PSU faculty, a CV for that proposed

SYSTEMS SCIENCE

Systems Science Building, rists continue to make important contribu- Mechanical Engineering, and Computer 1633 SW 11th tions to the growth of knowledge within Science) participate in the program. In (503) 725-4960 academic disciplines and to the application addition to the systems courses offered by www.sysc.pdx.edu/ of knowledge across disciplinary these departments (e.g., cost-benefit analy- boundaries. sis, operations research, systems analysis Ph.D. In 1970, the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- and synthesis, mathematical modeling, gram was established at Portland State Uni- etc.), the systems science core faculty offers Systems science is the study and applica- versity. The program encompasses both courses in information systems, dynamical tion of general methods of problem solving applications and theory-oriented aspects of systems, information theory, neural net- and general principles governing systems the field. It is designed to prepare students works, artificial life, systems management of widely differing types. Systems concepts for professional practice in industrial, gov- and planning, general systems and cyber- and techniques are used extensively for ernmental, and public service organiza- netics, and other areas. both applied and research purposes. In tions and for research and teaching in There are two options for study in the industry and government, considerable academic institutions. Systems Science Program. demand exists for professionals who are The School of Business Administration, Core Option: The student pursues skilled in modern methods of decision the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences interdisciplinary studies with a strong making and systems design and who are (Departments of Economics, Mathematics, emphasis on systems coursework. Exam- capable of managing complex social and Sociology, Anthropology, and Psychology), ples of study topics appropriate for inclu- technical systems. In mathematics, engi- and the School of Engineering and Applied sion in such a program are: intelligent neering, business administration, and the Science (Departments of Civil Engineering, systems; information, structure and natural and social sciences, systems theo- Engineering and Technology Management, dynamics; organizations, decision making 68 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

and optimization; modeling and simula- Applicants who meet the requirements Additional Coursework Require- tion; systems philosophy; systems to enter the graduate degree program in ments. Beyond the systems component approach; and related topics in the study of systems science are admitted to regular sta- described above, additional graduate complex systems. tus. In exceptional cases a student who courses in approved areas are required as Departmental Option: The student meets the required standards for admission shown below. undertakes advanced academic preparation except for a minor gap in subject matter Requirements in addition to systems primarily in a single department or school. background, such as deficiencies in com- components (16 credits) Discipline-oriented studies are supported puter and mathematics knowledge or by systems coursework and lead to introductory courses in relevant disci- Unit Entering Additional Degree Credits research on a systems-related topic. This plines, may be admitted to conditional Core Option BA/BS 12 SySc + 44 option is currently available in the above status in systems science. The student must SBA BA/BS 48 listed departments in the College of Liberal immediately remove the background defi- BA/BS 72 for concur- Arts and Sciences, the School of Engineer- ciency (with grades of B or better) or be rent MBA ing and Applied Science and the School of dropped from the graduate program. MBA 18 Business Administration. Each applicant who has received formal CLAS BA/BS 45 Both of the options facilitate the design notice of admission to the Systems Science EAS MS or 9 of curricula which are individually tailored Doctoral Program should contact the pro- equivalent to the needs and interests of the students. gram office for initial advising. Adviser(s) coursework will be appointed to assist and consult with ADMISSION AND the admitted student regularly in planning These are minimum requirements. ADVISING the program of study and research. A com- Additional coursework may be required to prehensive examination committee is strengthen the student’s academic background and to prepare the student for com- Students with high academic standing and appointed for each student to give required prehensive examinations and thesis with a baccalaureate and/or master’s degree oral and written examinations. A research research. may apply for admission to the doctoral committee supervises the research and Courses taken to satisfy the systems program. Generally, applicants should have preparation of the dissertation. core and additional coursework require- a combined GRE score of 1100 (quantita- ments must be at the 500 or 600 level. tive and verbal, or analytical and verbal) or PROGRAM Credit for graduate work done elsewhere GMAT score of 550. Applicants must REQUIREMENTS (with a grade of B or better) may also be submit scores (preferably taken within the approved. However, at least 27 credits of last five years) for either the GRE aptitude A discussion of general requirements for coursework (not including dissertation or GMAT test to verify their national doctoral degrees is on page 63. Minimum credits) must be taken at Portland State ranking. requirements specific to the Ph.D. in sys- University. In considering an applicant for admis- tems science include: Students are required to be enrolled sion, the Admissions Committee for Systems Component. Students in both continuously, except if a leave of absence is Systems Science seeks evidence of demon- the core and departmental options are formally requested and approved by the strated intellectual capacity, undergraduate required to complete 16 credits of systems program director. Failure to take courses and/or graduate training in an appropriate science coursework as the minimum sys- for a year, or failure to maintain continued discipline (or disciplines), adequate prepa- tems component of the program. All stu- progress after coursework is completed will ration in mathematics (including calculus, dents must satisfy the first 8 credits by result in a student being dropped from the statistics, and computer programming), taking two of the following courses: program. and the potential to pursue advanced study SySc 511, SySc 512, SySc 513, SySc 514. Language Requirement. Foreign lan- and research for the Ph.D. Students are Any combination of two of the courses, guage competency may be required of admitted to the program in fall, winter, and except SySc 512 and 514 is acceptable. departmental option students in some spring terms. Prospective applicants should SySc 511 and 512 explore systems con- departments which also determine the level write to the Office of Admissions and cepts in more quantitative terms than of competency and testing procedures. request the Application to Doctoral Pro- SySc 513 and 514. Consequently, students (Consult the appropriate department for gram form. The Office of Admissions must taking SySc 511 and 512 should have further information.) There is no foreign receive: (1) the completed Application to stronger quantitative background. language requirement for the core option. Doctoral Program form, (2) the application To fulfill the remaining 8 credits of the If required, the foreign language examina- fee, and (3) one copy of all undergraduate systems component, students must take tion must be successfully completed before and graduate transcripts to be sent by the two systems science courses numbered 515 the student is allowed to take the compre- institutions to Portland State University. through 599 or 610 and above. These elec- hensive examinations. The applicant must arrange for the Admis- tive courses are either advanced systems Comprehensives. Written and oral sions Committee for Systems Science to science courses or integrative courses. The comprehensive examinations are required receive: (1) the completed Application to integrative courses have emerged from the in appropriate areas. Quality and breadth Doctoral Program form, (2) one copy of all interdisciplinary nature of the program. of academic competencies must be undergraduate and graduate transcripts to They are taught jointly by faculty from Sys- demonstrated. be sent by the institutions, (3) GRE apti- tems Science and participating depart- Internship. Internship in a public or tude or GMAT scores, (4) three letters of ments, and the topics covered illustrate private organization or an equivalent expe- recommendation from faculty and/or pro- specific applications of systems concepts. rience may be required of core option fessionals acquainted with the applicant’s students. abilities and record, (5) statement of the student’s expectations of the program, and (6) TOEFL score of 575 or other evidence of English competency if a foreign student. G RADUATE STUDIES 69

Research. All students must establish SySc 511 and uncertainty. The level of presentation competency in appropriate research meth- Systems Theory (4) assumes familiarity and facility with calculus. odology before beginning thesis work. Surveys fundamental systems concepts and cen- Notions from linear algebra unify the topics and tral aspects of systems theory. The course begins those notions will be presented. Required After this and all other requirements have with an overview of the systems paradigm and been met, the student prepares a proposal coursework includes both calculations to be the systems field as a whole. Topics then include done on a computer and calculations to be done for independent research leading to a sig- introductions to set-and information-theoretic by hand. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, nificant and original contribution to multivariate relations and structures, discrete probability and familiarity with computers, knowledge in the systems field. When the dynamic systems; model representation and sim- graduate standing. ulation; decision analysis, optimization, game proposal is accepted, the student is SySc 513 advanced to candidacy, and then focuses theory; artificial intelligence, complex adaptive Systems Approach (4) exclusively on research. Students must reg- systems. Readings drawn from mathematics, the Provides practitioner-oriented definition of sys- ister for at least 27 credits of dissertation natural and social sciences, and the professional tems, including: importance of observer depen- disciplines (e.g., engineering, business). Course research after advancement to candidacy. dence and context, and ideas of meta-systems, content derives both from “classical” general subsystems; notion of value system and associ- Dissertation. Completed research is systems theory, cybernetics, and operations presented in a dissertation which must be ated optimization/sub-optimization; aspects of research as well as from contemporary systems life-cycle project management; the underlying approved and successfully defended in a research, which is organized around the themes notions of inquiring systems; and key aspects of final oral examination. of nonlinear dynamics, complexity, and adapta- learning (human) organizations. Qualitative The student can anticipate approxi- tion. Prerequisites: graduate standing, calculus, tools for the system's practitioner, including mately four to five years of full-time study probability, computer programming. graphical tools, basic ideas of modeling/simula- beyond the baccalaureate degree in order SySc 512 tion and structural modeling. Also, the multiple to satisfy the program requirements. Quantitative Methods of Systems Science perspectives aspect of the systems approach. (4) Prerequisite: graduate standing. Detailed additional information on require- An introduction to the quantitative representa- ments and procedures are contained in the tion and investigation of systems with a focus document, “Systems Science Program that emphasizes tools more than applications. Information,” and should be obtained by Topics include linear dynamics, optimization, contacting the director, Systems Science Ph.D. Program.

COURSES

Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. SySc 501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Research which is normally not part of the thesis. SySc 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) All aspects of the thesis including thesis research and writing of dissertation. SySc 505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Scholarly examination of literature including discussion between student and professor. SySc 507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Discussion of recent and current research and/or presentation of progress and ﬁnal reports of studies performed in SySc 508. SySc 508 Workshop (2-6, 2-6) Provides (1) the students with experience in actual interdisciplinary systems analysis and planning, and (2) the community with a service. Local government agencies or industrial ﬁrms determine potential systems problems for analysis in the workshop. The workshop operates on a team concept with an advanced student as team leader and a faculty member as adviser. Credit for the second term of SySc 508 will be based upon evidence of successful team leadership by the student. Undergraduates will be admitted to participate as junior members of the workshop. Prerequisites: SySc 511, 512, 513. SySc 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 70 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SySc 514 SySc 541/641, 542/642 gins of life) and philosophical issues. Prerequi- System Dynamics (4) Dynamic Systems I, II (4, 4) sites: graduate standing, calculus, probability, lntroduces concepts and a methodology for ana- The fundamental concepts of modeling time computer programming. lyzing the behavioral dynamics of systems that dependent deterministic systems, including *SySc 571/671, 572/672, 573/673 consist of complex “webs” of feedback loops. applications of dynamic models to various types Information Systems I, II, III (3,3,3) Primary emphasis is on building computer of systems including electrical, mechanical, eco- SySc 571/671: Concepts, tools, and background models of these systems and using these models nomic, and ecological. Computer methods are examples necessary to design advanced informa- to enhance understanding, make predictions, used as illustrations and as tools for analysis. tion systems for business, government, and non- and find ways to improve the performance of Prerequisites: familiarity with high-level com- profit organizations. Emphasis placed on systems and processes. Models are defined in puter languages, applied linear algebra, differen- assessing information needs, scanning and terms of a set of “rate” equations that are numer- tial equations, and multivariable calculus. adapting to the external environment, and ically integrated to simulate behavior over time. SySc 545/645 participatory design. Prerequisite: graduate The process of applying this methodology to real Information Theory (4) standing. world situations is discussed in detail. Prerequi- Establishes theoretical limits on the performance site: graduate standing. SySc 572/672: Concepts on experimental design of techniques for compression or error correc- applied to the design and use of databases. Stu- * SySc 515, 516 tion of signals. This course focuses on communi- dents will have an opportunity to go through Communication of Complex Ideas in cations applications, specifically source coding each stage of the design process needed to Systems Work I, II (3,3) and channel coding for discrete signals. Topics upgrade an existing system or design a new one. Effective use of the systems approach in commu- will include: Entropy and Mutual Information, nicating complex ideas: holistic communication, Prerequisites: SySc 571 and Mth 243, 244, or Asymptotic Equipartition (the Ergodic Theorem equivalent. the computer as a communications device, of Information Theory), Entropy Rates of Infor- group problem solving, models of change (per- mation Sources, Data Compression, and Chan- SySc 573/673: A general framework of informa- sonal, organizational, and societal), project nel Capacity. tion systems (ISs) that provide a perspective implementation and interpersonal behavior sys- useful in understanding, designing, and/or eval- SySc 551/651 uating ISs, and provides a perspective from tems, cognitive style discrepancies, graphics and Discrete Multivariate Modeling (4) which to ask questions of a type not examined in other communications aids. This course focuses on information theory as a the traditional IS literature. Includes basic ideas SySc 520, 521, 522 tool for modeling and multivariate analysis and Operations Research I, II, III (3,3,3) as a general framework for the study of structure from pattern recognition and the new mathematics of imprecision (Fuzzy Set Theory). SySc Convex sets, linear, dynamic, and integer pro- and organization. The course examines the use 571/671 and 572/672 not prerequisites. gramming. Markov chains, steepest descent, of set- and information-theoretic techniques for maxima and minima, calculus of variations, the analysis of constraints in qualitative, as well SySc 575 AI: search techniques, queuing theory, inventory as quantitative, data. Also covered are software Neural Networks I (4) theories, case studies. Prerequisites: knowledge implementations, relations to log-linear meth- Introduces approach for developing computing of calculus, probability, statistics, and linear ods, and applications in the natural and social devices whose design is based on models taken algebra. sciences and the arts. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” A variety of NN architectures and associated SySc 527/627 or consent of instructor. Discrete System Simulation (4) computational algorithms for accomplishing the SySc 552/652 learning are studied. Experiments with various The primary focus is on the application of dis- Game Theory (4) available architectures are performed via a simu- crete system simulation to real world problems Study of cooperation, competition, and conflict lation package. Students do a major project on using the Arena simulation language. The math- in social systems and associated issues of ratio- the simulator or a special programming project. ematical basis for discrete system simulation is nality. Emphasis is on game-theoretic models, Prerequisite: graduate standing. probability theory and queuing theory. It is used particularly of dilemmas of collective action, extensively in the fields of operations research, their possible solutions, and their applications to SySc 576 AI: civil engineering, and industrial engineering. social, economic, and political phenomena. Also Neural Networks II (4) Students apply the tools to projects within their covered are social choice theory, differential Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- fields of interest. Prerequisite: graduate standing equations models of competition and conflict, ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are or consent of the instructor. and other systems-theoretic approaches to simi- studied and incorporated in considering neural networks. A design project (using NN simulator) SySc 529/629 lar problems. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 or con- Business Process Modeling and sent of instructor. in selected application area is done by each student. Prerequisite: SySc 575. Simulation (3) SySc 557/657 The primary focus is on the application of Artificial Life (4) *SySc 580, 581, 582 system simulation to process flow problems. Artificial life (ALife) encompasses mathematical Advanced Systems Seminar I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Extend, a special-purpose computer simulation and computational studies of phenomena such Each term focuses on one significant subject or language, is used to develop models to describe as replication, metabolism, morphogenesis, problem. From multiple points of view, the pos- and analyze both continuous and discrete flow learning, adaptation, and evolution. Situated at sible value of the systems approach, and the dif- processes in order to better understand bottle- the intersection of computer science and biology ferences between a discipline-oriented and necks and how to alleviate them. Such models (also physics and chemistry) and focused on transdisciplinary attack are examined. Prerequi- are used to study, for example, manufacturing abstract, materiality-independent aspects of life, sites: an approved core sequence which includes systems, business systems, and engineering sys- its purpose is two-fold: to understand biological SySc 511/611. tems. Students apply the concepts to projects phenomena and to develop computational tech- SySc 601 within their fields of interest. Prerequisite: grad- nologies. ALife bears significantly also on the Research (Credit to be arranged.) uate standing or consent of the instructor. social sciences and philosophy. It is part of the SySc 603 *SySc 531, 532 research program into "complex adaptive sys- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Systems Decision Making I, II (3,3) tems" and exemplifies (as does Artificial Intelli- SySc 605 Decision making under certainty, risk and uncer- gence) what Herbert Simon called "the sciences Reading and Conference (Credit to be tainty; decision criteria; subjective probability of the artificial." This course will sample the arranged.) and Bayesian concepts, utility theory; risk analy- research literature in this field, and will be orga- SySc 607 sis; decision trees, policy capturing. Prerequi- nized in a seminar format. Topics emphasized Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) sites: knowledge of probability, statistics, and are (1) cellular automata (and other discrete SySc 608 linear algebra. dynamical models), (2) ecological and evolu- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) tionary simulations, and (3) genetic algorithm SySc 610 optimization and adaptation. Other topics Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) include artificial chemistry (metabolism and ori- COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES

MARVIN A. KAISER, DEAN DUNCAN A. CARTER, ASSOCIATE DEAN 491 NEUBERGER HALL, 725-3514 www.clas.pdx.edu/

The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences NDERGRADUATE provides an opportunity for students to U obtain a liberal education—an education PROGRAMS that both broadens and deepens their The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is understanding of the major areas of knowl- a large and diversified unit offering more edge and scholarship, and develops their than 20 majors (some with additional expertise in an area of specialization. A lib- choices of sub-specialization), several aca- eral education is an education for life. It demic certificates and teaching endorse- prepares students to make informed deci- ments, and numerous departmental sions about their lives and to think criti- minors, as well as minors in computer cally and analytically. applications and professional writing. All students—Liberal Arts and Sciences The College also offers a selection of majors as well as those from professional alternative programs for students who are schools and programs—take a selection of highly motivated and who have a record of courses that represent the three areas of the high scholarly achievement. Students may College: arts and letters, science, and social obtain information concerning any one of science. Course offerings range from those several departmental honors programs designed to provide a foundation for all from the participating department, or they baccalaureate degrees to those of an may apply to the University Honors Pro- advanced, specialized nature. gram. These programs generally allow an Acquiring a balanced and integrated lib- accelerated exposure to higher education, eral education requires planning and con- thereby broadening the experience of the sultation with an adviser. Faculty advisers student. in each department and program are avail- The College’s Dean’s List recognizes able to help students structure their aca- high scholastic achievement on a quarterly demic careers so they may get the most basis. The students who qualify for the from their college experience. Dean’s List are those who meet or exceed The instructional units of the College the following criteria within a given term of include Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, study: Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Chicano/ Undergraduate standing with a major in Latino Studies, Child and Family Studies, one of the College’s programs. Economics, English, Environmental Pro- Completion of at least 12 graded credits grams, Foreign Languages and Literatures, within the grading period. Geography, Geology, History, International A 3.50 cumulative GPA and a 3.75 GPA Studies, Mathematical Sciences, Philoso- for the term. phy, Physics, Psychology, Science Educa- tion, Sociology, Speech Communication, LIBERAL ARTS AND and Women’s Studies. Undergraduate and SCIENCES MINORS graduate degree programs and certificates The following departments and programs available through the College are listed on in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences pages 4-6. offer academic minors: Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Biology, Black Studies, Chemistry, Economics, English, Environ- mental Studies, Foreign Languages and Literatures, Geography, Geology, History, 72 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

International Studies, Mathematical Sci- Four adviser-approved courses in advanced the College offers innovative degree com- ences, Philosophy, Physics, Psychology, computer applications, with at least 3 credits pletion options at two off-campus sites; the Sociology, Speech Communication, and outside the student’s major department. These CAPITAL Center in Beaverton and the Women’s Studies. (Students majoring in a courses may come from any unit in the Uni- Salem Center, located in Salem on the field of study outside Liberal Arts and Sci- versity but may not include 405 reading/con- campus of Chemeketa Community Col- ference courses...... 12 ences also may declare an academic minor A one-term, adviser-approved senior practicum lege. The CAPITAL Center allows upper- in one of these programs.) The require- or seminar ...... 3 division students to complete a degree in ments for these minors are indicated within Adviser-approved, upper-division research general studies: social sciences with an the appropriate department sections of this project ...... 3 optional minor in business administration. Bulletin. The Salem Center provides upper-division Requirements for the professional Total 28-30 students with an option of majoring in writing minor are listed in the Department CERTIFICATE OPTIONS either child and family studies or in social of English information. Requirements for Specialized academic certificates are offered sciences. a minor in international economics are by several units in the College of Liberal listed in the Department of Economics Arts and Sciences: Applied Linguistics/ESL, GRADUATE information. Biotechnology, Black Studies, Chicano/ PROGRAMS COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Latino Studies, Foreign Languages/Teach- MINOR—COLLEGE-WIDE ing Japanese, International Studies, and a There are many options available for grad- The computer applications minor may postbaccalaureate certificate in Women’s uate study within the College of Liberal accompany any departmental major. This Studies. (Refer to the appropriate depart- Arts and Sciences. Currently students may minor is designed to encourage and ment for certificate requirements.) Require- specialize in any one of the many master’s emphasize the application of computer ments for these certificates are met programs, or three doctoral programs. technology and to acquaint the student concurrently with completion of a major in a selected field. MASTER OF ARTS AND with hardware and software function and MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES Secondary teaching licenses allow the design appropriate to modern academic Master of Arts and Master of Science student to teach the selected discipline at disciplines. The minor is tailored to the degrees are designed for the student who specified grade levels in public schools in specific needs and interests of the student. wishes to conduct advanced studies in a Oregon. Recommended courses for those All students who declare this minor particular discipline. Generally the pro- preparing to be teachers are listed under must coordinate their program through an grams are flexible enough for students, appropriate departments. assigned adviser in one of the following with the aid of an adviser, to design a pro- departments: Anthropology, Applied Lin- BACCALAUREATE DEGREES gram of study that allows them to pursue guistics, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, All majors in the College of Liberal Arts their particular interest. The requirements English, Foreign Languages and Litera- and Sciences, along with University and of each discipline are listed under the tures, Geography, Geology, History, Mathe- general education requirements, lead to a departments that have the M.A./M.S. matical Sciences, Physics, Psychology, bachelor’s degree. Requirements for each option available. Sociology, or Speech Communication. major are listed under the appropriate MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING Selection of a department constitutes a department. (Students wishing to empha- student’s declared emphasis. AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN size a broad study in arts and letters, sci- TEACHING DEGREES Requirements for the Minor Credits ence, or social science may do so by The Master of Arts in Teaching and the Three lower-division, adviser-approved majoring in Liberal Studies. For these Master of Science in Teaching are degrees computer science courses selected from, but options see page 124.) not restricted to, the following: CS 105, CS available to students who wish to obtain a 106, CS 107, CS 161, CS 162,CS 163, CS 199, DEGREE COMPLETION continuing teaching license in secondary CS 200, CS 201, CS 202, CS 208, In addition to an increasing range of education as well as continue advanced CS 250 ...... 10-12 evening and weekend courses on campus, studies in the area of their choice. The program of study for these degrees should be carefully designed and must be approved by an adviser. The specific requirements of each discipline are listed under the departments for which the M.A.T./M.S.T. option is available. (For the General Studies option see page 125.) DOCTORAL PROGRAMS Many departments in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participate in one or more multi-disciplinary doctoral programs: Environmental Sciences and Resources, Systems Science, and Urban Studies. They also offer the doctorate in mathematics education. The doctoral degree is for the person who wants the most advanced academic degree, generally with a life-long objective of expanding the scope of knowledge of a specialized field of study. The specific requirements of each available option are listed under the participating departments and programs. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 73

ANTHROPOLOGY

141 Cramer Hall Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural Requirements for a Minor. To earn a 725-3914 Anthropology ...... 4 minor in anthropology a student must www-adm.pdx.edu/user/anth/ Anth 304 Social Theory ...... 4 complete 28 credits (12 credits of which Anth 305 Culture Theory ...... 4 must be taken in residence at PSU), to Anth 350 Archaeological Method and include the following: B.A., B.S. Theory ...... 4 Minor in Anthropology Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 Credits Secondary Education Program— Paleoanthropology (5) ...... 4-5 Anth 101 Introduction to Physical Social Science Ling 290 or Stat 244 ...... 4 Anthropology ...... 4 M.A. Upper-division anthropology electives Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 Ph.D. in Systems Science— (5 courses, see below)...... 20 Anth 103 Introduction to Social/Cultural Anthropology Anthropology ...... 4 Total anthropology coursework 52-53 One of the following courses: ...... 4-5 All anthropology students (B.A. or B.S.) must Anth 304 Social Theory (4) UNDERGRADUATE complete two years of a foreign language or Anth 305 Culture Theory (4) demonstrate equivalent proficiency. Anth 350 Archaeological Method and PROGRAM Theory (4) Elective Requirements. Upper-divi- Anth 372 Human Variability (4) or Anth 370 Anthropology is concerned with two basic sion electives shall be selected from at least Paleoanthropology (5) questions: How is it that human beings are two subfields of anthropology (physical, Upper-division anthropology electives— both like and unlike other animals? And social/cultural, or archaeology) and include three courses. (Upper-division electives how is it that there are so many sorts of at least one methods course (i.e., 412, 452, must include at least one 400-level human beings both like and unlike one 453, 454, 455, 456, 478, 479). At least 8 of course, excluding courses numbered another in different societies and cultures? the 20 credits must be in formally num- 401, 404, 405, 407) ...... 12 In seeking answers, anthropologists deal bered 400-level courses (i.e., not including Total 28-29 with prehistoric and historic times and 401, 404, 405, 407, 410). Note: In excep- with such topics as human evolution, com- tional circumstances, the department may All anthropology courses used to satisfy parative primate behavior, language, and permit a student to apply a maximum of the departmental minor requirements, human ecology. one lower-division course to the upper- whether taken in the department or else- The curriculum in anthropology is division elective requirement. where, must be graded C- or above. Stu- designed to develop an understanding of All anthropology courses used to satisfy dents must earn a cumulative grade point human life from these various perspectives. the departmental major requirements must average of 2.00 or better in all courses It does this by providing, both in general be taken for a letter grade and must have required for the anthropology minor survey courses (Anth 101, 102, 103) and been assigned a grade of C- or better. (including those courses taken outside the in its departmental major program, a bal- Courses taken outside the department as department as part of departmental anced view in terms of the anthropological part of departmental requirements (i.e. requirements). subfields of physical anthropology, archae- Ling 290 or Stat 244, Foreign Languages) SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM ology, linguistics, and socio-cultural may be taken pass/no pass (subject to the Adviser: V.A. Butler anthropology. University limitations on the maximum (See General Studies: Social Science, The departmental major program is of number of hours taken pass/no pass) or for page 124.) benefit to the liberal arts student in provid- a letter grade. However, students who take ing the most broadly based view of human these courses for a letter grade must earn a adaptation, variation, and achievement. A C- or better. Students must earn a cumula- GRADUATE variety of ethnographic courses is offered tive grade point average of 2.00 or better in PROGRAMS for persons with particular regional or area all courses required for the anthropology interests, such as East Asia, Latin America, bachelor’s degree (including those courses MASTER OF ARTS Africa, and the Pacific Northwest. Finally, taken outside the department as part of The Department offers a program leading the major provides the necessary general departmental requirements). to the Master of Arts degree. The program anthropological background for those Limitations. Students majoring in is designed to give the student a graduate interested in graduate study in the anthropology should seek assignment to a level of competence in general anthropol- discipline. department adviser no later than the begin- ogy, including the major subfields of physi- Requirements for Major. In addition ning of the junior year. Selection of appro- cal anthropology, archaeology, and social- to meeting the general University degree priate courses to supplement the student’s cultural anthropology. At the same time, requirements, the anthropology major major work should be made in consulta- the program will permit the student to must meet minimum departmental tion with the adviser. No student majoring pursue a special interest in one of the sub- requirements as follows: in anthropology will be permitted to offer fields. The M.A. degree candidate is Credits more than 72 credits of work in anthropol- required to do research in an area of special Anth 101 Introduction to Physical ogy for the bachelor’s degree. This limita- interest and prepare a thesis based upon it. Anthropology ...... 4 tion will be waived only through petition to The master’s program has been planned Anth 102 Introduction to Archaeology ...... 4 the department. for students who hold an undergraduate degree in general anthropology or its 74 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

equivalent in course coverage. Under these 2. Advancement to candidacy involves Anth 102 circumstances, the master’s degree, includ- successful passing of a written examina- Introduction to Archaeology (4) ing research and thesis, may be completed tion in general anthropology (covering The study of ancient and prehistoric cultures of the world. Introduction to the theories and tech- in two to three years. The undergraduate archaeology, physical anthropology, and niques of archaeological investigation. major is not required, however, for admis- sociocultural anthropology). This examina- Anth 103 sion to the program. In the latter case, tion is normally given as part of the core Introduction to Social/Cultural completion of the degree may require a seminars (Anth 511, 550, 570) in the Anthropology (4) more extended period of study. Students respective fields. Advancement to candi- Study of modern and recent societies in cross- without an adequate background in dacy can only be accomplished before the cultural perspective. Focus on methods for anthropology will be required to take cer- close of the next-to-the-final term of work. understanding social and cultural differences and similarities. tain selected undergraduate courses to 3. Approval of a thesis topic and the remove deficiencies. These courses nor- Anth 300 appointment of the thesis committee. The The Modern World in Anthropological mally do not offer graduate credit. student develops a thesis proposal and Perspective (4) For admission to graduate study the submits it to the department faculty for Examination of anthropological approaches to student must have a minimum of a 3.25 approval and for the formal appointment cultural diversity in a global context. Include grade point average in anthropology of the thesis committee. In addition to cultural contact between the Fourth World and courses and an overall GPA of 3.00. In advising and guiding the student’s research the industrialized world; health, nutrition, and addition, applicants must submit GRE and thesis preparation, the chairperson of poverty in different world areas; ecocide and scores, a 500-word statement indicating this committee files a graduate degree pro- ethnocide; political movements in the Fourth World; racism; and sexism. why he or she is interested in pursuing a gram with the Office of Graduate Studies graduate degree in anthropology, and a and Research. Students must have a mas- Anth 301 sample of written work (e.g., a term paper). Culture and Ethnography (4) ter’s thesis proposal submitted to and Cultural diversity and contemporary social All applicants must also arrange to have approved by the department faculty as issues examined through a series of ethno- three letters of recommendation indicating soon as possible following admission to graphic studies that highlight the methodology professional promise sent directly to the the program, but in no case later than the and efficacy of ethnographic research. Topics Department’s Graduate Admission Com- end of the seventh term (excluding may include, but will not be limited to, issues to mittee. To facilitate scheduling of graduate Summer Session) following admission to identity formation, gender, political economy, courses, students ordinarily are admitted the program. Students who fail to meet and transnational culture flows. for fall term only. this requirement will be dropped from the Anth 304 Degree Requirements. Of the 48 program. Social Theory (4) Human social organization is examined in cross- required credits, 36 must be in anthropol- 4. Presentation and approval of thesis. ogy and must include: cultural perspective. Analysis of kinship systems 5. Passing of an oral defense of thesis. in stateless societies and of the state and other Credits institutional arrangements in complex societies. Anth 511, 550, 570 Core Seminars in PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Attention to the historical development of major Anthropology ...... 12 ANTHROPOLOGY theoretical approaches to social organization: Graduate-level Anthropology Electives The Department of Anthropology partici- structural functionalism, structuralism, human 3 courses)† ...... 12 pates in the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- ecology, sociobiology, political economy, post- Approved graduate-level electives modernism. Designed for anthropology majors † gram. Students interested in seeking a (Anth, non-Anth) ...... 8 Ph.D. in Systems Science—Anthropology and minors. Note: This course is not approved An adviser-approved, graduate-level course in for distribution credits. Prerequisite: Anth 103. research methods‡ ...... 4 should contact the Department of Anthro- pology for further information on areas of Anth 305 Anth 501 (thesis research) ...... 4 Cultural Theory (4) Anth 503 (thesis) ...... 8 concentration, e.g., systems applications in Explores the historical development of the con- archaeology, systems applications in physi- cept of culture within anthropology and exam- Total 48 cal anthropology. Applicants must be ines how this concept and the theories based on Five calendar years from the term of simultaneously admitted to the anthropol- it have shaped both fieldwork practices and pro- admission will be the maximum time ogy graduate program and the Systems Sci- duction of ethnographic texts. Designed for allowed to complete all requirements for a ence Ph.D. Program. anthropology majors and minors. Note: This master’s degree. Terms on approved leave course is not approved for distribution credits. Prerequisite: Anth 103. of absence will be charged against the five- COURSES year limitation. Anth 311 Peoples and Cultures of Latin America (4) In addition to formal course require- Students enrolling in anthropology courses for a Introduction to the peoples and cultures of Latin ments, the following are also necessary: pass/no pass grade must earn the equivalent of a “C” America, including Mexico, Central and South 1. Fulfilling the foreign language require- or better to “pass.” America, and the Caribbean. Course topics ment. Ordinarily the examination is taken Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered include religion, ecology, race and ethnicity, gen- in French, Spanish, or German. Other lan- every year. der, urbanization, conflict, and social change. guages may, upon departmental approval, Anth 101 Anth 312 be substituted. Students must complete Introduction to Physical Anthropology (4) Southeast Asian Societies and Cultures (4) The biological side of anthropology: primate the foreign language requirement no later Introduction to the societies and cultures of paleontology, human evolution, modern human Southeast Asia, the area encompassed today by than one calendar year following entrance variation, and primate behavior. the nations of Burma (Myanmar), Thailand, to the program. Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Course topics explore the religious and cultural diversity

† At least three of these courses (12 credits) must be in formally numbered graduate-level courses (i.e. courses numbered between 510-597 or 610-697). With graduate adviser approval, the remaining two courses (8 credits) may be in courses numbered 504 or 505 (i.e. Internship, Reading and Conference). ‡ This course must be formally numbered and described in the PSU Bulletin. It may not be a course numbered 501/ 601, 502/602, 503/603, 504/604, 505/605, 506/606, 507/607, 508/608, 509/609. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 75

of the area, as well as historical and cultural Anth 365 Anth 412/512 themes that traverse this region. Prerequisite: North American Prehistory (4) Research Methods in Social and Cultural students are strongly encouraged to complete A survey of pre-contact cultures north of Mex- Anthropology (4) Anth 103 before enrolling in this course. ico, from the first prehistoric migrant popula- Methods and techniques of research involving tions and early hunter-gatherers to the complex primary contacts with people, institutions and Anth 313 communities. The initiating and developing of Indian-White Relations (4) agricultural societies encountered by 15th and Consideration of North Americans since 1500: 16th century European explorers. Prerequisite: projects designed to produce data for basic eth- problems of social and cultural survival and Anth 350. nographic, as well as applied, anthropological change, as well as changing governmental poli- *Anth 366 research. Prerequisite: 12 credits in anthropol- cies, population, non-Indian conceptions of Mesoamerican Prehistory (4) ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). “The Indian.” Early cultures of Mesoamerica with an emphasis *Anth 414/514 on the domestication of plants and animals and Culture and Ecology (4) Anth 314 A critical analysis of the interrelations of culture, Native Americans (4) the development of civilization, focusing on the Ethnographic survey of North American Indian Maya and Highland Mexico. Prerequisite: social structure, and human ecology. Social orga- cultures-from simple hunter-gatherers to com- Anth 350. nization as influenced by characteristic patterns plex empires-illustrating the patterns of adapta- *Anth 367 of resource exploitation. The uses of natural tions to the variety of landscapes and historical East Asian Prehistory (4) environment from the viewpoint of the members processes. The archaeology of China, Japan, and Korea of societies. Prerequisites: Anth 304, 305. from about 1 million years ago to the establish- *Anth 315 Anth 415/515 American Culture (4) ment of the Yamato State in Japan. Focuses on Applied Anthropology (4) Central beliefs and core values of modern Amer- developments during the past 18,000 years, The application of anthropological knowledge to ican society are examined from an anthropologi- including the domestication of plants and ani- various kinds of projects and action programs in cal perspective. Considers: value of constructs mals, the spread of agriculture, and the develop- which cultural factors are critical elements. An such as individualism and conformity; creation ment of civilization and regional states. examination of problems produced by rapid of public images; kinship and friendship; pri- Prerequisite: Anth 350. technological, social and cultural change, con- vacy; schools and neighborhoods; and conflicts *Anth 368 flicts of values, and unequal access to resources involving ethnicity, social class, and gender. Oceania Prehistory (4) in multi-ethnic societies and “developing” Questions the role of culture in our own lives, Reviews issues related to the peopling of Austra- nations; research leading to possible solutions is thereby gaining a greater understanding of social lia about 40,000 years ago, and subsequent voy- considered. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthropol- experience and of the concept of culture. aging and colonization of all parts of the South ogy (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). Pacific. Examines prehistoric cultural develop- *Anth 416/516 Anth 316 Urban Anthropology (4) Traditional East Asia (4) ments in Hawaii, New Zealand, Easter Island, Cross-cultural examination of urban phenomena Comparative ethnographic examination of peas- and island groups in Micronesia. Examines evi- including: variability in cultural and institutional ant cultures in East Asia (China, Japan, Korea) dence of human modification of island ecosys- patterning of cities, acculturation processes prior to World War II. Prerequisite: students are tems. Prerequisite: Anth 350. affecting urban populations, migration and strongly encouraged to complete Anth 103 †Anth 370 social accommodation of rural and tribal peoples before enrolling in this course. Paleoanthropology (5) to urban settings, and the varieties of new sub- *Anth 319 Method and theory in paleoanthropology. A study of hominoid and human evolution from cultures that emerge in urban society. Prerequi- Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) site: 8 credits in sociocultural anthropology or A survey of the culture history and characteris- the Miocene to modern times. Emphasis will be placed on the interactions between biology and allied social science (Anth 304, 305 strongly rec- tics of the traditional (before Western influence) ommended). cultures of African peoples. culture in the evolution of the human species. Prerequisite: Anth 101. Anth 417/517 Anth 350 † Indians of North America (4) Archaeological Method and Theory (4) Anth 372 An advanced study of the aboriginal peoples of A survey of current techniques and conceptual Human Variability (4) North America, linguistic and cultural relations, The causes and significance of biological varia- models applied in the discovery and analysis of selected problems in the reconstruction of cul- tion in contemporary human populations- archaeological materials. The fundamentals of ture history and in the interpretation of native genetic, environmental and cultural factors. Pre- archaeological research design, field survey, social systems. Prerequisite: 8 credits in anthro- excavation, dating, cultural reconstruction, and requisite: Anth 101. pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). the application of interdisciplinary studies. Pre- Anth 399 requisite: Anth 102. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Anth 422/522 Contemporary American Indian Policy (4) * Anth 361 Anth 401/501 An examination of current federal, state, and European Prehistory (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) tribal law and policy pertaining to Indian affairs, Methods and results of the study of prehistoric Consent of instructor. including tribal government organization, gov- cultures of Europe from the earliest traces until Anth 404/504 ernment-to-government relations, economic the advent of written records. Prerequisite: Anth Cooperative Education/internship development, natural and cultural resource 350. (Credit to be arranged.) management, health care, welfare, and educa- *Anth 362 Anth 405/505 tion. Both reservation communities and the Port- African Prehistory (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be land metropolitan Indian community are Methods and the results of the study of prehis- arranged.) considered. Student research is based on read- toric cultures of Africa-with an emphasis on Consent of instructor. ing, field trips, and interviews with tribal offi- those south of the Sahara-from the earliest traces Anth 407/507 cials and other policy professionals. Anth 313, until the first historical records. Prerequisite: Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) 314 recommended. Anth 350. Consent of instructor. *Anth 425/525 *Anth 364 Anth 410/510 Medical Anthropology (4) Pacific Northwest Prehistory (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) An examination of how health-related beliefs The prehistory of northwestern North America Consent of instructor. and practices relate to biological factors and to from its earliest occupants to the arrival of Euro- wider systems of belief. Healing in traditional peans, with emphasis on developments during societies; origins and culture of scientific medi- the last 5,000 years. Prerequisite: Anth 350. cine. A comparison of traditional and scientific

† Anth 370 and Anth 372 are offered in alternating years. 76 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

medical systems and the impact of scientific Anth 453/553 affinity; an introduction to paleopathology and medicine on traditional healers. Examples drawn Archaeological Field Methods (4) the recognition of genetic and cultural variation. from both Western and non-Western societies. The theory and practice of contemporary archae- Prerequisites: Anth 350 and Anth 370. ological field investigation-research design, Prerequisite: 8 credits of sociocultural anthro- *Anth 479/579 pology (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended. survey and reconnaissance, site excavation, sam- Forensic Anthropology (2) Anth 101 helpful). pling and recording techniques, cultural Advanced techniques of human skeletal identifi- resource management. Prerequisite: Anth 350. *Anth 428/528 cation and their application to the solution of Political Anthropology (4) Anth 454/554 medico-legal (forensic) problems. Prerequisites: Survey of major anthropological approaches to Archaeological Field School (6) Anth 478/578 or consent of instructor. Archaeological excavation of prehistoric or his- politics and power. Coverage includes structural Anth 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) functionalism, evolutionism, action theory, toric archaeological sites; or reconnaissance, *Anth 511 structuralism, political economy, and post-struc- survey and mapping of sites during a summer field project. Approximately 40 hours of field Core Seminar in Social and Cultural turalism. Ethnographic cases include both prim- Anthropology (4) work per week for 6 weeks, with a week of labo- itive politics and contemporary ethnic, class, and A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- ratory work. Prerequisite: Anth 350. gender struggles in heterogeneous societies. Pre- retical, and substantive review and integration of requisites: 8 credits sociocultural anthropology Anth 455/555 anthropological materials in social and cultural (Anth 304, 305 strongly recommended). Analysis of Faunal Remains (5) anthropology. Prerequisites: graduate standing in *Anth 430/530 Reviews issues of recovery, identification, quanti- anthropology and consent of instructor. Myth, Ritual, and Symbol (4) fication, and interpretation of archaeological * faunal remains. Seminar component involves Anth 550 A critical examination of both classic and recent Core Seminar in Archaeology (4) discussion and critical review of recent faunal anthropological theories in the cross-cultural A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- studies. Laboratory component introduces stu- study of symbolic forms. Prerequisite: 8 credits retical, and substantive review and integration of dent to skeletal anatomy of vertebrates (with in sociocultural anthropology (Anth 304, 305 anthropological materials in archaeology. Prereq- focus on fishes and mammals) and basic proce- strongly recommended). uisites: graduate standing in anthropology and dures used in faunal analysis. Prerequisite: *Anth 431/531 consent of instructor. Anth 350. Advanced Topics in Latin American Anth 570 Anthropology (4) Anth 456/556 Core Seminar in Physical Anthropology (4) In-depth exploration of a current topic in Latin Issues in Cultural Resource Management (4) A seminar that provides a methodological, theo- Examines the current cultural, legal and regula- American anthropology, especially in relation to retical, and substantive review and integration of tory issues, problems, and frameworks affecting the study of social change. Course materials will anthropological materials in physical anthropol- the management of cultural resources in North cover both theory and ethnography. Prerequisite: ogy. Prerequisites: graduate standing in anthro- America and elsewhere in the world. Course either Anth 311 or two courses related to Latin pology and consent of instructor. America. coverage will include such topics as the laws *Anth 432/532 affecting antiquities trafficking, and the relation- Women, Culture, and Society (4) ships between indigenous peoples and archaeol- A cross-cultural examination of sex roles and ogists. Prerequisite: Anth 350. gender beliefs including political, social, eco- *Anth 461/561 nomic, and ideological aspects of the position of Advanced Topics in Archaeology (4) the sexes. Prerequisites: upper-division standing In-depth exploration and analysis of a major and at least one basic course in sociocultural current problem in archaeology. Problems may anthropology (Anth 103, 304, or 305). be substantive or theoretical. Prerequisite: Anth Anth 446/546 350. Chinese Culture and Society (4) *Anth 464/564 Issues in the study of Chinese societies today, Topics in Northwest Prehistory (4) including those found in the Chinese mainland, In-depth exploration of current problems in the Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Southeast Asia. In- study of Northwest Prehistory, particularly as it depth examination of questions surrounding articulates with general theories of hunter-gath- kinship organization, religious practice, ethnic erer adaptations and cultural evolution. Prereq- identities, gender relations, and economic and uisite: Anth 364. political change. Prerequisite: 8 credits in socio- *Anth 471/571 cultural anthropology (Anth 304 and 305 Advanced Topics in Paleoanthropology (4) strongly recommended). In-depth exploration and analysis of current *Anth 451/551 problems in the study of Paleoanthropology. History of Archaeology (4) Emphasis on articulation of evolutionary theory A chronological survey of developments in the with fossils and other relevant evidence. Prereq- field of archaeological inquiry: major schools of uisites: Anth 370. thoughts, innovations in method and theory, key *Anth 472/572 personalities and their contributions. Prerequi- Population Dynamics (4) sites: Anth 350 plus at least one additional The study of the principles of Mendelian and upper-division archaeology course. population genetics as they apply to the evolu- Anth 452/552 tion of human populations and the maintenance Lab Methods in Archaeology (4) of diversity in modern populations. Emphasis Techniques and their applications in the analysis also is placed on the articulation of genetic of materials recovered from archaeological sites. methods with evolutionary theory. Prerequi- Course content will vary, emphasizing the study sites: Anth 372; 2 years of high school algebra or of various artifact types-lithics, ceramics, tex- equivalent; Bi 341 as a pre- or corequisite. tiles, botanical remains, etc. (May be repeated *Anth 478/578 with departmental consent. Maximum 8 credits) Human Osteology (4) Prerequisites: Anth 350 plus at least one addi- The identification and interpretation of human tional upper-division archaeology course. skeletal material from archaeological sites: the determination of age, gender, and population C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 77

APPLIED LINGUISTICS

467 Neuberger Hall How does language relate to other facets of Requirements for a Minor in 725-4088 culture and society? What sorts of prob- Linguistics. To earn a minor in linguistics www-adm.pdx.edu/user/ling/ lems develop when language doesn’t work a student must complete 28 adviser- as it should, such as in various language approved credits (12 credits of which must B.A. disorders? How do computer scientists use be taken in residence at PSU), to include Minor in Linguistics linguistic descriptions for natural language the following: Intensive Program in English as a understanding systems? Credits Second Language The Department of Applied Linguistics Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 Program in English for Non-Native offers a B.A. in applied linguistics, a minor Ling 411 Syntax or Ling 492 Structure of the Residents in applied linguistics, a TESL certificate, English Language ...... 4 Certificate in Teaching English as a and an M.A. in TESOL (Teaching English Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . .4 Second Language to Speakers of Other Languages). It also Linguistics electives (upper-division level) . . .16 M.A.—Teaching English to Speakers of administers the English as a Second Lan- Total 28 Other Languages guage Program and the English for Non- All courses used to satisfy the depart- M.A.T and M.S.T. (General Arts and Native Residents Program. ment minor requirements must be graded Letters) The major in applied linguistics would serve either as preparation for graduate C- or above, and the overall GPA for such study, or as an organizing theme for a rich courses must be 2.00 or above. Courses UNDERGRADUATE undergraduate education. The graduate taken under the undifferentiated grading PROGRAMS degree prepares students to become teach- option (pass/no pass) are not acceptable ers, language consultants, and researchers toward fulfilling department minor Linguistics is the study of one of the most in the field of language learning and teach- requirements. important human characteristics: language. ing. The English as a Second Language and It is an interdisciplinary field that involves the English for Non-Native Residents pro- INTENSIVE PROGRAM IN the sciences, the social sciences, and the grams are designed to develop non-native ENGLISH AS A SECOND humanities. English speakers’ competence in English. LANGUAGE (ESL) Studying linguistics is not a matter of Requirements for a Major in Applied LING 110 learning lots of different languages, but Linguistics. In addition to meeting the rather is the study of language in general, general University requirements and those As an intensive course, Ling 110 is of the essential nature of any human lan- for the B.A. degree, majors must complete designed to develop the student’s compe- guage. The questions that linguists ask are an adviser-approved program to include: tence in listening, speaking, reading, and such as these: How do linguistic structures Credits writing for academic purposes. relate to the sounds we utter, and how do Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 Ling 110 is a year-round intensive pro- these relate to the meanings that we Ling 407 Senior Seminar ...... 4 gram. It is offered throughout the regular express? What is the structure of these Ling 411 Syntax ...... 4 academic year as well as during the sum- sounds, and how are they articulated? Ling 435 Applied Linguistics ...... 4 mer. There are five basic levels: beginning, What is the nature of the syntactic struc- Ling 490 History of the English Language . . . 4 lower-intermediate, intermediate, upper- Linguistics electives (upper-division level). . . 20 ture of a sentence, and how is a grammar intermediate, and advanced. correctly stated? How can children master Two terms of a non-Indo-European language ...... 10 Students may earn from 3 to 12 credits language as quickly as they do, even per term depending upon the parts of the though the number of sentences appears to (If the language used to fulfill the University language requirement is non-Indo-European, program in which they enroll. Full-time be infinitely many? What does this remark- the student may choose any other language for students usually register for 12 credits. Stu- able capacity tell us about the mind? How this requirement.) dents in levels 1 and 2 may not take other does human language differ from the com- academic courses. Students in level 5 may munication systems of animals? How does Total 50 enroll in some non-ESL courses with the language change through time? By what All courses used to satisfy the depart- approval of the program coordinator, if processes does a language diverge into two ment major requirements, whether taken their academic record allows. mutually incomprehensible languages, as in the department or elsewhere, must be Specifically, the Ling 110 course is did Latin into Rumanian and French? In graded C or above, and the overall GPA for divided into four major parts: turn, how can the prehistory of a language such courses must be 2.00 or above. No Part A: Grammar and sentence patterns be reconstructed? later than the end of the first quarter after Part B: Reading and vocabulary The Department of Applied Linguistics admission to the program the student is development is concerned with these as with related, required to consult with the applied lin- Part C: Writing more practical questions: How can a lan- guistics adviser to select the appropriate Part D: Oral communication skills guage best be taught and learned? How can courses and areas of concentration. The Time is also devoted to American cul- it best be translated? How does one invent entire program must be approved by the tural patterns and academic and cultural a practical orthography (alphabet and adviser. orientation. spelling system) for a language? What is involved in the ability to write and read? 78 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

To reinforce classroom instruction, stu- teach English to speakers of other lan- MASTER OF ARTS dents spend up to 10 hours a week in the guages in the United States and abroad. M.A., TESOL (Teaching English to language and computer laboratory, and in In contrast with the M.A. TESOL, this Speakers of Other Languages) individual tutorials if necessary. certificate will fit into the programs of Admission Requirements An essential function of the program is majors in a wide variety of fields, such as 1. Admission to graduate study at Port- orientation of the international student to foreign languages, speech, education, and land State University. American life. Students are encouraged to the social sciences. Candidates may enroll take part in a series of social and educa- in the program as postbaccalaureate stu- 2. Proficiency in English if the student is tional activities, both on campus and in the dents or while completing degree require- not a native speaker of English. community, each term. ments in an academic major. 3. At least two years’ proficiency in at least one foreign language if the student is a ADMISSION ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS native speaker of English. The student must submit a completed 1. Admission to Portland State University. COURSE REQUIREMENTS application form and other materials 2. English proficiency in spoken and writ- In addition to the minimum graduate requested on the application to the Office ten English if the student is not a native school requirements, the following adviser- of Admissions at Portland State University. speaker of English (a TOEFL score report approved courses are required. (For those If the student is accepted, the I-20 or other is required). The student is to be tested students who have completed the Certifi- appropriate form will be issued. Upon upon arrival. (Required for both certificate cate in TESL as undergraduates, certain arrival the student must take a Placement and M.A. programs.) Test in English administered by English as adviser- approved courses will be used to 3. Two years’ proficiency in at least one a Second Language/Applied Linguistics. substitute for some of the following foreign language if the student is a native Placement into courses will be based on requirements.) speaker of English. these test results as well as TOEFL score Group A: Credits reports if students have them. COURSE REQUIREMENTS Ling 511 Syntax ...... 4 Qualified students interested in In addition to fulfilling minimum Univer- 4 credits from the following ...... 4 English-only study can participate in an sity or graduate school requirements, the Ling 507 Seminar Intensive English Language Program following adviser-approved courses are Ling 512 Phonology offered through a partnership between required: Ling 513 Linguistic Semantics Applied Linguistics and the School of Ling 514 Linguistic Pragmatics Credits Ling 516 Discourse Analysis Extended Studies. For information and Ling 390 Introduction to Linguistics ...... 4 Ling 520 Historical and Comparative application materials, contact the Depart- Ling 438 Second Language Acquisition...... 4 Linguistics ment of Applied Linguistics. Ling 492 Structure of the English Language . . 4 Ling 545 Linguistics and Cognitive Science Ling 477, 478 TESOL Methods...... 8 Ling 590 History of the English Language PROGRAM IN ENGLISH Linguistics electives (upper-division)...... 12 Group B: FOR NON-NATIVE Literature and cultural studies (at least one Ling 538 Second Language Acquisition ...... 4 course in each area) ...... 8 4 credits from the following ...... 4 RESIDENTS (ENNR) Ling 510 Selected Topics Total 40 LING 199 Ling 532 Sociolinguistics All courses used to satisfy certificate Ling 533 Psycholinguistics As a semi-intensive course, Ling 199 is course requirements must be upper-divi- Ling 537 First Language Acquisition designed to develop the student’s compe- sion and graded C or above, and the overall Ling 570 Grammar for TESOL tence in writing, reading, and grammar. It GPA for such courses must be 2.00 or For the remaining 4 credits in linguistics, is available to any non-native resident. above. No later than the end of the first choose from Group A or B above, or from Students earn 4 credits per term. quarter after admission to the program, the Group C ...... 4 Sections are limited to small groups student is required to consult with the Group C: divided according to their level of English TESL adviser to select the appropriate Ling 539 Language Testing proficiency. In addition to ENNR credits, courses and areas of concentration. The Ling 565 Administration of ESL/EFL Programs Ling 574 ESL in the Workplace students normally register for 6 to 9 credits entire program must be approved by the in non-ENNR courses. Ling 575 Curriculum Design and Materials adviser. Development There are three basic levels: lower-inter- Some courses used in the TESL certifi- Ling 581 World Englishes mediate, intermediate, and advanced. cate program can also be applied to obtain- Ling 594 Linguistics and Literature An essential part of the program is gen- ing the ESL/bilingual endorsement for eral academic advising. Students are given public school teachers. Students seeking Total credits for groups A, B, and C 20 guidance in planning course schedules and this endorsement must plan a program Literature and Cultural Studies (at least one in choosing non-ENNR courses appropri- through a departmental adviser and must course in each area)...... 8 ate to their level of English proficiency. complete 100 hours of practice in the K-12 Literature requirement is adviser-approved Placement in the advanced or interme- setting. class in contemporary American or British diate courses is based on scores received on literature, or other literature originally standardized placement tests. written in English. GRADUATE Cultural Studies requirement is SP 515 Prob- PROGRAMS lems in Intercultural Communication, Ling CERTIFICATE IN TEACHING 571 Culture Learning in the Classroom, or ENGLISH AS A SECOND The Department of Applied Linguistics other adviser-approved elective. LANGUAGE (TESL) offers graduate work leading to the Master TESOL Methods and Supervised Practice. . . . .8 of Arts in Teaching of English to Speakers Ling 577 Methods I The program is administered by the Ling 578 Methods II of Other Languages (M.A., TESOL). All students must submit a portfolio docu- Department of Applied Linguistics. It is menting 70 hours of practicum experience specifically designed to prepare persons to C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 79

Research Ling 390 Examines applications to speech technology Ling 560 (This course must be taken within Introduction to Linguistics (4) (speech synthesis and speech recognition) and the first year of study)...... 4 A general introduction to the study of linguistics, speech pathology. including a basic survey of phonology, morphol- Thesis...... 6 *Ling 416/516 ogy, syntax, and semantics, brief overview of Discourse Analysis (4) Total 46 other topics such as language acquisition and An exploration of forms and functions in the No later than the end of the first quarter language in social contexts, a brief sketch plac- analysis of discourse. Practice with using variety ing English in historical perspective, and a pre- after admission to the program, the student of analytic procedures for description of dis- liminary examination of principles in modern course, particularly in relation to language learn- is required to consult with the TESOL language study. adviser to select the appropriate courses ing and teaching. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Ling 399 and areas of concentration. The entire pro- *Ling 420/520 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Historical and Comparative Linguistics (4) gram must be approved by the adviser and Ling 401/501 Study of linguistic change and language relation- the Department of Applied Linguistics Research (Credit to be arranged.) ships. Topics include genetic classification of Graduate Committee. Ling 404/504 languages, language families, language and pre- Upon satisfactory completion of course- Cooperative Education/Internship history, methods of historical reconstruction, work, the student in consultation with a (Credit to be arranged.) types of sound change, types of semantic research adviser completes a thesis that Ling 405/505 change, evidence of borrowing. Prerequisite: deals with a specific aspect of TESOL. The Reading and Conference (Credit to be Ling 390. arranged.) thesis requires a proposal that must be †Ling 422/522 approved by the research committee before Ling 407/507 How Do People Learn a Second Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) the research is undertaken. Upon success- Language (3) Ling 408/508 Gain a historical perspective of language teach- ful completion of the thesis, the student Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ing and look at current language learning and will be eligible for the final oral Ling 409/509 teaching models. Examine variables involved in examination. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) first and second language acquisition, including Persons interested in applying for the Ling 410/510 the effect of the first language, individual socio- M.A., TESOL Program should write to the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) economic factors, and instruction. Analyze natu- Department of Applied Linguistics for Ling 411/511 ral language collected from second language additional information. Syntax (4) learners. Appreciate the complexity of learning Introduction to modern grammatical theory and and studying in another language so you can MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR research. Presents basic results of linguistic understand and effectively help your LEP stu- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING research in syntax, and methods of investigation dents learn successfully. For information on the Master of Arts in and argumentation used to establish those †Ling 423/523 Teaching and the Master of Science in results. Constitutes a foundation for advanced Taking Stock: Assessment and Evaluation Teaching (General Arts and Letters), see work in syntax and semantics, provides back- in Programs With Language Minority page 125. ground for understanding much recent work in Students (2) applied linguistics and in such allied fields as Consider ways to expand the assessment domain psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. Prerequi- so that it describes the full range of student work COURSES site: Ling 390. and includes all populations. Learn about technical standards needed to ensure fair, accurate, Ling 412/512 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Phonology (4) and meaningful information. Discuss using every year. An introductory course in the analysis and assessment results to focus school and district Ling 110 understanding of the basic nature of the sound services for language minority students. English as a Second Language systems of natural languages. Prerequisite: Ling Ling 432/532 (4-12 each term) 390. Sociolinguistics (4) An intensive course to develop the non-native An examination of language in relation to social speaker’s competence in listening, speaking, Ling 413/513 Linguistic Semantics (4) and interpersonal interaction. Prerequisite: reading, and writing. For students enrolled in Survey of approaches to meaning in linguistics, Ling 390. the ESL program only. including influence from logic and philosophy of Ling 433/533 Ling 120 language. Addresses general questions of mean- Psycholinguistics (4) English for Non-native Residents (4) ing, methods proposed for studying it, and rela- A survey of psycholinguistics and the psychol- A three-level course in English for non-native tionship of semantic theory to theories of syntax ogy of language, focusing on the general ques- residents to develop their competence in writ- and pragmatics. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 492, or tion of the relation between human language ing, reading, grammar, listening comprehension, 411 recommended. and human beings. Prerequisite: Ling 390. and note-taking. Placement in a given level, Ling 435/535 lower-intermediate or upper-intermediate or Ling 414/514 Linguistic Pragmatics (4) Applied Linguistics (4) advanced, depends on English Placement Test A study of current theories of language use, par- An examination of current areas of applied lin- scores. For non-native residents only. ticularly contextual and functional aspects of the guistic research. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Ling 199 communication process. Prerequisite: Ling 390, *Ling 437/537 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged) 411 or 413 recommended. First Language Acquisition (4) Ling 290 Ling 415/515 Introduction to main aspects of first language Introduction to Language (4) Linguistic Phonetics (4) acquisition in childhood, from infancy to the General introduction to structure of languages of Introduces the sounds of the world’s languages early school years. Examines comprehension the world, how they are used, and how they with a concentration on English. Practical exer- and production of the structural and social change through time and space and social con- cises designed to develop skills in production, aspects of language. Includes discussion of lan- text. Designed for non-majors. discrimination, and phonetic transcription. guage acquisition theories from linguistic, psy- cholinguistic and sociolinguistic perspectives.

† Ling 422/522 and Ling 423/523 are to be used only for ESL/bilingual endorsement for public school teachers, offered through Continuing Education. These courses cannot be used as linguistics electives or toward the TESL cer- tiﬁcate or TESOL master’s degree without explicit approval by the Applied Linguistics department. 80 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Research project based on collection and analy- (EFL) students and teaching cultural compe- Ling 490/590 sis of child language data required. Prerequisite: tence in a language classroom. Prerequisite: Ling History of the English Language (4) Ling 390. 390. A survey in which the development of English phonology, morphology, vocabulary, and syntax *Ling 438/538 *Ling 474/574 Second Language Acquisition (4) ESL in the Workplace (4) is studied through the application of modern lin- Introduction to main aspects of second language Theory and practice in developing programs to guistic criteria and methodology. Prerequisite: acquisition from sociolinguistic and psycholin- teach English language programs in the work- Ling 390. guistic perspectives. Examines comprehension place. Students observe workplace programs, Ling 492 and production, stages in acquisition, cognitive examine case studies, and work in teams to Structure of the English Language (4) processes, linguistic environment, individual assess needs, write curriculum, and develop A study of English structure and modern variables, relationship between first and second materials for a local company employing non- approaches to grammar. This course satisfies language. Research project based on collection native speakers. Prerequisite: Ling 477 or teach- state standards for teaching English. Prerequi- and analysis of language-learner language. Pre- ing experience. site: Ling 390. requisite: Ling 390. *Ling 475/575 *Ling 494/594 *Ling 439/539 Curriculum Design and Materials Linguistics and Literature (4) Language Testing (4) Development in TESOL (4) Studies in the linguistic analysis of literature, Examination of recent theory and research on Principles of curriculum design and instruc- both poetry and prose, from the perspectives of language testing, including selection, evaluation, tional materials development in teaching English syntax, phonology, morphology, speech acts, dis- and interpretation of language proficiency tests to speakers of other languages. Students work in course analysis, and dialectal variation. Prerequi- and test results; development of classroom tests; teams to assess needs, design syllabus, develop site: Ling 390. comprehensive assessment of language pro- lessons and materials, plan evaluation for Ling 503 grams. Prerequisite: Ling 390. English language program. Covers structural, Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) *Ling 445/545 notional and communicative, task-based, and Ling 560 Linguistics and Cognitive Science (4) content-based syllabus. Prerequisite: Ling 390. Research Design for Applied Linguistics (4) Presents current developments in linguistic the- Ling 477/577, 478/578 Methods for qualitative and quantitative research ory, and in psychological theories of perception, TESOL Methods (4, 4) in TESOL and other areas of applied linguistics. cognition, and information processing (with spe- Approaches, methods, and techniques in teach- Measurement concepts, major types of research cial focus on language processing). Examines the ing English to speakers of other languages. Stu- designs, alternative types of research in TESOL, fusion of linguistic and psychological theories dents are required to tutor, observe, and teach in introductory statistics, evaluation of published into the rapidly growing field of cognitive sci- an approved ESL program. Ling 477/577: research, review of literature, and preparation of ence. Prerequisite: Ling 390, 433 recommended. Emphasis is on macro-level variables and intro- proposal. Prerequisites: completion of at least Ling 470/570 duction to instructional methodology; Ling 478/ two terms in the M.A. TESOL program, Ling Grammar for TESOL (4) 578: Emphasis is on techniques for teaching lis- 390. A study of how to teach difficult grammatical tening, speaking, reading, writing, and grammar. *Ling 565 structures in English, how to resolve problems Courses should be taken in sequence. Previous Administration of ESL/EFL Programs (4) and questions that frequently arise in the ESL study equal to at least one class in linguistics is Analyzes models of intensive and non-intensive classroom, and how to adapt and supplement required. programs in terms of goals, students, levels, staff, ESL grammar tests. Prerequisites: Ling 390, 492. Ling 481/581 schedules, materials and approaches based on Ling 471/571 World Englishes (4) resources and facilities available. Discusses theo- Culture Learning in the Language Explores the role of English as a world language. retical, financial and pedagogical issues in Classroom (4) Using film, audio tapes, and English language designing and maintaining a successful program. Study of the relationship between language newspapers from around the world, students Prerequisite: Ling 390. learning and culture with emphasis on learning will become familiar with such Englishes as *Ling 585 about the cultures of English as a Second Lan- Malaysian English, Indian English, Nigerian Semiotics (4) guage (ESL) and English as a Foreign Language English, and Filipino English. Prerequisite: Ling Study of modern critical theories based on lin- 290 or 390. guistics, especially structuralism. Prerequisite: 3 credits of linguistics.

BIOLOGY

246 Science Building II NDERGRADUATE should consult the catalog of the profes- 725-3851 U sional school to which the student intends www.esr.pdx.edu/environ/envbio.html PROGRAMS to apply following preprofessional work in biology and other sciences at Portland (environmental) The biology program is designed to prepare www.orgbio.pdx.edu/ (organismal) State. Biology is also a teaching endorse- students for careers in biological research, ment area in the program of secondary development, and teaching, and in health education. B.A., B.S. sciences, nursing, agriculture, forestry, and The Oregon University System main- Minor other applied fields. It also provides the tains the Institute of Marine Biology near Secondary Education Program necessary background for prospective Coos Bay and the Hatfield Marine Sciences M.A., M.S. teachers and for advanced study leading to Center in Newport on the Oregon coast. M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Biology) graduate degrees in the more specialized PSU also participates in programs at the Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and fields of the biological sciences. Malheur Field Station in southeastern Resources: Biology A student planning to enter medicine, Oregon. Biology majors are encouraged dentistry, or other professional fields C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 81

to spend a summer at one of these Botany The remaining courses taken to meet institutions. Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants upper-division elective requirements in Requirements for Major. In addition Bi 435 Plant Systematics biology may be selected from any upper- to satisfying general University require- Bi 441 Plant Physiology division courses offered by the Department ments, a student majoring in biology must Bi 445 Algal Physiology of Biology (courses with a "Bi" prefix). Bi 471 Plant Ecology meet general department major require- Option III: Microbiology/ ments and specific requirements in one of Zoology Molecular Biology the biology major options. General require- Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology Students selecting Option III will take the Bi 413 Herpetology ments are completion of two terms of sta- following courses or their equivalent: tistics or calculus; three terms of science Bi 414 Ornithology majors’ introductory chemistry with labo- Bi 415 Mammalogy Credits ratory; one term of organic chemistry; Ph Bi 461 Invertebrate Zoology Bi 251-253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 Bi 341 Genetics ...... 4 Microbiology 201, 204; and 12 elective credits from geol- Bi 480, Bi 488 Microbiology and Laboratory . .6 ogy, physics, or chemistry at the 200 level Bi 480, Bi 488 Microbiology and Laboratory At least two of the following courses: or higher. All biology majors must com- Bi 421 Virology Bi 338 Introduction to Molecular Biology . . 4† plete at least 60 credits in biology includ- Bi 430 Theory of Recombinant DNA Techniques Bi 335 Principles of Physiology ...... 4 ing three terms of science majors’ Evolutionary biology Bi 336 Cell Biology ...... 4 introductory biology with laboratory. Of Bi 426 Evolution Bi 357 Ecology ...... 4 the 60 credits in biology at least 44 must be Bi 427 Evolutionary Genetics In addition, students are required to upper-division, including one term of Bi 428 Human Genetics complete one of the following two genetics (Bi 341, Introduction to Genetics) Bi 476 Population Biology requirements: and fulfillment of one of the options listed Option II: Organismal Biology Microbiology focus (at least 12 credits from below. Students seeking an emphasis in organis- the following list) Biology courses taken pass/no pass are mal biology will take the following courses Bi 421 Virology not acceptable toward fulfilling departmen- or their equivalent: Bi 423 Microbial Ecology Bi 486 Pathogenic Bacteriology tal major requirements, with the exception Credits Bi 481 Microbial Physiology of courses numbered Bi 401, 404, 405, Bi 251-253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 406, and 407 which are only offered pass/ Bi 482 Environmental Microbiology Bi 341 Genetics ...... 4 or no pass. Of the 60 credits required in biol- Bi 335 Principles of Physiology or Molecular biology focus ogy, at least 46 credits must be in courses Bi 336 Introduction to Cell Biology ...... 4 Ch 350 or Ch 490, 491, 492 other than Bi 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407. Bi 357 General Ecology...... 4 Bi 430, 431 Recombinant DNA Techniques The remaining 14 credits may include no Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 Bi 487 Immunology more than a total of 6 credits in Bi 401, Upper-division electives ...... 29 Bi 401 Research (6 credits) 404, 405, and 406. Courses taken as upper-division biology The remaining courses taken to meet Biology majors interested in the Biology upper-division elective requirements in Honors program may obtain information electives must include at least one course from each of the following sub-areas: biology may be selected from any upper- on that in the Science Support Office. division courses offered by the Department Option I: General Biology of Biology (courses with a "Bi" prefix). Students selecting Option I will take the Systems physiology sub-area Credits The department offers a Certificate in following courses or their equivalent: Bi 301, Bi 302, Bi 303 Human Anatomy and Biotechnology in cooperation with Port- Physiology ...... 4, 4, 4 land Community College. Students inter- Credits Bi 417 Mammalian Physiology ...... 4 Bi 251-253 Principles of Biology...... 15 ested in obtaining the Certificate in Bi 418 Comparative Animal Physiology...... 4 Biotechnology should complete the Molec- Bi 341 Genetics ...... 4 Bi 419 Animal Physiology Laboratory ...... 4 At least two of the following courses: Bi 441 Plant Physiology...... 4 ular Biology focus and contact the depart- Bi 338 Introduction to Molecular Biology . . .4 Bi 462 Neurophysiology ...... 4 ment for information on specific Bi 335 Principles of Physiology or Bi 463 Sensory Physiology...... 4 requirements for the certificate. Bi 336 Introduction to Cell Biology ...... 4 Bi 357 General Ecology...... 4 Structure/systematics/development sub-area: Option IV: Botany Upper-division electives ...... 33 Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology . . 5 Students selecting Option IV will take the following courses or their equivalent: Courses taken as upper-division biology Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. . . . . 5 electives must include at least one other Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology ...... 6 Credits Bi 413 Herpetology ...... 6 Bi 251-253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 upper-division course in each of the fol- Bi 414 Ornithology ...... 6 lowing areas: botany, zoology, microbiol- Bi 330 Intro to Plant Biology ...... 4 Bi 415 Mammalogy ...... 6 Bi 341 Genetics ...... 4 ogy, and evolutionary biology. Bi 416 Marine Mammals ...... 6 At least two of the following courses: Several different avenues of study may Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants ...... 4 Bi 338 Introduction to Molecular Biology . . .4 be followed under the general track. These Bi 435 Plant Systematics ...... 4 Bi 335 Principles of Physiology or Bi 336 Cell include emphases in ecology, evolution, Bi 455 Histology ...... 6 Biology ...... 4 botany, microbiology, and field biology. Ecology/genetics/evolution/behavior sub-area: Bi 357 Ecology ...... 4 Please consult your adviser for more Bi 360 Introduction to Marine Biology ...... 3 Upper-division biology electives ...... 29 details. The remaining courses taken to Bi 412 Animal Behavior...... 4 Courses taken as upper-division biology meet upper-division elective requirements Bi 427 Evolutionary Genetics ...... 4 electives must include at least four courses in biology may be selected from any upper- Bi 428 Human Genetics...... 4 Bi 471 Plant Ecology ...... 4 from the lists below and at least one course division courses offered by the Department Bi 472 Natural History ...... 3 from each of the following sub-areas. of Biology (courses with a "Bi" prefix). Bi 475 Limnology and Aquatic Ecology...... 4 Bi 476 Population Biology ...... 4

† Required for students taking the molecular focus or completing the biotechnology certiﬁcate program. 82 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Structure and function those offered for pass/no pass only. Stu- results from the aptitude test and the Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants dents must have at least a 3.00 GPA in the advanced biology examination. Bi 434 Plant Anatomy recommended science courses and must 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- Bi 441 Plant Physiology earn at least a C in each course of the Bi 445 Algal Physiology sons qualified to assess the applicant’s endorsement area. Students should also promise as a graduate student. Evolution and systematics take Ed 420 Introduction to Education and The student should contact the depart- Bi 426 Evolution Society; Psy 311; and one of the following: Bi 435 Plant Systematics ment for a statement of current admission Sp 100, 229, 220, 262, or 324. Bi 476 Population Biology policy. Biology Majors. The student must Ecology The prospective student should realize complete a biology major’s program as out- Bi 471 Plant Ecology that a high GPA and acceptable GRE scores lined above, to include a course each in Bi 475 Limnology and Aquatic Ecology do not guarantee admission to the graduate microbiology, ecology, genetics, and evolu- Bi 478 Aquatic Plants programs in biology. This is because of the tion. (See adviser.) The remaining courses taken to meet many departmental factors which must be upper-division elective requirements in Credits taken into consideration, such as availabil- biology may be selected from any upper- Biology (see above) ...... 50 ity of appropriate advisers and research division courses offered by the Department Mathematics (see above) ...... 12 space. of Biology (courses with a "Bi" prefix). Chemistry (see above) ...... 23 Physics (see above) ...... 15 Degree Requirements. University mas- Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Geology (see adviser) ...... 3 ter’s degree requirements are listed on minor in biology, a student must complete page 65. Specific departmental require- at least 27 credits (at least 9 credits of Total 103 ments are listed below. which must be taken in residence at PSU), Nonbiology Majors MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF to include the following: One year-long sequence in introductory SCIENCE biology ...... 9 Credits Bi 234, 235 Elementary Microbiology ...... 6 Satisfactory completion of at least 45 cred- Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 One course each in both anatomy and its of approved graduate-level courses is Upper-division credits to include at least physiology ...... 8 required for a master’s degree. The student one course from each of the following three Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ...... 4 must complete at least 30 credits in the areas ...... 15 Bi 357 General Ecology ...... 4 field of biology. No more than 9 credits Area I: Cellular Biology Bi 426 Evolution ...... 4 Bi 335 Principles of Physiology may be in Bi 503 Thesis. No more than a Biology elective in botany or field-oriented Bi 336 Introduction to Cell Biology total of 15 credits may be in seminar, read- course ...... 4 Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics ing and conference, research, and thesis. A Bi 480 Microbiology Biology total 39 maximum of 15 credits may be pro- Area II: Organismal Biology grammed as electives in fields related to Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Physical science electives as approved by biology in consultation with the degree adviser ...... 18 Physiology adviser. Successful completion of a final Bi 326 Comparative Vertebrate Embryology Total 57 oral examination and a thesis is required. Bi 328 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Bi 334 Systematic Botany MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR Bi 370 Mushrooms GRADUATE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING Bi 387 Vertebrate Zoology PROGRAMS The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Bi 432 Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Science/ Fungi The Department of Biology offers graduate Biology. In consultation with the graduate Bi 433 Morphology of Vascular Plants study leading the Master of Arts or Master Bi 434 Plant Anatomy adviser, the student should establish the of Science, and the Master of Arts in degree program before the completion of Bi 455 Histology Teaching or Master of Science in Teaching Bi 461 Freshwater Invertebrate Zoology 15 credits of coursework. The program Area III: Ecological and Evolutionary Science/Biology. The department also par- must include a minimum of 45 credits in Biology ticipates in the Environmental Sciences and approved graduate courses, to include a Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized Bi 357 General Ecology minimum of 24 credits in the area of con- studies in the basic principles and tech- Bi 360, 361 Introduction to Marine Biology and centration. At least 9 credits, but no more Laboratory niques of the discipline, when combined with multidisciplinary environmental sci- than 15 credits, must be in education Bi 423 Microbial Ecology courses. In order to fulfill requirements for Bi 426 Evolution ences courses and seminars, will partially fulfill the requirement for the Ph.D. in the degree, the student must satisfactorily Total 30 environmental sciences and resources. For complete the degree program and pass Courses taken under the undifferenti- information relative to the Ph.D. program both a final written examination and a final ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not in environmental sciences and resources/ oral examination. be accepted toward fulfilling department biology, see page 109. Admission Requirements. In addition CONTINUING TEACHING LICENSE minor requirements. Bi 401, 404, 405, The requirements for the continuing teach- 406, and 407 are not allowed for the to the instructions for admission to the graduate program as they appear on ing license include satisfactory completion minor. Additional courses may be required of 45 credits of upper-division and gradu- as prerequisites. page 56, the department requires the following information from each applicant to ate work earned subsequent to receipt of SECONDARY EDUCATION the M.A./M.S. program in biology and the a bachelor’s degree. The 45 credits are in Adviser: R. Tinnin, M.C. Carter Ph.D. program in environmental sciences addition to those required for the initial teaching license. For the continuing Students who wish to teach biology in sec- and resources: endorsement in biology, the student must ondary schools should complete one of the 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate take at least 15 credits of adviser-approved two programs shown. Courses are to be Record Examination (GRE), to include graduate-level work distributed to taken for differentiated grades, except for C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 83

strengthen the student’s background in Bi 234 Bi 335 science. Although no specific courses in Elementary Microbiology (4) Principles of Physiology (4) science are required for the continuing Introduction to the basic and applied aspects of An introduction to the physiology of plant and microbiology, with special emphasis on the role animal cells with emphasis on basic chemical endorsement, combined undergraduate of microorganisms in human affairs. Such fields and physical characteristics. Prerequisites: Bi and graduate preparation must include at as nursing, environmental protection, food tech- 251, Ch 331 or Ch 334. least 36 credits in biology and must nology, and public health are given special atten- Bi 336 include specific courses. Each student’s tion. Topics will include microbial growth and Introduction to Cell Biology (4) program is tailored to meet the needs of the death, human disease, environmental microbiol- An introduction to structural, physiological, individual and the requirements of the con- ogy, food and industrial microbiology, microbial biochemical, and molecular biology of cells. One tinuing endorsement and the continuing aspects of water and sewage treatment, aspects hour recitation; and three lecture hours. Prereq- license. See page 205 for the required of microbial gene flow, genetic engineering, and uisites: one year of introductory biology and education courses. vaccine development. chemistry. Bi 235 Bi 337 Elementary Microbiology Laboratory (2) Cell Biology Laboratory (1) COURSES The laboratory is designed for science majors Experiments in cell biology to complement lec- and others who need practical experience in culture. One three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered turing and observation of microorganisms. prior completion of/or concurrent enrollment in every year. Topics will include culture techniques, use of the Bi 336. Bi 101, 102, 103 microscope for observation of microorganisms, Bi 338 General Biology (3, 3, 3) and procedures for study of microorganisms in Introduction to Molecular Biology (4) The fundamental principles of life as they apply the laboratory and field. Two 2-hour laboratory The principles, concepts and methods of molec- to both plants and animals. If taken after com- periods. Prerequisite: Bi 234 or concurrent ular biology with focus on structure, biochemis- pleting courses with similar materials credit will enrollment in Bi 234. try, biosynthesis, and regulation of cellular be restricted Concurrent enrollment in Bi 104, Bi 251, 252, 253 macromolecules-DNA, RNA, and proteins. 105, 106 required. Principles of Biology (5,5,5) Topics covered include DNA/RNA technology, Bi 104, 105, 106 Study of the basic principles of living organisms. gene structure and function, macromolecular General Biology Labs (1, 1, 1) The course will study both plants and animals interactions, expression and regulation of gene Laboratory to accompany General Biology (Bi and topics will include cell structure, energy function, DNA replication and repair, mutagene- 101, 102, 103). Previous or concurrent enroll- production synthesis, nutrition, genetics, evolu- sis, viruses, and oncogenes. Prerequisite: Bi 341, ment in 101, 102, 103 is required. One 2-hour tion, classification, excretion mechanisms of and either Bi 335 or one term of college-level laboratory per week. response, reproduction and development, and biochemistry. *Bi 161 ecology. Lab investigations will use laboratory, Bi 341 Food, Plants, and People (3) field study, and special readings. Four hours lec- Introduction to Genetics (4) The role of plants in human affairs as sources of ture and one 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Ch A study of the mechanism of biological inherit- food, fiber, fuel, beverages, and drugs. This 221, 227 or concurrent enrollment in Ch 221, ance. One 2-hour recitation period. Prerequisite: course does not satisfy the Department of Biol- 227. one year of biological science. ogy botany course requirement and is intended Bi 301, 302, 303 Bi 357 for nonmajors. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4, 4) General Ecology (4) *Bi 162 Fundamental principles of microanatomy, mac- The study of the interrelationships of plants and Indoor Plants (3) roanatomy, genetics, embryology, and physiol- animals with their environment. Emphasis is on An in-depth study of the botany, identification, ogy, as applied to the human organism will be basic ecological principles and concepts, not on cultural characteristics, propagation, care and presented and correlated to provide a compre- current environmental problems. Prerequisite: maintenance, and effective utilization in interior hensive understanding of man as a functionally one year of biological science. integrated biological entity. One 3-hour labora- design of common foliage plants. Not intended *Bi 360 for biology majors. tory period. A previous course in chemistry is Introduction to Marine Biology (3) recommended. Prerequisite: one year of college Bi 163 Introduction to the marine environment and its Organic Gardening (3) biological science. life forms. Survey of organismal diversity with An in-depth study of the principles and practices *Bi 326 emphasis on structural and physiological adap- of modern home gardening. Plants, soils, and Comparative Vertebrate Embryology (5) tations to the marine realm. Prerequisite: one climates are studied in relation to the production Comparative study of the development of repre- year of biological science. sentative vertebrates, including the cellular of vegetables, herbs, flowers, and perennial food *Bi 361 plants. The organic and chemical approaches to mechanisms responsible for early morphogene- Introduction to Marine Biology gardening are discussed with the goal of helping sis. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Laboratory (1) students to formulate intelligently their own phi- one year of introductory biology. Laboratory and field work in marine biology. losophy of gardening. Not intended for biology *Bi 328 One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: majors. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (5) completion of or concurrent enrollment in Bi Bi 175 Gross dissection and comparison of organ sys- 360. Evolutionary Concepts (3) tems in representative vertebrate forms. Two 4- *Bi 370 This class is designed to provide background in hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 252. Mushrooms (4) evolutionary concepts for nonmajors and to Bi 330 Introduction to Plant Biology (4) An introduction to the distribution, systematics, address current issues in evolution as they are Plant diversity, structure and function in rela- identification, ecology, morphology, and life his- perceived and are being investigated by various tionship to evolution, habitat, and interactions tories of visible fungi (mushrooms). Two 3-hour members of our faculty in biology and geology. It with other organisms. Historical impacts of laboratory periods; field trips. Prerequisite: one is a combined lecture and discussion class and plants on human culture, including conserva- year of biology. will include occasional guest lecturers presenting tion, biotechnology, and world food supply. Pre- Bi 387 their research and views on various topics in requisites: Bi 251, 252, 253. Vertebrate Zoology (6) evolution. *Bi 332, 333 Introduction to the classification, anatomical Bi 199 Plant Morphology (4, 4) characteristics, distribution, and life habits of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the structure and life history of repre- fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mam- sentatives of the algae, fungi, and bryophytes (Bi mals. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- 332) and the vascular cryptogams (Bi 333). Two ries. Prerequisite: one year of college-level 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi 253. biology or zoology. 84 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Bi 399 Bi 419/519 Bi 430/530 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Animal Physiology Laboratory (4) Theory of Recombinant DNA Techniques (3) Bi 401/501 Laboratory experiments on the physiology of Lectures on the principles and theory of recom- Research (Credit to be arranged.) animals from the cell through organismic levels. binant DNA and molecular cloning techniques. Bi 404/504 Two 3.5-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Bi Topics will cover use of restriction and other Cooperative Education/internship 335, 417 or 418. May be concurrent. DNA modifying enzymes, host-vector systems, (Credit to be arranged.) Bi 420/520 DNA fragment and plasmid isolation techniques, Bi 405/505 Microbiology (6) gene mapping, subcloning techniques, in vitro Reading and Conference (Credit to be Fundamental concepts and techniques of micro- mutagenesis, cDNA and genomic cloning, arranged.) Pass/no pass only. biology. The general principles of cell structure screening of clones, blot hybridizations, DNA Bi 406 and function, classification and diversity of transfection and use of reporter genes, DNA Laboratory Project (Credit to be arranged.) microorganisms, biochemical processes in cells sequencing and PCR. Prerequisite: Bi 338. Bi 407/507 with the various regulatory patterns and the Bi 431/531 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) genetic basis of microbial growth and evolution Recombinant DNA Techniques Selected topics in biology. are emphasized. Two 2-hour laboratory periods. Laboratory (2) Principles of Physiology or Introductory Bio- Laboratory of recombinant DNA and molecular Bi 410/510 cloning techniques. Corequisite: Bi 430/530. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) chemistry is recommended. Prerequisites: one Consent of instructor. year each of majors level general biology and *Bi 432/532 * general chemistry; two terms of organic Morphology of Nonvascular Plants and Bi 412/512 chemistry. Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry is Fungi (4) Animal Behavior (4) recommended. Study of the morphology, structure, and life his- An evolutionary approach to the study of animal tory of algae, bryophytes, and fungi from an evo- behavior. The importance of ecological, physio- Bi 421/521 Virology (4) lutionary point of view. One 3-hour laboratory. logical, and social variables will be examined in Prerequisite: Bi 253. relation to the behavior of the individual animal. A study of the classification, structure, genetics, * Prerequisites: one year of introductory biology molecular biology of replication, cell interac- Bi 433/533 and upper-division standing. tions, and host response of representative groups Morphology of Vascular Plants (4) Study of the gross morphology, development, * of bacterial, plant, and animal viruses, and the Bi 413/513 medical aspects of important human viruses. and structure of roots, stems, leaves, and flowers Herpetology (6) Prerequisite: Bi 338. from an evolutionary point of view. One 3-hour Study of the distinguishing features, anatomy, laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 253. physiology, origins, evolution, and ecology of *Bi 422/522 amphibians and reptiles. North American spe- Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology (4) Bi 434/534 cies are emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two Neuroendocrine and endocrine mechanisms in Plant Anatomy (5) 2-hour laboratories. Prerequisite Bi 387. vertebrates with an emphasis on the comparative Study of the structure of meristems, cells, tis- sues, and tissue systems of roots, stems, leaves, * physiology and morphology of endocrine sys- Bi 414/514 tems. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry, Principles flowers, and fruits from the developmental and Ornithology (6) comparative standpoint. One 3-hour laboratory. Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, of Biology. Prerequisite: Bi 253. structure, function, distribution, and life habits *Bi 423/523 of birds. North American species are empha- Microbial Ecology (4) Bi 435 sized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour laborato- Study of the interaction of microorganisms with Plant Systematics (4) ries. Prerequisite: Bi 387. each other and plants and animals; soil and Identification, classification, and evolution of aquatic systems; microbial evolution; cycles of vascular plants focusing on local flora. One 3- Bi 415/515 matter; biodegradation and microbial pest con- hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi 253; Bi 330 rec- Mammalogy (6) ommended. Study of the diversity, characteristics, evolution, trol. Prerequisite: Bi 420. structure, function, distribution, and life habits *Bi 424/524 Bi 441/541 of mammals. North American Species are Molecular Genetics (4) Plant Physiology (5) emphasized. Two 2-hour lectures, two 2-hour The nature of the gene and its mode of action, An introduction to the metabolic activities of laboratories. Prerequisite: Bi 387. organization of the genetic material, and the reg- plants. Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- site: Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. * ulation of gene action. Prerequisite: Bi 338. Bi 416/516 * Marine Mammals (6) Bi 426/526 Bi 442/542 Study of the distinguishing features, classifica- Evolution (4) Plant Physiology (3) tion, origins, evolution, physiology, anatomy, Examination of micro- and macroevolutionary Biochemical activities of plants, photosynthesis, behavior, ecology, and status of groups of marine patterns in the evolution of life, with an empha- and respiration. Course is intended to be taken mammals. Two 2-hour lectures, one 3-hour lab- sis on the mechanisms of evolution. One 2-hour in sequence with Bi 441. Prerequisite: Bi 441. oratory. Prerequisite: Bi 387. recitation period. Prerequisite: Bi 341. Bi 445/545 * *Bi 427/527 Algal Physiology (4) Bi 417/517 Physiological basis for phytoplankton ecology. Mammalian Physiology (4) Evolutionary Genetics (4) Physiology of the mammalian cardiovascular, An introduction to population genetics theory Examination of photosynthesis, nutrient trans- respiratory, renal and digestive systems with and an examination of the genetic techniques port, regulation and cell division processes. emphasis on homeostatic control and integration that are used to look at populations, speciation, Three lectures and one recitation. Prerequisites: of these systems in normal and pathophysiologi- and phylogenetic relationships. Prerequisite: Bi Bi 335, 357. cal states. Prerequisite: upper-division physiol- 341, Bi 426 recommended. *Bi 451/551, 452/552 ogy course. *Bi 428/528 Parasitology (4, 4) Human Genetics (4) Study of the biological inter-relationships of par- Bi 418/518 asites and their hosts. An introduction to the Comparative Animal Physiology (4) The organization of the human genome, pedi- morphology, physiology, and life cycle of repre- Physiology of metabolic, respiratory, circulatory, gree analysis, gene mapping, chromosome sentative parasites. One 3-hour laboratory excretory, muscle, and nervous systems with abnormalities, sex determination, and gene period. Prerequisite: two years of biology. emphasis on a comparative ecological approach. defects (metabolic and hemoglobin). Topics are Prerequisite: upper-division physiology course. discussed from the point of view of clinical applications and current research. Prerequisite: Bi 341. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 85

*Bi 453/553 in a limited environment; competitive and pred- Bi 592 Biology of Aging (3) ator-prey interactions; biotic diversity; data col- Advanced Topics in Marine Mammals (2) The study of molecular and structural changes in lection and mathematical modeling of actual A study of one or more advanced topics in animals as a function of age. Emphasis is on the populations. Includes one-hour recitation. Pre- marine mammals; covering new developments basic biological factors which limit life-span. requisite: Bi 357. in regard to their evolution, physiological and Prerequisite: Bi 335 or biochemistry. Recom- anatomical adaptations, echolocation, popula- Bi 477/577 mended: Bi 487. Limnology Laboratory (2) tion structure and dynamics, and behavior. Pre- Bi 455/555 Techniques in field and laboratory analysis of requisite: Bi 416. Histology (6) freshwater systems. Pre- or corequisite: Bi 475/ *Bi 593 Systemic study, description, and identification 575. Cytogenetics (3) of histological structures. Two 3-hour laboratory Structure and function of chromosomes, mitosis *Bi 481/581 periods. Prerequisite: two years of biology. Microbial Physiology (3) and meiosis, the major chromosomal changes of *Bi 461/561 Physiology and biochemistry of microorganisms. plant and animal evolution. Prerequisite: Bi 341 Freshwater Invertebrate Zoology (5) Modern contributions to microbiology empha- or equivalent. A survey of the major groups of freshwater sized. Micro- and macro-molecular anatomy of *Bi 594 invertebrates with emphasis on benthic inverte- microbial cells; energy metabolism, biosynthetic Cytogenetics Laboratory (1) brates and invertebrate groups used as biological pathways and their regulation, kinetic and Normal and aberrant forms of nuclear division; indicators. Two 3-hour laboratories; field work molecular aspects of growth, genetics, evolution, major techniques in preparation of chromo- outside of class hours. Prerequisites: Bi 251, and ecology. Prerequisites: Bi 480, 488, and somes for microscopic examination. One 2-hour 252, 253. either Bi 335 or one term of biochemistry. laboratory. Prerequisite: current enrollment in Bi 593. Bi 462/562 Bi 483/583 Neurophysiology (4) Microbiology Laboratory () *Bi 595 Lectures covering the basic anatomy of the verte- Application of the principles of microbiology in Advanced Topics in Genetics (2) brate central nervous system (CNS) and the cel- the laboratory. One 3-hour laboratory period. New developments in genetics. Topics to include lular bases for resting, graded and action Prerequisite: concurrent with Bi 481, 482. current research in the areas of genetics, human potentials. Also, chemical and electrical signal- genetics, evolutionary genetics, and molecular *Bi 486/586 ing between cells of the nervous system is dis- Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) genetics. Prerequisite: Bi 341. cussed, including pharmacological intervention Study of bacteria pathogenic to humans and *Bi 596 in the CNS. Lastly, several model systems for their relationship to infectious disease. Emphasis Advanced Topics in Evolution (2) integrative neuroscience are described including on the biochemical mechanism of infection and New developments in evolution. A study of one the visual and somatosensory systems, learning, laboratory diagnosis. Prerequisite: Bi 420. or more advanced topics relating to the patterns memory, and simple motor pattern generators. and processes of microevolution and macroevo- Prerequisite: Bi 335. Bi 487/587 Immunology and Serology (4) lution. Prerequisite: Bi 426. Bi 463/563 The study of resistance to infectious disease and *Bi 597 Sensory Physiology (4) the properties and behavior of antisera formed Advanced Topics in Mammalogy (3) An exploration of the range of animal senses within an animal in response to foreign antigenic Study of one or more advanced topics in mam- with lecture and discussion of the principles of substances. Prerequisite: Bi 420. malogy. sensation and sensory communication in gen- Bi 601 eral, and the detailed physiology of transduction Bi 489/589 Microbiology Physiology Laboratory (1) Research (Credit to be arranged.) for mechanical, electromagnetic, chemical, noci- Application of the principles of microbiology in Bi 603 ceptive, and thermal senses. Prerequisite: Bi 491/ the laboratory. One 3-hour laboratory period. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) 591. Prerequisite: concurrent with Bi 481/581. Bi 604 *Bi 471/571 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Plant Ecology (4) Bi 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) to be arranged.) A study of the interrelationships between plants *Bi 543 Bi 605 and their environment with emphasis upon indi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be vidual adaptation and community dynamics. Advances in Plant Physiology (3) Lectures and discussions on selected topics in arranged.) One 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Pass/no pass only. Bi 357 or equivalent. plant physiology; evaluation of current trends in this field. Prerequisite: Bi 442 (or concurrently). Bi 607 * Bi 472/572 May be repeated once for credit. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Natural History (3) *Bi 585 Bi 610 A study of plant and animal interrelationships, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) emphasizing maintenance of proper field Advances in Microbiology (3) records, identification, distribution, and ecology Analysis of new developments in microbiology of vertebrates in Oregon. Includes one two-hour including metabolic pathways, anaerobic sys- laboratory. Prerequisite: one year of biology. tems, mechanisms of pathogenicity, and the exploitation of microorganisms to generate prod- Bi 473/573 Field Sampling (4) ucts for mankind. Prerequisite: Bi 420. An introduction to the methods commonly * employed for collecting and interpreting ecologi- Bi 590 Advanced Comparative Physiology (4) cal data. One 3-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Bi Advanced topics and current research on various 357. aspects of comparative physiology. Prerequisites: *Bi 475/575 Bi 417 or Bi 418 and Bi 419. Limnology and Aquatic Ecology (4) Kinds, origins, and ecological features and Bi 591 Advances in Phycology (2) dynamics of freshwater environments. Prerequi- Lectures, seminars, discussions. Recent advances site: Ch 223. in phycology with an emphasis on cultivation, *Bi 476/576 morphology, physiology, genetics, and sexuality Population Biology (4) of algae. Prerequisite: Bi 445. A study of classical and modern theories of the growth and regulation of natural populations of plants and animals. Emphasis will be placed on quantitative models. Topics will include: age- specific population growth; population growth 86 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

BLACK STUDIES

308 Neuberger Hall Studies course offerings. Twenty-four cred- BSt 413 Slavery 725-3472 its will be upper-division courses within an BSt 414 Racism www.blackstudies.pdx.edu/main.htm/ area of specialization constructed with the BSt 417 African-American Family consent of the adviser and approval of the BSt 419 African-American Women in faculty. America Certificate in Black Studies BSt 421 African-American Writers Minor in Black Studies 1. Completion of all requirements for a BSt 424 African-American/African Culture in The Department of Black Studies is an aca- major with a B.A. or a B.S. degree. Cinema demic interdisciplinary unit within the 2. Completion of 12 credits of lower-divi- BSt 430 African-American Political Thought College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The sion courses with consent of adviser and BSt 440 Caribbean Studies approval of faculty. These 12 credits must BSt 470 African Art primary focus is on the social sciences and BSt 484 African-American Community liberal arts. The Department of Black Stud- relate to black studies areas of specializa- Development ies is devoted to the exploration and analy- tion listed below. Eight adviser-approved credits chosen from sis of the history, politics, and culture of 3. Completion of 24 credits of upper- related courses within departments in the African people in the United States, the division courses in an area of specializa- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 8 Caribbean, and Africa. It seeks to objec- tion within a program constructed with Total 28 tively explore the black experience, to illu- consent of adviser and approval of faculty. minate the contributions of African people Areas of specialization include: No more than 12 credits taken under the undifferentiated grading option (pass/ to world culture, and to provide an alter- Black culture and civilization (history, no pass) are acceptable toward fulfilling native to traditional approaches to the art, music, literature, etc.) department minor requirements. study of world history that have bypassed Black social development (sociology, the African experience. political science, psychology, etc.) The objectives of the Department of All courses used to satisfy certificate COURSES Black Studies are to provide comprehensive requirements need not be black studies learning programs aimed at greater under- courses, but can include appropriate Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered standing by all people of the African expe- courses in other departments as approved every year. rience, past, present, and future. by an adviser. BSt 199 The Department of Black Studies seeks Students may focus on the American, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) to expose students from all cultural, reli- Caribbean, or African experiences. BSt 203, 204 gious, and ethnic backgrounds to academic Introduction to African-American History Courses taken under the undifferenti- (4, 4) experiences beyond those usually found in ated grading option (pass/no pass) are An introductory sequence designed to provide traditional college curricula. acceptable toward fulfilling certificate students with a factual framework and concep- In addition to providing a heightened requirements. tual foundation to analyze the history of the sense of awareness about persons of Afri- Languages. There are no special lan- black race in the New World. Primarily a lecture- can descent and their contributions to guage requirements for a Black Studies discussion format augmented with speakers and world civilization, a Black Studies Certifi- Certificate. However, students interested in films, the course will trace the pertinent contacts cate has practical applications. between the African and European worlds from travel to Africa, the Caribbean, or South ancient times to the present. Special consider- It may be utilized as the foundation for America are encouraged to acquire skills in graduate studies in the social sciences, ation will be given to developing the student’s African languages, French, Spanish, or skill to re-examine traditional historical concepts liberal arts, and some professional pro- Portuguese. and information from the perspective of the grams. Examples of such careers are Requirements for a Minor. To earn a black experience. teaching, counseling, social work, poli- minor in Black Studies a student must BSt 205 tics and government, law enforcement, complete 28 credits (12 credits of which Introduction to African Studies (4) health planning, and urban planning. must be taken in residence at PSU), to An introductory course designed to provide stu- It provides background for students include the following: dents with an understanding of methods and interested in the field of social welfare sources used by the historian of the African past. as a vocation. Credits Museum visits, guest speakers, and films will Two courses chosen from: ...... 8 It provides added dimension to the supplement the lecture format. In addition to a BSt 203, 204 Introduction to African- study of education, and it is especially survey of major themes and issues in the history American History of the African continent, the course will consider crucial for those persons considering BSt 205 Introduction to African Studies the rise of complex societies, indigenous African teaching in inner-city communities. BSt 206 Introduction to Caribbean Studies towns, agricultural and technological achieve- Certificate Requirements. Candidates BSt 221 Introduction to African-American ments, African state systems, and the impact of for the Black Studies Certificate must sat- Literature international trade and Islam on Africa. Four courses chosen from ...... 12 isfy the requirements outlined below as BSt 206 BSt 302 African-American Experience in the Introduction to Caribbean Studies (4) well as meet the general requirements for a 20th Century degree in any field. Completion of 36 cred- Interdisciplinary examination of the historical BSt 305 African History, Before 1800 and cultural experience of the circum-Caribbean its is required for certification in black BSt 306 African History, 1800-Present regions. Special attention will be given to issues studies. It is recommended that of these 36 BSt 362 African Prehistory credits, 24 credits be Department of Black BSt 412 Oregon African-American History C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 87

in the creation of multicultural society, such as Africa, migrations, earliest settlements, origins of BSt 409 the dynamics of resistance and the interplay of agriculture and metallurgy. Prerequisites: BSt Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) cultural identity and political domination. 205, Anth 102. Consent of instructor. *BSt 221 BSt 397 BSt 410 Introduction to African-American Literature Preparation for International Experience (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) (4) Examination of communication-based, cultural, Consent of instructor. An overview of African-American fiction, poetry, economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- *BSt 411/511 drama, and expository prose. gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- African-American History Seminar (4) *BSt 261 munity-based international/intercultural This course will provide an in-depth analysis of The African-American Economic Experience experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- critical topics and issues in African-American (4) opment of an appropriate level of preparation to history. The focus will be topical rather than The role of African-Americans in the American meet challenges of working and traveling in an chronological and the approach will emphasize economic system. Employment, wage differen- international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on specific periods, individuals, or relevant devel- tials, welfare payments, and the ghetto economy general methodology and process required to opments for a concentrated treatment in a semi- are examined. develop personal awareness and resources for nar environment. Prerequisites: BSt 203 or 204; BSt 302 successful international field experience. Also Hst 201, 202. African-American Experience in the 20th offered as Intl 397; may be taken only once for BSt 412/512 Century (4) credit. Oregon African-American History (4) An upper-division course designed to examine BSt 399 An examination of the black experience in the history of the black experience in the 20th Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Oregon history. The course will include coverage century. Primarily a discussion-reading format BSt 401 of the slavery controversy in early Oregon devel- augmented with speakers and films. Special con- Research (Credit to be arranged.) opment as well as the individual contributions of sideration will be given to developing in the stu- Consent of instructor. blacks to the growth of the state. Additional dent the skill to re-examine traditional concepts topics will include the black migration of World and approaches to the study of the black experi- BSt 404 Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to War II, Vanport flood, and various legislative ence within the broader context of mainstream be arranged.) actions related to black status in Oregon. Prereq- developments in American life and history. Pre- uisites: BSt 203 or 204; or Hst 201, 202. requisite: BSt 203. BSt 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be *BSt 413/513 BSt 305 arranged.) Slavery (4) African History, Before 1800 (4) Consent of instructor. An examination of the institution which has An upper-division course designed to survey the BSt 406/506 played a central role in establishing the status history of the African continent from the period Overseas Experience (4) and position of the modern black population in of European exploration to the eve of colonial- Provides community-based learning in an inter- American society, both in physical and psycho- ism. Using a lecture/discussion format, the national context through immersion in depart- logical terms. The course will attempt to put course will examine the impact of the European mental programs in Africa and/or the Caribbean. information and understandings of slavery in the presence on African institutions and trade, and The fee-based programs provide students with proper and accurate context of an institution the relative importance of the environment, rich, multicultural environments in which to which has been a part of the human experience technology, and indigenous social systems on the learn and serve international communities. Stu- since the ancient world and which has a legacy transformation of African society prior to 1800. dents will be asked to apply for admission to the and implications far beyond the racially associ- This course is the same as Hst 312; course may overseas programs focused in the Caribbean and ated perceptions usually attached to it. The be taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: Africa. approach will be through the comparative analy- BSt 205. sis of the numerous forms the institution of sla- BSt 407/507 BSt 306 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) very has assumed in human history. African History, 1800-Present (4) Consent of instructor. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102 An upper-division course designed to survey the history of the African continent from 1800 to the BSt 408 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) present, with emphasis on the colonial period, Consent of instructor. independence and post-independence. This course is the same as Hst 313; course may be taken only once for credit. Prerequisite: BSt 205. BSt 319 Traditional Cultures of Africa (4) Survey of African cultures. Some of the main features examined include: environment and people, oral traditions, time and seasons, naming and numbering systems, language and communication systems, religious, political and legal institutions, music, dance, and family. Prerequisite: BSt 205 or Sophomore Inquiry. *BSt 351, 352 African-American Literature (4, 4) A study of African-American literature from its oral and folk beginnings to the present. Prerequisite: BSt 221 or Eng 256. BSt 362 African Prehistory (4) Methods, sources of evidence, and the results of the study of prehistoric cultures of Africa from the earliest traces until the first written records; it includes human origins (physical and cultural evolution), the earliest civilization, peopling of

Candice Goucher, Black Studies 88 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*BSt 414/514 topic of focus and the larger spheres of American BSt 450/550 Racism (4) and world writing. Prerequisites: BSt 221; Eng Topics in African/Caribbean History And A survey of the pertinent social-psychological lit- 107, 108, 253, 254. Culture (4) erature on individual and cultural forms of * In-depth exploration of selected topics in Afri- BSt 422/522, 423/523 can and/or Caribbean cultural history. Special racism in America. The rationalizations, pro- African Fiction (4, 4) cesses and machinery of oppression as con- Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, attention will be given to thematic issues of structed by white European and American generational, and gender contexts. Prerequi- broad application to the understanding of cul- governments which control and exploit the sites: One previous African-American literature tural interaction, continuity, and change. resources of non-white peoples will be exam- course and 12 additional literature credits. *BSt 464 ined. Special attention will be paid to the theo- Minority Business Perspectives (4) retical social-psychological explanations of BSt 424/524 This course is designed to prepare the student African-American/African Culture in black/white differences. Prerequisites: Psy 342, Cinema (4) for a role as a proprietor of an enterprise, as an 343 or Soc 342, 343. An examination of the treatment accorded black administrator in a related public or social agency *BSt 416/516 culture and individuals in the evolution of the or to conduct research in an economic area African-American Urban Education cinema industry. Coverage will include review which has very special problems and constraints Problems (4) and analysis of classic film productions from the for the minority entrepreneur or professional. Course examines the education systems in major infancy of Hollywood through to the black The traditional elements of small business opera- cities being inherited by African-Americans. The urban films of the modern period. Emphasis will tion will be examined within the framework of relationship between public and private educa- focus on the relationships between racial stereo- reference, progressing from basic organization tion will be studied for impacts on African- types and the creation of majority culture per- and feasibility studies through marketing, gov- Americans. Educational system response to Afri- ceptions of the black experience. Prerequisite: ernmental contracting, contract compliance, and can-American enrollment will be discussed. upper-division standing. special governmental assistance to minorities. Moreover, pertinent literature, e.g., the Coleman *BSt 467/567 Report, Jensen’s thesis, and others will be intro- BSt 425/525 Black Cinema: the 1970s (4) African Development Issues (4) duced with respect to their overall effect on the Examination of the treatment of Black themes, An examination of the causes of poverty and curricula available to the African-American issues and characterization during the decade of underdevelopment of the African continent. A child. Topics of concern include community the 1970s in the cinema industry. Particular comparative analysis of pre-colonial, colonial control, citizen involvement, alternative educa- attention will be focused on the genre of the and post-colonial circumstances will be con- tion forms, race relations, faculty-staff responses, blaxploitation film as an industry response to the ducted. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, 203. modern trends, etc. Prerequisite: junior, senior, rapidly shifting social and racial dynamics of BSt 470/570 or graduate-level standing. American culture as the Civil Rights era wound African Art (4) *BSt 417/517 down. Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. Examination of selected African art forms, styles, The African-American Family (4) and traditions. Emphasis on the context of the A review of the present-day life-styles of African- BSt 426/526 Contemporary African-American Cinema art and artist, and their relationship to politics American families in the United States. Special (4) and society in African history. Prerequisites: ArH attention is placed on cultural variations by class Examination of the treatment of Black themes, 204, 205, 206, BSt 205. This course is the same as they relate to the African-American family. A issues, and characterization in the contemporary as ArH 470/570; course may be taken only once careful study of the appropriate social science lit- cinema industry. Particular attention will be for credit. erature commonly used to describe the African- focused on the development of new Black actors, *BSt 484/584 American family will provide more accurate directors, and producers. The impact of these African-American Community Development insights. Prerequisite: Soc 461. new factors in the industry will be analyzed for (4) *BSt 419/519 the influence they have on the traditions of Designed to investigate processes of community African-American Women in America (4) cinema history relative to the Black experience. development for their application to urban Afri- A course designed to investigate the evolution of Prerequisites: BSt 203, 204, or 302. can-American communities. Topics include the African-American female experience from community development, community organiza- BSt 427/527 preslavery to the present period. African-Ameri- African-American Films and Film Makers tion, ghettos as colonies, citizen participation, can pioneers will be viewed as participants in (4) roles of change agents, social planning, and antislavery, suffrage, and civil rights movements. Examination of films made by African-Ameri- social change implications. Prerequisite: consent Modern complexities of psychological conflicts cans from the early years of cinema history down of instructor. and insecurities, economic survival, liberation, through contemporary films. Examination will club movement, and sexual jealousies are exam- include a focus on the internal structure and CENTER FOR ined. Information relative to the development of content of the films as well as consideration of African-American women as part of the total the larger social, cultural, economic, and politi- BLACK STUDIES human experience will be emphasized. Prerequi- cal context of the society in which the films were site: WS 101. produced. 308 Neuberger Hall * 725-4003 BSt 420/520 *BSt 430/530 Caribbean Literature (4) African-American Political Thought (4) A selection of poetry and fiction from the An examination in-depth of the political theory Established in 1969, the Center for Black English and French speaking Caribbean (in of African-American leaders in America between Studies at Portland State University facili- translation where necessary). Prerequisites: One 1850-1920 and the impact of that thought on previous African-American literature course and tates the study of the past and present American political thought. Prerequisite: consent experiences of black America. 12 additional literature credits. of instructor. Among the goals of the center is to act *BSt 421/521 BSt 440/540 as a forum between faculty members and African-American Writers (4) Caribbean Studies (4) A concentrated examination of significant Afri- Interdisciplinary examination of historical or students of different disciplines who share can-American literary figures and their impact cultural issues in the Caribbean experience. an interest in black studies; to collect and on American arts and letters. The course will Emphasis will be on issues and dilemmas related disseminate information which accurately identify each term a particular author or literary to the creation of a multicultural society. Prereq- reflects and helps improve the black expe- period of writing and then read, analyze, and uisite: BSt 205 or 206. rience; and to link the University and black discuss the major works and the background communities by maintaining an active role information of that period. Special consideration will be given to the relationships between the in community service. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 89

The center provides the University and between races. A lecture series brings to the area through the generation of grants, pro- the broader community with cultural activ- campus and the Portland community black posals, and programs that combine Univer- ities and the stimulation of an exciting and speakers of different disciplines and philos- sity staff, money, and expertise with enlightening intellectual atmosphere in the ophies who have made notable contribu- resources from the government and the Portland community, contributing to tions to society. The center promotes private sector. greater understanding and cooperation national and international activities in this

CHEMISTRY

262 Science Building II Requirements for Major. A student One year of Physics, with laboratory . . . . 12-15 725-3811 majoring in chemistry is required to take a Calculus through Mth 253 or equivalent . . . .12 www.chem.pdx.edu/ minimum of 70 credits in the subject and Total in other fields 24-27 will take courses in the core areas of gen- B.A., B.S. eral chemistry, analytical chemistry, organic Study of a foreign language, although Minor chemistry, physical chemistry, inorganic not required, is highly recommended, par- Secondary Education Program chemistry, and biochemistry. For transfer ticularly for students who plan to pursue M.A., M.S., M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/ students, a minimum of 20 credits in graduate studies in biochemistry. Chemistry) upper-division chemistry courses must be All courses used to satisfy the depart- Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and earned at PSU. mental major requirements, whether taken Resources: Chemistry In addition to meeting the general Uni- in the department or elsewhere, including versity degree requirements, the major in courses from supporting departments (i.e., chemistry must meet the following depart- mathematics and physics), must be graded UNDERGRADUATE mental requirements: C- or above, with a combined GPA of 2.25 PROGRAMS or higher, except for those major course Option I: Chemistry Credits requirements offered only on a pass/no Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 Chemistry has helped to provide us with a Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry pass basis (e.g., General Chemistry way of life never before known. Chemistry Laboratory ...... 3 Laboratory). If an unsatisfactory grade is is the study of the reactions of atoms and Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 received in an upper-division course molecules, the stuff from which people and Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic offered in the Department of Chemistry, a their physical environment are made.With Chemistry ...... 17 student will be allowed to retake the course a relatively small knowledge of atoms and Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis ...... 6 to improve their grade only once. molecules, it is possible to have a consider- Ch 436, 437 Spectrometric Analysis ...... 4 A student will be certified by the Ameri- able understanding of many chemical phe- Ch 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445 Physical can Chemical Society and is eligible to nomena we see and use. A comprehensive Chemistry ...... 16 become a member of the society after grad- Approved 400-level chemistry courses ...... 7 knowledge of chemistry is essential for the uation, if the 400-level chemistry electives person who wishes to help solve the prob- Total in chemistry 70 include Ch 411 and a lab course that lems of today—problems of illness and dis- One year of General Physics with Calculus with includes at least 30 clock hours (including ease, problems of wise use of our laboratory ...... 12 Ch 401 and 406). resources—and for the person who wants Calculus through Mth 254 or equivalent . . . 16 Requirements for a Minor. To earn to do basic research in chemistry or who a minor in chemistry a student must com- Total in other fields 28 wants to work in the chemical industry. plete credits in one of two options; at least The Department of Chemistry is com- Study of a foreign language, although 10 credits of these must be taken in resi- mitted to maintaining a teaching program not required, is highly recommended, dence at PSU. of excellence at the undergraduate level as particularly for students who plan to well as having a strong graduate program. pursue graduate studies in chemistry. Option I: Chemistry Credits Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 Courses tailored for the student desiring Option II: Biochemistry Credits Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic only an introduction to the field are offered Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 Chemistry or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 on a regular basis. A wide variety of other Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 courses in the program are designed to Laboratory ...... 3 Ch 416, 417 or 440, 441, 442 Physical offer fundamental training for students Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 Chemistry ...... 8-9 majoring in chemistry or for students in Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 339 Organic Approved 400-level chemistry electives ...... 9 other science areas, such as biology or Chemistry ...... 17 health-related occupations. Ch 416, 417 Physical Chemistry for the Total 34-39 The curriculum, faculty, library, and Biosciences ...... 8 Ch 426, 427 Instrumental Analysis ...... 6 facilities of the department are approved by Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General the American Chemical Society. Graduating Biochemistry ...... 12 chemistry majors are eligible for certifica- Approved 400-level science electives ...... 7 tion to become members of the ACS after two years of professional experience. Total in chemistry 70 90 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Option II: Biochemistry Credits Ch 416 or 440 Physical Chemistry . . . . . 4 or 3 Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis ...... 5 GRADUATE Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 Organic Subtotal 35-38 PROGRAMS Chemistry, or Ch 331, 332, 337, 338 Ph 201, 202, 203 or 211, 212, 213 General Elements of Organic Chemistry ...... 12-16 Physics ...... 12 or 9 The Department of Chemistry offers gradu- Ch 416, 417, or Ch 440, 441, 442 Physical Ph 204, 205, 206, or 214, 215, 216 Physics ate work leading to the following degrees Chemistry ...... 8-9 Laboratory ...... 3 and licenses: continuing secondary license Ch 490, 491, 492, 493 General with an endorsement in chemistry; Master Biochemistry ...... 12 Subtotal 12 or 15 of Arts or Master of Science; Master of Arts Chemistry or Physics elective ...... 3 or 4 Total 37-42 in Teaching or Master of Science in Teach- ing (Science); and Ph.D. in environmental Courses taken under the undifferenti- Total 50-57 sciences and resources/chemistry. ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not Those majoring in general studies/sci- The M.A./M.S. program is designed for acceptable toward fulfilling department ence are advised to strengthen their prepa- the student who wishes to pursue a career minor requirements for either option. ration for teaching by taking additional as a professional chemist or a scientist in SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM chemistry and physics courses as their other allied disciplines. The program Adviser: G. Shusterman degree programs permit. Consult with the involves work in advanced courses with secondary education adviser for suitable training in research techniques. An integral Students who plan to obtain a teaching courses. Chemistry teachers in many part of the program is the individual license with an endorsement to teach schools also teach physics, so it is recom- research project and thesis. chemistry at the high school level should mended that additional physics courses be The M.A.T./M.S.T. is offered to provide complete a baccalaureate degree with a taken in preparation for eventually adding scientific training for teachers in secondary major in chemistry (preferred) or in general a physics endorsement to the license. schools. The program is composed of studies/science. The degree program Courses should be taken for differenti- courses intended to increase the sophistica- should include the following courses: ated grades, except those offered only on a tion of the student in chemical principles Credits pass/no pass basis. A positive departmental and to acquaint the student with current Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 recommendation for admission to the fifth- techniques in teaching methods. Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry year teacher-education program will The program leading to the Ph.D. in Laboratory...... 3 depend on at least a C- in all chemistry and environmental sciences and resources/ Ch 320, 321 Quantitative Analysis...... 5 physics courses, as well as a combined 2.25 Ch 334, 335, 336, 337, 338 or 331, 332, 337, chemistry combines basic training in a par- 338 Organic Chemistry ...... 12 or 14 GPA for these courses. ticular chemical discipline with courses and seminars relating to environmental topics; dissertation research is devoted to a project with distinct environmental implications. Students complete the program prepared to pursue a career in chemistry or a career more directly related to environmental science or environmental problems. The program is part of the Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. For more information, see page 109. Degree Requirements. University master’s degree requirements are listed on page 65; requirements related to the Envi- ronmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Program are given on page 109. Specific departmental requirements are listed below and in the graduate handbook. MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF SCIENCE Prior to initial course registration in the M.A./M.S. program, the student must take entrance examinations in those areas of chemistry represented in the student’s previous coursework. Any three of these examinations must be passed by the end of the first three academic terms of residence. The candidate must complete a minimum of 45 credits in approved graduate courses. In addition, the student must complete 6 credits of coursework outside of the major area of interest but within the Department of Chemistry. All students participate in a one-term course entitled Semi- nar Preparation as well as present to the Dirk Iwata-Reuyl, Chemistry C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 91

department one seminar on an acceptable OURSES Ch 199 topic. For the M.A., if the student has not C Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) *† successfully completed one academic year Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Ch 201, 202, 203 Chemistry for Engineering Majors I, II, III of German, Russian, or French at the every year. (3, 3, 3) undergraduate level, the student must Students registering for all labs must attend the first Fundamental aspects of chemistry particularly show competence by examination. The lab meeting. adapted for students in engineering. Requires language requirement is waived for stu- Lab Insurance: Every chemistry laboratory course concurrent enrollment in Ch 227 for 201 and in dents whose native language is not English. requires the purchase of laboratory insurance with a 228 for 202 unless waived by adviser. Prerequi- Each candidate for the M.A./M.S. breakage deductible. The details are as follows: site: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. High degree in chemistry must complete a Insurance Fee/ Deductible/ school chemistry is recommended. thesis. The thesis, an experimental or theo- Course Course Incident †Ch 221, 222, 223 retical research project resulting in an origi- All 100 and General Chemistry (4, 4, 4) nal contribution to chemical knowledge, 200 level labs: $10 $5 Fundamental basis of chemistry for science, must be defended in an oral examination. All 300, 400, engineering and health professional students and 500 level labs: $20 $10 (such as predental, premedical, premedical tech- The examination is not restricted to the nology and veterinary students). Requires con- thesis material alone but may cover any All students registering for laboratory courses must current enrollment in Ch 227 for Ch 221, aspect of chemistry or related fields. purchase breakage tickets to pay the insurance Ch 228 for Ch 222, and Ch 229 for Ch 223 deductible in the even of breakage or loss of labora- unless waived by adviser. Prerequisite for MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR tory equipment. Unused portions of the breakage Ch 221: Mth 111 or concurrent enrollment. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING ticket can be carried over from term to term. Alter- High school chemistry or equivalent is recom- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences natively, unused portions of the ticket may be mended. Prerequisite for Ch 222: Ch 221; for offers the M.A.T/M.S.T. degrees in Science/ redeemed at the cashier’s window in Neuberger Hall. Ch 223: Ch 222. Chemistry. In consultation with the gradu- †Ch 104, 105, 106 †Ch 227, 228, 229 ate adviser, the student should establish the Introductory Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) General Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1, 1) degree program before the completion of A survey of chemistry for students in nursing, in Laboratory work to accompany Chemistry for 15 credits of coursework. The program allied health fields such as dental hygiene, in for- Engineering Majors (Ch 201, 202, 203) or Gen- must include a minimum of 45 credits in estry, and in the liberal arts. This course is not eral Chemistry (Ch 221, 222, 223). Concurrent approved graduate courses, to include a intended for science or engineering majors. Ch enrollment in the appropriate lecture course is minimum of 24 credits in the area of con- 104, 105: three lectures, one recitation; Ch 106: recommended. One 3-hour laboratory. Pass/no centration. At least 9 credits, but no more four lectures. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq- pass only. uisite for Ch 104: two years of high school alge- Ch 250 than 15 credits, must be in education bra or Mth 95. courses. In order to fulfill requirements for Nutrition (4) Nutritive value of foods from the standpoint of the degree, the student must satisfactorily †Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory Chemistry Laboratory I, II, III newer scientific investigations; nutritional complete the degree program and pass (1, 1, 1) requirements for normal human beings; selec- both a final written examination and a final Laboratory work to accompany Ch 104, 105, tion of an optimal diet for health; present-day oral examination. 106 respectively. Concurrent enrollment in the problems in nutrition; recent trends in American appropriate lecture course is required. Ch 107, dietary habits. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN 108; one 2-hour laboratory period. Pass/no pass Ch 320 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND only. Ch 109: one 3-hour laboratory period. RESOURCES Quantitative Analysis (3) *Ch 160 Fundamental principles of quantitative analyti- In addition to the program requirements Physical Science (4) cal chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch 223 and 229. listed on page 109, the candidate must An integrated survey of fundamental principles Ch 321 pass entrance examinations as in the M.A./ of physics and chemistry. The course is designed Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (2) M.S. program and the departmental com- for students majoring in fields other than chem- Basic quantitative analytical laboratory work prehensive examination. The candidate istry, physics or geology who wish a broad view including volumetric instrumental methods. must satisfy a seminar requirement as in of the principles of several physical sciences Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch the M.A./M.S. program and also present an needed. Elementary algebra is used in this 320 or concurrent enrollment. course. environmental sciences seminar dealing ‡Ch 331, 332 with the candidate’s proposed research. *Ch 167 Elements of Organic Chemistry I, II (4, 4) Physical Science Laboratory (1) Chemistry of the carbon compounds, the ali- Additional requirements are delineated in Optional lab work to accompany Ch 160. the graduate handbook. phatics, aromatics, and derivatives. Generally Enrollment in the laboratory requires concurrent meets predental, premedical technology, and or prior enrollment in the lecture. One 2-hour preveterinary requirements. Prerequisites for Ch laboratory. 331: Ch 203 or 223; concurrent enrollment in *Ch 170 Ch 337 is recommended. Prerequisite for Ch Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry 332: Ch 331; concurrent enrollment in Ch 338 (4) is recommended. A course designed to increase the scientific ‡ knowledge of the non-science major. The inter- Ch 334, 335, 336 action between science and society, the nature of Organic Chemistry I, II, III (4, 4, 4) A comprehensive study of the chemistry of the matter and chemical reactions. Energy, radiation, compounds of carbon. Meets chemistry major and nuclear power. requirements. Concurrent enrollment in Ch 337

† A maximum of 16 credits will be allowed for ﬁrst-year chemistry. Students will be allowed credit for only one ﬁrst- term, one second-term, and one third-term course. First-year chemistry courses are Ch 104, 105, 106; Ch 201, 202, 203; and Ch 221, 222, 223. ‡ Ch 331, 332 duplicate to some extent Ch 334, 335, 336. No more than 12 credits will be allowed in organic chemistry lecture. 92 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

laboratory is recommended for Ch 335; concur- Ch 405/505 GLC thermal conductivity detectors. Two 3-hour rent enrollment in Ch 338 or Ch 339 laboratory Reading and Conference (Credit to be lab periods. Requires concurrent enrollment in is recommended for Ch 336. Prerequisites: Ch arranged.) Ch 424/524. 203 or 223. Consent of instructor and department chair. Ch 505 pass/no pass only. Ch 426/526 Ch 337 Instrumental Analysis (3) Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (2) Ch 406 Theory and application of modern instrumental Laboratory work to accompany Ch 331 or 335. Chemical Preparations (Credit to be methods, including visible spectroscopy, atomic One 4-hour laboratory period. Concurrent arranged.) absorption, fluorometry, polarography, conduc- enrollment in Ch 331 or Ch 335 is Methods of synthesis of compounds in the fields timetry, and gas-liquid chromatography. Prereq- recommended. of inorganic, organic, or biochemistry. Maxi- uisites: Ch 321 and either Ch 416 or Ch 442/ mum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instruc- 542. (Ch 416 or Ch 442/542 may be taken con- Ch 338 tor and chair of department. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II currently with Ch 426/526.) Requires concur- (nonmajors) (2) Ch 407/507 rent enrollment in Ch 427/527. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 332 or Ch Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Ch 507 pass/no pass only. Ch 427/527 336. Not open to chemistry majors. One 4-hour Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (3) laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 337. Ch 410/510 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 426/526. Concurrent enrollment in Ch 332 or 336 is Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Two 3-hour laboratory periods. Requires concur- recommended. Consent of instructor and chair of department. rent enrollment in Ch 426/526. Ch 339 Ch 411/511 *Ch 430/530, 431/531 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II Chemical Bonding (4) Advanced Organic Chemistry (4,4) (chem majors) (3) Atomic orbitals, ionic bonding, valence bond Advanced treatment of general organic reactions Laboratory work to accompany Ch 336. More theory, molecular orbital theory, crystal field the- and structure; emphasis on bonding, stere- extensive laboratory course than Ch 338; ory, and introduction to coordination theory. ochemistry, the correlation of structure and reac- required for chemistry majors. Two 4-hour labo- Prerequisites: Ch 223, Ph 203, Mth 253, and tivity, scope and mechanisms of organic ratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 337. Concurrent Ch 417 or Ch 442. reactions classified by reaction type. Prerequi- enrollment in Ch 336 is recommended. *Ch 412/512 site: Ch 336 and 442/552, or 416/417. Ch 430/ Ch 350 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) 530 is a prerequisite for 431/531. Ligand field theory, coordination chemistry, tran- Biochemistry (4) Ch 436/536 Biochemistry for students having a limited back- sition metals, organometallic chemistry, acids Spectrometric Analysis (3) ground in physical chemistry. Prerequisites: Ch and bases, nonaqueous solvents, and descriptive Ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance 229 and 332 or 336. chemistry of the elements. Prerequisite: Ch 411/ and mass spectrometry in the analysis of molec- *Ch 355 511. ular structure. Prerequisites: Ch 336 and 339. Biochemistry of Women (3) Ch 416, 417 Ch 437/537 Structure, synthesis, mode of action, and effects Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences I, II Spectrometric Analysis Laboratory (1) of female sex hormones. Relationships between (4, 4) Use of infrared spectrometers and nuclear mag- developmental, mature functional, and meno- Intended primarily for students in the biological netic resonance spectrometers. One 3-hour labo- pausal phases of woman’s life and hormonal bal- sciences and allied medical health fields. The ratory period. Prerequisite: Ch 436/536 or ance. Effect of female hormones upon glucose emphasis is on the application of modern physi- concurrent enrollment. utilization, fat metabolism, bone metabolism, cal chemistry to problems of biological interest. *Ch 438/538 energy balance, and mental function. Biochemis- Ch 416 includes the study of heat, work, energy, entropy, vapor pressure, chemical equilibrium, Advanced Spectrometric Techniques (3) try of pregnancy and lactation. Prerequisite: one Use of the mass spectrometer in analysis of and transport phenomena. Ch 417 covers chem- year of college chemistry or biology. organic molecules. Discussions of high resolu- ical and enzyme kinetics, photochemistry, and *Ch 371 tion infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Courses must be taken in Environmental Chemistry (4) spectroscopy and their applications to molecular sequence. Prerequisites: Ch 223 or 203 and Ch Current environmental problems. Stratospheric structure. Prerequisites: Ch 436/536 and Ch 229, Ch 320, 321, a year of general physics, and ozone, greenhouse effect, photochemical smog, 437/537. Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch two terms of calculus. particulates, acid rain, and trace metals, water 439/539. * resources, pollution, and treatment; oil spills; Ch 418/518 * Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (4) Ch 439/539 solid waste disposal; hazardous chemicals. Pre- Advanced Spectrometric Laboratory (1) requisite: one term of college chemistry. Advanced techniques and their use in the preparation of compounds. One lecture; two 3-hour Laboratory work to accompany Ch 438/538. *Ch 375 laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 338 or 339. One 3-hour laboratory period. Requires concur- Environmental Chemistry Laboratory (1) rent enrollment in Ch 438/538. Optional laboratory work to accompany Envi- *Ch 424/524 † ronmental Chemistry (Ch 371). For elementary Electronics and Instrumentation for Ch 440/540, 441/541, 442/542 Physical Chemistry (3, 3, 3) education and non-science majors. Concurrent Chemists (2) Selected topics in chemical instrumentation will The study of thermodynamics, phase and chem- enrollment in Ch 371 is required. One 2-hour ical equilibria, solutions, electrochemistry, reac- laboratory. be presented at a basic level. Representative topics are current and voltage measurements, tion rates and mechanisms, quantum mechanics, Ch 399 Special Studies (Credit to be voltage dividers, simple filters, introduction to spectroscopy, and statistical mechanics. Ch 440/ arranged.) operational amplifiers and digital circuits. 540 requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 443/ Ch 401/501 Requires concurrent enrollment in Ch 425/525. 543. Prerequisites: Ch 320, Mth 254, Ph 213. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, Ph 203, and Ch 416 †Ch 443/543 Consent of instructor and chair of department. or 440/540. Credit will only be awarded after filing in the Computational Chemistry (3) * The study of programming methods, statistical department office a well-written, detailed report Ch 425/525 analysis of experimental data, and numerical approved by the instructor and the department Electronics and Instrumentation Laboratory (3) methods of common importance in physical chair. Ch 501 pass/no pass only. Laboratory work to accompany Ch 424/524. chemistry. Concurrent enrollment in Ch 440/ Ch 404/504 Assignments will include measurements with a 540 required. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit variety of transducers including ion selective to be arranged.) electrodes, thermistors, phototransistors, and

† Carries graduate credit only for nonchemistry degrees. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 93

†Ch 444/544, 445/545 *Ch 622 *Ch 666 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) Trace Metal Analysis (3) Solution Thermodynamics (3) Laboratory work to accompany Ch 441/541, Analytical methods for detecting and studying Partial molar quantities, activities, stability theo- 442/542. One 4-hour laboratory period. Prereq- the chemistry of trace metals and ions, including rems, thermodynamics of surfaces. Prerequisite: uisites: Ch 321 and concurrent enrollment in Ch optical, electrochemical, X-ray, neutron activa- Ch 663. 441/541, 442/542 respectively. tion, mass spectrometric and gas chromato- *Ch 670 Ch 490/590, 491/591, 492/592 graphic techniques. Use in studies of Atmospheric Chemistry (3) General Biochemistry (3, 3, 3) complexation, precipitation, redox and reaction Physical chemistry of the earth’s atmosphere, Professional biochemistry course for majors. rates of trace metals. Prerequisites: Ch 320, 321, including global chemical budgets, atmospheric Structure, metabolism, and function of the 426/526. thermodynamics, photo-chemical reactions in major components of living cells. Prerequisites: *Ch 623 the lower and upper atmosphere, chemical Ch 229, 332 or 336, 416 or 442/542. Advanced Instrumental Analysis (3) properties of aerosols, and global climate Ch 493/593 Application of instruments to chemical research change. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. Biochemistry Laboratory (3) and analysis with emphasis on modern spectro- *Ch 693 Laboratory work to accompany Ch 491/591. metric techniques. One lecture; two 3-hour lab- Enzyme Structure and Function (3) Introduction to general techniques of biochemis- oratories. Prerequisite: Ch 426/526. Chemical and physical properties of enzymes; try including puriﬁcation and characterization of *Ch 633 energetics, kinetics, and mechanism of enzy- enzymes. One 4-hour laboratory period, plus Organic Synthesis (3) matic reactions. Prerequisite: Ch 492/592. one hour of lecture. Prerequisite: Ch 490/590 or Organic reactions, mechanisms and stereochem- *Ch 695 concurrent enrollment. istry with application to multi-step synthesis. Advances in Biochemistry (3) *Ch 494/594, 495/595 Prerequisite: Ch 431/531. Current topics in biochemistry such as neuro- Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) *Ch 634 biochemistry, membrane structure, differentia- Advanced laboratory projects carried out on an Advanced Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) tion, metabolic regulation, bioenergetics, nucleic individual and group basis. Two 3-hour labora- Current topics such as stereochemistry, natural acids. As subject matter varies, course may be tory periods. Prerequisite: Ch 493/593. products, pericyclic reactions, carbonium ions, repeated with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Ch 503 heterocyclic and polycyclic compounds, organic Ch 492/592. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) photochemistry. As subject matter varies, course *Ch 696 Pass/no pass only. may be repeated with consent of instructor. Pre- Molecular Structure and Spectra (3) requisite: Ch 431/531. Ch 601 Quantum theory applied to molecular structure Research (Credit to be arranged.) *Ch 635 and to the interpretation of rotational, vibra- Pass/no pass only. Physical Organic Chemistry (3) tional, electronic and magnetic-resonance spec- Modern concepts of physical-organic chemistry tra. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. Ch 603 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) and their use in the study of mechanisms of Pass/no pass only. organic reactions and reactivities of organic compounds. Prerequisites: Ch 431/531. Ch 604 Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to *Ch 660 be arranged.) Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Current topics in physical chemistry such as Ch 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be irreversible thermodynamics, advanced topics in arranged.) spectroscopy, group theory, and kinetics. As sub- Pass/no pass only. ject matter varies, course may be repeated with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: consent of Ch 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) instructor. Pass/no pass only. *Ch 661 Ch 610 Photochemistry (3) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) An introduction to the chemistry of the interac- * tion of light with matter. Absorption and emis- Ch 615 sion of light, photochemical and photophysical Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Current topics in inorganic chemistry such as processes, photochemical kinetics and mecha- advances in oxidation, solution chemistry, and nisms. Reactivity of excited states of molecules ﬂuorine chemistry. As subject matter varies, and atoms. Prerequisite: Ch 441/541. course may be repeated with consent of instruc- *Ch 662 tor. Prerequisite: Ch 411/511. Chemical Kinetics (3) * Chemical kinetics in the gas phase and in solu- Ch 620 tion, catalysis, and absolute rate theory. Prereq- Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) Current topics in analytical chemistry such as uisite: Ch 442/542. chromatographic theory and methods, elec- *Ch 663 troanalytical methods, electrochemical kinetics Chemical Thermodynamics (3) and analytical applications of spectroscopy. As The laws of thermodynamics and their applica- subject matter varies, course may be repeated tions. Prerequisite: Ch 442/542. with consent of instructor. Prerequisites: gradu- *Ch 664 ate standing and consent of instructor. Quantum Chemistry (3) Principles of quantum mechanics with applica- *Ch 621 Advanced Analytical Theory (3) tions to chemical systems. Prerequisite: Ch 442/ Modern methods of analysis and their applica- 542. tion to the analytical chemistry of elements. Pre- *Ch 665 requisites: Ch 425/525 and 442/542. Statistical Thermodynamics (3) Foundations of the subject with application to the equilibrium thermodynamics of gases, liquids, and solids. Prerequisite: Ch 664.

† Carries graduate credit only for nonchemistry degrees. 94 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CHICANO/LATINO STUDIES

188 Cramer Hall Electives will consist of Chicano/Latino ChLa 301 725-8442 or 725-4447 Studies courses or closely related courses in Chicano/Latino Communities (4) arts and letters and social sciences Contemporary sociological studies and theory used to understand and explain the status of Certificate in Chicano/Latino Studies approved by Chicano/Latino Studies advis- Chicanos and Latinos in the U.S. Topics will ers. These courses may be Chicano/Latino include family, gender relations, immigration, Chicano/Latino Studies is the interdiscipli- Studies courses which harmonize with the work and employment, inter- and intra-ethnic nary study of social, cultural, political, eco- student’s major plan of study. Students may and racial relations in the community. nomic, and historical forces that have take 8 credits of the following: ChLa 302 shaped the development of the people of Survey of Chicano/Latino Literature (4) Mexico and other Latin American countries ChLa 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged) A representative overview of Chicano/Latino lit- in the United States over the past 300 ChLa 401 Research (Credit to be arranged) erature covering poetry, theater, novel, short years. Emphasis is on the experience of the Consent of instructor story, and essay. The course will include literary Chicano and other Latinos as residents and ChLa 405 Reading and Conference (Credit to be techniques, modes of expression, trends in Chi- citizens in the United States and not in arranged) Consent of instructor cano and Latino creativity, critical approaches, their countries of origin or descent. ChLa 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged) and will expose students to available bibliographic resources in the field. The Chicano/Latino experience pre- Consent of instructor ChLa 408 Workshop (Credit to be arranged) ChLa 303 dates from the mid-19th century when ter- Consent of instructor Chicana/Latina Experience (4) ritories belonging to Mexico were occupied ChLa 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be The social, political, and literary experience of by the United States. The Chicano and arranged) women in the Chicano and Latino communities. other Latinos living in the United States ChLa 411 Chicano/Latino History...... 4 The women’s perspective and position in histori- have, over the years, developed a rich and ChLa 412 Chicano/Latino Theater...... 4 cal events, community organizing, and social extensive literature. They have been ChLa 413 Chicano/Latino Cinema ...... 4 issues will be explored through literature, art, involved in all aspects of American life and ChLa 414 Chicano/Latino Literature ...... 4 music, and social science research. have made major contributions in all areas ChLa 399 of society. In comparison with long-estab- COURSES Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) lished, recognized academic fields, Chi- ChLa 401 cano/Latino Studies is still developing its ChLa 201 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. critical perspectives and the formulation Introduction to Chicano/Latino I (4) An introductory history of Latinos in the United ChLa 405 and application of new approaches and States. Beginning with Spanish colonization and Reading and Conference (Credit to be methodologies. moving to the recent migration of Latin and arranged.) Graduates with a certificate in Chicano/ South Americans in the 1970s, 1980s, and early Consent of instructor. Latino Studies will have augmented their 1990s. Special attention will be given to particu- ChLa 407 major field of study by broadening their lar events that shaped and influenced the Latino Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) scope of knowledge. They will have gained experience, such as the Mexican-American War, Consent of instructor. important insight into a very different cul- Repatriation, Bracero Program, World War II, ChLa 408 ture within U.S. borders. This increased War on Poverty, the Chicano Movement, and Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) U.S. foreign policy in Latin America. awareness and insight will lead to success- Consent of instructor. ful interaction on many levels of society. ChLa 202 ChLa 410 Introduction to Chicano/Latino II (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Graduates also will be better prepared to An introductory course designed to look at the enter the work force with its rapidly chang- ChLa 411 social, political, and economic status of Latinos. Chicano/Latino History Seminar (4) ing demographics. Includes an examination of the political and eco- This course will take an in-depth look at the his- In addition to meeting the general PSU nomic structure and organization and U.S. soci- tory of Chicano/Latino experience in this coun- requirements for a degree in any field, stu- ety and the status and class position of various try examining such issues as the Treaty of dents pursuing a certificate in Chicano/ Latino groups. The course will include a demo- Guadalupe-Hidalgo and its affect on Latinos. Latino Studies must complete 40 credits to graphic profile and an overview of current social Additional topics will include issues dealing be distributed as follows: issues. with why the Puerto Rican and Cuban experi- ChLa 203 ence has been different than for other Latinos in Credits Introduction to Chicano/Latino III (4) this country. Prerequisite: ChLa 201. ChLa 201 Introduction to Chicano/Latino I . . .4 An introductory course designed to examine the ChLa 412 ChLa 202 Introduction to Chicano/Latino II . .4 cultural heritage of Chicanos and Latinos in the ChLa 203 Introduction to Chicano/Latino III . .4 Chicano/Latino Theater (4) United States. Drawing from a wide range of dis- An examination of the Chicano Theater move- ChLa 301 Chicano/Latino Communities . . . . .4 ciplines, including anthropology, folklore, litera- ment of the 1960s and 1970s with an in-depth ChLa 302 Survey of Chicano/Latino ture, film, and linguistics. Examines both folk study of the work of Luis Valdez and El Teatro Literature...... 4 and popular culture as well as the combination Campesino. Additional topics will include the ChLa 303 Chicana/Latina Experience...... 4 and integration of various cultural traditions in work of the Nuyorican Playwrights and the Span 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish ...... 8 Latino communities in the United States. Latino New York Shakespeare Festival. Prerequi- Upper-division approved electives ...... 8 site: ChLa 302. Total 40 C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 95

ChLa 413 of the Chicano/Latino people and their place in day. The course will look at the impact of their Chicano/Latino Cinema (4) contemporary society. Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or work and how it impacts how Latinos view An examination of the Chicano/Latino issues, 302. themselves and their place in American society. themes, and struggles as presented by Chicano/ ChLa 414 Prerequisite: ChLa 203 or ChLa 302. Latino filmmakers. The course will further Chicano/Latino Literature (4) examine stereotypes created by the film industry Examination of the works created by some of the leading Chicano/Latino novelists, poets, and short fiction writers from the 1960s to present

CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES

317U Cramer Hall The program represents an integration fall quarter. Deadline for submission of 725-8535 of theory, research, and practice related to application materials is February 23. Infor- www.cfs.pdx.edu/ children and families. The unique program mation and application forms can be strengths include interdisciplinary semi- obtained by calling 725-8535 or by visiting B.A., B.S. nars and extensive and diverse practicum our Web site at www.cfs.pdx.edu. experiences. Requirements for a Major in Child Requirements for admission to the child and Family Studies. In addition to meet- UNDERGRADUATE and family studies major include an appli- ing the general University requirements, PROGRAM cation, letters of reference, and an inter- majors must complete an adviser-approved view with members of the Consortium for program to include: Child and family studies is an academic Children and Families. Applicants are major for a baccalaureate degree. The pri- admitted during spring for the following mary focus is on children and their families. The program was collaboratively designed by faculty and professionals from varied disciplines at Portland State Univer- sity and Oregon Health Sciences University in cooperation with community agencies and institutions. The Child and Family Studies program attends to the needs and varied professional goals of students desiring broad and socially relevant preparation for work with children and families. Pro- gram content is directed toward competencies for a range of professional roles. Coursework in child and family studies reﬂects the socioeconomic and cultural diversity of children and families in the metropolitan area. Majors in child and family studies will develop a broad understanding of family systems and the diverse sociocultural contexts in which children and families develop. The program offers an opportunity to acquire knowledge and skills in one or more specialization areas. Majors may pursue careers as early childhood teachers, caregivers, program assistants, preschool and child care administrators, parent educators, early intervention specialists, and program directors for community agencies providing services to children and their families. The Child and Family Studies program also provides a foundation for those students who intend to pursue graduate work in education, counseling, social work, or related disciplines. 96 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Child and Family Studies Core— Preparation for Administration of All courses submitted to satisfy the 31 Credits Programs for Children, Youth, and requirements for a major in child and Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 Families family studies must be passed with a grade PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for Advisers: Sorca O’Connor, Educational Policy, of C or above. In addition, courses taken Children and Youth ...... 4 Foundations, and Administration; under the undifferentiated grading option Psy 460 Child Psychology ...... 4 Ellie Nolan, Helen Gordon Child Develop- (pass/no pass) will not be accepted toward SpEd 418 Survey of Exceptional Learners . . . 3 ment Center fulfilling department major requirements. Hst 343 American Family History ...... 4 This specialization is designed to develop Soc 461 Sociology of Family ...... 4 Soc 337 Minorities ...... 4 understandings and strategies for adminis- COURSES Ed 420 Introduction to Education and tration programs for children, youth, and Society...... 4 families. There is a focus on communica- CFS 409 Child and Family Studies tion, with sensitivity to issues of culture, Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) race, and economics. Supervised community-based learning experi- Specialization—15-20 credits ence in organizations and agencies that serve Majors may meet with a program adviser Preparation for Early Childhood children and families. One credit equals 30 for guidance in the selection of an area of Education hours. Includes reflective, integrative seminar. Advisers: Christine Chaille, Curriculum and specialization from among the six areas CFS 480/580 listed below. Majors are required to com- Instruction, Early Childhood Education, Cari Societal Influences on Professional Practice plete a minimum of five courses within the Olmsted, Head Start Regional Training Office (4) area. Majors may study more than one spe- This specialization is designed to develop Individuals preparing for human or social ser- cialization area. The lists of courses recom- understandings and approaches for work- vices professions have been influenced by family ing with children and their families in early and societal events, values, beliefs, and assump- mended for each specialization area do not tions which have interacted with their lives. Stu- limit course selection for the major. The childhood education settings. This area of dents will examine those influences (including specialization adviser will assist the student study will focus on developmentally appro- gender, culture, and socioeconomic status) for in tailoring a program of courses to meet priate curriculum and guidance, and the the purpose of gaining insight into the ways career goals and to accommodate previous development of relationships with families. their professional practice might be affected. professional experience. Preparation for Early Intervention Projects will include a “professional practice action plan.” Human Development Settings Adviser: Cathleen Smith, Psychology Advisers: Ruth Falco, Leslie Munson, Special CFS 485/585 Education and Counselor Education Working with Diverse Families (4) The specialization is designed to focus on For individuals who are preparing to work development in the social, cognitive, physi- This specialization is designed to develop a professionally with families. Theoretical cal, and emotional domains. Theory and repertoire of understandings and perspectives on working with families. Issues research related to development will approaches necessary for accommodating involved when working with diverse U.S. children with special needs in developmen- families (African American, Asian, Russian, and extend to current issues of diversity and to Hispanic) as well as international families. implications for professionals working with tally appropriate settings. Coursework includes a focus on normal and abnormal CFS 497 children and families. Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Children development, a survey of disorders, and Family in Society and Families (4) understandings of families with children Adviser: Carol Morgaine, Child and Family This seminar, for majors in child and family Studies with special needs. studies, examines contemporary issues, research, Practicum—10 credits and resources regarding children and families in The specialization is designed to examine urban settings from multiple disciplines and societal contexts within which families live. Majors will select practicum experiences multicultural perspectives. Promotes a synthesis Families will be studied from the perspec- from a range of community organizations of understandings and professional reflection of tives of culture, gender, health, and socio- and agencies, federal and local preschool child and family issues in the context of commu- economics. Approaches to working with and day care programs, and early interven- nity-based service learning. Participants also families will be developed with sensitivity tion centers. The practicum supervisor will investigate leadership, empowerment, and advo- to the diversity of family structures, tradi- assist in the selection and scheduling of cacy roles within the child and family profession. tions, and dynamics. practica with consideration of coursework, CFS 498 experience, and career goals. Professional Development in Child and Youth Worker Family Studies (4) Advisers: Candice Goucher, Black Studies; Seminars—8 credits This seminar, for majors in child and family Joan Shireman, Social Work. CFS 497 and CFS 498. studies, is directed to the development of profes- This specialization is designed to foster sional perspectives, roles of advocacy and leader- Total minimum 64 credits ship, and reflective practice. Students will be understandings and skills for working actively involved in self-directed learning, self- directly with school-age children and ado- assessment, community involvement, the legisla- lescents in youth organizations and social tive process, and group presentations. service agencies. Coursework prepares youth practitioners from the perspectives of multiple disciplines, with emphasis on the development of cultural competence in working with youth and their families. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 97

ECONOMICS

241 Cramer Hall Credits Electives 725-3915 Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics...... 8 Upper-division economics electives ...... 12 www.econ.pdx.edu/ Ec 375 Macroeconomic Theory ...... 4 Chosen from: Ec 376 Microeconomic Theory ...... 4 Ec 442 The Multinational Enterprise in the Ec 370, 456, 457, 460 (any one course) . . . . . 4 World Economy B.A., B.S. Ec 445 Comparative Economic Systems Minor in Economics 20 Ec 446 Economic Systems of the Western Minor in International Economics A minimum total of 22 credits of 400-level Pacific Rim Secondary Education Program—Social coursework including not more than two Ec 447 Transitional Economies Science courses numbered 401 to 410. Ec 370, 456, Ec 450 Third-World Economic Development M.A., M.S. 457, and 460 may be counted toward these Total 28 M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social credits when not used to satisfy the 4-credit Science) requirement immediately above...... 22 Courses taken under the undifferenti- Ph.D. in Systems Science-Economics ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not Total in economics (minimum) 42 Ph.D.—Participating department in acceptable toward filling department minor Urban Studies Doctoral Program Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social requirements. Sciences; Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Proba- bility and Statistics; Stat 366 Introduction to SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM UNDERGRADUATE Experimental Design ...... 16 Adviser: T. Potiowsky (See General Studies: Social Science PROGRAMS Total in other fields 16 page 124.) The program in economics is designed to Majors must take a minimum of 16 meet four major objectives: to provide a credits of coursework in residence from this department and must maintain at least GRADUATE basic knowledge of economic analysis for PROGRAMS the student intending to do undergraduate a 2.00 grade point average in work com- work in preparation for a professional pleted in this department. All courses used to satisfy the depart- The Department of Economics offers grad- career in business or government; to serve uate work leading to the Master of Arts and mental major requirements, whether taken as the core of a liberal arts program for stu- Master of Science degrees. The department dents planning to enter business or indus- in the department or elsewhere, must be also participates in the Urban Studies Doc- try directly upon graduation; to provide graded C- or above. toral Degree Program. Specialized theoreti- courses preparing students for graduate Requirements for a Minor in cal and applied courses in economics, work in economics; and to present courses Economics. To earn a minor in economics when combined with urban studies general that offer insight into the economic prob- a student must complete 26 credits (12 seminars, partially fulfill the requirements lems of the day. credits of which must be taken in residence for the Ph.D in Urban Studies with an The major in economics is required to at PSU), to include the following: emphasis in economics. The Department of take 42 credits in economics courses, plus Credits Economics participates in the Systems Sci- specified courses in basic accounting, Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 ence Ph.D. Program. Candidates for the mathematics, and statistics. Many majors †Upper-division economics electives ...... 18 Ph.D. in Systems Science-Economics are concentrate their electives so that they in encouraged to enroll in advanced courses Total 26 effect establish a minor in either business in economics, and may elect economics as a major or minor field of study within that administration, engineering, or one of the No more than 6 credits of Ec 410 will program. For information relating to the other fields in the social sciences. be accepted (no other omnibus courses will be accepted). Ph.D. programs, see pages 67 and 301. As soon as students decide to become Admission to the master’s program in economics majors, they should consult the Courses taken under the undifferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) are not the Department of Economics requires, in department secretary for referral to the addition to the University admissions acceptable toward fulfilling department appropriate adviser. Economics majors requirements: minor requirements. who anticipate that they may do graduate 1. A minimum of a 3.00 GPA in overall work in economics should consult their Requirements for a Minor in International Economics. To earn a minor coursework and a minimum of a 3.00 GPA adviser to develop a proper background in economics coursework. program. in international economics a student must Requirements for Major. In addition complete 28 credits (12 credits of which 2. Completion of the core undergraduate to meeting the general University degree must be taken in residence at PSU), to courses in the Economics program at requirements, the major in economics include the following: Portland State University, including theory, statistics, and econometrics, or present must meet the following departmental Required Courses requirements: Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 equivalent competence. Ec 440 International Trade Theory and Policy. 4 3. Have a cumulative GPA of 3.50 in all Ec 441 International Monetary Theory and graduate credit earned at accredited insti- Policy ...... 4 tutions.

† Additional prerequisites may be required. 98 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MASTER OF ARTS OR with a GPA of at least 3.00 and be recom- Ec 315 MASTER OF SCIENCE mended by the graduate committee of the Economics of Sports (4) Students must complete a minimum of 52 department. Investigates the application of economic theory credits (11 courses and a research project). to the particular arena of sports. Emphasis is Any transferred graduate credits that placed on the theories of labor, industrial organi- Each student completes an eight-course satisfy University requirements may be zation, and quantitative methods and their core requirement, a research project, and applied toward major electives. Under no application to such topics as player compensa- three major elective courses. The research circumstances can the core and field tion and movement, stadium financing, team project will normally be undertaken in the requirements be waived or substituted for relocation, and racial discrimination. student’s second year of study, after com- with coursework from other PSU depart- Ec 316 pletion of course requirements. ments or from other institutions. Students Introduction to Health Care Economics (4) Degree Requirements with questions concerning transferred Provides an introduction to basic economic concepts that are most relevant to the study of the First Year credits should contact the departmental office for advising. health care system. Examines the efficiency and Fall equity implications of providing health care †Ec 560 History of Economic Thought...... 4 † PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— under the traditional fee-for-service system Ec 576 Advanced Microeconomics ...... 4 versus providing health care under the relatively †Ec 570 Econometrics ...... 4 ECONOMICS The Department of Economics participates new systems of health care delivery such as Winter health maintenance organizations (HMOs), pre- †Ec 575 Advanced Macroeconomics...... 4 in the Systems Science Ph.D. Program. Stu- † ferred provider organizations (PPOs), etc. Com- Ec 571 Advanced Econometrics ...... 4 dents interested in seeking a Ph.D. in sys- pares the American health care system to the Economics Elective...... 4 tems science-economics should contact the systems employed in other developed countries. Spring Department of Economics for further infor- † † † Special attention will be paid to the delivery of Ec 590, Ec 591, or Ec 595 Applications of mation. Elective fields include: interna- health care in Oregon. Advanced Microeconomic, Macroeconomic, tional economics, urban-regional or Advanced Econometrics ...... 4 Ec 332 Economics Elective...... 4 economics, mathematical economics, and Environmental Economics (4) Describes the basic economic approach to the Economics Elective...... 4 economic development. Applicants must be admitted simultaneously to the econom- environment, laying out the underlying values, Second Year ics graduate program and the Systems as well as the procedures used to translate those Fall values into policy-relevant principles. Analyzes † † † Science Ph.D. Program. Ec 590, Ec 591, or Ec 595 Applications of the flow of materials and energy from the envi- Advanced Microeconomic, Macroeconomic, or ronment into the economy as well as the flow of Advanced Econometrics ...... 4 COURSES waste products into the environment. Examines Winter sustainable development and explores environ- † † † Ec 590, Ec 591, or Ec 595 Applications of Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered mentally compatible means of lifting the world’s Advanced Microeconomic, Macroeconomic, or every year. poor out of poverty. Advanced Econometrics ...... 4 Economics does not allow credit for Ec 201, 202 Ec 340 Fall/Winter/Spring after credit has been earned in an upper-division International Economics (4) †Ec 596 Research Project I ...... 4 economics class for which Ec 201, 202 is a Examines trade and financial relations among †Ec 597 Research Project II ...... 4 prerequisite. countries with an emphasis on policy perspectives. Outlines international policy options and 52 Ec 101 Colloquium on Economic Issues (4) the principles that govern world trade and finan- In order to complete the research Designed to introduce students to the impor- cial arrangements. Regional and international project, each student must submit a written tance of economics and to serve as a precursor to trade organizations and currency arrangements paper on a subject to be approved and the Principles of Economics. Rather than getting will be discussed. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. supervised by two faculty members special- lost in technical jargon, the course will focus on Ec 345 ized in the field and methodology. (Note the most pressing economic problems of the cur- Marxist Political Economy (4) that field requirements have been rent era, including: trade and jobs; economic An inquiry into the contribution to social and eliminated.) development and poverty; corporate power; glo- economic thought advanced by Karl Marx. balization and competitiveness, economic Based on reading and interpreting primary Courses outside of economics may be sources. Considers the legacy of Marx’s ideas on used to meet the elective requirements, growth and the environment; government versus the market; women in the economy; unemploy- the course of history in the 20th century, and the subject to approval by a faculty adviser. A ment; inflation; and education, health and medi- potential influence in the 21st century. working knowledge of mathematics and cal policies. Ec 351 statistical methods is required for all stu- Ec 201 Theory of Economic Policy (4) dents. This requirement may be fulfilled by Principles of Economics (4) Purpose of economic policy, classification of examination or by the successful comple- A study of the market system, involving the variables: Targets, Instruments, Intermediaries, tion of courses in mathematics and statis- essentials of demand and supply analysis; Data, Exogenous, Endogenous. System of Equa- tics approved by the department. competition and monopoly; labor public policy tions: Behavioral, structural, definitional, identi- Differential and integral calculus and linear towards business; the distribution of income; ties, Equiliberating, extensive form, reduced form. Aims of Economic Policies: Income algebra are highly recommended. international trade and commercial policy; comparative advantage, tariffs, and quotas. Growth, Full Employment, Equitable Income Conditionally admitted students must Distribution, Price and Income Stability, Balance fulfill all conditions within the first two Ec 202 Principles of Economics (4) of trade and balance of payments equilibrium, terms of their program unless special A study of factors affecting the level of national trade, aid and foreign-exchange considerations. exemption is granted by the department income: the essentials of money and banking; Ec 370 graduate committee. the role of government expenditure and taxation Introduction to Quantitative Economics (4) In addition to the general requirements in achieving economic stability, growth, and General survey of quantitative techniques useful for advancement to candidacy, the student development; international monetary issues for economic analysis. Focus on the applications must complete 12 credits in residence including exchange rates and the balance of pay- of mathematical tools and simple regression work for graduate credit in economics ments. analysis in economics. Quantitative topics will

† Core economics courses C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 99

be introduced systematically with hands-on case Ec 415 competition, and social regulation to protect the studies and examples. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Engineering Economics (4) environment and the individual. Prerequisite: Ec 202, Mth 241, Stat 243 and 244. An examination of the role of investment analy- 201. sis for the specific needs of engineers. The for- Ec 375 Ec 431/531 Macroeconomic Theory (4) mulation, techniques, and methods to analyze Urban Economics (4) Social accounting practices and problems. Fac- engineering projects and proposals are devel- Functions of the urban economy: the market tors influencing the levels of output, employ- oped along with adjustments that need to be sector and the public sector. Economic analysis ment, and prices. Comparison of Keynesian and considered for taxes, inflation, and risk. Calcula- of issues such as land use, environmental quality, pre-Keynesian thought. Fundamentals of the tion of the appropriate interest rate is demon- transportation, housing, income distribution, theory of business cycles, economic growth, strated to determine the minimum attractive rate and the organization and financing of urban inflation. The role of government in dealing with of return. Special issues related to replacement public services. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. these and related problems. Prerequisites: of existing equipment and structures and special * issues related to engineering economics for Ec 432/532 Ec 201, 202. Environmental Economics (4) public sector organizations are included. Ec 376 An examination of the alternative and sometimes Microeconomic Theory (4) Ec 416/516 conflicting evaluation and decision-making cri- Theories of consumer behavior and demand, Managerial Economics (4) teria of economics and physical sciences as they production and cost, the firm and market orga- Managerial economics studies the application of pertain to the material environment. An evalua- nization and functional income distribution. microeconomic theories to management deci- tion of policy alternatives. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. sions. The potential for economic theory to 202. improve business decisions is emphasized Ec 399 throughout this course. The foundation for Ec 433/533 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Natural Resource Economics (4) applying economic theories to managerial deci- An examination of the economic concepts and Ec 401/501 sions is developed and demonstrated through theories for analyzing natural resource use and Research (Credit to be arranged.) examples of application of these procedures to related environmental pollution, including the Consent of instructor. business decision-making. economics of sustainability. Discussion of renew- Ec 404/504 * Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to Ec 417/517 able and non-renewable natural resource issues be arranged.) Women in the Economy (4) in the Pacific Northwest and policy alternatives. Different economic theoretical perspectives are Prerequisite: Ec 201. Ec 405/505 presented to account for women’s particular eco- Reading and Conference (Credit to be nomic roles currently and historically. Emphasis Ec 434/534 arranged.) Business Environmental Management Consent of instructor. on women’s responsibility for child rearing and Economics (4) housework; women’s relatively low wages; occu- Ec 407/507 Examines the economic costs and benefits that pational segregation by gender; economic differ- affect the decisions of business firms to develop Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ences among women due to ethnicity, Consent of instructor. integrated environmental management systems. generation, and class; and policy issues with par- Analysis of policy options to foster business Ec 409 ticular importance for women’s economic situa- environmental management for public goods. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tion. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. By prior arrangement with the department, Case studies of selected firms. Prerequisite: Ec economics majors may receive a maximum of 3 Ec 419/519 201. Economics of Race and Ethnicity (4) credits in their total undergraduate program for Ec 435/535 Survey of the economic history of ethnic groups economics research done in the community in Public Spending and Debt Policy (4) in the United States, various economic theoreti- conjunction with guided reading and regular Analysis of the role of the state in a competitive cal perspectives advanced to account for past consultations with the practicum instructor. economy. Development of decision rules for and current experience of people of color in the Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202, and consent of state economic action. Includes a detailed study U.S. economy, and examination of selected eco- instructor. of the principles of voting, public budgeting nomic policy issues. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. including cost benefit analysis and PPBS, the Ec 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Ec 420/520 theory of fiscal federalism and the theory and Money And Banking (4) principles of public debts. Prerequisites: Ec 201, Ec 411/511 Functional and empirical definitions of money 202. Cultural Economics (4) and interest rates. Characteristics and role of Focus is on a general theory of economic devel- Ec 436/536 bank and non-bank financial institutions in Taxation and Income Policies (4) opment and growth, in the conceptual frame- determining the level of money and interest work of culture and its evolution. The economic Principles and problems of government financ- rates. History of the Federal Reserve System. ing. Critical analysis of alternative taxes as process fed by the dynamics of technological Instruments of monetary control by the Federal change is analyzed in cultural and social terms in sources of public revenue with emphasis on the- Reserve. Alternative models of monetary influ- ories of incidence and economic effect. Prerequi- the tradition of institutional and/or evolutionary ence on the economy. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. economics. This framework is relevant and will sites: Ec 201, 202. be applied to current issues such as: globaliza- Ec 425/525 Ec 440/540 Economics of Industrial Organization (4) tion, trade, jobs and the environment, sustain- International Trade Theory and Policy (4) Study based upon the application of microeco- able development, corporate power, cultural lags Theories of international trade. Analysis of the nomic theory to the analysis of firms, markets, and social justice. normative aspects of trade including the gains and industries. Search for economic explana- from trade and the effect of trade on economic Ec 414 tions for the structure of markets and for the Public and Private Investment Analysis (4) welfare. Examination of international trade behavior of the firms which trade in them. Seeks policy and issues of economic integration, eco- Procedures to analyze categories of investments also to explain the internal organization of firms such as stocks, bonds, and real estate are dem- nomic growth, and current trade problems. Pre- and to assess the efficiency of the market in requisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 376 recommended. onstrated for individual decisions and for firms determining organization. Prerequisite: Ec 201; or public organizations. The interaction needed Ec 376 recommended. Ec 441/541 among managers, accountants, engineers, plan- International Monetary Theory and Policy ners, and other disciplines to successfully plan Ec 426/526 (4) Economics of Regulation (4) complex investments in either private or public Balance of payments theory including balance of Study of government regulation designed to sector firms and organizations is demonstrated payments accounting and foreign exchange mar- control—or at least to influence—the perfor- through case studies of various types of invest- ket; theoretical models of fixed and flexible mance of the market in specific ways. Historical ments. Students will prepare a case study of an exchange rate systems using both Neoclassical and economic analyses of three main forms of investment in a college education, stocks, bonds, and Keynesian approaches. Historical evolution regulation: direct regulation of monopoly and real estate, equipment or structures, and similar of the international monetary system. Current investments. 100 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

international monetary policies and problems. Ec 451/551 Ec 472 Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202; Ec 375 Microenterprises in Developing Areas (4) Econometric Forecasting and Simulation (4) recommended. Examines role of small businesses in promoting This course covers time series analysis and simu- economic development in low income areas in lation, emphasizing techniques of identification, Ec 442/542 The Multinational Enterprise in the World Asia, Latin America, and Africa. Entrepreneur- estimation, forecasting and econometric simula- Economy (4) ship as motor of economic growth and social tion. Various techniques of moving average, dif- The study of the multinational (transnational) transformation. Appraisal of institutions as conferencing, and autocorrelation adjustment will enterprise as a form of direct foreign investment. straints and advantages. Consideration of com- be introduced in order to identify the time series. Analysis of theories of direct investment; the plex political environments affecting small Estimation methods and diagnostic checking fol- impact of the multinational enterprise on the business. Survival strategies of entrepreneurs. lowing the identification will provide the base national and international economy and the rela- Ec 453/553 model for forecasting and simulation. Prerequi- tionship of such firms to the concept of the Theory of Economic Growth (4) site: Ec 370. nation-state. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. Introduction to the theory of economic growth. Ec 480/580 Ec 443/543 This course will emphasize the theoretical basis Mathematical Economics (4) Global Environmental Economics (4) and the models developed to measure growth Mathematics for economists. Applications of dif- An examination of economic forces and theories and change in modern industrial societies. Pre- ferential calculus and matrix algebra to econom- to understand the causes of global environmen- requisites: Ec 201, 202. ics. Topics include consumer theory, production tal problems and to evaluate policy options to †Ec 456/556 functions, and applied general equilibrium mod- remedy serious problems. Analyses of the eco- American Economic History: the First els. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. nomic effects of global environmental agree- Century (4) *Ec 485/585 ments and the environmental effects of trade and The economic background of the War of Inde- Cost-benefit Analysis (4) global commerce in developed and developing pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- Identification and estimation of direct and indi- countries. trialization, urbanization, and development of rect inputs and outputs. Valuation of commodi- Ec 445/545 the frontier. Rise of big business and organized ties and of factors. Present social value and time Comparative Economic Systems (4) labor. Laissez-faire, federalism, and the gradual discounting. Uncertainty. Prerequisite: Ec 376. Introduces the evolutionary-institutional emergence of the national government in eco- *Ec 486/586 method of analysis, incorporating history, the nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in Project Evaluation (4) legacy of ideas, and the dynamics of change over the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- Cost and benefit evaluation. Choice of projects. time. Using this method, we shall examine eco- sites: Ec 201, 202. Case studies related to water resources, transpor- nomic systems of Ancient Rome, Medieval Feu- ‡Ec 457/557 tation, and industrial projects. Prerequisite: Ec dalism, the Laissez-Faire Market Economy, American Economic History: the 20th 376. Fascist Command Economy, and others. Prereq- Century (4) *Ec 487/587 uisites: Ec 201, 202. Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World Economic Planning (4) War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of Ec 446/546 Aspects of the economic planning process Economic Systems of the Western Pacific laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. including target setting, tests of feasibility, con- Rim (4) Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt sistency, optimality, and plan implementation. Explores theories of economic crises. Examines administrations. The New Deal reforms. World Prerequisite: Ec 376. War II and emergence of the administered sys- flaws built into Japan’s post-war reconstruction Ec 503 that have led to the undoing of its economic tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) “miracle.” Considers Japan as the regional pow- ing role of the government. The industrial- military complex. Social imbalance. Prerequi- Ec 512 erhouse with successes and failures affecting Public Finance (4) other economies such as South Korea’s, and a sites: Ec 201, 202. Economic issues in public finance. Federal, host of economies in Southeast Asia. China’s *Ec 460/560 state, and local tax policy, efficiency and equity transition is examined. Postulates potential paths History of Economic Thought (4) in government, fiscal policy and debt manage- and prospects for regional recovery. Ec 445 is Selections from the economic writings of various ment, and intergovernmental taxation and recommended. thinkers from antiquity through the Reforma- finance. Integrates the theory of public finance Ec 447/547 tion. A survey of the work of the most important with policy applications. Limited to graduate Economics of Transition (4) economic theorists of the 18th, 19th, and 20th students in public administration. Examines the formation of the Soviet-type eco- centuries including Adam Smith, Ricardo, Marx, Marshall, Veblen, and Keynes. Readings include Ec 514 nomic system in the 1920s and 30s and its dis- Money, Financial Markets, and the Economy semination after World War II to Eastern original writings and interpretations by later (4) Europe, China, and other selected countries. economists. Scholars will be studied in terms of Study of the financial component of macroeco- Emphasis is placed on the history of ideas and their historical context and the contemporary nomics: financial institutions and markets that the historical setting which gave rise to the relevance of the theories and policy recommen- facilitate the flow of savings to investment. Inter- Soviet model. Includes the examination of the dations. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. est rate determination, structure of interest rates, internal contradictions of the model, the Ec 465/565 changing scope of financial instruments, and “unwinding” of planned socialism, and the pros- Labor Economics and Industrial Relations impact of regulation and legislation. The Federal pects for the move toward mixed market econo- (4) Reserve’s role in controlling the money supply mies. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202. After a survey of the history of American labor and monetary and fiscal policy effects on finan- market institutions including unions, this course Ec 450/550 cial markets and aggregate economic activity. Third-World Economic Development (4) investigates the big questions in labor economic Prerequisite: limited to students admitted to Examines problems of post-colonial legacy: theory including the sources of unemployment, graduate programs in business administration. underdevelopment and persistent poverty. Rapid wage determination, and the reasons demographic groups fare differently in the labor mar- Ec 527 population growth, uneven development, capital Applied Energy Economics (4) flight, dual economy, brain drain. Industrializa- ket. Also considered are appropriate policies for Covers applications of microeconomics to tion strategies, foreign trade, education and current developments in the labor market, such energy. Consumer behavior, demand, produc- human capital, population slowdown, microcre- as increasing wage inequality, globalization, and tion, costs, market structure, and price theory dit institutions, role of women. Prerequisites: Ec the widespread use of new technologies. Prereq- (including tariff design). Prerequisite: bachelor’s 201, 202. uisite: Ec 201. degree.

† Also offered as Hst 438/538. ‡ Also offered as Hst 439/539. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 101

Ec 528 agricultural and industrial development, and Ec 591 Energy Modeling (4) external economic relations. Prerequisite: Applications of Advanced Microeconomic Covers applications of energy modeling. Optimi- Ec 450. Theory (4) zation with linear programming as well as statis- Applies theories of consumer and producer Ec 570 behavior to a variety of real world problems. Dif- tical models including regression analysis and Econometrics (4) econometrics. Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree. Covers the theory and application of statistical ferent sub-disciplines of microeconomics will be Ec 529 regression, hypothesis testing, and simulation of covered, which may include two or three of the Energy Regulation and Policy (4) econometric models. Emphases are placed on following: information economics, environmen- Covers the creation and enforcement of legisla- model construction and efficient use of eco- tal economics, economics of regulation, indus- tion as it affects the production, distribution, nomic data. Problems of multicolinearity, het- trial organization, law and economics, natural and consumption of energy. Social and economic eroscedasticity, autocorrelation, and distributed resource economics, labor economics, regional forces along with technical change are examined lags are discussed. Some familiarity with calcu- economics, urban economics, and the econom- for their roles in the creation of regulations for lus, matrix algebra, and computer applications ics of contracting. For each sub-discipline cov- the energy industry. Current policy issues, such are assumed. Prerequisite: Ec 370. ered, the most important economic model will as deregulation of the energy industry, are ana- be discussed and a review of major research Ec 571 lyzed. Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree. studies and techniques will be undertaken. Pre- Advanced Econometrics (4) requisite: Ec 576. Ec 530 Advanced econometrics topics including sys- Energy Economics Practicum (4) tems of linear equations, panel data, nonlinear Ec 595 Students will take classroom knowledge into the models, nonparametric estimation and predic- Application of Advanced Econometrics (4) field. A current topic in energy economics and/ tion, and applications in consumption and pro- Covers applications of financial time series for or policy will be selected. Students will work duction models. Data resources available to the forecasting and simulation. Both classical and with private and public agencies, collecting and practicing economist will be covered. Prerequi- modern approaches of time series analysis are processing information and offering advice on site: Ec 570. discussed. The classical approach of time series improvements in the energy industry. Prerequi- analysis emphasizes techniques of moving aver- Ec 575 sites: Ec 527, 528. age, proper differencing, and autocorrelation Advanced Macroeconomics (4) adjustment in order to identify and estimate the Ec 534 Theories of national income, employment and Regional Economic Structure (4) data structure. The modern approach examines price levels with special emphasis on recent the time series by testing the unit roots and by This course focuses on methods of analyzing developments in analytical techniques and checking the regression relationship. Prerequi- why regions differ economically, how they inter- empirical findings. Prerequisite: Ec 375. relate and why and how they react to changes in sites: Ec 570, 571. Ec 576 economic policies and conditions. Part of the Advanced Microeconomics (4) Ec 595 Research Methods (4) course will be devoted to a study of models of Theory of consumer behavior and of the firm. Application of economic analysis and economic regional structure and growth, such as economic Market and multimarket equilibrium and stabil- methodology to field research problems. Ana- base or input-output, and the strengths and ity. Varieties of imperfect competition. Prerequi- lytic and quantitative methods used by econo- weaknesses of each in modeling the regional site: Ec 376. mists, including the estimation and testing of economy. The remainder of the course will be * concerned with the development of models for Ec 582 econometric models; the use of other statistical Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of procedures for model description and inference; (4) nonlinear specification and estimation; linear policy changes on regional development. Prereq- An in-depth study of poverty standards and and nonlinear system models. Data resources uisite: Ec 430. measures of income and wealth inequality. available to the practicing economist will be *Ec 537 Impact of taxes and welfare transfers on the discovered. Prerequisite: Ec 570. Seminar In Public Finance (4) tribution of income in the U.S. Prerequisite: Analysis of the role of government spending and graduate status in urban studies or economics. Ec 596, 597 taxation in a market economy. Discussion of the Research Project I, II (4, 4) Ec 583 various methods of measurement of the size and Intended for graduate students to complete the Impact Assessment (4) field project requirement. Course activities influence of the government. Evaluation of the Empirical techniques employed in measuring include: independent reading on researchable principal schools of thought on the role of the the impacts associated with land use change. field-related topics; individual development of a government in the economy. Review of the liter- Topics: goals achievement matrix approaches to research project, i.e., selection of a subject and ature on the principles of taxation and the analy- impact assessment; trade-offs between commu- plan of study; and periodic reporting of individ- sis of its shifting and incidence. Prerequisite: nity and regional welfare; distance and times in ual research projects progress. Prerequisite: Ec Ec 376. urban analysis; estimating the social profitability 595. Ec 551 of land development; cost-benefit analysis * Applied Econometrics for Financial applied to freeway location techniques for valua- Ec 675 Analysis (4) tion of nonpriced resources; measuring munici- Advanced Macroeconomics II (4) The application of econometrics for financial pal revenue and expenditure impacts; gravity Extended analysis of macroeconomic theory analysis and forecasting. Includes the application models and transport demand estimation; eco- covering static, deterministic models through of statistical regression, hypothesis testing, and nomic base analysis for employment and popu- recent dynamic and stochastic macro modeling. simulation of econometric models with underly- lation impact assessment; and estimating air and Analytic tools in both theoretic and empirical ing theories. Emphasizes model construction noise pollution associated with land develop- models are illustrated in the study of inflation, and efficient use of economic and financial data, ment. Prerequisite: Ec 376. unemployment, growth and government policy. and the development of applications that avoid Prerequisite: Ec 575. the problems of model misspecifications. Stu- Ec 590 * Applications of Advanced Macroeconomic Ec 676 dents will obtain data from public data sources Theory (4) Advanced Microeconomics II (4) and develop models. Some familiarity with com- Coverage includes current topics of interest in Extended analysis of microeconomic theory cov- puter applications, spreadsheets, and calculus macroeconomics. The focus is on the applica- ering individual and social choice issues. are assumed. tions of neoclassical and Keynesian theories of Selected topics of interest and significance *Ec 554 macroeconomic theory to a variety of real world include but are not limited to: rational choice Seminar in Third-world Economic Issues problems. The various sub-disciplines of macro- behavior of consumers and producers, theory of (4) economics that may be covered include: finan- the market, partial and general equilibrium anal- Discussion in a seminar context of the meaning cial economics, monetary economics, economic ysis, welfare economics, and economics of infla- of underdevelopment, the relevance of the his- growth models, labor economics, public finance, tion. Prerequisite: Ec 576. torical experience of more developed countries, international economics, and radical macroeco- theories of development and underdevelopment, nomic thought. Prerequisite: Ec 575. 102 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ENGLISH

405 Neuberger Hall Requirements for Major. In addition Eng 309 American Indian Literature 725-3521 to meeting the general University degree Eng 351, 352 African-American Literature www.english.pdx.edu/ requirements, the English major will meet Eng 420 Caribbean Literature the following requirements for the B. A. Eng 421, 422 African Fiction degree: Eng 443, 444 British Women Writers B.A.—English Eng 445, 446 American Women Writers B.A., B.S.—General Studies: Arts and Lower-division Courses: Eng 449 Advanced Topics in Cultural Studies Letters Two courses selected from the following:. . . . . 8 Eng 467, 468 American Literature and Minor in English Eng 201 Shakespeare Culture Minor in Professional Writing Eng 202 Shakespeare Group C: Period Studies and Pre-1800 Secondary Education Program Eng 204 Survey of English Literature (*indicates pre-1800 course) M.A. Eng 205 Survey of English Literature Eng 311* Tragedy M.A.T. Eng 253 Survey of American Literature Eng 312* Comedy Eng 254 Survey of American Literature M.A./M.S. in Writing Eng 314* The Epic Wr 200 Writing about Literature Eng 317* Greek Mythology † Eng 318* Bible as Literature UNDERGRADUATE Total lower-division credits 8 Eng 319* Northern European Myth PROGRAMS Upper-division Courses: Eng 320*, 321 The English Novel Group A—Theory Eng 364, 365 American Fiction Eng 300 ...... 4 Eng 384, 385 Contemporary Literature The study of English has long been consid- Eng 411*, 412* English Drama ered one of the best ways to obtain a liberal Elective in advanced criticism and practice (see list for Group A) ...... 4 Eng 426*, 427* Medieval Literature education. Courses are designed to develop Eng 430*, 431* Literature of the Renaissance students’ critical capabilities, to deepen Group B—Literatures of Ethnicity, Gender, Eng 440*, 441* Seventeenth-Century their understanding of diverse cultural Class, and Culture Literature issues, and to improve their abilities to ana- Electives (see list for Group B)...... 8 Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature lyze and produce complex texts. The Group C—Period Studies in British and Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature department prepares its majors for careers American Literature (to include at least 8 Eng 450*, 451* Eighteenth-Century Literature in writing and teaching, as well as for a credits at the 400 level) Eng 458*, 459* Literature of the Romantic Pre-1800 literature (see list of acceptable Period variety of professions in which high levels courses) ...... 4 Eng 460*, 461* American Literature: of literacy and critical thought are required. Electives (see list for Group C) ...... 8 Beginnings to 1865 Various concentrations in literature and Group D—Writing, Rhetoric, Composi- Eng 463, 464 American Literature: 1865-1955 writing allow students ﬂexible ways to Eng 475, 476 Literature of the Victorian Period combine interests in the literary arts with tion, and Linguistics Eng 477, 478 American Poetry One upper-division writing course ...... 4 Eng 480 Modern British Literature personal and professional goals. Commu- Elective (see list for Group D) ...... 4 nity-based learning courses encourage stu- Eng 482 Contemporary British Literature dents to integrate their academic skills with Group E—Electives Eng 485 Contemporary Drama Electives in theory, literature, writing, and Eng 486 Contemporary American Novel experience in the metropolitan area. ‡ rhetoric. May include up to four Eng 487 Contemporary American Short Story Indeed, the breadth of knowledge and the adviser-approved, lower-division credits) . 16 Eng 488 Contemporary American Poetry communication skills that English majors Group D: Writing, Rhetoric, Composition, typically acquire make them attractive to Total upper-division credits 52 Linguistics many potential employers and prepare Eng 413 Teaching and Tutoring Writing them for graduate work leading to profes- Total credits in major 60 Eng 414 Contemporary Composition Theories sions such as law. English majors will be expected to Eng 415 Research Methods in Composition For those who wish to teach, the choose their courses in consultation with Eng 425 Practical Grammar English Department prepares majors for their advisers. For upper-division course- Eng 490 Rhetoric graduate work leading to teaching certiﬁca- work in the several groups, consult the fol- Eng (appropriate adviser-approved course tion or for entry into graduate master’s or lowing lists of acceptable courses: offered under omnibus number) Ling 390 Introduction to Language doctoral programs in English. PSU gradu- Group A: Theory ates in English have gone on to succeed in Wr 312 Intermediate Fiction Writing Eng 491, 492 Literary Criticism Wr 313 Intermediate Poetry Writing advanced degree programs at many major Eng 494 Topics in Critical Theory and Wr 319 Planning and Producing Publications universities. Methods Wr 327 Technical Report Writing Group B Ethnicity, Gender, Class, Culture: Wr 328 News Editing Eng 305 Topics in Film Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I Eng 306 Topics in Literature and Wr 333 Advanced Composition Popular Culture Wr 412 Advanced Fiction Writing Eng 308 Cultural Studies in Literature Wr 420 Writing: Process and Response

† Adviser-approved lower- and upper-division credits may be substituted for some or all of these lower division credits. ‡ Courses to be selected from any upper-division English course (with the exception of Eng 474) or from any writing course listed under Group D. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 103

Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing differentiated grading option and must Department of English teacher education Wr 427 Technical Editing have been assigned a grade of C or committee. Wr 428 Advanced News Writing above. Upper-division creative writing Students who complete a major in Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II courses assigned a grade of pass may English and wish to teach English in sec- Wr (appropriate adviser-approved, upper-divi- apply to the minor. ondary schools must be accepted into the sion course) Note: The following courses will not program in the Graduate School of Educa- Alternate Omnibus Courses: tion and complete specific requirements in The following courses, depending on their con- count as part of the English minor: Wr 115 Introduction to College Writing both English and education. tent, may fulfill major requirements in Groups Students must consult with an English A, B, C, and D. Students should consult spe- Wr 121 English Composition cific offerings each term and consult with their Wr 211 Writing Practice education adviser to learn the requirements adviser to have them approved: Wr 222 Writing Research Papers for the initial teaching license. Wr 323 English Composition Eng 305 Topics in Film Eng 306 Topics in Literature and Requirements for a Minor in GRADUATE PROGRAMS Popular Culture Professional Writing. To earn a minor in IN ENGLISH Eng 308 Cultural Studies in Literature professional writing, a student must com- Eng 399 Special Studies plete 28 credits (12 credits of which must The Department of English offers graduate Eng 407 Seminar be taken in residence at PSU), to include work leading to the Master of Arts and the Eng 410 Special Topics the following: Master of Arts in Teaching degrees. Eng 447 Major Forces in Literature Eng 448 Major Figures in Literature Group I: Foundation courses Credits Degree Requirements. University mas- Eng 449 Advanced Topics in Cultural Studies Three courses chosen from the following: . . . 12 ter’s degree requirements are listed on Eng 494 Topics in Critical Theory and Methods Wr 227 Introduction to Technical Writing page 65. Department requirements are Wr 399 Special Studies Wr 228 News Writing described in detail in the Department of Wr 410 Special Topics Wr 327 Technical Report Writing English brochure, M.A. in English, which is Wr 328 News Editing available upon request. General: Wr 427 Technical Editing English majors in upper-division Wr 428 Advanced News Writing ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: M.A. English courses are expected to be able Students interested in news writing are encour- Students accepted to the master’s program to write a library research paper when aged to take Wr 228, Wr 328, and Wr 428. normally hold the B.A. in English, with a required. The department recommends Students interested in technical writing in minimum GPA of 3.25 in all English that majors without prior training in science and industry are encouraged to take Wr 227, Wr 327, and Wr 427, Technical courses. research paper writing enroll in Wr 222. Applicants whose bachelor’s degree is Editing. Upper-division credits may not include not in English may still be considered for Group II: Electives Wr 472 or Eng 474. admission if they have taken 20-30 credit Any course used to satisfy departmental Four adviser-approved courses chosen from the following ...... 16 hours in British and American literature major requirements, whether taken in and in writing (to include British and the department or elsewhere, must be Eng 425 Practical Grammar Wr 330 Desktop Publishing I American literature survey courses, as well taken under the differentiated grading Wr 404 Internship and Cooperative Education as upper-division coursework in literature option and must have been assigned a Wr 410 Special Topics in Writing. Topics vary, and writing), with a 3.25 GPA, and submit grade of C or above. including: Legal Writing, Writing for Presen- an analytical essay from one of their litera- No more than 12 credits of coursework tations, Publications Project Management, ture courses. taken for the Professional Writing Information Technology for Writers, Multi- Those who do not meet either of these Minor may be applied to the English media Production Wr 425 Advanced Technical Writing requirements may be considered for condi- major. tional admission. They will need to provide Wr 429 Writing Computer Documentation A minimum of 24 credits in English satisfactory evidence of preparedness to and/or writing at PSU is required. Wr 430 Desktop Publishing II One writing-intensive course undertake advanced work, to include some Typical Freshman Program Credits Any adviser-approved, upper-division exposi- combination of: Eng 204, 205 Survey of English Literature . . . 8 tory writing, creative writing, or professional 3.25 GPA in four or five graduate Sequence in foreign language ...... 12 writing course English courses Electives in English and other disciplines . . . .12 One course from another department approved three letters of academic Freshman Inquiry...... 15 for inclusion in the professional writing minor recommendation (see list in English Department) Requirements for a Minor. To earn a satisfactory GRE scores minor in English a student must complete Any course used to satisfy requirements explanation of undergraduate record 28 adviser-approved credits (12 credits of for the professional writing minor must be and purpose of study which must be taken in residence at PSU). taken under the differentiated grading two samples of written work from Twelve credits must be literature option and must have been assigned a recent English courses courses. grade of C or above. Students whose native language is not Sixteen credits must be at the SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM English must score at least 600 on the upper-division level. At the time of entering, the time of com- TOEFL examination. No more than 8 credits total and no pleting student teaching, and the time of more than 4 credits in each of the fol- completing the secondary teaching pro- MASTER OF ARTS lowing may be applied to the English gram, the student must hold a minimum For the M.A., the department requires a minor: Eng 199, 399, 401, 405, 408, 3.00 GPA in English and writing courses. minimum of 32 graduate credits in 409, Wr 199, 399, and/or 405. Those who do not meet this GPA require- English, including Eng 596 Problems and With the exception of upper-division ment may request that their adviser initiate Methods of Literary Study and Eng 507 creative writing courses, any course proceedings for a special evaluation by the Seminar. The remainder of the student’s used to satisfy departmental minor program may, with the approval of the requirements must be taken under the

104 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

adviser, include coursework in fields mum of 8 graduate credits in education accredited college or university and the fol- related to English. A minimum of 45 grad- and an initial teaching license from the lowing. uate credits is required for the M.A. in state of Oregon. One cannot teach with a Departmental application form. English. B.A. and an M.A.T. in Oregon. One must One transcript from each post-second- In every case, the student’s program also have an initial teaching license, which ary institution attended. must be approved by the departmental at PSU is earned in the Fifth Year Program 3.25 GPA in undergraduate work. adviser and the coordinator of graduate in the Graduate School of Education. The Three letters of recommendation. studies. The student will have a choice of M.A.T. is considered a terminal degree. One-page personal introduction, three tracks: I, the three-areas, non-thesis The student who also seeks continuing including background as a writer, state- option, emphasizing general coverage of licensure must present academic credits ment of goals, and proposed plan of literary material; II, the critical thesis that will satisfy the PSU licensure program study. option, permitting more specialized schol- as well as the minimum state department Typed or word-processed manu- arly research; or III, the creative thesis norm for the field; the student must specif- script(s) in the applicant’s primary option, offering an opportunity to focus ically determine with the aid of the adviser genre(s) or form(s). Previously pub- upon creative writing skills. For students whether the program is satisfactory. Final lished, single-authored work will be pursuing tracks II or III, the thesis may approval of the program must be agreed accepted in the form in which it was count for a maximum of 9 credits upon upon by both the Department of English originally published. proper registration. and the Graduate School of Education. In creative writing: 15 pages of poetry, Students pursuing option I must com- For continuing licensure requirements see 30 pages of fiction, double-spaced as in plete at least 8 graduate credits in literature page 205. manuscript form. Manuscripts should before 1780. They must also select for their demonstrate mastery of basic craft and final written examinations three areas GRADUATE PROGRAMS unmistakable literary promise. chosen from the list below. One of these IN WRITING areas must be in British literature. Students In nonfiction writing: 30 pages of who write theses also take a three-hour news features, magazine articles, or cre- The Department of English offers graduate ative nonfiction, double-spaced as in general examination testing their overall work leading to the Master of Arts in writ- knowledge of English and American litera- manuscript form. Manuscripts should ing and the Master of Science in writing demonstrate mastery of basic craft and ture. The examination areas are as follows: degrees. British Literature: Beginnings to 1500; promise of success in nonfiction writ- Degree Requirements. University mas- ing. 1500-1660 (excluding Milton); 1660-1780 ter’s degree requirements are listed on (including all of Milton); 1780-1830 page 65. Department requirements are In professional/technical writing: 15- (Romantics); 1830-1910 (Victorian/Edwar- described in detail in the Department of 30 pages from customary genres, dian); 1910-present. English brochure, M.A./M.S. in Writing, including (but not limited to) descrip- American Literature: 1607-1798 which is available upon request. tions, specifications, computer docu- (Colonial/Puritan); 1798-1890 (19th Cen- mentation, proposals, memoranda, tury); 1890-1940; 1940-present. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: formal reports, newsletters, on-line doc- Other areas: Literary criticism; rhetoric M.A./M.S. IN WRITING umentation, Web pages. Manuscripts and composition; women’s literature; Students accepted into the master’s pro- should demonstrate mastery of basic ethnic literatures; post-colonial literature; gram must provide satisfactory evidence of craft and promise of success in profes- genre studies (poetry/drama/prose fiction); preparedness to undertake advanced work, sional/technical writing. or, by petition, other special topics. to include a B.A. or B.S. degree from an Successful completion of the written examination makes the student eligible for the final oral examination. For students in theses options, the thesis defense will form part of this oral examination. Students in the three-areas (non-thesis) option must submit to their examination committee two substantial papers written in regular graduate coursework in English at PSU. MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING The department requires a minimum of 28 credits in English at the graduate level. The distribution of these credits is determined by the student in conference with the adviser. A final written examination is required, based upon a reading list distributed by the department. Successful completion of the written examination makes the candidate eligible for the final oral examination. Prior to the oral exam, the student submits to his or her committee two substantial papers written in regular graduate courses at PSU. In addition, the student’s program must present a mini- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 105

While there is no conditional admission from outside the department may also Eng 105 to this program, applications not fulfilling count as electives. Credits taken while Introduction to Drama (4) the requirements stated above may be completing the nonfiction thesis must be Reading, analysis, and appreciation of significant works of drama, from classical times to the reconsidered after the student has met cer- distributed over two or more terms. A non- present. tain conditions (e.g., additional prelimi- fiction thesis will be supervised by one of Eng 106 nary coursework) as specified by the the nonfiction writers in the department. Introduction to Poetry (4) coordinator of graduate studies or his/her After completing the workshops, a student Reading, analysis, and appreciation of significant designee. should draw up a thesis proposal in collab- poems, how they are written and how they oration with an appropriate faculty speak to human concerns. MASTER OF ARTS/ member who has expertise in the genre of * MASTER OF SCIENCE Eng 107, 108 the student’s choice. The length of the World Literature (4, 4) For the M.A. and the M.S., the department thesis will depend upon its genre and for- Narrative prose, drama, and poetry. Complete requires a minimum of 32 graduate credits mat; with adviser approval, a student can books are included so that the student may in writing. The remainder of the student’s substitute a series of shorter works in place become familiar with some of the masterpieces program may, with the approval of the in Western world literature. of a book-length thesis. As with the cre- adviser, include coursework in fields ative writing emphasis, the student’s work Eng 199 related to writing. A minimum of 48 gradu- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) must be of publishable quality in a profes- ate credits is required for the M.A./M.S. in Eng 201, 202 sional context. The student will take final writing. The M.S. differs from the M.A. in Shakespeare (4, 4) written and oral exams in defense of the that students completing the M.S. are not Study of the important plays: Eng 201, the early nonfiction thesis. required to demonstrate proficiency in a plays: Eng 202, the later plays. Professional and Technical Writing. language other than English. The M.S. Eng 204, 205 Students typically will complete 16 core Survey of English Literature (4, 4) option applies to the professional/technical credits (4 courses), 16 elective credits (4 From Beowulf to 1900: Eng 204, Beowulf to Mil- strand. courses), and 16 credits (4 courses) in a ton; Eng 205, Enlightenment through Victorian In every case, the student’s program specialization that may involve coursework period. must be approved by the departmental in another discipline (e.g., Management, Eng 253, 254 adviser and the coordinator of graduate Marketing, Information Systems). Stu- Survey of American Literature (4, 4) studies or his/her designee. The student American literature from its beginnings to the dents will be required to submit a final will have a choice of three tracks: I, creative present. project in addition to completing their writing; II, nonfiction writing; and III, pro- *Eng 256 coursework. This project typically will be a fessional/technical writing. For students Introduction to African-American Literature portfolio of their work demonstrating com- pursuing tracks I and II, the thesis may (4) petence at a professional level, but with An overview of African-American fiction, poetry, count for a maximum of 8 credits upon adviser approval, may be a single, substan- drama and expository prose. proper registration. tive work. The student will take final writ- *Eng 260 Creative Writing. Students typically Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) will complete 24 core credits (6 courses), ten and oral exams in defense of the final project. Note that core courses include Introduction to the texts and contexts of 16 elective credits (4 courses), and 8 thesis women’s literature. credits (2 courses). Core courses include Management 550, Organizational Manage- ment, which is offered through the School Eng 300 workshops, craft-seminars, and literature Critical Approaches to Literature (4) courses in the Department of English. Writ- of Business Administration. Electives Study of analytical and evaluative methods ers are encouraged to supplement their include seminars and workshops on a vari- through application of critical theories to literary core courses in creative writing with elec- ety of topics. Writers are encouraged to works. Recommended for, but not restricted to, tives from within professional/technical supplement their core courses in creative English majors. Prerequisite: upper-division writing, nonfiction writing, or literature. writing with electives from creative writing, standing and 8 credits in literature. Adviser-approved courses from outside the nonfiction writing, or literature. Adviser- Eng 305 department may also count as electives. approved courses from outside the depart- Topics in Film (4) Credits taken while completing the creative ment may also count as electives. Study of film as text, including genre, auteur, thesis must be distributed over two or formal, historical, and cultural perspectives. For more terms. A creative thesis will be super- example, film noir, the western, famous direc- vised by one of the creative writers in the COURSES tors, critical approaches to cinema, and others. Eng 306 department. After completing their work- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered shops, students should draw up a thesis Topics in Literature and Popular Culture (4) every year. Study of a variety of expressive forms in relation proposal in collaboration with one of these * faculty members. The length of a creative Eng 100 to popular culture. Such topics as Detective Introduction to Literature (4) thesis will depend upon its genre and Fiction, Film, American Humor, and Frontier Introduction to the study of short stories, plays, Literature. format. The student will take final written poems, and essays. Includes representative * and oral exams in defense of the creative Eng 307 approaches for studying literature and writing Science Fiction (4) writing thesis. about it. Recommended especially for students Study of recent science fiction, both novels and Nonfiction writing. Students typically with no previous college-level coursework in lit- shorter fiction by American, European and other will complete 24 core credits (6 courses), erature. Credit for Eng 100 will not be allowed if writers. 16 elective credits (4 courses), and 8 thesis student has previously taken more than one literature course. No prerequisites. Eng 308 credits (2 courses). Core courses include Cultural Studies in Literature (4) workshops, craft-seminars, and literature Eng 104 Study of a variety of cultural and historical issues courses in the Department of English. Writ- Introduction to Fiction (4) as they appear in literary texts. Such topics as ers are encouraged to supplement their Reading, analysis, and appreciation of significant Literature of the Holocaust, the Literature of works of fiction, especially short stories, with Aging, and the Immigrant Experiences in Ameri- core courses with electives from within cre- emphasis on the fiction writer’s craft. ative writing, professional/technical writ- can Literature. ing, or literature. Adviser-approved courses 106 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Eng 309 Eng 371 Eng 425/525 American Indian Literature (4) The Novel (4) Practical Grammar (4) An introductory survey of traditional and recent The novel as a literary form, exemplified by Designed to enable students to understand, and literature by American Indian people. Poetry, works written in languages other than English. therefore consciously to make effective, the legends, myths, oratory, short stories, and nov- Eng 384, 385 structures of their written sentences. The course els, as well as background (historical and politi- Contemporary Literature (4, 4) examines grammatical categories, structures, cal) materials. Prose, poetry, and drama from contemporary and terminology; relationships between gram- Eng 311 world literatures. matical structures and punctuation; and pre- Tragedy (4) Eng 399 scriptive grammars for written texts. A study of the nature of tragedy in world Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisites: successful completion of 12 credits of English or writing. literature. Eng 401/501 Eng 312 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Eng 426/526, 427/527 Comedy and Satire (4) Eng 404/504 Medieval Literature (4, 4) Study of drama and other literature that Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Eng 426: Old English literature (in translation); expresses comic social judgment, either to sati- to be arranged.) Eng 427: Middle English literature (in translation if appropriate), in its European context. rize or to celebrate. Eng 405/505 *Eng 314 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. The Epic (4) arranged.) Eng 430/530, 431/531 Reading in epic literature in the Western tradi- Consent of instructor. Literature of the Renaissance (4, 4) tion and world literature, beginning with the Eng 407 Emphasis on the prose and poetry of the period. Iliad and Odyssey. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Eng 315 Consent of instructor. Eng 440/540, 441/541 The Shorter Poem (4) Eng 408/508 Seventeenth Century Literature (4, 4) Shorter poems in world literature. Primary atten- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Cavalier and metaphysical poetry; the prose styles of the period. Prerequisite: 12 credits in tion will be given to poems in the English lan- Eng 409/509 guage, but the classics of other languages will be Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) literature. read in translation as appropriate to tracing of * Eng 410/510 Eng 443/543, 444/544 forms and themes. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) British Women Writers (4, 4) Eng 316 * Study of the works of British women writers Eng 411/511, 412/512 with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- The Short Story (4) English Drama (4, 4) A survey of the short story as it developed from Development of English drama from the begin- tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and the tale, the legend, and the anecdote to its nings to Shaw. Eng 411/511, from liturgical scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. modern form. Although fiction from many liter- drama through the Renaissance; Eng 412/512, Eng 260 recommended. atures will be studied, all works will be read in from the Restoration to Shaw. Prerequisite: 12 *Eng 445/545, 446/546 English. credits in literature. American Women Writers (4, 4) Eng 317 Study of American women writers, with atten- Eng 413/513 tion to themes, styles, and characteristic Greek Mythology (4) Teaching and Tutoring Writing (4) Greek mythology as recorded by Homer, Hesiod, Examines current practices of tutoring and concerns, in the light of feminist criticism and Ovid, and various of the Greek playwrights and teaching writing in all subject areas. Focuses on scholarship. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. philosophers. Special attention is given to the the process theory of writing to foster thinking Eng 260 recommended. Greek legacy of ideas, themes, figures, and and learning in subject areas and the problems Eng 447/547 images. and issues surrounding individual composing. Major Forces in Literature (4) Eng 318 Prerequisite: at least junior standing. A study of literary forms, theories, and move- The Bible As Literature (4) ments: i.e., The Comic Novel, Literature and Eng 414/514 Theology, Southern American Women Writers. A study of the various kinds of literature con- Contemporary Composition Theories (4) tained in the Bible. An analysis of the ways in Examines theories of composition as they con- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. which the Biblical expression reflects the cultural flict and converge to form our prevailing theories Eng 448/548 and historical milieu of the Hebraic-Christian of writing. Focuses on contemporary theories of Major Figures in Literature (4) experience. composing written discourse. Prerequisite: at Concentrated study of the canon of one or more *Eng 319 least senior standing. major writers: for example, Chaucer, The Bron- Northern European Mythology (4) * tes, James Joyce, Hemingway and Fitzgerald. Eng 415/515 Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. A study of Nordic (Germanic) and Celtic myths, Research Methods in Composition (4) their literary development, and fusion with Examines current methodologies used in the Eng 449/549 Christian themes in Arthurian romance and field of composition and asks students to design Advanced Topics in Cultural Studies (4) Beowulf. and implement a research project which will add Interdisciplinary study of modern culture and Eng 320, 321 to the cumulative knowledge of the discipline. It media. The courses offered under this number English Novel (4, 4) serves as the foundation course in design and use a range of theoretical approaches to analyze The English novel, from its beginnings to the implementation of qualitative research. Prerequi- the role of cultural texts, their production and present. site: at least senior standing. reception. Specific topics include: Major Figures/ Concepts in Social Theory; Politics of Consumer *Eng 351, 352 * Eng 420/520 Culture; Globalization and American Culture; African-American Literature (4, 4) Caribbean Literature (4) A study of African-American literature from its A selection of poetry and fiction from the and Culture, Gender, Race, Sexuality. Recom- oral and folk beginnings to the present. English and French speaking Caribbean (in mended for graduate students and undergradu- Prerequisites: Eng 256 or BSt 221 and upper- translation where necessary). Prerequisites: One ates with at least junior standing. May be division standing. previous African-American literature course and repeated with different topics; maximum of 8 hours may be applied to the master’s degree. Eng 364, 365 12 additional literature credits. American Fiction (4, 4) *Eng 421/521, 422/522 Eng 450/550, 451/551 American narrative, short story, and novel, with African Fiction (4, 4) Eighteenth Century Literature (4, 4) emphasis upon the major novelists of the 19th Readings in African fiction in regional, cultural, English prose and poetry from 1660-1800. and early 20th centuries. generational, and gender contexts. Prerequi- Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. sites: One previous African-American literature course and 12 additional literature credits. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 107

Eng 458/558, 459/559 Eng 487/587 Literature of the Romantic Period (4, 4) Contemporary American Short Story (4) WRITING The major writers of the period, with attention The American short story from mid-20th cen- COURSES paid to the early romantics. Prerequisite: 12 tury to the present. Prerequisite: 12 credits in lit- credits in literature. erature. Wr 115 Introduction to College Writing (4) Eng 460/560, 461/561 Eng 488/588 Course is designed to help students increase flu- American Literature: Beginnings to 1865 Contemporary American Poetry (4) (4, 4) Study of significant trends in contemporary ency and confidence in writing and learn con- Advanced historical study of major figures and American poetry and poetics. Prerequisite: 12 ventions of writing for college. Will also help movements in American literature to 1865. Pre- credits in literature. students deal with college-level reading. Recom- requisite: 12 credits in literature. mended as a companion to Freshman Inquiry Eng 490/590 for those who need or want intensive work on Eng 463/563, 464/564 Rhetoric (4) reading and/or writing. Offered pass/no pass American Literature 1865-1955 An examination of classical and modern tradi- only. (4, 4) tions in rhetoric with attention to central con- Advanced historical survey of major figures and cepts and perspectives on writing. Prerequisites: Wr 121 movements in American literature, 1865-1955. 12 credits in English, philosophy, speech, and/or English Composition (3) Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. writing. Freshman-level composition course. A study of effective and appropriate communication. Eng 467/567, 468/568 Eng 491/591, 492/592 American Literature and Culture (4, 4) Includes frequent writing assignments and other Literary Criticism (4, 4) activities designed to help the student under- Studies based on primary sources of American Study of the history, principles, and practice of stand the writing process, with special attention literature and culture from Bradford’s History of literary criticism from Plato into the 20th cen- to invention, revision, and critical reading. Rec- Plymouth to the present. The approach is the- tury. Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. matic rather than chronological. Prerequisite: 12 ommended for any student wanting additional Eng 494/594 credits in literature. writing experience and, in particular, any stu- Topics in Critical Theory and Methods (4) dent intending to transfer from PSU. The Eng 474/574 A course in critical theories and techniques, to Department of English may do an in-class diag- Teaching High School Literature (4) complement offerings in literary history and tex- nostic test to determine whether the student Emphasizes methods and materials for the tual analysis. This course will focus on the criti- teacher of literature. Prerequisite: admission to needs placement in Wr 115 prior to work in cal or methodological topic selected by the Wr 121. the School of Education. May not be used to sat- instructor. Recommended for advanced students isfy any requirements for the B.A. or M.A. in in literature and theory. Prerequisite: 12 credits Wr 199 English. in literature. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Eng 475/575, 476/576 Eng 503 Literature of the Victorian Period (4, 4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Wr 200 Major Victorian writers in the context of the his- Writing About Literature (4) Eng 507 Introduces students to appropriate approaches tory, ideas, and culture of the period. 475/575: Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Earlier Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the for writing about literature. Focuses on ways of Variable topics. Graduate only or consent of responding to literature, ways of explicating lit- 1830s through the high Victorian period. 476/ instructor. At least one Eng 507 seminar is 576: Later Victorian Poetry and Prose-from the erature, ways of analyzing literature through required of M.A. candidates in English. writing, and ways of integrating formal research 1870s through the 1890s and the early Edward- * ians. These courses include some fiction but do Eng 517 into a written analysis of literature. Special atten- Middle English (4) tion will be paid to the writing process, includ- not emphasize the novel. Prerequisite: 12 credits Introduction to Middle English language in literature. ing multiple drafting and revision. through study of (largely nonChaucerian) 12th * Eng 477/577, 478/578 to 15th century literature in the original. Gradu- Wr 211 Writing Practice (4) American Poetry (4, 4) ate only or consent of instructor. Tradition and innovation in American poetry Writing Practice is a writing elective. Students from the beginnings to the mid-20th century. Eng 518 proceed at their own pace through an individu- College Composition Teaching (2) Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. alized writing program that emphasizes the writ- Introduces and develops the theoretical and ing process and revision. Class time is spent Eng 480/580 practical expertise of the graduate teaching assis- writing and in conference. Prerequisite: Wr 121 Modern British Literature (4) tant in the area of college composition teaching. or Freshman Inquiry. Advanced historical survey of the main figures Prerequisite: appointment to teaching assistant- and movements in British literature 1900-1950. ship in English Department. Wr 212 Prerequisite: 12 credits in literature. Introductory Fiction Writing (4) *Eng 532, 533, 534 Introduces the beginning fiction writer to basic Eng 482/582 Old English (4, 4, 4) techniques of developing character, point of Contemporary British Literature (4) 532: An introduction to the history and gram- view, plot, and story idea in fiction. Includes dis- The study of texts, authors, and trends in British mar of Old English. 533: Old English transla- literature from 1950 to the present. Prerequisite: cussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or tion, poetry, and prose. 534: Special attention to above in Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. 12 credits in literature. Beowulf in Old English. Prerequisite: Eng 532 is *Eng 484/584 prerequisite for Eng 533 or 534. Graduate only Wr 213 Introductory Poetry Writing (4) Modern Drama (4) or consent of instructor. Examines major European, English, and Ameri- Introduces the beginning writer of poetry to Eng 595 basic techniques for developing a sense of lan- can plays in the period 1880-1940. Prerequisite: Contemporary Critical Theory (4) 12 credits in literature. guage, meter, sound, imagery, and structure. Literary criticism in theory and practice in the Includes discussion of professional examples * Eng 485/585 20th century. Graduate only or consent of and student work. Prerequisite: C or above in Contemporary Drama (4) instructor. Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Examines major developments in world drama Eng 596 Wr 222 since World War II. Prerequisite: 12 credits in Problems and Methods of Literary Study (5) literature. Writing Research Papers (4) Bibliography and the methods of literary study An elective course. The techniques for compiling Eng 486/586 as an introduction to graduate work: three hours and writing research papers. Attention to avail- Contemporary American Novel (4) lecture and at least two additional hours of able reference materials, use of library, taking American novel since 1965, with emphasis upon library research. Required for M.A. candidates in notes, critical evaluation of evidence, and con- traditions, themes and trends. Prerequisite: 12 English. ventions for documenting academic papers. credits in literature. Practice in organizing and writing a long exposi- 108 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

tory essay based on use of library resources. Pre- *Wr 329 *Wr 426/526 requisite: Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not Planning and Producing Publications (4) Document Design (4) be used to fulfill English major requirements, Managing the publishing needs of businesses, Emphasis on rewriting documents and on the nonmajor distribution requirements, or the Uni- governmental agencies, and nonprofit institu- uses and abuses of language in business, govern- versity composition requirement. tions. Includes choosing technologies, budget- ment, insurance, and law. Characterizes the ing, selecting materials, scheduling, and Plain English Movement and its legislation; to Wr 227 Introductory Technical Writing (4) distribution. Prerequisite: Wr 327. evaluate documents in terms of readability and Practical experience in forms of technical com- Wr 330 efficiency; to analyze styles of documents; and to munication, emphasizing basic organization and Desktop Publishing I (4) develop skills in revising documents to improve presentation of technical information. The Integrates writing, design, and visual communi- their readability and appropriateness to the audi- course focuses on strategies for analyzing the cation with computer technology, with emphasis ence. Prerequisite: Wr 327. audience and its information needs. Prerequisite: on preparing students to produce a variety of Wr 427/527 Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. May not be used shorter products combining writing and design Technical Editing (4) for the nonmajor distribution requirement or for elements. Gives technical writers practice in technical edit- the composition requirement. Wr 333 ing by exposing them to samples of a variety of documents from the files of organizations in the Wr 228 Advanced Composition (4) News Writing (4) Essay writing with particular attention to stu- surrounding community. As a community-based A basic course in journalistic writing style. dent’s area of specialization. Advanced practice learning course, it requires students to interact Emphasis on forms most appropriate to business in essay writing. Prerequisite: Freshman Inquiry with community partners in collaborative stu- and institutional communications. Prerequisite: or two writing courses. dent teams. Wr 121 or Freshman Inquiry. Wr 399 Wr 428/528 Wr 312 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced News Writing (4) Intermediate Fiction Writing (4) Wr 404/504 A course in writing and marketing freelance Continues the study of fictional techniques Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit nonfiction. Attention given to idea generation introduced in Wr 212. Includes such advanced to be arranged.) and development as well as to the study of the instruction as variations on the classic plot, com- Wr 405/505 scope and nature of the markets. Writing plex points of view, conventions of genre, and Writing and Conference (Credit to be instruction focuses on shaping materials to best development of ideas for future use. Emphasizes arranged.) Consent of instructor. suit appropriate market outlets. Prerequisite: discussion of student work. Prerequisite: C or Wr 407/507 Wr 328. above in Wr 212. May be repeated once for Writing Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *Wr 429/529 credit. Consent of instructor required. Consent of instructor. Writing Computer Documentation (4) Develop skills in writing computer documenta- Wr 313 Wr 410/510 Intermediate Poetry Writing (4) Selected Topics in Writing (Credit to be tion, primarily user manuals and system specifi- Continues the study of poetry writing tech- arranged.) cations. The course focuses on analyzing niques introduced in Wr 213. Includes addi- Wr 412/512 informational needs of the audience, and defin- tional instruction in poetic forms, variations on Advanced Fiction Writing (4) ing and explaining computer terms and concepts traditional forms, and experimental forms. Further refines technical skills by demanding for non-technical and semi-technical audiences. Emphasizes discussion of student work. Prereq- longer and more ambitious works of fiction by Prerequisites: Wr 327, ISQA 111 or CS 105 or uisite: C or above in Wr 213. May be repeated the advanced writer. Students will have an equivalent, word processing skills. once for credit. Consent of instructor required. opportunity to do research and can expect to Wr 430/530 Desktop Publishing II (4) Wr 323 confront a variety of technical problems emerg- English Composition (3) ing from class discussion. Prerequisite: Wr 312. Builds from the foundation in Desktop Publish- Junior-level composition course. Advanced Consent of instructor required. ing I to explore further the skills needed to pro- study of rhetorical modes emphasizing exposi- Wr 416/516 duce publications in the computer age. Topics tion and argument, giving special attention to Screenwriting (4) include typography, page layout, photography, various methods of organization, to critical rea- Students will be introduced to the process of and informational graphics, with a special soning, and to more sophisticated elements of conceiving, structuring, writing, rewriting, and emphasis on hands-on project production of a style. The course will include the writing of marketing a screenplay for the contemporary 12-page newsletter or magazine. essays of increasing complexity. Prerequisite: sat- American marketplace. “Screenplay paradigms” Wr 472/572 isfactory completion of Wr 121 or Freshman will be discussed, and a variety of movies will be Teaching High School Composition (4) Inquiry. May not be used for fulfilling require- analyzed. May be repeated for credit. Emphasizes methods and materials for the ments of any major program or for nonmajor Wr 420/520 teacher of writing. Prerequisite: admission to the distribution requirements. Writing: Process and Response (4) School of Education. May not be used to satisfy any requirement for the B.A. or M.A. in English. Wr 327 Provides opportunities for students to write in Technical Report Writing (4) various genres. Includes language attitudes, writ- Wr 513 Strategies for presenting technical information ing process, and reader response. Prerequisite: Fiction Writing (4) from the technician, management, and lay per- one upper-division writing course. An intensive course for writers who are currently son’s perspectives; rhetorical theory and tech- Wr 425/525 embarked on a project involving the writing of niques for adapting technical prose to Advanced Technical Writing (4) fiction, whether short story, novella, or novel. nontechnical audiences; and techniques for Emphasis on a problem-solving approach to Prerequisites: Wr 212, 312, 412 or their equiva- emphasizing and de-emphasizing information. adapting technical documents to audiences and lents. Consent of instructor required. Prerequisite: Wr 323. organizations. The course includes strategies of Wr 514 Wr 328 organization for complex technical documents, Poetry Writing (4) News Editing (4) such as proposals and professional articles; strat- Traditional workshop format in which students Preparation of written and visual materials for egies for discussing tables and figures; and the write, revise, and respond to the poems of oth- publication. Emphasis is on copyreading and use of metaphor to communicate technical infor- ers. May be repeated for credit. headline writing. Photo cropping and scaling, mation to lay audiences. Prerequisite: Wr 327. page design, and page make-up. Prerequisites: Wr 228 and Wr 323. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 109

Wr 515 Wr 553 nonfiction. Following an introduction to appro- Poetry Writing II (4) Writing About Places (4) priate theories and methodologies, the course Advanced poetry writing at the graduate level. Examines theories, methodologies, and issues centers on writing and response to the chosen Builds on Wr 514, assumes students will submit involved with writing about place. Topics form in a workshop atmosphere. May be their work for publication. Traditional workshop include strategies for writing about place ranging repeated for credit. format in which students write, revise, and from travel writing to nature writing, from tradi- Wr 555 respond to the poems of others. May be repeated tional journalistic approaches to creative nonfic- Writing About Ideas (4) for credit. Prerequisite: Wr 514. tion. Following an introduction to appropriate Focuses on writing to foster inquiry into topical Wr 552 theories and methodologies and examination of issues in nonfiction, whether scientific, philo- Writing About Lives (4) professional models, this course centers on writ- sophical, or ethical. Following an introduction Examines theories, methodologies, and issues of ing and response to the chosen form in a work- to appropriate theories and methodologies, the composing personal narrative throughout the shop atmosphere. May be repeated for credit. course centers on writing and response to the life span. Forms to be considered may include: Wr 554 chosen form in a workshop atmosphere. May be biography, autobiography, memoir, the personal Writing About Events (4) repeated for credit. essay, and the recording and transcribing of oral Examines theories, methodologies, and issues narrative. Following an introduction to appro- involved with writing about events. Topics priate theories and methodologies, the course include strategies for writing about history and focuses on writing and response to the chosen strategies for relating current events through var- form in a workshop atmosphere. May be ious forms of journalism. This course focuses on repeated for credit. writing to foster inquiry into topical issues in

ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

218 Science Building II The Environmental Studies Program ESR 407 Environmental Seminar ...... 3 725-4980 cooperates with several departments and ESR 420-427 Advanced Environmental Topics.4 www.esr.pdx.edu/ centers, including the departments of Internship or capstone course ...... 4-6 Anthropology, Biology, Chemistry, Civil Total 36-38 B.A., B.S. Engineering, Economics, Geography, Geol- Students must complete the foundation M.S., M.E.M., M.S.T. ogy, History, Mathematics, Physics, Political courses listed below. All foundation Ph.D. Science, Sociology; the Center for Science Education; and the School of Business courses should be completed before a stu- Administration and the College of Urban dent enrolls in the upper-division sequence UNDERGRADUATE and Public Affairs. (ESR 320, 321, 322). PROGRAM IN Requirements for Major. In addition Foundation Courses Credit ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES to satisfying general University require- Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology ...... 15 ments (45 credits), a student majoring in Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228 General The Environmental Studies Program allows environmental studies must complete at Chemistry ...... 14 students to develop the skills and interdis- least 36 credits of environmental studies Ec 201 Microeconomics ...... 4 ciplinary understanding needed to deal courses and must meet program require- G 201, 204 Geology...... 4 with environmental issues. Environmental ments for foundation courses (43 credits), Mth 251, 252 Calculus I, II ...... 8 studies includes the interaction of natural courses supporting the policy or science Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and and social sciences needed to understand track (20 credits), and courses in a minor Statistics or Stat 460 Statistics for Scientists area of study (at least 24 credits). All and Engineers ...... 4-8 environmental systems. The program offers Ph 201, 204 or Ph 211, 214 General Physics . .5 degree tracks in environmental science and courses used to satisfy the Environmental in environmental policy. Students should Studies major requirements, whether taken Total 54-58 in the program or in other departments, consult with a program adviser to assure Science and Policy Tracks. Students must be graded C- or above. Program proper course planning. must complete 20 credits of supporting requirements are listed below. The B.A./B.S. degrees in environmental courses in science and policy. Students in studies rest on an interdisciplinary curricu- Credits the environmental science track must select lum that develops understanding and ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation . . 1 at least 12 credits of additional science expertise in environmental science and ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental courses and at least 8 credits of additional environmental policy by building on a Systems ...... 4 policy courses from the lists below. Stu- ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: dents in the environmental policy track foundation in mathematics, natural sci- Policy Considerations...... 4 ences, and social sciences. The requirement ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies: must select at least 12 credits of additional of earning a minor in a recognized depart- Problem Solving ...... 4 policy courses and at least 8 credits of addi- ment assures depth in a particular area. ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental tional science courses from the lists below. The curriculum emphasizes problem solv- Systems I, II ...... 8 Policy Courses ing and hands-on experience. Students ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment . . . . 4 Anth 103, 304, 305 complete ﬁeld experiences working on Ec 202, 432 projects in the University, metropolitan Geog 345, 347, 348 community, and region. 110 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Hst 339, 441 MASTER OF SCIENCE, MASTER OF Phl 202, 310 GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PS 215, 221 ENVIRONMENTAL The graduate study program is developed Soc 200, 341, 420, 465 SCIENCES AND RESOURCES through discussions involving the gradu- USP 311, 312, 313 ate student, the student's adviser, and the Science courses The Environmental Sciences and Resources student's graduate committee. The M.S. or Anth 102, 350 (ESR) graduate program provides a curric- M.E.M graduate committee consists of at Bi 357, 423, 472, 475, 477 ulum that will develop scientists and man- least four members including the major Ch 320, 331-332, 334-336, 371, 375 agers able to analyze and understand adviser, two graduate faculty members, and Geog 380, 415 482, 488 environmental systems, predict environ- a representative of the Office of Graduate G 443, 460, 461 mental change and participate in the man- Ph 202, 205, 203, 206, 471, 492 Studies and Research. The major adviser agement of the environment. Each student and at least one of the other two graduate Stat 366 conducts research and completes a thesis Minor Course of Study. Each student faculty members of the graduate committee or project; each student develops depth in must be members of the graduate faculty in the Environmental Studies program a specific academic area; and each student must complete a minor in one of the partic- affiliated with ESR master’s programs. At develops breadth through a set of core least two members of the graduate commit- ipating programs. Policy-related minors courses that include concepts in physical include Anthropology, Business Adminis- tee, excluding the representative of OGSR, sciences, life sciences, and social sciences. must be from different departments. The tration, Community Development, Eco- ESR participates in the joint campus pro- nomics, Geography, History, Political intent of these requirements is to provide gram in environmental sciences, studies, disciplinary breadth on the committee. The Science, and Sociology. Science-related and policy in collaboration with Oregon minors include Biology, Chemistry, Envi- graduate committee must be approved by State University and the University of the ESR Director. ronmental Engineering, Geology, Mathe- Oregon. Students may take appropriate matics, and Physics. Minor requirements, To encourage the development of courses at the other participating interdisciplinary graduate study programs, including special departmental recommen- campuses. dations to environmental studies students, guidelines for course selection are flexible. Students must complete at least 45 gradu- are available from the Environmental Sci- ASTER S PROGRAMS ences and Resources office. Minor program M ’ ate credits. The program of study consists requirements include a minimum of 24 of the following minimum credit Admission requirements. In addition to requirements. credits. the instructions for admission to the gradu- Credits Requirements for a Minor in Environ- ate program as they appear on page 56, mental Studies. To obtain a minor in envi- ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science. . . .9 ESR master’s programs require the follow- ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 ronmental studies a student must complete ing information from each applicant. at least 28 credits (at least 12 of which Advanced statistical analysis (selected from 1. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate program list) ...... 3 must be taken in residence at PSU). At least Record Examination (GRE) aptitude test. A Area of concentration ...... 15 4 credits each in biological science, physi- satisfactory score on the Test of English as Elective and supporting courses ...... 6-9 cal sciences (physics, chemistry, geology), a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required Thesis/project...... 6-9 economics, and Mth 241 or 251 are for international students. Quantitative Analysis. A course in expected before admission to the minor. 2. Three letters of evaluation from per- research methods, experimental design, or Credits statistical analysis, is required to ensure ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: sons qualified to assess the applicant’s promise as a graduate student. students have sufficient skills for environ- Science and Policy...... 4 mental research. ESR 320, 321 Analysis of Environmental 3. Evidence of undergraduate or graduate Areas of Concentration (Tracks). Sets Systems I, II...... 8 course work in biology, chemistry, eco- of courses that constitute an area of con- ESR 322 Environmental Risk Assessment . . . . .4 nomics, geology, physics, and mathemat- centration have been established within the Upper-division environmental policy courses. .4 ics (including differential and integral ESR graduate program to give focus to Upper-division environmental sciences calculus) equivalent to the foundation courses ...... 8 study and research. Areas of concentration course requirements for undergraduate for M.S. students consist of at least 15 cred- Environmental policy courses (mini- students in environmental studies. mum 4 credits) include selected upper- its of graduate course work (courses num- Prospective students should contact the division courses from programs in econom- bered 500 and above) in areas which the ics, geography, history, philosophy, political program for a statement of current admis- student’s adviser and graduate committee science, sociology, and urban studies and sion policy. A high GPA and acceptable recommend to support planned thesis planning. Environmental sciences courses GRE scores do not guarantee admission to research work. Areas of concentration for (minimum 8 credits) include selected master’s programs in Environmental Sci- M.E.M. students consist of at least 15 cred- upper-division courses from programs in ences and Resources, because admission is its approved by the student’s adviser and biology, chemistry, geography, geology, contingent on the availability of program graduate committee in one of the areas physics, and public health. A list of resources and the identification of an described below. Lists of approved courses approved courses is available from the appropriate adviser for each student. are available from the ESR office. Environmental Programs Office. Degree Requirements. University mas- Courses taken under the undifferenti- ter’s degree requirements are listed on Air Resources—coursework in the ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not page 65. Specific degree program require- chemistry and physics of the atmo- be accepted toward fulfilling minor ments are listed below. sphere, including trace gas chemistry, requirements. Courses with omnibus num- the movement of air masses, climatol- bers 401, 404, 405, 406, and 407 are not ogy and topics related to air pollutants. allowed for the minor. Additional courses may be required as prerequisites. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 111

Water Resources—coursework con- Required courses: Credits gram requires that the department find the cerning the distribution, quantity, and ESR 620, 621, 622 Environmental Science . . . 9 applicant prepared to undertake study at quality of surface and ground water, ESR 607 Seminar (three terms) ...... 3 the doctoral level. Questions about specific including course work in hydrology, ESR 570 Environmental Education ...... 3 procedures of evaluation should be water quality chemistry, and aquatic Advanced statistical analysis (selected from directed to the department through which program list)...... 3 biology. Graduate level science courses selected from the applicant seeks admission to the pro- Land Resources—coursework on the biology, chemistry, geology, and physics gram. Applicants may also obtain, upon analysis of lands and landscapes based (Selected courses in geography and public request, a list of faculty research interests on soils, underlying geology, and terres- health may be substituted with the approval of in which dissertation research can be trial vegetation, including course work the adviser and program director.) ...... 12 pursued. in geographic information systems and Select one of the following options: Advising. Prior to initial registration terrestrial ecosystem ecology. Environmental Education Research Option each admitted student should obtain information from the appropriate department Elective Courses. Elective courses are or to be defined in the student's program of on the following subjects: Environmental Education Curriculum 1. Scheduling of diagnostic examinations study, and agreed upon by the student’s Development Option adviser and graduate committee. Courses (if any). may be selected to provide additional back- Required courses for these options will be arranged between the adviser and student. 2. Advising procedures prior to selection ground, to explore new areas, and to add of research adviser. depth to a scholastic program. Total 45 3. Procedure for selection of research Thesis or Project. A central purpose of Students seeking degrees in the curricu- adviser. the M.S. and M.E.M. degree is to teach stu- lum development option may elect to sub- PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS dents the process of problem solving and stitute courses required to obtain the In addition to the requirements listed research. A minimum of 6 credits is continuing secondary teaching license. under General Requirements for Doctoral required. Students working toward the Approval of the ESR program director, the Degrees, page 63, each student must com- M.S. degree will be required to complete Graduate School of Education, and the plete the following: original research leading to a thesis, that director of educational licensing is complies with standards established by the required. Course Requirements Credits Office of Graduate Studies and Research. ESR 620, 621, 622 ...... 9 Students working toward the M.E.M. PH.D PROGRAM ESR 607 (six terms) ...... 6 degree will be required to complete a The Environmental Sciences and Resources project in lieu of a thesis. This project is (ESR) Doctoral Program provides an 15 expected to be the product of original work opportunity for the student interested in Departmental Dissertation (minimum) . . . . .27 in an agency, organization, or firm involved studies of environmental sciences and in environmental management activities. resources to engage in relevant research Total (minimum) 42 The project plan, approach, and project while acquiring advanced academic train- In addition to the above general report must be approved by the advisory ing in either environmental sciences and requirements, each student will be required committee in a manner parallel to that for resources or one of the cooperating depart- to complete that coursework necessary to thesis research. The project report must be ments—biology, chemistry, civil engineer- indicate competence at the graduate level presented at a public seminar to be fol- ing, economics, geography, geology, or of the appropriate program or depart- lowed by an oral defense of the work con- physics. One of the goals of the program is ment(s). These courses will be recom- ducted by the student’s graduate to provide a broadly based understanding mended by the student’s dissertation committee. of the fields of environmental science cou- committee and approved by the ESR Coor- pled with scientific training in one or more dinating Committee. MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING specialty areas. Students are encouraged to Other Requirements. Prior to advance- The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences engage in research programs which cross ment to candidacy, a student must have offers the M.S.T. degree in science/environ- the boundaries between disciplines. The taken advisory committee-approved mental science. The M.S.T. program in sci- student will follow a program of study and courses in Statistics and Computer Pro- ence/environmental science is offered research approved by the ESR Coordinat- gramming Language. jointly by the Environmental Sciences and ing Committee. The graduating student Comprehensive Examination. These Resources program and the Center for Sci- will be awarded a degree in environmental examinations are administered by the ence Education. In consultation with the sciences and resources. student’s major department. The stu- graduate adviser, the student should estab- The following procedures are designed dent should contact that department for lish the degree program before the comple- to assure both the student and the faculty information. tion of 15 credits of coursework. The that the student is qualified to pursue both Dissertation. The student must submit program must include a minimum of 45 the program itself and a successful career in a prospectus outlining a proposed credits in approved graduate courses, to environmental sciences or resources. research project suitable for the doctoral include a minimum of 24 credits in the Admission. Applicants for admission to dissertation in environmental sciences area of concentration. At least 9 credits, but the ESR Doctoral Program normally will be and resources. This is done under the no more than 15 credits, must be in educa- expected to have completed an undergrad- guidance of the student’s major adviser tion courses. In order to fulfill require- uate degree with a major in biology, chem- and is approved by the dissertation ments for the degree, the student must istry, civil engineering, geology, or physics. committee and the ESR Coordinating satisfactorily complete the degree programs The ESR Program director will therefore Committee. The research for the disser- and pass both a final written examination require an evaluation of the applicant’s aca- tation is conducted under the guidance and a final oral examination. Specific demic record by the department in which of the student’s dissertation committee. requirements for the M.S.T. in science/ the applicant intends to obtain advanced After the dissertation is complete and environmental science follow. academic training. Admission to the pro- after advancement to candidacy (see 112 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

below), a final oral examination will be ESR 202 ESR 407 conducted, open to the public, within Applied Environmental Studies: Preparation Environmental Seminar (1) for Problem Solving (4) the subject area of the dissertation. Weekly seminar series involving student-led dis- Environmental sampling, sampling design, and cussion of topical environmental issues. May be Advancement to Candidacy. As soon measurement in relation to the sophomore field repeated for up to 3 credits. as the student has successfully completed experience (ESR 203). Prerequisites: ESR 160, ESR 410 the course and comprehensive examination ESR 201; Stat 243 recommended. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) requirements and has had the dissertation *ESR 203 Consent of instructor. prospectus approved, the student is recom- Applied Environmental Studies: Project (4) ESR 420/520 mended for advancement to candidacy for Project work involving work with an environ- Ecological Toxicology (4) the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. This mental agency, industry, service, or research Effects of environmental contaminants at the recommendation is approved by the dean organization. Prerequisite: ESR 202. individual, population, and ecosystem level. of Graduate Studies. ESR 320 Topics will include toxicity test methods, envi- Financial Support. There are a limited Analysis of Environmental Systems I (4) ronmental fate of contaminants, and the physio- Structure and function of environmental sys- number of teaching assistantships and logical and ecological effects of selected heavy tems, with an emphasis on physical processes metals, chlorinated organics, and pesticides. research assistantships available. The stu- and environmental system dynamics. Includes a ESR 424/524 dent should contact the appropriate laboratory section using quantitative techniques Wetland Ecology (4) department about the availability of these for conceptualizing and analyzing environmental Structure and function of wetland ecosystems, positions. processes; 3 hours lecture, one 3-hour lab. Pre- with an emphasis on the diversity of regional Withdrawal. Any student who ceases requisites: Mth 241 or 251, and four credits each wetland systems. Topics also include wetland to be enrolled for more than one academic in biology, chemistry, and physics or geology. soils, plants, and hydrologic setting and require- term without formal leave of absence will ESR 321 ments for wetland delineation. be assumed to have withdrawn from the Analysis of Environmental Systems II (4) ESR 425/525 degree program and will be formally Introduction to the structure and function of Watershed Hydrology (4) environmental systems with an emphasis on eco- Study of the movement and storage of water in dropped from it. Students who fail to make logical processes and human impacts. Includes a satisfactory progress toward the degree may watersheds, emphasizing physical processes. laboratory focusing on the use of quantitative Includes systems analysis of watersheds, precipi- be dropped from the program. techniques for whole system analysis; 3 hours tation, snowmelt, infiltration, evapotranspira- The student can be readmitted only by lecture, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR 320. tion, groundwater flow, streamflow generation, formal application, subject to all current ESR 322 open channel flow, hydrograph analysis and an admission requirements. In addition, com- Environmental Risk Assessment (4) introduction to watershed hydrologic modeling. pletion of the degree will be subject to the Overview of risk assessment applied to environ- Prerequisites: Mth 252, Ph 201, Stat 244; recom- student’s meeting all current degree mental problems, including the impact assess- mended: ESR 320. requirements. ment process, application of cost-benefit ESR 426/526 Leave of Absence. Under special cir- analysis, hazard identification, risk characteriza- Ecology of Streams and Rivers (4) tion, risk assessment, and risk management. Pre- Evaluation of streams and rivers from an ecosys- cumstances, requests for a leave of absence requisites: Ec 201, ESR 201, ESR 321. may be approved. tem perspective, including stream development, ESR 355 biological communities, ecological processes, Understanding the Environment (4) and methods of assessment as applied to evalua- COURSES Study of the scientific and ecological principles tion of common environmental problems. that govern human interactions with the physi- ESR 427/527 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered cal and biological systems of the earth, with Terrestrial Biogeochemistry (4) every year. emphasis on the role of energy. Ecosystem prop- Study of the chemistry of terrestrial ecosystems, erties, earth system properties, human popula- ESR 150 emphasizing physical processes and quantitative Environmental Studies Orientation (1) tion dynamics, and the roles of technological modeling. Mechanisms of atmospheric input; Introduction to environmental information and ethical decisions. rock weathering and soil development; cycling using computer and library resources. Introduc- *ESR 356 of minerals, carbon and nutrients in terrestrial tion to program planning and professional prep- Understanding Environmental Conservation ecosystems; and impacts of management on bio- aration. (4) geochemical processes in watershed-based eco- Introduction to the concepts and principles nec- systems. Prerequisites: Bi 253, Ch 223, Mth 252; ESR 160 essary to understand the complex relationship Introduction to Environmental Systems (4) Recommended: ESR 320, Mth 256. between humans and environmental conserva- Introduction to the structure and function of ter- ESR 429/529 restrial, aquatic, and atmospheric systems, tion. Topics will include human impacts on nat- Environmental Impact Assessment (4) including the human actions that affect them. ural ecosystems, urbanization, conservation of Environmental assessments and impact assess- Includes a lab section that introduces basic resources, and ecosystem restoration. Not ment techniques; regulatory and technical quantitative techniques for collecting and ana- intended for science majors. requirements of impact assessment. The lyzing data from environmental systems; 2 lec- ESR 399 National Environmental Policy Act, its imple- ture periods, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: ESR Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) mentation, implications and uses. 150 (may be taken concurrently). ESR 401 ESR 450 ESR 199 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Case Studies in Environmental Problem Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor and program director. Solving (6) Evaluation of selected cases of environmental ESR 201 ESR 404 Applied Environmental Studies: Science and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit problems, including field studies and project Policy Considerations (4) to be arranged.) work with government and private agencies. Introduction to environmental laws and the reg- ESR 405 Prerequisites: ESR 320, 321, 322. ulations promulgated under them. Includes an Reading and Conference (Credit to be ESR 471/571 examination of the genesis of these laws (e.g., arranged.) Atmospheric Physics (4) NEPA, Clean Air and Water Acts, RCRA, Endan- Pass/no pass only. Cycles of trace gases in the Earth’s atmosphere gered Species Act) and their history of compli- and their role in the environment. Emission, dis- ance and violation. Prerequisite: ESR 160. persal, and removal of natural and man-made trace constituents in the atmosphere that determine the Earth’s climate and stratospheric ozone C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 113

layer. Prerequisites: one year each of calculus testing (including nonparametric procedures), ESR 601 and calculus-based physics. Recommended: analysis of variance, linear models, tree-based Research (Credit to be arranged.) introductory course in differential equations. models, nonparametric regression models, and Research that is not normally part of the thesis. This course is the same as Ph 471/571, may only Bayesian decision making. ESR 603 be taken once for credit. ESR 550 Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) ESR 501 Multivariate Analysis of Environmental All aspects of thesis including thesis research Research (Credit to be arranged.) Data (4) and writing the dissertation. Consent of instructor and program director. Biological and environmental data are usually ESR 604 ESR 503 complex, consisting of many observations and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) variables. This course provides an overview of to be arranged.) All aspects of research and thesis writing for the main techniques of multivariate data analysis ESR 605 master’s students. that are relevant and useful in ecology and envi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be ronmental sciences. Emphasis is on ordination arranged.) ESR 504 Scholarly examination of literature including Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and cluster analysis. Prerequisite: one college- to be arranged.) level statistics course. discussion between student and professor. ESR 505 ESR 570 ESR 607 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Environmental Education (3) Seminar (1) arranged.) Overview of the purpose and scope of environ- Environmental Sciences Seminar. Consent of Pass/no pass only. mental education. Provides an educational instructor. Pass/no pass only. ESR 507 framework and examples of the variety of sites ESR 610 Seminar (1) where environmental education is practiced. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Weekly seminar series on topical environmental Speciﬁc examples of teaching strategies, materi- ESR 620, 621, 622 issues. May be repeated for up to 3 credits. als, and methods will be presented. Students will Environmental Science (3, 3, 3) be expected to carry out a site-based project uti- ESR 510 A course in fundamental aspects of science and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) lizing some of the materials developed in class. technology as they relate to environmental prob- Consent of instructor. lems. Primarily for students in the graduate pro- The Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral gram in Environmental Sciences and Resources. ESR 549 Program consists of graduate courses available Prerequisites: graduate standing in science; Applied Environmental Statistics (4) through the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, Civil Analysis of environmental data (mostly observa- major’s level introductory courses in biology, Engineering, Geology, and Physics that are approved chemistry, civil engineering, geology, and phys- tional data) and the presentation of data and by the student’s advisory committee. results using graphics. Statistical estimation and ics, or equivalent.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

393 Neuberger Hall NDERGRADUATE ment for English speakers is somewhat 725-3522 U slower. www-adm.pdx.edu/user/fll/ PROGRAMS PSU requires that all candidates for the The Department of Foreign Languages and Bachelor of Arts degree demonstrate profi- B.A.––Concentration in one or more of Literatures offers undergraduate major and ciency at the second-year level in a foreign the following languages: Chinese, minor programs in Chinese, French, Ger- language. The same proficiency is also French, German, Japanese, Russian, man, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish; and required for the minor in International or Spanish non-degree, 2 or 3-year programs in the Studies; for the certificates in European, Minor––Concentration in Chinese, above languages, as well as in Arabic, Latin-American, and Middle East Studies; French, German, Japanese, Russian, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Latin, for the International Business Studies Cer- or Spanish Portuguese, and Turkish. Other languages tificate; and for certain other degree Certificate in Teaching Japanese as a may be offered from time to time. options. Most candidates for graduate Foreign Language Two-Year Programs: Foreign degrees at PSU must also demonstrate Secondary Education Program Language Proficiency Requirement for competence at this level, but in reading M.A.––Foreign Language: French, the B.A. Degree. Two-year language pro- knowledge only. German, or Spanish grams are designed to help the student Proficiency at the second-year level may M.A.––Foreign Literature and reach a designated proficiency in speaking be demonstrated in the following ways: Language: primary languages–– a foreign language and an equivalent profi- 1. Students with no previous knowledge French, German, Spanish; secondary ciency in listening and reading comprehen- of the foreign language are advised to com- languages––French, German, sion. Each language program determines plete first and second year in the language Japanese, Russian, or Spanish what level is ordinarily reached after two of their choice (through course 203). years of foreign language study. The average level will be higher in the Indo-Euro- pean languages than in Arabic, Chinese, or Japanese, in which the pace of advance- 114 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

2. Students who already possess the nec- reading comprehension. The expected per- of Foreign Languages and Literatures). essary ability may demonstrate proficiency formance level will vary by language, Total minimum: 24 credits, 12 of which by: according to relative difficulty. Normal must be taken in residence in the depart- a. Registering in a course numbered 203 preparation for the examination is two to ment (i.e., excluding credits by examina- or higher, and completing it with a grade three courses (8–12 credits, depending on tion, but including coursework taken in of at least C- (or Pass). Note: Departmen- the language) at the third-year level (num- overseas programs in which the depart- tal courses taught in English, such as lit- bered 300–399). Credit may be given for ment participates). erature in translation and certain such an examination, if appropriate, for Summary of requirements: linguistics courses are not acceptable for those who did not receive equivalent credit this purpose. Credits in language, literature and culture . . .20 through coursework (credit by exam fees Linguistics requirement ...... 4 b. Taking an examination, for credit: apply). i. In French, German, or Spanish, the Credit by Examination. Except as Total (minimum) 24 only languages for which it is available, described above, the department does not Note: Candidates for a minor in a for- by passing the national CLEP test (Col- lege-Level Examination Program, see give credit by examination for lower-divi- eign language must schedule their program page 28 of this Bulletin) with a score of sion or third-year courses. In special cases, with an adviser. 64 or higher. This will earn a maxi- credit by examination may be allowed for All courses used to satisfy the depart- mum of 15 credits for second-year lan- fourth-year language (but not literature) mental minor requirements must be graded guage. CLEP fees apply. Students who courses. Please consult the department. C or above (C- and P are not acceptable), did not have the Advanced Placement Placement in Language Courses. Stu- with a minimum GPA of 2.50. Program available to them in high dents are encouraged to consult an adviser Requirements for Majors: B.A. in a school may also meet the requirement before placing themselves in a language Foreign Language. At present the depart- and earn credit by passing the AP test course. As a rule, those who have comment accepts candidates for the degree of (available in French, German, or Span- Bachelor of Arts in Chinese, French, Ger- ish) with an appropriate score. See pleted a minimum of two (preferably three) page 29. years of high school language should enter man, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish. Pro- ii. In other languages currently taught the second year at the university level. ficiency (see above, under “Three-Year in the Department of Foreign Lan- Note: The language sequences 101, 102, Programs”) is expected for formal admis- guages and Literatures, by passing a 103 (or 150, 151) and 201, 202, 203 must sion into the program. departmental examination with a score be taken in order. Those who have received A major in a foreign language must high enough for second-year level credit for any one of these may not subse- complete a minimum of 40 upper-division credit. A maximum of 15 credits may quently receive credit for any of the lower- credits in the language (in courses num- be earned through such an exam. numbered courses. This also applies to bered 300 and above). These credits Credit by exam fees apply. transfer credits, or credits earned by should be distributed as evenly as possible c. Taking an examination, not for credit: examination. between language courses on the one hand, In any language for which the Depart- Overseas and Intensive Programs. and literature and culture courses on the ment of Foreign Languages and Litera- other. In addition, the student must com- tures has a qualified examiner, the Students of foreign languages are encour- student may demonstrate competence by aged to improve their language skills by plete twelve credits in related, adviser- passing either a written or an oral test, at participating in one of the many study- approved courses outside the major, the examiner’s option. There is no charge abroad and overseas internship opportuni- including: one course in linguistics (such for such a test, and no credit will be ties offered through Portland State and the as Ling 390 or a phonetics/linguistics granted. Oregon State System of Higher Education. course taught in the department); literature 3. Students who completed their second- Programs ranging from one term to a full courses outside the major (chosen from ary education in a language other than academic year are available in several for- English or American literature or the litera- English are considered to have met the eign countries, including China, Ecuador, ture of a language other than that of the second-year proficiency requirement. Such France, Germany, Hungary, Japan, Mexico, major); or related coursework in other students may not enroll in first- or second- Russia, and Spain (see page 315 of this Bul- departments (e.g. Art History, Geography, year courses in the language in which they letin for a comprehensive list). The Depart- History, Music, Philosophy, Political Sci- received their secondary education, nor ment of Foreign Languages and Literatures ence). Total minimum: 52 credits, 20 of earn credit by examination for such and the University’s Office of International which must be taken in residence in the courses. (Some programs extend this Education Services will counsel and assist department (i.e., excluding credits by restriction to enrollment in third-year students in integrating their overseas expe- examination, but including coursework language courses. Please consult the rience with their courses of academic study. taken in overseas programs in which the department.) In German, Portland State offers inten- department participates). Three-year Programs: Proficiency sive summer work in its nationally famous Summary of requirements: Requirement for International Studies Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik. Credits in language, literature, culture ...... 40 and for Foreign Language Minors. Each Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Adviser-approved courses outside the major language program determines the profi- minor in Chinese, French, German, Japa- (to include linguistics)...... 12 nese, Russian, or Spanish, students must ciency level which is expected for gradua- Total (minimum) 52 tion with a major in International Studies, demonstrate proficiency in the language or with a minor in a foreign language; this (see above, under “Three-Year Programs”) Before being recommended for the level is also a condition for formal accep- and have completed 20 upper-division degree, a major in a foreign language will tance into a major program in a foreign credits (numbered 300 or above) in lan- be expected to demonstrate proficiency in language. guage, culture, or literature courses taught the major language at a level designated by The three-year requirement may be met in the minor language. In addition, they the particular language program. by examination only. The student will be will have to complete one course in general Note: Candidates for a major in a forgiven an oral interview by an examiner, a linguistics (e.g. Ling 390, or a phonetics or eign language must schedule their program brief writing test, and a test of listening and linguistics course taught in the Department with an adviser. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 115

All courses used to satisfy the depart- 3. Have maintained a 3.00 GPA in the last Thesis Option mental major requirements must be graded 40 of the above 52 credits earned. 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 C or above (C- and P are not acceptable) 4. Obtained an Oral Proficiency Rating of 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— any two) ...... 8 with a minimum GPA of 2.50. Advanced Plus or higher on the ACTFL Certificate in Teaching Japanese as a FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 scale in French, German, or Spanish, or a 503 Thesis ...... 6-9 Foreign Language (TJFL). This program rating of Intermediate High or better in Additional adviser-approved coursework is designed to familiarize participants with Russian. (German must include Ger 554 Middle principles of instructional methods in The Department of Foreign Languages High German) ...... 20-23 teaching Japanese to speakers of languages and Literatures highly recommends that whose orthography is not kanji-based. It Total 45 applicants earn upper-division credits in will fit into the program of majors in a wide Non-thesis Option their chosen language beyond the mini- variety of fields, including Japanese, educa- 560 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 mum of 52 required; that they spend time tion, linguistics, speech, and the social sci- 551, 552, 553 (Poetry, Drama, Prose— in a relevant program abroad; and that ences. Candidates may enroll as any two) ...... 8 their coursework include as many of the postbaccalaureate students or while com- FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 following fields as possible: Phonetics, 501 Research, or other adviser-approved pleting undergraduate degree requirements General Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, credits ...... 6-9 in another field. Culture and Civilization, Practicum, and Additional adviser-approved coursework Admission requirements Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages. (German must include Ger 554, Middle 1. Admission to Portland State University High German) ...... 20-23 2. Japanese proficiency at the ACTFL GRADUATE Total 45 “Intermediate High” level. Students whose PROGRAMS Note: The student’s program may include, with proficiency is lower may be provisionally adviser’s approval, a maximum of 12 credits in admitted; they will need to study Japanese On the graduate level, the Department of 501 and/or 505 and a maximum of 9 credits in while taking other courses in the certifi- Foreign Languages and Literatures offers 508 and/or 509 combined. See Credit Distribu- cate program. degree programs leading to the M.A. in tion and Limitations for Master’s Degrees, page 60. Course requirements Foreign Language with a major in French, 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a To qualify for the TJFL certificate, the stu- German, or Spanish; and the M.A. in For- second foreign language. dent must complete the following adviser- eign Literature and Language, with a con- approved coursework: centration in two foreign languages and in 3. Thesis option: Submit a thesis, writ- linguistics. ten in either the foreign language or in Theoretical and applied linguistics (through English, and pass a final examination in the departments of Foreign Languages or MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN accordance with University requirements. Applied Linguistics) ...... 16 LANGUAGE Non-thesis option: Submit two research Japanese-area studies (literature, history, The M.A. in Foreign Language is a graduate papers in different adviser-approved sub- anthropology, etc.)...... 16 degree with a major in French, German, or ject areas, written either in the foreign lan- TJFL Methods (Jpn 477, 478) ...... 8 Spanish language and literature. It is avail- guage or in English, and pass a final All courses used to satisfy certificate able with a thesis and a non-thesis option. written and oral examination. course requirements must be graded C- or The thesis option is generally recom- above. mended for students who intend eventu- MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM ally to obtain a doctorate. The non-thesis LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE Advisers: French, S. Walton; German, W. option is often appropriate for those who The M.A. in Foreign Literature and Lan- Fischer; Japanese, P. Wetzel; Russian, S. intend to use their M.A. coursework as guage is a graduate degree with concentra- Rosengrant; Spanish, G.T. Cabello direct preparation for secondary-school tion in a primary and a secondary Students who wish to teach a foreign language teaching or another career. Stu- language, and linguistics. The primary lan- language in Oregon secondary schools dents should consult with their adviser to guage may be French, German, or Spanish; must be admitted into the Graduate determine the best option. the secondary language French, German, Teacher Education Program (GTEP) in Admission to the Program. Applicants Japanese, Russian, or Spanish. Portland State’s Graduate School of Educa- for admission must meet the University Admission to the Program. Applicants tion and complete the requirements for an admissions requirements (page 56) as for admission must meet the University Oregon Teaching License. Admission to well as the following departmental admissions requirements (page 56), as well GTEP as a foreign-language specialist requirements: as the following additional requirements: requires a bachelor’s degree in a foreign 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- 1. In the primary language: language taught in Oregon schools, and the lent in the major language, with a mini- a. Bachelor of Arts in the language with recommendation of the Department of For- mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. a 3.00 GPA in the literature courses, or eign Languages and Literatures. For other 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced its equivalent as determined by the criteria, please refer to the Graduate School Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale or 2+ on the Department Graduate Committee; and of Education section of this Bulletin. FSI scale. b. Oral proficiency: Advanced Plus (ACTFL/ETS scale); written proficiency: In order to be recommended by the Degree Requirements. A candidate for Department, the applicant must have: Advanced Plus. the Master of Arts in a Foreign Language 2. In the secondary language: Demonstra- 1. Applied for admission to the Graduate must: tion of third-year proficiency. Teacher Education Program in the Gradu- 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate ate School of Education (see page 205). credits, of which 30 must be taken in resi- 2. Completed a B.A. or B.S. which dence after admission to the degree pro- includes coursework equivalent to the 52 gram. The 45 credits are to be distributed credits required for a major in one foreign as follows: language at Portland State University. 116 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Degree Requirements. A minimum of Admission to the Program. Applicants FL 509 Practicum: Supervised Teaching in 60 credits, of which 40 must be earned in for admission must meet the University Foreign Language (concurrent with residence, distributed among the following admissions requirements (page 56), as well CI 509) ...... 4 areas: as the following departmental require- Plus a minimum of 28 graduate credits in subject area ...... 28 1. In the primary language: 28 graduate ments: credits to include: 1. A Bachelor of Arts degree or its equiva- Total 50 History of the Language 590 ...... 4 lent in the major language, with a mini- Students in this program must also Principles of Scholarly Research 560 ...... 4 mum GPA of 3.00 in all coursework. complete the requirements detailed in Eight credits chosen from courses numbered 2. Oral and written proficiency: Advanced numbers 2-4 of the “Degree Requirements” 551, 552, 553 ...... 8 Plus on the ACTFL/ETS scale, or 2+ on the section under “Master of Arts in Teaching.” Other adviser-approved courses on the FSI scale. 500-level ...... 12 STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS Degree Requirements. A candidate for Graduate students are especially urged to Total 28 the M.A.T. in foreign languages must: participate in approved study abroad pro- 2. In the secondary language: 20 credits to 1. Complete a minimum of 45 graduate grams. Credits earned in such programs include: credits, to include: will apply toward their M.A. requirements Phonetics 325 ...... 4 Principles of Scholarly Research ...... 4 with prior permission of the Department. Advanced Language 511, 512 ...... 8 Two of the following: 551, 552, 553 Eight graduate credits chosen from: (Poetry, Drama, Prose) ...... 8 DEUTSCHE SOMMERSCHULE AM 500 -level literature (not including Literature FL 593 (Testing) or FL 598 (Methods) ...... 4 PAZIFIK in Translation) and/or Linguistics 594, 595, Adviser-approved education courses ...... 9-15 Graduate credits earned in German and/or Stylistics 584 ...... 8 Other adviser-approved courses ...... 14-20 through the Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik can be accepted as in-residence Total 20 Total 45 credit at Portland State University only if Note: If upper division courses in phonetics and/ 2. Demonstrate reading competence in a taken after formal admission to the M.A. in or fourth-year language have been successfully second foreign language. Foreign Language program in German, or completed at the undergraduate level (with a GPA of 3.00 or above), they can be waived, 3. Submit two research papers: one in the to the M.A. in Foreign Literature and Lan- reducing the total credits required by a maxi- area of language or language pedagogy, the guage. Graduate credit earned at the DSAP mum of 12. other in literature. prior to admission to either program is nor- 3. In Linguistics and Methods: 12 gradu- 4. Complete a comprehensive written and mally limited to 15 credits, in accordance ate credits chosen from: oral examination. with the University’s transfer regulations. An M.A. degree in German earned FL 598 Methods of Teaching Foreign MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING solely by attendance at the Sommerschule Languages WITH INITIAL LICENSE Ling 597 Applied Linguistics normally entails four summers’ work plus Fr 594, 595 Romance Linguistics The M.A.T. in foreign languages with initial thesis. Ger 594, 595 Germanic Linguistics license represents a unique partnership FL 593 Language Proficiency Testing and between the Graduate School of Education GRADUATE READING Teaching and the Department of Foreign Languages Other adviser-approved courses and Literatures. EXAMINATIONS Enrollment in this program is limited to All M.A. and M.A.T. students, as well as Total 12 practicing educators (those already teach- certain doctoral candidates must demon- 4. In addition to the required course- ing in Oregon secondary schools, but who strate reading (or oral) proficiency in a for- work, the candidate will have to: are not yet licensed) who have also been eign language (see page 55). Graduate admitted to the regular M.A.T. program in a. Submit two research papers to the students whose degree programs require graduate committee, one dealing with the foreign languages (please see “Admission to foreign language competence should con- primary, the other with the secondary the Program” under “Master of Arts in tact the Department of Foreign Languages area. These may be written either in the Teaching”). and Literatures immediately upon admis- primary or secondary languages, respec- Requirements. To qualify for the sion for information on how the require- tively, or in English. M.A.T. in foreign languages with initial ment may be met. b. Be rated in oral and written profi- license, students must complete, in lieu of ciency in the secondary language only. the courses listed under number 1 of the Minimum proficiency level for French, COURSES German, and Spanish: Advanced. For “Master of Arts in Teaching,” the following: Japanese and Russian: Intermediate High. Credits Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered c. Pass a final comprehensive written CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: every year. and oral examination over coursework Subject Field in Secondary School ...... 3 or With the exception of classical languages, all taken in the primary and secondary areas upper-division courses are taught in the target and over the research papers. FL 598 Foreign Language Methods ...... 4 CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: Reading language, unless otherwise noted. MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING and Composition in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGES The M.A.T. degree program, while CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 CI 511 Classroom Management...... 3 FL 199 designed especially for those who wish to Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) strengthen their preparation to teach SPED 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners. . . . 3 CI 509 Practicum: Supervised Teaching in FL 299 French, German, or Spanish in secondary Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) schools and two-year colleges, is open to Foreign Language (Concurrent with FL 509) ...... 3 anyone wishing to pursue graduate work in these languages. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 117

FL 331 ARABIC *Ar 441 Women in the Middle East (4) Ar 101, 102, 103 Major Arabic Works in Translation (4) Aims to explore the role and status of women in First-year Standard Arabic (4, 4, 4) Study of selected masterpieces of Arabic litera- the contemporary Middle East with respect to Introduction to modern literary Arabic. Empha- ture in English translation: short stories, novels, institutions such as the family, law, education, sis on basic grammar, syntax, writing, transla- women’s essays, poetry, and folk literature. work and politics–areas which intersect and tion, listening comprehension, and oral Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. overlap with broader cultural questions about communication. For non-native speakers of Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division litera- women and their place in tradition, modernity, Arabic only. ture. Course may be repeated for credit if con- nation-building, Islam and the West. This course tent varies. is the same as Intl 331 and WS 331, may only be Ar 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) taken once for credit. CHINESE Ar 201, 202, 203 Chn 101, 102, 103 FL 399 Second-year Standard Arabic (4, 4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Chinese Continued work in modern literary Arabic with (5, 5, 5) FL 401/501 emphasis on basic grammar and syntax, reading An introduction to Mandarin: listening, speak- Research (Credit to be arranged.) prose texts, writing compositions, translation, ing, reading, and writing. Characters and spoken FL 403/503 listening comprehension, and conversation. Pre- language presented concurrently throughout the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) requisite: Ar 103. For non-native speakers of year. FL 404/504 Arabic only. Chn 199 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Ar 204, 205, 206 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) to be arranged.) Common Spoken Arabic (2, 2, 2) Chn 201, 202, 203 FL 405/505 Practical panArab language used in business, Second-year Chinese (5, 5, 5) Reading and Conference (Credit to be social, and intellectual gatherings in lieu of lim- Continued work in Mandarin, with emphasis on arranged.) ited local dialects, or the Fusha (classical elo- mastering all basic grammatical structures, FL 407/507 quent literary Arabic of the intellectuals), developing conversation skills, and building Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) understandable by any Arab, and usable any- vocabulary in characters with correct FL 408/508 where in the Arab world. Prerequisite: Ar 101. pronunciation. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 299 Chn 299 FL 409/509 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 301, 302 Chn 301, 302, 303 FL 410/510 Third-year Standard Arabic (4, 4) Third-year Chinese (4, 4, 4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Ar 301 emphasizes Arabic texts in modern Intermediate conversation, reading, writing, FL 447/547 prose; complex syntax and writing; Ar 302 vocabulary building, and grammar. Introduction Major Forces in World Literature (4) emphasizes media and business materials, trans- to literary and expository texts. Prerequisite: A study of literary forms, theories, and move- lation, viewing videos, and proficiency-based Chn 202. ments, such as Classical Drama, Medieval conversation. Prerequisite: Ar 203. *Chn 304 Romance, Existentialism, Structuralism, The Ar 399 Chinese Newspaper Readings (4) Absurd, Nativism, and Roots. Prerequisite: 12 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practical introduction to the reading and accu- credits of literature. Conducted in English. Ar 401 rate understanding of Chinese newspapers and FL 448/548 Research (Credit to be arranged.) related specialized styles of writing. Recom- Major Figures in World Literature (4) Ar 404 mended as a complement to third-year Chinese. Concentrated study of the canon of one or more Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Prerequisite: Chn 203. major writers: for example, Dostoevsky, Cer- to be arranged.) *Chn 306 vantes, Goethe. Prerequisite: 12 credits of litera- Ar 409 Business Chinese (4) ture. Conducted in English. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Practice in oral and written Chinese at the FL 449/549 Ar 410 upper-intermediate level, with emphasis on Major Topics in World Literature and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) business vocabulary and procedures. Recom- Culture (4) * mended as a complement to third-year Chinese. Study of the treatment of topics in one or more Ar 411 Topics in Modern Arabic Prose (4) Prerequisite: Chn 203; Chn 303 and 304 of the cultures of the world. Such topics as Reading advanced Arabic essays and short sto- recommended. Europe as self and other, Don Juan, exile, the ries by prominent authors such as Mahfouz, and * quest, outlaws and bandits, ghosts, fairies and Chn 311, 312, 313 various genres of Arabic literature. Analysis and Introductory Classical Chinese (4, 4, 4) gods. Prerequisite: 12 credits of literature. Con- critique writing. Prerequisite: Ar 301. Readings in the traditional literary language, ducted in English. * designed to provide familiarity with essential * Ar 412 FL 493/593 Topics in Classical-modern Arabic Poetry particles and structures, build vocabulary, and Language Proficiency Testing and Teaching (4) introduce works from all genres and periods. (4) Reading light poetry by master poets from the Recommended as a complement to third-year Application of proficiency standards in testing Abbasid, Andalusian, Mahjar, and modern Chinese; preparation for advanced work in and teaching at the novice and intermediate lev- times, such as al-Mutanabbi, Jubran, and Qab- either modern or classical Chinese. Prerequisite: els. Introduction to ILR/ACTFL/ETS/FSI guide- bani. Prerequisite: Ar 301. Chn 203. lines and compatible testing methods. * * Discussion of pragmatic issues; testing technique Ar 417 Chn 341 and test validity; use of teaching materials; logis- Folk Literature of the Arabs (4) Topics in Chinese Literature and Thought: Topics include selected epics, folktales, prov- Service and Retreat (4) tics. Prerequisite: three years of a foreign lan- Interdisciplinary readings from the core of the guage. Conducted in English. erbs, and jokes. Analysis of texts in their sociocultural context. Prerequisite: Ar 301. written tradition, including history, poetry, clas- *FL 498/598 *Ar 418 sical anecdotes and essays, related to the central Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages (4) issues facing the Chinese elite throughout his- Study and analysis of various pedagogical theo- Folk Poetry of the Arabs (4) Topics include muwashshahat, modern lyrics, tory: whether, how, and under what conditions ries as applied to the learning and teaching of folk songs, and improvised sung poetry-Zajal. to serve the state. Conducted in English. foreign languages. Special emphasis on discourse Analysis of texts in the socio-cultural context. and content analysis. Recommended for pro- Prerequisite: Ar 301. spective language teachers. Prerequisite: three years of a foreign language. Conducted in English. 118 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Chn 342, 343 Finn 199 Fr 405/505 Chinese Vernacular Literature (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be 342 emphasizes traditional poetry and fiction *Finn 201, 202, 203 arranged.) Consent of instructor. from 700 BC to the late nineteenth century; 343 Second-year Finnish (4, 4, 4) Fr 407/507 emphasizes influential works of the twentieth Intensive review of basics introduced in first- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of century, from semi-traditional to avant-garde. year courses and further development of com- instructor. Conducted in English. munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- Fr 408/508 Chn 399 lege Finnish. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Consent Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Finn 299 of instructor. Chn 404 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Fr 409/509 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) to be arranged.) FRENCH Fr 410/510 Chn 405 Fr 101, 102, 103 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be First-year French (4, 4, 4) Fr 411/511, 412/512 arranged.) An introduction to elementary French. Emphasis Advanced French (4, 4) Chn 408 on listening comprehension and oral practice, Special problems of French grammar; selected Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) including the elements of grammar, vocabulary writing and reading assignments and discussion. building, and elementary readings. Chn 409 Prerequisite: Fr 302. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) *Fr 150, 151 Fr 414/514 Chn 410 First-year French (Intensive) (6, 6) Advanced French Grammar (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) A two-term course covering the content of Fr A systematic approach to the study of French 101, 102, 103. *Chn 411, 412 grammar and syntax for majors and prospective Advanced Chinese (4, 4) Fr 199 teachers. Prerequisite: Fr 302. Development of facility with complex patterns in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) *Fr 415/515 conversation, reading and writing. Topics such Fr 201, 202, 203 Business French (4) as “Current Chinese News and Opinion,” “Twen- Second-year French (4, 4, 4) Advanced work in the language of tieth-Century Chinese Thought,” “Documentary Intensive review of basic materials introduced in business and economics. Prerequisite: Fr 302. Chinese,” “The Structure of Chinese.” Prerequi- First-Year French and further development of Fr 417/517 site: Chn 303; Chn 304, 311, 312 also communication skills. Translation (4) recommended. Fr 299 Special problems of translating between French *Chn 420, 421 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and English based on a variety of texts, both lit- Readings in Chinese Literature (4, 4) Fr 301, 302 erary and non-literary. Reading, analysis, and discussion of representa- Third-year French (4, 4) *Fr 421/521 tive literary texts. Chn 420 focuses on pre- Development of speaking, listening, reading and Seventeenth-century French Literature (4) modern topics such as “Traditional Chinese Fic- writing skills and a review of grammar through Readings from major classical writers from the tion” and “Chinese Classical Masterpieces,” study of appropriate texts, conversation, activi- era of Louis XIV. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits while Chn 421 addresses primarily twentieth- ties, and written assignments. Prerequisite: from Fr 341, 342, or 343. century topics such as “Chinese Nativist Litera- Fr 203. *Fr 423/523 ture” or “Chinese Urban Literature.” Conducted Fr 325 Eighteenth-century French Literature (4) in Chinese. Prerequisite: Chn 303. Chn 304, French Phonetics and Phonology (4) Reading, analysis and critique of the major 311, 312 also recommended. Introduction to the sounds of French: their place works written in the Age of Enlightenment. Pre- *Chn 490 and manner of articulation (phonetics) as well as requisites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or History of the Chinese Language (4) how they pattern with respect to each other and 343. History of the Chinese language and language as influenced by morphological and syntactic *Fr 427/527, 428/528 family, with emphasis on the development of the factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Fr 203. Nineteenth-century French Literature (4, 4) current standard language. Evolution of phonol- Fr 330 Selected works of prose, poetry, and drama from ogy, morphology, and syntax in spoken Chinese, Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) the 19th century writers. Prerequisites: at least 8 development of the Chinese writing system, The development of French life, thought, and credits from Fr 341, 342, or 343. history of Chinese lexicography, and current lan- arts of different periods, from the Middle Ages to *Fr 433/533, 434/534 guage policy. Conducted in English. Prerequi- the 20th century: for example, Pre-Revolution, Twentieth-century French Literature (4, 4) site: at least one course in linguistics (Ling 290 Revolution through 19th century, and contem- Readings in poetry, drama, and prose. Prerequi- or above), or proficiency in Chinese equivalent porary. Prerequisite: Fr 203. 4 hours of 300-level sites: at least 8 credits from Fr 341, 342, or 343. to Chn 203. French strongly recommended. *Fr 435/535 *DANISH Fr 340 Francophone Literature of the 20th Century Fundamentals of French Literary Studies (4) * Dane 101, 102, 103 (4) Readings in 20th century literature of French First-year Danish (4, 4, 4) An introduction to the study of French litera- expression from outside metropolitan France: Beginning Danish. Emphasis on communication ture. Lectures and discussion on French prosody, i.e., Africa, Quebec, and Caribbean. skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. genres, fundamentals of literary analysis, and *Fr 441/541 Dane 199 criticism. To be taken concurrently with, or prior Major Works In Translation (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) to, Fr 341, 342, 343. Prerequisite: Fr 203. Study of texts representative of major French *Dane 201, 202, 203 Fr 341, 342, 343 authors, periods, themes or genres in transla- Second-year Danish (4, 4, 4) Introduction to French Literature (4, 4, 4) tion: such topics as Classical drama, Realism, Intensive review of basics introduced in first- French literature from the Middle Ages to the contemporary novel, Flaubert, and Camus. year courses and further development of com- present. Poetry, theater, and prose readings from Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of representative authors. Prerequisite: Fr 203. Fr Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- college Danish. 301 or 302 strongly recommended. ture. Dane 299 Fr 399 *Fr 442/542 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Medieval Works in Translation (4) *FINNISH Fr 401/501 Study of texts from the French middle ages. Research (Credit to be arranged.) * Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. Finn 101, 102, 103 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper-division First-year Finnish (4, 4, 4) Fr 404/504 Beginning Finnish. Emphasis on communication Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit literature. to be arranged.) skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 119

*Fr 490/590 *Fr 551 *Fr 584 History of the French Language (4) French Poetry (4) French Stylistics (4) Study of the development of the French lan- Study of French poetry. Analysis of form and A study of vocabulary, sentence structure, meta- guage in terms of phonological, morphological, content. phor, and other elements that characterize the and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Fr 302. *Fr 552 style of a writer, a period, or a movement. * Fr 494/594 French Drama (4) GERMAN French Linguistics (4) Critical study of representative works of French Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics drama. Ger 101, 102, 103 and their application to the French language. * First-year German (4, 4, 4) Fr 553 Beginning German. Emphasis on communica- Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound and French Prose (4) the grammatical systems. Brief survey of the his- Study of representative works of French fiction tion skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. torical development, followed by an analysis of according to genre, period, theme, or authors. *Ger 150, 151 the phonetics, phonemics, morphology, and First-year German (Intensive) (6, 6) Fr 560 A two-term course covering the content of Ger syntax of modern French. Conducted in English. Principles of Scholarly Research: French (4) Prerequisites: Fr 203, 325. A theoretical and practical introduction to the 102, 102, 103. *Fr 497/597 resources and techniques essential to advanced Ger 199 Applied French Linguistics (4) work in French language, pedagogy, and area Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A practical application of linguistics to modern studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, Ger 201, 202, 203 French. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of primary texts, secondary literature, and major Second-year German (4, 4, 4) the structures of French and English. Prerequi- forms of literary criticism. To be taken in first Intensive review of basics introduced in first year sites: Fr 302 and 4 credits of linguistics. year of graduate study. courses and further development of communica- Fr 503 tion skills. Prerequisite: one year of college Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) German or equivalent. Ger 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ger 301 Listening and Speaking (4) Continued intensive practice in listening and speaking German. May be taken concurrently with Ger 302. Prerequisite: Ger 203. Ger 302 Reading and Writing (4) Continued intensive practice in reading and writing German. May be taken concurrently with Ger 301. Prerequisite: Ger 203. *Ger 320 German for the Business and Professional World (4) Intensive practice in scholarly, technical, and business language. Prerequisite: Ger 203. *Ger 325 German Phonetics and Phonology (4) Introduction to the sounds of German: their place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as well as how they pattern with respect to each other and as influenced by morphological and syntactic factors (phonology). Conducted in English. Prerequisite: Ger 203. *Ger 330 Topics in Culture and Civilization (4) Study of the historical development of life, thought, and the arts in German-speaking lands in times and places such as the Middle Ages, 19th-century Vienna, 20th-century Berlin, the Weimar period, or in fields such as film. Prereq- uisite: Ger 203. *Ger 340 Fundamentals of German Literary Studies (4) An introduction to the study of German literature. Lectures and discussion on German prosody, genres, fundamentals of literary analysis and criticism. Conducted in German. Prerequi- site: Ger 203. Ger 341, 342, Introduction to German Literature (4, 4) Readings from representative German authors from the Middle Ages to the present. Prerequi- site: Ger 203. Ger 340 is also strongly recommended. Ger 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ger 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) 120 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Ger 404/504 Ancient Myth in German Literature. Readings, *Heb 201, 202, 203 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit lectures, and discussions in English. Prerequi- Second-year Modern Hebrew (4, 4, 4) to be arranged.) site: 4 credits of upper division literature. Continued study of grammar and syntax, reading intermediate literary texts, translation, con- Ger 405/505 *Ger 442/542 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Medieval Works In Translation (4) versation, writing, and speaking. Prerequisite: arranged.) Study of texts from the German Middle Ages. Heb 103. For non-native speakers of Hebrew Consent of instructor. Readings, lectures, and discussions in English. only. Ger 407/507 Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division litera- Heb 299 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ture. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. *Ger 490/590 *Heb 301, 302 Ger 408/508 History of the German Language (4) Modern Hebrew Readings (4, 4) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) A general historical survey showing the develop- 301 emphasizes essays, short stories, and poems. Consent of instructor. ment of German grammar, word formation, 302 emphasizes modern media Hebrew and Ger 409/509 vocabulary, and syntax with reference to the his- business materials. Translation and writing. Pre- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) tory of other Germanic languages. Conducted in requisite: Heb 203. For non-native speakers of Ger 410/510 English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Hebrew only. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *Ger 494/594 Heb 399 Ger 411/511, 412/512 German Linguistics (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced German (4, 4) Introduction to the basic concepts in linguistics Heb 401 Special features of German; selected writing and and their application to German. Review of Research (Credit to be arranged.) reading assignments, discussion. Prerequisite: sound system; focus on morphology and syntax. Consent of instructor. Ger 302. Conducted in English. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Heb 404 *Ger 414/514 *Ger 497/597 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Advanced German Grammar (4) Applied German Linguistics (4) to be arranged.) Structural review of German morphology and A practical application of linguistic method to Heb 410 syntax. Prerequisite: Ger 302. modern German. Emphasis on contrastive anal- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) * ysis of German and English. Prerequisites: Ger Ger 415/515 *HUNGARIAN Business German (4) 302 and 4 credits in linguistics. * Advanced work in the language of business and Ger 503 Hun 101, 102, 103 economics. Prerequisite: Ger 302. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) Introduction to Hungarian. Emphasis on gram- * * Ger 421/521 Ger 551 mar, vocabulary building, and conversation. Ele- German Short Prose (4) German Poetry (4) mentary reading. Study of the German Novelle and other shorter Study of German lyric poetry. Analysis of form prose of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequi- and content. Hun 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or * Ger 552 German Drama (4) * 342. Critical study of representative works of German Hun 201, 202, 203 Second-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) *Ger 422/522 drama. 18th Century German Literature (4) Intense review of materials introduced in first- *Ger 553 year course and further development of commu- Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the German Prose (4) German Enlightenment and the Sturm und nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- Study of representative works of German prose mentary writing. Drang. Prerequisites: at least 8 credits from Ger fiction. 340, 341, or 342. Hun 299 *Ger 554 *Ger 427/527 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Middle High German (4) * The Age of Goethe (4) Linguistic and literary study of representative Hun 301, 302, 303 Study of German poetry, drama, and prose from Third-year Hungarian (4, 4, 4) Middle High German texts. Conducted in Composition, conversation, readings in litera- the Sturm und Drang and classicism to the English. beginning of romanticism. Prerequisites: at least ture; grammar review. Prerequisite: Hun 203. 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. Ger 560 Principles of Scholarly Research: German Hun 399 *Ger 428/528 (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) German Romanticism (4) Theoretical and practical introduction to the Hun 404 Study of the literature, art, and aesthetic theories resources and techniques essential to advanced Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit of late 18th and 19th century Germany. Prereq- work in language, literature, pedagogy, and area to be arranged.) uisites: at least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or studies. Investigation of bibliographic materials, Hun 410 342. primary texts, secondary literature, and major Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *Ger 429/529 forms of literary criticism. To be taken during ITALIAN German Realism and Naturalism (4) the first year of graduate study. Study of the poetry, drama, and prose of the It 101, 102, 103 *Ger 584 First-year Italian (4, 4, 4) second half of the 19th century. Prerequisites: at German Stylistics (4) least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. An introduction to elementary Italian. Emphasis A study of the stylistic aspects of fictional and on listening comprehension and oral practice, * Ger 433/533, 434/534 nonfictional writings within the context of the the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, German Literature of the 20th Century cultural and philosophical history of modern and elementary readings. (4, 4) Germany. Readings in modern poetry, drama, and prose. It 199 Ger 433/533: from the turn of the century to the *HEBREW Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) end of World War II; Ger 434/534: from the *Heb 101, 102, 103 It 201, 202, 203 post-war years to the present. Prerequisites: at First-year Modern Hebrew (4, 4, 4) Second-year Italian (4, 4, 4) least 8 credits from Ger 340, 341, or 342. Introduction to modern Hebrew; emphasis on Intensive review of basic materials introduced in first-year program and further development of *Ger 441/541 basic grammar, syntax, noun and verb forma- Major Works in Translation (4) tion, listening and reading comprehension, communication skills. Study of selections from masterpieces of German translation, writing, and speaking. For non- It 299 literature in translation, such as Goethe, the native speakers of Hebrew only. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Weimar period, German Intellectual History, Heb 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 121

*It 301, 302 342 focuses on Tokugawa and modern literature. Kor 201, 202, 203 Third-year Italian (4, 4) Conducted in English. Prerequisite: 8 credits of Second-year Korean (5, 5, 5) Composition and conversation at the intermedi- literature. Continued work in the Korean language with ate level. Prerequisite: It 203. emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Jpn 361 It 399 Japanese Literature Through Film (4) reading and writing, and grammatical patterns. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Readings of masterpieces of Japanese literature Kor 299 It 404 and viewing of feature films based on them. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Viewings are followed by discussion of the *Kor 301, 302 to be arranged.) social, historical, and artistic significance of the Third-year Korean (4, 4) It 409 works. Readings and discussions are in English, Continued work in the Korean language in a Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) and films have English subtitles. widening variety of contexts. 301 emphasizes It 410 Jpn 399 listening and speaking skills; 302 reading, writ- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ing, and vocabulary development. Prerequisite: Kor 203. JAPANESE Jpn 404 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Kor 399 Jpn 101, 102, 103 to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) Kor 404 An introduction to the Japanese language with Jpn 405/505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, arranged.) to be arranged.) grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- Kor 409 acters in elementary reading and writing. Jpn 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) * Jpn 150, 151 Kor 410 First-year Japanese (Intensive) (7, 8) Jpn 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) A two-term course covering the content of Jpn 101,102,103. Jpn 409 LATIN Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 199 Lat 101, 102, 103 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 410/510 First-year Latin (4, 4, 4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Jpn 201, 202, 203 An introduction to elementary Latin. Emphasis Second-year Japanese (5, 5, 5) Jpn 411/511, 412/512 on the elements of grammar, vocabulary build- Continued work in the Japanese language with Advanced Japanese (4, 4) ing, and elementary readings. emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Development of facility with complex patterns in conversation and reading. Prerequisites: Jpn Lat 199 grammatical patterns, the syllabaries, and char- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 302, 305. acters in elementary reading and writing. Lat 201, 202, 203 Jpn 299 Jpn 420/520, 421/521 Second-year Latin (4, 4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Readings in Japanese Literature (4, 4) Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Reading, analysis, translation, and discussion of Jpn 301, 302 first-year program and further development of representative literary texts. Jpn 420/520 will reading skills. Third-year Japanese: Speaking and focus on pre-modern literature, Jpn 421/521 on Listening (4, 4) literature from the Meiji Period to the present. Lat 299 Continued work in the Japanese language with Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) emphasis on listening and speaking skills in a Conducted primarily in Japanese. Prerequisites: Jpn 302, 305. *Lat 301, 302, 303 variety of contexts. Students enrolled in this Third-year Latin (2, 2, 2) course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 304, Jpn 452/552 Survey of classical Latin syntax; extensive prac- Traditional Japanese Drama (4) 305 concurrently. Either sequence (Jpn 301, 302 tice in prose composition; close study of poetic An introduction to the classical forms of nô kyô- or Jpn 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for techniques. Prerequisite: Lat 203. third-year Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. gen, bunraku and kabuki. Students read plays and view videos of plays in performance, analyz- Lat 399 Jpn 304, 305 ing them in their historical, social, and perfor- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Japanese: Reading and Writing mance contexts. Students have the option of Lat 401 (4, 4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Continued work in the Japanese language with performing short dances of plays in a class emphasis on reading and writing skills in differ- recital. Conducted in English. Lat 404 ent kinds of texts. Students enrolled in this Jpn 477/577, 478/578 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) course are encouraged to sign up for Jpn 301, Teaching Japanese As a Foreign Language 302 concurrently. Either sequence (301, 302 or (4, 4) Lat 407 304, 305) satisfies the requirement for third-year Principles of instructional methods in teaching Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Japanese. Prerequisite: Jpn 203. Japanese to speakers of languages whose orthog- * raphy is not Kanji-based. Readings in language Lat 410 Jpn 325 pedagogy, particularly the pedagogy of non- Japanese Phonetics and Phonology (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Indo-European languages. Students are required Introduction to the sounds of Japanese: their *NORWEGIAN place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as to teach and observe classes in an approved Jap- anese program. Prerequisites: Ling 390, Jpn 303. *Norw 101, 102, 103 well as how they pattern with respect to each First-year Norwegian (4, 4, 4) other and as influenced by morphological and KOREAN Beginning Norwegian. Emphasis on communi- syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Kor 101, 102, 103 cation skills: listening, speaking, reading, Jpn 203. First-year Korean (5, 5, 5) writing. Jpn 341, 342 An introduction to the Korean language with Norw 199 Topics in Japanese Literature (In emphasis on listening comprehension, speaking, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Translation) (4,4) elementary reading and writing, and grammati- *Norw 201, 202, 203 Introductory survey of Japanese literature from cal patterns. its beginnings to the present, including such Second-year Norwegian (4, 4, 4) Intensive review of basics introduced in first- works as The Man’yoshu, The Tale of Genji, Kor 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) year courses and further development of com- plays by Zeami and Chikamatsu, Basho’s haiku, munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- and masterpieces of modern fiction. Jpn 341 lege Norwegian. focuses on classical and medieval literature; Jpn 122 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Norw 299 Rus 199 *Rus 427/527 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Topics in Russian Literature of the 19th Century (4) * Rus 201, 202, 203 PERSIAN Second-year Russian (4, 4, 4) Representative literature of the major Russian *Per 101, 102, 103 Intensive review of basic materials introduced in writers of the nineteenth century. Such topics as First-year Persian (4, 4, 4) first-year program and further development of Golden Age, or the 19th Century Short Story. Introduction to spoken and written Persian. communication skills. Prerequisite: Rus 303. Grammar, reading, and simple conversation. Rus 299 Rus 433/533 Per 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Topics in Russian Literature of the 20th Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Century (4) Rus 301, 302, 303 Representative literature of major Russian *Per 201, 202, 203 Third-year Russian (4, 4, 4) Second-year Persian (4, 4, 4) Focus on acquisition of vocabulary, practical writers of the twentieth century. Such topics as Graded readings in the modern literary lan- application. Intensive practice in speaking listen- Soviet Satire, The Thaw, Glasnost. Prerequisite: guage. Conversation and prose composition. ing, reading and writing. Prerequisite: Rus 203. Rus 303. Prerequisite: Per 103. * *Rus 325 Rus 441/541 Per 299 Russian Literature in Translation: Russian Phonetics and Phonology (4) Nineteenth Century (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the sounds of Russian: their * Major works of nineteenth-century Russian Per 301, 302 place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as literature. Readings, lectures, and discussion in Third-year Persian (4, 4) well as how they pattern with respect to each English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division Reading in literature, composition, expository other and as influenced by morphological and literature. writing, and conversation. Prerequisite: Per 203. syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: * Rus 203. Rus 442/542 Per 401 Russian Literature in Translation: Research (Credit to be arranged.) Rus 330 Twentieth Century (4) Consent of instructor. Russian Culture and Civilization (4) Major works of twentieth-century Russian litera- Per 404 A multimedia survey of major developments in ture. Readings, lectures, and discussions in Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Russian art, architecture, music, dance, theater, English. Prerequisite: 4 credits of upper division to be arranged.) cinema and literature from 988 to the present literature. Per 410 day. The class focuses on ways major works * relate to the artistic atmosphere of their times Rus 494/594 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Russian Linguistics (4) and on how subsequent generations have rein- *PORTUGUESE Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics terpreted and reused them. Taught in English. and their application to Russian. Analysis of the * Port 101, 102, 103 Rus 341, 342 phonetics, phonemics, syntax and morphology First-year Portuguese (4, 4, 4) Introduction to Russian Literature (4, 4) of modern Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 303. An introduction to elementary Portuguese. Study of selected short stories of the 19th cen- * Emphasis on listening comprehension and oral tury. For non-native speakers only. Prerequisite: Rus 497/597 Applied Russian Linguistics (4) practice, the elements of grammar, vocabulary Rus 203. building, elementary readings. A practical application of linguistics to modern Rus 399 Russian. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of Port 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) the structures of Russian and English. Prerequi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Rus 401 site: Rus 303. *Port 201, 202, 203 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Second-year Portuguese (4, 4, 4) Rus 404/504 SPANISH Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Span 101, 102, 103 first-year program and further development of to be arranged.) First-year Spanish (4, 4, 4) communication skills. Rus 405/505 An introduction to elementary Spanish. Empha- Port 299 Reading and Conference (Credit to be sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, *Port 301, 302 Consent of instructor. and elementary readings. Third Year Portuguese (4,4) Rus 407/507 Span 150, 151 Continued work on the Portuguese language. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) First-year Spanish (Intensive) (6, 6) Port 301 emphasizes listening comprehension Consent of instructor. A two-term course covering the content of Span and speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, read- Rus 408 101, 102, 103. ing, and writing. May be taken concurrently. Pre- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Span 199 requisite: Port 203. Consent of instructor. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Port 399 Rus 409 Span 201, 202, 203 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Second-year Spanish (4, 4, 4) Port 404 Rus 410/510 Intensive review of basic materials introduced in Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) first-year program and further development of to be arranged.) Rus 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 communication skills. Port 409 Advanced Russian (4, 4, 4) Span 299 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Special problems of Russian grammar; selected Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) RUSSIAN writing and reading assignments and discussion. Span 301, 302 For non-native speakers of Russian only. Third-year Spanish (4, 4) Rus 101, 102, 103 Rus 416 Continued work on the Spanish language. Span First-year Russian (4, 4, 4) 301 emphasizes listening comprehension and An introduction to elementary Russian. Empha- Readings in Russian (2) speaking, 302 grammatical patterns, reading, sis on listening comprehension and oral practice, A variable-content course designed to give and writing. May be taken concurrently. Prereq- the elements of grammar, vocabulary building, advanced students of Russian experience reading uisite: Span 203. and elementary readings. in a variety of content areas. Rus 421 is to be taken in conjunction with regularly scheduled Span 325 Rus 150, 151 corequisite courses. Students taking a corequi- Spanish Phonetics And Phonology (4) First-year Russian (Intensive) (6, 6) site course will do part of the required reading Introduction to the sounds of Spanish: their Two-term course covering the content of Rus for that course in Russian. Prerequisite: Rus 342. place and manner of articulation (phonetics) as 101, 102, 103. well as how they pattern with respect to each C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 123

other and as influenced by morphological and Span 427/527 *SWEDISH Major Topics: Latin American Prose (4) syntactic factors (phonology). Prerequisite: Span *Swed 101, 102, 103 203. Study, analysis, and critique of major prose First-year Swedish (4, 4, 4) works of Latin America by authors such as *Span 330 Beginning Swedish. Emphasis on communica- Peninsular Culture and Civilization (4) García Márquez, Fuentes, Paz, Vargas Llosa, tion skills: listening, speaking, reading, writing. Historical development of life, thought, and the Mastretta, and Borges. Prerequisite: At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. Swed 199 arts in Spain. Prerequisite: Span 203. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) *Span 331 Span 428/528 * Major Topics: Latin American Drama (4) Swed 201, 202, 203 Latin American Culture and Civilization (4) Second-year Swedish (4, 4, 4) Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic Historical development of life, thought, and the Intensive review of basics introduced in first- works of Latin America by authors such as Gam- arts in Latin America. Prerequisite: Span 203. year courses and further development of com- baro, Benedetti, Usigli, Díaz, and de la Parra. munication skills. Prerequisite: one year of col- Span 341, 342, 343 Prerequisite: At least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, Introduction to Hispanic Literature (4, 4, 4) lege Swedish. or 343. 341: Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to Swed 299 the Golden Age. 342: Spanish literature from the Span 429/529 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) 18th century to the present. 343: Latin American Major Topics: Latin American Poetry (4) literature from the end of the 19th century to the Study, analysis, and critique of major prose *TURKISH works of Latin America, by authors such as present. Readings from representative texts. Pre- *Tur 101, 102, 103 requisite: Span 203. Darío, Huidobro, Vallejo, Neruda, Guillén, and First-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Mistral. Prerequisite: at least 8 credits of Span Introduction to Turkish. Emphasis on elements Span 399 341, 342, or 343. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) of grammar, vocabulary building, and conversa- * Span 401/501 Span 441/541 tion. Elementary reading. Major Works in Translation (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Tur 199 Study of selections from masterpieces in transla- Span 404/504 Cooperative Education/ Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) tion by authors such as Cervantes, Neruda, * internship (Credit to be arranged.) Borges, Lispector, and García Márquez. Read- Tur 201, 202, 203 Second-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Span 405/505 ings, lectures, and discussions in English. Pre- Intense review of materials introduced in first- Reading and Conference (Credit to be requisite: 4 credits of upper division literature. arranged.) year course and further development of commu- * Consent of instructor. Span 490/590 nicative skill and reading comprehension. Ele- History of the Spanish Language (4) mentary writing. Span 407/507 Study of the development of the Spanish lan- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) guage in terms of phonological, morphological, Tur 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. and syntactical changes. Prerequisite: Span 302. *Tur 301, 302, 303 Span 408/508 *Span 494/594 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Third-year Turkish (4, 4, 4) Spanish Linguistics (4) Composition, conversation, readings in litera- Consent of instructor. Introduction to the basic concepts of linguistics ture, and grammar review. Prerequisite: Tur 203. Span 409/509 and their application to the Spanish language. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Emphasis on practical analysis of the sound Tur 401 Span 410/510 system and the grammatical system. Brief survey Research (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) of the historical development, followed by an Consent of instructor. Span 411/511 analysis of the phonetics, phonemics, morphol- Tur 404 Advanced Spanish (4) ogy, and syntax of modern Spanish. Must be Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Intensive training in composition, translation, taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Span 302. to be arranged.) and conversation. May be taken concurrently *Span 497/597 Tur 410 with Span 414/514. Prerequisite: Span 301 and Applied Spanish Linguistics (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 302. A practical application of linguistics to modern Span 414/514 Spanish. Emphasis on a contrastive analysis of Advanced Spanish Grammar (4) the structure of Spanish and English. Prerequi- A thorough study of grammar and syntax for sites: Span 302 and 3 credits of linguistics. major and prospective teachers. May be taken Span 503 concurrently with Span 411/511. Prerequisites: Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Span 301 and 302. *Span 551 Span 421/521 Hispanic Poetry (4) Major Topics: Peninsular Prose (4) Study of the lyric poetry of Latin America and/or Study, analysis, and critique of major prose Spain. works of Spain by authors such as Fernando de *Span 552 Rojas, Cervantes, Galdós, Unamuno, and Goyti- Hispanic Drama (4) solo. Prerequisites: At least 8 credits of Critical study of representative works of Latin Span 341, 342, or 343. American and/or Spanish drama. Span 422/522 *Span 553 Major Topics: Peninsular Drama (4) Hispanic Prose (4) Study, analysis, and critique of major dramatic Study of representative works of the prose of works of Spain by authors such as Lope de Vega, Latin America and/or Spain. Tirso de Molina, Calderón de la Baraca, Zorrilla, García Lorca, and Buero Vallejo. Prerequisites: At Span 560 Principles of Scholarly Research: Spanish least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or 343. (4) Span 423/523 A theoretical and practical introduction to the Major Topics: Peninsular Poetry (4) resources and techniques essential to advanced Study, analysis, and critique of the poetry of work in Spanish language, literature, pedagogy, Spain by authors such as Berceo, Góngora, Que- and area studies. Investigation of bibliographic vedo, Machado, Jiménez, and Cernuda. Prereq- materials, primary texts, secondary literature, uisites: at least 8 credits of Span 341, 342, or and major forms of literary criticism. To be taken 343. in first year of graduate study. 124 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

GENERAL STUDIES/LIBERAL STUDIES

491A Neuberger Hall psychology, sociology, urban studies and EDUCATION PROGRAMS (503) 725-3822 planning, and women’s studies. The professional education program for Requirements for Major in Arts and teacher licensure is to be completed after B.A., B.S. Letters, Science, or Social Science. In the student has a bachelor’s degree. It is Education Programs-Elementary, Inte- addition to meeting all of the nonmajor highly recommended that students major grated Science, and Social Studies and general education baccalaureate degree in the subject they want to teach, or com- M.A.T., M.S.T. (General Studies: Arts requirements, a student in one of the above plete as part of their bachelor’s degree a set and Letters, Science, Social majors must complete 52 credits in one of of courses appropriate for the subject to be Science) the following areas: arts and letters or sci- taught and the level at which the student ence or social science. A minimum of 32 of wants to teach. Students who already have Programs which are of an interdisciplinary the 52 credits must be upper division with a bachelor’s degree should see an adviser nature and which do not conveniently fit at least 8 upper-division credits in each of before taking additional courses. Addi- within the normal department areas are two departments. tional information about undergraduate listed under General Studies. Credits preparation for the Graduate Teacher Edu- Upper-division credits from one department in cation Program (GTEP) may be found UNDERGRADUATE the major academic area...... 8 under the preprofessional listing on PROGRAM Upper-division credits from a second depart- page 205. ment in the major academic area ...... 8 Elementary Additional upper-division credits from any ARTS AND LETTERS, SCIENCE, Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley SOCIAL SCIENCE, AND LIBERAL department(s) in the major academic area . 16 Additional credits in the major academic area 20 Students who want to be elementary teach- STUDIES PROGRAMS ers should major in one of the departments Advisers: R.C. Mercer, K. Hanson, Total 52 in the arts and letters, sciences, or social F. McClurken-Talley sciences areas or in arts and letters, science, Students interested in general studies will Courses used to satisfy the major requirements, whether taken at PSU or or social science. It is highly recommended complete their major requirements by that the following courses be included in taking a concentration of courses in the arts elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. A maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. the undergraduate program. A course from and letters or science or social science aca- two of the following departments: Anthro- demic area. There are no specific courses For students completing two majors with one being arts and letters, or science, pology, Black Studies, Sociology, Women’s required for the major. To take full advan- Studies (Anth 103, BSt 302, Soc 337, WS tage of the opportunities afforded this or social science, or earning a second baccalaureate degree in one of those majors, 101 recommended). major, students should plan a program †Art 312 which includes a coherent set of courses the major is 52 credits as outlined above. Requirements for Major in Liberal Bi 101/104, 102/105, 103/106 or Sci 201, 320, providing an in-depth study in the area of 350 special interest as well as providing for Studies. A student majoring in liberal G 201/204, 202/205, 203/206 enhancement of the student’s problem- studies must complete (1) University A course from Economics (Ec 201 is recom- solving and communication skills. requirements (except general education mended) The arts and letters academic distribu- requirements), (2) specific requirements †Ed 420 Introduction to Education and Society tion area consists of courses taken in applied for Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science Geography—two courses from the following: linguistics, architecture, art, black studies degree, (3) either Wr 323 or an approved Geog 210, 230, 346, 350 Writing Intensive Course, and (4) the fol- Hst 201, 202 (BSt 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, Literature—8 credits 426, 427 only), English (except for Wr 115, lowing requirements for the liberal studies † major: Children’s Literature - Lib 428 120, 121, 222, 227, 323), foreign languages †Mth 211, 212, 213 or satisfactory completion and literatures, music, philosophy, speech Credits of equivalency tests given by the Mathematics communication, and theater arts. Upper-division credits from the arts and letters Department. Students taking the 4-credit Mth The science academic distribution area (except Wr 323), science and/or social science 211 and 212 at PSU fall’96 or later are not consists of courses taken in biology, chem- academic distribution area(s) ...... 81 required to take Mth 213. † istry, environmental studies, geology, math- Courses used to satisfy the major Mus 381 or approved alternates ematics/statistics, physics, and science requirements, whether taken at PSU or A course from Political Science (PS 101 recommended) education. elsewhere, must be graded C- or above. A Psy 200 or 204 The social science academic distribu- maximum of 12 credits may be graded P. †Psy 311 tion area consists of courses taken in Students majoring in Liberal Studies Sp 100, 215, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 and also in a second major must meet the administration of justice (AJ 220 and 330 Courses in the recommended program general education requirement and the only), anthropology, black studies (except are to be taken for differentiated grades; upper-division requirement in the aca- Bst 221, 351, 352, 353, 421, 424, 425, exceptions are to be approved by the demic distribution areas for the second 426, 427), economics, geography, history, adviser. Students must have at least a 3.00 major. international studies, political science, GPA in the recommended program and

† Indicates courses that fulﬁll prerequisites to certain courses in the professional program in the Graduate School of Education and that must be completed before the deadline date for application to the Graduate School of Education. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 125

earn at least a C- in each course of the rec- secondary schools are recommended to STANDARD SOCIAL STUDIES ommended program. include the following courses in their ENDORSEMENT Courses having multicultural and undergraduate program: The requirements for the Standard Social Studies Endorsement include at least 24 multi-ethnic content or approach should Social Studies Endorsement Credits be included in the preprofessional Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics ...... 8 upper-division or graduate level credits in program. Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 social science in addition to those required Integrated Science Hst 101, 102 Western Civilization ...... 8 for the Basic Secondary Teaching License Advisers: A. Johnson Hst 201, 202 History of the United States . . . 8 and the Basic Social Studies Endorsement. The integrated science endorsement is PS 101, 102 United States Government . . . . . 8 At least 15 of these credits must be at the valid for teaching all science except biology, PS 204 Comparative Politics ...... 4 graduate level. Combined undergraduate Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311 Human and graduate preparation should include at chemistry, or physics and, thus, is the Development ...... 8 endorsement for teaching science in least 36 credits in one of the following: Anth 101, 102, 103 Introductory Anthropology; anthropology, economics, geography, his- middle and intermediate schools. It is rec- or BSt 302 African-American Experience in the ommended that students wanting an inte- 20th Century, BSt 424 African-American/Afri- tory, political science, or sociology. No grated science endorsement either major in can Culture in Cinema; or Soc 200 General specified courses are required for the stan- geology and include a year-long introduc- Sociology; or WS 101 Introduction to Women’s dard endorsement. Each student’s program tory biology course and a course in astron- Studies, WS 342 History of Feminism . . . . . 8 is tailored to meet the needs of the individ- omy, meteorology, and oceanography, or BSt 412 Oregon African-American History, or ual and the requirements of the standard major in general studies in science and Soc 337 Minorities, or Sp 115 Introduction to endorsement and the standard license. Intercultural Communication ...... 4 include the following courses. Sp 100, 220, 324, 329, or SpHr 262 ...... 4 OTHER STANDARD ENDORSEMENTS Required Courses Credits Ed 420 Introduction to Education and See the appropriate department for Stat 243 Introduction to Probability Society ...... 4 the requirements for other standard and Statistics I ...... 4 Concentration in Economics, Geography, endorsements. G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 History, or Political Science ...... 12 G 204, 205, 206 (may substitute one G 200) Courses are to be taken for differenti- MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR Geology Lab ...... 3 ated grades. Students must have at least a MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING G 351 Introduction to Oceanography ...... 4 3.00 GPA in the recommended courses and The College offers the degrees of Master of G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country...... 4 must earn at least a C- in each course. Arts in Teaching and Master of Science in ESR 150 Environmental Studies Orientation . .1 Teaching with a major in English (M.A.T. ESR 160 Introduction to Environmental A list of acceptable upper-division substitutes is available for many of the above only), social science, mathematics, science, Systems ...... 4 science/biology, science/chemistry, and ESR 355 Understanding the Environment . . . .4 lower division courses. Equivalent courses Ph 121 General Astronomy...... 4 sometimes are accepted in substitution for science/geology. Bi 251, 252, 253 ...... 15 certain of those specified, upon prior Degree Requirements. University Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228, 229 or Ph 201, approval of the social studies secondary master’s degree requirements are listed on 202, 203, 204, 205, 206 ...... 15-16 adviser. page 65. Major requirements are: Geog 311 Climatology ...... 4 Social Science. The student’s program Psy 200 or 204, Psy 311...... 8 must include a minimum of 45 credits in Ed 420 Intro to Education and Society ...... 4 GRADUATE approved graduate credits, to include a PROGRAMS Total 83-84 minimum of 30 credits in the social science area (economics, geography, history, politi- Electives Credits STANDARD TEACHING LICENSE cal science, and sociology), and at least 9 Select 8 credits from the following:...... 8 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences but not more than 15 credits in education Bi 360, 361 Marine Biology (4) offers graduate work leading to the Stan- Bi 357 General Ecology (4) courses. Of the minimum 30 credits in dard Secondary Teaching License. Appro- social sciences, 12 credits must be earned Bi 341 Introduction to Genetics (4) priately prepared students may complete G 312 Mineralogy (5) in each of two fields of concentration; a G 310 Biogeochem (4) the requirements for the Standard Second- maximum of 12 combined credits may be G 46 Astrogeology (4) ary License and for a Master of Arts in in courses numbered 501 and 505. Stu- G 454 Cascade Volcanoes (2) Teaching or a Master of Science in Teaching dents electing the thesis option must take a G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) at the same time. The requirements for the minimum of 6 and a maximum of 9 credits ESR 201 Applied Environmental Studies: Standard Secondary Teaching License of 503. With consent of the adviser, the Science and Policy (4) include previous completion of the require- two fields may be within a single social sci- ESR 202 Applied Environmental Studies: ments for a bachelor’s degree and for a Preparation for Problem Solving (4) ence department. basic secondary license; admission as a Students may elect a thesis or nonthesis ESR 320 Analysis of Environmental Systems I graduate student (see page 56; 45 credits of (4) (two research papers or equivalent) pro- ESR 321 Analysis of Environmental Systems II upper-division or graduate work subse- gram. The adviser, in cooperation with an (4) quent to receipt of the bachelor’s degree; appropriate faculty member, will establish Ph 122 General Astronomy (4) completion of a standard endorsement or standards for thesis and research paper Ph 367 Cosmology (4) two basic endorsements other than com- requirements for students working in more bined endorsements; 15 credits (of the 45 than one department. All students, Total 91-92 credits) to be approved education courses; whether in a thesis or nonthesis program, Basic Social Studies 15 credits for the endorsement(s) to be at must satisfactorily complete the course of Adviser: R.C. Mercer the graduate level; and two years of suc- study and pass both written and final oral Students who major in social science (or in cessful teaching experience in Oregon examinations in both the social science anthropology, economics, geography, his- schools while holding a basic teaching fields of study as well as in education. tory, political science, psychology, or soci- license. See page 205 for the required edu- ology) and wish to teach social studies in cation courses. 126 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Science. In consultation with the grad- approved graduate courses, to include a courses. In order to fulfill requirements for uate adviser, the student should establish minimum of 24 credits in the science area the degree, the student must satisfactorily the degree program before the completion (biology, chemistry, geology, mathematical complete the degree program and pass of 15 credits of course-work. The program sciences, and physics). At least 9, but not both a final written and a final oral must include a minimum of 45 credits in more than 15 credits, must be in education examination.

GEOGRAPHY

424 Cramer Hall phy, regional geography, and human Geog 485 Map Design and Production (4) 725-3916 geography. Geog 488 Geographic Information Systems I: www.geog.pdx.edu/ The Department of Geography can Introduction (4) arrange internships for majors in public Geog 490 Cartographic Studio (4) agencies and businesses in such fields as Geog 492 Geographic Information Systems II: B.A., B.S. Applications (4) Minor planning, environmental management, Geog 495 Maps and Models (4) Secondary Education Program-Social GIS, or cartography. Students may earn up to 12 credits of practicum credit while they Regional Geography: 8 Credits Science Geog 230 Environment and Society: Global M.A., M.S. gain insights into applications of the Perspectives (4) M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social knowledge they are gaining in the Geog 350 Geography of World Affairs (4) Science) University. Student assistantships are Geog 351 Pacific Northwest (4) Ph.D.—Participating department in also available, provoiding part-time Geog 352 The Himalaya and Tibet (4) Urban Studies Doctoral Program employment. Geog 353 Pacific Rim (4) Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and Majors in geography may obtain infor- Geog 354 Europe (4) Resources: Geography mation on the Geography Honors Option Geog 356 Russia and Its Neighbors (4) in the departmental office. Geog 360 Latin America (4) Requirements for Major. In addition Geog 363 Africa (4) NDERGRADUATE Geog 364 The Middle East (4) U to meeting the general University degree Geog 366 Historical Geography of North PROGRAMS requirements, the major in geography must America (4) complete at least 52 credits of coursework Geog 368 United States and Canada (4) Geography is concerned with the earth’s as detailed in the four areas listed below. Of Geog 407 Seminar in Regional Geography (4) thin film of life—the biosphere—and with the courses presented for the major, at least Geog 453 Japan (4) the location of things: what accounts for a minimum of 16 credits must be at the Human Geography: 8 Credits the great clusters of population and for the 400-level. Geog 230 Environment and Society: Global empty areas, the forests and the cutover, Physical Geography 8 credits Perspectives (4) the cities, villages, and roads. Geographic Skills 8 credits Geog 331 Economic Geography (4) The geography program leads the stu- Regional Geography 8 credits Geog 332 Urban Geography (4) dent to an appreciation and understanding Human Geography 8 credits Geog 345 Resource Management (4) of the human environment on world, Geography electives 20 credits Geog 346 World Population and Food regional, and local scales; provides back- Supply (4) Physical Geography: 8 Credits ground and requisite training for careers in Geog 347 Environmental Issues (4) Geog 210 Physical Geography (4) Geog 348 Cultural Ecology (4) the resource, planning, environmental, or Geog 310 Climate and Water Resources (4) Geog 349 Mountains—Cultural Landscapes (4) education fields; and contributes to a richer Geog 311 Climatology (4) Geog 407 Seminar in Human Geography (4) and more satisfying personal life. Geogra- Geor 312 Climatic Variability (4) Geog 430 Cultural Geography (4) phy majors are involved with activities Geog 313 Biogeography (4) Geog 432 Urban Landscapes (4) such as urban planning and problem solv- Geog 322 Alpine Environments (4) Geog 445 Resource Management Topics (4) ing, map design, graphic reproduction and Geog 407 Seminar in Physical Geography (4) Geog 446 Water Resource Management (4) display, statistical analysis, field study in Geog 411 Climatic Analysis (4) Geog 448 The Urban Forest (4) Pacific Northwest mountains and deserts, Geog 412 Geomorphology (4) Geog 462 Sense of Place (4) Geog 413 Biogeography of the Pacific and regional studies. Northwest (4) Total credits in geography (minimum) 52 Through sharing of staff, the Depart- Geog 414 Hydrology (4) ment of Geography is affiliated with the Course taken under the undifferentiated Geog 415 Soils and Land Use (4) grading option (pass/no pass) will not be College of Urban and Public Affairs, Inter- Geog 417 Periglacial Geomorphology (4) national Studies, and the PSU Center for Geog 418 Advanced Topics in Biogeography (4) accepted toward fulfilling department Population Research and Census, Environ- major requirements. Geog 230 may be Geographic Skills: 8 Credits taken for either human geography or mental Sciences and Resources, and other Geog 380 Maps and Geographic Information (4) departments on campus. Geog 407 Seminar in Research Skills (4) regional geography, but not both. The geography major requires a mini- Geog 420 Field Methods in Physical All courses used to satisfy the depart- mum of 52 credits in geography courses, Geography (4) mental major requirements must be graded including 8 credits in each of the following Geog 475 Digital Compilation and Database C- or above. areas: geographic skills, physical geogra- Design (4) Geog 480 Visual Image Analysis (4) Geog 481 Satellite Digital Image Analysis (4) C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 127

Requirements for a Minor. To earn a student required to take courses to remedy Candidates electing the nonthesis minor in geography a student must com- deficiencies. option take a minimum of 54 credits. Two plete a minimum of 28 credits in geogra- In addition to the general University 2-credit sections of 501 Research are phy (at least 12 credits of which must be admission requirements for advanced undertaken to rewrite, edit, and revise two taken in residence at Portland State Univer- degrees the student must provide the Grad- papers, at least one of which must evolve sity, and 16 credits of which must be upper uate Record Examination scores and letters from graduate coursework in geography at division), to include the following: of recommendation from three faculty PSU. A final oral presentation of one of the Credits members of colleges previously attended. papers is required for completion of the Geog 210 Physical Geography ...... 4 Degree Requirements. University degree. Geog 230 Environment and Society: Global master’s degree requirements are listed Foreign students for whom English is a Perspectives...... 4 on page 65. Specific departmental require- second language must present a score of at Geog 380 Maps and Geographic Information . .4 ments are listed below. least 550 in the Test of English as a Foreign Geography electives (upper division) ...... 16 Language (TOEFL) with their application MASTER OF ARTS OR for admission. Total (minimum) 28 MASTER OF SCIENCE All courses used to satisfy the depart- The student will plan a program of study MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR mental minor requirements must be graded with an adviser and other members of the MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING C- or above. supervisory committee during the first For information on the Master of Arts in term of residence. Teaching and the Master of Science in SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM The program of study must include a Teaching (General Social Science), see Adviser: D. Johnson minimum of 30 graduate credits in geogra- page 125. (See General Studies: Social Science phy for the thesis option or 36 for the non- page 124.) thesis option, including the following: COURSES Geog 521 and Geog 522. All graduate stu- GRADUATE dents are encouraged to attend the depart- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered PROGRAMS ment’s colloquia. every year. After a student has completed at least Geog 199 The Department of Geography offers the 27 graduate credits, the student is required Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Sci- to take the comprehensive review, which is Geog 210 provided by and graded by the student’s Physical Geography (4) ence, Master of Arts in Teaching, and An introduction to the physical Master of Science in Teaching (General committee. If failed, the student may be allowed to retake portions of the examina- elements of geography and the environment in Social Science). The department also par- which people live. The focus is on natural pro- ticipates in the Urban Studies Doctoral Pro- tion or may be advised to take additional cesses that create physical diversity on the earth. gram. For information relating to the Ph.D. coursework. Major topics are weather and climate, vegetation program in urban studies, see page 301. Students seeking the M.A. degree must and soils, landforms, ecosystems, their distribu- The department also participates in the demonstrate their competence in the use of tion and significance. Environmental Sciences and Resources a foreign language for geographic research; Geog 230 Ph.D. program, see page 111. those preparing for an M.S. degree must Environment and Society: Global show proficiency in advanced skills in Perspectives (4) Areas of primary concentration are An introduction to the ways in which humans, urban geography, physical geography, geography or an equivalent research technique (8 credits). Upon successful comple- acting through social constraints and structures, resource management, GIS, and cartogra- have lived in and modified their environment. phy. The M.A. and M.S. degrees are in part tion of the comprehensive examination and The spatial patterns produced from human designed to meet the needs of students pre- successful demonstration of the required activities (such as population growth, transpor- paring for careers in research or adminis- competence, the student is advanced to tation systems, urban structure, economic devel- tration in government and industry, urban candidacy. opment, resource use and management, and the and regional planning, and in secondary Students in the M.A. program must evolution of political patterns) are considered in education and community college teach- complete a thesis. Those in the M.S. pro- a global context. Case studies from several world regions illustrate the processes by which humans ing. The M.A. and M.S. degrees also program may choose between thesis and nonthesis options. The thesis option is modify their world to create distinctive cultural vide a predoctoral program in geography landscapes. for students planning to take advanced appropriate for students intending to pursue Ph.D. studies, whereas the nonthe- *Geog 310 work leading to professional careers in uni- Climate and Water Resources (4) versity teaching, research, or public ser- sis option is designed for students who are An inquiry-based examination of the principal vice. Students are encouraged to follow a preparing for careers in such areas as gov- controls on climate and hydrology, with empha- program that combines breadth of knowl- ernment service or private industry. Candi- sis on processes and interactions; students will edge with depth in one field of interest. dates who elect to write a thesis take a do fieldwork, data analysis, and laboratory For admission to graduate study for the minimum of 45 credits including 6 credits work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Also M.A. and M.S. degrees, a student normally in Geography Thesis. The thesis option listed as Sci 333; course may be taken only once for credit. should have completed the minimum requires the presentation of the student’s preparation for an undergraduate major in independent research into a topic approved Geog 311 Climatology (4) geography with a 3.00 grade point average by the student’s graduate committee. It normally involves field work and is an orig- A study of the physical processes which com- in all work. Students with majors in other prise the climatic system, from the global scale to fields are encouraged, if they can demon- inal contribution to knowledge in the field the local scale. Particular attention is given to the strate ability to pursue graduate work in of geography. A final oral examination by nature of climatic variability, its causes, and its geography. Normally such students are the student’s committee includes defense of implications for human activity. Prerequisite: admitted on a conditional basis, with the the thesis. Geog 210. 128 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Geog 312 and other critical commodities, and the present to contemporary American and Japanese inter- Climate Variability (4) and potential adjustments to these situations. ests in the region. Prerequisite: upper division Examines the role of climate variability in the Prerequisite: upper-division standing. standing. Pacific Northwest, including the nature of natu- Geog 347 Geog 354 ral and human-induced variability and the Environmental Issues and Action (4) Europe (4) effects on water resources of the region. Students Examines environmentalism as a phenomenon Focuses on the changing economic and political will learn by gathering data, analyzing the data, reflecting cultural appraisals of nature and geography of Europe, post World War II, and the and reporting on their results. Reading and dis- society's relationship to it. Explores the history adjustments to changing world conditions. Anal- cussion will accompany the data/laboratory por- and ideology of the environmental movement, ysis of the geographic conditions of individual tions of the course. Includes laboratory and/or and investigates the contemporary structure, countries. Examines their population, urban and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. concerns, effects, critiques, and directions of rural settlements, physical geography, agricul- Also listed as Sci 334; course may be taken only environmentalism. Prerequisite: upper division ture, and industry. Prerequisite: upper division once for credit. standing. standing. Geog 313 Geog 348 Geog 356 Biogeography (4) Cultural Ecology (4) Russia and Its Neighbors (4) The study of the distribution and characteristics Introduction to geographic perspectives on cul- An exploration of the USSR by topic and region. of major plant/animal communities and soil tural ecology. Investigates cultural adaptation The course looks at the nature and significance types on a global scale. Interrelationships and environmental change from an ecological of the country’s huge size and diversified physi- between organisms and their environment are perspective, focusing on biomes and cultural cal environment; examines the origins and stressed, as is the role of human populations in adaptations within them. Particular attention to implications of its multinational character; and the maintenance and future of these environ- traditional societies and the impacts of develop- analyses patterns of agricultural production and ments. There is a full-day field trip across the ment. Prerequisite: upper division standing. industry, with consideration of the distinctive Cascades to study changing vegetation types. institutions that have shaped them. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Geog 210. Geog 349 Mountains—Cultural Landscapes (4) 6 credits in appropriate social science. Geog 322 Mountains as cultural landscapes. Exploration of Geog 360 Alpine Environments (4) the human occupation and use of mountain Latin America (4) Examines the geoecology of high elevation envi- environments, including the long-settled moun- Analysis of changing landscapes and lifeways in ronments in tropical, mid-latitude, and high alti- tains of Eurasia and Latin America as well as Latin America. The focus is on physical, cultural, tude regions with a special emphasis on the North America's mountains. Topics include and economic forces that have interacted to alpine environment of the Pacific Northwest. human adaptation, mountain resource manage- create a distinctive world region. Particular The primary objective is to promote understand- ment and policy, and development and its attention is given to the impact of large scale ing of the features and processes found in alpine impacts in highland environments. Prerequisite: issues such as global climate change, trade, the areas including their susceptibility to human Geog 322 or 348. environment, and the debt crisis on the lands alteration. Topics include an examination of high and lives of everyday people in the region. Pre- elevation weather and climate, geomorphology, Geog 350 Geography of World Affairs (4) requisite: upper division standing. vegetation, soils, fauna, and physical adaptations Examines the major world trouble spots in light * of humans to alpine conditions. Prerequisite: Geog 363 of long-standing political-geographical rivalries, Africa (4) upper division standing. including ethnic group rivalries, economic dis- A survey course on the physical and human Geog 331 parities, and conflicting historical claims. Partic- geography of the continent of Africa, focusing on Economic Geography (4) ular emphasis will be placed on political the variability of the physical landscape, includ- An introduction to theories and methods of loca- organization of territory, nationalism, boundary ing geomorphology, vegetation, and climate and tional analysis of economic activities within agri- conflicts, colonialism, and, where relevant, met- on the patterns and implications of cultural culture, manufacturing and selected services. ropolitan political fragmentation. Prerequisite: diversity. Examines links between natural The course focuses on North America and upper division standing. resources, economic development, and environ- includes geographic distributions, areal interac- mental management on location, national and tion among urban and regional economies, the Geog 351 Pacific Northwest (4) regional scales. Case studies from various coun- processes of regional economic development, Study of the Pacific Northwest as a region of the tries and regions will be used. Prerequisite: and international economic linkages. Prerequi- United States. Overview of the region and its upper division standing. site: upper division standing. relationship to other parts of the world will be *Geog 364 Geog 332 followed by an analysis of the physical environ- The Middle East (4) Urban Geography (4) ment, natural resources, agriculture, manufac- A survey of the physical and cultural landscapes Introduction to the geographical factors affecting turing, transportation, population, and urban of southwestern Asia and North Africa, empha- the development of the modern city. Topics development. Special attention will be paid to sizing the interaction of environmental factors include urban systems and the location of cities; theoretical developments in contemporary and dynamic economic and political forces in residential, commercial, and industrial structure; regional geography issues. Prerequisite: upper the region as a whole. Problems common to the social and physical characteristics of cities; the division standing. nations of the region are examined, including built environment; the urban economy; and the difficulties of political cohesion, urbaniza- planning the urban environment. Prerequisite: Geog 352 The Himalaya and Tibet (4) tion, and ecological impacts of tradition and upper division standing. Survey of the physical and cultural landscapes of contemporary land-use practices. Prerequisite: Geog 345 the Himalaya-Hindukush and the Tibetan Pla- upper division standing. Resource Management (4) teau. It investigates not only the places and peo- *Geog 366 Survey of natural resources, their occurrence, ples within it but also ideas about it and their Historical Geography of North America (4) and their management. Primary focus will be on influence on its history and present situation. Survey of the evolving geography of North the United States, with case studies from other America during the last four centuries; the for- countries and regions. Prerequisite: upper divi- Geog 353 Pacific Rim (4) mation and growth of regions from the initial sion standing. Provides a comprehensive look at the events and period of European exploration and colonization Geog 346 people shaping the last 150 years of Asia-Pacific to the present. Topic include the acquisition of World Population and Food Supply (4) history and relates them to Pacific Basin relation- geographical knowledge; cultural transfer and An introduction to the dynamics of the current ships today. Reveals how, from the 19th century acculturation; westward expansion; resource national and international problems associated onward, modern nations have emerged from the exploitation; regional and national integration; with rapid population growth, unemployment, rich and varied cultures and society of Pacific and landscape change. Prerequisite: upper divi- major population migrations, shortages of food Asia. Particular emphasis is placed on political sion standing. and economic geography of East Asia in relation C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 129

Geog 368 origin of grasslands, and relationship between and geomorphologic processes will be covered. United States and Canada (4) needleleaf and broadleaf forests. Vegetation types Prerequisite: eight hours of upper-division phys- Survey of the contemporary regional geography are studied within the context of climatic climax ical geography or graduate standing. of the United States and Canada including phys- zones. There are two half-day and two full-day Geog 430/530 ical environments, cultural landscapes, and eco- field trips. Prerequisite: Geog 313. Cultural Geography (4) nomic activities. Topics will include the Geog 414/514 Explores cultural geography as a subfield of the development of distinctive regions; the changing Hydrology (4) discipline. Examines the major organizing con- spatial relationships between the location of A detailed analysis of the physical processes of cepts of cultural geography--cultural ecology, resources and population; urban/rural dispari- the hydrologic cycle, emphasizing an applied region, landscape, symbolism. Focus is on how ties; and national and regional roles in the global approach for the purposes of resource manage- these concepts are used in cultural geography, economy. Prerequisite: Geog 230 or 250. ment and environmental analysis: precipitation, the evolution of research in each area, how the Geog 380 runoff processes, evapotranspiration, soil water, use and application of the concepts have Maps and Geographic Information (4) flooding and floodplain utilization, and tech- changed over time, current theoretical develop- Examines maps as communicative tools, analyti- niques of hydrologic data analysis. Prerequisites: ments, and how this subfield of geography fits cal devices, and cultural artifacts. Fundamental Geog 210 and Mth 243 and 244. into the discipline. Includes field work project. concepts such as scale, projection, coordinate *Geog 415/515 Prerequisite: Geog 230. systems, are reviewed and applied to higher level Soils and Land Use (4) Geog 432/532 measurement and analytical methods with the- The origin, development and distribution of Urban Landscapes (4) matic and topographic maps. The data require- soils and the significance of soil to man. Exam- Analysis of the contemporary built environment ments and information content of maps are ines the importance of soil to landforms, vegeta- of metropolitan areas; social, cultural, political, considered with respect to emerging digital geo- tion, and ecological development. Major and economic forces that have given cities their spatial technology. emphasis is given to land use potentials and lim- form and image; historical processes of urban Geog 399 itations on various kinds of soils with focus on development; and messages and meanings of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) urban and agricultural settings. There are two our surroundings. Focuses on common urban Geog 401/501 half-day field trips. Prerequisite: Geog 210. landscapes as well as designed spaces. In indi- Research (Credit to be arranged.) *Geog 416/516 vidual and group projects, students analyze the Consent of instructor. Extreme Environments (4) interrelationships of land use, residential density, Geog 403/503 Deals with the tundra, desert, and tropical rain- street patterns, homes and yards, and open Thesis (Credit to be arranged) forest. Stress will be placed on comparing and spaces in the Portland metropolitan area. Prereq- Consent of instructor. contrasting ecologic and environmental pro- uisite: Geog 332. Geog 404/504 cesses operative in these environments. Topics of *Geog 434/534 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit discussion include such things as: life strategies Metropolitan Economic Geography (4) to be arranged.) and adaptive processes, concepts of succession Study of how North American metropolitan Geog 404 Pass/no pass only. Consent of and climax, rates of biomass productivity, weath- areas are organized economically and geographi- instructor. ering, and erosional processes, and landscape cally and how spatial distributions are altered Geog 405/505 evolution. Prerequisite: Geog 313. under the impact of socioeconomic and techno- Reading and Conference (Credit to be *Geog 417/517 logical change. Topics include industrial loca- arranged.) Periglacial Geomorphology (4) tion, retail trade, public services, and housing. Consent of instructor. Deals with landscapes of the cold climate areas Prerequisite: Geog 331. Geog 407/507 of the world, i. e., polar regions, high moun- Geog 445/545 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tains, and former areas around the margins of Resource Management Topics (4) Geog 409/509 the continental glaciers. The course involves in- Focuses on advanced topics in administration Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) depth readings and discussions of a wide range and management of natural resources. Reviews Geog 409 Pass/no pass only. Consent of of topics from the distribution and origin of per- historical issues and today’s struggles for a sus- instructor. mafrost, to an analysis of specific landforms, to tainable approach in the development of natural Geog 410/510 the impact of humans on these environments. resource policy. Emphasis will vary, e.g. water Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) There are two full-day field trips to visit and resources, energy resources, public lands. Pre- Geog 411/511 observe periglacial phenomena in the Pacific requisite: Geog 345. Climatic Analysis (4) Northwest. Prerequisite: Geog 412. Geog 446/546 Nature of climatic data sets, methods of acquisi- Geog 418/518 Water Resource Management (4) tion, and techniques of analysis. The emphasis Advanced Topics in Biogeography (4) Analysis of the distribution, use and manage- will be on the study of climate variability and its Seminar course examines new developments in ment of water resources, emphasizing the sys- implications for the management of natural biogeography and their relationship to estab- tems of water rights, legislation, and regulations resources. Prerequisite: Geog 311 and Stat 243 lished biogeographic theory. Each offering will which govern water resources. Issues of water and 244. investigate one or more advanced topics in bio- development and water quality are examined. Geog 412/512 geography such as vegetation dynamics (plant Focus is on U.S. water resource, with case stud- Geomorphology (4) succession and disturbance), island biogeo- ies from other countries and regions. Examples Study of landform processes with focus on the graphic theory, biodiversity, and ecotones, eco- are drawn from local, regional, and international dynamics and significance of the creation of ini- clines, and edges. May be repeated with different water resource management schemes. Prerequi- tial relief, as well as the operation of mass wast- topics. Prerequisites: Geog 313, Bi 357, or grad- site: Geog 345. ing, fluvial, glacial and aeolian systems. The uate standing. Geog 448/548 significance of geomorphic processes and result- Geog 420/520 The Urban Forest (4) ant landforms to human activities is stressed. Field Methods in Physical Geography (4) Examination of issues related to trees in the Emphasis is on landscapes of the Pacific North- Introduces students to field methods in physical urban environment. Topics will include the west. There is a three-day field trip to the Chan- geography. The goal is to familiarize the student values and roles of urban trees, species identifi- neled Scablands of Washington. Prerequisite: with field techniques including research and cation, site selection, spatial structure of the Geog 210. sampling design, field measurements and map- urban forest, management and regulation of *Geog 413/513 ping, data analysis and report writing and the urban trees, and techniques for evaluating the Biogeography of Pacific Northwest (4) use of field equipment. Field and lab exercises health of the urban forest and public and gov- Study of the character and distribution of natural will focus on the examination of natural patterns ernmental efforts to promote urban trees. Pre- environments of the Pacific Northwest with and processes and those resulting from human requisite: one or more of Geog 313, 413, 415, focus on vegetation, wildlife, and soils. Classical activity. Techniques involving vegetation sam- 432/532, Bi 334. problems in biogeography are discussed, e.g., pling, soil description, microclimatic conditions, 130 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Geog 450 Geog 485/585 Geog 522 Geography of Portland (4) Map Design and Production (4) Research Design (4) Analysis of the geography of Portland. Lectures Introduction to the planning and execution of a A guided program for preparing graduate and guided field work. Students will work on map, with special emphasis on the arrangement research papers and theses in geography. Atten- group projects on specific topics involving of its graphic elements. Students will use carto- tion is given to formulating topics, developing research, data collection and analysis with oral graphic and illustration software in the compila- hypotheses, determining researchability, acquir- and written presentations. Prerequisite: 12 cred- tion, design and production of maps. ing and analyzing data, developing conclusions, its of geography. Prerequisite: Geog 270. and organizing and writing reports. Geog 453/553 Geog 488/588 Geog 542 Japan (4) Geographic Information Systems I: Livable Cities (4) The course focuses on the major geographical Introduction (4) Analysis of social geography, quality of life, and factors underlying Japan’s rise to industrial and Use of computers in Geographic Information sustainability in metropolitan areas. Topics economic greatness in the present day. The main Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes theory of include geographical patterns of ethnicity, class, emphasis is upon the rise and development of data bases related to geographic information and gender; relationships of homes and work- cities and industry, the agricultural characteris- management and practical aspects of database places; provision of services; and design of the tics of Japan, and its contemporary trade rela- design. Students will use a variety of programs built environment. Emphasis on the processes tionship with the Pacific Northwest. for mapping and spatial analysis of geographic and meanings that underlie the spatial patterns Prerequisite: Geog 353. information. Each student completes a series of and dynamics of social issues in American cen- Geog 462/562 lab exercises demonstrating a variety of tral cities and their suburbs. Prerequisite: Geog Sense of Place (4) approaches to the analysis and display of spatial 332 and 432/532. Places are created by people, infused with mean- data. Students enrolling in this class also must Geog 586 ing, and tied to personal experience. This course register for a computer lab section. Also listed as Geographic Conversations (2) explores meaning in landscapes and identity in USP 591. Prerequisite: Geog 270 or equivalent Exploration and critical evaluation of contempo- places, regions, and localities. It looks at places experience in cartography. rary research in geography. Focus is on reading through three frameworks: place description and Geog 490 and group discussion of recent journal literature depiction (in media images, popular narratives, Cartographic Studio (4) aimed at understanding the development of scholarly writings, photography, and art); the Advanced workshop course on cartographic ideas, methodologies, and philosophies. Themes meanings and messages of places; and our per- design, production, and analytical methods. Stu- will vary each term: cartography, physical geog- sonal experience and connections to places. dents in this class will demonstrate their ability raphy, resource issues, human geography and Topics include: the distinctiveness of places, to plan and execute a major cartographic other topics. Pass/no pass only, maximum 6 bioregional influences, personal memory and project. Suitable projects could include but are credits may be used toward graduate degree place, creating meaning in places, global-local not limited to: a unique map design, a series of program. tensions, territoriality, and contested places. maps illustrating a theme, or an analytical Geog 601 Geog 475/575 model. Prerequisites: Geog 270 and 482, 485, or Research (Credit to be arranged.) 488. Digital Compilation and Database Design Geog 603 (4) Geog 492/592 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Class in applied geographic information systems Geographic Information Systems II: Applications (4) Geog 605 featuring the project development of new digital Reading and Conference (Credit to be geo-spatial data. Students learn to digitize exist- Analysis and applications of geographic informa- arranged.) ing map documents, design information data- tion systems concepts and technology to land planning and management issues. The multipur- Geog 607 bases to be used with these data, and employ a Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) standardized documentation format to describe pose land information systems concept is used the database. Prerequisites: Geog 488/588, prior as an organizing device for spatial registration of or concurrent enrollment in Geog 492/592. data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- Geog 480/580 bility among functions. User needs assessment Visual Image Analysis (4) and systems design provides the basis for sys- Visual interpretation and measurement from tems procurement, implementation, and use. remotely sensed imagery used for mapping and Students enrolling in this class also must register spatial data development. Analysis of air photo for a computer lab section. Also listed as USP pattern recognition and scale distortions. Exami- 592. Prerequisite: Geog 488/588 or USP 591. nation of various satellite imaging platforms and Geog 495/595 product characteristics. Prerequisite: Geog 380. Maps and Models (4) Geog 481/581 Analysis and display of spatial data, emphasizing Satellite Digital Image Analysis (4) environmental topics within the framework of Interpretation and measurement from digital sat- the raster data model. Topics include the nature ellite imagery used for interpretation of the of systems and models, cartographic model earth’s surface. Analysis will be largely based on development, model implementation proce- the application of computer technology to imag- dures, vector-to-raster data conversion, and the ery. The emphasis will be on natural landforms incorporation of digital remote sensing data into and vegetative cover. Prerequisite: Geog 380. map models. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Geog 482/582 Geog 521 Environmental Remote Sensing (4) Geographic Thought (4) Visual interpretation of photographic and digi- Geography as a professional field. The first half tally based images of the earth derived from sen- of the course deals with the history of geo- sors such as aerial cameras, multispectral graphic thought and literature. The second half scanners, thermal scanners, and radar. Emphasis focuses on the role of geography among the arts is on applications, especially in environmental and sciences and on more recent developments monitoring, resource management, and plan- in the field. Required of all graduate students in ning. Prerequisite: Geog 270. geography. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 131

GEOLOGY

17A Cramer Hall degree in geology must meet the following G 341 Paleobiogeochemistry (4) 725-3022 departmental requirements: G 391 Structural Geology (4) www.geol.pdx.edu/ G 392 Stratigraphy (4) Credits G 393 Field Methods (4) G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) B.A., B.S. G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 G 427 Tectonics (4) Minor G 207 Bibliographic Resources ...... 1 G 440 Volcanology (4) Secondary Education Program G 211 Microcomputer Use in Geology ...... 1 G 442 Igneous Petrogenesis (4) M.A., M.S. G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 G 443 Ground Water Geology (4) M.A.T. and M.S.T. (Science/Geology) G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and G 445 Geochemistry (4) Metamorphic Petrology ...... 5 G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and Resources: Geology G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) Petrology ...... 5 G 453 Regional Geology (4) G 341 Paleobiogeochemistry ...... 4 G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) UNDERGRADUATE G 391 Structural Geology ...... 4 G 470 Engineering Geology (4) G 392 Stratigraphy ...... 4 G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) PROGRAMS G 393 Field Methods ...... 4 G 475 Introduction to Seismology and Site G 423 Computer Applications in Geology . . . 4 Evaluation (4) The Department of Geology offers pro- At least 16 credits of electives must be chosen G 484 Field Geophysics (4) grams leading to the bachelor’s and master’s from upper-division geology courses (exclud- 8 credits from the following courses: ...... 8 degrees in geology, as well as studies in ing G 333, G 351, G 355, G 430, G 452, G 333 Evolutionary Concepts (4) geophysics, geochemistry, hydrogeology, G 454, G 455, G 456, G 457, G 458). This G 351 Introduction to Oceanography (4) engineering, and environmental geology. may include up to 6 credits of upper-division G 451 Geology of the Portland Area (2) The programs serve both majors and science or engineering courses approved by G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) the undergraduate adviser. Students may use nonmajors in geology: those who may wish G 454 Cascade Volcanoes (3 credits up to 4 credits from an approved summer field maximum) (1) to broaden their science background; those camp course ...... 16 preparing to teach general or earth sciences G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) G 456 Astrogeology (4) Subtotal 65 or geology in elementary or secondary G 458 Astrobiology (4) schools; and those preparing for a master’s Supporting Courses G 461 Environmental Geology (4) or a doctoral degree. Mathematics through calculus to include Mth Postbaccalaureate students (with a 251, 252, 253, 254...... 16 Subtotal (minimum) 48 bachelor’s degree, not in geology) who wish One year of 200-level chemistry or equivalent Supporting Courses: to become professional geologists may with labs...... 13-16 Twelve upper-division credits selected from complete this curriculum while doing both Ph 201, 202, 203 plus labs; or Ph 211, 212, 213 geography, urban studies and planning, plus labs; or Ph 211, Ph 212 plus labs and and economics preapproved by the undergraduate and graduate work in EAS 211 (statics) ...... 14-15 geology. undergraduate adviser ...... 12 Mathematics to include Mth 251 ...... 4 Geologists are employed by government Subtotal 43-47 Statistics to include Stat 243; Stat 244 agencies at federal, state, county, and city recommended ...... 4 levels; by independent consulting firms to Total 108-112 One year of college chemistry plus labs . . 13-16 work with engineers, architects and plan- Courses taken under the undifferenti- One year of 100- or 200-level biology ners; in the construction, mining, and ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not with labs or Ph 121 and 122, petroleum industries; and as teachers in acceptable toward fulfilling departmental or Ec 201, 202...... 8-15 elementary and high schools and at the col- major requirements, with the exception of Subtotal 41-51 lege level. G 211. Geologists who have graduated from PSU are employed, for example, in pros- Requirements for Major Leading to a Total 89-99 pecting for copper deposits in the Northern B.A. Degree in Geology. In addition to Courses taken under the undifferenti- Rockies, coal in Texas, and oil in the North meeting the general University degree ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not Sea; evaluating the effects of forest roads requirements, the major leading to the B.A. acceptable toward fulfilling departmental and quarries; determining the dangers of degree in geology must meet the following major requirements. ground water contamination by a proposed departmental requirements: Requirements for a Minor. To earn a G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 industrial site; prospecting for geothermal minor in geology, a student must complete G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 28 credits (at least 14 credits of which must power sites; and in teaching at all levels. G 200 Field Studies...... 1 A student majoring in geology should G 312 Mineralogy ...... 5 be taken in residence at PSU), to include plan to complete the required mathemat- G 313, 315 Igneous Petrology and the following: ics, chemistry, and physics courses as early Metamorphic Petrology ...... 5 Credits in their program as possible. G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 Requirements for Major Leading to Petrology ...... 5 G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 the B.S. Degree in Geology. In addition to 12 credits selected from the following G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 meeting the general University degree courses ...... 12 Fifteen upper-division credits chosen from: . .15 G 331 Paleontology (4) requirements, the major leading to the B.S. G 312 Mineralogy (5) 132 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

G 313 Igneous Petrology (3) on a pass/no pass basis. Students must 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 cred- G 315 Metamorphic Petrology (2) have at least a 2.50 GPA in the endorse- its in approved graduate courses. G 316 Sedimentary Mineralogy and ment and must earn at least a C in each a. Students must take G 553 Regional Petrology (5) course of the endorsement. Geology. G 333 Evolutionary Concepts (4) It is recommended that students who G 351 Oceanography (4) b. Students must take G 523 Computer G 391 Structural Geology (4) want to teach science in grades 5-9 major Application in Geology unless already G 392 Stratigraphy (4) in geology and include a year-long intro- taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. G 420 Applied Geophysics (4) ductory course in biology and a course in c. Students must take three quarters of G 430 Life of the Past (4) meteorology, astronomy, and oceanogra- G 507 Graduate Seminar P/NP only. G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) phy; or major in general studies in science d. Students must take at least 8 credits G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) and complete the integrated science pro- in geology courses numbered 610 or G 451 Geology of Portland (2) gram on page 125. higher. G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) Science courses are to be taken for dif- e. Students must take at least another G 455 Minerals in World Affairs (4) ferentiated grades, except for those offered 12 credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer G 456 Astrogeology (4) Application in Geology was completed as G 457 Volcanoes and Earthquakes (4) only on a pass/no pass basis. Students must have at least a 2.75 GPA in science courses an undergraduate) in the field of geology G 458 Astrobiology (4) from 510 or higher level courses. G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) and must earn at least a C in each course. G 461 Environmental Geology (4) f. A maximum of 9 credits will be allowed for courses numbered G 470 Engineering Geology (4) RADUATE G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) G 501 Research, 504 Cooperative Educa- PROGRAMS tion/Internship, 505 Reading and Con- Total 28 ference, or 506 Special Problems. The Department of Geology offers pro- To earn a minor in environmental g. Students must complete at least 6 grams leading to the Master of Arts or credits of G 503 Thesis (P/NP only); up geology, a student must complete 29 credits Master of Science in geology, an option in to 9 credits can count for the degree. (at least 14 credits of which must be taken geohydrology, the Master of Arts in Teach- 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate in residence at PSU) to include the ing or Master of Science in Teaching Record Examination in Geology, taken following: (Science), and to the Ph.D. degree in envi- before the second term of regular Credits ronmental sciences and resources. admission; scores will be evaluated for G 200 Field Studies ...... 1 The M.A./M.S. program is designed to deficiencies. G 201, 202, 203 Geology ...... 9 G 204, 205, 206 Geology Laboratory ...... 3 train geology students beyond the bacca- 3. Completion of field camp (could have G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils or laureate degree for professional employ- been taken as an undergraduate) or G 461 Environmental Geology ...... 4 ment or for advanced graduate work. The equivalent as approved by the field camp Twelve upper-division credits chosen from: . .12 M.A.T./M.S.T. program is offered for teach- director. G 312 Mineralogy (5) ers in secondary schools and community 4. Presentation of a thesis. G 341 Paleobiogeochemistry (4) colleges. G 392 Stratigraphy (4) The department is an active participant 5. Completion of a final oral examination G 440 Volcanology (4) in the Environmental Sciences and (thesis defense) taken before the end of the G 443 Groundwater Geology (4) Resources Doctoral Program. Specialized sixth week of the final term in residence. G 447 Environmental Sediment Transport (4) Specific departmental requirements for G 448 Chemical Hydrogeology (4) studies in hydrogeology, economic geology, G 452 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) environmental geology, engineering geol- the M.A./M.S. geology-geohydrology G 460 Morphology and Genesis of Soils (4) ogy, and applied stratigraphy, along with option are the same as above, or with a G 461 Environmental Geology (4) multidisciplinary environmental sciences nonthesis option, are: G 474 Geomorphic Processes (4) courses and seminars, will partially fulfill 1. Completion of a minimum of 45 cred- the requirements for the Ph.D. in environ- its in approved graduate courses of which Total 29 mental sciences and resources. For infor- 36 must be for differentiated grades (A-F). Students are encouraged to contact mation relative to the Ph.D. program in a. Students must take G 553 Regional Michael L. Cummings, undergraduate environmental sciences and resources/geol- Geology. adviser, for help in designing a program ogy, see page 109. b. Students must take G 523 Computer leading to a minor in environmental To be admitted to the graduate degree Application in Geology unless already geology. program, the student must have a bacca- taken as G 423 as an undergraduate. Upper-division courses taken under the laureate degree in geology or its equivalent, c. Students must take three quarters of undifferentiated grading option (pass/no as determined by the departmental gradu- G 507 or CE 507 Graduate Seminar pass) are not acceptable toward fulfilling ate committee. It is recommended that the (P/NP only). department minor requirements. General and Advanced†Graduate Record d. Students must take at least 8 credits Examination in Geology be taken before in geology courses numbered G 610 or SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM admission. higher. Adviser: A.G. Johnson Students may qualify to teach geology Degree Requirements. University e. Students must take at least another 12 master’s degree requirements are given on credits (16 credits if G 423 Computer and general science in junior high and Application in Geology was completed as senior high schools by completing the edu- page 65. Specific departmental requirements for the M.S./M.A. are: an undergraduate) in the field of geology cation requirements listed on page 125 for from G 510 or higher level courses. the integrated science endorsement. f. Student must complete 3 credits in Courses are to be taken for differenti- G 501 Research ated grades, except for those offered only

† The Graduate Record Examination in Geology must be taken before the second term of regular admission to graduate work (see Degree Requirements, see above). C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 133

g. A maximum of 3 additional credits studies area. Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent G 331 will be allowed for courses numbered enrollment in the corresponding lower-division Paleontology (4) G 501 Research, G 504 Cooperative geology course. The principles of paleontology, emphasizing the morphology and evolution of the major fossil Education/Internship, G 505 Reading G 201, 202, 203 and Conference, and G 506 Special Geology (3, 3, 3) groups of invertebrates; recognition and descrip- Problems or similarly numbered courses G 201, 202 Physical Geology: Study of earth’s tion of diagnostic fossils. Three lectures; one in other departments. These courses are materials, structures, and the processes that have 2-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 203 offered for P/NP credit only. changed the earth’s surface throughout geologic (G 206 recommended). 2. Completion of the Advanced Graduate time, in the light of the unifying Plate tectonics *G 333 Record Examination in Geology, taken model. G 203 Historical Geology: Introduction Evolutionary Concepts (4) to the history of the earth and life on it. Requires Designed to provide background in evolutionary before the second term of regular concepts for non-majors and to address current admission; scores will be evaluated for concurrent enrollment in G 204 for G 201, G 205 for G 202, and G 206 for G 203. Classes will issues in evolution as they are perceived and are deficiencies. meet the requirements for science with an inte- being investigated by scientists in biology and 3. Completion of field camp (could have grated laboratory experience. geology. This is a combined lecture and discussion class and will include occasional guest lec- been taken as an undergraduate) or G 204, 205, 206 equivalent as approved by the field camp Geology Laboratory (1, 1, 1) turers presenting their research and views on director. Laboratory work to accompany G 201, 202, 203 various topics in evolution. A recitation is included for discussion and assistance with the 4. Presentation of a research project. involving basic geologic principles and processes emphasizing rocks, minerals, fossils, topo- required research paper. Credit can only be 5. Completion of a final oral examination graphic, and geologic maps. One 2-hour labora- earned in one sponsoring department. on the subject area and the research tory period. Concurrent enrollment in G 201, G 341 project. 202, and 203 respectively is required. Paleobiogeochemistry (4) A survey course designed to provide students G 207 MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR Bibliographic Resources (1) with a general background in biogeochemistry MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING Methods of geological literature search. Geology from an earth history perspective. The first part The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences majors only. May not be taken pass/no pass. of the course emphasizes the origin and evolu- offers the M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees in Science/ tion of biogeochemical cycles, followed by a G 211 survey of the microbial and chemical reactions Geology. To be admitted to the M.A.T./ Microcomputer Use in Geology (1) M.S.T. program in Science/Geology, a stu- Introduction to the use of microcomputers in that occur within the atmosphere, lithosphere, geology, including word processing, file prepara- hydrosphere, and biosphere. The second part of dent must hold a bachelor’s degree in geol- the course focuses on linking the mechanistic ogy, or in the physical or life sciences— tion, graphics, data management, and use of special geological programs. Two 1-hour understanding of biogeochemical interactions to including the equivalent of a minor in geol- a large-scale, synthetic view of global bio- ogy. Students must take the general Gradu- laboratories. For geology majors only. (Pass/no pass only). geochemical cycles. Evolutionary advances that ate Record Examination and submit scores significantly perturbed global biogeochemical before admission for advising purposes. G 301 cycles throughout earth history will also be Geology for Engineers (3) discussed. In consultation with the graduate A study of the origin, interior, and crustal mate- adviser, the student should establish the rials of the earth: the natural processes which G 344 degree program before the completion of have built it up, deformed, and torn down the Geology and the National Parks (4) 15 credits of coursework. The program crust throughout geologic time: the environmen- Covers the geology that one finds in our national tal interrelationships between man and geologic park system. Parks will be grouped by similar must include a minimum of 45 credits in geology. Basic concepts of geology will first be approved graduate courses, to include a processes and resources stressing application to engineering. For majors in civil engineering. covered in each group and then each park of the minimum of 30 credits in geology and group discussed. G 312 related sciences, 6 credits in G 506, and 6 G 351 credits in courses numbered G 510 and Mineralogy (5) Description, classification, and genesis of miner- Introduction to Oceanography (4) above. At least 9 credits, but no more than als. Introduction to optical mineralogy. Three A survey course designed to give students a 15 credits, must be in education courses. lectures, two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- broad general background. Emphasis is on inter- In order to fulfill requirements for the uisite: one year of general chemistry. relationships of oceanography and other sciences. This course includes several laboratory degree, the student must satisfactorily com- G 313 plete the degree program and pass both a experiences. Useful for general studies, teachers Igneous Petrology (3) and environmental science majors. Prerequisite: Description, classification, and genesis of igne- final written examination and a final oral upper-division standing. examination. ous rocks. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: G 312. G 355 Geosciences for Elementary Educators (4) COURSES G 315 An integrated survey of concepts from geology, Metamorphic Petrology (2) astronomy, and climatology for students inter- Description, classification, and genesis of meta- ested in elementary education. Course will be Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered morphic rocks. One lecture, one 2-hour labora- every year. designed around suggested content in the tory. Prerequisite: G 312. Oregon Content Standards. G 199 G 316 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Sedimentary Mineralogy and Petrology (5) G 391 Structural Geology (4) G 200 Study of terrigenous, biogenic and evaporite Study of origin, interpretation, and mapping of Field Studies (1) sedimentary rocks and minerals, including gene- major and minor geologic structures. Two lec- Participation in field trip exercises to enhance sis by weathering, transport, diagenesis, and tures; two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prerequi- the understanding of materials and processes other. Emphasis on the petrographic character of sites: G 201, 202, 316, Mth 112, Ph 201, or taught in corresponding lower division geology sedimentary rocks. Three lectures; two 2-hour concurrent enrollment. courses. Field studies areas include: coast, laboratory periods. Prerequisites: G 313, 315. mountains, Portland area, Eastern Oregon, etc. G 392 Lecture, field trip, and completion of workbook Stratigraphy (4) required. Maximum of one credit in each field Principles and techniques of recognition, interpretation, and correlation of stratified rock units used to establish time histories of tectonic, vol- 134 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

canic, and surficial processes, environments of G 437/537 tion-reduction reactions, surface reactions and deposition, and subsurface aquifer and reservoir Analytical Methods (4) vadose zone processes. Prerequisites: one year of characteristics. Two lectures; two 2-hour labora- Fundamentals, applications, and use of analyti- chemistry, G 443/543. cal methods in the analysis of earth materials. tory periods. Prerequisite: G 316. G 451/551 Analytical methods will include optical and X- G 393 Geology of the Portland Area (2) Field Methods (4) ray methods and introduction to microthermo- A survey of the geology of the Portland area Principles of geologic mapping, use of geological metric analysis, differential thermal analysis, and through a combination of lectures and field surveying instruments and aerial photographs, granulometry. Two lectures; two 2-hour labora- trips. An intensive study of published and preparation of reports and maps. Two lectures; tory periods. Prerequisites: G 316, one year of unpublished information on the geology of the two 3-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: general physics, radiation safety certification. greater Portland area including stratigraphy, G 391, 392. Radiation safety is acceptable as a corequisite. structure, geomorphology, and historical geol- * G 399 G 440/540 ogy. Primarily designed for geology majors, pro- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Volcanology (3) fessional geologists/engineers, and geology Classification of volcanic rocks and volcanic teachers. A basic knowledge of general geology, G 401/501 stratigraphic units; eruptive mechanisms; modes Research (Credit to be arranged.) equivalent to G 201, 202, 203 is assumed. of volcanic deposition; recognition, mapping, Prerequisite: G 405. G 452/552 and correlation of volcanic units; and strati- G 404/504 Geology of the Oregon Country (4) graphic syntheses of volcanic terranes. Two 75- Origin and geologic history of landscape features Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit minute lectures, one 2-hour laboratory. Field to be arranged.) in Oregon and the Pacific Northwest. Two lec- trip is required. Prerequisite: G 315. G 405/505 tures; one 2-hour laboratory period; one hour Reading and Conference (Credit to be G 442/542 recitation. Prerequisites: upper-division standing arranged.) Igneous Petrogenesis (4) and one of the following: G 111, 202, 351, 430, Investigation into the origin and evolution of 455. G 407/507 magmas and igneous rocks suites using Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) G 453/553 geochemical and petrographic methods, differ- G 410/510 Regional Geology (4) entiation of the earth through time, global ele- Tectonics, metamorphic, igneous, sedimentary, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ment cycles driven by igneous processes. Two Consent of instructor. hydrology, geophysics, and/or resource geology lectures; two 2-hour laboratory periods. Prereq- of selected regions. Three lectures; one hour rec- G 420/520 uisites: G 312, 313, and 315. Applied Geophysics (4) itation. Prerequisite: G 392. May be repeated for Principles of geophysical measurement and G 443/543 credit when offered under different title and Ground Water Geology (4) region. interpretation; seismology, gravimetry, isostasy, Study of the physical and chemical properties of G 454/554 geomagnetism, terrestrial electricity. Includes a underground water; the physical properties of survey of geophysical exploration techniques. Cascade Volcanoes (1) aquifers and their control and effect on the con- Field course in the study of one or more Cascade Three lectures, one 2-hour lab. Prerequisites: tained waters; water movement and the conser- one year of general physics, one year of calculus. volcanoes-origin and development of volcano, vation and utilization of existing ground water eruptive mechanism, deposits, rock types, and G 423/523 bodies as well as development of new water hazards. Course may be repeated for different Computer Application in Geology (4) bodies and rejuvenation of depleted and starved Application of digital computers to problems in volcano studies. Offered summers. Prerequisites: aquifers. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, gen- upper-division standing and one prior course geology. Topics covered are analysis of data col- eral physics, general chemistry. lected along a traverse, over a map area, and from the following, G 111, 201, 202, 452, 552. multivariate data. Applications to stratigraphic G 444/544 May be used to meet requirements for the B.A. in Well Dynamics (4) sections, chart recordings, sample locations, geology. May not be used to meet requirements Study of the interactions of water wells and an for the B.S. in geology. mapping, trend surfaces, and clustering. Two aquifer system, including all types of aquifer sys- G 455 lectures and one 4-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: tems and pump tests to analyze those systems, one year of calculus. Minerals in World Affairs (4) well drilling and design, pump selection, and The geologic origin and occurrence of metals, G 424/524 groundwater explorations. Prerequisite: G 443. Geographical Information Systems for the fuels, and industrial minerals and rocks; their Natural Sciences (4) G 445/545 geographic distribution and relative abundance Spatial data are input, analyzed, and displayed. Geochemistry (4) or lack among nations; the rules and principles Techniques covered include: data management, A survey of geochemistry. Emphasis on distribu- which influence their past, present, and future projections and reference datum, digitizing, tion of elements in the earth, nuclear geochemis- exploration, development, and use. Prerequisite: raster and vector operations, spatial statistics. try and thermodynamics of geologic systems. upper-division standing. Prerequisites: one year of general chemistry, Class projects apply data management and G 456/556 analysis techniques to the natural sciences. G 393. Astrogeology (4) Weekly professional quality lab reports are G 447/547 Geology and astronomy are combined to explore required. GIS tutorial followed by a gateway Environmental Sediment Transport (4) the evolution of the Universe and the Solar Sys- exam is used to demonstrate mastery of intro- Study of sediment transport, bedforms, and dep- tem. Comparative geologic evolution of the ductory material. Prerequisite: science ositional environment, with focus on quantita- planets is emphasized. A significant component background, basic statistics assumed. tive methods of predicting rates of sediment of the course is hands-on geologic field investi- yield, transport, and deposition in terrestrial and * gations and astronomical observations. G 427/527 marine environments. Prerequisites: ESR 202 or Tectonics (4) G 457/557 Study of processes of global plate tectonics, driv- G 202 and Mth 251. Volcanoes and Earthquakes (4) ing mechanisms, plate reconstructions, seismic- G 448/548 A study of volcanoes and earthquakes as they ity, tectonic settings of continental margins and Chemical Hydrogeology (4) affect humans and the development of land- cratons, and tectonic evolution of orogens and The study of low temperature aqueous ground- scapes. A field trip is required. Prerequisite: an basins. Prerequisite: G 391. water geochemistry with emphasis on factors introductory science course. which change chemical composition of ground- G 430/530 water and factors which influence the transport Life of the Past (4) Origin and development of plants, animals and of both inorganic and organic contaminants. man on earth, as interpreted from the study of Topics will include geochemistry of equilibrium fossils and the sedimentary rocks in which they reactions, mineral solubility, complexing, oxida- occur. Includes integrated laboratory and field experience. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 135

G 458/558 including liquefaction, ground failure, and site emplacement. Advanced techniques in examina- Astrobiology (4) amplification. Techniques for evaluating the sus- tion and analysis, closely tied to field studies; Astrobiology focuses on issues surrounding the ceptibility, potential, and severity of the hazards emphasis on occurrences in the Pacific North- origin and evolution of life on earth, the envi- and other science and engineering applications. west. Prerequisite: G 442/542. ronmental conditions required for life elsewhere, Prerequisite: senior/ graduate standing. This G 518/618 and the potential for life on other planets and course is the same as CE 443/543; course may Clay Mineralogy (4) satellites in our solar system. Additional topics be taken only once for credit. Clay structure and classification, clay mineral include the discovery, occurrence, and habitabil- G 477/577 analyses including X-ray identification and dif- ity of extrasolar planets, and the philosophical Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) ferential thermal analyses, mixed-layer clays, and societal implications of searching for life Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of clay-water systems, clay mineral-organic reac- beyond earth. buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incor- tions, engineering properties related to clay *G 460/560 porating the earthquake hazard assessment for a materials, geological occurrence of clays. Major Soil Geomorphology (3) project in the design process. The goal of this emphasis on engineering problems related to Effects of climate, vegetation, parent material, course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- clays and the field occurrence of clays. Prerequi- topography, and time on the development, neers, structural engineers, and architects to see site: radiation safety certification. weathering, classification, and chemistry of soils. how their particular tasks are impacted by the G 519/619 Two 75-minute lectures and one 2-hour labora- earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to Advanced Geochemistry (4) tory included. Prerequisites: G 201, 202, Ch evaluate earthquake design requirements in the Modern methods of geo-chemical analysis with 200-level (1 year). several disciplines including geology, geotechni- emphasis on neutron activation analysis and *G 461/561 cal engineering, structural engineering, and atomic absorption spectroscopy; applications of Environmental Geology (3) architecture. Prerequisite: G 475/575 or CE 443/ geochemical data to solution of geologic prob- Study of natural hazards and related land use 543. This course is the same as CE 448/548; lems. Two lectures; one 2-hour laboratory planning (flooding, landslides, earthquakes, vol- course may be taken only once for credit. period. Prerequisite: G 437/537 or G 445/545. canic, coastal) waste disposal and pollution in G 481/581 G 541/641 the geological environment, water supply, min- Field Geology I (6) Ground Water Modeling (4) eral and energy resources, environmental law Geologic mapping in sedimentary and volcanic The study of ground water modeling using finite related to geology, medical geology, climatic rocks or metamorphic and plutonic rocks during difference method. Prerequisites: G 443/543 and change. Two 75-minute lectures and one 2-hour a summer field camp. A charge will be made for one year of calculus. laboratory included. Prerequisites: the expenses of the field camp. Approximately * general chemistry (1 year), G 201, 202. G 571/671 64 hours of field work per week for three weeks Advanced Engineering Geology (4) G 465/565 in the summer. Prerequisites: G 316, 391, 392, Strength and stability of earth materials, Glacial Geomorphology (4) 393. resources, and land use, exploration and instru- The investigation of the importance of glaciers to G 482/582 mentation, professional practices. Prerequisite: landscape modification and global environmen- Field Geology II (3) G 470. tal change via an understanding of their forma- Geologic field studies of selected projects during * tion, structure, mass and energy exchange, and G 592/692 a summer field program. A charge will be made Methods in Quaternary Stratigraphy (4) movement. Erosion and deposition processes for the expenses of the field project. Approxi- Analysis of the methods used and their applica- will also be examined. This class adopts the pro- mately 80 hours of field work during one and a tions in physical stratigraphy including seismic, cess perspective whereby understanding the half to two weeks in the summer. May be sequence, geochemical, paleomagnetic, well log, physical processes provides significant insight repeated for credit when offered as a substan- and topics in Quaternary process stratigraphy. into the relative importance of the controlling tially different project. Prerequisite: G 481/581. Prerequisite: G 392. mechanisms of change. Field trip is required. G 483/583 G 595/695 Prerequisites: introductory geology, physical Anatomy of Landslides (4) geography, or geomorphology course. Topics in Geomechanics (4) Investigation of landslides. Slope Stability Analy- Topics chosen from finite strain, rock fracture, *G 470/570 sis, field mapping, and description of landslides and rock folding. May be repeated if topics are Engineering Geology (4) and related features. Studies of the morphology different. Prerequisites: G 491/591, Mth 254, Applications of geological information to engi- of landslides from the literature. Prerequisites: Ph 203. neering problems: soil mechanics, rock mechan- Ph 203, Mth 252. ics, construction materials, groundwater and G 601 *G 484/584 Research (Credit to be arranged.) construction, instrumentation, exploration, ter- Field Geophysics (4) rain models, landslide analysis. Three hours of G 603 Applications of geophysical techniques to solv- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) lecture and two hours of lab per week. Labs ing a field problem. Methods applied include stress quantitative analysis. One day field trip gravity, resistivity, refraction, and magnetics. G 604 explores landslides of the Portland area. Prereq- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Includes at least one weekend in the field and to be arranged.) uisites: G 202, Ph 203. production of a final report with data and con- *G 474/574 clusions. Prerequisite: G 420. G 605 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Geomorphic Processes (4) G 491/591 A study of exogenetic earth processes; formation arranged.) Physical Processes in Geology (4) G 606 and modification of earth’s surface including the Application of mechanics to physical processes work of water, wind, and ice in erosion, trans- Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be in geology, such as igneous intrusion, rock fold- arranged.) portation, and deposition on land and sea. Three ing, debris flow, lava flow, groundwater, and gla- lectures; one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: G 202. G 607 ciation. Prerequisites: Mth 254, Ph 203, G 391. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) G 475/575 G 503 Introduction to Seismology and Site G 610 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Evaluation (4) Pass/no pass only. Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature G 506 and propagation of seismic waves in the earth, Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) earthquakes as a hazard to life and property. *G 512/612 Uses of reflection and refraction exploration seis- Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic mology, borehole velocity measurements, seis- Petrology (4) Topics in the origin and formation of igneous mic remote sensing, and direct measurement and metamorphic rock masses; their derivation, techniques. Earthquake hazard assessment evolution, chemistry, structure, and modes of 136 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

HISTORY

441 Cramer Hall Commonwealth; Colonial America and the its) taken outside of history. This is pro- 725-3917 United States; East Asia; Europe; Latin vided to encourage students to design www-adm.pdx.edu/user/hist/ America; Russia and the Soviet Union; and interdisciplinary history majors. West Asia. History students can design a History Honors Option. The Depart- B.A., B.S. major course of study emphasizing one of ment of History offers an Honors Option. Minor these areas, or alternatively focus their Students who wish to pursue this option Secondary Education Program—Social studies thematically in, for example, politi- must apply to do so before they have Science cal and diplomatic, social, or intellectual attained senior standing. The History M.A. and cultural history. Similarly, the major in Honors Option requires a 3.50 GPA in His- M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social history can be broadly comparative across tory prior to admission to the program. It Science) geographic regions or focused on a specific includes an undergraduate thesis on which historical period such as the ancient, medi- students work in their junior and senior eval, early modern, or modern periods. years. In the first term—during the junior UNDERGRADUATE Because of the flexibility in the history year—the student investigates thesis topics PROGRAM major, the department emphasizes student in a reading and conference course directed advising. by a faculty member who has agreed to In attaining the objectives of a liberal edu- While students can declare a major in supervise the student’s honors thesis. In the cation, the historical perspective is essential history at any point in their undergraduate senior year, the first term is devoted to at every stage of development. Through a career, for advising purposes they are asked research, the second term to writing, and study of history, the student is provided not to contact the Department of History (441 the third to presentation and revision of the only with an opportunity to integrate Cramer Hall) as soon as possible. thesis. knowledge of the subject matter of other Requirements for the Major. In addi- Requirements for a Minor. To earn a disciplines but also to engage in critical tion to meeting the general University minor in history a student must complete thought and research. An undergraduate degree requirements, the major in history 32 credits, including the following: education in history provides the opportu- must meet the departmental requirements Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 nity to acquire these skills of scholarship. listed below: Hst 407 Seminar ...... 4 The study of history, furthermore, reveals Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 Credits History Electives ...... 20 the diversity of human existence and Lower-division history electives. .(maximum) 12 allows students in the liberal arts to Hst 300 Historical Imagination ...... 4 Total 32 develop greater tolerance, understanding, Hst 407 Seminar ...... 8 creativity, and intellectual insight. Students Hst 495 Comparative World History ...... 4 All courses are to be taken for differenti- interested in the Secondary Education Pro- Upper-division electives in history. Selected in ated grades and the history minor must gram in Social Science discover that histor- consultation with major adviser; geographic, earn at least a C- in each course pre- ical study establishes a context for each of thematic, or period-based...... 24-44 sented to meet minor requirements. the human sciences: psychology, anthro- Upper-division electives outside of history A maximum of 12 credits from lower- pology, sociology, economics, geography, applied to major requirements. Selected in division history courses can be applied consultation with major adviser to the minor requirements. and political science. (maximum) ...... 8 The History Department curriculum A minimum of 16 credits in history in provides basic historical knowledge for the Total 60 residence at Portland State University is required. student of ability who plans to go on to All courses are to be taken for differenti- graduate work and a professional career in ated grades and the history major must SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM the field. The curriculum satisfies the needs earn at least a C- in each course pre- of students interested in the subject as the (See General Studies: Social Science sented to meet major requirements. page 124). core of a broad liberal education and offers Of the electives students apply to the background knowledge of historical devel- history major requirements, at least two opment for the student with a major in the courses must examine a non-Western GRADUATE social sciences or in a professional area European and non-U.S. subject, and at PROGRAMS such as business, education, journalism, least two courses must examine either law, medicine, or the ministry. History Western Europe or the United States. The Department of History offers a Master of Arts degree. The degree program is courses compose a professional base for A maximum of 12 lower-division cred- students planning to teach at the high its in history may be applied to the designed to develop historians with special school level; to enter government service, major requirements. competence by systematic training in the content, methods, and interpretation of museum, or archival work; to work in a A minimum of 32 credits in history research capacity in connection with book must be taken in residence at Portland history. Although each degree program will or magazine publishing; or to write State University. vary, as will the individual’s purpose for pursuing graduate work, the same level of professionally. With the approval of their major The Department of History has offerings adviser, history majors may apply to scholarly competence and intellectual in the following geographic areas: Africa; their major requirements two upper- attainment is expected of all students. Ancient Greece and Rome; Britain and the division courses (maximum of 8 cred- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 137

To be considered for admission to grad- research that follows from a program Hst 313 uate study, the student should normally planned in consultation with the student’s African History Since 1800 (4) have the minimum preparation undertaken adviser. An upper division course designed to survey the history of the African continent from 1800 to the by an undergraduate major in history and The department stresses the importance present, with emphasis on the era of the Atlantic have maintained a minimum GPA of 3.25 of adequate preparation in foreign lan- slave trade, colonial period, independence, and in upper-division history courses. In addi- guages to be utilized by students in their post independence. Prerequisite: BSt 305 or Hst tion to the University application for grad- advanced study and research. Graduate 312. This course is the same as BSt 306; course uate studies, students are required to students should demonstrate proficiency in may be taken only once for credit. submit their score on the Aptitude section a foreign language germane to their thesis *Hst 315 of the Graduate Record Examination, two field no later than the point at which they Greek History (4) letters of recommendation from faculty have completed 32 credits of graduate A survey of the social, political, economic, and who can evaluate their preparation for study. cultural history of the Greeks and their neigh- graduate studies, a statement of purpose All students are required to take written bors. From earliest beginnings until the death of Alexander. Prerequisite: Hst 101 or Sophomore describing their objectives in graduate examinations covering their chosen fields Inquiry (Greek Civilization). study, and two examples of their writing, of concentration. The written examination *Hst 316 preferably history research papers. Foreign in the student’s first field should be passed Roman History (4) students must comply with the University before the end of the first year of graduate A study of the social, political, economic, and requirement of a minimum grade of 550 in study (i.e., 24 credits). Students should cultural history of the Mediterranean region the Test of English as a Foreign Language pass the written examination in the second between 753 and the fall of Rome. Prerequisite: (TOEFL). field before the completion of 32 credits. Hst 101 or Sophomore Inquiry (Greek For information on the Master of Arts in For graduation, finally, each student must Civilization). Teaching or the Master of Science in Teach- successfully defend their thesis in an oral Hst 320 ing (General Social Science), see page 125. examination before their thesis committee East Asian Civilization (4) Degree Requirements. University and an outside examiner appointed by the Foundations of East Asian civilization from perspective of China as dominant civilization in master’s degree requirements are listed Dean of Graduate Studies. East Asia. Interaction between Chinese influence on page 65. Specific departmental require- and indigenous traditions in Japan, Korea, and ments are listed below. MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING Vietnam. Attention to major philosophical and For information on the Master of Arts in religious traditions, such as Confucianism and MASTER OF ARTS Buddhism; origins and structure of political A minimum of 48 credits of approved teaching and the Master of Science in institutions; family life and social organization; graduate-level courses are required for the Teaching (General Social Science), see and literary traditions. Chronological coverage M.A. in history. Of these 48 credits stu- page 125. to about 1800. dents must complete a minimum of 36 Hst 321 credits in history, to include two seminars COURSES Modern East Asia (4) (Hst 507) and 8 credits of thesis writing. History of East Asia from around 1800, begin- With the approval of their thesis adviser, Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered ning with the Opium Wars in China and the students can apply to their M.A. program a every year. Meiji Restoration in Japan, through postwar state maximum of 12 credits from graduate and society in Japan and the People’s Republic of Hst 101, 102 China. Some attention to Korea, Vietnam, and History of Western Civilization (4, 4) courses taken outside of history. Students Taiwan. Emphasis on concepts of imperialism, are normally admitted for the fall term and Origins and development of Western civilization from ancient times to the present. Westernization, modernization, and revolution. are strongly advised to complete Hst 500 Hst 327, 328, 329 (Introduction to the Master’s Program in Hst 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) The U.S. in the 20th Century (4, 4, 4) History) in the first term of study. While Hst 327: 1890-1932, Populism and the Crisis of Hst 500 is strongly recommended for all Hst 201, 202 the 1890s; the Purity Crusade; Corporate and History of the United States (4, 4) Anticorporate Progressivism; Theodore entering graduate students, it is required From colonial times to the present day. for those who have not completed an Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson; the Open Door Hst 300 Policy and World War I; the League of Nations undergraduate course in Historiography The Historical Imagination (4) (Hst 300 or equivalent). and the Red Scare; the New Era and Insurgents The how and why of the historian’s craft: (1) an of the 1920s; the Cultural Conflicts of the Coursework for the M.A. must include introduction to the basics of research and writ- 1920s; Herbert Hoover, the Great Depression, two historical fields. The first field will con- ing; (2) an examination of historical writing, its and the Election of 1932. Hst 328: 1932-1960, sist of a minimum of 12 credits of course- relationship to the time and place of its origin, Franklin D. Roosevelt and the New Deal Mana- work, and the second field a minimum of 8 and the emergence of the ideas, consciousness, gerial State; Anti-New Dealers and the Noninter- credits. These fields are defined geographi- and canons of scholarship which shaped it. This ventionist Movement; World War II and the New course serves as an introduction to the study of cally, although, with the adviser’s approval Order; the Cold War and the National Security history at the upper division level and is recom- State under Truman and Eisenhower; the Anti- and where appropriate to the student’s mended for students beginning their junior year. thesis project, the second field may be Communist Crusade of the 1950s. Hst 329: Hst 312 defined thematically; for example, social 1960 to the Present, John F. Kennedy and the African History Before 1800 (4) New Frontier; Civil Rights, Lyndon Johnson, and history, intellectual history, political history. An upper division course designed to survey the the Great Society; the Vietnam War; the New The geographic fields offered in the gradu- history of the African continent from earliest Left and Counterculture; Richard Nixon and ate program are: Africa; Ancient Greece and times to the period of the Atlantic slave trade. Watergate; Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan, and Rome; Britain and the Commonwealth; Using a lecture/discussion format, the course the Rise of Populist Conservatism; George Bush, Colonial America and the United States; will examine the impact of trade, technology, Bill Clinton, and the Global Economy. and ecology on the transformation of African East Asia; Medieval; Early Modern Europe; * societies before 1800. Prerequisites: BSt 205. Hst 330 Modern Europe; Latin America; Russia and The American Revolution and Constitution, This course is the same as BSt 305; may be taken 1763-1789 (4) the Soviet Union; and West Asia. only once for credit. The Master of Arts in history focuses The Revolutionary Movement, the American Revolution, Confederation, and Constitution. upon the preparation and defense of a Prerequisites: Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry thesis that is based upon primary source (American Studies), or consent of instructor. 138 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Hst 331 *Hst 334 tion and their institutions; the formation of the The Early Republic, 1789-1815 (4) Slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction, constitution; the Oregon system; minority The Early Republic years of the United States, 1850-1877 (4) groups; and modern politics and economics. including the presidencies of Washington, Slavery and the coming of the Civil War; domes- A biographical approach will be taken where Adams, Jefferson, and Madison. Prerequisites: tic and military aspects of the war; the collapse appropriate. of slavery; Southern Reconstruction—problems Hst 201, Sophomore Inquiry (American Stud- * of reunion and adjustment to the end of slavery. Hst 339 ies), or consent of instructor. The Environment and History (4) *Hst 332, 333 Hst 337 Introduction to the theme of the environment in The United States in the 19th Century (4, 4) History of American Cities (4) the study of history and the history of environ- Hst 332: Era of Good Feelings; Jacksonian Traces the evolution of urban centers from the mental ideas, from the 16th century to the democracy, reformism; economic change; expan- colonial period to the present. Focuses on the present, with special focus on the impact of sion and Manifest Destiny, slavery and the crisis developing system of cities, on growth within science, philosophy, literature, and history on of the 1850s; outbreak of the Civil War. Hst 333: cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- our understanding of the environment. Designed Civil War and Reconstruction; industrialization bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- as an introductory course for students of all and urbanization; political patterns; the prob- lar attention is given to the industrial and majors. lems of labor and radicalism; and problems of modern eras. Prerequisite: upper division standing. Hst 340 assimilation (Native American, African Ameri- Women and Gender in America, Colonial can, and the so-called “New Immigration”). Hst 338 Era to 1865 (4) Oregon History (4) This course explores women’s lives and work in This course surveys the history of Oregon from America from European contact with the New the time of the European discoveries until the World through the end of the Civil War. present. Topics considered are the era of coloni- Through primary and secondary material, stu- zation; the diplomacy of the Oregon Question; dents will confront the diversity of female expe- the Christian missionaries; the pioneers’ migra- rience as well as the ways in which gender shaped the economic, political, and social life of the emerging nation. Possible themes include native women and colonial settlement, Puritan religion, the household economy, the American Revolution, evangelicalism and the rise of the Victorian home, women and the westward movement, slavery and race, gender and industrialization, and the emergence of women’s rights. Hst 341 Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the Present (4) Who was a suffragette? A ﬂapper? Rosie the Riv- eter? What do these images hide as well as reveal about American women’s recent past? This course surveys the making of modern American women by focusing on gender, family, work, and political arrangements from 1865 to the present. Students will explore the diversity of women’s lives through the ideas and institutions—both the outstanding and everyday—forged by women in this period. Themes include missionaries and reform in the Gilded Age, higher education and the professions, women workers and labor organizing, the rise of sexual modernism, gender in the Jim Crow South, postwar domes- ticity and the “feminine mystique,” feminism’s roots in the Civil Rights movement, and “second wave” feminism and its discontents. Hst 342 History of Feminism in the U.S. (4) After a review of Western feminism’s Enlighten- ment roots and Victorian variations in the United States, this course focuses on the shaping of modern feminism as a diverse body of questions, ideas, and experiments in American life. Themes include political equality, the emergence of sexual politics, issues of race and difference, women workers and class conﬂict, the civil rights movement and gender struggles, radical feminism, conservative women and “backlash,” and feminist internationalism. *Hst 343 American Family History (4) History of the American family from the colonial period to the present. The course will draw upon textual sources and oral histories in examining changes in families in the colonial period, and Patricia Schechter, History C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 139

the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prereq- been affected by the political, social, and cultural cianism, religious beliefs and practices, popular uisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry (Amer- milieu in which it is carried out. The primary culture, arts, and literature. Prerequisite: upper- ican Studies), or consent of instructor. focus is on modern Europe and America. division standing, Hst 320. Hst 350, 351 Hst 399 *Hst 422/522 English History (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Modern Japan, 1850-present (4) A general survey covering political, economic, Hst 401/501 History of Japan from Perry Expedition in 1853 social, intellectual, and religious development. Research (Credit to be arranged.) to the present. Emphasis on Tokugawa founda- *Hst 355 Consent of instructor. tions for rapid transformation of Japan begin- Early Medieval Europe: 300-1100 (4) Hst 404/504 ning with the Meiji Restoration; Westernization; A survey of political, cultural, intellectual, reli- Public History Internship (4) evolution of modern political institutions; rise of gious, social, and economic aspects of this 800- Intensive, on-the-job internships with public Japanese militaries and imperialism in Asia. year period, including among other topics the agencies, private businesses, non-profit firms, Modern literature, postwar social change, and decline of Roman power in Western Europe, the and other groups in public history work. Each status of Japan as leading industrial nation. Pre- spread of Christianity, the rise of the Franks, internship is by special arrangement and terms. requisite: upper-division standing, Hst 320 or the Carolingian Empire, the growth of feudal Prerequisite: Hst 496/596, or consent of Hst 321. ties, and the gradual creation of a high-level instructor. *Hst 423/523 civilization. Hst 405/505 Topics in Chinese Social History (4) *Hst 356 Reading and Conference (Credit to be This course will examine institutions and Late Medieval Europe: 1100-1550 (4) arranged.) themes—relating to the family, urban and rural An examination of the second half of the Middle Consent of instructor. Directed reading for life, education and the like—in Chinese social Ages including the transition from medieval to honors students and history majors. history. The subject matter will vary from term early modern characteristics. Among subjects Hst 407/507 to term. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 discussed will be the renaissance of the 12th Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) credits each for three courses with different top- century and the forging of Gothic civilization; Study and application of the techniques of his- ics) Prerequisite: Hst 320. the “calamitous 14th century” with the Black torical research and writing. *Hst 424/524 Death and the Hundred Years’ War; the special Hst 409/509 Topics in Chinese Thought and Religion (4) place of Italian cities and their Renaissance; the Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Chinese intellectual history, including popular triumph of nominalism; and the Protestant thought as well as elite philosophy. The subject Hst 410/510 Reformation. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged) matter will vary from term to term. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for three *Hst 357, 358 * Hst 412/512 courses with different topics) Prerequisite: Hst Europe Since the Renaissance (4, 4) Topics in African/Caribbean History and Political, social, economic, and cultural trends Culture (4) 320. from the 16th century to the present. Hst 357: An in-depth exploration of selected topics in *Hst 425/525 1555-1815. Hst 358: 1815 to the present. African and/or Caribbean cultural history. Spe- Modern China, 1850-Present (4) *Hst 359 cial attention will be given to thematic issues of History of China from decline of imperial system Early Modern France (4) broad application to the understanding of cul- through century of revolution that culminated in A survey of the history of France during the tural interaction, continuity and change. founding of the People’s Republic of China, to death of Mao in 1976. Course is organized Reformation, the Age of Absolutism, and the *Hst 415/515 Enlightenment, 1515-1778. Prerequisites: Topics in Greek History (4) around concepts of imperialism, nationalism, Hst 101, 102. An advanced look at specific topics in Greek his- revolution, and modernization analyzed in con- *Hst 360 tory from the Bronze Age to the death of Cleo- text of chronological presentation of major The French Revolution and Napoleon (4) patra. Topics will include social, political, events in modern Chinese history, including the A survey of the history of France during the Rev- economic, intellectual, and religious history. The 1911 Revolution, the May 4th Movement, the olution and Napoleonic era, 1778-1815. subject matter will vary from term to term. genesis of Chinese Communism, the decade of Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. (Maximum number of credits is 12; 4 credits Nationalist rule from Nanking, and the Sino-Jap- anese War. History of postrevolutionary state *Hst 365, 366 each for three courses with different topics.) Pre- Latin America (4, 4) requisite: Hst 315, Sophomore Inquiry (Greek treated in terms of consolidation of power and A survey from pre-Columbian times to the Civilization), or permission of instructor. implementation of revolutionary ideals. Prereq- uisite: Hst 320 or 321. present. Hst 365: Period of discovery and con- *Hst 416/516 quest, colonial institutions, the age of reform. Topics in Roman History (4) Hst 427/527 Hst 366: Independence and rise of the new An advanced look at specific topics in Roman Topics in the History of Science (4) nations, the recent period. Prerequisite: Hst 101, history from the Etruscans to the Dark Ages. An in-depth investigation of a selected theme in 102, or Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). Topics will include social, political, economic, the history of science and its cultural, social, or political relations. The subject matter will vary *Hst 385, 386 and intellectual history. The subject matter will The Middle East in Modern Times (4, 4) vary from term to term. (Maximum number of from term to term; topics include: science and A survey of social, cultural, and political trends credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses religion, science under Nazism, science and in the Middle East from 1300 to the present. Hst with different topics.) Prerequisite: Hst 316 or Modernism, the Darwinism and social Darwin- 385: the Ottomans, Safavid Iran, the Age of later permission of instructor. ism, Scientific Revolution, and changing physical world pictures. Some previous study in Islamic empires, Middle East Reforms, imperial- * Hst 420/520 history is recommended; a background in sci- ism in the 18th and 19th centuries. Hst 386: Topics in Early Japanese History (4) Middle Eastern industrial society, mass culture Selected themes in early Japanese history (to ence is welcome, but not required or expected. and nation states in the 20th century. Prerequi- about 1600), including myth and archaeology, *Hst 430/530, 431/531, 432/532 site: Hst 102. Shinto and the formation of the early state, Bud- U.S. Cultural History (4, 4, 4) The relation of cultural attitudes, values, and Hst 387 dhism and the impact of Chinese civilization, Science in Society: Historical Perspectives the medieval court and society, and the rise of belief to the American historical experience. Hst (4) military government and warrior society. Prereq- 430/530: 1600-1860, European legacy and Examines the interplay between two different uisite: upper-division standing, Hst 320. Native Americans; Puritanism and mission; race, class, and ethnicity in Colonial America; Ameri- aspects of science: science understood as a * Hst 421/521 can Enlightenment and Revolution; Cultural system of knowledge about the world and sci- Topics in The History of Early Modern ence understood as the social institutions (disci- Japan (4) Nationalism in the New Republic; Industrial plines, laboratories, etc.) by which that Selected themes in Tokugawa (1600-1850) his- Ethic and Pastoralism; Jacksonian Democracy knowledge is produced and transmitted. tory, including rural life and urbanization, mer- and the Cult of the Self-Made Man; Manifest Through reading, discussion, lectures, and inde- chants and commerce, political thought and Destiny and Native Americans; Slavery and Afri- pendent research, the course explores ways in institutions, women and family life, neo-Confu- can-American Culture; Protestant Evangelical- which the scientific endeavor has affected and ism, Social Reform, Abolitionism, and 140 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Feminism. Hst 431/531: 1860-1945, Cultural logical thinking. Hst 441/541: A survey of North 1300 and 1550 and that begin to set it apart Civil War and Reconstruction; Age of Incorpora- American history since 1900 from an environ- from the medieval era. Thus the class is not a tion, Labor Reform, and Utopian Thought; Pop- mental perspective with special reference to survey of life during a period of time but a study ulism and the Crisis of the 1890s; Progressive conservation and environmentalism, interdisci- of selected phenomena. Among topics for con- Purity Reform and Intellectual Ferment; Two plinary topics in environmental history, political sideration are the revival of antique (above all Cultures of the 1920s; Depression Realism and action, and contemporary environmental Latin and Greek) letters and attitudes, types of Radicalism; World War II and the Judeo-Chris- thought. Humanism, new education ideals, secular out- tian Consensus. Hst 432/532: Anti-Communist, *Hst 442/542, 443/543 look, the functions of Renaissance patrons, polit- Nationalist, and Anticorporate Insurgence in the History of the Westward Movement (4, 4) ical theory and the growth of the “early modern 1950s; Antiwar, Racial, Counterculture, and A description of the westward movement into state,” Neoplatonism, and the spread of the Feminist Ferment in the Protest Era; New Age the various geographical regions of the nation Renaissance from Italy to Northern Europe. and Postmodernist Thought; Populist Conserva- and an evaluation of the significance of this phe- There is much opportunity for class discussion. tism and Traditional Values, 1980-present. Rec- nomenon for the American people, both con- *Hst 456/556 ommended prerequisite: 430: Hst 201 or 332. temporaneously and subsequently. Social, The Protestant and Catholic Reformations 431: Hst 202, 333, 335, or 336; 432: Hst 336. cultural, economic, and political aspects of the of the 16th Century (4) *Hst 433/533, 434/534 migration process will be examined. Hst 442/ A survey of the religious revolutions that Colonial American and U.S. Social and 542: the Atlantic seaboard to the Mississippi. occurred in Europe during the first two thirds of Intellectual History (4, 4) Hst 443/543: the trans-Mississippi West. this century, up until the end of the Council of Hst 433/533: 1600-1860. 434/534: 1860- Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Trent (1563), the so-called Reformation era. It present. Each term will examine three or four Hst 444/544 will treat religious, intellectual, political, social aspects of American social and intellectual his- History of the Pacific Northwest (4) and economic developments that helped create tory—such as race, class, religion and philoso- The social, cultural, economic, and political the setting for the Reformation, as well as the phy, ideology and politics, community, region, aspects of the development of civilization in course of events that constitutes the Reforma- or labor. Prerequisites, Hst 433: Hst 201, Sopho- Oregon and Washington. The history of the tion, the doctrines and intentions of the major more Inquiry (American Studies), or consent of region is related to national and international reformers (among others, Martin Luther, John instructor; Hst 434: Hst 201, Sophomore contexts. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. Calvin, Ignatius Loyola), the beliefs of the Inquiry (American Studies), or consent of common people, and the consequences of *Hst 445/545 instructor. History of Portland (4) reform. *Hst 435/535, 436/536, 437/537 The historical growth of Portland and its metro- *Hst 457/557, 458/558 American Diplomatic History (4, 4, 4) politan region, with major attention given to the History of Germany (4, 4) The history of American involvement in world 20th century. Emphasis is placed upon the pro- The development of German political and social affairs from colonial times to the present. Hst cess of urbanization and the consequences of the life in modern times. Hst 457/557: Thirty Years’ 435/535: Emphasis on America as the object of past decisions and actions as they relate to recent War to the Revolution of 1848. Hst 458/568: European diplomacy; winning and maintaining developments. Prerequisite: upper-division 1848 to the present. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. independence, continental expansion, and civil standing. *Hst 459/559, 460/560 war. Hst 436/536: American intervention in East Hst 446/546 European Intellectual History (4, 4) Asia and the Caribbean, Imperialism, and World Topics in the History of American A lecture course that examines major develop- War. Hst 437/537: a second World War, Cold Professions (4) ments in European thought. Each term, writings War, containment, Korea, Vietnam, and Ameri- Historical analysis of the roots and development of three or four authors will be used to investi- can globalism. Prerequisites: Hst 201, 202. of the intellectual, economic, social, and political gate the relationship between ideas and their †Hst 438/538 power and authority of representative profes- social context. Prerequisites: Hst 101, 102. American Economic History: the First sions in America and the West. Topics include: *Hst 465/565 Century (4) Foundations of American Medicine; American Twentieth Century Latin America (4) The economic background of the War of Inde- Medicine in the Twentieth Century; American Recent political, social, and economic develop- pendence and the seeds of the Civil War. Indus- Lawyering; American Technology. Course may ments with emphasis on the period since World trialization, urbanization, and development of be repeated for credit with different topic. War II. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or Sopho- the frontier. Rise of big business and organized *Hst 450/550 more Inquiry (Latin America). labor. Laissez faire, federalism, and the gradual Medieval England (4) *Hst 466/566 emergence of the national government in eco- An advanced examination of England from the The Caribbean (4) nomic policy. Changes in foreign trade and in Anglo-Saxon to 1450 covering selected topics History of the Caribbean island republics and the international position of the U.S. Prerequi- in political, religious, social, and intellectual adjacent areas with emphasis on the period since sites: Ec 201, 202. history. independence. Prerequisites: Hst 365, 366, or †Hst 439/539 *Hst 451/551 Sophomore Inquiry (Latin America). American Economic History: the 20th Tudor England (4) *Hst 467 Century (4) An advanced examination of political, intellec- Latin American Culture and Society (4) Economic impact of U.S. involvement in World tual, and social change in Tudor England includ- Topics include historico-cultural disputes, elite War I. Postwar structural changes. Waning of ing the Henrician revolution in government, the cultural movements, literary, artistic, and intel- laissez faire. Causes of the Great Depression. English Reformation, the Elizabethan renais- lectual currents, popular culture, external influ- Economic policies of Hoover and Roosevelt sance and the crisis of the aristocracy. ences, race relations, miscegenation, sectoral administrations. The New Deal reforms. World * relations, gender relations, and modernization. War II and emergence of the administered sys- Hst 452/552 Irish History (4) Prerequisites: Hst 330, 331, or Sophomore tem. Evolution of the mixed economy and grow- A survey of Irish history from Celtic times to the Inquiry (Latin America). ing role of the government. The industrial- present which attempts to increase understand- * military complex and the social imbalance. Hst 468/568, 469/569, 470/570 ing of the complexities of 20th century Irish History of Mexico (4, 4, 4) Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. problems through an examination of the histori- Hst 468/568: A study of Mexico’s beginnings *Hst 440/540, 441/541 cal roots-social, religious, political, economic, from pre-Columbian times through the colonial American Environmental History (4, 4) and intellectual. period. The origins of Mexican culture, society, Hst 440/540: A survey of North American his- * economy, and political institutions will be exam- tory to 1900 from an environmental perspective Hst 455/555 The Renaissance (4) ined in the context of Hispanic and indigenous with special reference to the development of The purpose of this course is to identify and contributions. Hst 469/569: A study of Mexico’s environmental thought, interdisciplinary topics examine those special aspects of Western Euro- history from the revolutions for independence in environmental history, and the history of eco- pean civilization that mature roughly between until 1876. Emphasis will be placed upon the

† Also offered as Ec 456/556, 457/557. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 141

development of constitutional government, the *Hst 477/577 Hst 495 era of reform, foreign interventions, and the res- History of Russia: Soviet Union and its Fall, Comparative World History (4) toration of the republic. Hst 470/570: Mexico’s 1917-Present (4) Comparative examination of important themes emergence as a modern nation during the Porfir- Russian Revolution, the Civil War, NEP, Stalin- in Asian, African, European, and Western Hemi- ian dictatorship. The 20th century revolutionary ism, Khrushchev, Brezhnev, Gorbachev, and the sphere historical experience. Both the themes upheaval and consolidation. Prerequisites: Hst dissolution of the Soviet Union. Analysis of pri- and regional focus vary each term, and themes 365 or 366. mary sources and historiographical debates. may be drawn from any time period. Possible Emphasis on political, social, and cultural themes include: The Roman and Chinese Hst 473/573 aspects. Topics in Russian Socio-Cultural History Empires; Money, Trade, and Empire, 1500-1800; (4) *Hst 478/578, 479/579 The Thirteenth Century World; Gender and Examines social conditions and their depiction Russian Cultural and Intellectual History Identity, 1750-Present. (Maximum number of in high and popular culture. Selected themes (4, 4) credits is 12; 4 credits each for three courses include the social conditions of the peasantry Analysis of primary sources. Hst 478/578: 19th with different topics). and their representation in urban culture, the century intelligentsia. Hst 479/579: 20th cen- Hst 496/596 social conditions of the nobility and their self- tury mass culture—films, novels, sport, and Introduction to Public History (4) representation in autobiography, etc. Subject music. An introduction to the field of public history matter will vary from term to term. Maximum *Hst 485/585, 486/586 with special emphasis on the research methods, number of credits is 12, for three courses with The Ottoman World and Modern Turkey procedures, and work in the practice of public different topics. Prerequisite: upper-division (4, 4) history, from archival management to historic standing. Study of social, cultural, and governmental pat- preservation and museum studies. Taught in terns in Ottoman and Turkish society, from Hun- cooperation with the professional staff of the Hst 474/574 gary to the Red Sea, from the 13th century to the Sex and the Soviets (4) Oregon Historical Society. This course is a Covers Soviet and post-Soviet history through present. Hst 485/585: Ottoman world in the prerequisite for Hst 404/504, Public History the lens of sexual practice, state family policy, 13th-16th century, rise of world empire in the Internships. Balkans and Middle East; 17th and 18th century gender formation, and cultural representations *Hst 497/597 of sex and gender. The first half of the course Age of Doubt, Tulip Period. 486/586: Modern Film and History (4) covers the 1920s through Stalinist 1930s when Turkey in the 20th century; revolutionary West- The study of selected topics of modern history utopian vision gives way to reality and, in the ernization in the Middle East. Prerequisite, Hst through the viewing and analysis of important end, to terror. We gallop through the era of stag- 485: Hst 101 or 385. Hst 486: Hst 102, 386. documentaries and feature films. Emphasis is on nation and finally concentrate on contemporary *Hst 487/587 the application of techniques of historical source sex and gender issues in Russia. Palestine and Israel (4) criticism to the varied information preserved and A critical review of the 19th and 20th century * transmitted in cinematographic form. The sub- Hst 475/575 social, cultural, economic and political factors History of Russia: Origins to Peter The ject matter will vary from term to term. (Maxi- Great, 800-1700 (4) behind the formation of two modern Middle mum number of credits is 12; 4 credits each for Kievan Rus’, the “Mongol Yoke,” Muscovy, and Eastern nations, Palestine and Israel. Prerequi- three courses with different topics.) sites: Hst 102, 386, or 485. the beginnings of empire. Analysis of primary Hst 500 sources and historiographical debates. Empha- *Hst 488/588 Introduction to the Master’s Program in sis on political, social, and cultural aspects. Modern Arabia (4) History (4) A survey of the history of the Arabian Peninsula *Hst 476/576 An introduction to the professional study of his- History of Russia: Imperial, 1700-1917 (4) in the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis will be tory and to the writing of the master’s thesis. This course traces the Romanov dynasty and its on socio-economic and governmental institu- Intended for new or recently entering graduate subjects until its fall. Analysis of primary sources tional change with discussion of changing cul- students in history. and historiographical debates. Emphasis on tural values. The role of the British and Ottoman Hst 503 political, cultural, and social aspects, especially empires, Islamic reformism, oil, and the emer- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) gence of nation states (Saudi Arabia, Yemen, on the successive attempts at reform, and intel- Hst 509 lectual self-definition of the nation and its Oman, and the Gulf States). Prerequisites: Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) classes. Hst 102, 386, or 485. 142 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

101 East Hall College of Urban and Public Affairs. Lists of Information on recommended courses 725-3455 appropriate Connected Learning courses are is available from advisers, with whom www.intl.pdx.edu/InternationalStudies/ available in the department ...... 24 majors should meet regularly beginning no and later than the first term of their sophomore B.A. Regional Focus year. Minor At least 24 upper-division credits from adviser- approved, area-specific courses appropriate to Certificate in European Studies the student’s regional focus; plus three years◊ MINOR IN Certificate in Latin American Studies of language study (or equivalent) appropriate INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Certificate in Middle East Studies to the regional focus: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin America, or the Middle East. Requirements for a Minor. To earn a or NTERNATIONAL STUDIES minor in international studies a student I Regional/Thematic Focus must: 1) demonstrate competence in an PROGRAM At least 12 upper-division credits in adviser- appropriate foreign language either by approved, area-specific coursework, and 12 completing the second year of the language The International Studies Program offers a upper-division credits in adviser-approved in the final term or by passing a depart- B.A. degree in international studies based interdisciplinary coursework related to a mentally administered proficiency exam at on an interdisciplinary curriculum that theme of international significance approved the same level; and 2) complete 31 credits provides both a global perspective and a by an adviser; plus three years◊ of language (8 of which must be taken in residence at comprehensive view of a selected geo- study (or equivalent) appropriate to area-spe- PSU and 11 credits of which must be upper graphic region of the world. This degree cific coursework. division) to include the following: affords an excellent foundation for careers Total hours: 77 (plus from 0 to 42 International Studies—15 credits required in which an understanding of international depending on language study) 77-119 economic, political, social, and cultural Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies .4 affairs is of importance; it also provides a All courses used to satisfy the depart- Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of three terms) ...... 3 solid foundation for graduate work in the mental major requirements, whether taken in the department or elsewhere, must be Intl 396 The United States and the World . . . .4 field. Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 Requirements for Major. In addition graded C or above. Connected Learning—16 credits required to the general University requirements and The approved elective courses which may be used to complete the above curric- 16 credits from adviser-approved area-specific or those for the B.A. degree, majors must thematic courses ...... 16 complete an individualized curriculum in ulum are determined according to the geo- their areas of geographic concentration, to graphic region of study that a student Total 31 include: selects. Currently, five regions of concentration are available: Courses taken under the undifferenti- International Studies—29 credits required ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not Intl 101 Introduction to International Studies .4 Africa: E. Kofi Agorsah, adviser, be accepted toward fulfilling department †Intl 205 Introduction to Regional Studies . . . .4 725-5080 minor requirements. Intl 395 Colloquium (one credit in each of Europe: Mark Trowbridge, adviser, three terms) ...... 3 725-5853 ‡Intl 396 The United States and the World. . . .4 CERTIFICATE East Asia: Larry Kominz, adviser, PROGRAMS Intl 397 Preparation for International 725-5288 Experience...... 4 Intl 407 Seminar ...... 4 Latin America: Shawn Smallman, adviser, The University awards certificates for lan- §Intl 499 Senior International Experience. . . . .6 725-8728 guage and area specialization to students Connected Learning—24 credits required Middle East: Jon Mandaville, adviser, who have completed the requirements for a At least 24 upper-division credits from adviser- (503) 725-5467 or 725-3983 bachelor’s degree in any field. Certificates approved courses selected from departments are currently available in European Studies, and programs in the College of Liberal Arts Latin American Studies, and Middle East and Sciences, the School of Business Adminis- Studies. The specific courses needed for a tration, the Graduate School of Education, the certificate in each area differ; interested School of Fine and Performing Arts, and the students should consult the International

† Students may not substitute UnSt 299 for Intl 205 (and vice versa); the appropriate mentor section is required. ‡ Students may substitute Hst 435/436/437 or PS 345 or PS 445 for Intl 396 with approval of adviser; Ling 471 for Intl 397 with approval of adviser. Substitutions for, or waivers of, all other Intl courses must be approved by the program director as well as the adviser. § The Senior Capstone requirement will normally be fulﬁlled by taking Intl 499. Students who elect to satisfy the Senior Capstone requirement in another department or program may be required to take a comprehensive examination. ◊ Demonstration of three years’ foreign-language equivalency may be through examination; three years’ coursework includes a departmentally administered proﬁciency examination. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 143

Studies Program in the Sixth Avenue Intl 397 Intl 513 Building. Preparation for International Experience Theories and Methods of International (4) Studies (4) Students in both the International Stud- Examination of communication-based, cultural, This first-term mandatory cohort seminar ies and certificate programs are encouraged economic, emotional, physical, political, reli- explores the application of the core disciplines to consider overseas study opportunities gious, and social aspects of an overseas or com- within international studies to a specific theme. available through the Office of Interna- munity-based international/intercultural It introduces master’s students to the spectrum tional Education Services, Sixth Avenue experience. Presentation of strategies for devel- of theoretical methodologies, issues, seminal Building. opment of an appropriate level of preparation to texts, and bibliographic material within the field. Language and area studies certificate meet challenges of working and traveling in an In addition, the course focuses on the develop- programs focus on the study of a group of international/intercultural setting. Emphasis on ment of a two-year individualized study plan, an countries or a geographical area having general methodology and process required to inventory of each student’s level of competency develop personal awareness and resources for of global issues, and an assessment of foreign common linguistic and/or cultural charac- successful field experience. Also offered as BSt language proficiency and requirements for fur- teristics. The course of study is designed to 397; may be taken only once for credit. ther study. Open to graduate students in other broaden the student’s understanding of a Intl 399 fields with instructor approval. particular world area. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Intl 598 Students must take 30 credits (two Intl 401 Practice and Praxis in International Studies years) of one adviser-approved language Research (Credit to be arranged.) (4) This final term cohort seminar explores the appropriate to the geographic area of con- Intl 404 centration (or demonstrate equivalent pro- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit application of the core disciplines within inter- ficiency in that language); and they must to be arranged.) national studies to a specific theme. Students synthesize academic aspects of their individual- Intl 405 successfully complete 30 credits of speci- ized study plans and submit portfolios docu- fied area courses. Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) menting their inventory of competence in global issues and foreign language for specific pur- Intl 407 COURSES Seminar (4) poses. Reading and discussion about an interdiscipli- Intl 101 nary topic in international affairs. Restricted to Introduction to International Studies (4) seniors with an International Studies major or A survey of the main concepts, analytical tools, minor. fields of study, global problems, and cross-cultural perspectives that comprise international Intl 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) studies. Intl 460/560 Intl 195 Political Development in Modern Turkey (4) Colloquium (1) Designed to provide students with an in-depth Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major study of political development literature with a world issues. focus on modern Turkey. Examines how modern Intl 199 Turkish republic emerged from the ashes of the Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Ottoman Empire and evaluate stages of political Intl 205 development during the first, second, and third Introduction to Regional Studies (4) republic. Finally, assesses the implications of In-depth interdisciplinary or topical study of one Turkey’s new geopolitics (since the end of the of the regional foci in the International Studies Cold War) on Turkish political and economic degree program: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin development in a global perspective. This course America, the Middle East. is the same as PS 460/560; may only be taken Intl 331 once for credit. Women in the Middle East (4) Intl 461/561 Aims to explore the role and status of women in Politics of Economic Reform in Modern the contemporary Middle East with respect to Turkey (4) institutions such as the family, law, education, Course examines the politics of planned eco- work, and politics–areas which intersect and nomic growth under the Republican Peoples overlap with broader cultural questions about Party, transition to the import-substituting women and their place in tradition, modernity, growth model during the post-WWII era, prob- nation-building, Islam, and the West. This lems associated with economic stagnation in the course is the same as FL 331 and WS 331, may 1970s, and transformation of the Turkish econ- only be taken once for credit. omy during the 1980s and 1990s. The last two Intl 395 decades provide important insight into how pol- Colloquium (1) itics and economics (domestic as well as interna- Lectures by PSU and visiting scholars on major tional) converge in shaping Turkey’s economic world issues. growth strategies. This course is the same as PS Intl 396 461/561; may only be taken once for credit. The United States and the World (4) †Intl 499 Interdisciplinary study and analysis of the role of Senior International Experience (6) the United States in world affairs with emphasis A service learning and/or community-based on the twentieth century, relations between the learning experience in an international or inter- U.S. and the Third World, the era of the Cold cultural setting, in a group-supervised, team- War, American globalism, diplomatic, economic, centered format, within either a study-abroad and geopolitical issues. program or a local project (or both) with an appropriate international agency, business, community, or non-profit organization.

† The Senior Capstone requirement will normally be fulﬁlled by taking Intl 499. Students who elect to satisfy the Senior Capstone requirement in another department or program will sit a comprehensive examination. 144 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

334 Neuberger Hall Students interested in majoring in †Two additional approved 400-level Mth or (503) 725-3621 mathematics are urged to meet with a Stat courses ...... 6 www.mth.pdx.edu/ department adviser. Students who have †Additional approved elective courses ...... 6 decided to major in mathematics should CS 161 or CS 208 ...... 3-4 B.A., B.S.—Mathematics inform both the department and the regis- Total 59-62 Minor trar’s office of that decision. Mathematics majors are encouraged to participate in the All courses used to satisfy the depart- Mathematics Education Programs mental major requirements, whether taken M.A., M.S.—Mathematics activities of the department and to meet on a regular and continuing basis with a in the department or elsewhere, must be M.A., M.S.—Mathematics with a graded C-, P, or above, but no more than 4 Concentration in Statistics departmental adviser. For mathematics majors: The degree courses graded P will count toward these M.A.T., M.S.T.—Mathematics requirements. Transfer students majoring Ph.D. in Mathematics Education program requires a basic core of courses, but it also has the flexibility that allows stu- in mathematics are required to take a Ph.D. in Systems Science— minimum of 15 credits of PSU upper- Mathematics dents to pursue special areas of interest in mathematics. The program is designed to division mathematics or statistics courses provide a foundation for more advanced in residence. UNDERGRADUATE work and/or a basis for employment in In addition to the specific required PROGRAMS government, industry, or secondary educa- courses listed above, the following options tion. A joint degree in mathematics with are intended to help the student plan a pro- The mathematical sciences have long pro- computer science, business administration, gram of study with a specific goal or career vided the necessary languages of the physi- economics, physics, or some other area in mind. Option I—Applied Mathematics. Recom- cal sciences, but are now also recognized as may give a student better opportunities for important components of study for stu- mended electives: Mth 322, 421, 422, 424, employment upon graduation. 425, 430, 451, 452, 470 dents in computer science, social science, The department attempts to offer as Option II—Graduate School Preparation. Rec- business administration, education, and many courses as possible after 4 p.m. on a ommended electives: Mth 411, 412, 434, 435, the biological sciences. Mathematics is also rotating schedule so that a degree may be 436, 441, 442. a discipline itself and may be studied pursued by either day or evening Option III—Statistics. Recommended electives: purely for the excitement and discovery it enrollment. Mth 322, 467, 468, 487; Stat 461, 462, 463, brings to those who study it. To meet these Those students majoring in mathemat- 464, 465, 466. needs the department offers an array of ics who intend to do graduate work in the Option IV—High School Teaching. Recom- mended electives: Mth 338, 346, 481, 482, courses in pure and applied mathematics subject are strongly advised to complete and statistics. 486, 487, 488; Psy 311; Ed 420. See Mathe- two years of study in at least one of the matics Education Program below. The department office is in 334 following languages: German, French, or Option V—Actuarial Science. Recommended Neuberger Hall and its Website is at Russian. electives: CS 161; Mth 451, 452, 467, 468; www.mth.pdx.edu. Students, prospective Requirements for Major. In addition Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466; SySc 520, students, and all persons having an interest to meeting the general University degree 521, 522. in the department are welcome at the office requirements, the major in mathematics Requirements for a Minor. To earn a and are encouraged to visit the Website. must complete the following requirements: minor in mathematics, a student must The Website provides information about complete 35 credits (12 of which must be the department’s faculty, programs, Credits Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 upper division; 9 of these courses, other services, and its current Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 12 upper-division credits must be taken in activities. Mth 256 or Mth 421 Differential Equations. .3-4 residence at PSU), to include the following: In order to help students plan their pro- Mth 311, 312 Advanced Calculus ...... 8 grams the Mathematical Sciences Depart- Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 Credits ment provides placement assistance and Mth 344 Group Theory...... 4 Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 Calculus I, II, III, IV ...... 16 the opportunity to meet with an adviser. One of the following: ...... 3-4 Mth 345 Ring and Field Theory Mth 311 Advanced Calculus or Mth 344 All students are urged to avail themselves Group Theory ...... 4 of these services, especially those students Mth 346 Number Theory who are enrolling in their first mathematics Mth 338 Modern College Geometry Mth 444 Advanced Linear/Multilinear or statistics course. Algebra †One approved two-term 400-level Mth or Stat sequence ...... 6

† Approved electives are Mth 313, 322, 324, 338, 345, 346, 411, 412, 413, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 449, 451, 452, 453, 467, 468, 470, 471, 472, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488; Stat 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466. Check with the department for the list of approved Mth or Stat sequences and for additional courses, including omnibus-numbered courses, which may be approved as electives. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 145

†Additional approved elective courses . . . . .15 RADUATE subjects such as geometry, algebra, analy- G sis/calculus, history of mathematics, proba- Total 35 PROGRAMS bility, statistics, discrete mathematics, and Only grades of C-, P, or above count The Department of Mathematical Sciences use of technology in the classroom. The toward satisfying the department minor offers work leading to the degrees of Master program is intended for individuals with a requirements. No more than three courses of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in mathematics degree or a strong back- with a grade of P may be counted toward Teaching, Master of Science in Teaching, ground in mathematics. these requirements. the Ph.D. in Mathematics Education, and An M.S.T./M.A.T. candidate must com- MATHEMATICS EDUCATION the Ph.D. in Systems Science–Mathematics. plete an approved program of 45 graduate PROGRAM The M.A./M.S. programs are designed for credits and complete an approved mathe- Advisers: L.B. Adajian, M.A. Enneking, the student who wishes to prepare for com- matics curriculum project. The program L.T. Nelson, J.R. Palmiter, J.M. Shaughnessy munity college teaching, industrial work in may also lead to the Standard Teaching Students interested in teaching mathemat- mathematics, or further advanced work Certificate/License. University require- ics should consult one of these advisers toward a Ph.D. in mathematics. The ments for a Standard Teaching Certificate/ early to design an approved mathematics M.A.T./M.S.T. programs offer advanced License are listed on page 205. program. training and specialized courses for sec- PH.D. IN MATHEMATICS After completing a baccalaureate ondary school teachers of mathematics. EDUCATION degree, a student must complete the year- In addition to meeting the University The Department of Mathematical Sciences long Graduate Teacher Education Program admission requirements, students seeking offers a Ph.D. in Mathematics Education. (GTEP) through the School of Education to regular admission status in master’s pro- The main objective of this program is to receive a teaching certificate/license from grams are expected to have completed develop educators with an understanding PSU. courses in linear algebra, abstract algebra, of mathematics and its teaching and learn- Only grades of C-, P, or above count and analysis, and, for the M.A./M.S. pro- ing, and with the capabilities for research toward satisfying the mathematics require- grams, differential equations. and professional practice in the field. This ments for teacher certification/licensing. Degree Requirements. University mas- program provides a balance between math- Elementary Education. Students plan- ter’s degree requirements are listed on ematics and mathematics education to help ning to earn an elementary teaching certifi- page 65. Specific departmental require- in the development of mathematics educa- cate/license (grades K-8) must complete ments are listed below. tors who may become: 1) Faculty members Mth 211, 212, 213 before admission to the in mathematics education in mathematics MASTER OF ARTS OR GTEP. departments or schools of education in Secondary Education. Students plan- MASTER OF SCIENCE Candidates must complete an approved universities, four-year colleges, or commu- ning to earn a secondary teaching certifi- nity colleges; 2) Curriculum specialists in cate/license (grades 5-12) in mathematics 45-credit program which includes at least 30 credits in mathematics or statis- mathematics, supervisors of mathematics must obtain a recommendation for admis- at the middle school level or secondary sion to the GTEP from the Mathematical tics.These 30 credits must include courses distributed as follows: two 9-credit school level, or mathematics specialists in Sciences Department. To assure this recom- state or local departments of education; mendation, the student’s program should sequences at the 600 level and either the 3-credit Mth 501 Mathematical Literature 3) Private sector specialists in mathematics include the courses required for the major education. and those listed in Option IV above. and Problems or the 3-credit Stat 501 Statistical Literature and Problems. In General Degree Requirements. Candi- Middle School Mathematics Program. dates must complete an approved program This program is intended for those who addition, the student must pass written examinations. of 84 credit hours which consists of three will teach first-year algebra and below. The major components: coursework, a research program leads to a middle school endorse- MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF practicum experience, and dissertation ment in mathematics to add to a current SCIENCE WITH A CONCENTRATION research. Coursework must include 18 Oregon teaching license. Before entering IN STATISTICS credit hours mathematics education the program a student must consult a Candidates must complete an approved research courses (Mth 690-695); 18 credit mathematics adviser. Prerequisite courses 45-credit program which includes at least hours of other 500-600 level mathematics are Mth 111, 212. Information about the 30 credits in courses with the Stat prefix. courses; and 18 hours of graduate course- Graduate Certificate Program in Mathemat- These 30 credits must include courses dis- work in supporting areas outside of ics for Middle School Teachers can be tributed as follows: two 9-credit sequences mathematics (such as curriculum and found in the Graduate Studies section, see at the 600 level, 3 credits of Topics in Sta- instruction, psychology, educational page 56. tistical Consulting, and 3 credits of Stat policy, science, computer science, philoso- Community College Teaching. The 501, Statistical Literature and Problems. In phy, sociology, anthropology, etc.). M.S./M.A. or the M.S.T./M.A.T. graduate addition, the student must pass written Candidates must pass comprehensive degrees are normally required to teach at examinations. examinations in mathematics and mathe- the community college level. The depart- matics education. In addition, candidates ment provides a special seminar on teach- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING OR MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING will be strongly encouraged to demonstrate ing at this level. Consult with a The Master of Science in Teaching or the competency in reading research in mathe- mathematics adviser. Master of Arts in Teaching of mathematics matics education in at least one language are designed for individuals interested in other than English. strengthening their understanding of math- Admission to the Ph.D. Program. ematics to enrich the teaching of mathe- Candidates in this program must currently matics. The program prepares teachers in have (or complete during their program) a

† Approved electives are Mth 256, 311, 312, 313, 343, 344, 345, and Stat 460, plus any course approved as an elective for major credit. 146 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

master’s degree in mathematics equivalent Mth 191, 192, 193 Mth 322 to the M.S./M.A. degree or the M.S.T./ Mathematics Tutoring (3, 3, 3) Applied Differential Equations II (4) M.A.T. degree at Portland State University. Training in one-to-one and small-group tutoring Introduction to equations of mathematical phys- over a wide range of mathematical topics. Mth ics, boundary value problems, separation of vari- Applications must be received at least two 191: tutoring in arithmetic and other non-uni- ables, power series techniques, Fourier series, terms prior to the term of admission. For versity courses. Mth 192: tutoring in freshman- and applications. Prerequisites: Mth 254, 256. more complete information on the pro- level mathematics. Mth 193: tutoring in sopho- Mth 324 gram, write the Department of Mathemati- more- junior- and senior-level mathematics. Vector Analysis (4) cal Sciences at Portland State. Required field work consists of providing tutor- Modern vector methods with applications for ing service in the community or University. Pre- students of mathematics, physics, and engineer- PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE: requisite: consent of instructor. ing. Prerequisite: Mth 254. MATHEMATICS Mth 199 Mth 338 The Department of Mathematical Sciences Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Modern College Geometry (4) participates in the Systems Science Doc- Mth 211, 212, 213 Topics in Euclidean and non-Euclidean geome- toral Program offering a Ph.D. in systems Foundations Of Elementary Mathematics I, try. Prerequisite: Mth 253. science-mathematics. Specialized studies in II, III (4, 4, 4) Mth 343 applied and theoretical mathematics, when A constructivist approach to fundamental ideas Applied Linear Algebra (4) combined with core area courses and elec- of mathematics. Courses must be taken in Topics in matrix algebra, determinants, systems tives, will partially fulfill the requirements sequence. Prerequisite: second year high school of linear equations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, algebra or equivalent. for the Ph.D. in systems science-mathemat- and linear transformations. Selected applications ics. For specific requirements for this Mth 241 from science, engineering, computer science, Calculus for Management and Social and business. Prerequisite: Mth 253. degree, contact the Department of Mathe- Sciences (4) Mth 344 matical Sciences, and for general informa- An introduction to differential and integral cal- Introduction to Group Theory and tion related to the Systems Science Ph.D. culus, this course is intuitive in approach and Applications (4) degree, see page 67. emphasizes applications. While intended as a Groups, homomorphisms, factor groups. terminal course, the interested student may Selected applications from geometry, combinato- follow it by the more extensive and rigorous cal- rics, computer science, chemistry. Prerequisite: COURSES culus sequence Mth 251, 252, 253, 254. Mth 253. Students may not receive credit for this course if Mth 345 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered they already have credit for Mth 251. Prerequi- every year. Introduction to Ring and Field Theory (4) site: Mth 111. Topics in rings, integral domains, fields, ordered A course can be used as a prerequisite for a subse- Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 fields, polynomial rings. The development of the quent mathematics course only if it has been satis- Calculus I, II, III, IV (4, 4, 4, 4) real number system. Prerequisite: Mth 344. factorily completed. Satisfactory completion of a Differential and integral calculus of functions of Mth 346 course means receiving a C-, P, or above in that a single variable, analytic geometry, infinite course. When courses are required to be taken in Number Theory (4) series, an introduction to differential and integral A presentation of the properties of numbers as sequence (such as the four terms of calculus) each calculus of functions of several variables and found in the theory of divisibility, congruence, course is regarded as a prerequisite for the next. applications. Courses must be taken in diophantine equations, continued fractions, and Mth 70 sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 112. algebraic numbers. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Elementary Algebra (3) Mth 256 This is a basic course covering first-year high Mth 399 Applied Differential Equations I (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) school algebra. Credit for enrollment (eligibility) Solution techniques in ordinary differential but not toward graduation; satisfies no Univer- equations; applications. Prerequisite: Mth 253. Mth 401/501 sity or general education requirements. Taught Research (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 301, 302, 303 Consent of instructor. through the School of Extended Studies. Elements of Modern Mathematics I, II, III Mth 95 (4, 4, 4) Mth 404/504 Intermediate Algebra (3) Topics selected from arithmetic, algebra, geome- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Topics include problem solving, linear equa- try, calculus, probability, and statistics. A cultural tions, systems of equations, polynomials and fac- approach to mathematics in which technical Mth 405/505 toring techniques, rational expressions, radicals proficiency is not the primary objective. Recom- Reading and Conference (Credit to be and exponents, quadratic equations. Credit for arranged.) mended for liberal arts students. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. enrollment (eligibility) but not toward gradua- Mth 111. Mth 407/507 tion; satisfies no University or general education Mth 311 requirements. Taught through the School of Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Calculus (4) Consent of instructor. Extended Studies. Prerequisite: Mth 70. Properties of the real numbers, introduction to Mth 111, 112 metric spaces, Euclidean spaces, functions of a Mth 410/510 Introductory College Mathematics I, II real variable, limits, continuity, the extreme and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. (4, 4) intermediate value theorems, sequences. Prereq- An integrated treatment of topics from algebra uisite: Mth 253. Mth 411/511, 412/512, 413/513 and trigonometry. These courses serve as addi- Introduction to Real Analysis Mth 312, 313 I, II, III (3, 3, 3) tional preparation for students with insufficient Advanced Multivariate Calculus (4, 4) background who desire to take Mth 251, 252, Sequences and series of functions; real-valued Differential and integral calculus of functions of functions on topological spaces; the Stone- 253. Neither Mth 111 nor 112 can be taken for several variables, the inverse and implicit func- credit if a grade of C-, P, or above has already Weierstrass and Baire category theorems; com- tion theorems, infinite and power series, differ- pact, self-adjoint, and Fredholm operators; Fou- been received for a course which requires either ential forms, line and surface integrals, Green’s, of them as a prerequisite. Courses must be taken rier series and integrals; elements of functional Stokes’, and Gauss’ theorems. Courses must be analysis. Courses must be taken in sequence. in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 111: second year taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 311. high school algebra or equivalent. Mth 112: Mth Prerequisite: Mth 312. 111. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 147

Mth 420/520 Mth 444/544, 445/545 Mth 484/584 Introduction to Complexity Theory (3) Advanced Linear/Multilinear Algebra I, II Topics in Algebra for Mathematics Teachers An introduction to theoretical computer science. (3, 3) (3) Includes a study of models of computation, A second course in linear algebra. Products, Selected topics in algebra for mathematics teach- complexity classes, Cook’s theorem, polynomial quotients, and duals of vector spaces. Multilin- ers. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 441. and nonpolynomial classes, discrete problems. ear maps, tensor products, exterior algebra. Min- Mth 485/585 Prerequisite: Mth 344. imal and characteristic polynomials, canonical Topics in Analysis for Mathematics Mth 421/521, 422/522, 423/523 forms. Finite dimensional spectral theory. With Teachers (3) Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations departmental approval, this sequence may be Selected topics in analysis for mathematics I, II, III (3, 3, 3) repeated for credit. Courses must be taken in teachers. Prerequisites: Mth 311. Vector fields and phase flows in the plane. Geo- sequence. Prerequisites: Mth 343, 344. Mth 486/586 metric and algebraic properties of linear systems. Mth 449/549 Topics in The History of Mathematics (3) Existence, uniqueness, and continuity theorems Topics in Advanced Number Theory (3) Selected topics in the historical development of for C systems. Additional topics. Courses must A study of advanced topics selected from the mathematics. With departmental approval, this be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Mth 312, areas of algebraic or analytic theory. With course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 343. departmental approval, this course may be at least two upper-division courses approved for Mth 424/524, 425/525 repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Mth 346. major credit. Elementary Differential Geometry and Mth 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 Mth 487/587 Tensor Analysis I, II (3, 3) Numerical Calculus I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Introduction to Combinatorial Analysis (3) Differential geometry of curves and surfaces; ele- Computer arithmetic. Solution of nonlinear Permutations and combinations, partitions, gen- mentary Riemannian geometry; tensors and their equations. Interpolation. Numerical integration erating functions, inclusion and exclusion prin- algebra; elements of tensor analysis; applications and differentiation. Solution of linear equation ciples, recurrence relations, Polya’s theory of from mechanics and field theory. Courses must systems. Eigenvalue problem, least square, che- counting, elementary theory of graphs and trees, be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Mth 343 byshev, trigonometric and rational function block designs. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. and either 256 or 421. approximation. Numerical solution of differen- Mth 488/588 Mth 430/530 tial equations. Prerequisites: knowledge of FOR- Computing Technology for Mathematics Topics in Mathematical Modeling (3) TRAN or PASCAL, Mth 343 for Mth 451, Mth Teachers (3) Basic introduction to mathematical model build- 451 for Mth 452, Mth 322 for Mth 453. Hands-on experience in the study of the role of ing starting with prototype, model purpose defi- Mth 467/567, 468/568 computer software and calculators in the teach- nition, and model validation. Models will be Applied Probability I, II (3, 3) ing and learning of mathematics. Prerequisite: chosen from life, the physical and social sci- Finite probability, Markov chains, queuing the- Mth 344 or 346. ences. Applications chosen from differential ory, renewal theory, optimization under uncer- Mth 490/590 equations, linear programming, group theory, tainty. Courses must be taken in sequence. Computing in Mathematics for Middle probability or other fields. Prerequisites: Con- Prerequisite: Stat 461. School Teachers (3) sent of instructor and either Mth 256 or 421. Mth 470/570, 471/571, 472/572 A study of the role of computing in mathematics With approval, this course may be repeated for Complex Analysis and Boundary Value with emphasis on the use of modern technology. credit. Problems I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Not approved for major credit. Available for Mth 431/531, 432/532, 433/533 Fundamental concepts of complex variables, graduate credit toward a master’s degree in edu- Topics in Geometry I, II, III (3, 3, 3) partial differential equations and boundary value cation only. Previous computer experience. Pre- Topics selected from projective geometry, non- problems using Fourier series. Prerequisites: requisites: Mth 111, 212. Euclidean geometry, algebraic geometry, convex- Mth 254 and either 256 or 421. Mth 491/591 ity, differential geometry, foundations of geome- Mth 480/580 Experimental Probability and Statistics for try, combinatorial topology. With departmental Systems Analysis: Calculus of Variations (3) Middle School Teachers (3) approval, this sequence may be repeated for Basic problems of the calculus of variations. A study of probability and statistics through lab- credit. Prerequisite: Mth 311, 338, or 344. Euler equations. Lagrange conditions. Lagrange oratory experiments, simulations, and applica- Mth 434/534, 435/535, 436/536 multipliers. Lagrange equations. Hamilton’s tions. Not approved for major credit. Available Set Theory and Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) equations. Application to mechanical and elec- for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in Cardinal and ordinal numbers. The axiom of trical systems. Prerequisite: Mth 256 or 422. education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. choice and equivalent formulations. Introduc- Mth 481/581 Mth 492/592 tion to general topology with the notions of inte- Probability for Mathematics Teachers (3) Problem Solving for Middle School Teachers rior, closure, topological space, continuity, and Introduction to probability as a modeling tech- (3) homeomorphism. Construction techniques and nique in mathematics and methods of teaching Examination and application of problem-solving properties of point-set topology, especially con- probability. Use of probability in decision techniques and strategies. Problems are drawn nectedness, compactness, and separation. Addi- making and inference. Simulation of experi- from various areas of mathematics. Not tional topics. Courses must be taken in ments. Methods of enumeration. Laws of proba- approved for major credit. Available for graduate sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 311. bility. Special probability distributions. credit toward a master’s degree in education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. Mth 440/540 Computer-assisted analysis. Prerequisite: Mth Boolean Algebra (4) 344 or 346. Mth 493/593 Geometry for Middle School Teachers (3) Axiomatic treatment of Boolean algebras, finite Mth 482/582 Boolean algebras, representation theorems. Statistics for Mathematics Teachers (3) Selected topics from informal geometry, both Introduction to partially ordered sets and lat- Introduction to methods of statistical analysis two- and three-dimensional. Not approved for tices. Transfinite induction, Zorn’s lemma. Appli- and methods for teaching statistics. Descriptive major credit. Available for graduate credit cations to logic and switching circuits. statistics, organization of data, sampling tech- toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- Prerequisite: Mth 344. niques, sampling distributions, methods of sta- requisites: Mth 111, 212. Mth 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 tistical inference, estimation, hypothesis testing, Mth 494/594 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I, II, III regression, and correlation. Computer-assisted Arithmetic and Algebraic Structures for (3,3, 3) analysis. Prerequisite: Mth 344 or 346. Middle School Teachers (3) Groups and rings with homomorphism theo- The study of the real number system and its sub- Mth 483/583 systems will lead to the introduction of more rems, vector spaces, modules, algebraic theory of Topics in Geometry for Mathematics fields and Galois theory, lattices, algebras. Pre- Teachers (3) general algebraic structures and their applica- requisites: Mth 343, 344. Courses must be taken Selected topics in geometry for mathematics tions. Not approved for major credit. Available in sequence. teachers. Prerequisite: Mth 338 or 431. for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. 148 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Mth 495/595 Mth 624, 625, 626 Mth 694 Historical Topics in Mathematics for Middle Advanced Differential Geometry I, II, III Research on the Teaching of Mathematics School Teachers (3) (3, 3, 3) (3) A survey of the historical development of topics Topics selected from differentiable manifolds, An analysis of the research on the teaching of in mathematics from ancient to modern times, differential forms, DeRham cohomology, Lie mathematics, including issues from levels K-16. with special emphasis on topics in arithmetic, groups, fibre bundles, the Riemannian metric, Mth 695 algebra and informal geometry. Not approved for affine and Riemannian connections, parallel Topics in Research in Mathematics major credit. Available for graduate credit translations, holonomy, geodesics, curvature, Education (3) toward a master’s degree in education only. Pre- isometric embeddings and hypersurfaces, the A special topics seminar devoted to exploring requisites: Mth 493, 494. Second Fundamental Form, complete Rieman- particular issues in more depth. Mth 496/596 nian manifolds and the Hopf-Rinow theorem, The following in-service courses have limited Concepts of Calculus for Middle School spaces of constant curvature, variations of arc application toward advanced degrees. Teachers (3) length, and the Morse Index theorem. Prerequi- Mth 801 An introduction to the limit concept and its role site: Mth 425/525. Research (Credit to be arranged.) in defining the derivative, the integral and infi- Mth 631, 632, 633 nite series. Applications to middle school mathe- Mth 802 Topology I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) matics. Not approved for major credit. Available Topics from: uniform structures and topological for graduate credit toward a master’s degree in vector spaces, fundamental group and covering Mth 804 education only. Prerequisites: Mth 111, 212. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit spaces, CW complexes and elements of homo- to be arranged.) Mth 503 topy theory, manifolds, introduction to differen- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) tial topology and vector bundles. Courses must Mth 805 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Mth 601 be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 436. arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 641, 642, 643 Mth 806 Mth 603 Modern Algebra I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Topics from groups, semigroups, rings, fields, arranged.) algebras, and homological algebra.Prerequisite: Mth 604 Mth 807 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Mth 443 or both 442 and 445. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) to be arranged.) Mth 651, 652, 653 Mth 808 Mth 605 Advanced Numerical Analysis I, II, III Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be (3, 3, 3) arranged.) An advanced study of numerical methods with Mth 809 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 607 emphasis on theory, economy of computation, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and the solution of pathological problems. Mth 810 Topics will typically be chosen from: evaluation Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) of functions, roots of equations, quadrature, STATISTICS ordinary and partial differential equations, inte- Mth 611, 612, 613 gral equations, eigenvalues, construction of Stat 199 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, II, Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) approximating functions, orthonomalizing III (3, 3, 3) Stat 243, 244 Lebesgue measure and outer measure, measur- codes, and treatment of singularities. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth Introduction To Probability And Statistics I, able functions and the Lebesgue integral, con- II (4, 4) vergence theorems, product measures, and 453. A basic course in statistical analysis including Fubini’s theorem. Lp spaces, derivates, deriva- Mth 667, 668, 669 presentation of data probability, probability dis- tive, finite variation and absolutely continuous Stochastic Processes and Probability Theory tributions, sampling distributions, estimation, functions. Courses must be taken in sequence. I, II, III (3, 3, 3) tests of significance, experimental design and Prerequisite: Mth 412. Sets, spaces, and measures. Probability distribu- analysis of variance, regression and correlation, tions. Random variables. Dependence. Limit the- nonparametric statistics, selected topics, applica- Mth 614, 615, 616 orems. Birth and death processes and Markov Modern Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) tions, and use of statistical computer packages. A Topics from nonlinear analysis, harmonic analy- processes. Mathematical statistics, hypothesis broad nontechnical survey designed primarily sis, analytic functions, ordered vector spaces, testing, and sequential analysis. Selected applica- for nonmath students who need to utilize the analysis on Lie groups, and operator theory. tions. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- subject in their own fields. Not approved for Prerequisite: Mth 412/512. requisite: Mth 411, Stat 463. major credit. Courses must be taken in Mth 617, 618, 619 Mth 690 sequence. Prerequisite: second year high school Functional Analysis I, II, III (3, 3, 3) Introduction to Research in Mathematics algebra or equivalent, or satisfactory score on the Education (3) Hilbert and Banach spaces, the Hahn-Banach, placement exam. Topics in the history of mathematics education open mapping, and closed graph theorems. including an examination of the current research Stat 366 Compact, self-adjoint, normal, and Fredholm trends in mathematics education. Introduction to Experimental Design (4) operators. Locally convex spaces, weak topolo- Nonparametric statistics, multiple regression, gies, duality. Banach- and C* -algebras, spectral Mth 691 topics in experimental design analysis of vari- theory. Courses must be taken in sequence. Pre- Curriculum in Mathematics Education (3) ance, factorial designs, analysis of covariance, requisite: Mth 412/512. An analysis of curriculum development and other designs. Prerequisite: Stat 244. assessment efforts in mathematics education Mth 621, 622, 623 both past and present. Stat 399 Advanced Differential Equations I, II, III Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mth 692 (3, 3, 3) Stat 401/501 Advanced theory of dynamial systems and par- Research Methodology and Design (3) An examination of quantitative and qualitative Research (Credit to be arranged.) tial differential equations including the basics of Consent of instructor. partial differential equations, boundary value research methodologies and their applications to the design of research in mathematics education. Stat 404/504 problems for elliptic equations, the Cauchy Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit problem, and parabolic equations. Topics Mth 693 to be arranged.) selected from Hamiltonian systems, waves and Research on the Learning of Mathematics (3) Stat 405/505 shocks, variational methods, control theory. Reading And Conference (Credit to be Prerequisite: Mth 423/523 or 472/572. An analysis of the mathematics education research on the learning of mathematics, includ- arranged.) Consent of instructor. ing topics from K-16 mathematics. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 149

Stat 407/507 ware regression packages. Applications in sci- Stat 605 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ence, engineering, and business. Prerequisites: Reading and Conference (Credit to be Consent of instructor. Mth 343 and either Stat 460/560 or 461/561. arranged.) Stat 410/510 Stat 465/565, 466/566 Stat 607 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Experimental Design: Theory and Methods Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. (3, 3) Stat 610 Stat 460/560 A theoretical and applied treatment of experi- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Applied Statistics for Engineers and mental design; analysis of variance, fixed effect Stat 661, 662, 663 Scientists (3) models, random effects models, checking model Advanced Mathematical Statistics I, II, III Histograms; binomial, Poisson, normal, t, F, and adequacy; block designs, Latin squares, related (3, 3, 3) Chi-square distributions; central limit theorem; designs; incomplete designs; factorial designs, Theory of estimation; tests of statistical hypothe- testing hypothesis; correlation and regression confounding two-level designs, split-plot ses. Single and multi-parameter cases. Robust- analysis; analysis of variance; computer applica- designs; fractional factorial designs; nested ness. Classical notions, including lower bound tions. Not for major credit. Prerequisite: designs; relation to regression analysis; analysis theory, sufficiency, and maximum likelihood Mth 254. of covariance. All sections will illustrate real estimation. The Neyman-Pearson construction, Stat 461/561, 462/562, 463/563 world applications with computer usage. Prereq- likelihood ratio tests, robust analogues. Prereq- Introduction to Mathematical Statistics I, uisite: Stat 464/564. uisites: Mth 511, Stat 563. II, III (3, 3, 3) Stat 503 Stat 664, 665, 666 Theory of probability, distributions of random Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Theory of Linear Models I, II, III (3, 3, 3) variables, central limit theorem, sampling distri- Stat 601 Multivariate normal distribution; moments and butions, point and interval estimation, tests of Research (Credit to be arranged.) characteristic functions; noncentral Chi-square hypotheses, analysis of variance. Courses must and noncentral F distributions; distribution of be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Mth 256. Stat 603 Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) quadratic forms; estimation and distribution of Stat 464/564 estimators; principles of maximum likelihood Stat 604 and least squares; confidence regions and tests of Applied Regression Analysis (3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Basic concepts of regression analysis, matrix to be arranged.) hypotheses; regression models; Wishart distribu- approach to linear regression selecting the “best” tion; Hotelling’s T2 statistic. Courses must be regression equation, and multiple regression. taken in sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 463. Computational algorithms and computer soft-

PHILOSOPHY

471 Neuberger Hall person being a better human being than Two courses taken from Phl 445, 446, (503) 725-3524 another? If so, in what does this consist? Is and designated courses in ethics ...... 8 www-adm.pdx.edu/user/phil/ happiness the ultimate value? If not, what Philosophy electives ...... 8 other values are there? Total 56 B.A., B.S. What is truth? Is it a human creation or A maximum of 8 credits of philosophy Minor is it there to be discovered? Are there really such things as electrons, or is talk about taken under the undifferentiated grading electrons merely a convenient device for option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward UNDERGRADUATE making predictions? What is explanation in fulfilling department major requirements. PROGRAM science? Requirements for a Minor. To earn a What is the will? Do we have freedom minor in philosophy a student must com- The basic objective of the philosophy proof will? What is the relation between a per- plete 28 credits (8 credits of which must be gram is to help the student to develop an son’s body and mind? taken in residence at PSU), to include the ability to grasp and critically analyze basic Requirements for a Major. In addition following: concepts and assumptions made about to meeting the general University degree Credits reality, humanity, knowledge, truth, value, requirements, the philosophy major must Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 4 and society, and to evaluate claims about take a minimum of 56 credits in philoso- Phl 202 Elementary Ethics ...... 4 them. phy courses. Specific requirements are as Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 More specifically, philosophy is con- follows: Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy ...... 8 cerned with such questions as these: How Philosophy electives (to include a minimum Credits of 4 credits in upper-division courses)...... 8 do value judgments differ from other judg- Phl 201 Introduction to Philosophy...... 4 ments? Are values relative? If so, relative to Phl 202 Elementary Ethics ...... 4 Total 28 what? Is beauty in the eye of the beholder? Phl 204 Introduction to Formal Logic ...... 4 A maximum of 4 credits of philosophy Is there such a thing as knowledge of right Phl 300 Philosophical Methods and taken under the undifferentiated grading and wrong, good and bad, ugly and beauti- Concepts ...... 4 option (pass/no pass) are acceptable toward ful? If so, how do we get it? What is it for a Phl 301, 302 History of Philosophy...... 8 fulfilling department minor requirements. situation to be unjust? What is it to have a Two courses taken from the following Honors in Philosophy. Requirements: right to something or to do something? (historical figures): Phl 414, 415, 416, 417, In addition to meeting the general Univer- What makes one society better than 418, 419, 420 ...... 8 Two courses taken from Phl 423, 424, 470, sity degree requirements, a student seeking another? Is there such a thing as one 471, 474...... 8 a degree with departmental honors must 150 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

earn a minimum of 60 credits in philoso- Degree Requirements. University mas- This program will provide the student phy, including Phl 485 Honors Seminar ter’s degree requirements are listed on page with the appropriate research competen- and 4 credits of Phl 401 Honors Research. 54. Specific program requirements are cies—critical, qualitative, or quantitative— To be admitted to the Honors Program in listed below. to pursue independent inquiry under fac- Philosophy, a student must have completed ulty guidance. The master’s degree program 90 hours of coursework with a GPA of at CONFLICT RESOLUTION consists of a minimum of 63 credits of least 3.2. Admission to any honors philoso- Master of Arts or Master of Science coursework, including 9 credits of thesis phy course and award of the Honors Students entering this program are work and 9 credits of practicum work. Degree requires a GPA of at least 3.5 for all expected to develop an understanding and Each student’s program must be based philosophy courses taken. No courses appreciation of the theoretical, conceptual, upon the following courses or their transfer taken under the undifferentiated grading and methodological breadth of the field equivalencies. option are acceptable toward fulfilling the and to develop expertise in the pursuit of 1. Required Core Courses. their own particular interests in the study requirement for the Honors Degree. a. CR 512 Perspectives on Conflict of conflict resolution. In conjunction with Resolution (4 credits) the student’s adviser, each student will GRADUATE b. CR 513 Philosophy of Conflict design a program based upon particular Resolution (4 credits) PROGRAM concerns within the field of conflict resolu- c. CR 518 Psychology of Conflict The Department of Philosophy hosts the tion, such as violence prevention, media- Resolution (4 credits) tion, negotiation, facilitation, restorative Master of Arts/Sciences degree program in d. CR 515 Negotiation and Mediation Conflict Resolution, which is a theoretical justice, nonviolent social change, interna- (4 credits) tional conflict resolution, and dispute sys- and applied philosophy, as well as an inter- e. CR 524 Advanced Mediation disciplinary, professional program. The tems design and evaluation. (4 credits) program’s current areas of emphasis are: violence prevention, mediation, negotiation, facilitation, restorative justice, nonviolent social change, international conflict resolution, and dispute systems design and evaluation. Graduate courses in philosophy are also offered in support of graduate programs in fields other than philosophy. For admission to graduate study, the student’s background and preparation should reflect an ability to pursue graduate work in conflict resolution. It is not required that the applicant’s undergraduate degree be in philosophy or any other specific academic discipline. Because the program is broadly interdisciplinary, students with any undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply for admission. Should the student’s preparation be deemed inade- quate in certain areas, the student will be required to overcome those deficiencies through formal coursework and/or directed readings. All such work is separate from work toward the master’s degree. Each applicant to the conflict resolution graduate program must submit a letter to the director explaining his or her reasons for pursuing an advanced degree, along with an academic writing sample of at least ten pages in length. Additionally, each applicant must submit three letters of recommendation from individuals closely acquainted with the applicant’s academic career and, where applicable, with the applicant’s professional background and competencies. All students are admitted to the program on conditional status. Regular status and retention in the graduate program requires the satisfactory completion of 12 graduate credits with a minimum grade of 3.00 in each course and evidence of satisfactory progress toward the degree. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 151

f. CR 523 Law and Professional Ethics Phl 201 Phl 212 in Conflict Resolution (4 credits) Introduction To Philosophy (4) Philosophy in Literature (4) g. CR 522 Thesis Preparation Seminar General introduction to philosophy. While dif- An introduction to traditional philosophical (1 credit) ferent instructors will use different materials— issues as they appear in literature, especially in typically classical texts—attention will be given fiction. The specific philosophical problems and h. At least one 4-credit course in to what makes a question a philosophical ques- the literary works will vary from term to term research methods (Several departments tion and the nature and methods of philosophi- and from instructor to instructor. offer courses that satisfy this require- cal inquiry. ment, such as Anth 512, Eng 596, PS Phl 213 Phl 202 Life and Death Issues (4) 595, Psy 597, Psy 598, Soc 592, Soc 593, Elementary Ethics (4) Cluster course consisting of philosophical Sp 521, Sp 531) General introduction to ethical theory. Attention aspects of moral problems dealing with life and 2. Areas of Emphasis. All graduate stu- will be given to such questions as whether there death issues. Such issues may include abortion, dents are expected to develop a theoretical are objective moral distinctions, what makes euthanasia, the death penalty, starvation, and competency in at least two areas of empha- right acts right and wrong acts wrong, and how nuclear war. sis. Areas of emphasis will be designed in we know (if we do) that actions are right or Phl 300 consultation with the student’s program wrong. Among the theories likely to be consid- Philosophical Methods and Concepts (4) adviser. Areas of emphasis currently sup- ered are relativism, egoism, utilitarianism, and A survey of the major strategies of proof and dis- ported in this program include: violence Kantianism. proof central to philosophical reasoning, and of prevention, mediation, negotiation, facili- Phl 203 the fundamental concepts and distinctions Critical Thinking (4) employed in current philosophical discourse. tation, restorative justice, nonviolent social A course designed to improve ability at reason- Aims at providing students who have a serious change, international conflict resolution, ing and critical assessment. The primary empha- interest in thinking philosophically with the and dispute systems design and evalua- sis will be on practical methods, involving study conceptual tools found to be useful for this pur- tion; other areas of emphasis may be devel- of editorials, essays, propaganda, advertise- pose. Not recommended as a first course in phi- oped, according to particular student ments, etc. losophy. needs, in consultation with the program Phl 204 Phl 301, 302 adviser. Introduction to Formal Logic (4) History of Philosophy (4, 4) 3. Emphasis Area Coursework. Stu- A course in basic formal logic. Major topics Study of Western philosophy during the ancient include the method of deduction for showing period (classical Greek through Hellenistic dents must take a minimum of four inter- propositional arguments valid and the method of times) and the modern period (17th century to disciplinary elective courses. These four counter-example for showing such arguments the present). courses, combined with the core courses, invalid. Truth table methods, tests for consis- *Phl 304 must support at least two emphasis areas. tency, and syllogistic arguments are optional Predicate Logic (4) The program director maintains a current topics. Continuation of Phl 204 Introduction to Formal list of recommended interdisciplinary elec- Phl 206 Logic. Primary emphasis will be on formal meth- tive courses that support emphasis areas. Science and Pseudoscience (4) ods for dealing with arguments involving the 4. Practicum. Each student will complete An examination of basic issues in philosophy of terms “all” and “some.” Major topics include the science through an analysis of creation science, method of deduction for showing predicate logic a 9 credit, 300-hour practicum (CR 509) faith healing, UFO abduction stories, and other arguments valid, and the method of counter- that covers at least one of the emphasis pseudosciences. Some of the questions example for showing such arguments invalid. areas. The practicum will be set up in con- addressed: What distinguishes science from Prerequisite: Phl 204. sultation with the student’s program pseudoscience? How are theories tested? When Phl 310 adviser. Optimally, the practicum will give is evidence reliable? Must we invoke the super- Environmental Ethics (4) the student professional experience in an natural to explain certain aspects of reality? Critical study of issues raised by the attempt to emphasis area, as well as give the student Phl 209 formulate an adequate environmental ethic. ideas about thesis research topics. Business Ethics (4) Some of these issues deal with how our treat- Study of the ethical aspects of practices and ment of the environment affects other human 5. Thesis. Each student will complete a organizational structures in the business world. beings, i.e., future generations. Others have to thesis and pass a final oral examination on Course begins with a review of some traditional do with how non-human beings are to be the thesis. Students must complete at least theories of ethics. The bulk of the course is treated. Do animals have rights? Do species have 9 credits of CR 503 Thesis; 9 credits maxi- devoted to specific contemporary topics, for rights? Do our proper moral concerns extend to mum count toward the degree. The thesis example: the moral status of corporations; the such things as trees, rivers, and possibly the director and thesis committee will be concept of work place rights; responsibility in planet itself? A number of current problems will selected, in consultation with the program advertising; environmental constraints on busi- be considered, such as population control, limits adviser. Prior to beginning work on the ness; affirmative action in hiring; the social roles to growth, global warming, and endangered spe- thesis, all students will be required to take of profit and private property; role of work in the cies. Prerequisite: Phl 202 or the relevant Sopho- life of the individual. more Inquiry. the Thesis Preparation Seminar where they Phl 210 Phl 311 demonstrate proficiency in relevant theo- Philosophy of Religion (4) The Morality of Punishment (4) ries and research methodology. Examination of philosophical questions involved The focus will be on the nature and proper aims in the study of religion, e.g., the meaning of of punishment; moral considerations that bear COURSES “God,” or “gods;” the traditional arguments for on the justice and wisdom of punishment. Con- the existence of a god; the meaning of faith and sideration will be given to the main theories of Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered the question of its connection to reason; the punishment: retributionism, utilitarianism, every year. problem of evil (of reconciling a god’s alleged paternalism, and the view that punishment perfection with the existence of evil). Note: this should be replaced by therapy. Prerequisite: Phl Note: There are no sequences among the lower divi- is not a class in comparative religion or the 202 or the relevant Sophomore Inquiry. sion courses. Any of Phl 201-210 make a good start- history of religion. ing course in philosophy. *Phl 312 Feminist Philosophy (4) Phl 199 Critically examines traditional schools of philo- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. Prerequisite: one philosophy course other than Phl 103, 204, 206. 152 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Phl 315 Leibniz, a selection from among his many col- *Phl 445/545 Existentialism (4) lected works and fragments. Offered approxi- Ethics I (4) Introduction to a number of philosophers and mately every second year. Prerequisite: 8 credits A course in moral epistemology or “meta-ethics” literary figures gathered (or confused) together in philosophy. dealing with such matters as the distinction and under the name “existentialism.” Works of connections between fact and value, “is” and *Phl 417/517 Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Dostoyevsky, Heidegger, The Empiricists (4) “ought” description and evaluation. Prerequisite: Camus, Sartre, and deBeauvoir will be read and Study of the British philosophers, Locke, Berke- 8 credits in philosophy including Phl 202. discussed, as much for their dissimilarities as for ley and Hume, who hold that all of the ingredi- *Phl 446/546 similar themes. In particular, Sartrean existen- ents of thought enter the mind by way of Ethics II (4) tialism will be contrasted with what Heidegger experience and that only what has a definite A course on the nature of moral reasoning deal- calls existential phenomenology. Questions relation to experience can be thought. Among ing with such topics as whether moral reasoning addressed: What is it to be human? What is con- the particular topics considered will be material presupposes some completely general and fun- sciousness? Does anything have intrinsic value substance, spirit, abstract ideas, causation, damental moral principles, whether moral rea- (value as an end in itself)? What makes acts induction, and skepticism. Prerequisite: 8 credits soning involves the apprehension and right? Does morality presuppose or entail free- in philosophy. application of rules, the relevance of conse- dom? Prerequisite: one philosophy class. quences to the justification of conduct, and the *Phl 419/519 *Phl 332 Kant (4) significance of the moral relations between per- Intentionality, Phenomenology, and Study of Kant’s Philosophy primarily as repre- sons. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy Existentialism (4) sented in the Critiques of Pure Reason, Practical including Phl 202. Examination of the Kantian roots of what Reason, Judgment. Readings from some of these *Phl 455/555 becomes known as “intentionality” (i.e., that our or related works. Possible topics for consider- Health Care Ethics (4) conscious acts are directed towards objects, ation: necessary connection, the analytic-syn- Examines ethical issues that arise in relation to intending them). Various theories of intentional- thetic distinction, conceptions of science and health care policy, the practice of medicine, and ity will be read and discussed (e.g., Husserl, metaphysics, relation between metaphysics and the introduction of new biotechnologies. Topics Heidegger, Frege, and Searle). There will be morality. Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. covered in any given term might include (among limited discussion of the alleged ties between other topics) the extent of our right to health *Phl 420/520 intentionality and existentialism. Prerequisite: care, the rationing of scarce medical technolo- 8 credits in philosophy. Wittgenstein (4) Consideration of some of the major works of gies, the ethics of abortion and euthanasia, the *Phl 333 Wittgenstein with emphasis on the later work, extent of a patient’s right to privacy, confidential- Analytic Philosophy (4) especially the Philosophical Investigations. ity, autonomy, the use of human beings as exper- Examination of the analytic Attention will be given to Wittgenstein’s contri- imental subjects, and the ethics of genetic philosophical tradition from Frege and Russell butions to philosophical method, as well as to manipulation. Prerequisite: upper-division through early Wittgenstein and the Positivists to his treatment of issues concerning language, standing or 8 credits in philosophy. the present. meaning, intention, understanding, necessity, *Phl 470/570 Phl 399 and the nature of human persons as language Philosophy of Science (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) users. Prerequisite: 12 credits in philosophy. Review of historically significant theories of nature and scientific method. Analysis of basic Phl 404/504 *Phl 423/523 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Metaphysics (4) patterns of explanation and types of concept and to be arranged.) Philosophical examination of traditional meta- theory formation in the sciences. Prerequisite: 8 Phl 405/505 physical issues (such as relation of body and credits in philosophy. Reading and Conference (Credit to be mind, free will and determinism) and of the *Phl 474/574 arranged.) more influential ontologies (idealism, material- Philosophy of Logic (4) Consent of instructor. ism, dualism). Introduction also to contempo- Topics: validity, sentence-proposition, connec- Phl 407/507 rary controversies over the feasibility of tives, quantifiers, truth, paradoxes, logical neces- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) metaphysics as a rationale discipline (logical sity and possibility. Optional topics: metalogic, Consent of instructor. positivism and its critics). Prerequisite: 8 credits the construction of formal systems of logic and Phl 410/510 in philosophy. formal proofs of certain of their properties, e.g., consistency and completeness. Prerequisite: Phl Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *Phl 424/524 *Phl 414/514 Epistemology (4) 304 or equivalent. Plato (4) Philosophical examination of some of the main *Phl 485 Study of selected dialogues of Plato with atten- issues in the theory of knowledge (such as our Honors Seminar (4) tion to such topics as his theory of forms, moral knowledge of the external world, of the minds of Selected topics within areas of the instructor’s philosophy, political philosophy, and to the indi- others, of logical and mathematical truths, etc.). research. Both students and teacher will be vidual topics of the dialogues, as, for example, Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. expected to produce substantial written material knowledge, being, virtue, piety, love, friendship, on the topic, to be shared and critiqued. Recom- *Phl 432/532 the state, the nature of philosophy. Prerequisite: Philosophy of Mind (4) mended particularly for students considering 8 credits in philosophy. A study of the nature of mental states. Main graduate work in philosophy. Prerequisites: 24 *Phl 415/515 topics are dualism and various forms of material- credits in philosophy with a GPA in philosophy Aristotle (4) ism, behaviorism, mind-body identity theories, courses of at least 3.5. Study of some of the works of Aristotle, such as and functionalism; and the nature and content CONFLICT RESOLUTION his Physics, Metaphysics, Ethics, Politics, parts of propositional attitudes (e.g., belief, desire, of the Organon Rhetoric. Among topics for meaning). Prerequisite: 8 credits in philosophy. CR 512 attention are substance, essence, categories, Perspectives in Conflict Resolution (4) *Phl 433/533 Introduction to full scope of the master’s degree cause, the good man, practical reason. Prerequi- Philosophy of Language (4) site: 8 credits in philosophy. program. Since the program is intended to A study of the nature of language, and of prob- embrace both humanities and social science ori- * Phl 416/516 lems of meaning, reference, and truth. Prerequi- entations, students need to become acquainted The Rationalists: Descartes, Leibniz, site: 8 credits in philosophy. Spinoza (4) with the methods and terms of criticism arising Study, with comparisons, of selected works of from these sometimes divergent disciplines. Pre- these philosophers who maintained that knowl- requisite: 3 credits English literature and 3 cred- edge comes primarily from reason. Likely read- its psychology or sociology. ings: for Descartes, Meditations, or Rules, or Discourse on Method; for Spinoza, Ethics; for C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 153

CR 513 CR 517 raises interesting questions about how the fields Philosophy of Conflict Resolution (4) Nonviolence (4) of conflict resolution challenge law and ethics. Introduction to the insights that philosophy Designed to acquaint students with the theories Prerequisite: three credits of ethics. offers to the field of conflict resolution. The and history of nonviolence from ancient times to CR 524 course will also explore the impact that conflict the present, with some speculation as to future Advanced Mediation (4) resolution practice may have on philosophical use. Prerequisite: 3 credits of philosophy. Focus on the qualities of the practitioner that theory. Additionally, ethical issues that arise CR 518 enhance the practice of mediation. The practice during conflict resolution work will be carefully Psychology of Conflict Resolution (4) of mediation involves a particular kind of pres- considered. Prerequisite: 3 credits philosophy. Introduction to the psychological research and ence, that of a non-judgmental observer. To CR 514 insights that illuminate conflict resolution theory maintain such a presence while in the midst of Conflict Resolution in Divergent Settings (4) and practice. A dual focus on both methods and emotions, intense interactions, hostility, and Examination of the variety of settings where con- research will be maintained throughout the cur- conflict requires much clarity, steadiness, and flict resolution takes place. Guest speakers share riculum. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology. stability. Students will learn ways to achieve their experience and theoretical insights. Prereq- CR 522 these qualities through the cultivation of mind- uisites: CR 512, 513. Thesis Preparation Seminar (1) fulness. Prerequisites: CR 515. CR 515 Introduction to a variety of approaches to thesis CR 525 Negotiation and Mediation (4) writing and research. Students examine com- Conflict Resolution Systems Design (4) Introduction to collaborative approaches to pleted master’s degree theses in conflict resolu- Acquaints the student with a systems approach responding to conflict. A theoretical framework tion. Prerequisite: one year completed in the to designing conflict resolution services. These will be established for using negotiation and master’s degree program. services are designed for a wide variety of set- mediation in a variety of settings. Students will CR 523 tings to handle conflicts effectively at the lowest learn how to function as a neutral third party Legalities and Professional Ethics in cost. Students learn to diagnose and correct focusing on: conflict analysis, communication Conflict Resolution (4) problems in an existing system, as well as create skills, maintaining a neutral role, creating a safe Students examine theories and insights about and implement a wholly new system. environment, and ensuring procedural, substan- the role of law and professional ethics in the tive and psychological satisfaction. Ethical issues fields of conflict resolution. A historical account and concerns in the field of mediation will be of the evolution of law and professional ethics presented. Prerequisite: 3 credits psychology or sociology.

PHYSICS

262 Science Building II asking questions. Physicists seek to under- spheric physics, environmental science, (503) 725-3812 stand how the physical universe works, no medical physics, and finance are particu- www.physics.pdx.edu/ matter what the scale of observation—from larly popular fields, now. Environmental quarks to quasars, from the time it takes programs, electrical engineering, nuclear B.A., B.S. the proton to spin, to the age of the cos- engineering, and computer science are Minor mos. The answers to these questions are common graduate school tracks. Medicine Secondary Education Program summarized into statements called laws. and law are also fields that welcome stu- M.A., M.S. We live in the age of physical law. Aware- dents with physics degrees. Many physi- Ph.D.—Environmental Sciences and ness of the beauty, harmony, and interplay cists are entrepreneurs who start their own Resources: Physics of the laws of physics greatly enhances our companies. view and appreciation of our environment. Requirements for the B.A. or B.S. As an undergraduate, you will take a Degree in Physics. It is important that stu- UNDERGRADUATE group of core courses that will give you a dents planning to major in physics contact PROGRAMS general background in the subject. You will the Department of Physics prior to the start study force and motion, heat, optics, elec- of their work in order that a coherent pro- Physics is the branch of knowledge that tricity, magnetism, atomic and nuclear gram can be planned with their assigned attempts to explain all of the phenomena physics, quantum mechanics, and the adviser. Students planning to transfer to we observe or infer on earth and in the uni- physical properties of materials, learning PSU from community colleges or other verse. Its study has made possible a both the theoretical and the experimental universities are strongly advised to contact modern understanding of the origin of the aspects. the Department of Physics well ahead of universe as well as the behavior of biologi- Physicists are employed by almost all their proposed date of transfer so that a cal materials and chemical processes. Sci- industries, particularly by the technical smooth transition, which avoids course entists trained in this field can engage in industries and by government laborato- duplication and untimely delays, can be such diverse areas as solid state devices, ries. Roughly half of all students with a accomplished. Students need to choose particle physics, energy and the environ- bachelor’s degree in physics go on to grad- between the standard option and the envi- ment, biotechnology, and space travel. uate work. In addition to a traditional grad- ronmental physics option. In addition to The study of physics does not involve uate curriculum in physics or astronomy, meeting the general University degree the following of a specific recipe or set of they can enter programs in optics, applied requirements, the student must meet the rules; rather it entails developing an atti- physics, engineering physics, and educa- following minimal departmental course tude or way of looking at phenomena and tion. Biophysics, material science, atmo- requirements: 154 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Credits Students who complete a major in physics Credits Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics, Ph 211, 212, can qualify to teach physics and science Seminar (Current Literature) ...... 3 213, or Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics grades 5-8 in secondary schools by com- One of the following three options: (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 pleting the education requirements on 1. Thesis...... 6 Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or page 205. 2. Cooperative Education/Internship ...... 6 Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 or Courses are to be taken for differenti- 3. Project ...... 3 Ph 221, 222, 223 ...... 3 ated grades, except for those offered only Of the additional credits required in Ph 311, 312 Introduction to Modern Physics . .8 physics, at least 9 must be in courses with Ph 314, 315 Experimental Physics I ...... 8 on a pass/no pass basis. Students must Ph 321 Current Electricity ...... 4 have at least a 2.75 GPA in the endorse- numbers above 610 or the graduate-level Ph 322 Computational Physics...... 4 ment and must earn at least a C in each sequence in quantum mechanics (Ph 511, Ph 424 Classical Mechanics I ...... 3 course of the endorsement. 618, 619) Upper-division electives ...... 8 The student must also pass a qualifying examination and a final oral examination in Total in physics (minimum) 47-50 GRADUATE Thesis, Cooperative Education/Internship, Mth 251, 252, 253, 254 Calculus ...... 16 PROGRAMS or Project. Typically, a thesis involves Mth 256, 322 Applied Differential Equations . .7 research (either experimental or theoreti- The department participates in the Envi- One year of general chemistry: Ch 221, 222, cal), Cooperative Education/Internship ronmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral 223, 227, 228, 229 ...... 15 involves relevant student experiences Program. Specialized studies in the basic obtained in industry or government, and a Total 38 principles and techniques of the discipline, project involves review of the literature in a Select one of two options (standard or when combined with a multidisciplinary certain area of physics. In all cases, a environmental option): environmental science course and seminar, written report, a presentation, and oral will partially fulfill the requirements for the Standard option: exam are necessary. Ph 316 Methods of Experimental Physics I. . . .4 Ph.D. in environmental sciences and Ph 425 Classical Mechanics II or resources. For information on the Ph.D. STANDARD TEACHING LICENSE Ph 432 Electricity and Magnetism II . . . . . 3-4 program, see page 109. The requirements for the standard teaching The Department offers work leading to license include 45 graduate or upper-divi- Total in physics (minimum) 7-8 the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of sion credits exclusive of those used for Two courses in a related area of science or tech- Science. The M.A. and M.S. programs are either the bachelor’s degree or for the basic nology (biology, geology, additional chemistry, designed to further the development of the teaching license. For the standard endorse- computer science, electrical circuitry) . . . . 6-8 student as a professional physicist. Specific ment in physics, the student must take at Total 13-16 programs designed to meet the needs of the least 15 credits of adviser-approved gradu- individual student are planned in consulta- Environmental physics option: ate subject matter distributed to strengthen Choose 30 credits from the following list: Ph tion with the graduate advisers. the student’s background in science. 451, 471, 490, 492; Bi 251, 252, 253, 357, The department offers graduate courses Although no specific courses are required 475, 476; G 443, 444, 484; Ch 426, 427; in the fields of classical mechanics, relativ- for the standard endorsement, combined CE 371. ity, hydrodynamics, quantum mechanics, undergraduate and graduate preparation Courses taken under the undifferenti- electromagnetism, statistical mechanics, must include at least 36 credits in the ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not atomic and molecular physics, nuclear major area. Each student’s program is tai- acceptable toward fulfilling department physics, physics of condensed matter, and lored to meet the needs of the individual major requirements except for those major biophysics. Current research areas in theo- and the requirements of the standard courses offered on a pass/no pass basis retical and experimental physics are: statis- endorsement and the standard license. The only. tical physics, surface physics (scanning 45 credits required for the license must Requirements for a Minor. To earn a tunneling microscopy, near-field optical also include 15 credits of education minor in physics a student must complete microscopy, Mossbauer spectroscopy), and courses. See page 205 for the required edu- 27 credits (9 credits of which must be membrane biophysics (transport in biologi- cation courses. taken in residence at PSU, and 12 to 15 cal and artificial membranes), low tempera- credits of which must be upper-division), ture physics (heat transfer, phase COURSES to include the following: transitions), atoms and molecules at high temperatures and pressures, electron Credits Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered microscopy (atmospheric aerosols, mem- every year. Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics or brane domains, electrodeposition), and Ph 211, 212, 213 General Physics Some lecture courses may be challenged by exami- (with Calculus) ...... 9-12 global change science. nation. Ph 204, 205, 206 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 or Degree Requirements. University mas- Ph 101, 102 Ph 214, 215, 216 Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 .3 ter’s degree requirements are listed on Essentials of Physics (4, 4) Upper-division physics electives ...... 12-15 page 65. Specific departmental require- An elementary introduction to the basic princi- ments are listed below. ples of physics, their interpretation and applica- Total 27 tion. Designed to accommodate all liberal arts A maximum of one-third of the courses MASTER OF ARTS OR students. Three lectures; concurrent enrollment MASTER OF SCIENCE taken under the undifferentiated grading in Ph 104, 105 is encouraged. Prerequisite: high The program must be approved by the stu- school algebra. option (pass/no pass) is acceptable toward dent’s adviser and must include a mini- fulfilling department minor requirements. Ph 104, 105 mum of 45 graduate credits in science, Experimental Investigations for Non-science Additional courses may be required as including not fewer than 30 credits in Majors (2, 2) prerequisites. physics. These 30 credits in physics must Discovery labs for essential laws of physics. Investigate gravity, force, acceleration, momen- SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM be in 500- or 600-level courses, distributed tum, heat, work, energy, electricity, light, and Adviser: J.A. Abramson as follows: radioactivity. Make simple electrical circuits and C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 155

an electrical motor. Improve computer literacy Ph 211, 212, 213 evolution of the Universe and the possibility of by working with graphic models of radioactive General Physics (with Calculus) (4, 4, 4) life elsewhere. The nature of light, the types of decay. One two-hour discussion and laboratory Introductory physics for students majoring in information it carries, and the types of devices period. Concurrent enrollment in Ph 101, 102 is science and engineering. The student will used to detect it. Includes laboratory and/or encouraged. Prerequisite: high school algebra. explore topics in physics including statics, fieldwork. dynamics, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, Ph 121, 122 Ph 299 General Astronomy (4, 4) and optics using the methods of calculus. Pre- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) An introductory historical, descriptive, and requisites: for Ph 211, Mth 251 and Ph 214 concurrently; for Ph 212, satisfactory completion of Ph 311, 312 interpretative study of astronomy. Emphasis on Introduction to Modern Physics (4, 4) the basic scientific methods as they apply to Ph 211 and Ph 215 concurrently; for Ph 213, The revolution in the concepts of physics in the astronomical problems. Detailed examination of satisfactory completion of Ph 212 and Ph 216 20th century. Radioactivity, quanta, black-body the earth, followed by a survey of the other concurrently. radiation, relativity. Bohr’s theory of the atom. members of the solar system. Survey of the stars, Ph 214, 215, 216 Introduction to quantum mechanics. Atomic, their types, grouping, and motions. Models for Lab for Ph 211, 212, 213 Or Ph 221, 222, molecular spectroscopy, periodic table. Intro- the evolution of the Universe and the possibility 223 (1, 1, 1) duction to nuclear and solid state physics, and of life elsewhere. The nature of light, the types of Introductory laboratory for students in General elementary particles. Three lectures. Prerequi- information it carries, and the types of devices Physics (with Calculus). One 3-hour laboratory site: Ph 203, or Ph 213 and Mth 252. used to detect it. Need not be taken in sequence. period. Corequisites: concurrent enrollment in Ph 211, 212, 213 or concurrent enrollment in Ph 313 Ph 199 Ph 221, 222, 223. Ideas in Modern Physics (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Fundamental ideas of the modern physics of this Ph 221, 222, 223 century. Topics include the development of rela- Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics (with Calculus) (3, 3, 3) General Physics (4, 4, 4) tivity, quantum mechanics, nuclear and particle Introductory physics for students majoring in Introductory physics for science majors. The physics, and cosmology. Prerequisite: one col- engineering. The student will explore topics in student will explore topics in physics including lege-level science course. physics including statics, dynamics, electromag- Newtonian mechanics, electricity, and magne- netism, thermodynamics, and optics using the Ph 314, 315 tism, thermal physics, optics, and modern phys- methods of calculus. Prerequisites: for Ph 221, Experimental Physics I (4, 4) ics. Prerequisites: for Ph 201, Mth 112 and Ph Mth 251 and Ph 214 concurrently; for Ph 222, Experiments in electrical measurements, digital 204 concurrently; for Ph 202, satisfactory com- logic circuits with applications to experimental satisfactory completion of Ph 221 and Ph 215 pletion of Ph 201 and Ph 205 concurrently; for control and computer interfacing, and analog concurrently; for Ph 223, satisfactory comple- Ph 203, satisfactory completion of Ph 202 and circuits. Two 3-hour lab periods. Ph 314 requires tion of Ph 222 and Ph 216 concurrently. Ph 206 concurrently. concurrent enrollment in Ph 321. Ph 261, 262 Ph 204, 205, 206 General Astronomy (4, 4) Ph 316 Lab for Ph 201, 202, 203 (1, 1, 1) Introductory historical, descriptive, and inter- Experimental Physics I (4) Introductory laboratory for students in General Students will perform several experiments illus- pretive study of astronomy. Emphasis is on the Physics. One 3-hour laboratory period. Corequi- trating quantum and relativistic effects. The basic scientific methods as they apply to astro- sites: concurrent enrollment in Ph 201, 202, emphasis will be on computer-assisted experi- nomical problems. Detailed examination of the 203. mentation and data analysis. Experiments will earth, followed by a survey of the other members include instrumentation and counting in nuclear of the solar system. Survey of the stars, their physics, measurement of band gap in semicon- types, grouping, and motions. Models for the ductors, measurement of ratio of electron charge to electron mass, speed of light, Frank-Hertz experiment and electron spin resonance. Two 3- hour laboratory periods. Prerequisites: Ph 311. Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics for Engineering Students (3, 3) A two-term survey of solid state physics including topics necessary for understanding crystal- line solids and their electron transport processes. Topics include crystal lattices, X-ray diffraction, concepts of quantum physics, Schrödinger equation, electron tunneling, physical statistics, free electron theory of metals, effect of periodic potential on electrons, intrinsic and impurity semiconductors and analysis of p-n semiconductor junction. Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223. Ph 321 Current Electricity (4) Electric potential and current; Kirchoff’s Laws and equivalent circuits. Transient and A.C. behavior of circuit elements. Theory of operation of diodes and transistors. Prerequisites: Ph 203 or 213; concurrent enrollment in Ph 314. *Ph 322 Computational Physics (4) Formulation and numerical solution of physics problems. Use of computers and graphical displays to enhance intuition and supplement analytical procedures. Approaches to complex physical situations, especially those involving dissipative, nonlinear and stochastic phenomena. Recommended prerequisite: Working knowledge of at least one computer language. 156 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Ph 331 Ph 375 *Ph 424 Physics of Music (4) The Earth’s Atmosphere: Global Change and Classical Mechanics I (3) A series of lectures and laboratories illustrating Human Life (4) The Newtonian formulation of mechanics. Kine- the basic principles of acoustics and their appli- An introduction to the global environment and matics and dynamics of particles in inertial and cation to string, wind, brass, and percussion/ how human activities are causing climatic accelerated reference frames. Conservation prin- instruments. Some of the laboratory exercises are changes, ozone depletion, and deforestation. ciples. Central forces, gravitation, and celestial adaptable for use in primary and secondary Emphasizes the interrelationship between envi- mechanics. Free and forced vibrations. Prerequi- school classes. Prerequisite: one year of music, ronmental processes. Deals with the qualitative sites: Ph 203 or 213; Mth 256 previously or con- or one year of a physical science. aspects of how the earth’s climate works, how it currently. can be altered by burning of fossil fuels (emis- *Ph 353 †Ph 425/525 Radiation in the Environment (4) sions of carbon dioxide) and by the increasing Classical Mechanics II (3) Types of radiation and their interaction with concentrations of other “greenhouse gases”; how Advanced formulation of mechanics. Lagrange’s matter, including organic tissue; methods of the ozone layer can be depleted by man-made and Hamilton’s equations. The inertial tensor, detection and shielding; evaluation of dosage chemicals, and what is being done, or can be free rotations, and rigid body dynamics. Theory and risk assessment; methods of energy genera- done to avert the undesirable consequences of of small oscillations, coupled oscillations and tion based on nuclear energy; nuclear waste and these global changes. normal modes. Prerequisites: Ph 424 and Mth disposal problems. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi 253, Ph 378 322. Ch 223, or equivalent. Calculus, previously or Science Through Science Fiction (4) Ph 426/526 concurrently, is recommended. This class uses science fiction literature to exam- Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics *Ph 363 ine a wide variety of topics in science. Prerequi- (4) Color Photography (3) site: Astronomy, General Physics, or Natural Concepts of temperature, work, and heat; first Principles of color photography, including the Science Inquiry. Also listed as Sci 355; course and second laws of thermodynamics and appli- physics of color and scientific explanations of may be taken only once for credit. cations; thermodynamic potentials; heat engines, the formation of color images on light-sensitive Ph 381 Carnot cycle, and ideal gases; entropy and its materials. Traces uses and the history of color Physical Metallurgy for Engineers (3) statistical interpretation; kinetic theory of gases; photography. Prerequisite: one college-level sci- Crystal structure of metals and their relation- classical and quantum statistics; introduction to ence or photography course. ships to properties. Phase diagrams of alloys, statistical mechanical ensembles. Prerequisites: Ph 365 heat treatment, mechanical properties, and cor- Ph 203 or 213, Mth 254, and Ph 311. rosion. Methods of fabrication of metals. Two Fractals, Chaos, and Complexity (4) †Ph 431/531, 432/532 Introduction to the basic physical ideas behind lectures; one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequi- Electricity and Magnetism (4, 4) fractals in nature, chaos, complexity, and other sites: EAS 213, Ph 213 or 223, Ch 223. Advanced study of electricity and magnetism current concepts in physics, with emphasis on Ph 399 covering field and potential of charge arrays, fractals and chaos. Computer simulations and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) electrostatic field energy, images, multipoles, desktop experiments involving fractals, chaos, Ph 401/501 Laplace’s equation, Biot-Savart and Ampere’s and complex systems. Prerequisite: Astronomy, Research (Credit to be arranged.) laws, magnetic field energy, vector potential, dis- General Physics, or Natural Science Inquiry. Consent of instructor. placement current, dielectrics and their micro- Ph 366 Ph 404/504 scopic models, electromagnetic wave equations, Complexity and the Universe I (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit boundary conditions, energy radiation, magnetic Introduction to the basic physical ideas behind to be arranged.) materials and their microscopic models. Prereq- complexity and other current concepts in phys- Ph 405/505 uisites: Ph 312 and Mth 256. ics. Computer simulations and desktop experi- Reading and Conference (Credit to be *Ph 434/534 ments involving fractals, chaos, and complex arranged.) Methods of Mathematical Physics (4) systems. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. Consent of instructor. A survey of methods of applied mathematics Prerequisite: General Physics or Natural Science Ph 406/506 used in modern physics, to include: vectors, Inquiry. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) matrices, operators, and eigenvalues; perturba- Ph 367 Consent of instructor. tion theory and series expansion; variation and Complexity and the Universe II (4) Ph 407/507 optimization; numerical methods; transforms; Continuation of Sci 318/Ph 366. Emphasizes sci- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and special functions. Prerequisites: Ph 312 and entific cosmology with a focus on understanding Consent of instructor. Mth 322. how insights gained from physics and astronomy Ph 410/510 *Ph 440/540, 441/541 affect your view of the universe and your place Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Physics of Solid State Devices (4, 4) in it. Students participate actively in seeing how Consent of instructor. This is a survey intended to provide the founda- some of the information was gathered, to help *Ph 411/511 tion necessary for understanding of function, critically analyze what to believe about the his- Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (4) technology and design of solid state devices, tory and arrangement of the universe and what it An introduction to the ideas of quantum rather than their application. Topics will include: means to them. Includes laboratory and/or field- mechanics; the Schrödinger equation and its introduction to and application of concepts of work. Prerequisite: Astronomy, General Physics, application to one-dimensional problems; elec- quantum physics to solids, effect of periodicity or Natural Science Inquiry. tron spin; time independent perturbations. Pre- in solids on electron energy states, electron sta- Ph 371 requisites: Ph 318 or 311, Mth 322. tistics, metals, insulators, semiconductors and superconductors, thermionic and field assisted Fractals, Chaos, Complexity, and Other *Ph 413/513 Current Topics in Physics (4) Introduction to Solid State Physics (4) electron emission, electron scattering and mobil- Introductory survey to current concepts in frac- Experimental and theoretical survey of the lattice ity of charge carriers, intrinsic and extrinsic tals in the natural world, chaos, complexity, and and electronic properties of solids with particu- semiconductors, quantitative treatment of p-n other related topics in physics. Computer simu- lar emphasis on the properties of electrons in junction, diffusion and recombination of excess lations and the use of microcomputers, desktop metals. Prerequisite: Ph 411 or 312. carriers, quantitative treatment of electron injec- experiments are an essential part of the course. tion, majority and minority components of the † Prerequisite: one year of general physics. Ph 415/515 junction current, breakdown, quantitative treat- Experimental Optics (3) ments of bipolar junction transistor, field effect Advanced experiments in physical optics. One transistor and tunnel diodes, physics of metal- 4-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ph 203 semiconductor and metal-insulator-semiconduc- or Ph 213. tor junctions and devices, superconductivity and

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 157

superconducting devices, DC and AC Josephson Ph 478/578 *Ph 611, 612 effects, Josephson junctions, superconductive Applications of Air Pollution Modeling (4) Physics of Solids and Liquids (4, 4) quantum interference devices. Prerequisites: Students work in teams to solve an air pollution The theory of mechanical, thermal, electrical, Ph 312 or 318. problem using dispersion and receptor modeling magnetic, and optical properties of solids and techniques. It teaches the complementary nature liquids. Prerequisites: Ph 413. Ph 451/551, 452/552 Electron Microscopy (4, 4) of receptor and dispersion modeling. Teaches *Ph 618, 619 Electron optics theory, specimen preparation the advantages and disadvantages of the two Quantum Mechanics (4, 4) and experimental work with transmission and approaches to air pollution modeling when Principles of quantum mechanics; the scanning electron microscopes, Microchemical either approach is applicable. Students use Schrödinger equation; the hydrogen atom and analysis with an energy dispersive spectrometer. established computer models and become profi- other problems; approximation methods: time- Specimens from all the sciences. Two lectures, cient in their use. Prerequisite: Ph 477/577. independent and time-dependent perturbation one 3-hour laboratory period. Prerequisites: one *Ph 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 theory; scattering problems. Prerequisites: Ph year of general physics and one year of any other Physical Metallurgy (2, 2, 2) 411/511, Ph 425. science. Introduction to principles of physical metallurgy. *Ph 624, 625 Includes the atomic and crystalographic struc- † Classical Mechanics (4, 4) Ph 464/564 tures of metals and alloys; defects in structure Applied Optics (4) Advanced treatment of analytical mechanics of An overview of optics and such principal appli- and the importance of them in determining the particles, systems of particles, and rigid bodies. cation as fiberoptics; chemical, biological, and properties of metals; phase diagrams of alloy sys- Methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi. physical sensors; optical information processing, tems and examples of important systems; diffu- Symmetry and conservation laws. Prerequisites: acousto-optics; lasers and detectors. Prerequi- sion and phase transformations, emphasizing the Ph 425. sites: Ph 203 or 213 or 223, Mth 254. solid state; plasticity and fracture of crystals; and *Ph 626 corrosion. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Ch 223. Hydrodynamics (4) Ph 471/571 * Atmospheric Physics (4) Ph 484/584, 485/585, 486/586 The theory of fluids and continuous media. Cycles of trace gases in the earth’s atmosphere Physical Metallurgy Laboratory (1, 1, 1) Equations of continuity, Euler’s equation, flow and their role in the environment. Emission, dis- Experimental studies of the structure of metals fields, and applications. Prerequisite: Ph 625. persal and removal of natural and man-made by light microscope, X-ray diffraction, and *Ph 631, 632, 633 trace constituents in the atmosphere that deter- microhardness techniques. Heat treatment of Electromagnetic Fields and Interactions mine the earth’s climate and the stratospheric metals and studies of the resulting structural (4, 4, 4) ozone layer. Mass Balance Models for quantita- changes. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Classical description of the electromagnetic field: tive analysis of atmospheric composition and Ph 481, 482, 483. classical electron theory and plasmas. Prerequi- trends. Climate change and perturbations of *Ph 490/590, 491/591 sites: Ph 431. stratospheric ozone in modern times. Lays a Cellular and Molecular Biophysics (4, 4) *Ph 641, 642 foundation for the understanding of the complex An introduction to the physical ideas and meth- The Physics of Atoms and Molecules (4, 4) issues of climatic change and its many linkages ods in the studies of biological phenomena, Radiation from atoms and molecules, Raman and feedbacks. Questions regarding environ- organization, structure, and function at the cel- effect. Structure of one and many electron mental policy and action are examined in the lular and molecular level. Atomic and molecular atoms, Zeeman effect, Stark effect, Lamb shift, light of current model results, their predictions structures, energy and interacting forces relating hyperfine structure, line intensity. Quantum and uncertainties. Prerequisites: one year each of to cellular and molecular biophysics will be dis- mechanics of diatomic and polyatomic mole- calculus and calculus-based physics, introduc- cussed. Prerequisites: Ph 203, Bi 253, and Ch cules. Symmetry. Molecular electronic transi- tory course in differential equations. 223. Calculus, previously or concurrently, is rec- tions. Valence and resonance. Prerequisites: ommended. Ph 411. Ph 472/572 Introduction to Nonlinear Dynamics and Ph 503 *Ph 664, 665, 666 Chaos (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Statistical Mechanics (4, 4, 4) Introduction to basic theoretical and experimen- Ph 601 Foundations of statistical mechanics and kinetic tal tools to study chaos and nonlinear behavior. Research (Credit to be arranged.) theory; statistical interpretation of thermo- Desktop experiments and computer simulations Ph 603 dynamics; ensembles in classical and quantum of chaotic systems. Prerequisite: one year of gen- Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) systems; transport phenomena. Prerequisites: eral physics. Ph 604 Ph 619 or 625. Ph 477/577 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Ph 679 Air Pollution (4) to be arranged.) Advanced Atmospheric Physics (4) Air pollution meteorology needed to understand Ph 605 Advanced course to provide a working knowl- air pollution, atmospheric dispersion models, K- Reading and Conference (Credit to be edge of base models for studying global change theory, box models and receptor models. Use of arranged.) including the greenhouse effect, global warming, simple computer models. This course is a foun- Ph 606 stratospheric ozone depletion from man-made dation for the quantitative understanding of air Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be chemicals, tropospheric chemistry of HO and pollution: At any point in the environment arranged.) O3 and transport modeling. Prerequisite: (receptor), how much pollution is caused by a Ph 607 Ph 578. known source? If there are many sources, how Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) much pollution does each source contribute at a Ph 610 receptor? Prerequisites: Ph 213 or 223, one year Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) of calculus, introductory course in differential equations.

† Does not carry graduate credit for M.A., M.S. in physics. 158 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Portland State offers courses which meet Portland State University offers prepro- Sophomore Year Credits the preprofessional requirements of profes- fessional programs for students wishing to F W S sional schools within the Oregon State prepare themselves for admission to a vari- Bi 301, 302, 303 Anatomy and System of Higher Education and, in most ety of allied health professional schools. Physiology...... 4 4 4 cases, the requirements of out-of-state pro- These programs consist of a two- to four- Ch 250 Nutrition (any term)...... 4 - - Sp 220 Public Speaking (any term) ... - 4 - fessional schools as well. The program year preparatory phase followed by a one- Wr 222 Writing Research Papers schedules in this section are typical and to four-year professional phase, and in or Wr 323 English Composition..... - - 3 will vary in individual cases. The majority most cases admission to the professional Arts and letters...... - 3 3 of preprofessional programs are based on school occurs before the award of the bac- Electives...... 5 5 5 the graduation requirements of other insti- calaureate degree. Computer proficiency expected tutions. Students choosing to continue at A typical freshman program includes PSU, rather than pursue a preprofessional biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, transfer program should meet with a fac- cation courses; however, individual pro- OSTEOPATHY, ulty adviser to determine PSU graduation grams vary depending on the student’s AND PODIATRY requirements. All preprofessional students academic preparation and the unique grad- should check with a faculty adviser to keep uation requirements of the institutions (503) 725-3822 current on all recent changes and remain- granting the particular professional Adviser: K. Hanson, Health Sciences Advising ing requirements. degrees. It is essential that a student’s aca- Office, 491 Neuberger Hall demic program be planned with a health Portland State University offers preprofes- sciences adviser, and accessible advising is AGRICULTURE sional programs for students wishing to available in the College of Liberal Arts and (503) 725-3851 prepare themselves for admission to den- Sciences Health Sciences Advising Center, tal, medical, osteopathy, or podiatry where professional advisers can help with Advisers: A. Yeakley schools. A bachelor’s degree is required course scheduling, declaring a major, pre- Freshman Year Credits prior to matriculation by the medical paring for graduate admission tests, choos- FW S school of Oregon Health Sciences Univer- ing a professional school, and organizing Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of sity. Three years’ work with at least one letters of recommendation. Biology ...... 5 5 5 year at Portland State University plus the Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory transfer of up to 48 upper-division credits Chemistry ...... 4 4 4 ENTAL HYGIENE Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory D from a dental school upon the satisfactory Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 1 1 (503) 725-3822 completion of one year at the dental school Mth 111, 112 Introductory College will result in the awarding of a Bachelor of Mathematics ...... 4 4 - Advisers: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley, Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mth 241 Calculus for Management K. Hanson biology or general studies. and Social Sciences or Mth 251 The School of Dentistry, Oregon Health A typical freshman program includes Calculus I...... - - 4 Sciences University, offers a B.S. degree in biology, math, chemistry, and general edu- Wr 121 English Composition dental hygiene. This degree requires 90 cation courses; however, individual pro- (any term) ...... 3 - - credits of college work prior to matricula- grams vary depending on the student’s PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life tion in the two-year program at the School (any term) ...... - 3 - academic preparation. Before planning a Arts and letters or social science of Dentistry. The 90 credits must include curriculum, students must meet with an electives (any term) ...... - 3 - the following PSU courses: adviser to determine placement in math Freshman Year Credits and science courses. In most cases a stu- ALLIED HEALTH FW S dent must also have an academic adviser in Bi 101, 102, 103 General Biology...... 4 4 4 their major. While there is no preferred (503) 725-3822 Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory major, a broad education is encouraged. In Chemistry ...... 4 4 4 addition to specific requirements in math Chiropractic, Clinical Laboratory Science Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory (Medical Technology), Cytotechnology, and the sciences, students should build a Chemistry Lab...... 1 1 1 strong foundation in the traditional liberal Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Anth 103 Introduction to Social/ Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Cultural Anthropology (any term).. - 4 - arts curriculum. Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, and Soc 200 General Sociology ...... 4 - - Accessible advising is available in the Veterinary Medicine Mth 111 Introductory College College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Health Mathematics (any term)...... - - 4 Sciences Advising Center, where profes- Advisers: Chiropractic, Naturopathic, Occupa- Wr 121 English Composition sional advisers can help with course tional Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, (any term) ...... 3 - - scheduling, declaring a major, preparing Physician Assistant K. Hanson; Clinical Labo- Psy 204 or 200 Psychology as a for the MCAT and DAT, choosing a profes- ratory Science, Cytotechnology, Radiation Social Science or Natural Science.... - 4 - sional school, and organizing letters of Therapy, Veterinary Medicine R. Mercer Electives (any term) ...... - - 4 recommendation. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 159

For students who already have a bache- (social studies); health (health); mathematics prelaw majors or particular courses of lor’s degree but are lacking the specific sci- (mathematics); English (English language study in preparation for law school. They ence prerequisites for medical or dental arts); art (art); foreign languages and litera- do recommend that the prospective law school, PSU offers a post-baccalaureate tures (foreign language); music (music); chem- student acquire a broad liberal education program that can be completed in one year istry (chemistry); physics (physics); business providing a sound basic understanding and economics (business); drama (drama); (including Summer Session) of intensive speech (speech). Note: A current adviser list is and appreciation of arts and letters, sci- study. Postbaccalaureate students, with suf- available from the GTEP admissions secretary, ence, and social science. ficient background, start with general 602 School of Education Building. All three Oregon law schools, Lewis & chemistry in the summer and continue Graduate Teacher Education Program Clark, Willamette, and the University of with organic chemistry, biology, and phys- Advising: Students considering application to Oregon, and the major law schools in other ics during the academic year. the PSU GTEP should make an appointment to states, now require that applicants for attend an advising session for prospective admission have a bachelor’s degree. Valu- PREPROFESSIONAL applicants by calling 725-4619 or stop by the able information about prelaw study and PROGRAMS K 12 TEACHER information desk on the second floor of the law school admissions is contained in the : - School of Education Building. Pre-Law Handbook, available at book- PREPARATION Preparatory Coursework stores, from Educational Testing Service, Portland State University educates pro- Early Childhood and Elementary Educators: Box 944, Princeton, NJ 08540, and in the Required: Art 312 Art in the Elementary spective K-12 teachers in the Graduate annual Law School Admission Test/Law School; Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5; School Data Assembly Service Information School of Education. Teacher licensing is Mth 211, 212 Foundations of Elementary part of the Master of Education degree and Book, available in the Department of Politi- Mathematics (8 credits); Music 381 Music cal Science and in the Counseling and Test- is achieved through the Graduate Teacher Fundamentals; Psy 311 Human Development; Education Program (GTEP) in the Depart- Recommended: ED 420 Introduction to Educa- ing Services offices. ment of Curriculum and Instruction (note: tion and Society, CI 432 Computer Applica- Prelaw students are free to select their programs in bilingual education, ESL, spe- tions for the Classroom. own undergraduate programs (there is no cial education, library/media, counseling, Middle, Junior, and High School Educators: “prelaw” major as such), but they are adult education, and administration are In addition to a strong liberal arts education, advised to choose broad cultural fields in all students should complete the requirements also available in the Graduate School of which they have keen intellectual interests, for their major in the endorsement area of their such as economics, history, literature, Education and may be contacted by call- choice. Required: Psy 311 Human Develop- ing (503) 725-4619.) mathematics, philosophy, political science, ment; Recommended: ED 420 Introduction to science, or sociology, to suggest only some Undergraduates at Portland State Uni- Education and Society, CI 432 Computer versity may prepare for competitive admis- Applications for the Classroom. examples. Business administration and sions by consulting with appropriate administration of justice, when strongly advisers, by achieving high academic stan- supplemented with work in arts and FORESTRY letters, science or social science, are also dards in the recommended and required (503) 725-3851 courses for specialization and in courses in suitable. Students are cautioned not to have a liberal arts, and by documenting successful Advisers: A. Yeakley large number of ungraded or pass/no pass experience with children in the public Freshman Year Credits schools. Passing scores on teacher exams credits. Law schools also advise against F W S concentration in courses given primarily as mandated by the Oregon Teachers Stan- Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of dards and Practices Commission (TSPC) Biology ...... 5 5 5 vocational training. Whatever the under- are also required for entry into the GTEP. Ch 104, 105, 106 Introductory graduate program, prelaw students should Chemistry...... 4 4 4 develop as fully as possible the ability to PRE-EDUCATION UNDERGRADUATE Ch 107, 108, 109 Introductory read with understanding, to think logically, ADVISING Chemistry Laboratory or ...... 1 1 1 and to express themselves clearly and Early Childhood and Elementary Education: for Forest Products or Forest Engineering: cogently in written and oral work. The Prospective elementary teachers should con- Ch 106 Introductory Chemistry importance of analytical skills in dealing sult with the senior academic adviser for the Ch 109 Introductory Chemistry Lab III with concepts, abstract ideas, and complex College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 491 Neu- Ch 221, 222 General Chemistry fact situations, and of communications berger Hall, (725-3822). Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus ...... 4 4 4 skills, cannot be overemphasized, for law- Middle School Education: Prospective middle yers must be able to research, analyze, and school teachers who have a preference for Wr 121 English Composition (any term) ...... 3 - - communicate. teaching multiple subjects (as in elementary And since law is a part of the larger education) should follow advice from the PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life senior academic adviser for the College of Lib- (any term)...... - 3 - social order, the prelaw student should eral Arts and Sciences (725-3822). Those who Electives ...... - - 3 seek to understand the political, social, prefer to get a content area specialization that economic, and cultural institutions within may also apply to teaching at the high school LAW which the legal system functions. As illus- should contact the pre-education academic trative of specific subjects (with PSU course adviser in the academic department of choice. For Liberal Arts and Sciences students: numbers) which may be helpful toward High School Education: Prospective high T. Garrison, History, 725-3978 that end, the following are suggested with a school teachers should contact the pre-educa- For Urban and Public Affairs students: reminder that they are not prerequisites for tion academic adviser within their major R.W. Lockwood, Administration of law school admission: introductory eco- department. Academic majors and their Justice, 725-4014; nomics (Ec 201, 202); ethics (Phl 202, R. Lawrence, Political Science, 725-3921. respective secondary endorsements are as fol- 445, 446, 447); U.S. history (Hst 201, lows: biology (biology and general science); Law schools in the United States, unlike 202); legal history, constitutional history physical education (physical education); his- medical, dental, and other professional (Hst 410, 407); political theory (PS 381, tory, anthropology, sociology, philosophy, schools, generally do not require specific political science, geography, and economics 482); constitutional interpretation, consti- 160 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

tutional law, the judicial process (PS 321, URSING HARMACY 422, 423, 407); administration of justice N P (AJ 420, 440, 460); psychology (Psy 204); (503) 725-3822 (503) 725-3822 general sociology (Soc 200). In addition, Adviser: R.C. Mercer, F. McClurken-Talley Adviser: R.C. Mercer, K. Hanson many law schools recommend taking a course in accounting principles. To earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Portland State University offers a prephar- Completion of the Law School Admis- nursing, one must complete a two-year macy curriculum which prepares the stu- sion Test (LSAT), administered nationally preparatory phase and a two-year profes- dent for admission to the Oregon State by the Educational Testing Service, is sional phase. The preparatory phase, that University School of Pharmacy. required by nearly all law schools. It is is, the required courses that must be com- In September of 1999, OSU School of given at Portland State five times each year, pleted before entering the professional Pharmacy will begin their new four-year but should be taken at the earliest possible phase of the program, can be taken at Port- Doctor of Pharmacy degree. Pre-pharmacy date in the student’s senior year. The test land State University. PSU does not offer students intending to apply to the new pro- measures writing ability and general apti- the professional phase; you must be gram should discuss their academic prepa- tude for legal studies. It does not test accepted by a nursing program, such as ration with the pre-pharmacy adviser. knowledge of specific subjects, and is in no those at Oregon Health Sciences Univer- The required courses for prepharmacy sense a test of knowledge about law. There sity (OHSU) in Portland, OHSU-SOC in include: Ashland, OHSU-OIT in Klamath Falls, Bi 251, 252, 253 Principles of Biology is no standard “passing score” on the test, Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry for each law school makes its own evalua- OHSU-EOSC in La Grande, Linfield Col- lege-Good Samaritan School of Nursing in Ch 227, 228, 229 General Chemistry Laboratory tion of an applicant’s admissibility, using Ph 201, 202, 203 General Physics the LSAT score, GPA (grade point average) Portland, the University of Portland in Portland, or the Walla Walla College Ph 204, 205, 206 General Physics Lab and such other factors as it deems relevant. Mth 241 Calculus for Management and Social Competition for admission to law School of Nursing at Portland Adventist Sciences or Mth 251 Calculus I schools is very keen; thus high grade point Medical Center, to complete the profes- Bi 420 Microbiology averages and high LSAT scores are very sional phase. The PSU preparatory phase is Bi 335 Principles of Physiology desirable. Many law schools use the LSAT designed to meet the requirements for Bi 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Physiology transferring into baccalaureate nursing at Ch 334, 335, 336 Organic Chemistry with Labs score and the GPA in computing a total Wr 121 English Composition numerical score which constitutes one one of the state-supported programs (BSN). Although there are many require- Two of the following: Wr 211, 213, 222, 227, important factor in determining admissibil- 228, 323, 327, 333, or Sp 100 (If three writing ity. In such a computation a higher score ments in the preparatory phase common to all nursing programs, each nursing courses are taken, Sp 100 need not be taken.) on the LSAT can help to offset a lower GPA Psy 200 Psychology as a Natural Science or vice versa. Although the LSAT may be school has some preparatory requirements or Psy 204 Psychology as a Social Science repeated, that is generally advisable only if specific to that program. Ec 201 Principles of Economics there is strong reason to believe that the Most professional programs require that PHE 252 First Aid test score was due to factors other than a C- or above be earned in all preparatory Two additional 3-hour courses chosen from: psy- courses. Completion of the preparatory chology, sociology, or economics basic aptitude, such as illness or extreme One 3-hour course in each of the following nervousness. When the LSAT is repeated, phase does not guarantee acceptance into the professional phase as admission is lim- areas, plus one added course from any of these law schools customarily average the test areas: Western culture, non-Western culture, scores. Information concerning the exact ited and competitive. You will need to meet the requirements for a bachelor’s degree as and literature and the arts test dates is available from Counseling and The set of courses listed above is for Testing Services and the law advisers, set by the institution where you complete the professional phase. entrance into Oregon State University; Departments of Political Science and requirements may vary for other schools of Administration of Justice. For information about requirements and admissions, contact the College of Lib- pharmacy. eral Arts and Sciences Advising Center, 491 Neuberger Hall, (503) 725-3822.

PSYCHOLOGY

317 Cramer Hall NDERGRADUATE processes of society. The program serves (503) 725-3923 U students intending to do professional work www.psy.pdx.edu/ PROGRAMS in the field; liberal arts majors who are The program in psychology has been interested in psychology as part of a liberal B.A., B.S. planned with the idea that all students, arts education; and students of other social Minor regardless of major, will have to solve sig- sciences or in a professional field such as M.A., M.S. nificant psychological problems in their business, education, medicine, or the min- Ph.D. in Systems Science—Psychology relations with others, at home and at work, istry who seek a working knowledge of Ph.D.—Participating department in in their personal decisions, and in their psychological principles. Urban Studies Doctoral Program efforts to understand the problems and The major in psychology requires a minimum of 48 credits in the field. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 161

Students must complete the required 454, 455). They should consider partici- The program focus is on applied psy- courses in statistics before taking any 400- pating in research with a faculty member. chology with an emphasis on four areas: level course or any course with statistics as They are encouraged to develop breadth by Applied Developmental, Applied Experi- a prerequisite. pursuing interests in diverse fields outside mental, Industrial/Organizational, and Because the field of psychology is varied psychology before beginning the greater Applied Social Psychology. The aim is to and complex, students majoring in psy- specialization of graduate work. prepare graduates for research and service chology will need guidance. All students Suggested coursework for students roles in a variety of settings such as govern- majoring in psychology, especially those considering graduate work: Credits ment agencies, businesses, educational sys- that are considering graduate work in psy- All of the minimum requirements tems, and hospitals. It should be noted that chology, are encouraged to plan their pro- listed above ...... 56 the graduate program in psychology does gram with an adviser from the Department Plus: not offer training in clinical or counseling of Psychology no later than the beginning Mth 241 ...... 4 psychology. of their first term of junior standing. Bi 101, 102, 103, (104, 105, 106)...... 12-15 Applications. Applications may be It is recommended that freshmen not Psy 427 ...... 4 made to either the doctoral (Ph.D. in Sys- Psy 454 ...... 4 enroll in psychology courses unless they Psy 455 ...... 4 tems Science-Psychology) or the terminal have a B average (3.00 GPA) or above in master’s degree (M.A. or M.S. in Psychol- high school. Suggested total credits 84-87 ogy) programs. Those admitted to the mas- Requirements For Major. In addition Requirements For a Minor. To earn a ter’s program may later apply for admission to meeting the general University degree minor in psychology a student must com- to the doctoral program, conditional upon requirements, the student majoring in plete 28 credits (8 credits of which must be demonstrated competence at the master’s psychology must meet the following taken in residence at PSU), to include the level. Applicants to either program are requirements: following: expected to have had preparation in experimental psychology and methods of data Credits Credits collection and analysis, in addition to con- Required of all minors: Psy 200, Psy 204. . . . . 8 Requirements outside of psychology: tent areas in psychology. Any admissions Stat 243 ...... 4 20 credits in 300-level psychology courses (excluding 399) ...... 20 granted to applicants who do not meet Stat 244 ...... 4 these requirements will be conditional Minimum total credits outside of psychology 8 Minimum total within psychology upon completing remedial course work. for the minor 28 Applicants should provide the following Requirements within psychology: Required of all majors: All courses submitted to satisfy the documents: Graduate Record Examination Psy 200, 204 ...... 8 requirements for a minor in psychology scores (i.e., GRE scores for verbal, quantita- Psy 321 ...... 4 must be passed with a grade of C- or above. tive, and analytic abilities); three letters of Plus 36 credits of upper-division psychology Courses taken under the undifferentiated recommendation from individuals knowl- courses (300- and 400- level), including 16 grading option (pass/no pass) will not be edgeable about the applicant’s abilities credits from courses listed as 410 to 498, and accepted toward fulfilling department (preferably from faculty members at col- excluding courses numbered 399 and 401 to minor requirements. leges or universities attended); transcripts; 409, inclusive ...... 36 and a 500-word statement of academic and SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM Minimum total within psychology 48 personal goals. Completed applications Adviser: C. Smith should be received by February 1 for Minimum total requirement for the major 56 (See General Studies: Social Science, admission the following academic year. page 124.) Psy 201, 202, and 203 are the equiva- MASTER OF ARTS OR lent of Psy 200 and 204; therefore, credit MASTER OF SCIENCE will not be given for 200 and 204 if a stu- GRADUATE Candidates for the master’s degree must dent has been given credit for 201, 202, PROGRAMS earn a minimum of 54 credits in approved and 203. graduate courses, including thesis. Profi- All majors are encouraged to begin their The Department of Psychology offers work ciency in a foreign language is required for work in statistics as soon as possible in leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and the Master of Arts degree, but not for the preparation for Psy 321, which is a prereq- Master of Science. The department also Master of Science degree. Students’ individ- uisite for many of the upper-division participates in the Systems Science Doc- ual programs are determined in consulta- courses. Besides taking courses in a range toral Program, offering a Ph.D. in Systems tion with their advisers. of subjects in psychology, majors are also Science-Psychology. In addition the The required coursework for the encouraged to take courses in human cul- Department of Psychology participates in master’s program is as follow: the Urban Studies Ph.D. Program. For ture and society, human biology, and phi- Credits losophy of science. information relating to the Ph.D program in urban studies, see page 301. Psy 521/621, 522/622, 523/623 ...... 12 All courses submitted to satisfy the Psy 514/614, 515/615, 516/616, 517/617 requirements for a major in psychology, Graduate training in psychology at (Three from this list) ...... 12 including the mandatory math courses, Portland State University provides a sound Electives ...... 20 must be passed with a grade of C- or above. basis in traditional areas of psychology, Practicum/Research ...... 4 In addition, courses taken under the undif- while emphasizing applications of psycho- Thesis ...... 8 logical theory and research to problems of ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) Total 56 will not be accepted toward fulfilling contemporary society. As part of a multidis- department major requirements. ciplinary Ph.D. program in Systems Sci- Thesis. The student must submit and Students considering graduate work in ence, the program in applied psychology defend the thesis at an oral examination. psychology should be especially well pre- extends systems perspectives to areas of pared in mathematics and should take the psychological inquiry. sequence in experimental psychology (Psy 162 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Psy 300 Psy 345 PSYCHOLOGY Personal Decision Making (4) Motivation (4) Candidates for the Ph.D. in Systems Sci- Instruction and practice in cognitive aids for A course on the causes for acquiring, choosing, ence—Psychology must earn a minimum improving intuitive and analytic thinking in or persisting in specific actions within specific making real-world decisions-creating new ideas, circumstances. Students review the conditions, of 108 credits in approved graduate managing complexity, dealing with trade-offs principles, and theories of motivation. Prerequi- courses. Candidates will undertake a pro- among conflicting goals, and choosing among site: Psy 200 or 204. gram of study determined in consultation alternatives whose outcomes are uncertain. Psy 346 with an advisory committee. The doctoral Prerequisite: Psy 200, or appropriate Sophomore Learning (4) program is equivalent to the two-year mas- Inquiry course. Conditions, principles, and theories of learning. ter’s program described above plus the Psy 310 Assessment of experimental methods and results following: Psychology of Women (4) in relation to current theory. Prerequisite: 3 cred- Review and evaluate assumptions underlying its in 200-level psychology. Credits psychological research on women. Survey the SySc 511 Systems Theory ...... 4 Psy 347 research in areas such as the development of sex Perception (4) Systems Science (one sequence from listed differences, acquisition of gender roles and Introduction to the principles and theories of two-course sequences) ...... 6 maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the visual and auditory perception. Topics include Electives ...... 8 pertinence of these findings to topical areas such sensory pathways, color perception, perceptual Approved Internship ...... 8 as women’s work roles, women and mental illusions, and the role of knowledge and cogni- Dissertation ...... 27 health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- tive factors in perception. Prerequisite: Psy 200. site: 3 credits in psychology. Total 53 Psy 348 Psy 311 Cognition (4) Comprehensive Examination. The Human Development (4) Processes by which we form representations of comprehensive exam is comprised of four Development of the individual across the life- reality, and strategies we use for manipulating 4-hour exams, one in the major area, one span, from conception to death. Surveys the bio- those representations in order to explore possi- in the area of specialization, one in the logical bases and social contexts of developmen- ble actions and outcomes. Includes topics in minor or breadth area, and one in Systems tal processes (e.g., cognitive, social, emotional perception, attention, memory, imagery, lan- Science. development). Implications of research for edu- guage, comprehension, problem solving, cre- Dissertation. The student must submit cation, parenting/family relations, and social ative thinking, judgment, reasoning, and policy. Prerequisites: Psy 200 and 204, or appro- and defend the dissertation at an oral decision making. Prerequisite: 3 credits in 200- priate Sophomore Inquiry course. level psychology. examination. Psy 317 Psy 350 Personal and Social Adjustment (4) Counseling (4) COURSES Traces the course of normal adjustment with A survey of counseling and interviewing proce- special interest in those factors which are instru- dures, contributions of psychological theory to Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered mental in shaping human behavior. Concepts counseling techniques. Prerequisite: 3 credits in every year. such as emotional maturity, psychological stress, 200-level psychology. Note: Nonmajors can satisfy the 200-level psychol- and maladjustment are considered. Prerequisite: Psy 357 ogy prerequisites for upper-division psychology 3 credits in 200-level psychology. Comparative Psychology (4) courses by taking either Psy 200 or 204. Majors Psy 321 A study of the behavioral differences and similar- must take both Psy 200 and 204. Psy 201, 202, and Research Methods in Psychology (4) ities within the phylogenetic scale. Emphasis on 203, are the equivalent of Psy 200 and 204; there- Study of methods for evaluating the quality of the examination of the evolution of the behavior fore, credit will not be given for 200 and 204 if a stu- psychological measurements, including various of individuals and species, paying particular dent has been given credit for 201, 202, and 203. concepts of reliability and validity, and item attention to the basic concepts of psychology, analysis techniques; common sources of invalid- such as sensation, perception, learning, and Psy 200 ity in the interpretation of psychological data; Psychology as a Natural Science (4) social processes. The role of animals in theories Methods and criteria by which experimental strategies of selecting and analyzing observations and as models for human behavior. Prerequisite: psychology makes observations and constructs which minimize these sources of invalidity. 3 credits in 200-level psychology. theories. Basic findings in physiological psychol- Prerequisites: Stat 243, 244, and 3 credits in Psy 360 ogy, perception, learning, thinking, and motiva- psychology. Industrial/Organizational Psychology (4) tion. Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Psy 340 The scientific study of human behavior in work Principles of Behavior Analysis (4) settings, covering the adjustments people make Psy 204 A course in the concepts of behavior analysis. Psychology as a Social Science (4) to the places they go, the people they meet, and Introduction to the field of psychology with Includes presentation of respondent and operant the things they do in their occupational activities major emphasis on what psychological findings conditioning, extinction, response differentia- of all types. Prerequisite: Psy 200 or 204. can currently contribute to our understanding of tion, schedules of reinforcement, shaping, Psy 399 human behavior on a social level. Includes escape and avoidance behavior, stimulus dis- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) crimination, punishment and similar concepts. extensive coverage of personality and social psy- Psy 401/501 chology. Recommended as a first course for both The course is intended to provide the student Research (Credit to be arranged.) majors and nonmajors. Sophomore standing is with a thorough introduction to a developing Consent of instructor. technology of behavior. also recommended. Psy 404/504 Psy 207 Psy 342, 343 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Introduction to Applied Psychology (4) Social Psychology (4, 4) to be arranged.) Analysis of the psychological and sociological A survey of selected applications of concepts and Psy 405/505 methodologies from the different areas of psy- processes in social interaction and in various Reading and Conference (Credit to be chology such as experimental, industrial/organi- forms of group behavior. Particular attention to arranged.) zational, social, and developmental. social cognition, roles, and to group origins, Consent of instructor. functions, ideology, membership, and leader- Prerequisites: Psy 200, 204. Psy 407/507 ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200, or Psy 200 or 204. Psy 299 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Credit will not be given for both Soc 342 and Consent of instructor. Special Studies (Credit to be Arranged.) Psy 342, or both Soc 343 and Psy 343. Prerequisite: Psy 204. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 163

Psy 409/509 *Psy 440/540 ments in psychology. Prerequisites: at least 12 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Group Process (4) credits in psychology including Psy 321 and at Supervised psychological practice including A course on the psychology of small groups. least one of the following: Psy 345, 346, 348; observing, studying, and participating in the Topics will include but not be limited to: inter- Stat 243 and 244. activities of private settings or community ser- personal attraction, stages of group develop- *Psy 457/557 vice agencies such as: schools, mental health ment, group structure, coalition formation, Advanced Comparative Psychology (4) clinics, correctional agencies, and day care cen- personal power, leadership, group decision Specific and detailed analysis of current prob- ters. Supervision may include guided reading, making and problem solving, intergroup rela- lems in the area of comparative psychology. Stu- daily journals, and evaluative reports. tions and the principles of negotiation. Prerequi- dents will design, conduct, and analyze Psy 410/510 site: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321, graduate individual research projects. Prerequisites: Stat Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) standing or consent of instructor. 243 and 244, Psy 321 and Psy 357 with grade of *Psy 427/527 Psy 445/545 B or better and consent of instructor. History and Systems of Psychology (4) Employee Development (4) Psy 459/559 A survey of the history of psychology and of past Covers the application of psychological princi- Infant Development (4) and current theoretical approaches in psychol- ples to employee training and development. Development of the individual from conception ogy. Study of the historical roots of current Topics include organization, job, and person to age two. Theory and research pertaining to theories in perception, learning, motivation, per- analysis; program design; the application of infant development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and sonality and other fields. Prerequisites: Stat 243 learning principles to enhance training effective- 244; Psy 311 and Psy 321. and 244, at least 18 credits in psychology, ness; evaluation of training programs; and employee training and development methodol- Psy 460/560 including Psy 321. Child Psychology (4) *Psy 430/530 ogy. A heavy emphasis is placed on current psy- Development of the individual from conception Applied Social Psychology (4) chological research. This course may include a through childhood. Theory and research per- Explores current and potential applications of community-based learning component. Prereq- taining to child development. Prerequisite: Stat social psychological theories and research meth- uisites: Stat 243 and 244; Psy 321 and 360. 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321. ods, with a focus on work conducted in field set- * Psy 447/547 Psy 461/561 tings. As a final project, each student examines Personnel Psychology (4) Psychology Of Adolescence And Early an applied area of their own choosing (previous How individual differences affect work behavior Maturity (4) projects have focused on normative role transi- and task performance and how psychologists Development of the individual from puberty to tions, responses to natural disasters, political measure and predict such differences. Covers the early adulthood. Theory and research pertaining attitudes, conflict resolution, and intergroup development, administration, and utility of to adolescent development. Prerequisites: Stat relations). Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy modern instruments for selection and appraisal. 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321. 321, 342, 343. Data combination strategies and decision making in personnel systems are discussed. Pre- Psy 462/562 *Psy 432 Psychology of Adult Development and Aging Personality (4) requisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. (4) Personality structure and theory. Prerequisite: *Psy 448/548 Development of the individual from early adult- Stat 243 and 244, nine credits in psychology, Psychology of Work Motivation (4) hood through old age. Theory and research including Psy 321. Examination of the role that motivation plays in focusing on adult development from a life-span *Psy 433 initiating, guiding, and maintaining work behav- perspective. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy Introduction to Psychological Testing (4) ior. Assessment of research methods and results 311 and 321 plus one of the following: Psy 459, An introduction to psychological testing and in relation to current theories and their organiza- 460, or 461. tional applications. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and survey of the tests used by psychologists in mea- *Psy 464/564 suring intelligence, interests, aptitudes, person- 244, Psy 321 and 360. Developmental Psychopathology (4) ality, and other characteristics. Commonly used *Psy 449 Study of the origins and course of individual tests will be surveyed in terms of their uses and Survey of Human Factors (4) patterns of behavioral adaptation and maladap- limitations in applied practice and research. Pre- An introduction to systems analysis concepts. An tion. Application of developmental principles to requisites: Stat 243 and 244, and Psy 321. examination of the role of man and his interrela- an understanding of social, emotional, and con- Psy 434/534 tionships with complex man-machine systems. duct disorders of children and their outcome in Introduction to Psychopathology (4) Topics include: man-machine systems, visual adult life. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy Course content will survey the development of and auditory presentation of information, design 321 and 434 plus 8 credits in courses numbered modern ideas of mental illness, the origins of of controls, layout of work places, effects of envi- Psy 459-461. ronment on human performance, and the physi- mental illnesses, the diagnostic system and the *Psy 465/565 clinical syndromes, and methods of treatment of cal limits of human performance. Prerequisites: Applied Developmental Psychology (4) neuropsychiatric disorder. This course does not nine credits in psychology; Stat 243, 244, and Theory, methods, and research in selected areas produce diagnosticians of mental illness but is a Psy 321. of applied developmental psychology. preparation for the clinical study of diagnosis. *Psy 451/551 Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 311 and Prerequisites: Psy 200, 204, Stat 243 and 244, Physiological Psychology (4) 321 and consent of instructor. Anatomical and physiological properties of the and at least 6 additional credits in psychology, *Psy 467/567 including Psy 321. nervous system in relation to fundamental con- Work and Family (4) *Psy 436/536 cepts in psychology. The emphasis is on an over- An examination of the effects of work on family, Performance Appraisal and Feedback (4) all view of neurophysiological properties and family on work, in contemporary society. Applications of psychological concepts to the relevant to psychological functions: sensation, Includes study of dual-career and dual-work development of performance appraisal systems perception, attention, learning, motivation, emo- families, effects of maternal employment on chil- in organizations. Topics include job analysis, tion, activation, and motor responses. Prerequi- dren, impact of child care and elder care on the cognitive processes in performance appraisal, sites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 plus either Psy workplace, and parental leave and other work- types of rating scales, rater training methods, 345, 346, 347, or 348 and four hours of biology. place supports for families. Implications of technical aspects of developing a performance Psy 454, 455 research for social policy. Prerequisites: Stat 243 appraisal system, performance feedback, indi- Experimental Psychology (4, 4) and 244, Psy 311 and 321. viduals’ reactions to performance feedback fac- Principles of experimental design, evaluation of tors related to the perceived accuracy of research methods, formulation and testing of performance feedback. Prerequisites: Stat 243 simple hypotheses using research procedures, and 244, Psy 321 and 360. training in the use of standard apparatus, repetition and extension of selected classical experi- 164 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*Psy 468/568 advanced students in psychology, social work, *Psy 497/597 Social Development (4) special education, speech pathology, and nurs- Applied Survey Research (4) Development of individual’s social relationships ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244; Psy 321, Provides theoretical framework for and experi- from infancy to adolescence. Theory and 340 or 346, 434. ence in design, execution, and interpretation of research pertaining to social development from social surveys including sampling procedures, Psy 485/585 an interactional perspective. Prerequisites: Stat Self-modification of Behavior (4) questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, 243 and 244, Psy 311 and 321 and one of the The technology of self-change developed within coding and computer analysis, and report writ- following: Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. the framework of behavior modification theory, ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321. *Psy 471/571 including relevant ethical and theoretical issues, *Psy 498/598 Health Psychology (4) specific techniques of change and the applica- Field Observation Methods (4) Study of the social and psychological influences tion of these techniques within a systematic pro- Applied experience in the major methodological on how people stay well, why some people gram development model. Prerequisites: Stat techniques of field observation, as well as the become ill, and how persons respond to illness. 243 and 244, Psy 321, 340, 346 or 484. key problems of validity and reliability as they Particular attention to the stress process. Prereq- arise while developing a behavioral observation *Psy 486/586 uisites: Stat 243 and 244, plus 12 credits in psy- Human Performance and Mental Workload system. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, chology, including Psy 321; Soc 200 may be (4) Psy 321, plus 12 upper division credits in substituted for 4 of these credits and PHE 223 Introduction to mathematical and conceptual psychology. may be substituted for 4 of these credits. theories of how the human performs simple and Psy 503 *Psy 478/578 complicated tasks. Topics include signal detec- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Leadership and Group Effectiveness (4) tion theory, information theory, reaction time, Psy 514/614 The study of leadership in task performing attention, effort. Measures and theories of Advanced Applied Social Psychology (4) groups with an emphasis on interpersonal influ- mental workload will be discussed as well as Theory, methods, and selected topics in ence processes. Leadership viewed as statements what leads to cognitive overload and how it can advanced applied social psychology. or actions intended to influence group activities be altered. Prerequisites: Psy 321, Stat 243 and Psy 515/615 in that group’s efforts towards goal setting and 244, and 12 credits of psychology. Advanced Applied Developmental achievement. Includes theories of leader emer- *Psy 487/587 Psychology (4) gence and leadership effectiveness. Prerequisites: Life-span Development (4) Theory, methods, and selected topics in Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 360. Theories and methodology for the study of pro- advanced applied developmental psychology. *Psy 479/579 cesses and change in life-span developmental Psy 516/616 Women and Organizational Psychology (4) perspective. Practical implications of different Advanced Industrial/Organizational Examines the relationship between gender and perspectives for theories and research regarding Psychology (4) the social organization of the workplace. Focus human development. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Theory, methods, and selected topics in indus- is on gender development as socialization into a 244, Psy 311 and 321 plus 8 credits in courses trial/organizational psychology. sexual division of labor and on specific work- numbered Psy 459, 460, 461, or 462. Psy 517/617 place issues (e.g. hierarchy and leadership, dis- Psy 491/591 Advanced Applied Experimental Psychology crimination and harassment, deskilling) from a Decision Making I: Values and Choice (4) (4) social psychological perspective. Strategies for Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- Theory, methods, and selected topics in change are considered. Prerequisites: Stat 243 nitive aids for structuring decision problems, advanced applied experimental psychology. and 244, Psy 310 and 321. evaluating consequences of alternative courses of *Psy 519 Psy 480/580, 481/581, 482/582 action, and choosing among alternatives. Prereq- Field Experimental Methods (4) Community Psychology (4, 4, 4) uisites: Stat 243 and 244, Psy 321 and 348; or Problems of designing an experimental investi- Applications of basic psychological knowledge permission of instructor. gation of psychological phenomena in a natural- and methods to community problems. Course Psy 492/592 istic field setting. Course requirements include includes identification of the psychological Decision Making II: Judgment And the design of a realistic research proposal. Exten- aspects of human problems in the community, Reasoning (4) sive use is made of instructor experience with the utilization of psychological procedures for Normative models, descriptive models, and cog- field experimental studies in the field of mental evaluating the individual and the individual’s nitive aids for judgment and reasoning about health. Prerequisite: graduate status in psychol- psychological environment, and the search for probability, variation, covariation, and causality ogy or urban studies. techniques for promoting psychological change in anticipating the consequences of alternative *Psy 520 under these conditions. Field projects will courses of action. Prerequisite: Psy 491/591. Methods of Psychological Assessment (4) include contact with community resources in the Psy 493/593 Formulation of problems that can be answered fields of health, education, and welfare such as Decision Making Laboratory (4) by tests. Reliability, validity, and standardization poverty projects, mental health clinics, etc. Practice in the use of judgment techniques and of measurement, test fairness; methods of identi- Completion of Psy 480 is prerequisite for enroll- decision software to structure decision prob- fying assessment tools (tests, etc.) appropriate to ment in Psy 481, and completion of Psy 481 is lems, evaluate alternative courses of action, specific testing or assessment problems are also prerequisite for enrollment in Psy 482; all three perform sensitivity analyses, and prepare presen- considered. Prerequisite: Stat 243. must be taken during the same academic year. tations. Wherever possible, practice will be on Psy 521/621 Psy 480, 481, 482 is a true sequence in which current decision problems in field settings. Univariate Quantitative Methods (5) work in each succeeding course depends on Prerequisites: Psy 491/591, 492/592. Survey of topics in univariate quantitative meth- work done in the preceding one. This includes Psy 495/595 ods, including: graphical displays, descriptive practicum experience which culminates over a Psychological Test Construction (4) statistics, statistical inference, group compari- 9-month period covered by the three courses in Problems and methods in the construction of sons, analysis of variance for between group and sequence. Prerequisite: Stat 243 and 244, tests for the measurement of psychological vari- factorial designs, correlation, regression, and Psy 321 and consent of instructor. ables. The issues of reliability, validity, item anal- analysis of association for categorical variables. Psy 484/584 ysis, standardization will be studied. Students Psy 522/622 Principles of Behavior Modification (4) learn about the development of a psychological Multiple Regression and Multivariate A survey of recent developments in the applica- scale by participation in all facets of actual test Quantitative Methods (5) tion of behavior theory to problems of psycho- construction. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and 244, Exploration of statistical methods with several logical adjustment. The course includes Psy 321 plus 12 additional credits of psychology. variables, including: simultaneous and hierarchi- treatment of the behavioral concept of “abnor- cal regression, discriminant analysis, multivari- mal,” and the development of a technology of ate analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, behavior therapy. The course is intended for C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 165

and logistic regression. SPSS will be used for *Psy 533/633 Psy 589/689 conducting analyses and students will gain expe- Contemporary Social Psychology (4) Adult Socialization (4) rience in writing journal quality results and dis- Current knowledge of social psychology pre- This course examines the acquisition of social cussion sections. sented with an emphasis on what the field can roles in adulthood. Two themes prevail: stages of contribute to understanding contemporary socialization; and levels of transmission of social Psy 523/623 Factor Analysis and Covariance Structure social problems and issues. Major topics will norms (cultural, organizational, and interper- Modeling (5) include the nature of social interaction, the rela- sonal). Prerequisite: graduate status. Introduction to factor analysis and covariance tionship of attitude and behavior, and group Psy 594 structure modeling, topics include common processes. Areas of application will include Mathematical Models in Psychology (4) factor analysis, principal components analysis, social helping networks and the relationships of Introduction to the use of probability theory and confirmatory factor analysis, mediator models, social psychology to law, health, and the envi- elementary functions in models for psychologi- moderator models, model modification, research ronment. Prerequisite: admission to a graduate cal processes: applications include decision anal- issues in building and confirming models. program in psychology, systems science, or ysis, psychophysics, and descriptive and urban affairs. *Psy 528/628 theoretical applications of Markov chains in the Seminar in Applied Developmental *Psy 535/635 study of learning and interpersonal interactions. Psychology (4) Organizational Psychology (4) Psy 601 Theory and research in selected topics in applied Survey of organizational psychology with an Research (Credit to be arranged.) developmental psychology. emphasis on the contribution psychological Consent of instructor. *Psy 529/629 knowledge can make to the design and change Psy 604 Psychological Issues in Later Life (4) of organizations. Organizational assessments, Internship (Credit to be arranged.) strategies for planned change, the use of group Methodological, theoretical and empirical issues Psy 605 in research on psychology and aging. Topics processes in bringing about change, and the Reading and Conference (Credit to be include cognitive processes, family and caregiv- evaluation of planned change. Prerequisite: arranged.) ing relationships, environmental issues and psy- graduate status in psychology or urban studies. Consent of instructor. chological predictors of successful aging. *Psy 554/654 Psy 607 Emphasis is on encouraging students to develop Social Psychology of Mental Health (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) their own research project in the field of psy- Participants in this seminar will explore these Consent of instructor. questions: What are appropriate definitions of chology of aging. Prerequisite: admission to a Psy 610 graduate program or Graduate Certificate in Ger- mental health and mental illness? How is psy- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ontology program. chological health related to subjective well- *Psy 532/632 being? How do social structural, social role, Clinical Interviewing (4) interpersonal, and personality factors affect psy- Introduction to principles and techniques of chological health? How is mental health affected interviewing. Focus on clinical applications in by the stress process? Prerequisite: graduate organizational settings. status.

CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION

170 Science Building II isters the Master of Science in science nerships on the north Oregon coast in col- (503) 725-4243 teaching program. laboration with the Marine and hope.cse.pdx.edu/ The center is organized to respond to Environmental Research and Training Pro- the diverse and changing needs of contem- gram (MERTS) in Astoria, and the The mission of the PSU Center for Science porary science education. Faculty and pro- Tillamook Education Consortium. Education is to provide leadership in the gram directors seek to link the University’s A major focus of the center is the Sci- University’s general and liberal education programs with local and regional resources ence in the Liberal Arts Curriculum (SLA), curriculum through course and faculty to provide science education outreach ser- an interdisciplinary cluster of courses that development and interdisciplinary science vices to families, students, and teachers are designed to meet the general and liberal course offerings. The center seeks to estab- which are delivered in schools and at natu- education needs of undergraduate stu- lish community/research/education part- ral and recreational sites in the University’s dents. In this curriculum, students are nerships which engage citizens and service area. It is the administrative home encouraged to develop an appreciation for community institutions in the development to community/education partnerships such the value of science literacy as a part of and implementation of service programs as the Children’s Water Education Program active citizenship. They develop an under- which employ the inquiry practices of sci- and the Urban Ecosystems Project. In addi- standing of the goals and methods of science. The center provides leadership and tion, the center supports the precollege science and learn to appreciate science as a scholarship opportunities for existing science education community through complex enterprise that takes place in spe- ence educators and offers, with the Envi- teacher enhancement programs in biotech- ciﬁc contexts shaped by, and in turn shap- ronmental Sciences and Resources nology (BIPOHS), Paciﬁc Northwest forest ing, cultural, ethical, political, and program, the M.S.T. degree in science/envi- ecology (the FOREST project), and urban economic values. Students work in collab- ronmental science. The center also admin- air quality monitoring (Horizon Project). orative research teams on open-ended The center is also engaged in community projects, focusing on problem-posing and development and science education part- problem solving. They use “writing to 166 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

learn” strategies and make use of comput- Sci 310-349 Science Cornerstone Sci 318 ers for data analysis, modeling, writing, These courses have embedded laboratory and/or Complexity and the Universe I (4) and resource access via Internet. The skills field activities. The courses are designed for students Introduction to the physics of complexity and who are not majoring in science and are seeking to other current concepts in physics. Computer and projects developed in SLA courses can simulations and desktop experiments involving provide the basis for University Studies meet the new laboratory-based science course requirements for the PSU Bachelor of Science degree. fractals, chaos, and complex systems. Includes senior capstone projects. Courses offered in These courses will simultaneously meet course clus- laboratory and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natu- the center’s Science Cornerstone curricu- ter requirements in the University Studies Program. ral Science Inquiry. Taught by a faculty member lum will address a particular scientific issue The Science Cornerstone courses are interdiscipli- from the Department of Physics. in a paired sequence of two team-taught nary and thematic in nature. They engage students Sci 319 courses. Cornerstone courses are intended in experiential explorations of timely topics in sci- Complexity and the Universe II (4) to introduce scientific methods to non-science. Students participate in knowledge-making Continuation of Sci 318/Ph 366. Emphasizes scientists. These courses may be taken to sat- activities using appropriate scientific methodologies entific cosmology with a focus on understanding isfy the University Studies’ cluster to construct a functional understanding of how how insights gained from physics and astronomy affect your view of the universe and your place requirements as part of the SLA cluster as knowledge is made in the subject area of the course. The prerequisite course for Science Cornerstone in it. Students participate actively in seeing how well as fulfill the new laboratory-based sci- courses is Sci 201 Natural Science Inquiry or con- some of the information was gathered, help criti- ence course requirements for the PSU sent of the instructor. cally analyze what to believe about the history Bachelor of Science degree for non-science *Sci 311, 312 and arrangement of the universe and what it majors. Teaching Everyday Science (4, 4) means to them. Includes laboratory and/or field- Complementing its role in implement- Two-term sequence designed to immerse poten- work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. ing current programs, the center is com- tial mathematics and science teachers in labora- Taught by a faculty member from the Depart- mitted to an ambitious program of tory and thinking experiences that they can use ment of Physics. interdisciplinary research and scholarship as a foundation for their own understanding of *Sci 321, 322 in the field of science education. Currently the physical sciences and related mathematics Energy and Society (4, 4) Study of the generation and usage of energy, the scholarly activities of the center empha- and curriculum development in future teaching experiences. In addition to experiences in the including the technical, economic, social, and size inquiry into science education as a laboratory, environmental impact issues will be political issues related to energy production and means of community building, the rela- investigated. Includes laboratory and/or field- end uses. Examination of energy resources, tionship between science education and work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. methods of producing and converting various ecological issues, and an understanding of Sci 313 forms of energy, energy conservation, and envi- social justice and equity in science educa- Environmental Mathematical Modeling (4) ronmental and economic implications of energy tion. The courses listed below represent the An introduction to differential and integral cal- production and energy policies. Includes labora- categories of SLA and Cornerstone courses culus, this course is intuitive in approach and tory and possibly fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natu- offered by the center. The individual emphasizes applications, especially with respect ral Science Inquiry. courses are taught by PSU faculty from to environmental issues. The interested student *Sci 323, 324 Materials for the 21st Century (4, 4) a variety of science and social science may follow it with a more extensive and rigorous calculus sequence. Includes laboratory and/or Study of the structure and function, in particular departments. fieldwork. Prerequisites: Natural Science Inquiry, the correlation between structure and function, Mth 111. of inorganic, organic, and biological materials, COURSES Sci 314 especially those related to economically and Environmental Statistics (4) technologically important processes, such as Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Explores a selection of mathematical topics in electronics, optics, energy, sensors, and synthetic every year. the context of environmental issues, using real biomaterials. This course is designed with the data. Topics will include statistics, data display, non-science major in mind and will continually The Science in the Liberal Arts Curriculum focus on how materials affect our lives as citi- contains three distinct types of courses: data analysis, probability, and probability distributions. Includes laboratory and/or fieldwork. zens, consumers, and family members. Includes Natural Science Inquiry (NSI), Science Prerequisites: Natural Science Inquiry, Mth 95. laboratory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Cornerstone (SC), and the Context of Sci- Science Inquiry. Sci 315, 316 ence in Society (CSS). All the courses are General Astronomy (4, 4) *Sci 331, 332 designed as 4-credit hour courses for an Introductory historical, descriptive, and inter- Atmospheric Interactions (4, 4) academic calendar in the quarter system. pretive study of astronomy. Emphasis is on the Interaction of the atmosphere with other earth systems, chemical cycling, and the effect of Sci 201 basic scientific methods as they apply to astro- Natural Science Inquiry (4) nomical problems. Detailed examination of the humans on the atmosphere will be explored. This is the University Studies Sophomore earth, followed by a survey of the other members The physical and chemical properties and inter- Inquiry course that serves as the gateway to the of the solar system. Survey of the stars, their actions of the atmosphere will be investigated Science in the Liberal Arts curriculum. The types, grouping, and motions. Models for the through laboratory investigations, fieldwork, course aims to introduce students to the knowl- evolution of the Universe and the possibility of and computer modeling. Topics will include edge-making strategies of science. The curricu- life elsewhere. The nature of light, the types of urban air quality, global climate change, and the lum is taught using small group and class information it carries, and the types of devices “management” of the atmosphere. Includes labo- projects that engage students in various science used to detect it. Includes laboratory and/or ratory and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural inquiry activities. Students gain experience in fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Science Inquiry. gathering and understanding scientific informa- Taught by a faculty member from the Depart- *Sci 333 tion, data management, interpretation and pre- ment of Physics. Climate and Water Resources (4) sentation, making and defending knowledge *Sci 317 An inquiry-based examination of the principal claims, working collaboratively, writing techni- Fractals, Chaos, and Complexity (4) controls on climate and hydrology, with empha- cally, and communicating scientific results. Introduction to the physics of fractals in nature, sis on processes and interactions; students will chaos, and complexity. Computer simulations do fieldwork, data analysis, and laboratory and desktop experiments involving fractals, work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Also chaos, and complex systems. Prerequisite: Natu- listed as Geog 310; course may be taken only ral Science Inquiry. Taught by a faculty member once for credit. from the Department of Physics. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 167

*Sci 334 tice in the contexts of gender, race, and class the public’s science literacy as a critical compo- Climate Variability (4) using selected case studies in environmental nent of democratic political practice and civic Examines the role of climate variability in the management. Includes laboratory and/or field- responsibility. Prerequisite: Natural Science Pacific Northwest, including the nature of natu- work. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Inquiry. ral and human-induced variability and the * Sci 350-379 Context of Science in Sci 363 effects on water resources of the region. Students Ethics in Science (4) will learn by gathering data, analyzing the data, Society Explores what it means for the institution of sci- and reporting on their results. Reading and dis- These courses address the promises and limitations ence as well as for individual scientists to be eth- cussion will accompany the data/laboratory por- of the scientific enterprise in the framework of “real ical and to attend to questions of social, political, tions of the course. Includes laboratory and/or world” social, economic, political, and ethical issues. and moral value in their doing of science. It will fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Courses also address the historical and cultural role address the question of how scientists are to deal Also listed as Geog 312; course may be taken of science and technology, providing a link between with the consequences of their research. Prereq- only once for credit. laboratory science and contemporary society. Some uisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Sci 335, 336 CSS courses introduce risk-benefit analyses and decision-making methodologies. The prerequisite Sci 399 Water in the Environment (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Studies of the unique properties of water in all of course for Context of Science in Society courses is Sci its roles, including a study of the water cycle, 201 Natural Science Inquiry or consent of the Sci 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) water resources, treatment of municipal water, instructor. and wastewater treatment. Special attention will Sci 351 Sci 402/502 be placed on natural waters as a resource, Northwest Wetlands: Conservation, Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) including natural and introduced constituents Restoration, and Mitigation (4) Sci 404/504 and the movements of natural waters. Includes Focus on science and public policy issues in Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit laboratory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural wetland conservation, restoration, and mitiga- to be arranged.) Science Inquiry. tion, especially in Oregon and the Pacific Sci 405/505 * Northwest. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry Reading and Conference (Credit to be Sci 341, 342 arranged.) Biology Concepts and Applications (4, 4) or consent of instructor. Two-term course focusing on four main topics: *Sci 352 Sci 407/507 classical Mendelian and current molecular genet- Science and Policy of Climate Change (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ics, evolution and predator/prey interactions, Evaluates the scientific data and the policy state- Sci 409/509 growth and metabolism, and biomes and biodi- ments concerning the potential for human Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) versity. In each topic area students will partici- impact of climate, and in particular the ques- Sci 410/510 pate in laboratory and or field components, tions of the existence and impacts of global Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) discussion, and Internet exercises. Includes lab- warming. The interaction between scientific Sci 503 oratory and/or fieldwork. Prerequisite: Natural analysis and policy analysis will be explored, and Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Science Inquiry. students will consider the roles that citizens, scientists, and policy make in developing local, *Sci 343, 344 Columbia Basin Plant Communities (4, 4) regional, and global responses to climate change. In this two-term course students will explore the Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. relationships found in alpine, desert, forest, and *Sci 353 grassland plant communities. They will gain an Radiation in the Environment (4) understanding of how these plant communities Examines various sources of radiation and the interact with their environment and why they hazards they represent. Students will consider exhibit certain characteristics and processes. the interaction of radiation with matter, espe- Includes laboratory and fieldwork. Prerequisite: cially living tissue, and an examination of “safe” Natural Science Inquiry. dosage estimates and health risks. The science and policy of nuclear power generation and the Sci 345, 346 Old Growth Forest Ecology and problems of nuclear waste disposal will be con- Management (4, 4) sidered. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. Explores the ecological characteristics of old- Also listed as Ph 353; course may be taken only growth forests, including the outstanding biodi- once for credit. versity that exists at multiple levels, as well as Sci 355 the management paradigms that have impacted Science Through Science Fiction (4) these systems in the Pacific Northwest (U.S. and This class uses science fiction literature to exam- Canada), including ethical, social, economic, ine a wide variety of topics in science. Prerequi- and political aspects of forest management. Sci site: Natural Science Inquiry. Also listed as Ph 345 includes laboratory and local fieldwork plus 378; course may be taken only once for credit. projects involving: analysis of environmental *Sci 359 impact statement alternatives, evaluation of Biopolitics (4) management issues, and advisory statements for Designed to introduce the ethical, social, and governmental activities. Sci 346 involves more political implications of knowledge and technol- extensive fieldwork, data analysis, and presenta- ogies attending advances in reproductive medi- tions. Prerequisite: Natural Science Inquiry. cine and molecular genetics, including: in vitro Sci 347, 348 fertilization, fetal surgery, and somatic cell gene Science, Gender, and Social Context (4, 4) therapy. Particular attention is paid to the Two-term course explores the strengths and lim- manner in which such advances are likely to itations of science to describe and predict nature affect women’s lives. Prerequisite: Natural Sci- through laboratory and field investigations. ence Inquiry. These activities will illustrate the transition from *Sci 361 a reductionist view of our natural environment Science: Power-Knowledge (4) to a systems-oriented view. It will place this his- Systematically examines orthodox portrayals of torical shift in understanding and scientific prac- science in comparison to recent anthropological, feminist, and poststructuralist accounts in an attempt to formulate a fresh understanding of 168 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SOCIOLOGY

217 Cramer Hall Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- Soc 342 Social Psychology (503) 725-3926 ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) in Soc 343 Social Psychology www.clas.pdx.edu/sociology/ 200- or 300-level sociology courses can be Soc 424 Groups, Interaction, and Identity applied toward fulfilling departmental Soc 425 Sociology of Women Soc 461 Sociology of the Family B.A., B.S. major requirements. Differentiated grades Minor of C or above are required for all other Requirements for a Minor. To earn a Secondary Education Program—Social sociology courses and for Stat 243. A stu- minor in sociology a student must com- Science dent must pass Soc 300 with a grade of C plete 28 credits (16 credits of which must M.A., M.S. or better before taking other required be taken in residence at PSU, and 16 cred- M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social courses as a sociology major. its of which must be upper division), to Science) Although specialization is not required include the following: Ph.D. in Systems Science—Sociology of departmental majors, the department Credits Ph.D.—Participating department in provides letters to majors certifying an area Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 Urban Studies Doctoral Program of concentration upon successful comple- 24 upper-division sociology credits, tion of 16 credits from among the follow- 12 credits of which must be numbered 411 ing course lists for four areas offered by the through 499, inclusive ...... 24 UNDERGRADUATE department. (With approval of an adviser, Total 28 PROGRAMS certain other courses may be substituted for listed courses.) Course patterns have Up to 10 credits taken under the undif- The primary aim of the sociology program been selected for vocational relevance. ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) is to provide students with sociological can be applied toward fulfilling departmen- Human Services Organization and Research, tal minor requirements. knowledge as part of their liberal arts train- an area preparing the student to participate in ing. Sociological theories and research pro- policy making and research in organizations— SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM vide students with intellectual tools useful such as medical, educational, and gerontologi- Adviser: M. Toth to informed citizens so that they will be cal-which deliver various kinds of services to better able to understand and deal with the clients and members. (See General Studies: Social Science world in which they live. Soc 457 Complex Organizations page 125.) In addition to its general education role, Soc 459 Sociology of Health and Medicine the program in sociology is designed to Soc 469 Sociology of Aging GRADUATE prepare students for graduate study leading Soc 480 Sociology of Religion Soc 497 Applied Survey Research PROGRAMS to teaching and research, and to provide the foundation for careers in industry, gov- Community Development and Research, an The Department offers graduate work lead- ernment, and social service in which soci- area preparing the student to work with orga- ing to the degrees of Master of Arts and nizations dealing with community concerns ology skills are very useful. such as neighborhood development, urban Master of Science in sociology, and for stu- The sociology major is required to take ecological patterns, redevelopment, and group dents pursuing graduate work in educa- a minimum of 49 credits in sociology conflict. tion, the degrees of Master of Arts in courses (including 20 credits in electives in Soc 337 Minorities Teaching and Master of Science in Teaching the field) and the mathematics course in Soc 341 Population Trends and Policy (General Social Science). The Department statistical methods. Soc 376 Social Change of Sociology participates in the Systems Requirements for Major. In addition Soc 420 Urbanization and Community Science Doctoral Program, offering a Ph.D. to meeting the general University degree Soc 423 Stratification in Systems Science-Sociology. The Systems requirements, the major in sociology Soc 468 Political Sociology Science-Sociology Doctoral Program allows Soc 497 Applied Survey Research must meet the following departmental students to receive a Ph.D.with emphasis in requirements: Social Issues, an area preparing the student to the areas of social organization, social psy- work in or conduct research for agencies con- chology, and social change with a systems Credits cerned with behavior that has come to be Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 defined as a social issue or problem in society- approach. For more information relative to Soc 300 Sociological Inquiry ...... 4 delinquency, crime, discrimination, sexism, the Ph.D. program in Systems Science- Soc 310 U.S. Society ...... 4 poverty, identity crises, misuse of power, etc. Sociology, see page 67. In addition, the Soc 320 Globalization ...... 4 Soc 370 Sociology of Deviancy Department of Sociology is one of five Soc 395 Social Research Methods...... 4 Soc 414 Alcohol and Other Drugs departments offering courses in areas of Soc 396 Research Methods Lab ...... 1 Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency specialization available within the Urban Soc 470 Foundations of Sociology ...... 4 Soc 425 Sociology of Women Studies Doctoral Program. Courses in Soc 495 Senior Research Seminar...... 4 Soc 436 Social Movements sociological theory and methods, and a Sociology electives, including at least 12 Soc 444 Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality pattern of sociology courses relevant to the credits in 400-level courses ...... 20 Soc 469 Sociology of Aging study of urban life, when combined with Total in sociology 49 Human Relations, an area preparing the student urban studies seminars, may serve as one to work in situations primarily concerned with of the fields of specialization for the Ph.D. Stat 243 Introduction to Probability interpersonal and group relations, including and Statistics ...... 4 family situations, work contexts, and small in urban studies. For information relative group processes. to the Ph.D. in urban studies, see page 301. Total for major 53 Soc 339 Marriage and Intimacy C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 169

Admission to doctoral programs is inde- Soc 594 Theory Construction and Research†. . 4 Soc 337 pendent of admission to any master’s pro- Soc 595 Research Practicum† ...... 4 Minorities (4) gram within the Department. For further Sociology or other elective...... 4 Description and analysis of problems involving specific minorities, with major emphasis on Second Year details contact the respective program American society. Although racial and ethnic Fall directly. groups are usually emphasized, the term “minor- Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 Students must be admitted to the mas- ities” is broadly defined to include such subordi- Soc 513 Thesis Workshop† ...... 1 ter’s program by the Department and by the nate-status groups as women, the aged, and Sociology or other elective...... 4 University. Admission ordinarily is granted religious and cultural minorities. Winter only to those students beginning the pro- Soc 503 Thesis ...... 4 Soc 339 gram in the Fall term. Students are Soc 513 Thesis Workshop† ...... 1 Marriage and Intimacy (4) expected to move through the core courses Sociology or other elective...... 4 The sociological and social psychological dimen- as a cohort and work together with the fac- Spring sions of courtship, marriage, and the family. Per- ulty in a team environment. Soc 503 Thesis ...... 1 spectives on the effects of social environment and transitions in the structure and functions of In addition to the general University MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING OR intimacy, courtship, marriage, and the family. admission requirements for advanced MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING The influence of society and community upon degrees, the applicant for a sociology mas- For information on the Master of Arts in intimate relationships. ter’s degree program must have the follow- Teaching and the Master of Science in Soc 341 ing materials sent to the Department: Teaching (General Social Science), see Population Trends and Policy (4) 1. Three letters of recommendation from page 125. Introduction to the general field of population persons familiar with the applicant’s aca- analysis; a review of the development of popula- demic performance. tion theories, techniques of measurement and COURSES analysis of the basic demographic variables, their 2. A complete set of transcripts of college interrelationships, and population changes. Pre- and university work. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered requisites: Soc 200. 3. Graduate Record Examination scores every year. Soc 342, 343 (Aptitude sections). Soc 199 Social Psychology (4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Analysis of the psychological and sociological 4. A letter of application describing his or Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Maximum: processes in personality formation and in vari- her sociological interests. 8 credits. ous forms of group behavior. Particular attention Applicants are normally expected to Soc 200 to social cognition, roles, and to group origins, have a bachelor’s degree in Sociology. Stu- Introduction to Sociology (4) functions, ideology, membership, and leader- dents with other undergraduate majors Sociological concepts and perspectives concern- ship. Prerequisites: Soc 200 or Psy 200, 204. Soc may be accepted, however, if they have ing human groups; includes attention to social- 342 is prerequisite for Soc 343. Credit will not be given for both Soc 342 and Psy 342, or for completed courses in sociological theory, ization, culture, institutions, stratification, and societies. Consideration of fundamental con- both Soc 343 and Psy 343. research methods, and statistics. cepts and research methodology. Soc 350 Degree Requirements. University Soc 299 Comparative Industrial Societies (4) master’s degree requirements are listed on Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A comparative analysis of contemporary com- page 65. Specific departmental require- plex industrial societies. Attention is given to a Soc 300 ments are listed below. Sociological Inquiry (4) cross-societal analysis of the processes of indus- Exploration of the linkage between theoretical trialization, political and social modernization, MASTER OF ARTS OR foundations of sociology and the conduct of development of nationalism, the impact of MASTER OF SCIENCE sociological research. Focus is on fundamental modern systems of political thought, science, The candidate must complete a minimum methodological issues utilized in exemplar and other ideologies. Prerequisites: Soc 200. of 55 graduate credits, including 26 credits research studies conducted under different theo- Soc 370 in core sociology courses, 20 credits of retical perspectives. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Sociology of Deviancy (4) Introduction and analysis of deviant behavior. electives (12 of which may be in depart- Soc 310 ments other than sociology), and 9 credits U.S. Society (4) Delineation of the sociological and social psy- of thesis. Elective courses outside sociology Examination of the social structure, culture, and chological factors which give rise to deviant must be approved by the student’s adviser. demography of the United States. Sociological roles. Prerequisites: Soc 200. The student must pass an oral defense of approaches to such institutions as the economy, Soc 376 Social Change (4) the thesis. religion, education, and the family are explored. Attention given to comparison with other indus- Deals with the technological and ideological fac- Students working for the Master of trialized countries as well as to selected social tors which govern the evolution and transforma- Arts degree must satisfy the language issues and controversies. Prerequisite: Soc 200, tion of society, with special emphasis on the requirement. 300. operation of such factors since 1800. Prerequi- sites: Soc 200. M.A. /M.S. Degree Program in Sociology Soc 320 Soc 395 First Year Globalization (4) Exploration of issues and approaches in socio- Social Research Methods (4) Fall logical thinking relative to world systems. World Study of the structuring of sociological inquiry, Soc 590 Social Research Strategies† ...... 4 systems are treated not only as world orders conceptualization, and measurement, operation- Soc 591 Theoretical Perspectives†...... 4 made up of political and economic exchanges, alization, computers in social research, analysis Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 but also as cultural orders and institutionalized of bivariate and multivariate relations, the logic Winter structures transcending national geographic of sampling and inference. Prerequisites: Stat Soc 592 Qualitative Methods† ...... 4 boundaries. Attention given to the international, 243, Soc 200, 300. Concurrent enrollment in Soc 593 Quantitative Methods† ...... 4 national, regional, and local ways that people Soc 396, Research Methods Lab is required. Soc 5xx Sociology elective ...... 4 attempt to deal with the instabilities accompany- Spring ing globalization. Prerequisite: Soc 200, 300.

† Core sociology courses. 170 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Soc 396 Soc 425/525 *Soc 468 Research Methods Lab (1) Sociology of Women (4) Political Sociology (4) Introductory research laboratory for students in Analysis of the social position of women in the Analysis of consensus and dissensus in commu- Research Methods. Corequisite: concurrent U.S. in institutional areas such as family, repro- nity and society. Examination of public opinion, enrollment in Soc 395. Pass/no pass only. duction, politics, work, and education. Consid- authority, influence, and the processes by which Soc 399 eration and evaluation of feminist theories elites are formed and acquire legitimacy and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) concerning social condition, behaviors, and popular support. Social bases of democracy and Soc 401/501 characteristics of women. Prerequisite: Soc 200. totalitarianism. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Soc 426/526 Soc 469/569 Consent of instructor. Women and Mental Illness (4) Sociology of Aging (4) Soc 404/504 Social and historical evolution of images and A study of social determinants of the human life Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit explanations of madness in women. Contempo- course, including biological and demographic to be arranged.) rary distributions, diagnoses, and treatments of conditions, age status patterns, age grading, rites Soc 405/505 mental illness in diverse groups of women are of passage, socialization, generational phenom- Reading and Conference (Credit to be examined. Focus on psychiatric disorder and ena, and youth and old age movements. Prereq- arranged.) gender-based discourse. Prerequisite: Soc 200. uisite: Soc 200. Consent of instructor. Also listed as WS 426; course may be taken only Soc 470 Soc 407/507 once for credit. Foundations of Sociology (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Soc 436/536 Examination and comparison of modes of socio- Consent of instructor. Social Movements (4) logical thinking, from the emergence of a dis- Soc 410/510 Formation, dynamics, and outcomes of social tinctive sociological perspective through the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) movements. Examination of the effects of cir- development of symbolic interactionism. Prereq- Maximum: 12 credits. Consent of instructor. cumstances, strategies, and alliances on the out- uisite: Soc 200, 300. comes of social movements, including their Soc 414/514 *Soc 472/572 Alcohol and Other Drugs (4) impact on politics and society. Prerequisite: Contemporary Sociological Theory (4) Sociological analysis of the behavior and belief Soc 200. Study of various frames of reference in contem- patterns relative to alcohol and other drugs in Soc 444/544 porary sociological theory. Specific topics vary American society, with lesser attention to other Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality (4) with instructor. Prerequisites: Soc 200, 300; societies. Prevention and intervention strategies Analysis of the emergence, persistence and senior standing. are briefly reviewed. Prerequisites: Soc 200. meaning of definitions of racial, ethnic and *Soc 480/580 national statuses in selected areas of the modern Soc 418/518 Sociology of Religion (4) Criminology and Delinquency (4) world. Consideration of the consequences of Analysis of the nature of the sacred; attitudes Social and legal meaning of crime and delin- changing definitions for intergroup and global toward the sacred in contrast to the secular. quency explored. Historical and contemporary relations. Prerequisite: Soc 200. Comparison of the social organization of sect theories of causes of law breaking reviewed. *Soc 457/557 and church in their relation to the larger society. Social and cultural factors promoting and inhib- Complex Organizations (4) Survey of recent empirical studies of religiosity iting law breaking by juveniles and adults are Examination of complex organizations both as and religious practices in America. New trends examined. Attention given to strategies of pre- formal structures and as cultural systems. Analy- in American religion. Prerequisite: Soc 200. vention and control. Prerequisites: Soc 200. sis of the relations between organizations and *Soc 482/582 individuals of inter-organizational dynamics and Soc 420/520 East European Societies (4) Urbanization and Community (4) of the rationalization of modern societies. Pre- The central focus of this course is on the analysis Analytical approach to the meaning of commu- requisite: Soc 200. of equality, inequality and social classes in con- nity in the modern world. The determinants, Soc 459/559 temporary East European societies. Two subsid- social consequences of, and responses to the Sociology of Health and Medicine (4) iary themes are also explored: The cycles of processes of urbanization are considered. Theo- The application of sociology to the field of health dominance of ideology and pluralism and rela- ries of the city emphasizing ecological, sociocul- and medicine. Attention given to a consideration tions among the nationality groups. Prerequisite: tural, and critical explanations for growth and of the broader questions of health in modern Soc 200. change in urban regions are examined. Patterns society, including the role of the medical practi- *Soc 483/583 of social and structural organization of the tioner in modern society, social factors and dis- Sociology of the Middle East (4) metropolis and the cognitive and behavioral ease and responses to illness. The social This course will examine the sociological devel- aspects of urban life are explored. Prerequisite: organization of medicine is examined within the opment of the modern Middle East. It will espe- Soc 200. context of the larger medical care system. Pre- cially focus on causes and consequences of rapid requisite: Soc 200. Soc 423/523 social change, including revolutions, coups, and Stratification (4) Soc 461/561 insurgent movements. It will examine the role of Survey and analysis of stratification theories and Sociology of the Family (4) Islam and tribalism in these movements. Prereq- empirical research. Analysis of class, race, eth- Sociological analysis of the structure and func- uisite: Soc 200. nicity, gender, and sexual orientation, consider- tions of the family institution and its relationship Soc 495 ing economic, social, political, and cultural to external systems such as the economy and Senior Research Seminar (4) dimensions of power. Prerequisite: Soc 200. polity. Changing and diverse forms of family Development and execution of a research project organization in urban society. Analysis of role Soc 424/524 integrating some aspect of sociological theory Groups, Interaction and Identity (4) relations in the family. Prerequisite: Soc 200. with social science research methodology. Stu- Analysis of the formation and functioning of Soc 465/565 dents work in teams to identify a research prob- intergroup and intragroup relations. Attention to Environmental Sociology (4) lem, design and conduct research bearing on group organization and interaction, perfor- Survey and analysis of the types of social forces this problem, and write a research report. mance, cooperation, conflict, and group mem- which frame the nature of environmental prob- Prerequisite: Soc 395 and senior standing in bership and individual identity. Prerequisites: lems concerning natural resource use and distri- sociology. Soc 200, Soc or Psy 342. bution as they emerge in public consciousness within the United States and globally. Examina- tion of the social forces which lead to the consideration and implementation of mechanisms to solve these issues once they have emerged. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 171

Soc 497/597 Soc 577 Soc 592 Applied Survey Research (4) Topics in Contemporary Theory (4) Qualitative Methods (4) Provides theoretical framework for and experi- Exploration of theoretical approaches and issues Strategies for acquisition and analysis of data ence in design, execution, and interpretation of of emerging interest in sociology, such as con- using such approaches as participant observa- social surveys including sampling procedures, ceptualization of social systems, conflict, the tion, content analysis, field and case studies. questionnaire design, interviewing techniques, problems of relativity, and ideology. Specific Attention to the special problems of validity and coding and computer analysis, and report writ- topics vary with instructor. Prerequisite: Soc 470 reliability in such research. Consideration of eth- ing. Prerequisites: Stat 243 and Soc 395 or and graduate status. ical issues and researcher responsibility in quali- equivalent. Soc 585/685 tative research. Prerequisite: graduate status. Soc 503 Medical Sociology (4) Soc 593 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar in medical sociology. Topics include Quantitative Methods (4) Pass/no pass option. how social stratification affects health outcomes, The application of quantitative methodology to Soc 513 environmental hazards, social construction of sociological problems. Topics include: science Thesis Workshop (1) medical knowledge, health care occupations, and logical empiricism; measurement of associa- Workshop for all sociology graduate students U.S. health policy, privatization of medical tion; procedures of statistical inference; multi- who are currently enrolled in Soc 503 for four industries, and comparative health care systems. variate and log linear analysis; computer credits or more. Discussion and review of stu- Prerequisite: Soc 459/559 or consent of application for social research. Prerequisites: Stat dents’ progress and problems. Prerequisite: grad- instructor. 243, Soc 395, 495, graduate status. uate status in sociology. Corequisite: Soc 503. Soc 590 Soc 594 Pass/no pass only. Social Research Strategies (4) Theory Construction and Research (4) Soc 576 Consideration of the nature of sociological Examination of the craft of sociological research Theories of Social Change (4) knowledge; elements of social research design; in conjunction with thesis work. The role of A critical examination of the major theories of methods of observation and data collection; reli- theory in research, evaluating published work, social change. Analysis of the components of ability and validity of information; techniques of biases in data sources and the process of thesis change; cause, agents, targets, channels, and data analysis. Prerequisite: graduate status. writing. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; graduate strategies. Consideration of the relationship Soc 591 status. between change and power, influence, planning Theoretical Perspectives in Sociology (4) Soc 595 and control, modernization, development, and Analysis of the major contemporary theories in Research Practicum (4) world systems approaches. Prerequisite: gradu- sociology. Attention to the problems of order and Overview of the process of linking sociological ate status. change, and power and inequality, as well as to data and ideas to broader communities of inter- the micro/macro problem in sociological theory. est. Exercises in preparation of research grants Prerequisite: Soc 470 and graduate status. and experience in working in a team research environment. Prerequisites: Soc 590, 591; graduate status.

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

23 Neuberger Hall international, and mediated contexts, listen ing to professional certiﬁcation by the (503) 725-3531 effectively, and be rhetorically sensitive and American Speech-Language-Hearing Asso- www.comm.pdx.edu/ adaptive to communicative encounters ciation. Courses of instruction include edu- with persons of diverse abilities, back- cation in speech-language pathology and/ B.A., B.S. grounds, and situations: interpersonal, or audiology. Practica in speech and hear- Minor small group, organizational, political, inter- ing include experiences in the University Special Education Program national, media, policy, and public. The clinic, the public schools, and several clin- M.A., M.S. effective communicator has an understand- ics, medical agencies, and private practice ing of the complexity and dynamic nature in the greater Portland area. The speech of the communication process, as well as a and hearing science laboratories provide UNDERGRADUATE sense of responsibility for the substance special experiences for the science and PROGRAMS and consequences of communicative inter- research-oriented student. action. Students may acquire experience All classes in the major or minor must The Department of Speech Communica- through internships in the community be taken for a letter grade and only classes tion offers programs leading to degrees at and other practical communication activi- graded C or better will be counted toward both the undergraduate and graduate lev- ties, both in the classroom and in the the major or minor. els. Academic concentrations are in com- community. Requirements for Major: Communi- munication studies and in speech and In the Speech and Hearing Sciences cation Studies. In addition to meeting the hearing sciences. concentration at the undergraduate level, general University requirements, the stu- The courses offered in communication coursework in typical speech, language, dent must complete a minimum of 56 studies are based on the premise that an and hearing development is emphasized. credits in speech communication courses educated individual must be able to think Study in these areas is necessary educa- based upon A-F grading. critically and analytically, comprehend tional preparation for graduate work lead- political, social, cultural, institutional, 172 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Coursework for the Major: disorders at two levels: initial license and ter’s degree, candidates in the continuing 1. Complete these courses: continuing license. license program are required to complete 6 Sp 100 Introduction to Speech Communication Initial Teaching License in Communica- credits of advanced coursework or 60 (may be waived for students who have com- tions Disorders hours of approved continuing education pleted at least four communication studies The undergraduate and graduate level units (CEUs) or a combination of graduate- courses at PSU and who have earned a mini- courses listed below are the requirements level coursework and CEUs. During their mum grade of B or better in all communication for the initial license program, some of work experience, candidates will complete studies courses.) which may be used to fulfill University a repeating 5-credit hour portfolio seminar Sp 220 Public Speaking requirements for the baccalaureate degree: series including: development (2 credit Sp 311 Communication Inquiry (may be waived hours), monitoring (1 credit hour), and for students who have taken statistics or an SpHr 370 Phonetics and Acoustics (4) evaluation (2 credit hours). equivalent course in research methods.) Statis- SpHr 371 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech tics is no longer required for the Communica- and Hearing (4) tion Studies major. SpHr 372 Speech and Language Development in GRADUATE Sp 416 Theories of Communication Children (4) PROGRAMS 2. Complete at least one course offered SpHr 380 Disorders of Communication I (4) through Speech and Hearing Sciences. SpHr 389 Sign Language: Theory and Practice The Department of Speech Communica- There is no longer a restriction on the (4) tion offers graduate work leading to the SpHr 461/561 Neurology of Speech and Hearing number of hours that may be taken from (4) degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Sci- Speech and Hearing Science. Recom- SpHr 464/564 Articulatory/Phonological ence with specialization in communication mended courses include: SpHr 262, 370, Disorders (4) studies or speech and hearing sciences. 371, 380, 389, 493 †SpHr 486/586 Urban Language Clinic (2) For admission to graduate study, the 3. Of the required total of 56 credits in SpHr 487/587 Basic Audiology (4) student’s background and preparation speech communication, note the follow- SpHr 488/588 Advanced Audiology (4) should reflect an ability to pursue graduate ing restrictions: SpHr 489/589 Aural Rehabilitative and Educa- work in communication studies or speech tional Audiology (4) a. At least 24 must be in upper-division and hearing sciences. It is not required that SpHr 495/595 Disorders of Communication II the applicant have an undergraduate speech communication courses. (4) b. No more than 12 credits may be SpHr 496/596 Introduction to Clinical degree in speech communication; students counted toward the major from courses Management (4) with undergraduate backgrounds in related numbered Sp 401 through Sp 409 and †SpHr 498/598 Speech-Language Practicum (4) disciplines are encouraged to apply. Should SP 399 Debate/Forensics. SpHr 550 Advanced Speech Disorders Practicum the student’s preparation be deemed inade- c. All must be taken for a letter grade (2) quate in certain areas, the student will be and all must be graded C or better. SpHr 551 Advanced Child Language Disorders required to overcome those deficiencies Practicum (2) through formal coursework and/or directed Requirements for a Minor: Communi- SpHr 566 Special Populations (4) cation Studies. To earn a minor in com- readings. All such work is separate from SpHr 580 Language Development and work toward the master’s degree. munication studies, a student must Disorders (4) complete 28 credits with a minimum of 16 SpHr 581 Stuttering (4) Applicants to the communication stud- credits at the upper-division level. Total for SpHr 582 Voice Disorders (4) ies program must submit letters to the Sp 404 and Sp 409 may not exceed 9 cred- SpHr 584 Assessment and Treatment of director explaining their reasons for pursuits. A minimum of 12 credits must be taken Language Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) ing an advanced degree in the communica- in residence at PSU. SpHr 585 Assessment and Treatment of Lan- tion studies discipline. Additionally, each Requirements for a Major: Speech guage Disorders in School-aged Children and applicant must submit three letters of rec- Adolescents (2) ommendation from individuals closely and Hearing Sciences. In addition to SpHr 591 Student Teaching: Speech- meeting the general University degree acquainted with the applicant’s academic Language Pathology (12) career and, where applicable, with the requirements, the program requires the SpHr 592 Seminar: Speech-Language Pathology student to complete a minimum of 52 in Schools (2) applicant’s professional background and credits based upon A-F grading. Note: the ‡Ed 420/520 Introduction to Education competencies. pass/no pass grade option may not be used and Society (4) All students are admitted to the pro- for major requirements. ‡SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional Learners gram on conditional status. Regular status (3) and retention in the graduate program 1. Complete Sp 220 Public Speaking Continuing Teaching License in Com- requires the satisfactory completion of 12 2. Complete all of the following: SpHr munication Disorders graduate credits with a minimum grade of 370, 371, 372, 380, 389, 461, 464, 487, Continuing license requirements extend 3.00 in each course and evidence of satis- 488, 489, 495 (speech-language pathol- the initial license in three areas: factory progress toward the degree. ogy emphasis), 496. 3 years of half time or more work Applicants to the speech and hearing COMMUNICATION DISORDERS experience, sciences program must submit a statement EDUCATION LICENSURE the master’s degree inclusive of a of their professional philosophy and pur- master’s thesis/project, and Advisers: M.E. Gordon-Brannan, pose to the director of the program. In advanced competencies docu- E. Reuler addition, each applicant must submit three mented through portfolio develop- letters of recommendation from individuals The Speech and Hearing Sciences Pro- ment and advanced coursework/ closely acquainted with the applicant’s aca- continuing education units. gram offers programs leading to Oregon demic or work background. Finally, scores education licensure for communication Following completion of a master’s from the Graduate Record Examination thesis or project and awarding of the mas- must be submitted.

† SpHr 486/586 and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. ‡ Education courses may require additional prerequisite courses. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 173

All students are admitted to the pro- communication, intercultural communica- core coursework and thesis or special gram on conditional status. Regular status tion, international communication, and project credits. Each student’s program and retention in the graduate program mass communication; other areas of must meet each of the following require attainment of 3.00 or higher GPA emphasis may be developed, according to requirements. for 12 graduate credits of speech and hear- particular student needs, in consultation 1. Coursework ing sciences coursework as an admitted with the program adviser or thesis or Students must complete 42-44 credits of graduate student, and attainment of at least project director. core coursework in their area of emphasis, a B- in each of two consecutive or concur- 3. Coursework in cognate areas: students i.e., speech-language pathology or audiol- rent clinical practica totaling at least 4 are required to complete core coursework ogy. Core coursework for an emphasis in credit hours in the student’s major profes- in speech communication. Courses out- speech-language pathology includes: SpHr sional area (speech-language pathology or side the department may be proposed at 550 (2 terms), 551, 560, 562, 563, 565, audiology). the discretion of the faculty adviser. 566, 580, 581, 582, 584, and 585. Core Degree Requirements. University 4. Complete Thesis or Graduate Commu- coursework for an emphasis in audiology master’s degree requirements are listed on nication Project. The graduate communica- includes: SpHr 555, 556, 557, 560, 569, page 65. tion project is intended to meet the needs 571, 572, 573, 575, 576, 577, 578, 579, COMMUNICATION STUDIES of graduate students whose primary inter- and 587. Students must earn a grade of B- ests are applied rather than academic, and or above for each core course. Enrichment Master of Arts or Master of Science courses outside the department may be Students entering this program are who expect to be employed in business, industry, or government, either directly or proposed at the discretion of the faculty expected to develop an understanding and adviser. Coursework in statistics (e.g., Stat appreciation of the theoretical, conceptual, as consultants. Students who are interested in an academic career or anticipate 243 and 244) is required. However, the sta- and methodological breadth of the disci- tistics coursework does not count toward pline and to develop expertise in the pur- advanced graduate work, leading toward a Ph.D., should elect the thesis option. the minimum credits required for the mas- suit of their own particular interests in the ter’s degree. The statistics requirement is study of human communication. In con- a. Each student who elects the thesis option will complete a thesis and pass a not satisfied by completing SpHr 560. This junction with the student’s adviser, each coursework may be completed prior to student will design a program based upon final oral examination on the thesis. The thesis director and thesis committee will enrollment in the graduate program. Stu- particular concerns with interpersonal, usually be selected, in consultation with dents should consult with their academic group, organizational, public, mass media, the program adviser, during the first adviser in determining if statistics courses and intercultural communication, which three terms of study. Prior to beginning taken during the undergraduate program provides the student with the appropriate work on the thesis, all students will be or at other institutions satisfy this research competencies—critical, qualita- required to demonstrate proficiency in requirement. Students must also complete tive, or quantitative—to pursue indepen- relevant theories and research methodology. a program of three consecutive terms, dent inquiry under faculty guidance. exclusive of Summer Session, of full-time b. Each student who elects the graduate The master’s degree program consists of residency during their first academic year a minimum of 45 credits of coursework, communication project option will complete a graduate communication project as an admitted student in the Speech and including 6 credits of thesis work or a Hearing Sciences Program. graduate communication project, Sp 510 under the supervision of a project director and pass a final written examination 2. Clinical Practicum Communication Project, or Sp 513 Com- covering two areas of emphasis. munication Consulting. Each student’s pro- Students must complete a minimum i. The communication project, under- number of direct clinic contact hours in gram must be based upon the following taken as an individual or team activity, courses or their transfer equivalencies. accordance with current Oregon licensure will focus on application of acquired and ASHA certification requirements. A knowledge and problem solving to 1. Theory, History, and Methods: Com- minimum of 50 clinical hours will be complete a, b, and c. actual communication situations. ii. Each student who elects the gradu- pleted at the Speech Clinic or Audiology a. Sp 516 Theories of Communication Clinic at Portland State University. The (unless previously taken as Sp 416) ate communication project option will be required to take a written examina- remaining hours will be completed at a b. Sp 511 Introduction to Graduate tion on each of the two areas of empha- minimum of two external practicum sites. Studies (must be taken no later than fall sis. The examining committee must be Students can accrue clinical hours at the term of the first year of graduate studies) appointed, with the approval of the stu- PSU clinic through enrollment in the fol- c. At least one course in research dent’s project director, no later than the lowing courses: SpHr 486/586, 490/590, methods: end of the term preceding the term in 498/598, 550, 551, and 569. In order to Sp 521 Quantitative Methods of Com- which the student intends to take the receive credit for the clinical hours communication Research or written examinations. Sp 531 Qualitative Methods of Commu- pleted in a clinical course, students must nication Research or SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCES receive a course grade of B- or above. Sp 541 Methods of Rhetorical Criticism Master of Arts or Master of Science 3. Culminating Experience 2. Areas of Emphasis: All graduate stu- Degree candidates for the M.A. or M.S. Students must complete one of the follow- dents are expected to develop a theoretical with concentration in speech-language ing culminating experiences. The decision competency in at least two areas of empha- pathology or audiology, in addition to to pursue one or the other of these options sis. Areas of emphasis will be designed in meeting University degree requirements, is to be made in conjunction with the stu- consultation with the student’s program must meet academic and clinical require- dent’s faculty adviser. adviser, thesis director, or project director; ments for the Certificate of Clinical Com- a. Comprehensive Examinations—The coursework in support of the thesis or petence with the American Speech- student must pass written comprehen- project must be approved by the student’s Language-Hearing Association prior to the sive examinations. Written comprehen- director. Areas of emphasis currently sup- granting of a master’s degree. sive examinations are normally taken ported in this department include: organi- The master’s degree program consists of during the spring term of the student’s zational communication, interpersonal a minimum of 48 credit hours inclusive of second year of graduate study. Specific 174 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

details regarding administration and and popular cultural force. Survey of major Sp 313 scoring of the examinations will follow trends in mass communication research. Class Communication in Groups (4) current program guidelines. Students research project examines content of contempo- Focuses on communication processes in small, must consult with their academic adviser rary commercial media. decision-making groups. Students examine the relation between actual communicative behav- during the first year of their graduate Sp 215 program to begin preparation for the Introduction to Intercultural iors of group members and group structure, examination. Students will sign up for 3 Communication (4) functions, and outcomes. Topics include leader- credits of SpHr 506 during the term in Designed to give a theoretical understanding of ship emergence and enactment, quality of prob- which they write their examination. the process and role of communication (both lem solving strategies utilized, the impact of b. Master’s Thesis—The student will mass and interpersonal) when faced with cul- socio-cultural and institutional features on small complete a thesis and pass a final oral tural plurality. Provides a background of classical group communicative practices. Theoretical examination before a committee consist- theories in intercultural communication, and in application in the critical analysis of various ing of the student’s faculty adviser and at interdisciplinary areas (cultural studies, gender group settings and effective communication in least two other members of the PSU studies, cultural anthropology, political science, ongoing group projects. Includes focus on tele- graduate faculty. The thesis committee and international development) where culture conferencing and videoconferencing. Prerequi- members will be selected according to and communication have been theorized. Dis- site: Sp 100 or Sp 218. University and Departmental guidelines cussions will focus on the changing cultural ter- Sp 314 and in consultation with the student’s rain in the United States and upon Persuasion (4) academic adviser. Students pursuing this internationalization and globalization of mass or A consideration of concepts, principles, and the- option are required to sign up for at least popular culture as it impacts other parts of the ories related to persuasion, and a consideration 6 credits and up to 9 credits of SpHr 503 world. of the role of persuasive communication in Thesis. Sp 218 public discourse. Opportunity for practical Interpersonal Communication (4) application of principles in student projects. Sp c. Master’s Project—The student will 100 or Sp 220 recommended. complete a major project relating to their Study of communication concepts, processes, major area of study and present the and practices in interpersonal contexts with *Sp 320 results to faculty and students. The stu- application of principles and concepts to actual Advanced Public Presentation (4) dent will comply with current Depart- interpersonal communication situations. Designed for students who have basic experimental guidelines for selection of project Includes situational management and behavioral ence in choosing, researching, organizing, and topic, project format, project committee, repertoire development, verbal/nonverbal code presenting speeches, and who wish to augment and presentation of the project out- features structuring conversation and relation- their skills in being a more dynamic and effective comes. The student will complete the ships, characteristics of functional relational sys- public speaker. The course requirements will project under the direct supervision of tems, intercultural/inter-ethnic factors. include several speeches presented in class, one the academic adviser. However, with Sp 220 speech which must be presented in a different approval of the academic adviser, another Public Speaking (4) setting, written rhetorical analysis, practice in faculty member in the Speech and Hear- Research, writing, and delivery skills for oral impromptu speech making, having one speech ing Sciences program holding a PSU presentation in a variety of settings, including video taped for discussion and critique, as well graduate faculty appointment may super- multicultural. Equal consideration given to as sharpening skills in audience-centeredness. vise the project. In addition to the project speech preparation and delivery with critical Prerequisite: Sp 220. supervisor, at least one other faculty thinking, argument forms, and audience analysis Sp 322 member from the Speech and Hearing emphasized. Includes focus on technology as a Political Communication (4) Sciences program must serve on the presentational component. Issues of speech anx- An analysis of the relationship of communica- project committee. Students pursuing iety addressed. tion to the exercise of politics and political this option are required to sign up for at Sp 227 power. Topics may include the ethics and prac- least 6 credits and up to 9 credits of Nonverbal Communication (4) tices of electoral politics, political ideologies, SpHr 506 Special Project. The study of nonverbal communication as political advertising, propaganda, public opinion related to verbal communication. Course formation, the role of mass media as a source emphasis on theories and typologies of nonver- and form of political communication, speech COURSES bal behavior. Consideration of the influence of writing, public policy writing and analysis, polit- such factors as para-language, body movement, ical news writing, and political campaigning. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered eye behavior, touch space, time, and physical The focus is on how communication strategies every year. and social environments. Course requirements and media can be used to organize consent or Sp 100 include completion and report of a personal dissent to ruling parties, representatives, and Introduction to Communication (4) research project. ideas. Sp 212 recommended. Overview of major topic areas in communica- Sp 324 tion, including models of communication, social Sp 230 Listening (4) Critical Thinking and Argumentation (4) uses of language, communication codes-verbal/ Development, review, analysis, training, and A study of the relationship among evidence, rea- nonverbal, listening and communication in practice in the “five motives for listening”—dis- soning, and argument. Course examines formal interpersonal, group, intercultural, public, and criminative, comprehensive, critical, apprecia- reasoning as well as practical argument in its mass media contexts. Application of theory tive, and therapeutic. Opportunity to evaluate actual forms and uses in everyday life. Primary through skills development and community listening efficiency. Listening projects are emphasis upon students’ ability to analyze evi- focused assessments. designed for application in business, interper- dence, forms of reasoning, and arguments that Sp 199 sonal, and social contexts. structure public issues of the day. Strongly rec- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ommended for all speech majors. Sp 311 Sp 212 Communication Inquiry (4) *Sp 329 Mass Communication and Society (4) Introduction to the assumptions and methods of Oral Presentation and Performance (4) A survey of the development of print, broadcast, inquiry in the study of human communication. The oral interpretation of the literature of prose film, and new communication technology as Students will learn to design and conduct practi- and poetry. Concerned with the study of mean- social, cultural, and economic forces in Ameri- cal research projects and improve their ability to ing in selected pieces of literature, and the devel- can society. Examination of news media and understand, evaluate, and use reports of research opment of vocal skills for the effective their relationship to American political institu- and scholarship encountered in future course- communication of meaning to others. Projects in tions. Discussion of advertising as an economic work and in everyday life. public presentation and program development. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 175

Sp 337 Sp 415/515 and informal communication channels, includ- Communication and Gender (4) Problems of Intercultural Communication ing analysis of leadership style, decision-making, An examination of similarities and differences in (4) conflict management, and computer-mediated male and female communication styles and pat- Builds upon the theories and issues discussed in communication. Course requirements include terns. Particular attention given to the implica- the introductory course by including contempo- completion and report of a personal research tions of gender as social construct upon rary and classical literature on multicultural and project. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. perception, values, stereotyping, language use, intercultural communication. Identifies and ana- Sp 218 and Sp 313 recommended. lyzes politically constructed categories of race, nonverbal communication, and power and con- * age, class, gender in society against the backdrop Sp 426/526 flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- The Rhetorical Tradition (4) of debates on multiculturalism in the United ence of mass communication upon shaping and Survey of the major contributors, themes, and States. Examines these categorizations of race, constricting male and female sex roles. Course theory development in the 2500 year rhetorical class, etc. in their historical, social, and cultural requirements include completion and report of a tradition examining public discourse in the context, and how those have influenced mass- personal research project. management of human affairs. Among the peri- mediated and interpersonal communication. Sp 340 ods examined will be Classical, Enlightenment, Uses mass media (television, radio, daily print Interviewing (4) contemporary 20th century, and post-modernist. media, music) texts to provide examples of how A study of principles for effective interviewing Special attention given to the significance of ear- we understand “difference” and “otherness” in with emphasis upon information-gathering, in- lier treatments of rhetoric to contemporary cir- our daily lives. Sp 215 recommended. depth interviewing. Examine interview struc- cumstances. Prerequisite: Sp 314 or Sp 324. tures, preparation of interview schedules, ques- Sp 416/516 * Theories of Communication (4) Sp 427/527 tion phrasing, approaches to interviewer- Issues in International Communication (4) Examines the major lines of theoretical develop- interviewee relationship. Specific interview con- A study of historical and contemporary theories ment in the study of human communication, as texts will vary among employment, performance and practices in the conduct of trans-border well as examining their diverse and alternative appraisal, helping, and focus group, and will be communication. Topics may include interna- assumptive bases for theory construction and examined from both interviewer and interviewee tional communication issues of law, diplomacy, critical analysis. Particular attention given to perspectives. Prerequisite: upper-division stand- conflict, the Cold War, international organiza- questions of causal or practical necessity, and ing. Sp 218 recommended. tions, mass media, information, advertising and reductionistic or holistic analysis of communica- Sp 370 news flows, and social-economic development, tion process and phenomena. Required partici- Forensics: Competitive Public Speaking and as well as discussions of specific cases of cultural pation of students in a group project to Debate (4) and institutional communication, spoken, writ- investigate and report to class on a specific the- Development of advanced public speaking and ten and produced, in various industrial and ory. Prerequisite: 6 credits upper-division speech argumentation skills. Each student will attend developing societies. Prerequisite: upper division communication. Course offered at least one term college tournaments and engage in a variety of standing or graduate standing. forensics events, including platform speeches, every year. * limited-preparation speeches, interpretive * Sp 436/536 Sp 417/517 Communication and Cognition (4) speeches, and team debate. Communication and Conflict (4) Exploration of cognitive science as it applies to Sp 399 Examines assumptions underlying the selection theories of human communication, with particu- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) of communicative behaviors in conflict situa- lar attention to the interaction between commu- Sp 401/501 tions, and the assessment of choices for expected nication and consciousness. Prerequisite: Research (Credit to be Arranged.) or desired consequences. Interpersonal, group, graduate standing or Sp 416 (or equivalent) and Consent of instructor. Speech Communication organizational, intercultural and international consent of instructor. Laboratory. settings are examined. Examination of traditional and nontraditional approaches to conflict *Sp 437/537 Sp 404/504 management. Required development of case Urban Communication (4) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Course utilizes a cultural, contextual approach to be Arranged.) study applying concepts of the course, and class presentation. Sp 218, 313, 314, or 324 recom- to the study of urban communication structures, Sp 405/505 mended. processes and practices. Macro and micro fea- Reading and Conference (Credit to be tures are examined with the goal of understand- arranged.) *Sp 418/518 ing the role of communication in structuring Consent of instructor. Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) social life in urban environments. Relevant theo- Sp 406/506 Theory course in which students analyze current retical perspectives on urban life are examined Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) concepts and theories related to inter-personal and multiple dimensions of verbal and nonver- Consent of instructor. communication, comparing and contrasting var- bal communication codes analyzed for their ious models and their relative adequacy in repre- Sp 407/507 meaning features and particular configurations Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) senting the complexity of communication in urban contexts. Theoretical and empirical Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. processes. The impact on actual communicative approaches taken recognize urban centers as practices is examined. The influence of particu- multicultural environments. Research project Sp 408/508 lar historical perspectives and contemporary Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) required. Prerequisites: upper division standing issues and trends on interpersonal communica- or graduate standing. Sp 409/509 tion is analyzed through evaluation of empirical Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) data and general cultural texts. Research project *Sp 447/547 Students must show proof of professional liabil- required. Communication and Aging (4) ity insurance. Focuses on the intersecting areas of communica- Sp 422/522 Sp 410/510 tion and gerontology. Ages of communicators as Critical Theories in Mass Communication variables affecting the process and outcome of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) (4) *Sp 412/512 Surveys critical institutional theories of mass interaction. Students examine communication Empirical Theories of Mass Communication communication. Primary focus is analysis of the and aging through interaction (intrapersonal, (4) relationship between media and communication interpersonal, intercultural) and through context Surveys social scientific theories of mass com- institutions and the state and other social (organizational, family, medical.) Student munication. Prerequisite: Sp 212. Stat 243, institutions. projects include interviews with elderly subjects Sp 314, or Psy 342 recommended. and case studies. Sp 423/523 Organizational Communication (4) Sp 503 Application of communication theory to the Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) study of human interaction in the organizational context. Examination of the relationships between structural variables in the organization 176 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Sp 511 to specific techniques of participant observation, opmental, and clinical perspective, related areas Introduction to Graduate Studies (4) interviewing, and textual analysis. Critical exam- of study include cognition, social interactions, Introduction to the development and scope of ination of selected research as models for origi- play, and literacy. Bilingual and multicultural the speech communication discipline, including nal student research. Prerequisite: Sp 511. issues are also addressed. a critical examination of the lines of inquiry and *Sp 533 Seminar: SpHr 380 methods of investigation that shape the disci- Organizational Communication (4) Disorders of Communication I (4) pline. Emphasis is placed on those elements of Examines the implications of evolving perspec- An overview of speech-language pathology and scholarly inquiry that enable students to become tives in organizational theory, as well as cultural audiology as professions and historical perspec- competent consumers of current research and factors which may influence communication tives. Normal development of speech, language, contribute to their ability to conduct original processes in the organizational context. Different and hearing systems will be described. Most research in speech communication. approaches to assessing organizational commu- speech, language, and hearing disorders will be *Sp 513 nication processes are considered with relevance examined in terms of etiology, incidence, and Seminar: Communication in Institutional to enhancing organizational effectiveness and characteristics. Multicultural issues will be Contexts (4) facilitating organizational transition and change. addressed. Directed clinical observations are Various configurations and features of institu- Course requirements include completion and required (about five hours of practicum tional life are examined. The impact of culture, report of a research project. observation). politics, media on organizational communicative * structures and processes, communication con- Sp 541 SpHr 389 Methods of Rhetorical Criticism (4) Sign Language: Theory and Practice (4) sultation, institutional-community interface are An examination of philosophical and conceptual Basic mastery of American Sign Language (ASL) among the topics covered. Current research is bases of contemporary rhetorical theory and and the manual alphabet. Discussion of ASL examined. Students conduct an organizational their implications for the conduct of rhetorical rules and grammatical structures. Study of cul- research project. Prerequisite: graduate standing criticism. Selected approaches to criticism exam- tural, social, vocational, and other related issues or instructor permission. Repeatable for credit. ined, along with exemplars for analysis. Special associated with deafness. Comparison of a vari- *Sp 514 attention given to critical invention, and to the ety of sign language systems and overview of the Seminar: Communication, Culture, and social positioning of the critic. Students will controversies between total communication and Community (4) select and examine a specific example of con- oralism. Includes ASL practice in class and Examination and analysis of human symbolic temporary rhetoric. Prerequisite: Sp 511. lab assignments. Prerequisite: upper-division activity as the management of meaning, with the standing. capacity to shape and influence thought, action, *Sp 556 and world view. Particular attention given to Seminar: Language, Meaning, and SpHr 399 Interpretation (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) assumptions regarding intent, effects, meaning, Exploration of cognitive, linguistic, and interpre- understanding, and interpretation, and their SpHr 401/501 tive approaches of emerging interest in the study Research (Credit to be arranged.) implications for studying persuasion from mod- of human communication. Specific topics vary ernist and post-modernist perspectives. Consent of instructor. Speech Communication with instructor. Prerequisites: Sp 511 and Laboratory. *Sp 521 Sp 516 (or equivalent courses from other depart- Quantitative Methods in Communication SpHr 404/504 ments), graduate standing or consent of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Research (4) instructor. An examination of the methods of empirical to be arranged.) research in communication. Emphasis is upon SpHr 199 SpHr 405/505 selected research designs, data collection and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Reading and Conference (Credit to be analysis, data input for computer analysis with SpHr 262 arranged.) statistical packages, results interpretation, and Voice and Diction (4) Consent of instructor. writing reports of completed research. Prerequi- Study and practice of principles of voice produc- SpHr 406/506 site: at least one course in statistics. tion and articulation of speech sound, with Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) attention to elementary speech physiology and * Consent of instructor. Sp 525 phonetics. Intended for students who desire to Seminar: International Communication and SpHr 407/507 Culture (4) develop more effective speech and for meeting Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Study and analysis of the international dimen- special needs of teachers, radio and television Consent of instructor. Rhetoric of Protest. speakers, public speakers, and others who sions of communication. Focus is on under- SpHr 408/508 standing the cultural and power contexts and require special competence in speaking. Empha- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) differences among and between peoples and sis on both theory and practice. Two hours per week of laboratory work required. SpHr 409/509 institutions that establish the boundaries in the Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) exchange of meanings, values, and ideas. SpHr 370 Students must show proof of professional liabil- Emphasis is given to questions of cultural, eco- Phonetics and Acoustics (4) ity insurance. nomic and political sovereignty in the pursuit of A study of sounds used in speech, their acoustic properties, and their transcription utilizing the SpHr 410/510 national, regional, and personal identity and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) development. IPA; description of sounds, their symbolic nature, their production, and physical and psy- SpHr 452/552 *Sp 528 Seminar: chological problems involved in their percep- Screening in the Schools (1) Communication in Relational Contexts (4) Students will participate, under supervision, in Advanced work in interpersonal communication tion. The acoustical bases of speech and hearing will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 262. screening school-aged students for speech, lan- theories, and concepts such as family, aging, and guage, and/or hearing disabilities. Prerequisites: conflict. Critique of current research in light of SpHr 371 SpHr 498/598; 25 clock hours of practicum. such considerations as cultural constraints, shifts Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and SpHr 461/561 in relational definitions and configurations. Hearing (4) A study of the anatomical and physiological Neurology of Speech and Hearing (4) Research project. Prerequisite: Sp 518, graduate A course specifically designed for speech and standing or permission of instructor. bases of speech, language, and hearing. Prereq- uisite: SpHr 262. hearing majors to provide a study in-depth of *Sp 531 the neurology of the speech and hearing mecha- Qualitative Methods in Communication SpHr 372 nisms with special attention given to the major Research (4) Speech and Language Development in Children (4) deviations affecting verbal communication. An examination of naturalistic methods of com- Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 371. munication research and their assumptive bases. Provides students with a foundation of knowl- Particular attention given to descriptive, inter- edge regarding basic processes of language pretive, and critical approaches for analysis, and acquisition. In addition to the study of normal language development from a theoretical, devel- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 177

SpHr 464/564 SpHr 495/595 ious models of language intervention will be Articulation/Phonological Disorders (4) Disorders of Communication II (4) stressed. This is a prerequisite for SpHr 591. Pre- Discussion of phonological development, types Introduction to speech and language disorders requisite: SpHr 498/598, 580. Corequisite: SpHr and causal patterns of articulation/ phonologic with emphasis on voice disorders, stuttering dis- 584 or permission of instructor. disorders, description of and practice with orders and neurogenic disorders; cleft palate and SpHr 553 assessment tools and techniques, presentation of cerebral palsy will complete the survey. Counseling in Communication Disorders intervention principles, and descriptions and Prerequisite: SpHr 371, 380. (2) practice with intervention techniques and SpHr 495L Designed for speech-language pathology and approaches. Prerequisites: SpHr 370, 380. Directed Clinical Assistant Lab (2) audiology majors to receive an introduction into SpHr 470/570 Designed to acquaint preprofessional students the major theories of counseling techniques and Hearing Screening (1) with the direct management of speech, language, how they can implement these techniques Students will participate, under supervision, in and hearing cases in cooperation with advanced throughout their careers. Prerequisite: SpHr the hearing screening of children and adults. clinicians and under the direction of a qualified 494/594. Prerequisites: SpHr 488/588, 498/598. clinical supervisor. Students enrolled in this SpHr 554 *†SpHr 486/586 course will participate in all phases of clinical Advanced Speech Sound Disorders (2) Urban Language Clinic (2) operation, inclusive of: scheduling, diagnostic Severe Speech Sound disorders in children will This on-campus practicum provides students an management, parent conferencing, report writ- be addressed with an emphasis on developmen- opportunity to participate in a speech and lan- ing, material preparation, etc. Prerequisites: tal apraxia of speech and phonological disorders. guage enrichment classroom program for chil- SpHr 370; may be taken in conjunction with Various assessment instruments and intervention dren. This practicum experience emphasizes SpHr 494/594, 495/595, or 496/596. approaches will be described. Prerequisite: SpHr development and use of speech and language SpHr 496/596 464/564. units and pragmatic techniques with children Introduction to Clinical Management (4) SpHr 555 from various cultural backgrounds. This is a Provides an introduction to management of per- Hearing Aids I (4) prerequisite for SpHr 591. Prerequisite: SpHr sons with communication disorders in terms of Introduction to amplification for the hearing 498/598. assessment and treatment of persons with impaired. Topics include: types of hearing aids SpHr 487/587 speech, language, and hearing disorders. Admin- and their components, electroacoustic character- Basic Audiology (4) istration and interpretation of standardized tests, istics of hearing aids, coupler and real-ear mea- Introductory course in audiology emphasizing interviewing, and case-history taking will be surement, output limitation, programming and basic acoustics and psychoacoustics, anatomy covered. Methods, materials, and techniques in earmolds. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. the treatment of communication disorders will and physiology of the ear, hearing measurement, SpHr 556 and types and causes of hearing impairment. be addressed. Terminology and basic techniques Hearing Aids II (4) Prerequisite: SpHr 371. of modifying speech, language, and hearing dis- Advanced topics in amplification for the hearing SpHr 488/588 orders, with specific application to clinical man- impaired. Topics include: hearing aid evaluation, Advanced Audiology (4) agement, will be given, with special prescription of electroacoustic characteristics, Introduction to the audiological test battery. consideration of program design and delivery. fitting procedures, and post-fitting counseling. Topics include bone-conduction, masking, Theoretical considerations and practical applica- Prerequisite: SpHr 555. speech audiometry, and objective tests. Auditory tions of behavior modification theory as applied to children and adults with speech, language, SpHr 557 pathologies and their audiometric correlates are Hearing Aids Laboratory (2) and hearing problems. Prerequisites: SpHr 370, also covered. Prerequisite: SpHr 487/587. Provides practical experience in hearing aid test- 372, 380, 495/595. SpHr 489/589 ing, repair and modification. † Aural Rehabilitative and Educational SpHr 498/598 SpHr 558 Audiology (4) Speech-Language Practicum (2) Computer Applications in Communication Theoretical course covering the role of speech- Supervised clinical work with speech and/or lan- Disorders (2) reading (lip reading) and auditory training as it guage disordered children and adults enrolled Provides students with basic information on relates to speech, language, and communication. for assessment and intervention in the PSU using computerized resources in diagnosis, treat- Historical perspectives and philosophies consid- Speech and Hearing Clinic and/or associated ment, and data management. Internet informa- ered, communication systems, speech acoustics clinical programs; group discussion of clients, tion resources will also be explored. and perception, amplification and hearing aids, clinical techniques and clinical principles. Pre- SpHr 560 speech reading, and auditory training. Educa- requisites: SpHr 380, 464/564, 494/594, 496/ Research Methods in Speech-language tional issues for hearing-impaired children will 596 (with grade B- or better). Pathology and Audiology (4) also be addressed. Multicultural issues will be SpHr 503 Introduction to research methods in communi- included. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) cation disorders, including clinical efficacy stud- *SpHr 490/590 SpHr 550 ies. Students become familiar with the scientific Audiological Rehabilitation Clinic (2) Advanced Speech Disorders Practicum (2) method, issues in hypothesis tests, approaches Supervised clinical practicum in the diagnosis Students will participate in the evaluation and to literature review, data collection, reduction, and rehabilitation of children and adults with treatment of children and adults with disorders and analysis. Background in statistics is helpful. hearing disabilities; staff seminars in case dispo- of speech under the supervision of faculty. Pre- Questions of current interest in the fields of sitions. Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: requisite: SpHr 498/598. Prerequisite or coreq- speech, language, and hearing are presented. SpHr 489/589, 498/598. uisite: SpHr 581 or 582. Maximum 6 credits. Students are encouraged to focus on one as a SpHr 493/593 SpHr 551 thesis topic and develop a mini-prospectus for a Survey of Speech, Language, and Hearing Advanced Child Language Disorders Clinic thesis through class assignments. Computer Disorders (4) (2) applications in research also outlined. Prerequi- Designed as an overview of speech, language, This on-campus practicum provides students sites: Mth 243, 244. and hearing in children and adults. Topics to with an opportunity to apply methods covered SpHr 562 include: cleft palate, stuttering, hearing impair- in SpHr 584 to a practicum experience. Students Instrumentation in Speech Sciences (4) ment, and multi-cultural differences. Recom- will evaluate language skills and design and Designed for speech-language pathology majors mended for general speech, education, and deliver language intervention under faculty to enable exploration of current instrumentation special education students. Prerequisite: upper supervision to preschool and school-age chil- in the speech sciences. Provides exposure to division or graduate standing. dren with speech/language delays/disorders. Var- recording equipment, flexible and rigid endos-

† SpHr 486/586, and 498/598 require 25 hours of conﬁrmed clinical observation as part of the courses listed as prerequisites. 178 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

copy, spirometry digital speech analysis as well SpHr 574 SpHr 583 as to a variety of computer applications for use Immittance Audiometry (3) Language Development and Disorders in in evaluation and therapeutic settings. Prerequi- This course covers the physical and physiologi- Children (4) sites: SpHr 380, 464/564, 495/595, 560. cal bases of acoustic immittance measurements Provides students with a basis of knowledge of of the ear. It also covers the principle underlying current research related to language acquisition SpHr 563 in children, from both a theoretical and develop- Adult Language Disorders (4) tympanometry and acoustic reflex measurement, Serves as an introduction to neurogenic commu- and the use of immittance in diagnosing audi- mental perspective. Normal language processes nication disorders. Topics include aphasia, tory pathologies. Lectures are supplemented by will be used as a framework for the study of lan- dementia, right-hemisphere disorders, and brain practical training in administering the immit- guage differences and disorders in the acquisi- injury. Causes, symptoms, and multicultural tance test battery. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, tion of language. Areas of study will include issues in assessment and treatment will be dis- 488/588. specific language and learning disorders, and cussed. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. *SpHr 575 language delays secondary to mental retardation, autism, brain lesions/pathology, and hearing SpHr 565 Pediatric Audiology (2) This course covers the embryology of the ear, the impairments. Related areas of development, Dysphagia (4) including cognition, play, learning, and literacy Designed to provide in-depth study of anatomy development of hearing, the etiology and pathol- acquisition will be discussed. Issues of bilingual- and physiology of swallow mechanism. Assess- ogy of hearing loss in children, and the assess- ism and multicultural issues will also be ment and treatment of dysphagia and feeding ment of hearing in children. It also covers addressed. disorders in neonatal through older adult popu- amplification for hearing impaired children, and lations to be addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 563. management of children with hearing losses. SpHr 584 Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Assessment and Treatment of Language SpHr 566 Disorders: Birth to Age Five (4) Special Populations (4) SpHr 576 Geriatric Audiology (2) Outlines causation, prevention, evaluation, and Advanced discussion regarding diagnosis and management procedures for addressing develop- treatment of dysarthria and apraxia. Issues The study of hearing in aging. Physiological changes in the hearing mechanism associated mental language disorders in infants, toddlers, related to augmentative/alternative modes of and preschool children. Formal and informal communication and tracheostomy to be with primary and secondary aging. Audiologic assessment of the prebycusic patient, as well as assessment procedures will be covered. Uses and addressed. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595, 563, misuses of standardized tests will be discussed. 565. intervention procedures are emphasized. Psy- chosocial forces associated with hearing impair- Models of language disorders will be compared SpHr 567 ment during the aging years are examined. and contrasted. Speech sample analysis proce- Craniofacial Disorders and Speech (3) Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. dures will be studied. Pragmatic intervention Acquaints students with clinical management of techniques will be stressed. Relations between cleft palate and other craniofacial anomalies, SpHr 577 language and phonology and multicultural particularly the role of speech-language patholo- Medical Audiology I (4) Evaluation of practical application of differential issues will also be included. Family-centered gist. Students gain exposure to analysis of articu- practice techniques will be emphasized. Prereq- lation and resonance disorders of persons with auditory tests used in the assessment of various hearing disorders. Focus on procedures, applica- uisite: SpHr 498/598, 580. Corequisite: SpHr velopharyngeal incompetence. Prerequisite: 551. SpHr 495/595. tions, and implications of various auditory measures forming test batteries which assist in the SpHr 585 SpHr 569 detection of conduction, cochlear, and retroco- Assessment and Treatment of Language Advanced Audiology Practicum (2) chlear lesions. Class demonstrations and super- Disorders in School-aged Children and Supervised clinical practicum in the PSU Speech Adolescents (4) vised experiences. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, and Hearing Clinic. Students provide assessment Provides information on assessment and inter- 488/588. of hearing and hearing aid evaluation and fit- vention of language and learning disorders in tings for children and adults. Prerequisites: SpHr SpHr 578 children, aged six through adolescence. Formal, 488/588, 578. Medical Audiology II (2) informal, dynamic, and curriculum-based Continues examination of medical audiology assessment of language difficulties will be cov- SpHr 571 from SpHr 577. Specific topics to be addressed Advanced Hearing Science I (4) ered. Treatment topics will include service deliv- Psychoacoustics and the fundamentals of acous- include otacoustic emissions, central auditory ery models, including consultation and tics. Topics include simple harmonic motion, assessment. Class demonstrations and super- collaboration with other school personnel, and simple and complex sounds, decibel scales, and vised experiences. Prerequisite: SpHr 577. intervention strategies. The relationship of lan- impedance. Also covered are psychophysical SpHr 579 guage and learning disabilities will be addressed, measurement, auditory sensitivity, pitch and Objective Auditory Measures (4) with a focus on the assessment and treatment of loudness perception, masking, auditory nonlin- Introduction to clinical measurement of auditory language-based disorders of reading and writing. earities, and binaural hearing. Prerequisite: SpHr evoked potentials. Normative and pathological Issues of assessment and treatment in culturally 487/587. aspects of electrocochleography and brainstem diverse populations will be presented. Prerequi- responses. Also covers advanced acoustic immit- sites: SpHr 583, 584. SpHr 572 tance, including physical principles and diag- Advanced Hearing Science II (4) SpHr 585L Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system, nostic applications. Prerequisite: SpHr 488/588. Consultation and Collaborative Services in including transmission properties of the middle SpHr 581 Schools (2) ear, cochlear mechanics and transduction, and Stuttering (4) Provides students with an opportunity to deliver processing of auditory information from cochlea Study of stuttering theories, research, methods language intervention with school-aged clients to cortex. The course begins with an introduc- of diagnosis, and treatment for stuttering and in classroom settings. The practicum will tion to basic electricity, including Ohm’s Law, other disorders of fluency. Prerequisite: 495/595. emphasize developing language remediation series and parallel circuits, alternating and direct SpHr 582 activities based on school curricula, working in currents. Prerequisite: SpHr 487/587. Voice Disorders (4) mainstream settings rather than one-to-one ther- Deviations of voice found in children and adults. apy, and integrating reading and writing with SpHr 573 Industrial Audiology (2) Study of normal and abnormal function of the oral language skill development. Prerequisites: This course focuses on the role of audiology in voice mechanism. Attention to detection, refer- SpHr 551, 580, 584. hearing conservation in industry. Includes effects ral, and differential diagnosis of voice problems. of noise on the auditory system, noise measure- Demonstrations of typical voice problems; dem- ment, and medical-legal aspects of noise expo- onstrations in examination and treatment proce- sure. Prerequisites: SpHr 487/587, 488/588, dures; review of recent literature and research. 572. Prerequisite: SpHr 495/595. C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 179

SpHr 591 handling both incoming and outgoing referrals; SpHr 592 Student Teaching: Speech-language and parent/teacher/staff conferences. Concurrent Seminar: Speech-language Pathology in Pathology (10) registration in SpHr 592 required. Prerequisites: Schools (2) Practicum in speech-language pathology in the admission to teacher education program, 3 Survey of current methods and materials avail- public school setting under the direction of a terms of clinical practicum to include one com- able to and appropriate for the public school supervising speech-language clinician (ASHA pleted at PSU, 3.00 GPA in speech major. speech-language pathologist. Speciﬁc problems CCC-SP). Students participate in the following Admission by approved application only, one encountered in the practicum experience are uti- activities: diagnosis and evaluation; section of full academic term in advance. lized as topics of discussion. Prerequisite: SpHr caseload and scheduling; management of an 585. Concurrent registration in SpHr 591 entire caseload; maintaining appropriate records; required.

WOMEN’S STUDIES

401 Cramer Hall and all develop new skills. Guidelines for academic interest. In order to be consid- (503) (503) 725-3516 women’s studies internships, practica, and ered for the B.A. or B.S. degree, the indi- www.ws.pdx.edu/ independent study are flexible in order to vidual program of study must carry meet individual needs. A degree in approval of the adviser and the women’s B.A., B.S. women’s studies provides the foundation studies coordinator. Changes in this indi- Minor for life-long learning as well as background vidual program must be similarly Post-baccalaureate Certificate and experience for careers in teaching, approved. Non-approved individual pro- counseling and social work, business, law, grams will not be considered to meet major Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary health sciences, public administration, requirements. In designing their individ- program designed to foster students’ per- public relations, and research. ual program, students may follow either a sonal and intellectual development and to Women’s studies students participate discipline-based emphasis or a theme- prepare them for socially responsible citi- in planning the program’s educational, based emphasis. zenship as well as a broad range of careers. cultural, and social events and advise the A discipline-based emphasis will consist Women’s studies advisers work closely with faculty on matters of curriculum and edu- of five courses (20 credits) in a department each student to craft a course of study cational policy. The program also maintains or program outside women’s studies. Two appropriate to the student’s academic inter- a resource library open to all students. of these courses are to be courses which ests and post-graduate goals. Requirements for the Major familiarize students with that discipline’s An expanding field of scholarship, In addition to meeting the general Univer- materials and approaches. The other three women’s studies is on the cutting edge of courses in the discipline are to be cross- educational and intellectual innovation. sity degree requirements, the major in women’s studies must complete a required listed with women’s studies or approved by Courses offered through many different the student’s women’s studies adviser. disciplines explore how gender has shaped core program of 32 credits (24 classroom hours, including a senior seminar, and 8 A theme-based emphasis will consist of culture, language, social, economic, and five courses which together form a coher- political institutions and what the world hours in experiential learning) and an individual program of study (20 credits). ent multi-disciplinary approach to a sub- looks like, once women’s experience is fully ject. All of the courses are to be cross-listed included in our thinking. The women’s For the individual program, students will design an emphasis which is based in a with women’s studies or approved by the studies core curriculum encourages stu- student’s women’s studies adviser. dents to develop critical thinking skills and discipline or in a theme that crosses disciplines. Courses taken under the undifferenti- an appreciation for the range of theoretical ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not frameworks and methodologies present in WS Core Curriculum Credits acceptable toward fulfilling major require- contemporary feminist scholarship. WS 101 Introduction to Women's Studies . . . . 4 ments with the following exceptions: one Courses incorporate the diversity of WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry...... 4 women’s studies elective course, WS 404 WS 315 Feminist Analysis...... 4 women’s experience with attention to race, Cooperative Education/Internship, WS 409 class, and sexual orientation as well as gen- WS 415 Senior Seminar...... 4 WS 340 Women and Gender in America, Practicum. der. Core courses also demand and support Colonial Era to 1865 or WS 341 Women and Requirements for the Minor students’ active participation through Gender in America, 1865-Present† ...... 4 discussion, informal as well as formal A minor in women’s studies will consist of WS 342 History of Feminism in the 28 credits. Students will be required to writing, and collaborative learning in the United States ...... 4 classroom. WS 404/409 Internship/Practicum (3, 3). . . . . 6 take 12 credits in the core courses (not Experiential learning plays an impor- WS 411 Experiential Learning Seminar (1, 1) . 2 including WS 404, 409, WS 411). The tant role in a student’s progress through the additional 16 credits may be fulfilled by Total credits required in the core: 32 women’s studies curriculum. The program’s either core courses (including WS 404, extensive and long-established ties with Individualized Program 409, WS 411) or women’s studies electives organizations in the metro area provide To be developed in consultation with the (courses cross-listed with other depart- wide-ranging opportunities for students to student’s women’s studies adviser. Each stu- ments or approved by the women’s studies apply their classroom knowledge in a com- dent pursuing a women’s studies major will coordinator). munity setting. Many students discover a select or be assigned an adviser who is life’s vocation through these experiences, knowledgeable in the student’s area(s) of

† Although students have the choice of taking either WS 340 or WS 341, taking both is recommended. 180 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Requirements for the Post-baccalaureate WS 301 dents will confront the diversity of female expe- Certificate Gender and Critical Inquiry (4) rience as well as the ways in which gender Introduction to Women's Studies ...... 4 Cross-discipline introduction to feminist frame- shaped the economic, political, and social life of WS 301 Gender and Critical Inquiry ...... 4 works including theoretical issues and varying the emerging nation. Possible themes include WS 315 Feminist Analysis ...... 4 approaches to the study of women and gender. native women and colonial settlement, Puritan WS 415 Senior Seminar ...... 4 Attention to the relationship between gender religion, the household economy, the American WS 404 Cooperative Education/Internship or and other axes of inequality. Emphasis on the Revolution, evangelicalism and the rise of the WS 409 Practicum ...... 6 development of critical thinking skills. Prerequi- Victorian home, women and the westward Approved electives site: WS 101. movement, slavery and race, gender and indus- (minimum of 12 upper division) ...... 16 WS 310 trialization, and the emergence of women’s Psychology of Women (4) rights. Total 38 Review and evaluate assumptions underlying WS 341 In meeting the 16 elective credits psychological research on women. Survey the Women and Gender in America, 1865 to the requirement, students may take a maxi- research in areas such as the development of sex Present (4) mum of 12 credits in any one academic differences, acquisition of gender roles, and Who was a suffragette? A flapper? Rosie the Riv- maintenance of gender stereotypes. Explore the area (arts and letters, science, social sci- eter? What do these images hide as well as reveal pertinence of these findings to topical areas such about American women’s recent past? This ence) and 4 credits in lower division as women’s work roles, women and mental course surveys the making of modern American courses. health, and the women’s movement. Prerequi- women by focusing on gender, family, work, and Courses taken under the undifferenti- site: 3 credits in psychology. political arrangements from 1865 to the present. ated grading option (pass/no pass) are not WS 312 Students will explore the diversity of women’s acceptable toward fulfilling Certificate Feminist Philosophy (4) lives through the ideas and institutions—both requirements with the following excep- Critically examines traditional schools of philo- the outstanding and everyday—forged by tions: one women’s studies elective course, sophical thinking from a feminist perspective. women in this period. Themes include mission- WS 404 Cooperative Education/Internship, Prerequisite: one philosophy course from other aries and reform in the Gilded Age, higher edu- WS 409. than Phl 103, 104, 206. cation and the professions, women workers and WS 315 labor organizing, the rise of sexual modernism, Feminist Analysis (4) gender in the Jim Crow South, postwar domes- COURSES An exploration of the interpretive frameworks ticity and the “feminine mystique”, feminism’s and research strategies utilized in contemporary roots in the Civil Rights movement, and “second Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered feminist scholarship. Drawing on examples from wave” feminism and its discontents. every year. more than one discipline, students will be intro- WS 342 For additional courses in women’s studies, duced to a range of theoretical and methodologi- History of Feminism in the United States (4) consult departmental listings, e.g., Departments of cal approaches, while learning to identify the After a review of Western feminism’s Enlighten- Psychology and Sociology. choices that scholars make in carrying out their ment roots and Victorian variations in the work. Issues under debate within feminist schol- United States, this course focuses on the shaping WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) arship as well as the differences between feminist of modern feminism as a diverse body of ques- A survey and critical analysis of the essential scholars and those working from other frame- tions, ideas, and experiments in American life. issues of feminism and their effects on women’s works will be examined. Prerequisite: WS 301. Themes include political equality, the emergence lives. Topics include: marriage, family, educa- WS 330 of sexual politics, issues of race and difference, tion, justice and reform, health care, sexuality, Women of Color in the U.S. (4) women workers and class conflict, the civil political and economic status. Focuses on A variable topics course focusing on issues rights movement and gender struggles, radical present realities and future possibilities. An which affect women of color in the U.S., histori- feminism, conservative women and “backlash”, introduction to the interdisciplinary field of cally and today. and feminist internationalism. Prerequisite: WS women’s studies. WS 331 340 or 341. * WS 120 Women in the Middle East (4) WS 343 Workshop for Returning Women (4) Aims to explore the role and status of women in American Family History (4) Designed for those who have experienced an the contemporary Middle East with respect to History of the American family from the colonial interruption in their formal education. Examines institutions such as the family, law, education, period to the present. The course will draw upon the educational history of American women. work and politics--areas which intersect and textual sources and oral histories in examining Analyzes the ways in which the roles, status, and overlap with broader cultural questions about changes in families in the colonial period, and experiences of women affect educational deci- women and their place in tradition, modernity, the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prereq- sions and performance. Includes the develop- nation-building, Islam and the West. This course uisite: Hst 201, 202, Sophomore Inquiry (Amer- ment of skills and self-confidence in studying, is the same as FL 331 and Intl 331, may only be ican Studies), or consent of instructor. writing, research, examinations, time manage- taken once for credit. WS 347, 348 ment, mathematics and science. Credit cannot WS 337 Science, Gender, and Social Context (4, 4) be used to satisfy certificate requirements. Communication and Gender (4) Two-term course explores the strengths and limitations of science to describe and predict nature WS 199 An examination of similarities and differences in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) male and female communication styles and pat- through laboratory and field investigations. A variable topics course dealing with contempo- terns. Particular attention given to the implica- These activities will illustrate the transition from rary and historical issues in feminism. Recent tions of gender as social construct upon a reductionist view of our natural environment offerings have included History of Women Art- perception, values, stereotyping, language use, to a systems-oriented view. It will place this his- ists and History of Women in Science. WS 199 is nonverbal communication, and power and con- torical shift in understanding and scientific prac- also available for students who wish to pursue flict in human relationships. Discussion of influ- tice in the contexts of gender, race, and class directed independent study. ence of mass communication upon shaping and using selected case studies in environmental constructing male and female roles. management. Includes laboratory and/or field- WS 260 Introduction to Women’s Literature (4) WS 340 Introduction to the texts and contexts of Women and Gender in America, Colonial women’s literature. Era to 1865 (4) This course explores women’s lives and work in America from European contact with the New World through the end of the Civil War. Through primary and secondary material, stu- C OLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 181

work. Prerequisite: UnSt 299 Intro to Women’s ences among women due to ethnicity, WS 445, 446 Studies. This course is the same as Sci 347, 348; generation, and class; and policy issues with par- American Women Writers (4, 4) may only be taken once for credit.WS 380 ticular importance for women’s economic situa- Study of American women writers, with atten- Women and Politics (4) tion. Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. tion to themes, styles and characteristic concerns, in the light of feminist criticism and Analysis of the political role of women in poli- WS 425 scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. tics. Reviews historical and contemporary analy- Sociology of Women (4) WS 260 recommended. ses of women’s participation and status in Cross-societal analysis of the position of women politics. Prerequisites: PS 101, 102 or upper- in industrial societies. Analysis of the social posi- WS 455 division standing. tion of women and men in areas such as the fam- Gender and Education (4) ily, politics, work, education, etc. Consideration Explores the significance of gender in educa- WS 399 tional work. Focus will be on the history of Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and evaluation of theories of the biological, psychological, sociological basis for the behavior, gender arrangements in educational organiza- WS 401 tions and the formation of gender roles in con- Research (Credit to be arranged.) characteristics, attitudes, and demographic characteristics of women. Prerequisites: Soc 204, temporary American society, particularly in the WS 404 205. family, schools, and the economy. Students will Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit examine differential socialization of males and to be arranged.) WS 426 Women and Mental Illness (4) females, ongoing practices in educational organi- WS 405 zations that are gender-related and/or gender Reading and Conference (Credit to be Social and historical evolution of images and explanations of madness in women. Contempo- biased and the convergence of gender, race, and arranged.) class in educational organizations. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. rary distributions, diagnoses, and treatments of mental illness in diverse groups of women are upper division standing. This course is cross- WS 407 listed as EPFA 455, may only be taken once for Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) examined. Focus on psychiatric disorder and gender-based discourse. Prerequisite: WS 101. credit. WS 409 Also listed as Soc 426/526; course may be taken WS 467 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) only once for credit. Work and Family (4) WS 410 An examination of the effects of work on family, Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) WS 430, 431 Women in the Visual Arts (4, 4) and family on work, in contemporary society. WS 411 The study of the art of women in various media Includes study of dual-career and dual-work Experiential Learning Seminar (1) (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, families, effects of maternal employment on chil- To be taken simultaneously with WS 404 or WS photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, dren, impact of child care and elder care on the 409. Students will present material based upon and mixed media). A 3-term sequential class: workplace, and parental leave and other work- their experiences in practica and internships. fall, 11th century (medieval) Europe to the 18th place supports for families. Implications of The seminar provides an opportunity for stu- century; winter, 19th century to early 20th cen- research for social policy. Prerequisites: Psy 311 dents to reflect on the settings where they are tury America and Europe; spring, 20th century and 3 credits in courses numbered Psy 321 or working and analyze issues that emerge in America and Europe. Open to non-art majors. higher. applying feminist theory to practice. Prerequisites: Art 204, 205, 206. WS 479 Women and Organizational Psychology (4) WS 415 *WS 424 Senior Seminar (4) Women and the Law (4) Examines the relationship between gender and With a focus on analysis, critique, comparison Examines the relationship between women and the social organization of the workplace. Focus and connection, students will work collabora- the law. The first half of the course considers is on gender development as socialization (e.g. tively as well as independently in this theoreti- several theories of women’s equality. During the hierarch and leadership, discrimination and cal, thematically-based course. Students will be second half of the course students will apply harassment, deskilling) from a social psychologi- responsible for planning and leading discussion these theories to a variety of problems in gender cal perspective. Strategies for change are consid- during some sessions as well as presenting and justice. Substantive issues covered may include: ered. Prerequisites: Psy 310 and 3 additional responding to work-in-progress. Prerequisite: sexual harassment, abortion, fetal protection credits in courses numbered Psy 330 or higher. WS 315. policies, and pornography. This course is the WS 417 same as PS 425, may only be taken once for Women in the Economy (4) credit. Different economic theoretical perspectives are presented to account for women’s particular eco- WS 443, 444 British Women Writers (4, 4) nomic roles currently and historically. Emphasis Study of the works of British women writers on women’s responsibility for child rearing and with attention to themes, styles, and characteris- housework; women’s relatively low wages; occu- tic concerns in the light of feminist criticism and pational segregation by gender; economic differ- scholarship. Prerequisite: 15 credits in literature. WS 260 recommended. 182 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

The courses listed below are offered on an irregular Hum 608 Sc 608 basis by various departments. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) ASc 410/510 Hum 609 Sc 609 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 199 Hum 610 Sc 610 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 399 ISt 199 SSc 601 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 405 ISt 399 SSc 602 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) For Extended Studies and Summer Session only. SSc 603 Hum 407 ISt 404 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit SSc 604 to be arranged.) Hum 410 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 601 to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 601 SSc 605 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 602 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Hum 602 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 603 SSc 606 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Hum 603 arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 604 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit SSc 607 Hum 604 to be arranged.) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Sc 605 SSc 608 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 605 arranged.) Reading And Conference (Credit to be SSc 609 arranged.) Sc 606 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be SSc 610 Hum 606 arranged.) Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Sc 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Hum 607 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

SCOTT A. DAWSON, DEAN ELLEN L. WEST, ASSOCIATE DEAN SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (503) 725-3712—STUDENT SERVICES OFFICE www.sba.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S.—Business Administration management, supply and logistics manage- Minor—Business Administration ment, advertising, and information Certificate in International Business systems. The international business stud- Studies ies certificate, food industry management Certificate in Food Industry certificate, and the business minor are also Management available. The School of Business also offers Postbaccalaureate Certificate in study abroad opportunities at the under- Accounting graduate and graduate levels. M.B.A.—Master of Business In cooperation with Clackamas Com- Administration munity College, the School of Business has M.S.F.A.—Master of Science in designed a Weekend Business Program. Financial Analysis Tailored for the returning student who is M.I.M.—Master of International working full-time, the program allows stu- Management dents to complete their junior and senior Ph.D.—Participating school in years of the business program on Wednes- Systems Science Doctoral Program day evenings and Saturdays over six terms. The undergraduate and graduate programs Students enrolled in the Weekend Business in business administration are accredited Program will complete the full curriculum by AACSB—the International Association of standard business courses required for a for Management Education. AACSB sets bachelor’s degree in business with an standards for business education in terms option in general management through a of curricular content, quality of faculty, and combination of class lectures, Web-based adequacy of facilities. instruction, video, e-mail, and chat rooms. Admission and major requirements for this program are identical to the traditional UNDERGRADUATE undergraduate program. PROGRAMS Admission Policy. Students may declare business administration as their The undergraduate program in business major field of study at any time after administration adheres to the principle that admission to Portland State University. in a free society the business enterprise However, students must be admitted for- must be responsibly and efficiently man- mally to the School of Business Administra- aged. The undergraduate degree program tion (SBA) before allowed to enroll in includes both business and nonbusiness certain upper-division business administra- courses. The mission of the undergraduate tion courses or to graduate with a business program is to provide students with a administration degree. broad understanding of business and to The following requirements must be equip them with the dynamic skills fulfilled prior to applying for admission to required to work successfully in a complex the School of Business Administration: and changing global environment. Special emphasis options are available 1. Be formally admitted to Portland State within the business administration major University. and are designed to prepare students for 2. Have junior standing, which is 90 cred- positions in accounting, finance, general its. Only credits that are accepted as trans- management, marketing, human resource fer credits by the University will count 184 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

toward the 90 credits. At least 75 of the 90 Required Business Core Finance credits must have been completed for a Credits Objective: to provide undergraduate students letter grade. BA 101 Introduction to Business and World with the educational foundation and exposure 3. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at Affairs...... 4 to the broad field of finance that will enable them to adapt and contribute to all aspects least 2.75 for each of the following: BA 205 Business Communications Using Technology...... 4 of financial decision-making as finance a. all accepted transfer credits BA 211 Fundamentals of Financial professionals. b. all PSU graded credits Accounting...... 4 Credits c. all PSU graded business credits BA 213 Decision Making with Accounting FinL 419 Intermediate Financial Management 4 Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA Information ...... 4 FinL 452 Investment Principles ...... 4 requirements will be considered for BA 302 Organizational Behavior ...... 4 FinL 449 Analysis of Financial Performance. . .4 BA 303 Business Finance...... 4 FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations ...... 4 admission only if the GPA for their most BA 311 Marketing Management ...... 4 FinL 465 Finance Topics and Cases ...... 4 recent 30 graded credit hours at PSU is BA 325 Competing with Information 3.00 or higher and the applicant has a Technology...... 4 Total 20 minimum 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and BA 339 Operations and Quality Management . 4 General Management a minimum 2.50 cumulative GPA for all BA 385 Business Environment...... 4 Objective: to provide requisite knowledge and completed business courses at PSU. BA 495 Business Strategy ...... 4 skills which enable the student to meet the challenges of managerial responsibilities. 4. Have completed each of the Concep- Total 44 tual Tools courses with a grade of C- or Credits Required Nonbusiness Courses (must better. The Conceptual Tools courses are: Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . .4 be completed prior to SBA admission) BA 101—Introduction to Business and World Mgmt 445 Organizational Design and Affairs Stat 243, 244 Introduction to Probability and Change ...... 4 BA 205—Business Communications Using Statistics I & II (for business majors) Mgmt 464 Contemporary Leadership Issues . .4 Technology Sp—A 200-level speech course Electives...... 8 BA 211—Fundamentals of Financial Ec 201, 202 Principles of Economics Of the 8 credits of electives, four credits must Accounting Wr 121 English Composition or UnSt 101, 102, be taken within the management area at the BA 213—Decision Making with Accounting 103 300 or 400 level. Information Pass credits will be allowed for any The final four credits can be either: Ec 201, 202—Principles of Economics a. within the management area at the 300 or courses which are offered on an optional 400 level, or Stat 243, 244—Introduction to Probability pass/no pass basis. and Statistics I & II (for business majors) b. from an approved list of courses, some of Sp—A 200-level speech course Business Options. The School of Busi- which will be within the SBA and some out- Wr 121—English Composition or UnSt 101, ness Administration offers options for side the SBA. 102, 103 those students seeking specialization in a Total 20 Transfer students must provide a copy subject area. Each student must select one of these options. Option requirements are Note: Students who wish to do a double option of their Transfer Evaluation to the SBA with in general management and human resource the application for admission. satisfied by taking 20 to 36 upper-division management cannot apply more than eight The application deadline for admission credits beyond the required business core. common credits to each option. The courses specified to satisfy the option to the SBA is the second Monday following Human Resource Management requirements are: the first full day of classes of the term pre- Objective: to provide a conceptual framework, as ceding the term for which admission is Accounting well as the necessary knowledge, skills, and sought. Applications received after the Objective: to enable students to acquire the nec- abilities, that allows students to understand deadline will be processed for the following essary technical and professional skills for suc- what is required to more effectively manage term. cessful careers in public, management, or human resources within an organization. Application forms are available in 240 governmental accounting. Credits SBA and also in the holders on the bulletin Credits Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management . . . .4 board outside of the room. Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . . . 4 Mgmt 461 Reward Systems and Performance Requirements for Major. In addition Actg 360 Management Accounting ...... 4 Management ...... 4 to meeting the general degree requirements Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and Mgmt 471 Staffing and Employee Selection . . .4 of the University, the student in business Reporting ...... 8 Mgmt 493 Human Resource Policies ...... 4 Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation...... 4 Upper-division management courses ...... 3-4 administration must take at least 82 credits Actg 430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit . . . 1 in business administration courses. This Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . 4 Total 19-20 total will include the business core (44 Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues ...... 4 Note: Students who wish to do a double option credit hours if taken at Portland State), at Two upper-division accounting courses to be in general management and human resource least one option area (20-36 credits, chosen from Actg 422, 460, 476, 490, 493, management cannot apply more than eight depending on option chosen), and enough FinL 412 ...... 7 common credits to each option. business electives to meet the minimum of Total 36 Information Systems 82 credits in business. Each student in Objective: to provide students with a solid educa- business must also take at least 95 credits Students electing accounting as an option will tional foundation in the design and structure outside the School of Business Administra- also be required to take: Phl 202 Elementary of computer-based information systems and tion. A minimum of 180 credits is required Ethics or Phl 209 Business Ethics; PS 101 networks that will enable them to apply rele- United States Government and PS 102 United for graduation. vant and robust solutions that support the States Politics; and 3 or more credits in anthro- objectives of an organization. Business administration students will pology, psychology, or sociology. meet the following requirements: S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 185

Credits FinL 363 Credit Management (3) Prerequisite Policy. Before enrolling in ISQA 360 Business Computer Fundamentals .4 Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) any business course students should read ISQA 380 Data Communications ...... 4 Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) the course description and complete any ISQA 420 Structured Systems Analysis and Two of the following electives:...... 7-8 prerequisites that are listed. The instructor Design ...... 4 ISQA 449 Process Control and Improvement has the authority to administratively drop ISQA 425 Database Management ...... 4 (4) Information systems electives ...... 6-8 ISQA 459 Production Planning and Control any student who has not completed the ISQA 405 Reading and Conference (4) prerequisites. (credit to be arranged: 1-4) ISQA 469 Productivity Analysis (4) Retention Policy. A minimum Portland ISQA 407 Seminar (credit to be arranged: 1-4) ISQA 410 Selected Topics (3-4) State University cumulative GPA of 2.50 ISQA 415 UNIX Fundamentals (2) Actg 360 Management Accounting (4) and a minimum GPA of 2.50 in business ISQA 418 Client-Server Development (3) FinL 363 Credit Management (3) administration courses taken at Portland ISQA 421 Object-Oriented Modeling and Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4) State University are required to remain in Design (4) Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) good standing as an admitted business ISQA 422 Information Systems Project administration student and for graduation Management (2) Total 21-24 with a degree in business administration. ISQA 423 Collaborative Technologies (2) Student Advising. The advising center ISQA 424 Network and Client Operating In addition, students are expected to for business students is in 240 SBA. Cur- make satisfactory progress toward gradua- Systems (3) rent information about admission and ISQA 436 Advanced Database Administration tion by completing a minimum of 9 credits degree requirements for students in the (3) during each academic year. School of Business Administration is avail- Failure to maintain a 2.50 PSU cumula- Total 22-24 able there. Students should make appoint- tive GPA and a 2.50 PSU business GPA will Marketing ments with the advising center at least once place a student on probation. The proba- Objective: to provide educational opportunities a year to ensure that requirements are tionary period is defined as two terms in for those who are interested in developing being met. For program option planning which the student takes classes. In no expertise in marketing management, market- and career counseling, students may make instance will the period of probation ing communications, and international an appointment with a faculty member of marketing. extend beyond three consecutive terms their choice. beginning with the term for which the stu- Credits A bulletin board outside the Student dent is placed on probation. In the first Mktg 460 Marketing Research ...... 4 Services Office, 240 SBA, contains Mktg 463 Consumer Behavior and Customer term of probation the student must show announcements concerning policy, upcom- progress by raising the deficient GPA(s). If Satisfaction ...... 4 ing activities, scholarships, and other infor- Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and improvement does not occur in the first mation vital to all business and prebusiness term of probation, the student’s admitted Management ...... 4 students. A bulletin board outside the third Mktg 466 International Marketing ...... 4 status will be terminated at the end of the Upper-division marketing elective(s) ...... 4 floor student lounge has student organiza- first term of probation. If improvement tion information. A bulletin board outside does occur in the first term of probation, Total 20 230 SBA has student internship informa- the student will be allowed a second term Advertising Management tion. Students should check the bulletin to raise the GPA(s) to 2.50. By the end of Objective: to provide the knowledge and skills boards once a week to ensure that they the second term of probation, the deficient necessary for students to create and execute have the latest information. GPA(s) must be at least 2.50. advertising strategy within the broader context of the marketing function. Credits Mktg 340 Advertising ...... 3 Mktg 441 Media Strategy ...... 4 Mktg 442 Advertising Copy and Layout . . . . .4 Mktg 460 Marketing Research ...... 4 Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and Management ...... 4 Mktg 443 Advertising Campaigns ...... 4

Total 23 Supply and Logistics Management Objective: to provide students with an interdisciplinary foundation in supply and logistics management in preparation for careers in purchasing, industrial distribution, logistics, transportation, and operations management. Credits ISQA 429 Transportation and Logistics Management ...... 4 ISQA 439 Purchasing and Supply Chain Management ...... 4 ISQA 479 Integrated Supply and Logistics Management ...... 4 One of the following interdisciplinary electives: ...... 3-4 Actg 360 Management Accounting (4)

Joan Kim, Business Administration 186 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Students whose admitted status is ter- order to graduate with a minor in business International Business Studies Certificate stu- minated must reapply for admission if they administration. dents are encouraged to spend one or more desire to complete degree requirements for summers in overseas management training work experience by participating in the Port- programs in the School of Business Admin- INTERNATIONAL istration. Terminated students must wait at land State University AIESEC exchange pro- BUSINESS STUDIES gram for business and economics students least one academic term before applying for CERTIFICATE or other overseas internship and exchange readmission. Students applying for read- programs. Several such programs are available mission must meet the admission require- The International Business Studies Certifi- through the School of Business ments in force at the time of reapplication. cate provides undergraduate students with Administration. Business students are limited to only one an educational foundation in the field of readmission to the School of Business international business. Certificate require- FOOD INDUSTRY Administration. ments include the study of cultural, eco- MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE Academic Disqualification. If a stu- nomic, social, and political aspects dent who has been admitted to the School affecting business operations. The Food Industry Management Certificate of Business Administration is academically Students are required to gain admission provides undergraduate students with an disqualified by the University, that student to the School of Business Administration educational foundation in the field of food will automatically lose School of Business through the regular admission process and distribution, marketing, and management. Administration admitted status. If a stu- must complete degree requirements speci- Certificate requirements include the study dent who has lost admitted status desires to fied for a business administration major. In of the overall competitive business market- complete degree requirements for pro- addition, students must complete all certif- place of the food industry from a cross- grams in the School of Business Adminis- icate requirements as specified below. industry perspective, consumer trends, tration, that student must reapply. At the trade relationships, supply and logistics time of reapplication the student must: (1) Nonbusiness Administration Requirements issues, retailing and distribution, electronic be admitted by and in good standing with commerce, and industry practicum. the University, (2) have completed 24 cred- Foreign language (two-year proficiency) Economics courses (2 courses) selected from: Students are required to gain admission its following disqualification (these credits Ec 340, 440, 441, 442, 445, 446, 447, 450, or, to the School of Business Administration must be 300 and 400 level courses), (3) with approval, other upper-division econom- through the regular admission process and have a cumulative GPA of 2.75, and ics courses related to international studies must complete degree requirements speci- (4) have a business GPA of 2.75. Area studies—2 courses from each of two fied for a business administration major. In departments selected from: MINOR IN BUSINESS addition, students must complete all certif- Anthropology icate requirements specified below: ADMINISTRATION Geography The School of Business Administration History Business core: offers a minor in business administration. Political Science BA 101, 205, 211, 213, 302, 303, 311, 325, The minor is designed to give students an The area study courses will be upper-division 339, 385, 495 understanding of how the free enterprise (except PS 205) and must contribute to the Food industry management requirements: system works and how it fits in our society. student’s understanding of the area of the for- Mktg 407 Competing in the Food Industry (4) Also, students will gain an exposure to the eign language being studied. An approved ISQA 407 Purchasing and Logistics Within the functional areas of a business. area study course list for languages offered at Food Industry (4) PSU is available in the Student Services Coursework requirements for the minor Mktg 475 Retailing (3) Office, 240 SBA. Permission to take an area Mktg 409 Food Industry Practicum (4) in business administration are as follows: study course not found on the approved list 4 hours of directed electives, selected with the Nonbusiness Courses can be received from the associate dean for faculty adviser’s approval. Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and undergraduate programs. Business Option Requirements Statistics I (for business majors) ...... 4 Business Administration Requirements Choose from: Accounting, Finance, General Stat 244 Introduction to Probability and Business core: Management, Human Resource Management, Statistics II (for business majors) ...... 4 Information Systems, Advertising Manage- Ec 201 Principles of Economics BA 101, 205, 222, 223, 302, 303, 311, 325, 339, 385, 495 ment, Marketing, and Supply and Logistics (Micro-economics) ...... 4 Management. Ec 202 Principles of Economics International business requirements; (Macro-economics) ...... 4 Choose three of five: OSTBACCALAUREATE Minor Core Courses Actg 476 International Accounting P FinL 456 Foreign Financial Operations BA 101 Introduction to Business and CERTIFICATE Mgmt 446 Principles of International World Affairs ...... 4 IN ACCOUNTING Management BA 205 Business Communications Using Mktg 376 International Business Operations Technology ...... 4 The Postbaccalaureate Accounting Certifi- Mktg 466 Principles of International BA 211 Fundamentals of Financial cate is a program for students who have Marketing Accounting ...... 4 earned one or more baccalaureate degrees BA 303 Business Finance ...... 4 Business option requirements: and who wish to complete the coursework BA 311 Marketing Management ...... 4 Choose from: to prepare for the Certified Public Accoun- Accounting, Finance, General Management, BA 302 Organizational Behavior or tant (CPA) Examination. These recommen- BA 385 Business Environment...... 4 Human Resources, Information Systems, Advertising Management, Marketing, and dations include courses in accounting Total 40 Supply and Logistics Management. directly related to preparation for the exam All 100- and 200-level coursework for as well as professional preparation for the minor must be completed with a C- or public or industry accounting. In addition, higher. The PSU cumulative GPA and the courses are recommended in law, basic PSU business GPA must be 2.5 or higher in business, and in other related areas for S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 187

those whose undergraduate degree is not in Other required credits One application packet including all business administration. Each candidate will elect 9 upper-division cred- documentation must be submitted to the Students may bring photocopies of their its in business administration which must be Office of Admissions and a second com- undergraduate transcripts to the Student outside accounting. One of the accounting plete packet including official transcripts Services Office (240 SBA) for an evaluation faculty should be consulted to evaluate elective and a completed application must be sub- options ...... 9 of the prerequisite courses to the program. mitted to the School of Business Adminis- Total required credits 45 tration, Student Services Office, P.O. Box APPLICATION CRITERIA 751, Portland, OR 97207-0751; (503) The following requirements must be At least 30 of the 45 credits required for the certificate and at least 27 of the credits 725-3712 or toll-free 1-800-547-8887. fulfilled prior to applying: International applicants also are 1. Have earned a baccalaureate degree rec- in accounting must be taken in residence at Portland State University. Candidates must required to demonstrate proficiency in ognized by the PSU Office of Admissions English by taking the Test of English as a and Records. achieve at least a grade of C- in each course presented for the certificate. Entrance and Foreign Language (TOEFL). A TOEFL 2. Be formally admitted as a postbaccalau- exit GPA requirements are the same as for score of 550 on the paper-based test or 213 reate student at PSU. the School of Business Administration on the computer-based test is required for 3. Have completed the following Concep- undergraduate program. For retention in all students whose native language is not tual Tools courses with a grade of C- or the program, grade point averages will be English and who have not received a better (a Pass grade for any Conceptual based only on coursework taken in the cer- degree from an accredited institution in the Tools course is accepted): tificate program. United States. Official TOEFL scores must BA 101 Introduction to Business and World Postbaccalaureate students who do not be sent directly to the PSU Office of Admis- Affairs hold a degree from a university where the sions and Records. BA 205 Business Communications Using language of instruction is English must sat- Only those students who have been for- Technology isfy the Wr 323 requirement before com- mally admitted to the M.B.A., M.I.M., BA 211 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting pletion of a certificate program. M.S.F.A., Engineering Management, or Sys- BA 213 Decision Making with Accounting tems Science Ph.D. programs may take Information graduate level courses in the School of Stat 243, 244 Statistics I and II (for business GRADUATE Business Administration. Students formally majors) PROGRAMS admitted and in good standing in other Ec 201 Principles of Economics (micro) Ec 202 Principles of Economics (macro) graduate programs may take courses on a The School of Business Administration space available basis with the recommen- 4. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at offers three programs leading to master’s dation of their program adviser or the least 2.75 for each of the following: degrees: the Master of Business Administra- approval of the associate dean of graduate a. all accepted transfer credits tion (M.B.A.), which is offered statewide, studies in the School of Business Adminis- b. all PSU graded credits the Master of Science in Financial Analysis tration. c. all PSU graded business credits (M.S.F.A.), and the Master of International Management (M.I.M.). The School of Busi- Priority Dates for Fall Admission: Students who do not meet the 2.75 GPA ness Administration also participates in the Application and all supporting documents: requirements will be considered for admis- System Science Doctoral Program and the International applicants—March 1 sion only if the GPA for their most recent Oregon Executive M.B.A. (OEMBA). Domestic applicants—April 1 30 graded credit hours at PSU is 3.00 or The OEMBA is an executive M.B.A. pro- GMAT taken by previous March higher and the applicant has a minimum gram offered at the CAPITAL Center (185th 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and a minimum Priority Dates for Winter Admission: and N.W. Walker Road in Beaverton). Pro- 2.50 cumulative GPA for all completed Application and all supporting documents: fessors from the major state institutions, business courses at PSU. International applicants—July 1 including PSU, teach in this program. The Domestic applicants—August 1 Course Requirements degree is granted from the University of GMAT taken by previous June Required Accounting Core: Oregon. For additional information, con- There may be support materials other Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . . . .4 tact OEMBA at (503) 725-2250. Actg 360 Management Accounting ...... 4 than transcripts, GMAT score, and resume Actg 381, 382 Financial Accounting and APPLICATION PROCEDURES required for admission in future quarters; Reporting...... 8 To be considered for admission to the prospective applicants should contact the Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation ...... 4 M.B.A. or M.S.F.A. program, the student Student Services Office, (503) 725-3712, Actg 430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit must have a baccalaureate degree from an toll-free 1-800-547-8887, for the most cur- Accounting ...... 1 rent admissions requirements. Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices . . . .4 accredited institution. A minimum cumu- Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues...... 4 lative undergraduate GPA of 2.75 is Degree Requirements. University Additional credits chosen from: ...... 7 required. master’s degree requirements are listed on Actg 422 Advanced Taxation Applicants to the M.B.A. or M.S.F.A. page 65. In addition, the student must Actg 460 Advanced Managerial Accounting program must take the Graduate Manage- fulfill School and program requirements. Actg 476 International Accounting ment Admission Test (GMAT) and have test Students entering the M.B.A. program are Actg 490 Advanced Financial Accounting and results sent to the School of Business expected to have completed an introduc- Reporting Administration’s Student Services Office tory calculus course and be microcomputer Actg 493 Advanced Auditing literate (familiar with word processing, pre- FinL 412 Business Law (SBA/SSO). A minimum GMAT total score of 470 is required, plus a score of at least sentation, spread sheet, and database soft- Total required accounting core 36 35 percent in both the verbal and quantita- ware) no later than the end of the first term tive sections. of admission. Contact the School of Busi- ness Administration’s Student Services 188 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Office directly at the phone numbers in the needed quantitative and analytical skills, managing all phases of the development paragraph above for the most current pro- and develop an understanding of the process, from product innovation through gram information. financial, legal, and economic environ- the implementation and commercializa- ment. tion of the new idea. MASTER OF BUSINESS BA 530 Competing in a Global The MIT option requires that students ADMINISTRATION Environment (8) take the 17 credit hours of electives in the The Master of Business Administration BA 531 Executive Briefings (1) M.B.A. program from a specified list of degree emphasizes a systematic, applied ISQA 511 Quantitative Methods for courses, and that the business project be cross-functional approach to the manage- Managers (4) completed with an MIT focus. Students ment of organizations. It is designed to FinL 514 Economic and Financial completing the technology course require- accommodate students with business and Environment of the Firm (4) ments, in addition to the M.B.A. core non-business degrees and is best suited for Business Disciplines. (16 credits) requirements, will receive an M.B.A. degree those who have gained at least two years of Discipline courses build on the integrated with special designation of the Manage- industry experience prior to their admis- foundation coursework and provide more ment of Innovation and Technology sion date. in-depth knowledge and applied skills option. Admission to the Program. Students related to accounting, finance, manage- may elect to complete the M.B.A. program ment, and marketing. Required courses for MIT Option: in either the full-time day format or the Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) BA 506* MIT Business Project (6) evening format. For the most part, students Mktg 544 Marketing Management (4) Mgmt 545 Managing the Human Side of are expected to progress through the pro- Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) Technology (3) FinL 561 Financial Management (4) Mgmt 544 Technology Management (3) gram with their assigned cohort and follow Mktg 555 Technology Marketing (4) the proposed schedule of classes. Full-time Integrated Applications. (16 credits) day students will probably have to take Application courses return the student to Elective courses: some elective coursework during the eve- issues of systematic integration across Students must take at least one course from each group below (minimum 7 credits total): nings or weekends. Students are admitted business disciplines at the firm level and to the full-time day cohort in fall terms promote competitiveness and quality in Accounting/Finance/Information only; students are admitted to the evening case and actual business situations. Systems Group Actg 551* Accounting Information Systems (4) cohorts in fall and winter terms. There is BA 551 Integrated Process Management (4) Actg 552* Strategic Cost Management (4) no admission in the spring or summer BA 552 Systems Performance Measurement (4) FinL 553* Financial Analysis and Business terms. Mgmt 560 Managerial Responsibility and Valuation (4) One of the fall cohorts is offered in Public Policy (4) FinL 507 Financial Strategies for Technology Washington County at the CAPITAL Cen- Mgmt 562 Business Strategy and Policy (4) Firms (3) ter. A student in this cohort will be able to Business Project. (6 credits) The busi- ISQA 518 Electronic Commerce (3) complete all core courses (with the excep- ness project is a team activity under the ISQA 530 System Architectures (3) tion of BA 531) at the center. Some elec- direction of a faculty member; students ISQA 572* Models for Quality Control (3) tives may be offered at the center, the focus on application of acquired knowl- Marketing/Management Group remaining electives will be offered at the edge and problem solving to actual busi- Mgmt 549* Management of Service PSU campus. ness issues and opportunities. Operations (3) Statewide M.B.A. Program. For stu- BA 506 Business Project (6) Mgmt 540* Business/Government Relations (3) Mktg 507 Internet Marketing (3) dents outside the greater metropolitan area Specialization/Electives. (17 credits) Mktg 548* Product Management and interested in the Statewide M.B.A. pro- Each student will select elective course- Innovation (3) gram, please contact the Statewide M.B.A. work to complete the M.B.A. program. A Mktg 552* Relationship and Service office at 1-800-547-8887 ext. 4822. Stu- maximum of 8 credits of electives may be Marketing (3) dents are admitted to the part-time evening 400/500 level coursework taken for grad- Mktg 567* Management of the Sales Force (3) Statewide M.B.A. program in the fall of uate credit. Electives will be selected from EMgt 560 Total Quality Management (4) odd-numbered calendar years. There are courses offered by the School of Business *Note: Courses with a 507 designation are spe- currently 15 statewide M.B.A. locations in Administration or may, with the approval cial topic seminars. Courses above marked Oregon. of the associate dean for graduate pro- with an asterisk (*) are existing courses that Structure of the M.B.A. Program. grams, be selected from areas outside will be focused on MIT issues and cases during The M.B.A. program is composed of five business administration. Electives are an a specific term as indicated by a “T” after the distinct parts designed to produce a sys- opportunity to develop an area of special- course number in the Schedule of Classes (ex.: Actg 551T). Option students must complete tematic and integrated understanding of ization within the M.B.A. program. these courses with the “T” designation. Alter- business operations and competitiveness. MANAGEMENT OF INNOVATION native technology courses may be used Business Perspectives and Foundation AND TECHNOLOGY (MIT) OPTION towards the MIT with approval from the Skills. (17 credits) The foundation seg- The MIT option allows students to target associate dean of graduate studies in Business Administration. ment provides students with an inte- elective credits in the M.B.A. program to grated understanding of the global and acquire substantial knowledge in technol- FINANCE OPTION competitive challenges facing business ogy management. The MIT option brings The Finance option offered in conjunction today, the operation of business as a sys- together functional areas such as informa- with the M.B.A. creates an opportunity to tem, the philosophy of quality manage- tion systems, operations management, develop a specialized skill set within the ment, and the basic intellectual and product innovation, accounting, market- finance area. This option provides students interpersonal skills needed to be success- ing, and sales within the context of tech- the skills to understand complex financial ful in the M.B.A. program and as a future nology firms. The goal is to equip students issues as well as experience in the applica- business leader. Students will acquire with knowledge about strategies for tion of financial tools that facilitate problem solving. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 189

The Finance option requires that stu- Required Courses for IB Option: Structure of the M.S.F.A. Program. dents take the 17 credit hours of electives BA 506 International Business Project (6) Successful completion of the M.S.F.A. in the M.B.A. program from a specified list MIM 518 Managing Multinational requires 25 credits of business economics, of courses, and that the business project be Organizations (3) 20 credits of financial analysis and 4 credits completed with a finance focus. Students MIM 516 Contemporary Pacific Rim and of electives. World Affairs (3) must take 8 hours of required finance Business and Economics M.B.A.-IB Elective Courses: courses and 9 hours of specified finance (25 credit hours): Students must take a minimum of 11 credit electives. Students completing the Finance Ec 551 Applied Econometrics for Financial option course requirements, in addition to hours of electives. Two electives must be from the International Business Skills group. Analysis (4) the M.B.A. core requirements, will receive BA 531Executive Briefings (1) an M.B.A. degree with a Finance option. International Business Skills Group BA 551 Integrated Process Management (4) MIM 577 International Business Negotiations Required courses for Finance Option: BA 552 Systems for Performance Measurement (4) (4) BA 506 Finance Business Project (6) MIM 568 Managing Information Technology Mgmt 562 Business Strategy and Policy (4) FinL 552 Investments (4) Globally (4) FinL 565 Cases in Corporate Financial MIM 517 Accounting for Global Enterprises (4) Select two of the following three Management (4) MIM 547 International Trade Practices (4) courses: M.B.A.-Finance Elective courses: MIM 574 International Corporate Finance and Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) Students must take a minimum of 9 credit hours Investment (4) Mgmt 560 Managerial Responsibility and Public Policy (4) of electives from any combination of the Cor- International Business Environment Group Mktg 544 Marketing Management (4) porate Finance Emphasis Group or the Invest- MIM 513 Pacific Rim Economies, Trade, and ments Emphasis Group. Financial Markets (3) Financial Analysis Core (20 credit Corporate Finance Emphasis Group MIM 576 Advanced Cross-cultural hours): FinL 507 Executive Briefings: Finance (1) Communication (4) FinL 551 Financial Management for Financial FinL 553 Business Valuation (4) MIM 564 Global Human Resources Analysts (4) FinL 556 International Financial Management (3) Actg 551 Accounting Information Systems (4) Management (4) MIM 510 Age of the Pacific (4) FinL 552 Investments (4) or Actg 552 Strategic FinL 569 Advanced Financial Theory (4) MIM 575 Marketing in Asia and the Pacific Cost Management (4) Actg 553 Financial Statement Analysis (4) Rim (4) Actg 553 Financial Statement Analysis (4) FinL 545 Hedging and Risk Management (4) MIM 515 Contemporary Global Marketing (4) FinL 553 Financial Analysis and Business FinL 512 Business Law (4) MIM 519 Government Regulations, Ethics and Valuation (4) Multinational Transactions (4) Investments Emphasis Group Financial Analysis Elective Mktg 507 Global Issues (3) FinL 544 Security Analysis (4) Select one of the following courses FinL 545 Hedging and Risk Management (4) There is no language requirement for M.B.A.-IB (4 credit hours): FinL 573 Investment Analysis and Portfolio option students. FinL 504 Internship (3) Management (4) MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FINANCIAL FinL 545 Hedging and Risk Management (4) FinL 574 Portfolio Management: Issues and ANALYSIS (M.S.F.A.) FinL 552 Investments (4) Performance Assessment (2) FinL 556 International Financial Management Actg 553 Financial Statement Analysis (4) The Master of Science in Financial Analysis (4) Ec 551 Econometrics (4) (M.S.F.A.) is a 49-quarter credit hour pro- FinL 562 Intermediate Financial Management gram aimed at individuals who seek (4) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS OPTION graduate-level specialization in financial FinL 565 Cases in Corporate Financial The International Business (IB) option in analysis, but who do not wish to pursue an Management (4) the M.B.A. program provides an avenue to M.B.A. The M.S.F.A. fills the need for busi- Actg 542 Tax Factors in Business Decisions (4) M.B.A. students who are interested in ness professionals seeking an in-depth level Actg 552 Strategic Cost Management (4) international careers but do not wish to of expertise in the area of financial analysis Actg 576 International Accounting (4) pursue an M.I.M. degree. All students Mktg 544 Marketing Management (4) as well as accounting students seeking to Mktg 555 Technology Marketing (4) electing this option will have a grounding sit for the CPA Exam. The curriculum is in the contemporary world affairs that designed to develop forward-thinking MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL affect business and in the organizational professionals with sharp analytic minds, MANAGEMENT issues facing firms operating in the global effective communication skills, and the Director: Sully Taylor arena. necessary vision to apply financial analysis Conducting business globally is not only a The IB option requires that students skills in a wide variety of business reality but a necessity for corporations to take the 17 credit hours of electives in the situations. successfully survive and flourish in today’s M.B.A. program from a specified list of Admission to the Program. Students world economy. The progressive and discourses, and that the business project be may take courses on a full-time (12 credit cerning international manager cannot rely completed with an international focus. Stu- hours per term) or part-time (8 credit on yesterday’s knowledge. They must be in dents must take 6 hours of required M.I.M. hours per term) schedule, and must hold tune with the evolving cultural mores, courses and 11 hours of specified interna- an undergraduate degree in business or a transforming social systems, and new poli- tional electives. Students completing the IB post-baccalaureate certificate in account- tics which impact international business. option course requirements, in addition to ing. Completion of a course sequence in They must be able to respond to the the M.B.A. core requirements, will receive intermediate accounting and an introduc- world’s shifting political, economic, and an M.B.A. degree with an International tory course in business finance is also technological developments and address Business option. required, and all students should exhibit the challenges created by this continually proficiency in computer applications and changing global business environment. The spreadsheet skills. M.S.F.A. students are Master of International Management 12- admitted fall term only. month, full-time, or 24-month, part-time program is tailored to accommodate these specific needs. 190 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Structure of the M.I.M. Program. Grading. Students must maintain a of International Management Admissions The M.I.M. program creates an exciting cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 for all grad- Committee. and stimulating learning environment by uate credits earned in the Master of Inter- Application Process. The Master of implementing a cutting edge, interactive national Management program. International Management degree is instructional approach that utilizes Pre-M.I.M. The pre-M.I.M. program granted by Portland State University. advanced technology. Team-based teach- has been developed to assure academic Therefore, each applicant is required to ing and learning, emphasizing practical success for those incoming students who meet the admission requirements of the skills and knowledge are evident in many have no or limited business backgrounds. M.I.M. program and Portland State Univer- of the lectures, executive seminars, corpo- The admissions committee will evaluate sity. Except for TOEFL scores, which are rate visits, field study projects, and exit each student’s application packet and sent directly to PSU from the Educational project. Students are exposed to the impor- determine which courses in the pre-M.I.M. Testing Center (ETS), applicants will tance of this “team concept” from day one are required. All international students submit one completed application packet of the M.I.M. program, as all students must participate in the pre-M.I.M. These directly to the M.I.M. program. GMAT and tackle an outdoor wilderness excursion courses must be completed successfully GRE scores should be included. together during student orientation week. prior to enrolling in the M.I.M. program in Deadlines for submitting applications While the focus of the M.I.M. program August. The eight week pre-M.I.M. pro- and supporting documents for both the centers on application-oriented knowledge gram begins in late June and covers the full-time and part-time program are: and practical skills that can be applied glo- essentials of business statistics, account- International applicants: March 31 bally, a student will have the opportunity to ing, business finance, and economics. Domestic applicants: April 30 specifically target the Pacific Rim. Students Language Requirement. The language GMAT taken no later than: March will explore innovative business practices component of the M.I.M. is designed to and changes along with contemporary prepare participants for the international Note: Applications to the M.I.M. program world affairs. To further augment the stu- business environment of Asia. The goal is will be accepted until these deadlines. dent’s knowledge of the worldwide market- to create a comfort level in the target lan- However, admission is on a rolling basis place, the program’s objective-oriented guage, Chinese or Japanese, such that the beginning in January. Applicants are learning includes cultural differences, participant understands business etiquette encouraged to apply as early as possible. language training, and cross-cultural and can function socially. The primary When the M.I.M. admission committee communication. skills emphasized will be listening, fol- agrees that a candidate has sufficiently lowed by speaking, reading, and writing. demonstrated the abilities necessary to suc- Typical Full-time Program Schedule cessfully complete the M.I.M. program, a Term 1: MIM 513 (3), MIM 518 (3), MIM 516 The content of the language will focus on business and social situations, with atten- conditional letter of acceptance will be (3), Language and Culture Study sent. A formal letter of admission will be Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4), MIM 519 dant focus on relevant vocabulary. (4), Language and Culture Study Field Study in China and Japan. As a sent when the PSU Admissions Office com- Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4), MIM 558 capstone experience, students will travel to pletes its review. The total process may take (4), MIM 576 (4), Language and Culture Study China and Japan between term three and as long as 12 weeks; therefore, applicants Interim: Field Study Trip (2) four of the M.I.M. program to visit compa- are strongly encouraged to apply early. Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), MIM 575 nies, meet with international business Faculty for the M.I.M. program are (4), MIM 510 (2) Language and Culture Study drawn from Portland State University, Uni- Term 5: MIM 578 (4), MIM 577 (4), MIM 510 executives, and learn more about these cultures. This trip allows students the oppor- versity of Oregon, Oregon State University, (2), Language and Culture Study other U.S. and foreign universities, and Term 6: MIM 579 (3) tunity to immerse themselves in the culture and lifestyle of two very different countries, selected business executives. All classes are Typical Part-time Program Schedule held at PSU’s main campus. Term 1: MIM 516 (3), MIM 518 (3) while gathering firsthand information for Term 2: MIM 517 (4), MIM 515 (4) their final project. PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— Term 3: MIM 547 (4), MIM 568 (4) Admission Requirements BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Term 4: MIM 564 (3), MIM 574 (4), 1. Applicants must have a U.S. bachelor’s The Systems Science Doctoral Program MIM 510 (2) degree, or the equivalent. A minimum prepares students for academic or profes- Term 5: MIM 510 (2), MIM 577 (4) Language sional careers in systems concepts and Study: 4 weeks undergraduate cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher or a grad- techniques. The School of Business Admin- Term 6: Intensive Language Study istration participates in the Systems Science Term 7: MIM 513 (3), Language and Culture uate GPA of 3.00 or higher based on 12 or Study more graduate credits is required. Doctoral Program. There are two options for study in the Term 8: MIM 519 (4), Language and Culture 2. A minimum GMAT score of 470. Study systems science program. Both options Term 9: MIM 558 (4), MIM 576 (4), Language 3. International Students (whose native facilitate the design of curricula which are and Culture Study language is not English and have not individually tailored to the needs and inter- Interim: Field Study Trip (2) received a degree from an accredited U.S. ests of students. Students may earn the Term 10: MIM 575 (4), Language and Culture institution) must also have: M.B.A. and the systems science Ph.D. con- Study A minimum TOEFL score of 550 on currently and should anticipate approxi- Term 11: MIM 578 (4) the paper-based test or 213 on the mately four to five years of full-time study Term 12: MIM 579 (3) computer-based test. beyond the baccalaureate degree in order Program Details Financial certification. to satisfy the program requirements. Transfer Credits and Course 4. Two to three years of business or Departmental Option: The student Waivers. Since the Master of International professional experience is preferred but undertakes advanced academic preparation Management program is a cohort program, not required. primarily in a single department or school. no transfer credits will be accepted nor Exceptions to the above will be consid- In the School of Business Administration, will there be any course substitutions or ered on a case-by-case basis by the Master students concentrate their coursework in waivers. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 191

one department or subject area and take Actg 404/504 dence and assessment of control risk. Short-form courses from other departments as well. Internship (Credit to be arranged.) audit report and operational auditing. Prerequi- Core Option: The student pursues Actg 405/505 sites: Actg 335 and 382, admission to the School Reading and Conference (Credit to be of Business Administration. interdisciplinary studies with a stronger arranged.) Actg 493/593 emphasis on systems coursework. Consent of instructor. For information relating to the Ph.D. Advanced Auditing (4) Actg 407/507 Audit objectives and procedures for the collec- program in systems science, see page 67. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion of evidence and the assessment of control Student-selected problems in business operation risk are explored. The effects of attribute and ACCOUNTING and business management to be studied by the variables sampling as well as the effects of com- COURSES individual and discussed in group meeting puters and computer-control procedures on the under direction of academic staff. audit process are examined. In addition, audit, Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Actg 421 compilation, and review reports are important every year. Introduction to Taxation (4) elements of this course. Prerequisites: Actg 492 Introduces students to a broad range of tax con- and admission to the School of Business For information on the accounting option require- cepts, tax policies, and different types of taxpay- Administration. ments, see page 184. All 300- and 400-level courses ers. Students should develop an understanding Actg 495 require junior-level standing; graduate courses of how tax laws affect most business and per- require admission to the graduate programs. Stu- Integrated Accounting Issues (4) sonal financial decisions. Tax reporting, tax Integrates topics from various accounting areas. dents admitted to the School of Business Administra- planning, and basic tax research skills will be Provides students with opportunities to see the tion will be given registration priority for all 400- emphasized. Prerequisite: BA 213. accounting interactions and tradeoffs that result level courses. Actg 422/522 from realistic business situations. Course will Actg 199 Advanced Taxation (4) enhance students’ understanding of accounting Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Expands students’ knowledge of how tax laws and its influence on business, as well as the Actg 310 affect sole proprietors, partnerships, corpora- understanding of how business processes affect Professional Accounting Seminar (2) tions, and other business entities. In addition, accounting results, through a set of comprehen- Designed to introduce students to a wide range the tax laws applicable to estates, gifts, trusts, tax sive case studies. Prerequisites: Actg 360, 421, of accounting careers. Guest speakers from exempt organizations, and foreign persons are 492 and admission to the School of Business public accounting firms, private industry, and explored. Prerequisites: Actg 421 and admission Administration. governmental agencies will provide information to the School of Business Administration. and discuss various career paths within their Actg 503 Actg 430 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) organizations. In addition, information on how Governmental and Not-for-Profit Actg 511 to find and get the “right” job will be provided. Accounting (1) Pass/no pass only. Financial Accounting (4) An introduction to governmental and “fund” An introduction to the reporting system used by Actg 335 accounting. Topics include state and local gov- businesses to convey financial information to Accounting Information Systems (4) ernmental funds and accounting for not-for- parties external to the enterprise. Primary Methodology used in manual and computer sys- profit hospitals, universities, and health/welfare emphasis is placed on understanding the finan- tems for the accumulation, classification, pro- organizations. Prerequisite: Actg 382. cial reports that are the end product of this cessing, analysis, and communication of Actg 460 system-what they do and do not tell the user accounting data. Development of the accounting Advanced Managerial Accounting (4) about a business enterprise. The accounting techniques used in the handling of large Advanced development, analysis, and communi- principles, conventions, and concepts under- amounts of information; special journals and cation of cost information, focusing on the use of lying financial reporting are examined with the controlling accounts; computer files for storing financial and non-financial information in deci- objective of developing the ability to read, com- data; computer processing of data. Discussion of sion making and strategic management. Cases prehend, and perform a basic analysis of finan- the problems encountered in the systems for dif- and/or simulations will be used extensively. Pre- cial statements. ferent types of organizations. Prerequisites: BA requisites: Actg 360 and BA 339. 213, BA 325. Actg 520 Actg 476/576 Retirement Plans (3) Actg 360 International Accounting (4) Establishment and administration of pension, Management Accounting (4) International accounting issues crucial for effec- profit-sharing, and self-employed retirement Emphasis on the development, analysis, and tive interpretation and understanding of interna- plans; plan characteristics; insured, trusteed and communication of cost information relevant to tional business. Framework to analyze and self-administered plans; investment policies; fed- the following functions: planning, decision mak- understand financial reports used by multina- eral and state regulation; requirements for Inter- ing, cost control and management, pricing, and tional corporations (MNCs). Special managerial nal Revenue Service qualifications; taxation of performance evaluation. Prerequisite: BA 213. and control problems of MNCs including perfor- benefits; integration with Social Security. mance evaluation, transfer pricing, and taxation. Actg 381, 382 Actg 525 Financial Accounting and Reporting I and II Prerequisites: BA 213 for Actg 476; Actg 511 for Tax Research Methods (3) (4, 4) Actg 576. Methods of researching tax rulings and laws in Comprehensive study of the principles, conven- Actg 490 tax accounting; study of the administration and tions, and postulates of accounting. The issues of Advanced Financial Accounting (3) responsibilities of tax practice. Prerequisite: revenue recognition and the measurement and Emphasizes accounting for business combina- Actg 482. disclosure of financial information are studied in tions. In addition, accounting issues related to Actg 526 detail. Although the courses are taught from the partnerships and foreign currency translation perspective of the preparer, attention will be Tax Theory and Application (3) and transactions are studied. Prerequisite: Analysis of theory of taxation within the envi- paid to the information requirements and expec- Actg 382. tations of users of financial statements. Interna- rons of the business community and the effects tional accounting issues are also covered. Actg 492/592 of taxation upon business and investment deci- Auditing Concepts and Practices (4) Prerequisites: BA 213 for Actg 381; Actg 381 for sions, capital structure, and finance policies. Auditing standards and procedures observed by Prerequisite: Actg 525. Actg 382. Students admitted to the School of Certified Public Accountants in the examination Business Administration will be given priority. of the financial statements of business and other Actg 399 organizations. Audit standards and objectives Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and conceptual framework for collection of evi- Actg 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) 192 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Actg 527 Actg 536 developing and using accounting information. Corporate Formation and Nonliquidating International Taxation (3) Special emphasis will be placed on understand- Distribution (Corporate Taxation I) (3) Taxation of United States citizens and businesses ing traditional cost systems, activity-based cost- Concepts and principles governing the taxation on foreign-source income; topics include the ing systems, and determining the cost of quality. of corporations and their shareholders including forms of multinational operations, foreign tax Course will rely heavily on the examination of the effects of taxes on corporate capital structure credits, and tax treaties. Prerequisite: Actg 525. actual company situations. Prerequisites: BA 551 and distributions. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Actg 537 and 552. Actg 528 Tax Accounting Problems (3) Actg 553 Current Tax Developments (3) A study of tax accounting methods, reporting Financial Statement Analysis (4) Review of recent or contemplated tax changes, periods, special elections, and consolidated Sound financial information for making business including tax reform proposals; legislative, returns. Prerequisite: Actg 525. decisions is obtained by an understanding of administrative, and judicial developments relat- Actg 538 accounting data from which the information is ing to all forms of taxation; an integrative course Computer Applications in Taxation (3) derived as well as by the application of tools of in which emphasis is placed on scholarly An evolving course that orients the student to analysis. Students will gain an increased under- research and writing. (This course should be the use of computers in tax practice; emphasis is standing of the properties and use of accounting taken after the student completes 18 credits in on the assistance a computer lends to tax plan- numbers in the determination and forecasting of the program.) ning and decision making; topics include evalu- financial positions, results of operations, cash Actg 529 ations of after-tax cash projections of flows, the financial disclosure process, and its Tax Planning (3) investments, alternative reporting techniques use in comparing business performance. Prereq- An integrating course that relates business taxa- and options in family financial planning. Prereq- uisite: Actg 511 and FinL 551 or 561. tion, estate planning, employee compensation uisite: Actg 525. Actg 601 and tax shelters as they may interact with each Actg 539 Research (Credit to be arranged.) other; the format is discussion of case problems Estate and Gift Taxation (3) and includes client consultation matters. (This Actg 607 An exploration of the United States system of Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) course should be taken after the student com- taxing transfers by gift or at death. Incorporates pletes 24 credits in the program.) a review of the technical structure to enable the Actg 530 student to understand the role a particular rule BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Taxation of Property Transactions (3) does or should perform in a transfer tax system. COURSES Recognition and taxation of gains and losses Designed to enhance comprehension of both from sales, exchanges and other transactions theoretical aspects and estate planning, in addi- BA 101 involving property, capital gain or loss, tax basis, tion to the structural framework. Prerequisite: Introduction to Business and World Affairs and holding period. Prerequisite: Actg 525. Actg 525. (4) Introduction to the business firm operating in Actg 531 Actg 542 the local, national, and global marketplace. Partnership Taxation (3) Tax Factors in Business Decisions (4) Emphasizes the integration of the various func- Tax treatment of partnership income; problems Tax implications of common business questions tional areas of business as the firm evolves from associated with the formation, operation, and and transactions, including choices of business its entrepreneurial origins to a mature dissolution of partnerships. Sale, withdrawal, entity, acquisition and sale of business assets, corporation. retirement of partners; basic adjustments, unre- compensation and benefits planning, and U.S. alized receivables, and substantially appreciated taxation of international trade. Students will be BA 205 inventory; Subchapter S Corporation compared exposed to the common income and estate tax Business Communications Using to partnerships. Prerequisite: Actg 525. planning strategies of individuals and families Technology (4) Provides students with the tools that are needed engaged in business. Prerequisite: Actg 511 or Actg 532 to collect, organize, and present information in a admission to the Masters of Science in financial Corporate Reorganizations and business environment. Students will learn how Liquidations (Corporate Taxation II) (3) analysis program. An examination of the effect of taxes on reorga- to use library and Internet resources to collect Actg 550 information. Word processing, spreadsheet, and nizations and liquidations. (May be taken prior Contemporary Financial Reporting Issues to Corporate Taxation I.)Prerequisite: Actg 525. graphics applications will be used to organize (3) and present business information. Students will Financial reporting for general M.B.A. student. Actg 533 be introduced to business report writing, devel- Studies of the accounting valuation process, Fiduciary Income Taxation (3) oping and delivering a persuasive presentation, Federal income taxation of estates and trusts, accounting income measurement, and financial and electronic-mail methods for team-based interrelationship of tax elections with federal disclosure. Contemporary issues are examined communication. Prerequisite: BA 101. estate tax, basis problems; correlation with pro- in the context of factors that shape accounting bate estate or testamentary trust accounting. standards and current trends in financial report- BA 211 Prerequisite: Actg 525. ing. Prerequisite: Actg 511. Fundamentals of Financial Accounting (4) Assists students in developing an understanding Actg 534 Actg 551 of financial statements and the tools used by Federal and State Tax Procedures (3) Accounting Information Systems (4) external users such as lenders, shareholders, and Tax reporting and collection procedures; admin- Study of accounting information systems for competitors to evaluate the performance of the istrative and judicial procedures governing tax operations with an emphasis on accounting firm. Balance sheets, income statements, state- controversies, the rights and obligations of the issues. Addresses the information systems issues ments of cash flows, and industry reports will be taxpayer. Prerequisite: Actg 525. encountered by internal financial analysts. used to introduce topics such as: assessing risk, Topics may include database and accounting Actg 535 liquidity, solvency, operating efficiency, and prof- information system design, model building, the State and Local Taxation (3) itability of the firm. Prerequisite: BA 101. Examination of issues and taxation other than use of accounting information for forecasting, federal income tax, including property tax pro- and other topics associated with the develop- BA 213 cesses, sales and use taxes, multistate transac- ment of information systems to support financial Decision Making with Accounting analysis. Information (4) tions, manufacturers excise tax, and sumptuary Designed to aid students in developing effective and regulatory excise taxes. Prerequisite: Actg 552 decision making skills. Course elements include: Actg 525. Strategic Cost Management (4) understanding the organization as a system, Course takes the perspective that managers information assessment, cash management, should not use information from accounting sys- operations and capital budgeting, manufacturing tems designed to prepare external financial cost systems, cost control procedures, managing reports in order to make internal management inventory, problem solving, and measuring the decisions. Provides alternative approaches to health of the organization. Prerequisite: BA 211. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 193

BA 302 BA 385 BA 552 Organizational Behavior (4) Business Environment (4) Systems for Performance Measurement (4) Focuses on issues that are relevant to the three Study and critical analysis of the role of business Provides the student with a systematic approach levels of organizational behavior (i.e., individual, in its environment with special references to the to the determination and measurement of the group, and organizational). Key topics include: interrelationships of legal, technological, eco- critical processes for achieving organizational the nature and dynamics of teams, personal nomic, political, and social forces with the busi- effectiveness and efficiency. Emphasis is given to values and employee job attitudes, communica- ness enterprise and to the legal and ethical the development of the necessary information tion, conflict resolution, motivation, leadership, obligations of the business enterprise with its systems to support process integration, critical decision making, employee effectiveness, and owners, employees, consumers, and society. Pre- process measurement, and related decision mak- the impact of organizational level issues such requisites: BA 205 and junior standing. ing. Prerequisite: ISQA 511, Actg 511, and con- as policies, structure, design, and culture. BA 407/507 current enrollment in BA 551. Techniques used to facilitate learning may Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *BA 566 include role plays, cases, presentations, organi- Seminars in selected cross-functional and inte- Competitive and Strategic Analysis (3) zational simulations, teamwork, and/or term grative business topics. Integrative course that focuses on application of research papers. Prerequisite: BA 205 and junior BA 495 analytical techniques to the processes and outstanding. Business Strategy (4) puts of the firm. Emphasizes the identification, BA 303 Concerned with developing and implementing analysis, and evaluation of the marketing, finan- Business Finance (4) strategy for the total organization. Designed as cial, and accounting bases of competition, and Development and study of a decision framework an interdisciplinary capstone course that teaches the development of appropriate business strate- for financial management with special emphasis students how to analyze the internal and exter- gies. Prerequisites: Mktg 544, FinL 561, Actg on small- and medium-sized businesses. Topics nal environment of the firm and develop a busi- 511. include analysis of financial health, planning for ness strategy and business plan. Strategy future financial performance, evaluation of formulation and implementation are demon- USINESS EDUCATION investment opportunities, and analyses of risk. strated in light of the interdependence of the B Financing of firm growth and valuation will be organization’s internal dynamics and in relation COURSES introduced. An integration of the concepts of to the global markets in which contemporary financial management into a total system firms must compete. Prerequisites: BA 302, 303, See description of teacher certification in the School approach to business decision making will be 311. (One of the three prerequisites may be of Education section. facilitated with the use of cases, as appropriate. taken concurrently.) Restricted to admitted SBA BEd 401/501 Prerequisite: BA 205, 222, and junior standing. students. Graduating seniors will be given prior- Research (Credit to be arranged.) BA 311 ity admittance. BEd 404/504 Marketing Management (4) BA 506 Cooperative Education (Credit to be Basic marketing concepts from the perspective of Business Project (3 or 6) arranged.) the marketing manager. Key focus is to examine Under the direction of a faculty member, stu- BEd 405/505 the marketing planning and analysis necessary dents work in teams to apply M.B.A. knowledge Reading and Conference (Credit to be to develop sound marketing plans and strategies. and skills to actual business problems or situa- arranged.) Specific topics include the role of marketing tions. Students may register for six credits Consent of instructor. within the firm, analysis of marketing opportu- during a single term, or register for three credits BEd 407/507 nities, selection of target markets and market during two consecutive terms. After initially Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) segmentation, marketing strategies in a global meeting as a class at the beginning of the term, BEd 503 marketplace, use of technology in market, and students meet periodically with an assigned fac- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) marketing mix decisions. Experiential learning ulty member to monitor progress on the agreed approaches for class participation will be used. learning contract and to discuss a variety of FINANCE AND LAW Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. implementation and organizational issues. Pre- COURSES BA 325 requisite: completion of at least 37 hours of the Competing with Information Technology (4) M.B.A. core sequence. For information on finance option requirements, see Presents the key steps required to gain a compet- BA 530 itive advantage in the marketplace through the page 184. All 300- and 400-level courses require Competing in a Global Environment (8) junior-level standing; graduate courses require use of information technologies. Primary focus is Inaugural M.B.A. course provides students with admission to the graduate programs. Students to help students understand the information sys- an understanding of key themes related to suc- admitted to the School of Business Administration tems development lifecycle and the ways that cessful global competition and with the interper- will be given registration priority for all 400-level systems can support functional areas of a busi- sonal and intellectual skills required for courses. ness. Other topics include: communication tech- individuals to contribute in a highly competitive nologies to support groups, productivity and globalized business environment. FinL 199 software and applications, designing systems for Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) BA 531 * competitive advantage, and systems reengineer- Executive Briefings (1) FinL 218 ing. Prerequisites: BA 205 and junior standing. A weekly series of presentations by local, Personal Finance (3) A survey of investments, budgets, real estate BA 339 regional, national, and/or international business Operations and Quality Management (4) leaders on current business topics. ownership, financial institutions, consumers’ credit, social security, stock market, mutual Develops an understanding of the various issues BA 551 and strategies involved in the operation of a ser- funds, and estate planning from the individual’s Integrated Process Management (4) point of view. Optional pass/no pass. vice or manufacturing organization. These con- Covers the design and management of transfor- siderations include the support by the mation processes within the firm and relation- FinL 226 operation’s organization of corporate strategy ships with both suppliers and customers. There Legal Environment of Business (4) through design and operating decisions. Issues is a strong focus on customer satisfaction, qual- The meaning and nature of law, sources of law, such as global supply sources, worldwide busi- ity, continuous improvement, and cost manage- state and federal court systems, procedures for ness system influences, continuous improvement as each relates to process design and resolving disputes, business torts, business ment, and total quality management will be control in both manufacturing and service orga- crimes, antitrust law, labor law, contracts, inter- discussed. Prerequisite: BA 205 and junior nizations. Prerequisites: ISQA 511, Actg 511, national business law, ethical considerations, standing. and concurrent enrollment in BA 552. social and political influences. 194 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

FinL 301 part of CPA exam. Prerequisite: FinL 226 or BA *FinL 457/557 Stock Market (3) 385 (FinL 226 or BA 385 not required for stu- Real Estate Finance and Investment (5) Analysis of the operation of the stock market. dents in postbaccalaureate certificate in account- Application of the finance and economic princi- Procedures in the buying and selling of securi- ing program) or Mgmt 560. ples to the analysis of real estate finance and ties. Examination of current regulatory practices. investments. Emphasis on the development of FinL 419 FinL 333 Intermediate Financial Management (4) problem solving capabilities through the use of Foundations of Real Estate Analysis (3) Second level course in financial management to computer application programs. Special atten- Surveys the legal, physical, and economic struc- provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, tion is given to risk analysis, alternative mort- ture of the real estate market and the characteris- capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend gage instruments, hedging techniques, and the tics of real estate resources. Develops basic real policy, working capital management, growth tax effects of real estate investment. Prerequisite: estate valuation procedures and provides an through mergers, and leasing. Emphasis on the BA 303. overview of market analysis and real estate pro- development of problem solving capabilities. FinL 465 duction, marketing and financing methods. Pre- Prerequisite: BA 303. Finance Topics and Cases (4) requisites: Ec 201, 202. Case studies of the most typical financial prob- FinL 439/539 *FinL 336 Real Estate Appraisal (3) lems in business including working capital man- Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) Fundamentals of appraising real estate. Land uti- agement, capital budgeting, and financing A study of the principles and practices of life, lization. Analysis of real estate values by issues. Special topics covered will be at the dis- fire, casualty, marine, and social insurance. approaches followed by governmental and pri- cretion of the instructor. Prerequisites: FinL 419 FinL 363 vate appraisers. Prerequisite: BA 303. or 449; admission to the School of Business Administration. Credit Management (3) FinL 444/544 Management functions performed by a credit Security Analysis (4) *FinL 485/585 department; relation to other functions of the Theory and techniques of analysis of individual Life Insurance (3) business enterprise; nature of consumer credit corporate securities. Systematic study of charac- Analysis of various types of life insurance, acci- and mercantile credit, sources of credit informa- teristics and potential of stocks and bonds to dent and sickness coverage and contracts. Pre- tion, evaluation of credit risks, and credit con- facilitate investment decisions. Prerequisite: mium rates. Family and business need for life trols used in business firms; credit policy FinL 443 or FinL 561 and FinL 552. insurance. Endowment, annuities, group pen- determination. sion plans, industrial and government insurance. FinL 449 Prerequisite: FinL 336. FinL 399 Analysis of Financial Performance (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Conceptual and practical elements of financial FinL 503 FinL 401/501 planning, working capital management, and Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Research (Credit to be arranged.) short- and medium-term financing. Principles FinL 514 Prerequisite: BA 303. and spreadsheet procedures for financial analy- Economic and Financial Environment of the FinL 404/504 sis, credit analysis, inventory management, and Firm (4) Internship (Credit to be arranged.) financial forecasting. Prerequisite: BA 303. Examines the microeconomic foundations of the Prerequisite: BA 303. firm and provides a broad overview of the finan- FinL 450 cial markets and institution’s framework. Bank Management (4) FinL 405/505 Included is consideration of the components of Reading and Conference (Credit to be Practices, problems and policies of commercial the U.S. and international financial system in the arranged.) banking as well as other financial institutions global economy, the financial institutions that Prerequisite: BA 303. from a financial management perspective. Bank- facilitate the flow of funds, interest rate determi- ing regulation, organizational structure, financial FinL 407/507 nation, and how government policy affects funds Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of commercial banks, asset and liability flow and interest rates. Issues of demand and Student-selected problems in business operation management, and other contemporary issues supply determination, market structure, and and business management to be studied by the affecting commercial banks. Prerequisite: resulting economic behavior are also considered. individual and discussed in group meeting BA 303. under direction of academic staff. Prerequisite: FinL 545 FinL 452 Hedging and Risk Management (4) BA 303. Investment Principles (4) Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative Analytical study of the principles of investment FinL 409/509 instruments, their characteristics, their uses in Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) in stocks, bonds, and other security instruments. financial risk management, and their effects in Field work involving the practice of professional Includes background study of financial markets speculative situations; methodologies for valua- activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- and institutions; analysis of the investment char- tion of derivatives. Exotic options, innovations sent of instructor. acteristics, valuation, and market price behavior in exotic derivatives and in the development of bonds, stocks, and derivative securities, and FinL 410/510 and use of derivatives in corporate finance and the choice of appropriate portfolios of these Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) investments. The rapid development of deriva- securities. Also included is the study of informa- Consent of instructor. tives in domestic and international finance. tion and market efficiency, term structure and FinL 411 Prerequisite: FinL 561. Laws of Real Estate, Personal Property, the determination of market interest rates, and Trusts, and Estates (4) security valuation. Prerequisite: BA 303. FinL 550 Distinction between real estate and personal Commercial Bank Management (3) FinL 456 Theory and practice of commercial banking property, fixtures, landlord tenant, accession, Foreign Financial Operations (4) from a financial management perspective. Bank- patents, copyrights, trademarks, concurrent Survey of international financial principles and ing environment, asset/liability management, ownership, deeds, adverse possession, ease- practices underlying the investment and financ- capital management, and overall balance-sheet ments, trusts, REIT, powers of trustees, wills, ing decisions of multinational firms. Trade and management of commercial banks. Prerequisite: will substitutes, intestacy, probate. Prerequisite: capital flows, foreign exchange, markets and FinL 514 or FinL 561. FinL 226 or BA 385. mechanics, trade financing, international capital FinL 412/512 markets institutions and financial instruments, FinL 551 Business Law (4) exchange risk and exposure management, capi- Financial Management for Financial tal budgeting and capital structure analyses of Analysts (4) Laws of contracts, negotiable checks, notes, and Gateway course to the Master of Science in multinational finance. Prerequisite: BA 303. drafts, insurance, documents of title, sales of financial analysis. Examines the financial con- goods, letters of credit, employees and indepen- cepts and problem-solving skills required to dent contractors, agency, partnership, corpora- evaluate whether managerial decisions add value tions, securities, bankruptcy, security interests, to the firm. Students will develop an under- mortgages, suretyship and bulk sales. Covers law standing of the financial implications of business S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 195

decisions and a framework with which to evalu- FinL 562 ISQA 111 ate their decisions. An integral part of this Intermediate Financial Management (4) Fundamental Computer Concepts (2) approach requires understanding how the differ- Second-level course in financial management to The fundamental concepts of Electronic Data ent functional areas of a business interrelate and provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, Processing; the impact of EDP on the firm, and the supporting role that finance provides. Topics capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend the fundamental concepts of computer use considered include cash flow analysis, risk deter- policy, working capital management, growth including programming and applications. Pro- mination, valuation, working capital manage- through mergers, and leasing. Emphasis is vides a general vocabulary and understanding of ment, and financing. Graduate credit cannot be placed on the further development of problem the capabilities of the computer in business. earned for both FinL 561 and 551. Prerequisite: solving capabilities. Prerequisite: FinL 551 or (One hour of lecture and two hours of recita- admission to the Masters of Science in financial 561. tion.) management program. FinL 565 ISQA 360 FinL 552 Cases in Corporate Financial Management Business Computing Fundamentals (4) Investments (4) (4) Overview of topics to introduce students to the Introduction to investment analysis, including Applications of financial theory to financial deci- fundamental programming theories and con- the functioning of capital markets; valuation sions. Emphasis will be on the full range of cepts necessary to create workable solutions to theory applied to the aggregate market, alterna- important problems including asset allocation the information system needs of managed orga- tive industries, and individual firms; stock valua- decisions, the full range of financing decisions, nizations. Topics include computability, data tion models; strategies for the selection, financial decisions of multi-national firms and structures, data abstraction, algorithms, recur- evaluation, and revision of portfolio of stocks; the use of derivatives by both domestic and sion vs. iteration, principles of programming portfolio performance evaluation and measure- global firms. Prerequisites: FinL 514, 561. languages. Students will use the C language to ment. Coverage of securities available in the FinL 569 apply course concepts. Prerequisites: C pro- bond market: treasury securities, agency securi- Advanced Financial Management (4) gramming course or passing grade on C pro- ties, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, interna- Selected advanced topics in theory and applica- gramming competency exam, BA 325. Students tional bonds, mortgages, and mortgage-backed tion of valuation, capital investment/capital admitted to the School of Business Administra- securities, their investment characteristics, and structure decisions and their interactions, merg- tion will be given priority. methodology for valuing them; the level and ers and acquisitions, and leasing. Prerequisite: ISQA 380 structure of interest rates; strategies for manag- FinL 561. Data Communications (4) ing bond portfolios. Prerequisites: FinL 551 or *FinL 573 Topics include communication between people 561. Investment Analysis and Portfolio and machines, transmission systems, protocols Management (4) FinL 553 for communication technologies, and digital Financial Analysis and Business Valuation A study of the application of both portfolio communication and networks. Application areas (4) theory and fundamental valuation techniques in reviewed include data communications, voice Financial analysis of the performance of the security investment decisions. Students in this and electronic mail, Internet, and mobile sys- business or parts of the business such as product course serve as portfolio managers to a real tems. Management issues covered include cost/ or projects. Tools and techniques of financial dollar portfolio, providing security and sector benefit analysis, organizational impact, interna- statement analysis from the perspective of inves- oversight to the portfolio. The implications of tional systems, and emerging technologies. tors and creditors; development of models for modern portfolio theory for portfolio manage- Three lecture hours; two laboratory hours. determining and forecasting the profitability and ment and in portfolio performance evaluation Prerequisite: BA 325. Students admitted to the financial position of the firm. Business valuation are emphasized. This is the first course in a School of Business Administration will be given techniques, emphasizing cash flow projections. required two-class sequence. Offered fall and priority. Some issues in costs and risk management. The- spring terms. Prerequisites: FinL 552, 561. FinL ISQA 399 oretical principles and practical approaches of 552 may be taken concurrently. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) valuation of a business or business interest; valu- FinL 574 ISQA 401 ation strategies for specific purposes such as val- Portfolio Management: Issues and Research (Credit to be arranged.) uation for mergers, acquisitions, and corporate Performance Assessment (2) This course is a continuation of FinL 573. Stu- ISQA 404 restructuring, multibusiness valuation, valuation Internship (Credit to be arranged.) of international businesses. Prerequisite: FinL dents will continue the responsibility of manag- ISQA 405 561; competency with electronic spreadsheets. ing a real-dollar portfolio that was initiated in FinL 573. In addition, assessing and reporting Reading and Conference (Credit to be FinL 556 arranged.) on portfolio performance, and presenting a International Financial Management (4) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Development and study of a framework for the quarterly report to the investment community, will be an integral aspect of this course. This is ISQA 407 financial decisions of multinational businesses; Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) management of working capital, investment and the second course in a required two-class sequence. Prerequisites: FinL 561, 552, and 573. Student-selected problems in information sys- financing decisions of a firm in an international tems, quantitative analysis, or operations and environment; foreign exchange markets, FinL 601 materials management to be studied by the indi- exchange risk, and international diversification. Research (Credit to be arranged.) vidual and discussed in group meeting under Prerequisite: FinL 561. FinL 607 direction of academic staff. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) FinL 561 ISQA 409 Financial Management (4) Practicum in Information Systems and Examines the financial concepts and problem- INFORMATION SYSTEMS Quantitative Analysis (Credit to be solving skills required to evaluate whether man- arranged.) agerial decisions add value to the firm. Students AND QUANTITATIVE This course requires the student to work with a will develop an understanding of the financial ANALYSIS COURSES community organization in performing an infor- implications of business decisions and a frame- mation systems/quantitative analysis feasibility work with which to evaluate their decisions. An For information on Information Systems option study. The study may include a current systems integral part of this approach requires under- requirements, see page 184. All 300- and 400-level analysis, design of the new system, personnel standing how the different functional areas of a courses require junior-level standing; graduate development or training requirements, hardware business interrelate and the supporting role that courses require admission to the graduate programs. and/or software recommendations, and assis- finance can provide. Topics considered include Students admitted to the School of Business Adminis- tance in system documentation. Prerequisites: cash flow analysis, risk determination, valuation, tration will be given registration priority for all 400- ISQA 421 and consent of instructor. level courses. working capital management, and financing. ISQA 410 Prerequisites: BA 530, FinL 514, Actg 511. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 196 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ISQA 415 recovery, print services, user and workstation *ISQA 462 Operating Systems Fundamentals (2) automation and simple system. Two lecture Decision Simulation (3) Fundamental concepts of the UNIX family of hours; two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: Emphasis given to the use of gaming to reveal operating systems. Topics include applications, ISQA 380. the complexity of the total organization and of file systems and directory structure, standard the interrelationships of the activities of the firm. ISQA 425 utilities, vi, introduction to shell programming, Database Management (4) Students compete in a simulated business envi- and resource management. One lecture hour; Study of data environments, the evolution of ronment and are thus allowed to make use of two laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. database technology, database concepts and dynamic analysis. ISQA 418 uses, data models, database design, and query *ISQA 463 Client-Server Development (3) processing. Emphasis will be placed on the rela- Mathematical Modeling in Decision Making Provides an introduction to client server applica- tional model and database management systems (3) tion development with an emphasis on the cli- that support the model. Students will participate The incorporation of numerical considerations ent. Topics include graphical user interface in database design projects. Other topics address and applied mathematics into the modeling pro- development, event driven programming, rapid emerging database trends and opportunities. cess is the primary focus of this course. Students application development tools, and tools for Prerequisites: ISQA 420, admission to the will gain practice in creative and empirical report writing and query processing. Students School of Business Administration. model construction, model analysis and model will participate in the development of projects. research for practical and realistic problems. The ISQA 429/529 emphasis is on the importance of the assump- Two lecture hours; two laboratory hours. Prereq- Transportation and Logistics Management uisite: BA 325. (4) tions in a model and on testing the sensitivity ISQA 420 Overview of logistics including transportation, and appropriateness of assumptions against Structured Systems Analysis and Design (4) warehouse location and layout, inventory poli- empirical data. Prerequisite: ISQA 461. Examines the scope and organization of the sys- cies, distribution operations, and information ISQA 469/569 tems development process and the role of the systems. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. Productivity Analysis (4) The role of operations strategy on the firm’s systems development professional. Topics *ISQA 435 include system requirements, system specifica- Business Research Design and Analysis (3) cooperative ability and the organization’s pro- tion, systems design, implementation, and This course is concerned with the application of grams and techniques for measuring and project management. Standard system analysis multivariate methods of data analysis in business improving productivity and for assuring quality. methods and techniques will be presented and research. Emphasis is on the process of business Prerequisite: BA 339. applied using computer-aided software engi- data analysis including research design, imple- ISQA 479 neering (CASE) tools. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. mentation, and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: Integrated Supply and Logistics ISQA 421 Stat 243, 244. Management (4) Object-oriented Modeling and Design (4) Capstone course using cases and projects to inte- ISQA 436 grate the various concepts of supply and logistics Fundamental concepts of object-oriented model- Advanced Database Administration (3) management. Prerequisites: ISQA 429, 439, and ing and design are introduced including encap- Advanced study of data environments, data 3-4 additional credits in supply and logistics sulation, classes, inheritance, use of entity- modeling techniques, database design, and management option courses; admission to the relationship diagrams to model objects and query processing and optimization. Emphasis School of Business Administration. classes, and design techniques. Object-oriented will be placed on client server architecture and programming CASE tools and languages will be SQL processing. Software may include Oracle ISQA 511 presented and used. Prerequisite: ISQA 360. and SQL Server. Students will participate in Quantitative Methods For Managers (4) ISQA 422 database design projects. Other topics will Covers the quantitative methods useful in mana- Information Systems Project Management include industry trends and opportunities, and gerial analysis and decision making. Basic and (2) database administration. Two lecture hours; two advanced statistical models as well as forecasting Introduction to the tools and practices of infor- laboratory hours. Prerequisite: ISQA 425. and management science tools are studied. Pre- mation systems project management. Topics may requisite: admission to graduate program. ISQA 439/539 include project management concepts and soft- Purchasing and Supply Chain Management ISQA 518 ware, training methodologies for non-technical (4) Electronic Commerce (3) users, documentation development, and alpha/ Deals with developing sound policies and proce- Survey of technologies and technological appli- beta testing practices. One lecture hour; two lab- dures in managing the supply chain. Topics cations to conduct business electronically today oratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325. include supplier selection and evaluation, com- and in the future. Students will learn about elec- ISQA 423 petitive bidding, contract development and tronic data interchange, the role of technology in Collaborative Information Systems (2) administration, value analysis, and standardiza- electronic markets, the Internet, and the organi- Teamwork is a crucial factor in today’s fast paced tion. Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. zational impact of these technologies. Internet- based technologies will be presented and used. corporations. Information technologies provide ISQA 449 several means for teams to work together in a Process Control and Improvement (4) Prerequisite: BA 530. much more effective manner. Fundamental con- Study of the principles of quality management *ISQA 525 cepts include vertical applications, groupware, including statistical quality control, total quality Database Design (2) and multi-user applications. Students will be management, and the quality tools especially as Practical course focusing on the design and use shown how to effectively use and implement they apply to supply and logistics processes. Pre- of databases. Students will learn to model data work group technologies. One lecture hour; two requisite: BA 339. needs, design relational databases based on laboratory hours. Prerequisite: BA 325 and con- those needs, and methods for querying a data- ISQA 459/559 sent of instructor. Production Planning and Control (4) base. A Database Management System (DBMS) ISQA 424 Intermediate and short range production plan- will be used. Other topics address emerging Network and Client Operating Systems (3) ning and scheduling. Topics will include aggre- database trends. Prerequisite: BA 530. Hands-on introduction to the administration of a gate planning, materials requirement planning, *ISQA 530 local area network operating system. Enables scheduling and just-in-time. Prerequisite: System Architectures (3) students to gain knowledge and experience with BA 339. Study of cutting-edge hardware and software the kinds of management tasks they would per- architectures and their usage in business envi- *ISQA 461 form routinely as network administrators. Topics Operations Research Techniques (3) ronments. Students will learn how managers include network configuration, file and directory Introduction of methodology of operations identify and adopt new technologies for business configuration, network security, backup and research. Investigation of construction, solution systems. Topics include hardware/software con- and application of models useful for decision cepts, needs assessment, decision criteria, and making in business. Prerequisites: upper-divi- implementation issues. Prerequisite: BA 551. sion standing, BA 339 and Stat 243, 244. S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 197

ISQA 572 Mgmt 446 effectiveness; long-term development programs; Models for Quality Control (3) Principles of International Management (4) and processes of organization development. Pre- Study of variability. Emphasis on quality Study of the managerial functions and problems requisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; prior improvements through the application of experi- related to international business activity. The completion of or concurrent registration in mental design. Topics include accounting for focus of this course is on the management of for- Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be randomness, systematic identification of sources eign trade, direct investments, and international given to HRM-option students. of variation, control charts, and statistical pro- operations. In addition, the political, economic, Mgmt 493 cess control (SPC). Course will use a combina- and cultural environments of international busi- Human Resource Policies (4) tion of cases, lecture, and computer-aided ness are examined from the perspective of man- An in-depth, analytical study of human analyses to provide the students with a founda- agement. Comparative management is also resources and the tasks of the modern human tion in quality control analysis. Prerequisite: treated through the study of other management resource manager, with an emphasis on the BA 551. systems. Prerequisite: BA 302. policy making aspect of human resource man- Mgmt 461/561 agement. Studies executive-level decision MANAGEMENT Reward Systems and Performance making within staffing, training, compensation, COURSES Management (4) appraisal, and labor relations. Examines emerg- Study of reward system practices that aid in ing issues in HRM, such as quality of work life, motivation, employee development, and pro- wellness, substance abuse, human resource For information on the management option require- ductivity improvement to meet organization ments, see page 184. All 300- and 400-level courses information systems, etc. Prerequisites: Mgmt goals. Shows how job analysis data forms the 351 and two of the following courses: Mgmt require junior-level standing; graduate courses information base for both compensation and require admission to the graduate programs. Stu- 461, Mgmt 471, or Mgmt 491; admission to the performance appraisal processes. Includes an School of Business Administration. Preference dents admitted to the School of Business Administra- analytic study of traditional and evolving meth- tion will be given registration priority for all 400- on the waiting list will be given to HRM-option ods of compensation management, and relates students. level courses. this and performance appraisal processes to the Mgmt 199 broad performance management framework. Mgmt 503 Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Prerequisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; Mgmt 351 prior completion of or concurrent registration in Mgmt 540 Human Resource Management (4) Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be Business/Government Relations (3) Studies the human resource management func- given to HRM-option students. The role and importance of the business/government relations function in business enterprises is tions performed by the human resource manager Mgmt 464 as well as by the line executive or supervisor. examined. Topics covered include: monitoring Contemporary Leadership Issues (4) the governmental system, interest groups, lobby- Uses contemporary approaches and problems to Investigation of the ideas of what constitutes ing, trade associations, governmental structure, analyze the entire process of performance man- “effective leadership” as organizations enter the regulatory process, and access to executive/legis- agement, including human resource planning/ 21st century. Various aspects of the new leader- lative processes. Case analyses and projects may job design, selection and staffing, training and ship paradigm are addressed. Students will be used in the course. Prerequisite: Mgmt 560. development, compensation, performance develop an awareness of their personal leader- appraisal, and employee and labor relations. ship profile and capabilities and the issues they Mgmt 544 Also examines legal questions which affect will face as leaders in tomorrow’s organizations. Technology Management (3) human resource management. Prerequisite: BA Prerequisites: BA 302; admission to the School Taking a systemic approach to managing tech- 302. Preference on the waiting list will be given of Business Administration. nology and innovation, this course addresses the to HRM-option students. process flow of ideas from creativity to market Mgmt 470/570 and commercialization; the roles of invention, Mgmt 399 American Business History (4) innovation, research and development, and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A critical examination of the growth of the manufacturing; intrapreneurship, and venturing; American business system, with particular atten- Mgmt 401/501 and managerial attitudes, beliefs, and perception to studying the environmental genesis and Research (Credit to be arranged.) tions. All of these factors are examined for their evolution of significant business organizations. Mgmt 404/504 influence on the strategic utilization of technol- The course will also deal with the evolutionary Internship (Credit to be arranged.) ogy and innovation. changes in business leaders and their managerial Mgmt 405/505 Mgmt 545 Reading and Conference (Credit to be styles. Prerequisite: BA 302 or 385; BA 530 for graduate students. Managing the Human Side of Technological arranged.) Innovation (3) Consent of instructor. Mgmt 471/571 Examines the non-technical, human side to the Mgmt 407/507 Staffing and Employee Selection (4) challenges of technological innovation manage- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) The staffing process includes the acquisition, ment. Course topics include technical profes- Student-selected problems in business operation selection, and placement of employees to sional performance and productivity, high and management to be studied by the individual achieve the strategic human resource goals of the performing technical teams, managerial effec- and discussed in group meeting under direction organization. Topics covered include staffing tiveness, innovative work cultures, and organiza- of academic staff. strategies, human resource planning, legal tional practices and policies that promote Mgmt 409/509 issues, recruitment methods, selection tech- technological innovation and new product Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) niques (e.g., biographical information, inter- development. Practical applications of course viewing, ability tests, work samples, assessment Mgmt 410/510 concepts to actual work situations are empha- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) centers), selection validation, and utility analy- sized. This course is required for the Manage- sis. Prerequisite: prior completion of Mgmt 351; ment of Innovation Option in the M.B.A. Mgmt 445 prior completion of or concurrent registration in Organizational Design and Change (4) program. Study of organizations from a macro perspective. Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting list will be given to HRM-option students. Mgmt 546 Emphasis will be on the implications of dynamic Principles of International Management (4) environments, innovation, and technology for Mgmt 491/591 Covers the major challenges of managing inter- organizational structure, design, and processes. Training and Development (4) nationally, including political risk assessment, Management of change from a multi-level per- Training and development highlights the organi- international strategy, structuring and control- spective will also be addressed. Prerequisite: zation’s commitment to its employees. The ling the multinational enterprise, international BA 302. course looks at training needs analysis; the negotiations, and international human resource nature, types and methods of training; career stages, paths, planning; retraining outdated workers; outplacement, evaluation of training 198 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

management. Course is targeted both toward Mgmt 556 behavior as part of individual and group pur- managers who work abroad as well as those Organizational Politics (3) chase processes, the process and structure of dealing with international business from the A study of the theoretical and practical aspects of sales presentations, and the role of selling as part home country. success in organizations. Topics may include of the marketing effort. Prerequisite: BA 205. how to acquire, maintain, and use power; how *Mgmt 549 Mktg 340 Services Management and Operations (3) to deal with superiors and subordinates; tech- Advertising (3) Addresses the unique aspects of successful ser- niques for more quickly rising on the organiza- Comprehensive study of the principal problems vices management and operations. In particular, tional ladder; misuses of power; developing faced by advertisers and advertising agencies, the course examines the service concept, how mentor relationships; power games; and success and policies and procedures used for solutions; customer focus is achieved, strategic consider- symbols. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. evaluation and selection of advertising media; ations in creating superior customer value, the Mgmt 560 preparation of layout and copy for sound adver- human resource challenges of selecting, training, Managerial Responsibility and Public Policy tising performance. and motivating service providers, and how ser- (4) Provides students with an understanding of how Mktg 341 vice systems are structured to smooth demand Public Relations (3) and enhance system capacity. The goal is to political, social, legal, regulatory, and environ- Principles of public relations in contemporary understand how to analyze any service system, mental issues impact business organizations America, with emphasis on the role of public whether it resides in a manufacturing, service, or within a global context. Topics covered include relations in business. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. business ethics, corporate social responsibility, non-profit organization, and explore ways to Mktg 376 enhance system effectiveness. Prerequisite: grad- managerial integrity, legal considerations for managers, public policy process in relation to International Business (4) uate standing. International business concepts and practices business, environmental analysis, environmen- relating to international trade are presented at a Mgmt 550 tal issues and management. Prerequisites: BA Organizational Management (4) survey level. Current global issues related to 530, Mgmt 550. Covers issues in organizational behavior and international trade and actual international human resource management that are critical to Mgmt 562 problems are identified along with the basic con- organizational effectiveness. Organizations are Business Strategy and Policy (4) cepts related to international finance, manage- studied from three perspectives: the individual, An integrative, capstone study of strategy formu- ment, and marketing practices. the work team, and the organization as a system. lation and implementation in international and domestic business enterprises. Case analysis and Mktg 399 Topics include motivation, performance assess- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ment, creative problem-solving, compensation, other appropriate methodologies are used to develop the skills and judgment necessary to Mktg 401/501 staffing, employee development, and organiza- Research (Credit to be arranged.) tional design. Focal emphasis on business lead- provide overall direction to the organization. ership is examined from a multi-level Special emphasis will be placed on how to suc- Mktg 404/504 Internship (Credit to be arranged.) perspective. Prerequisite: BA 530. cessfully match competitive strategy with effective implementation policies. Prerequisites: BA * Mktg 405/505 Mgmt 551 551, 552. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Managing Human Resources (3) arranged.) Mgmt 565 Focuses on the daily strategies of all managers as Consent of instructor. they lead their subordinates to high long-term Case Problems in Organizations and productivity. Aspects of the employee life cycle Management (3) Mktg 407 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) to be studied include initial selection, develop- The study of managerial action and process in Student-selected problems in business operation mental activities, redesign of jobs, compensa- organizations through the use of case studies. and business management to be studied by the tion, appraisal, and employee relations; legal The actual topics will vary during any particular individual and discussed in group meeting requirements in all areas will be covered. Meth- term, but may include: the resource allocation under direction of academic staff. ods of improving the everyday relationship process, balancing short and long term goals, between line managers and the human resource organizational culture, group dynamics, the Mktg 409/509 department will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ethics of decision making, and performance Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Mgmt 550. measurement and reward systems. International Field work involving the practice of professional situations and problems will be included. Pre- activities away from campus. Prerequisite: con- Mgmt 554 requisite: Mgmt 550. sent of instructor. Negotiation and Conflict Resolution (3) Examines negotiation as a sometimes rational, Mgmt 601 Mktg 410/510 sometimes irrational social process used for Research (Credit to be arranged.) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) resolving conflict. Studies the interdependence Mgmt 607 Mktg 430 between parties which causes the conflict; Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Entrepreneurship (3) focuses on effective and ineffective negotiating The study of entrepreneurship, with emphasis tactics between these competing groups. on identifying market opportunities and the MARKETING development of marketing and business plans to Explores the use of impartial third parties to COURSES facilitate negotiations. Practical applications meet these opportunities. Prerequisite: BA 311. include labor management relationships, pur- For information on marketing option requirements, Mktg 441 Media Strategy (4) chase agreements, organizational goal setting, see page 185. All 300- and 400-level courses require etc. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. Examines the media process from the perspec- junior-level standing; graduate courses require tive of the advertisers’ marketing strategy, the Mgmt 555 admission to the graduate programs. Students characteristics of advertising media and the role Management of Organizational Change (3) admitted to the School of Business Administration A seminar focused on the concepts, theories, and of the advertising agency in the planning and will be given registration priority for all 400-level implementation of the basic function between practice of managing organizational change and courses. development. Class discussion will center on an media and client. Special attention is paid to examination of the history and assumptions of Mktg 199 new media such as Internet and other computer- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) organizational development and change, the based channels. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. action research model and other foundations, Mktg 338 Mktg 442 plus a variety of organization intervention tech- Professional Selling (3) Advertising Copy and Layout (4) An overview of personal selling as an element of niques. Special issues such as ethics in client- Examines the creative process in advertising the promotion mix. Emphasis is on individual consultant relationships will be integrated into with an emphasis on developing effective copy and team selling strategies within a professional class activities. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. and layout. Attention is given to effective adver- sales environment. Topics include characteristics tising design in an applications environment in of successful salespersons and firms, buyer S CHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 199

various media. Special attention is paid to cretion and develop long-term customer relation- *Mktg 547 ative executions in new media including direct ships. Prerequisites: BA 311; 6 credits in Distribution Strategies (3) marketing, interactive media, and the Internet. psychology, sociology, or anthropology in any Examines the fundamental and emerging trends Prerequisite: Mktg 340. combination. in distribution activities of business enterprises. Course analyzes the competitive advantage(s) Mktg 443 Mktg 464 Advertising Campaigns (4) Marketing Strategy and Management (4) associated with distribution strategies. Explores Emphasis is on the development of the total Integrative course designed to apply marketing trends in channel design, the changing role of advertising campaign from a marketing perspec- concepts in a variety of business applications. participants, channel relationships, and channel tive. Integrates elements of the advertising pro- Emphasis will be on marketing strategy in the communications. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. cess such as setting objectives, selection of target major areas of marketing management including Mktg 548 markets, budget development, media selection, customer identification, industry analysis, prod- Product Management and Innovation (3) message creation, production, and placement uct and communication strategies, distribution, Examines the role of product innovation and into a plan for action. Prerequisites: Mktg 441, pricing and control. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg management as the core focus of marketing 442, 460, and admission to the School of Busi- 460, and admission to the School of Business strategy. Major topics include new product strat- ness Administration. Administration. egy formulation, product design and development, managing the product line, and Mktg 450 Mktg 466 Product Innovation and Management (4) Principles of International Marketing (4) organizational considerations in product man- A central focus of any marketing effort is the Differences between domestic and international agement. Special attention is given to aligning product/service that the firm is offering to its marketing are examined. A market-oriented con- product development with e-business strategy. customer. The class focuses on the innovation, ceptual foundation relating international chan- Prerequisite: Mktg 544. competitive advantage, development, and man- nels of distribution, financing, documentation, *Mktg 551 aging of products and services. Topics will transportation organizing, and staffing is pre- Managing Marketing Information (3) include product/service strategy formulation, sented. Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg 376. Study of the uses and implementation of tools, methods, processes, and systems for managing opportunity assessment, and new product devel- Mktg 467 opment process. Product life cycle issues and Sales Management (3) marketing information. Emphasis will be placed organizational interface issues. Prerequisite: Analysis of the sales management function with on the determination of information needs for BA 311. attention to sales force selection, allocation of marketing decisions, the methods, processes, and systems for effective and efficient manage- Mktg 452 sales effort, and motivation and reward of sales Business-To-Business Marketing (3) force, plus the integration of sales with other ment of marketing information, as well as the Management of the marketing activities of enter- marketing activities. Prerequisite: BA 311. new marketing approaches and tools that utilize prises serving business-to-business markets. The information technology for marketing products Mktg 475 and services. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. course includes industry and competitor analy- Retailing (3) sis, the fundamentals of competitive advantage Emphasis is given to understanding the role of *Mktg 552 and the role of product, price, distribution, and retailing in the distribution of goods, with par- Relationship and Service Marketing (3) promotion in the creation of competitive market ticular attention to the management of retailing Course focuses on the understanding of the ser- strategies. Prerequisite: BA 311. including buying, selling, accounting, organiza- vice-profit chain and its links to customer satisfaction. Producer-customer relationships will be Mktg 455 tion, site location, and legal consideration. Pre- Technology Marketing Strategy (3) requisite: BA 311. examined in terms of health service profits and Designed to provide an understanding of mar- growth, satisfied and loyal customers, greater Mktg 503 service value. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. keting strategy as it applies to firms in industries Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) characterized by rapid change in the technologi- Mktg 555 Mktg 507 Technology Marketing (4) cal environment. It encompasses the strategic Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Designed to introduce students to the special marketing planning process including the busi- Marketing Trends and Developments. Marketing issues faced by managers marketing technology ness environment, competitive market analyses, Information Systems. Marketing Models. products in markets characterized by rapid product innovation, the marketing-engineering- Export Planning for Executives. Sales Force change. Topics include identification of market manufacturing interface, value-based pricing, Management. distribution and selling, positioning strategies, opportunities, market segmentation, position- Mktg 544 ing, product innovation, customer value cre- and the development and control of the market- Marketing Management (4) ing plan. The emphasis will be on how techno- ation, managing the customer interface, and new Introduces basic concepts of the marketing pro- approaches to distribution. Emphasis will be on logical change impacts an organization’s ability cess from the perspective of the marketing man- to create and deliver value to its customers. Pre- strategies for marketing technology products in ager and provides a framework for the analysis an e-business environment. requisite: BA 311. of marketing management problems. A key Mktg 460 focus is to develop the necessary marketing *Mktg 560 Marketing Research (4) planning and analytical skills to develop market- Research for Marketing Decisions (4) Designed to study the methods of gathering pri- Studies the planning, data collection, analysis, ing strategies. Specific topics include the role of mary and secondary information for business and reporting issues relating to marketing marketing in a competitive environment, impact decisions. Also designed to study how to research. Key issues include defining informa- of technology on marketing strategies and pro- become a good information user. Emphasizes tion needs, sampling, sources of primary and cesses, analysis of marketing opportunities and the planning, design, and implementation of secondary data, instrument design, statistical the competitive environment, selection of target quantitative and qualitative research projects to data analysis, interpretation and reporting of markets, market segmentation, and marketing obtain information from internal and external data. Prerequisite: BA 311. strategies in the global marketplace. Prerequisite: business environments. Considers the evaluation Mktg 463 BA 530. and appropriate use of information, information Consumer Behavior and Customer *Mktg 546 Satisfaction (4) sources and research services. Prerequisite: ISQA Buyer Behavior and Communication (4) 511, Mktg 544. Exploration of the determinants of consumer Study of determinants and influences on pur- and organizational buying behavior focusing on chasing behavior emphasizing contributions Mktg 565 contributions from the behavioral sciences. from behavioral sciences. Course explores appli- Marketing Strategy and Decision Making (3) Applications of behavioral concepts to market- cation of competitive and technological influ- Develops the student’s ability to understand, ing strategy are emphasized along with how to ences on buyers behavior and marketing analyze, and evaluate marketing situations and measure, retain, and enhance customer satisfac- strategy. Emphasis on marketing communication to develop appropriate marketing strategies. and promotion. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. Stresses detailed analysis of the competitive 200 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

environment, integration of marketing technolo- MIM 517 background of information technology issues gies, and the design and implementation of mar- Accounting for Global Enterprises (4) that cross national boundaries, and the use of keting strategies. Integrates a case or project Study of international accounting issues crucial information superhighways to obtain critical format. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. for effective interpretation and understanding of information and maintain business relationships international business. Goal of the course is to Mktg 566 in other countries will be studied and discussed. build a framework that can be used to analyze Global Marketing Management (4) MIM 574 Examines and provides a framework for study of and understand financial reports used by multi- International Corporate Finance and the global marketing environment as well as the national corporations (MNCs). Special manage- Investment (4) management of global marketing enterprises and rial and control problems of MNCs, including Focus on investment and financing decisions of global marketing practices. Encompasses the performance evaluation, transfer pricing, and firms operating in more than one nation. Topics preparation for global competition, assessment taxation will also be addressed. include international risk and value analysis, of environmental forces, and strategic and opera- MIM 518 cross border capital budgeting and capital acqui- tional planning for marketing in the global envi- Managing Multinational Organizations (3) sitions, financing mix, working capital manage- ronment. Also examines the management of Study of the many ways which business firms ment of multinationals, foreign exchange risk international, multinational and global market- participate in the dynamic international arena, and exposure management, estimating cost of ing enterprises and their marketing activities. and the approaches to intrafirm coordination capital international investment, international Prerequisite: Mktg 544. and control. The management of a multina- capital markets, and sources of financing. Pre- tional’s global employees is also examined, *Mktg 567 requisites: MIM 513, 517. Sales Force Management (4) including the impact of culture on leadership, MIM 575 Involves a detailed study of the sales manage- motivation, decision-making, developing the Marketing in Asia and the Pacific Rim (4) ment function. Issues to be addressed include skills of the global manager, and the study of Study of marketing strategies and practices in designing the sales force, setting objectives, expatriate management. Asian and other Pacific Rim countries. Markets, developing strategy, recruiting, evaluating, com- MIM 519 marketing environments, and marketing prac- pensating, and controlling the program. Special Government Regulations, Ethics and tices in selected Asian countries are analyzed. attention is given to integrating the sales force Multinational Transactions (4) Planning, and managing marketing strategies with e-business strategy. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. Study of the social, political, and legal context of and operations are also included. Prerequisites: international business management through the MIM 515, 516, 523, 547. Mktg 601 examination of the variety of means by which Research (Credit to be arranged.) MIM 576 the values of society and the actions of govern- Advanced Cross-cultural Communication Mktg 607 ment impact the success or failure of multina- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) (4) tional business transactions. The complex Study of the process of communication, its vari- regulatory and ethical issues that may occur in ous components, and how cultural, sociocul- MASTER OF the culturally and historically diverse Pacific Rim tural, psychocultural, and environmental INTERNATIONAL markets will also be examined. influences affect the outcome, including the role MANAGEMENT COURSES MIM 547 of non-verbal communication. Analysis of suc- International Trade Practices (4) cessful adaptation to new cultures, including MIM 510 Study of the practices of international trade. developing a communication competence in a Selected Topics (4) Comprehensive discussion of the practical new culture and dealing with conflict. While the Special topics either under the sponsorship of knowledge and skills required for engaging in principles of cross cultural communication and the Age of the Pacific Series or an elective course international trade. In-depth examination of adaptation are generic to all cultures, two cul- addressing contemporary business issues in both export practices and import practices that tural environments, China and Japan, will be China and/or Japan. includes a practitioner-directed international studied in depth, to develop cultural self- trade practice project. MIM 513 awareness. Pacific Rim Economies, Trade, and MIM 558 MIM 577 Financial Markets (3) Comparative Operations Management (4) International Business Negotiations (4) Survey of current economic trends among the The changing international environment in man- Examination of the issues and techniques of Pacific Rim economies, focusing on potential ufacturing will be reviewed through: compara- international negotiations in a variety of business problems and opportunities of each country. tive study of process selection, facilities design, settings. Particular emphasis is given to estab- Course also covers the principles of international operations planning and control, supply logis- lishing and working within international part- trade, balance of payments and adjustments, tics, process benchmarking, technology manage- nerships. The course makes extensive use of impediments to trade flows, financial institu- ment, international supply chain and customers, actual negotiation simulations. tions and markets, and national economic poli- quality management, and performance MIM 578 cies affecting business in the Pacific Rim and the measurement. Global Business Strategy (4) United States. MIM 564 Identify and analyze factors that have accelerated MIM 515 Global Human Resource Management (3) the globalization of industries, define the con- Contemporary Global Marketing (4) In-depth examination of the management of cept of a global strategy, and examine the organi- The global/international marketing strategies human resources in the international firm. zational issues that are central to enhancing the and operations of multinational corporations Course begins with an analysis of human international competitiveness of a business (MNCs) are studied through assessment of inter- resource management philosophies and enterprise. Address institutional contexts that national markets, marketing environments, and approaches to industrial and employee relations facilitate and impede the formulation and imple- various aspects of global marketing strategies in representative countries. The integration of mentation of global strategies. Explore the inter- and marketing management. human resource management systems in interdependence and interrelationships in three MIM 516 national firms, including the creation of global geopolitical areas: the United States, the Pacific Contemporary Pacific Rim and World corporate culture, and approaches to human Rim with emphasis on Greater China, Japan and Affairs (3) resource management transfer across borders. Korea, and the European Economic Community. Study of contemporary political, economic, and MIM 568 MIM 579 social issues of significance to the Pacific Rim Managing Information Technology Globally Field Study and Project Presentation (5) countries and their responses. How different (4) Field study in China and Japan for two-and-a- Asians and Asian governments view each other Focus on the use of information technology in a half weeks. Classes at Fudan University in and the world, politics around the Pacific Rim, competitive international environment and the Shanghai and Waseda University in Tokyo. regional and subregional cooperation, and Asian impact information technology has on interna- Company visits and cultural study. Project response to GATT. tional business operations. The vocabulary and presentation upon return to campus. GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

PHYLLIS J. EDMUNDSON, DEAN CAROL MACK, ASSOCIATE DEAN 608 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION BUILDING, (503) 725-4619 www.ed.pdx.edu/

Graduate Programs: and Practices Commission during the life Early Childhood Education of this catalog may alter the requirements. Elementary Education Applicants for licenses must meet the Com- Mid-level Education mission requirements in force at the time of High School Education—In coopera- the license application.† tion with appropriate departments The School welcomes all students to Specialist Programs—Administrative join in helping us reach our mission of Studies (Pp-12); Postsecondary, “meeting our communities’ lifelong educa- Adult and Continuing Education; tional needs.” The faculty and staff are Educational Media; Counselor committed to the following guiding princi- Education; Literacy Education; ples as we strive to fulﬁll our mission: Special Education 1. We create and sustain educational envi- Initial and Continuing Licenses ronments that serve all students and M.Ed., M.A., M.S.—Education address diverse needs. M.A.T., M.S.T.—In cooperation with 2. We encourage and model exemplary appropriate departments programs and practices across the life Ed.D.—Educational Leadership span. (Options: Administration; Curriculum and Instruction; Postsecondary 3. We build our programs on the human Education; Special and Counselor and cultural richness of the University’s Education) urban setting. 4. We develop collaborative efforts that The Graduate School of Education has a support our mission. wide range of comprehensive programs leading to degrees and licensure. It is 5. We challenge assumptions about our authorized by the Oregon Teacher Stan- practice and accept the risks inherent in dards and Practices Commission to recom- following our convictions. mend teacher education and specialist 6. We develop our programs to promote candidates for both the initial and continu- social justice, especially for groups that ing licenses. have been historically disenfranchised. Undergraduate students interested in 7. We strive to understand the relation- pursuing a career in teaching should refer ships among culture, curriculum, and to the “Education Programs” section in this practice and the long-term implications for catalog (page 124) for information regard- ecological sustainability. ing recommended preparatory programs 8. We model thoughtful inquiry as the for elementary and secondary teachers. basis for sound decision-making. All programs are fully accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commis- sion. Although licensure requirements are incorporated into degree programs, changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards

† Because licensure rules are controlled by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, it is possible that licensure requirements may change. All persons expecting to be recommended for initial or continuing licenses should consult with an adviser or contact the Graduate School of Education Information Ofﬁce, (503) 725-4758. 202 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EGREE ested in the improvement of both the cur- 2. School-level Administration D riculum and the instruction found in Coursework for the administrator license PROGRAMS educational settings; and special and coun- may be used in this theme The Graduate School of Education offers selor education, designed for those work- 3. Educational Policy This theme focuses on policy development the Doctor of Education, the Master of ing in education and agency settings. General Requirements. A minimum of and political processes, building on a solid Education, Master of Arts, and Master of foundation in educational sociology, history, Science degrees in education. In addition, 135 credits is required beyond the baccalaureate. Students must either satisfy philosophy, research, evaluation, diversity, the School coordinates the M.A.T./M.S.T. and pluralism degree programs offered throughout the degree requirements in place at the time of University. admission or, at the student’s option, may Total 24 Admission. To be admitted to a gradu- elect to apply requirements adopted after Postsecondary Education Credits ate program in professional education, the admission. Continuous enrollment is Required Courses...... 12 applicant must first satisfy minimum required. EPFA 607 Advanced Postsecondary University requirements listed on page 56. The equivalent of three years of full- Seminar (4) The student must also meet the admission time graduate study beyond the baccalau- EPFA 520 Developmental Perspectives on Adult Learning (4) requirements of specific degree, license, or reate is required. A minimum of 72 credits must be completed at Portland State Uni- EPFA 538 Contemporary Issues in specialist programs which the School is Postsecondary Education (4) authorized to offer. Detailed information versity after admission to the doctoral pro- Integrative Themes...... 12 regarding admission requirements for the gram, to include the leadership core, specialization, and dissertation. The student, in consultation with the adviser, various graduate programs is available from will develop an integrative theme, for exam- the Graduate School of Education and on 1. The Leadership Core. The leadership ple: higher education; adult learning and our web page at www.ed.pdx.edu. core is the common core to be completed development; student services; and training Graduate Program Requirements. by all students across specializations. The and development. Examples of courses that University graduate degree requirements core consists of the following 7 courses: may be used in a program are: are listed on pages 63 and 65. Specific Credits EPFA 521 Adult Learning (4) Graduate School of Education require- Ed 620 Doctoral Studies Proseminar ...... 1-4 EPFA 522 Motivating Adult Learners (4) ments for degree, educational specialists, or Ed 630 Principles and Practices of Learning . . 4 EPFA 523 Assessing Adult Learning (4) license candidates are listed below. Upon Ed 640 Organizational Leadership Theory EPFA 533 Planning and Budgeting in Postsec- successful completion of all University and and Research in Education ...... 4 ondary Education (4) Graduate School of Education require- Ed 650 Educational Policy and Politics . . . . . 4 EPFA 536 Postsecondary Curriculum (4) Ed 660 Foundations of Research Paradigms and EPFA 537 Policy and Governance in Postsec- ments, the candidate will be awarded the Methods ...... 4 ondary Education (4) appropriate degree and be recommended, Ed 661 Qualitative Research Methods in EPFA 541 The Community College (4) upon request, for the appropriate license. Education...... 4 Independent Study (variable credit) Ed 662 Quantitative Research Methods in DOCTOR OF EDUCATION Education...... 4 Total 24 The Ed.D. in educational leadership, 2. The Specialization. Four options are offered by the Graduate School of Educa- Curriculum and Instruction Credits available to students: administration; post- CI 610 Research and Resources in Curriculum tion, is the School’s highest professional secondary education; curriculum and and Instruction ...... 3 degree. It is designed to help educational instruction; and special and counselor Integrative Themes for Change ...... 30-33 leaders develop the capacity to provide education. Using guidelines developed by The student, in consultation with the adviser, leadership that makes a positive and signif- program area faculty, the student works will either choose an integrative theme to be icant difference in the lives of the members proposed as part of the program planning pro- individually with his or her major adviser of the communities they serve. Emphasis is cess or select an existing area of specialization, to develop the area of specialization. The on preparation for excellent professional such as reading and language arts, or early purpose is to provide depth in the areas of performance as leaders in education in: childhood education. Examples of integrative special interest to the student. This public and private schools; community and themes are: learning and human development, requirement may be met through a combi- inclusive/multicultural education, and com- four-year colleges and universities; com- nation of coursework, field-based study, munity and environmental renewal munity, state, and federal educational agen- and directed independent study. cies; and nonschool settings, where Special Education and Counselor Education Credits Administration Credits appropriate. SpEd/Coun 610 Problem-centered Studies in Common Core Courses ...... 8 In keeping with the distinctive mission Special and Counselor Education: EPFA 610 Theory and Research in Educational of Portland State University, emphasis is Seminar I, II, III ...... 18 Administration (4) placed on the metropolitan characteristics SpEd/Coun 609 Internship†...... 12 EPFA 610 Social, Historical, Philosophical, in College Teaching (3-6) of the institution’s immediate environment and Cultural Foundations of Educational and/or in Supervision (3-6) and upon the preparation of students for Administration (4) positions of leadership in urban and subur- and/or in School Settings (3-6) Integrative Themes ...... 16 and/or in Community Settings (3-6) ban communities. The student, in consultation with the adviser, Four specializations are offered: admin- will develop a program in one of the follow- Total 30 istration, designed for those focusing on ing integrative themes. It is possible to use The Cognate Field. Students in admin- elementary and secondary education; post- courses from more than one theme in devel- secondary education, designed for those oping a new integrated theme. istration or postsecondary education must working in community and four-year col- complete work in a field(s) outside the 1. District-level Administration Graduate School of Education that comple- leges and universities and other settings Coursework for the superintendent license offering programs for adults; curriculum may be used in this theme ments their degree program. The cognate and instruction, designed for those inter- might be used for several purposes: to gain

† Minimum of 12 credits. As part of each internship, students, and faculty will attend an internship seminar. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 203

further knowledge about theories and con- thoughtful and caring practitioners who EPFA 514 Educational Measurement and ceptual frameworks developed by those in have the knowledge, skills, and desire to Assessment other fields that have been or might be examine critically educational practices EPFA 515 Program Evaluation applied to education; to develop in-depth and work to improve them in ways that are Organizational Systems—4 credits (minimum) knowledge of and skill with specific conceptionally sound, ethically responsi- EPFA 558 Educational Leadership inquiry methods; and to gain greater ble, and culturally responsive. †EPFA 561 Staff Development EPFA 563 Human Relations in Educational breadth in related fields: 12 to 18 credits. Educational Policy, Foundations, and Electives. Students may include up to Organizations Administrative Studies †EPFA 568 Educational Organization and 57 credits as electives. Electives might The Department of Educational Policy, Administration include courses taken as part of a master’s Foundations, and Administrative Studies degree program, additional education Adult Development—4 credits (minimum) (EPFA) offers a department-wide Master of †EPFA 520 Developmental Perspectives on Adult courses taken by those coming from fields Arts and Master of Science degree with spe- Learning other than education, and additional cog- cialization in: educational leadership and EPFA 521 Adult Learning nate work. postsecondary, adult, and continuing EPFA 522 Motivating Adult Learners Comprehensive Examination. The education. EPFA 523 Assessing Adult Learning comprehensive examination covers both The purpose of these programs is to In addition, students must complete the the leadership core and the specialization prepare educational leaders who are able to requirements for their area of specializa- and is taken in two parts. The first, taken respond positively, creatively, and proac- tion, including a minimum of eight hours when the student has completed or is near- tively to the increasing diversity character- of courses that have discrete numbers ing completion of the leadership core, is izing our metropolitan communities and to (EPFA 511-599). Students will select one designed to assess a student’s ability to inte- view diversity as a foundation upon which of two options to complete the require- grate and extend knowledge in the leader- to build excellent educational programs for ments for the master’s degree: a thesis or a ship core. The second, focused on the all learners. written comprehensive examination. The specialization, is designed to assess a stu- All students admitted to the 45-credit thesis requires an oral examination in addi- dent’s ability to integrate and apply theoret- master’s program must complete four tion to the written product. ical concepts and research results that required courses from the Professional Curriculum and Instruction inform the dissertation project. Studies Core. Other courses listed may be An alternative to the comprehensive The M.A./M.S. degree in education in cur- used as part of the specialization, in con- riculum and instruction emphasizes profes- examinations is the writing of two formal sultation with the student’s adviser. Within papers and oral defense before an examin- sional education. It is also designed to each specialization students may elect to accommodate students in teacher educa- ing committee. develop, with their advisers, a general pro- Dissertation. The doctoral dissertation tion and educational specialists. gram or theme (special emphasis or focus). Requirements for the degree are: represents original and independent Themes in educational leadership include: 1. A program of study consisting of not inquiry which is a contribution to knowl- educational administration; educational fewer than 45 credits approved by the stu- edge or is a constructive result of signifi- policy analysis; leadership studies; educa- dent’s graduate adviser and the depart- cance and value for educational practice. tional foundations; early childhood admin- ment chair, to include: Students may elect to employ one of sev- istration; and educational research, eral different approved inquiry strategies, evaluation, and staff development. Themes a. A minimum of 21 credits in the including—but not limited to—traditional in postsecondary, adult, and continuing Graduate School of Education. research designs and methods, ethno- education include: adult learning and b. A core of studies encompassing prep- graphic and descriptive case studies, policy development; higher education; student aration in the areas of teaching and learn- analyses, product development and field ing, curriculum, research and evaluation, services; training and development; and an human relations, and/or foundations of testing, and program evaluation. A mini- option designed for students enrolled in mum of 18 credits is directed toward the education. The precise nature of this core the post-baccalaureate program in health of studies is specified by the department. dissertation project. care administration at Concordia Degree plans are written in cooperation With the following exceptions, the University. with an assigned adviser. requirements for the Ed.D. degree are the c. Eighty-five percent of the required same as the general requirements for doc- Professional Studies Core—16 credits (minimum) credits must be 500 level. toral degrees at PSU. Candidates for the d. No more than 15 percent of the pro- Ed.D. degree may fulfill the residency Foundations of Education—4 credits (minimum) gram may be 800 numbers, if approved requirement after admission to the doctoral †EPFA 551 Social Foundations of Education or by the adviser prior to being used for a program in one of three ways. All require EPFA 554 Philosophy of Education master’s program. three consecutive terms of full-time EPFA 455/555 Gender and Education 2. The graduate student will select one of approved graduate study at PSU (at least EPFA 456/556 Urban Schools and At-Risk Status three options to complete the require- 9 credits per term). The options are: EPFA 552 History of Education ments for the master’s degree: (1) a thesis, coursework, the study of practice (i.e., EPFA 553 History of American Education (2) a written comprehensive examination, field-based work), or dissertation. Students EPFA 557 Cultural Pluralism and Urban or (3) an independent project. The thesis Education are expected to carry less than a full-time requires an oral examination in addition to job assignment during the residency Research and Evaluation—4 credits (minimum) the written product. period. Foreign language competency is †EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research Counselor Education not required for the Ed.D. degree. and Data Analysis I All students who are pursuing a master’s MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF EPFA 512 Principles of Educational Research degree in counselor education must com- SCIENCE IN EDUCATION and Data Analysis II plete a 72- to 78-credit program. This pro- EPFA 513 Advanced Research Designs and Data The master’s degrees in the Graduate Analysis gram satisfies University and School of School of Education are designed for Education requirements and is a part of the

† Required course. 204 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

requirements needed prior to taking the Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Coun 595 Contemporary Issues and examination of the National Board for Cer- Counseling...... 3 Applications in Rehabilitation Counseling. . .3 tified Counselors (NBCC) or of the Com- Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 SpEd 510 Job Placement and Training ...... 3 mission on Rehabilitation Counselor Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . 3 EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Certification (CRCC). Students wishing to Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Research I ...... 4 Counseling ...... 3 be eligible for the Oregon Personnel Ser- Practicum Sequence (Year-long): Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 3 Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum vices Licenses required of school counse- Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and lors will complete the Teacher Standards (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 Mental Illness ...... 3 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 and Practices Commission (TSPC) require- Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 ments within their program of study. EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Internship Sequence (Year-long): The primary purpose of the Counselor Research I ...... 4 Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision. .9 Master’s thesis or elective course from Special Education Program is to educate compe- Practicum Sequence (Year-long): Education ...... 2 tent counselors for public and private Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum schools, community agencies and rehabili- (concurrent with Coun 571) ...... 1 Total 73 Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 tation facilities. The program is designed to Marriage and Family Counseling strengthen competencies in the behavioral Internship Sequence (Year-long): Specialization. The program of study lead- sciences and to broaden the students’ back- Coun 509 Practicum: Internship/Supervision . 9 ing to an M.A. or M.S. in Education with ground in counseling theories and inter- Master’s thesis and/or supportive coursework selected from Counseling Special Education, both the Community Counseling special- ventions, interpersonal relations, ization and the state-required Marriage and individual and group processes, career and Education, Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, or Anthropology ...... 8 Family Specialization totals 84 credits: life-style planning, assessment, and specialty areas related to their major. Course Requirements Credits Total 73 Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 Students may pursue one of three areas Rehabilitation Counseling Specializa- Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling of specialization within the Counselor Edu- tion. The Rehabilitation Counseling Spe- (electives)...... 2 cation Program: community counseling, cialization prepares individuals to work in Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues...... 1 rehabilitation counseling, and school coun- a variety of settings such as the state/federal Coun 506 Substance Abuse: Community . . . . .1 seling (Track I and Track II). rehabilitation system, public and private Coun 509 Group Counseling Practicum...... 1 Note: Students in all three specializa- rehabilitation facilities, and supported Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 tions must complete Coun 541 Introduc- Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 employment projects, with clients needing Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II...... 3 tion to Counseling and one course in vocational and psychosocial rehabilitation psychopathology prior to admission or Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 services. Emphasis is on the development Coun 568 Career and Life-style Planning . . . . .3 before enrollment in the fall term of the of effective interpersonal counseling skills, Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of first sequence of coursework. Additional vocational development, and job place- Counseling ...... 3 prerequisites are specified for students who ment skills in order to assist clients with Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 have not taught who are seeking admission chronic and severe disabilities in improving Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . .3 to a school licensure program (Track II). the quality of their lives via self-sufficiency Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Community Counseling Specializa- and economic independence. Counseling ...... 3 tion. The Community Counseling Special- Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning. .3 Students seeking national certification Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and Mental ization prepares individuals to work as from the Commission on Rehabilitation counselors in private and public commu- Illness ...... 3 Counselor Certification (CRCC) as rehabil- Coun 587 Mental Health Services ...... 3 nity agencies, community colleges, univer- itation counselors or state certification by EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research. .4 sities, employee assistance programs or the Oregon Worker’s Compensation Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 private practice settings. Prior experience Department should complete the following Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 in a helping relationship is recommended 72-credit program: Internship Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 for individuals pursuing this specialization. Practicum: Internship ...... 9 Depending upon one’s choice of setting, Credits Coun 572 Human Sexuality: Life Span and the counselor should prepare to offer diag- Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent Therapeutic Perspectives ...... 3 with Coun 567) ...... 1 Coun 573 Contemporary Marriage/Family nostic and intervention services to the pop- Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 ulations seeking counseling. Systems ...... 3 Coun 506 Substance Abuse...... 1 †Coun 574 Family Development Over the The program of study leading to an Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Life Cycle ...... 3 M.A./M.S. in education with a Community Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I . . . . . 3 †Coun 577 Advanced Family Therapy ...... 3 Counseling Specialization must include the Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . . 3 †Coun 578 Advanced Marital Therapy ...... 3 following courses: Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 †Coun 579 Therapeutic Strategies and Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of Family Transition ...... 3 Credits Counseling...... 3 Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments (concurrent Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 Total 82 with Coun 567)...... 1 Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in School Counseling Specialization. Coun 506 Current Issues in Counseling . . . . .3 Counseling...... 3 Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 3 For information regarding this specializa- Coun 506 Substance Abuse ...... 1 Coun 590 Foundations of Rehab Counseling . 3 tion, please refer to licensure programs, Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations ...... 3 Coun 591 Medical Aspects of Disability . . . . . 3 page 208. Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Coun 592 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability. . 3 Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II . . . . .3 Coun 593 Case Management ...... 3 Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 Coun 594 Occupational Analysis/Vocational Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . .3 Evaluation ...... 3

† Coun 573 and 575 recommended prior to enrolling in these courses. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 205

Special Education ROGRAMS LEADING CI 517 Integrated Methods II: Health, The Graduate School of Education offers P Science, Soc. Studies ...... 2-5 comprehensive programs for the profes- TO LICENSURE CI 518 Integrated Methods III: Art/Math/ sional preparation of students in special Music/PE ...... 1-5 GRADUATE TEACHER EDUCATION education. A master’s degree in special edu- CI 550 or CI 552 Student Teaching I ...... 6 PROGRAM CI 551 or CI 553 Student Teaching II ...... 15 cation may be completed in conjunction Programs in early childhood education (age CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . .3 with state licensure in special education or 3-grade 4), elementary education (grades SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional may be completed independently. For 3-8), mid-level education (grades 5-10), Learners ...... 3 licensing information see “Programs Lead- high school education (grades 7-12), spe- CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner ...... 3 ing to Licensure: Special Education” on cial education, and library/media are Total Credits 56 page 210 of this Bulletin. offered for students who wish to teach in Students completing a master’s degree the public schools. Successful completion Program Requirements: Mid-level must complete the special education mas- and High School Credits of these programs culminates in a recom- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 ter’s degree core program. The master’s core mendation to Oregon’s Teacher Standards must total at least 12 credits beyond initial CI 513 Classroom Instruction and and Practices Commission for the Initial Technology ...... 2-5 special education licensure and may Teaching License. The foundation aca- CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 include electives. The master’s degree with- demic requirements for issuance of a Con- CI 519 Special Secondary Methods ...... 3 out Oregon licensure must total at least 45 tinuing Teaching License are also met in CI 509 Practicum: Field-Centered Activities. . .3 credits (which includes the master’s core). the Initial Program. A Continuing License CI 521 Reading and Composition in the Special Education Master’s Core is issued when a teacher has achieved all Content Areas ...... 3 CI 554 Student Teaching I, Secondary ...... 6 Program. Students must complete a cap- three of the following: (a) earned a master’s stone experience as part of their master’s CI 555 Student Teaching II, Secondary...... 15 degree, (b) verified three years or more of CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . .3 degree. Prior to beginning the capstone successful teaching in Oregon public experience, students must take SpEd 590 SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional schools, and (c) successfully documented Learners ...... 3 Applied Behavioral Research in Special achievement of the eight standards the state CI 515 The Reflective Practitioner ...... 3 Education and SpEd 591 Issues in Special has identified for the Continuing License. CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods: Education. These two courses and the cap- The dual Elementary Education/Special Specialty Areas ...... 3 stone experience constitute the required Educator endorsement option is a five-term Departmental Methods or other course ...... 3 master’s core. A student must complete a program of integrated coursework and field Total Credits 56 capstone experience by choosing between experiences. (Contact the Graduate School the completion of a special project or a of Education for details.) Secondary education at Portland State master’s thesis. In addition to the comple- Admission. The Graduate School of University is available in the following tion of a written product, the student must Education has a number of general require- endorsement areas: art, biology, business, present his/her project/thesis to the faculty. ments for admission to its programs in chemistry, drama, drama/language arts, for- Students are required to enroll in at least teacher education including, but not lim- eign languages, health education, inte- three credits and up to 6 credits of Special ited to: grated science, language arts, mathematics, Project (SpEd 506) or Thesis (SpEd 503). music, physics, social studies, and speech. The master’s core coursework includes: Bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution Basic subject matter endorsement require- Admission to PSU SpEd 590 Applied Behavioral Research in Cumulative 3.00 GPA ments are outlined in the appropriate Special Education ...... 3 Psy 311 Human Development (or equivalent) departmental section of this catalog. SpEd 591 Issues in Special Education...... 3 Ed 420/520 Introduction to Education and Advising in subject matter endorsement A combination of the following: Society (or the equivalent) areas is through the appropriate academic SpEd 503 Thesis or SpEd 506 Special C-BEST (California Basic Educational Skills Test) department. Students completing the sec- Project ...... 3-6 or PPST (Pre-professional Skills Test) ondary education program are eligible to Electives ...... 0-6 PRAXIS Examinations teach in grades 7-12 in integrated subjects Early Childhood, Elementary, and Mid-level: Total 12 and departmental assignments. Students in MSAT (Multiple Subjects Assessment for the following endorsement areas are eligi- MASTER OF EDUCATION Teachers) from the Core Battery Mid-level and High School: Specialty Area Test ble to teach in grades K-12, provided that Master of Education Degree Departmental recommendation (secondary only) they have completed student teaching and/ Requirements Proficiency in the use of computers is required. or practicum in at least two authorization levels (elementary, middle-level, or high The M.Ed. can be earned by students Specific program admission require- school): Art, music, ESL/bilingual educa- who have completed PSU’s Graduate ments and application materials are avail- tion, physical education, and special Teacher Education Program (GTEP). able in each department in the Graduate education. Students who wish to teach at The additional coursework includes: School of Education. Credits the middle level (grades 5-10) must Program Requirements: Early Childhood and CI 510 Research into Practice: Theory ...... 3 complete a practicum, a work sample, and Elementary Credits submit passing scores on the Praxis MSAT CI 510 Research into Practice: Project . . . . . 3-6 CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 Electives (approved by the adviser) ...... 6-9 CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 examination. For more details, students CI 513 Classroom Instruction and should visit the office of the Graduate Total required 15 Technology ...... 2-5 Teacher Education Program. CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading/ Language Arts ...... 2-5 206 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Program Requirements: Library Media CI 573 Assessment in Early Childhood Prerequisites to Library Media See Educational Media/Librarianship for Education...... 3 Coursework. The following courses, or program requirements for the Initial EPFA 546 Early Childhood Education: demonstrated equivalent knowledge, K-12 Teaching License in Library Media Relationships with Home & Society ...... 3 should be completed as preparation for and for the dual teaching license in Library SpEd 580 Accommodating Children with admission: Special Needs in Early Childhood Education 3 Media and Teaching. CI 509 Practicum in Early Childhood Lib 425 Instructional Media and Technology Program Requirements: Dual Elemen- Education...... 3 Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 tary Education/Special Educator or Lib 429/529 Young Adult Literature The Graduate School of Education offers a Total 21 Initial Endorsement. Twenty-six cred- dual elementary/special educator endorse- ESL/BILINGUAL ENDORSEMENT its in educational media are required, to ment option in a 76-credit, five-term pro- The Graduate School of Education offers a include the following: gram of integrated coursework and field program leading to an ESL/Bilingual Credits experiences. Students with these two endorsement for teachers already holding a Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, endorsements are licensed to teach both valid Oregon teaching license. The autho- K-12 ...... 3 elementary (K-9) grades and special educa- rized program is as follows: †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library Media Center ...... 3 tion (K-12) grades. Faculty from both cur- Credits Lib 536 Design and Production of riculum and instruction and special Ling 422/522 How Do People Learn a Second Instructional Media ...... 3 education are instructors in this inclusion Language ...... 3 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems program. This program reflects the rapidly Ling 423/523 Taking Stock: Assessment and and Services ...... 4 changing nature of America’s schools, Evaluation in Programs with Language Lib 542 Collection Development and Minority Students...... 2 where students with disabilities are being Evaluation ...... 3 CI 443/543 Effective Teaching Strategies for integrated into regular classrooms with †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional Working with Linguistically and Culturally increasing frequency, thereby necessitating Programs, K-12 ...... 3 Diverse Students...... 3 all school personnel to have a broader Lib 548 Organization of Library Media SpEd 455/555 Working with LEP Children Collections ...... 4 professional preparation in working with Who Have Special Needs ...... 2 Lib 561, 562, or 563 Practicum ...... 3 more diverse populations. PSU faculty EPFA 465/565 LEP School/Community work with a dozen local school districts in Relations ...... 3 Continuing Endorsement. Forty-one providing field experiences which comple- EPFA 466/566 Impact of Language and credits in educational media are required, ment coursework. Contact the Graduate Culture in the Classroom ...... 3 to include the 26 credits required for the School of Education for details. EPFA 467/567 ESL/Bilingual Program initial endorsement and 15 additional cred- Design and Models...... 3 its to develop further teaching competen- Early Childhood Education (ECE). Port- CI 409/509 ESL Bilingual Practicum ...... 3 land State University offers a graduate-level cies in educational media. program for preparation and professional Total 22 Credits development to be pursued solely to meet Lib 573 Advanced Methods and Procedures in teaching endorsement requirements or as EDUCATIONAL MEDIA/ School Library Media Centers ...... 3 LIBRARIANSHIP an integrated component of an M.A./M.S. Lib 574 Research Strategies for Library Media The program in educational media/librari- program. A major portion of the course- Specialists ...... 3 anship offers a comprehensive course of Lib 575 Directed Field Experience ...... 3 work and practicum meets the require- study for the preparation of students in the ments for the Oregon Early Childhood Two courses (6 credits) from the area of media and librarianship. The initial following options for completion of the Education Endorsement. The program is and continuing endorsements consist of a minimum 15-credit program: designed for those wishing to add the ECE planned program of coursework for regu- endorsement to an elementary or K-12 larly licensed teachers of not fewer than 27 Lib 432/532 Multicultural Literature, K-12 . . .3 license and for those pursuing a master’s credits for the initial endorsement and a Lib 570 Contemporary Issues in School degree in curriculum and instruction with minimum of 15 credits for a continuing Librarianship...... 3 a specialization in ECE. endorsement. An initial teaching license is Lib 576 Planning and Evaluation of Library available in educational media through a Media Programs ...... 3 Program Requirements: ECE Lib 587 Video Production ...... 3 The ECE endorsement program is a gradu- program of professional courses in curriculum and instruction and educational Lib 588 Computers and Advanced Technology ate program of 18 credits of comprehensive in the Library Media Center ...... 3 media/librarianship planned with an edu- coursework and 3 credits of integrated Lib 589 Creative Photography in Education. . .3 cational media adviser. An advanced degree practicum experience. The endorsement Lib 592 Contemporary Children’s and Young may be earned in conjunction with a licen- Adult Literature...... 3 courses may be taken solely to meet sure program upon successful completion endorsement requirements, as an inte- of a planned graduate study program. Required for the continuing endorse- grated component of the M.A./M.S. pro- The primary purpose of the program is ment, if not taken previously: gram in curriculum and instruction, or for to educate competent elementary and sec- Lib 428/528 Children’s Literature, K-5 an ECE focus in other programs such as ondary school library media specialists. An or Lib 429/529 Young Adult Literature . . . . .3 counselor education, special education, individual program for each candidate is Detailed information concerning the and educational administration. developed with an adviser to ensure that program in education media/school librari- Credits the essential competencies required of anship may be obtained through the CI 570 Child Development and Education. . . .3 today’s library media specialist are, in Graduate School of Education. CI 571 Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood relation to the candidate’s needs and back- Education ...... 3 ground, included in the program. CI 572 Language and Literacy in Early Childhood Education ...... 3

† Field experience required in conjunction with class. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 207

Initial K-12 Teaching License in CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ...3 trators and as initial school district Educational Media SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners...... 3 superintendents. This program assumes Students have the option of selecting a pro- CI 516 Integrated Methods I: Reading and completion of the initial administrator program leading to a K-12 Teaching License in Language Arts ...... 5 gram or its equivalent, and one year of full- Educational Media. The program includes CI 517/518 Methods II or III ...... 5 time study (or its equivalent) in a planned educational media and education course- 26 licensure program beyond the master’s work, and a student teaching experience in Secondary Education (23 credits) degree. the library media center. This enables the CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 There are two options for the comple- student to be a K-12 library media special- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 tion of this program: Option I includes a ist, but not a classroom teacher. CI 513 Classroom Instruction and summer program (three summers followed Credits Technology ...... 5 by practicum completed during each aca- CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 3 CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education ...3 demic year); Option II includes an aca- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners...... 3 demic year program (two years, with two CI 513 Classroom Instruction and CI 519 Special Secondary Methods...... 3 summer seminars). Technology ...... 5 CI 521 Reading and Composition in Credits CI 514 Multicultural and Urban Education . . .3 Content Areas ...... 3 SpEd 518 Survey of Exceptional Learners. . . . .3 EPFA 576 Education, Community Lib 530 Literature Promotion Program, K-12 . .3 23 and Society ...... 3 †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library Note: For dual licensure of elementary EPFA 576P Practicum ...... 1 EPFA 577 Curricular and Instructional Media Center ...... 3 or secondary education with special educa- Lib 536 Design and Production of Leadership...... 3 Instructional Media ...... 3 tion see page 205. EPFA 577P Practicum ...... 1 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION EPFA 578 Communication and Conflict and Services ...... 4 Management in Educational Organizations . .3 Lib 542 Collection Development and Three authorized programs lead to institu- EPFA 578P Practicum ...... 1 Evaluation ...... 3 tional recommendations for initial and con- EPFA 579 Standards-Based Reform and Student †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional tinuing licensure of qualified persons for Learning ...... 3 Programs ...... 3 positions as school principals and assistant EPFA 579P Practicum ...... 1 Lib 548 Organization of Library Media principals, and school district superinten- EPFA 580 District and School Policy and Collections ...... 4 dents and assistant superintendents. All Operations ...... 3 Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 EPFA 580P Practicum ...... 1 Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15 students are required to have an approved program of planned study, as described EPFA 581 Legal and Financial Aspects of 59 below, filed with the Graduate School of Education ...... 3 EPFA 581P Practicum ...... 1 Dual Teaching License in Educational Education. Admission requirements and EPFA 507 Special Topics ...... 2 Media and Education detailed program information for each pro- EPFA 507 Special Topics ...... 2 gram is available from the Department of Students have the option of selecting a dual The Continuing License for Superin- licensure track with either an elementary Educational Policy, Foundations, and tendent Program builds on the knowl- (68-69 credits) or a secondary endorse- Administrative Studies (EPFA). edge, skills, and attitudes developed in the ment (65 credits) in conjunction with the The Initial Administrator License Continuing Administrator/Initial Superin- educational media endorsement. This Program, referred to as Leadership 2000, tendent program. The curriculum consists enables a student to be a classroom teacher prepares individuals for positions as school of six special problems seminars. Much of or a library media specialist. principals and assistant principals. This this curriculum will be delivered electroni- license requires completion of a master’s Credits cally, and students also will meet regularly degree and three years of teaching experi- Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs, to discuss key issues of educational reform ence. The licensure program itself may be K-12 ...... 3 implementation. †Lib 534 Administration of the School Library completed as part of a master’s degree in Media Center ...... 3 educational administration offered by the Credits Lib 536 Design and Production of department. Candidates who already have EPFA 506 Special Problems: District Climate Instructional Media ...... 3 a masters degree may complete the licen- and Communication ...... 4 Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems EPFA 506 Special Problems: Crisis Management sure program independently. The initial and Mediation ...... 4 and Services ...... 4 administrator curriculum includes: Lib 542 Collection Development and EPFA 506 Special Problems: Superintendent Evaluation ...... 3 Credits and Board Relations...... 4 †Lib 547 Library Media Instructional EPFA 570 Human Relations and Educational EPFA 506 Special Problems: Collective Programs ...... 3 Foundations ...... 4 Bargaining and Contract Management ...... 4 Lib 548 Organization of Library Media EPFA 571 Teaching, Learning, and EPFA 506 Special Problems: Curriculum and Collections ...... 4 Curriculum...... 4 Facility Planning ...... 4 Lib 554 Student Teaching I ...... 4 EPFA 572 Human Resource Development and EPFA 506 Special Problems: The Politics of Lib 555 Student Teaching II ...... 15 Organizational Change ...... 4 Education...... 4 EPFA 509 Administrative Practicum ...... 9 Students who completed an earlier 42 EPFA 507 Seminar ...... 3 licensure program (Basic and Standard Elementary Education (26 credits) 24 Administrator, or Basic and Standard CI 511 Classroom Management ...... 2 Superintendent) should consult with the The Continuing Administrator/Ini- CI 512 Teaching and Learning ...... 3 Department of Educational Policy, CI 513 Classroom Instruction and tial Superintendent Licensure Program, Foundations, and Administrative Studies to Technology ...... 5 referred to as the Executive School determine what new license requirements Leadership Program, prepares individuals must be met. for positions as continuing school adminis-

† Field experience required in conjunction with class. 208 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

READING SCHOOL COUNSELING Develop a professional portfolio as a The literacy education faculty have The School Counseling Specialization: school counselor with an Initial License designed a program which works to Overview as a condition for recommendation for develop classroom teachers, reading spe- The School Counseling Specialization has the Continuing License as a school cialists, and district reading personnel three options: Track I, Track II, and Licen- counselor. Students must document whose practice grows out of a solid sure Only. professional development as defined by grounding in theory and research and Track I is designed for individuals with Oregon Administrative Rules (OAR) reflects the best current thinking in the two years teaching experience. 584-070-0090. field. This includes consideration of: Track II is designed for individuals who School Counseling Specialization: Current trends in reading and language cannot document a minimum two years Track I Option Overview arts education. teaching experience in a public school The program consists of 72 credits of study The variety of methodologies and or other schools approved by the leading to an M.A. or M.S. in education: resources available for creating class- Teacher Standards and Practices Com- school counseling specialization. The pro- room literacy environments. mission (TSPC). gram is for individuals with two years Principles and practices of working Licensure Only is for graduates from teaching experience. It may be completed with students needing extra help with an accredited master’s (M.A. or M.S.) in two phases: Initial License 36 credits; literacy. program in psychology or social work Continuing License 36 credits, three years Authentic assessment practices. that required a clinical practicum and experience as a school counselor, and com- The following coursework constitutes internship focused on individual and pletion of a portfolio documenting profes- the reading endorsement program. Com- group counseling skills. Graduate sional development as defined by OAR pletion of the PRAXIS Specialty Area Exam degrees in teaching or education are not 584-070-0090. in Reading is also required for an Oregon eligible for Licensure Only program. Track I: Initial School Counselor reading endorsement. All students are required to: License requirements Credits Pass the California Basic Skills Test with Students eligible for Track I may apply for Core a score of 123+ for entrance into the an Initial School Counseling License after CI 522 Literacy Foundations ...... 4 program. they complete 36 approved credits. The CI 474/574 Assessing and Instructing Learners Complete a school counseling work with Literacy Problems ...... 4 Initial License is issued for a period of sample and professional portfolio docu- three years and may be renewed once, after CI 529 School Reading Program Leadership. . .3 menting the knowledge, skills, and Lib 532 Multicultural Literature K-12 ...... 3 which applicants must meet the require- SpEd 563 Advanced techniques of reading. . . .3 competencies required by TSPC. ments for the Continuing License. Complete a 200-clock-hour practicum Endorsement levels and a 600-clock-hour internship over Course Requirements Credits two years; internship includes place- Program Core Early childhood and elementary †Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 CI 472/572 Language and Literacy in Early ment in an early childhood/elementary and/or in a middle/high school setting. Coun 506 Diagnosis in Schools ...... 1 Childhood Education ...... 3 Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations II...... 3 CI 547 Advanced Elementary Methods: Have two years teaching experience. Students without two years teaching Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Reading ...... 4 Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II...... 3 Elective ...... 3 experience must complete a 200-hour †Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 Elementary and mid-level teaching experience practicum and take Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . .3 CI 523 Language Arts in Middle Schools . . . . .4 a 6-credit course sequence. †Coun 571 Group Counseling ...... 3 CI 521 Reading and Composition in Pass the Praxis II: Specialty Area Coun- Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in the Content Areas ...... 3 selor (School Guidance and Counseling, Counseling ...... 3 CI 547 Advanced Elementary Methods: 20420) test with score of 630+ to be eli- †Coun 509 Group Counseling ...... 1 Reading ...... 4 gible for licensure. Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Mid-level and secondary Be fingerprinted and pass an anti-dis- ‡Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 CI 548 and CI 509 Advanced Secondary crimination test. School Counseling Core Methods: Reading and Composition and After graduation and licensure, verify Coun 596 Foundations of School Counseling .3 Practicum ...... 4 three years of one-half time or more Lib 529 Young Adult Literature ...... 3 Total 36 Elective ...... 3 counseling experience in Oregon public schools or in Oregon private schools Total 27-28 accredited by the Northwest Associa- tion of Schools and Colleges as a requirement for Continuing License as a school counselor.

† Coun 506 and 567 must be taken concurrently. Coun 509 and 571 must be taken concurrently. ‡ Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling (clinic and school practicum experience: TSPC requires a 400-clock-hour practicum for the Initial License). During enrollment in Practicum, students will be expected to log 80-100 hours in the usual and customary role of the school counselor. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 209

Track I: Continuing School Counselor Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning . . . . . 3 public school setting. Individuals in need License requirements Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of of the teaching requirement must take the The Continuing License is issued upon Counseling ...... 3 six-credit, 200-clock-hour Teaching Expe- † completion of the following program and Coun 571 Group Counseling...... 3 rience sequence. must be renewed every five years. The Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . 3 Students in the Licensure Only program Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Continuing License requires completion of Counseling ...... 3 are required to take the Professional Portfo- the approved M.A./M.S. in counseling, Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning . 1 lio course. The Professional Portfolio experience as a school counselor,† and EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research . 4 course has been designed to help students completion of a portfolio documenting Coun 525 Guidance for Classroom Teacher. . . 3 document their professional experience professional development as defined by Coun 508 Effective Teaching and coursework from their prior degree OAR 584-070-0090.‡ (200-hour practicum)...... 3 program. The purpose of the Professional Counseling Specialty Courses ...... 4 Course Requirements Credits Portfolio is to determine if additional School Counseling Core courses, such as Multicultural Perspectives, Program Core Coun 506 Substance Abuse...... 1 are needed to meet the Counselor Educa- Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 Coun 545 Youth at Risk...... 3 tion program, and TSPC requirements for EPFA 511 Principles of Educational Research . .4 Coun 555 Counseling Children and Youth . . . 3 Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of the Initial School Counselor License. Up to Coun 596 Foundations of School Counseling . 3 78 additional credits may be required. Counseling ...... 3 Coun 597 Counseling for the 21st Century . . . 3 Coun 575 Marriage and Family Counseling . . .3 Coun 598 Consultation Procedures...... 3 Course Requirements Credits School Counseling Core Practicum Sequence (Year Long): School Core Coun 506 Substance Abuse: School ◊Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling ...... 9 Coun 545 Youth at Risk ...... 3 Counseling ...... 1 Coun 555 Counseling: Children and Youth . . .3 Coun 545 Youth at Risk ...... 3 Internship Sequence (Year Long): Coun 509 Practicum: Internship ...... 9 Coun 596 Foundations of School Counseling .3 Coun 555 Counseling Children and Youth. . . .3 Coun 597 Counseling for the 21st Century . . .3 Coun 597 Counseling for the 21st Century Total 79 Coun 598 Consultation Procedures ...... 3 (Summer Institute) ...... 3 Coun 598 Consultation Procedures ...... 3 For the Continuing School Counselor Practicum Sequence (Year Long): Counseling Specialty Courses...... 4 License, TSPC requires verification of three Coun 509 Practicum: School Internship— years of one-half time or more counseling 600 hours of supervised experience in public Internship Sequence (Year Long): school setting ...... 9 §Coun 509 Practicum: Internship...... 9 experience and documentation of professional development as defined by OAR Teaching Experience (if needed) Total 37 584-070-0090. A portfolio may be com- Coun 525 Guidance for the Classroom Teacher ...... 3 School Counseling Specialization: Track pleted with a mentor and/or submitted for Coun 508 Effective Teaching (200-hour II Option assessment by PSU faculty as part of the practicum)...... 3 Track II students must complete the entire Professional Portfolio course. Earned Degree/Professional Review program before being eligible for the Initial School Counseling Specialization: Coun 599 Professional Portfolio ...... 3 School Counselor License. The program Licensure Only Option consists of 78 credits of study leading to Students enrolled in the Licensure Only Total 33 the approved M.A./M.S. in counseling in option must be graduates from an accred- Upon completion of the Initial School education: school counseling specializa- ited master’s program in counseling, psy- Counselor License, TSPC requires verification. Since Track II is designed for individ- chology, or social work that required a tion of three years of one-half time or more uals who cannot document two years clinical practicum focused on individual experience and documentation of profes- teaching experience, TSPC requires a 6- and group counseling skills. Licensure sional development as defined by OAR credit, 200-clock-hour teaching require- Only does not include graduate degrees in 584-070-0090 for the Continuing School ment as part of their program. After gradu- teaching or education. The program is Counselor License. A portfolio may be ation, the Continuing License requires designed to meet the requirements for the completed with a mentor from the Oregon experience as a school counselor, and com- Initial School Counselor License approved School Counselor Association and/or pletion of a portfolio documenting profes- by TSPC. Students must complete 33 cred- Licensure Only students may repeat the sional development as defined by OAR its in the School Counseling core to be eli- Professional Portfolio course to submit 584-070-0090. gible for licensure. Continuing License their work as a developing school counse- Course Requirements Credits requires experience as a school counselor, lor for assessment by PSU faculty. Counseling Core and documentation of professional devel- †Coun 506 Appraisal Instruments ...... 1 opment as defined by OAR 584-070-0090. Coun 506 Legal and Ethical Issues ...... 1 All students in the Licensure Only †Coun 509 Practicum: Group ...... 1 Option must take the School Counseling Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations II...... 3 Specialization core courses. The Teacher Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I ...... 3 Standards and Practices Commission Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II...... 3 † requires school counselors to have two Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling ...... 3 years experience as a licensed teacher in a

† For the Continuing School Counselor License, TSPC requires veriﬁcation of three years of one-half time or more counseling experience in Oregon public schools or in Oregon private schools accredited by the Northwest Associa- tion of Schools and Colleges. ‡ A portfolio documenting professional development as deﬁned by OAR 584-070-0090 may be completed with an Oregon School Counselor Association mentor and/or submitted for assessment by PSU faculty as part of the Profes- sional Portfolio course. § Coun 509 Practicum: Internship (clinic supervision and school internship experience). Program requires a total of 600 hours of supervised experience in a public school setting. ◊ Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling (clinic and school practicum experience: TSPC requires a 400-clock-hour practicum for the Initial License). During enrollment in Practicum, students will be expected to log 80-100 hours in the usual and customary role of the school counselor. 210 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SPECIAL EDUCATION LICENSURE Special Education Common Special Educator Initial Endorsement PROGRAMS Background Required: Program—Elementary (Age 3-Grade 8) The PSU Graduate School of Education The following courses (or their equiva- SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 2 offers licensure and endorsement programs lents) and experience in education are pre- SpEd 509 Low Incidence Disabilities I ...... 3 for: requisites for admission to the special SpEd 509 High Incidence Disabilities II ...... 3 Persons seeking their special education education licensure programs: SpEd 510 Collaboration I: Families and Community-Elementary ...... 2 endorsement who do not currently hold Bachelor’s Degree any other Oregon teaching license SpEd 510 Instructional Methods I: Literacy– Psy 311 Human Development...... 3-4 credits Elementary ...... 3 Teachers who hold a valid Oregon Mth 211 Foundations of Elementary SpEd 510 Instructional Methods II: Math– teaching license in general education Mathematics...... 3-4 credits Elementary ...... 3 and wish to add the special education Ed 420/520 Intro to Education and SpEd 510 Collaboration II–Elementary ...... 3 endorsement Society ...... 3-4 credits SpEd 510 Instructional Technology ...... 1 Teachers who hold a valid Oregon SpEd 418/518 Survey of Exceptional Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 teaching license in special education Learners ...... 3 credits SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and and wish to take advanced specialty SpEd 519 Principles of Special Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 Education...... 3 credits SpEd 510 Student Teaching Seminar– coursework as part of their continuing Experience in education such as: regular educa- professional development plan Elementary ...... 1 tion teacher, instructional assistant, substitute SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 Persons who wish to complete a Master teacher, special education teacher, community SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 of Arts (M.A.) or Master of Science program experience, or Mt. Hood Kiwanis SpEd 525 Student Teaching-Elementary. . . . .12 (M.S.) degree in special education. Camp (Applicants without experience are SpEd 532 Functional Assessment...... 4 PSU offers state licensure and endorse- encouraged to enroll in SpEd 199/460 Out- SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4 door Ed/Recreation for a two-week summer ments in the following areas: camp experience at Mt. Hood Kiwanis Camp Total 53 Special Educator: Elementary (Initial with students with disabilities to determine if Special Educator Initial Endorsement and Continuing License) they wish to pursue a career serving popula- Special Educator: Secondary (Initial and tions with special needs). Program—Secondary (Grade 5- Continuing License) Grade 12) For further information about the spe- SpEd 506 Specialized Techniques ...... 2 Visually Impaired Learner (Initial and cial education program, please call the SpEd 509 Low Incidence Disabilities I ...... 3 Continuing License) Graduate School of Education for an infor- SpEd 509 High Incidence Disabilities II . . . . .3 Early Childhood/Early Intervention mation packet. You may also attend a gen- SpEd 510 Collaboration I–Secondary...... 2 (Initial and Continuing License) eral advising session in the special SpEd 510 Instructional Methods I: Literacy– education ofﬁce. Call the School for days Secondary ...... 3 and times of sessions (725-4619). SpEd 510 Instructional Methods II: Secondary ...... 3 SpEd 510 Collaboration II: Secondary ...... 3 SpEd 510 Instructional Technology ...... 1 Ed 510 Reading/Language Arts K-12 ...... 3 SpEd 510 Instruction Planning and Classroom-based Assessment...... 3 SpEd 510 Student Teaching Seminar– Secondary ...... 1 SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment ...... 3 SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 SpEd 525 Student Teaching–Secondary . . . . .12 SpEd 532 Functional Assessment...... 4 SpEd 534 Functional Curriculum ...... 4

Total 53 Vision Impaired Learner Initial Endorsement Program SpEd 509 STE I Visually Impaired ...... 3 SpEd 509 STE II Visually Impaired ...... 3 SpEd 510 Collaboration...... 3 SpEd 510 Student Teaching Seminar ...... 1 SpEd 521 Behavior Management ...... 3 SpEd 525 Student Teaching Visually Impaired ...... 12 SpEd 540 Education of the Visually Impaired Learner ...... 3 SpEd 541 Implications of Vision Problems. . . .3 SpEd 542 Assessment of Visually Impaired . . .2 SpEd 544 Methods of Teaching Academics to Visually Impaired Learners ...... 3 SpEd 545 Orientation and Mobility ...... 3 SpEd 546 Braille 1 ...... 3 SpEd 547 Braille 2 ...... 3 SpEd 510 Braille 3/Technology...... 3

Total 48 Micki Caskey, Education G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 211

Early Childhood/Early Intervention Ed 620 and experimental research. Also, introduces how Endorsement Program Doctoral Studies Proseminar (1-4) to conduct a statistical data analysis and use Please contact the Graduate School of Edu- This three course four-credit sequence is such methods as correlation, t-test, analysis of required for all doctoral students and is taken variance and chi-square. cation for information about this program during the first year of doctoral study, beginning (725-4619). Ed 700 with two credits in the fall and one credit each in In-service Education (Credit to be Dual Endorsement Options winter and spring terms. The course is designed arranged.) The Special Education program offers a to extend and deepen thinking about education, Credits are for district in-service and are not dual endorsement option in Elementary “educational leadership” and inquiry through counted toward a graduate degree or specialist Education (general education licensure) shared readings, interaction with faculty and license. local educational leaders, and critical reflective and Special Education, referred to as the writing and conversation. Students are expected Inclusion program. A second dual endorse- to initiate and maintain a learning and a profes- CURRICULUM AND ment program is offered in Special Educa- sional portfolio and by the end of spring term to INSTRUCTION COURSES tion and Vision Impairments. These develop and present a formal paper that exam- programs include a dual student teaching ines an educational issue using frameworks and CI 199 experience. Students who complete these concepts from Ed 630, 640 and 650, which are Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) programs receive two endorsements. Infor- also taken during their first year. This paper may CI 251 mation about these programs is available serve as an initial draft of the doctoral core Introduction to Early Childhood Education examination paper. (3) from the Graduate School of Education. This course will provide an overview of the early Ed 630 childhood education profession, including Continuing Endorsement Principles and Practices of Learning (4) The Oregon Teacher Standards and Prac- The study of theories of learning in a variety of issues, research, historical influences, programs tices Commission (TSPC) issues two educational contexts: classrooms, counseling, for young children, and career options. Field experience required. licenses, the initial and the continuing. The and non-school settings. Study of the narratives Portland State University Special Education of teaching and learning to analyze the enact- CI 252 ment of theory and to examine the variety of Instruction and Management in Preschool program offers programs in both the initial Education (3) and the continuing. The continuing ways to research learning. Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. Growth and development characteristics of pre- endorsement is available for licensed school children (ages 3-5) for planning educa- Oregon teachers who have added the Initial Ed 640 tional programs, curriculum, instruction, Organizational Leadership Theory and scheduling and environment, management, and Special Educator endorsement either by Research in Education (4) passing the PRAXIS exam or who have Organizational and leadership theory and parent communication. Field experience completed an Initial Special Educator pro- research in education informing the study, prac- required. Prerequisite: CI 251 or coursework in human growth and development. gram. Oregon teachers who have obtained tice, and improvement of educational policy and the Initial Special Educator endorsement practice in school and non-school contexts; CI 253 Preschool Programming (3) have six years in which to complete emphasis on emergent perspectives and their significance for theory, research, and practice. This course will provide experience and guid- requirements for the continuing endorse- ance in planning, implementing and evaluating ment. For information about the continu- Ed 650 developmentally appropriate teaching and learn- Educational Policy and Politics (4) ing endorsement (previously referred to as The study of how policy is proposed, adopted, ing experiences in preschool settings. Field the standard license), please contact the implemented, and changed in educational orga- experience required. Prerequisite: CI 252. Graduate School of Education (725-4619). nizations. Special emphasis on the political pro- CI 350 cess and how it influences the policy cycle. Aesthetics and Physical Education for Prerequisite: admission to doctoral program. Young Children (4) SCHOOL This course will provide preparation for plan- COURSES Ed 660 ning, implementing and evaluating developmen- Foundations of Research Paradigms and tally appropriate integrated teaching and Methods (4) Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not An introduction to research paradigms and learning experiences in art, music, movement, offered every year. research methodologies that are useful to better drama, and physical education for young learn- Ed 407 understand and/or address problems of educa- ers, ages 4-8 years. Prerequisites: admission to Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tional practice. Provides doctoral students with teacher education; CI 251. Ed 410 knowledge of basic processes of inquiry so they CI 351 Experimental Course (Credit to be are able to begin designing individual research Science, Social Studies and Health for arranged.) projects. Prerequisite: admission to doctoral pro- Young Children (5) Ed 420/520 gram and EPFA 511 or 515. This course will provide preparation for planning, implementing, and evaluating develop- Introduction to Education and Society (4) Ed 661 Explores the nature of public education in the mentally appropriate integrated teaching and Qualitative Research Methods in Education learning experiences in science, social studies social context of the United States. Purpose is to (4) develop critical ways of thinking about schools Introduces qualitative research methods of data and health for young learners, ages 4-8 years. as social institutions and as a means of cultural collection and analysis in education. Reviews Prerequisites: admission to teacher education; transmission and transformation. theoretical foundations, field research problems, CI 251. Ed 507 and qualitative data collection and analysis CI 401/501 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) methods including participant observation, Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Ed 509 depth interviewing, and development of Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) grounded theory. CI 402/502 Consent of instructor. Ed 662 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Ed 510 Quantitative Research Methods in CI 403/503 Experimental Course (Credit to be Education (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Introduces quantitative research methods of data CI 404/504 Ed 525 collection and analysis in education. Reviews Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Student Teaching (6-15) theoretical foundations, applications and design to be arranged.) issues of methods such as survey, correlational 212 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CI 405/505 and materials to effectively engage Limited functions of a classroom teacher as a facilitator of Reading and Conference (Credit to be English Proficient (LEP) students at all grade learning, and a decision maker concerning pupil arranged.) levels in the learning process. Special attention needs and achievement. Prerequisites: admission Consent of instructor. will be given to students’ bilingual/bicultural to the teacher education program; Psy 204 or CI 406/506 characteristics as important aspects of develop- 205, Psy 311. Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) ing successful curriculum. CI 513 CI 407/507 CI 458/558 Classroom Instruction and Technology Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Instruction and Management in (2-5) CI 408/508 Kindergarten/ Primary Grades (3) Principles and skills for organization and presen- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) This course will consider growth and develop- tation of K-12 classroom instruction. Topics CI 409/509 ment characteristics of children ages 5-8 years included are: student needs analysis, planning, Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) and research on teaching for planning educa- direct and indirect instructional techniques, use Consent of instructor. tional programs, curricula, instruction, environ- of aides, assessment of pupil achievement, and CI 410/510 ment, management, and guidance. Prerequisites: evaluation of teaching. Includes mediated Experimental Course (Credit to be admission to teacher education, and either CI instruction and preparation and use of instruc- arranged.) 251, 252, or 253. tional materials. Prerequisite: admission to the CI 432/532 CI 472†/572 teacher education program. Computer Applications for the Classroom Language and Literacy in Early Childhood CI 514 (3) Education (3) Multicultural and Urban Education (3) This course is designed for preservice or inser- Helps teachers understand, assess, and promote Principles, practices, promises, and problems of vice teachers who wish to become comfortable early experiences with language that contribute multicultural education, with emphasis in urban with the use of the computer to enhance class- to the process of becoming literate. Prerequisite: settings. Use of student and community diversity room teaching and learning. Topics include an Undergraduate early childhood education to enhance subject matter, learning, and class- introduction to computers and technology in coursework or teaching experience with young room life. Characteristics, opportunities, and education; review and curriculum integration of children. needs of students in city schools presented with courseware; use of word processing; designing CI 474/574 examples of current effective practice. Political and using computer-based databases in the Assessing and Instructing Learners with and sociological influences in U.S. educational classroom; computer literacy; and graphics soft- Literacy Problems (4) system, especially urban school settings. ware for the classroom. Focuses on working, particularly in the regular Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education CI 433/533 classroom, with students experiencing difficul- program. Computer Applications in Instruction (3) ties in learning to read and write. It deals with: CI 515 A comprehensive survey of the use of microcom- theoretically-based understanding and analysis The Reflective Practitioner (3) puters in instruction. Terminology, educational (such as miscue analysis) of students’ reading Perspectives and techniques for formal and applications, ethical issues, courseware, evalua- and writing; developing students’ reading and informal analysis, information gathering, deci- tion and selection, multimedia applications, writing knowledge and strategies; social and sion making, value judgements about educa- management tools for educators, planning and psychological aspects of literacy problems. A tional practice. Prerequisite: admission to the organizing for school computer use, hardware field experience, usually a case study, is teacher education program. selection, computer literacy and technological included. CI 516 literacy, and network resources for teachers. CI 475†/575 Integrated Methods I (2-5) Hands-on use of the computer to review Supervision in Early Childhood Education An integrated approach to literacy development. courseware is an important part of the course. Settings (3) Deals with processes of becoming literate, the Prerequisite: CI 432 or equivalent. Integrates theory and research of adult and pro- content of instruction in the language arts, and CI 434/534 fessional development with supervisory models methods for implementing an integrated curric- Microcomputer-based Management and and practices appropriate for early childhood ulum. Includes field assignments in school set- Research Tools for Educators (3) education settings. Prerequisite: Undergraduate tings. Prerequisites: admission to the teacher This course introduces educators to important early childhood education coursework or teach- education program; Lib 490/590 or equivalent. ing experience with young children. and useful tools for classroom use and personal CI 517 and professional use: word processing, database, CI 491/591 Integrated Methods II (2-5) spreadsheet, survey, and statistical applications. Enriching Children’s Reading (3) Students explore trends, practices, materials, Each class session includes demonstration and A study of the enrichment of children’s reading and resources for teaching health, science, and hands-on use of microcomputers. Each student through literature. An advanced course designed social science in the elementary classroom. will develop a word-processed document, a for parents and teachers of nursery, kindergar- Includes content-specific methods and materials database, a spreadsheet application, a survey, ten, and elementary school children. Prerequi- as well as those appropriate to an integrated ele- and a statistical document. Prerequisite: CI 432 site: Lib 428/528. mentary curriculum. Field experience required. or equivalent. CI 511 Prerequisites: admission to the teacher education CI 435/535 Classroom Management (2-3) program, CI 512. Audio-Visual Aids (3) Principles and practices of K-12 classroom man- CI 518 The development and use of audio-visual aids in agement and discipline. Topics include organiza- Integrated Methods III (1-5) education. Emphasis on actual learning situation and logistics of classroom procedures, Trends, practices, materials, and resources for tions in which radio, recordings, films, slides, communication and routine building, proce- teaching art, music, mathematics, and physical pictures, maps, charts, etc., are utilized. Sources dures for prevention and resolution of disrup- education in the elementary school. Includes of materials and equipment; administration of tions, problem solving, decision making, and content-specific methods and materials as well audio-visual programs. multicultural and urban perspectives. Prerequi- as those appropriate to an integrated elementary CI 443/543 site: admission to the teacher education curriculum. Field experience required. Prerequi- Effective Teaching Strategies and Materials program. sites: admission to the teacher education pro- for Working With Linguistically and CI 512 gram; CI 512. Culturally Diverse Students (3) Teaching and Learning (3) What strategies and materials work in teaching Principles of human learning and related prac- children who are learning English? Become tices for classroom teaching. The psychology of acquainted with the current research on identifi- learning in a school setting includes both indication, development, and practice of develop- vidual and group generalizations. The roles and mentally and linguistically appropriate strategies

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 213

CI 519 CI 529 for these learners, and the diverse roles of the Special Secondary Methods (3) School Reading Program Leadership (3) middle-level teacher. Introduces students to the Problems and methods in selecting and organiz- The course is for current or future administra- curriculum and delivery methods appropriate ing materials for instruction: comparison and tors, coordinators, curriculum consultants, or for emerging adolescents. evaluation of methods, laboratory techniques, teachers whose responsibilities will include lead- CI 547 supplies, equipment, or economy of time and ership roles in the administration of school-wide Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in materials. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher or district-wide reading programs. It deals with the Elementary School (4) education program. long- and short-term objectives, school organi- Concentrated study of recent trends and recur- CI 521 zational patterns, staff competencies, materials ring problems in selecting, organizing, evaluat- Reading and Composition in the Content selection, program evaluation, needs assessment, ing, and presenting concepts, information, and Areas (3) and the use of community resources. Prerequi- materials of instruction in subjects taught in ele- Course designed to help educators guide their site: CI 474/574 or equivalent. mentary school: art, health, language arts, math- students in acquiring skills needed for adequate CI 530 ematics, music, physical education, reading reading, thinking, writing, and study in content Courseware Design (3) (includes one additional field work credit), sci- areas. Emphasis on the functional teaching of This course is intended for graduate students in ence, social studies. reading and writing-the design and preparation education who wish to design and develop their CI 548 of materials to use with textbooks in all school own instructional packages for use on the micro- Advanced Methods-Special Subject Fields in subjects. Prerequisite: admission to the teacher computer. Each student will use principles of the Secondary School (3) education program. instructional systems design to design and Concentrated study of recent trends in the cur- CI 522 develop a lesson through the storyboard stage. riculum and methodology of the subject area. Literacy Foundations (4) The final step, writing the computer program, is Investigates the problems and methods in select- Focuses on the foundational areas of psychology, not included in this course. No programming ing and organizing materials for instruction, history, theory, and research, and familiarizes skills are required. Prerequisite: CI 433/533. including integration of media, computers, and teachers and reading specialists with varied ideas CI 545 technology. Separate courses in art, business about how reading and writing work and how Educating Early Adolescents (3) education, English, health, mathematics, they are learned, through the examination of Focuses on the nature of early adolescence and modern foreign languages, music, physical edu- major theorists and researchers, both present examines theory and practice informing devel- cation, reading and composition, science, social and past. opment of the philosophy of early adolescent science, speech, theater arts. CI 523 education, organizational structures appropriate Language Arts in Middle Schools (4) Designed for teachers at the middle school level. Explores the nature of teaching young adolescents, including developmental psychology and methods of literacy education with a corresponding field experience. Includes ways of studying language through literature and the arts, using writing and speaking to study language, language use in different academic settings and content areas, and emerging trends for studying language in the 21st century.

CI 525 Issues and Perspectives in the Teaching of Reading (3) An examination of the development of current practices in the teaching of reading. The identiﬁ- cation of major trends and issues and a critical review of relevant past and present research. Pre- requisite: completion of student teaching. CI 526 Reading for the Creative and Gifted (3) A study of the unique reading characteristics of the creative and gifted and an overview of psychological and philosophical understandings important for the teacher teaching reading to these able students. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. CI 527 Enriching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) A study of adolescent psychology and development in relation to reading, and the role of the teacher as a resource. In-depth investigation of approaches to literature and reading as an act and introduction to humanistic objectives, creativity and value clariﬁcation through reading. Prerequisite: Lib 429/529. CI 528 Whole Language Approach to Literacy (3) Designed to give the rationale and theory base for the whole language approach to literacy and to examine appropriate classroom practices and materials for grades K-8. Rolla Lewis, Education 214 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CI 550 uled seminar. Prerequisites: admission to teacher CI 571 Student Teaching I, K-Primary (6) education program; successful completion of Play: Curriculum in Early Childhood Observation and some teaching under direction Student Teaching I; all appropriate GTEP meth- Education (3) of supervising classroom teacher and University ods courses; 3.00 GPA in professional courses. Study of stages of play, theory, and research on supervisor in conjunction with assignments Admission by approved application two aca- play, cultural differences in play, and adult role related to methods coursework and diagnosis of demic terms in advance. in facilitation of play. Curriculum will be individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the reviewed, developed, and integrated with a focus CI 560 on play for teaching and learning, for child-cen- teacher education program. Action Research (3) tered approaches, and for meeting needs of spe- CI 551 Designed to help educators see themselves as cial learners. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early Student Teaching II, K-Primary (15) researchers, in order that they may conduct childhood education coursework or teaching Observation and teaching under direction of research in educational settings that contribute experience with young children. classroom teacher and University supervisor. to the improvement of education. Research Direct responsibility for learning activities, questions and methods appropriate for practic- CI 573 developing skills in techniques of teaching and ing educators will be covered. Assessment in Early Childhood Education classroom management; related professional (3) CI 561, 562 Study of and experience with a range of develop- activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- Advanced Educational Psychology (3, 3) sion to the teacher education program. mentally appropriate assessment strategies for Review and development of modern viewpoints use in diagnostic, formative, and summative CI 552 in educational psychology with particular atten- Student Teaching I, Elementary (6) evaluation of growth and development of young tion to theories of learning and their application children and for appropriate educational deci- Observation and some teaching under direction to school and educational problems; an exami- of supervising classroom teacher and University sions in early childhood education settings. Pre- nation of experimental material that seems most requisite: Undergraduate early childhood supervisor in conjunction with assignments useful and relevant to educational psychology. related to methods coursework and diagnosis of education coursework or teaching experience CI 565/665 with young children. individual needs. Prerequisite: admission to the Theoretical Models of Curriculum (3) teacher education program. Study of the history of curriculum and curricu- CI 580 CI 553 Theories of Instruction (3) lum theory in the United States. Emphasis is An investigation of what happens in the class- Student Teaching II, Elementary (15) placed on the historical, philosophical, and sci- Observation and teaching under direction of room, emphasizing the interrelatedness of learn- entific foundations of curriculum theory. A main ing, subject matter, and teaching; testing of classroom teacher and University supervisor. goal of the course is to provide a framework for Direct responsibility for learning activities, scholars’ and the student’s own ideas against evaluation, selection, and development of school concrete case studies of instruction; formulation developing skills in techniques of teaching and curricula. classroom management; related professional and defense of one’s own theory. Prerequisite: CI 566 teaching experience or consent of instructor. activities. Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admis- Curriculum Construction (3) sion to the teacher education program. Evaluation of current curricular programs and CI 601 Research (Credit to be arranged.) CI 554 trends. Techniques and methods of curricular Student Teaching I, Secondary (6) improvement. Leadership in curricular improve- CI 602 Observation and some teaching under direction ment. Preparation of a curriculum. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) of supervising classroom teacher and University CI 603 CI 567 Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) supervisor in conjunction with assignments Curriculum and Culture (3) related to methods and classroom management Understanding the cultural basis of instructional CI 604 coursework and diagnosis of individual needs. materials in curriculum development and teach- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Prerequisite: admission to the teacher education ing and how the organization of knowledge in a to be arranged.) program. subject area and the explanation of new ideas are CI 605 CI 555 influenced by cultural root metaphors. Planning Reading and Conference (Credit to be Student Teaching II, Secondary (15) and administering the instructional materials arranged.) Observation and teaching under the direction of center in the modern school. The cooperative CI 606 classroom teacher and University supervisor. roles of the teacher, administrator, and librarian Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Direct responsibility for learning activities, in curricular development and materials. arranged.) developing skills in teaching and classroom CI 607 CI 568 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) management; related professional activities. The Curriculum of the Public School (3) Weekly seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the Overview of the public school curriculum with CI 608 teacher education program. emphasis on the various subject fields; organiza- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) CI 556 tion of the school for curriculum development; CI 609 Mid-Level Student Teaching I (6) education objectives; the course of study; evalu- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Observation and teaching in a middle or junior ation of the public school curriculum. CI 610 high school setting under direction of supervis- CI 570 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ing classroom teacher and university supervisor Child Development and Education (3) CI 620 in conjunction with assignments related to In-depth study of child development theory, Doctoral Studies Proseminar (3) methods coursework and diagnosis of individual principles, and current research, practice of Inquiry of researchable problems in education; needs. Prerequisites: admission to teacher edu- observational strategies, and application of overview of methodology and design for policy cation program; at least 14 credits in residence; growth and development data to educational studies, ethnographies, experimental and nonex- cum. 3.00 GPA; 3.00 GPA in professional programs for young children. Study will extend perimental research; the relationships among courses. Admission by approved application to to decision making and developmentally appro- theory, research, and practice. Prerequisite: student teaching. priate practice in early childhood education. Pre- admission to the doctoral program. CI 557 requisite: Undergraduate early childhood CI 640 Mid-Level Student Teaching II (15) education coursework or teaching experience Principles of Teaching and Learning (3) Observation and full-time teaching in a middle with young children. Provides an organizing framework for under- or junior high school setting under direction of standing theories and relationships between supervising classroom teacher and university teaching and learning; theories, context and con- supervisor. Direct responsibility for learning cept applications of teaching and learning pre- activities developing skills in techniques of sented relevant to K-12 and postsecondary teaching and classroom management; related settings. Prerequisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent professional activities. Attend regularly sched- enrollment. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 215

CI 641 EPFA 447/547 EPFA 457/557 Research and Practice in Teaching and Administration of Early Childhood Cultural Pluralism and Urban Education Learning (3) Programs (3) (4) Introduction to the systematic study of teaching Examines theory and practice informing the This course is designed to explore the process of and learning, including the review of leading administration/leadership of early childhood education policy development and implementa- research and development programs; both class- programs to include: 1) organizational configu- tion in culturally diverse, urban environments. room and system-wide settings considered; rations, 2) leadership and the dynamics of the The course is organized around several cultural attention given to leadership in practice and work group, 3) developmentally appropriate pluralism perspectives; among the topics to be innovation. Prerequisite: CI 640. curriculum, 4) interaction with families of young explored are the issues of socialization of the CI 801 children, and 5) significance of poverty, race, child, governmental operations, educational Research (Credit to be arranged.) and gender for such programs. Prerequisite: administration, teacher preparation and curricu- CI 802 child and family studies major or admission to lum design. EPFA 557 includes an additional, Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) an education graduate program. concurrent 30 hour minimum field project requirement. CI 804 EPFA 451†/551 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Social Foundations of Education (4) EPFA 465/565 to be arranged.) Study of sociological theories that illuminate the LEP School Community Relations (3) CI 805 effects of education on individuals and society. Learn how to work with families to overcome Reading and Conference (Credit to be Problem areas in race, class, and gender are barriers to setting-up support systems in and out arranged.) explored in the process of examining theories of of school. Access appropriate community CI 806 socialization, certification, allocation, and legiti- resources that can be critical for ensuring class- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) mation and their application to historical and room success with LEP students. Gain understanding about other culture’s orientation to CI 807 current educational situations. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 452/552 education and school. Learn strategies to History of Education (3) build bridges between home, school, and the CI 808 community. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) A general review of the growth and development of education in relation to the civilization of the CI 809 EPFA 466/566 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) times; emphasis is placed upon the development Impact of Language and Culture in the of educational theories at various points in Classroom (3) CI 810 history. Learn the importance of intercultural communi- Experimental Course (Credit to be cation in working with children from a wide arranged.) EPFA 453/553 History of American Education (4) range of cultures in today’s classroom. Survey The historical development of the American the cultural, linguistic, educational, and ethical EDUCATIONAL POLICY, educational system, from European backgrounds issues present in all classrooms today. Study the FOUNDATIONS, AND and colonial beginnings to the present time. sociological and language issues and immigration history. Learn how to identify and appreci- ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES EPFA 454/554 ate cultural factors that affect social adjustment COURSES Philosophy of Education (4) Study and comparison of the philosophical bases and learning. EPFA 401/501 of educational ideas and of the educational EPFA 467/567 Research (Credit to be arranged.) implications of philosophical thought. EPFA 554 ESL/Bilingual Program Design and Models (3) EPFA 402/502 includes an additional, concurrent 30 hour minimum field project requirement. Exemplary schools provide second language Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) learners with a rich intellectual diet, not a reme- EPFA 403/503 EPFA 455/555 dial or basic skills curriculum. They expect all Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Gender and Education (4) students to achieve high standards in literacy Explores the significance of gender in educa- EPFA 404/504 and other academic areas. Learn how these tional work. The focus will be on the history of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit schools combine their understandings and apply gender arrangements in educational organiza- to be arranged.) the knowledge of local, state, and federal laws tions and the formation of gender roles in con- EPFA 405/505 and policies along with pedagogical consider- temporary American society, particularly in the Reading and Conference (Credit to be ations to create effective programs. Participants family, schools, and the economy. Students will arranged.) will examine a variety of local, regional, and examine differential socialization of males and EPFA 406/506 national program models for ESL and Bilingual females, ongoing practices in educational organi- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) instruction. This will create opportunities to zations that are gender-related and/or gender develop expertise in assessing the critical com- EPFA 407/507 biased and the convergence of gender, race, and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ponents of programs serving pre-school through class in educational organizations. This course is adults. EPFA 408/508 cross-listed as WS 455, may only be taken once Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) for credit. EPFA 555 includes an additional, con- EPFA 511, 512 EPFA 409/509 current 30 hour minimum field project require- Principles of Educational Research and Data Analysis I, II (4,4) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) ment. Research paradigm; measurement and test char- EPFA 410/510 EPFA 456/556 Experimental Course (Credit to be acteristics; planning and evaluation; library The Urban School and “at Risk” Status (4) resources; identifying research problems; plan- arranged.) Draws upon theory, research, and practice for † ning research; types of research; research EPFA 446 /556 the examination of the conditions of being “at- designs, central tendency, variability and rela- Early Childhood Education: Relationships risk” in urban schools. Explores the family, com- tionships; sampling, sampling error, and With Home and Society (3) munity, and school environments and their rela- Considers the sociology of families and commu- hypothesis testing; crossbreaks; one, two, and tionships in the hindrance of development of multiple group, and multiple independent vari- nities in the development of cooperative rela- children and youth leading to their “at-risk” tionships with programs for young children. able designs; computer applications; information status. This course is cross-listed with Urban systems. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early childhood Studies. EPFA 556 includes an additional, con- education coursework or teaching experience current 30 hour minimum field project require- with young children. ment.

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. 216 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EPFA 513 EPFA 533 EPFA 559 Advanced Research Designs and Data Planning and Budgeting in Postsecondary The Principalship (4) Analysis in Education (4) Education (4) Designed to develop complementary theoretical Designs for multiple independent variables; Provides an introduction to the planning and and practical understanding of the principalship; equating designs for multigroups; designs for budgeting processes used in colleges and univer- to acquire knowledge and to learn practices and multiple dependent variables; follow-up proce- sities. Major emphasis is placed on key concepts, skills needed to become a successful first-year dures for multiple dependent variable designs; planning models, and applications to institu- principal. Prerequisite: EPFA 569. selected data collection methods, including tional cases. Strategies for linking planning and EPFA 560 questionnaires, interviews, observation, sociom- budgeting function will be explored. Students Supervision and Evaluation of Instruction etry, and objective tests and scales; computer will examine and use various planning and bud- (4) application in the use of selected designs. geting tools and techniques. Budget reduction The role of the supervisor in keeping education Prerequisite: EPFA 512. and the connection between planning and geared to the changing demands of society; theo- EPFA 514 assessment will be examined. Prerequisite: grad- ries of leadership; group processes and individ- Educational Measurement and uate standing. ual conference techniques; action research and Assessment (4) EPFA 536 related approaches to curriculum change; analy- Minimum competency, norm-referenced, and Postsecondary Curriculum (4) sis of concrete supervisory problems. criterion-referenced tests; classroom student Provides an introduction to the field of curricu- EPFA 561 assessment; characteristics and levels of mea- lum or program design for adult learners and Staff Development: Planning, surement; reliability; validity; interpreting test introduces students to a process of program Implementation, And Evaluation (4) scores; standardized tests; using performance planning and development. Curriculum devel- Staff development goals; characteristics of staff standards; planning and constructing classroom opment or design is viewed as both a technical development programs; establishing a staff selection; supply and performance tests; portfo- and political process. It also provides a historical development organization; policy and decision- lio assessment; evaluating test items. Prerequi- and philosophical perspective on postsecondary making; identifying and responding to the con- site: graduate standing. curriculum, with attention given to review and cerns of participants; assessing needs; planning EPFA 515 analysis of current practices and issues, includ- and implementation of specific programs; net- Program Evaluation (4) ing life-long and collaborative learning. A com- working; formal and informal methods of evalu- An examination of evaluation theory and prehensive program planning model will be ation; models for staff development; program approaches and their applications in educational examined. Prerequisite: graduate standing. evaluation; management information systems; settings. Emphasis is given to program evalua- EPFA 537 evaluating instructional effectiveness. Prerequi- tion and to understanding how the usefulness of Policy and Governance in Postsecondary site: graduate standing. evaluation results may be increased. Prerequi- Education (4) EPFA 562 site: graduate standing. An examination of theory and research that School and Community Relations (4) EPFA 520 relates to how policy is formulated and imple- An intensive examination of the school and its Developmental Perspectives on Adult mented in postsecondary environments. The environment. Major emphasis is on the linking Learning (4) course focuses on the policy and governance role mechanisms utilized by the school in interacting Explores professional applications of adult of faculty, administrators, and trustees at the with parents, citizens, and special interest development theory and research to facilitating single college or university level, and state and groups. Course includes an additional, concur- adult learning in a wide variety of contexts, federal roles in postsecondary policy and gover- rent 30 hour minimum field project require- including formal educational and training pro- nance. Prerequisite: graduate standing. ment. Prerequisite: graduate standing. grams as well as general environments such as EPFA 538 EPFA 563 learning organizations. Course includes an addi- Contemporary Issues in Postsecondary Human Relations in Educational tional, concurrent 30 hour minimum field Education (4) Organizations (4) project requirement. Prerequisite: admission to a The course is designed to provide students with Issues and perspectives in group processes; graduate program. an introduction to the study of postsecondary models for studying groups; principles of group EPFA 521 education using as the vehicle a focus on some dynamics; human relations within educational Adult Learning (4) of the more pressing issues currently facing post- organizations; strategies for group problem-solv- An examination of challenges facing those who secondary education. The course is designed to ing and conflict management; application of plan, implement, and evaluate learning opportu- increase the capacity for the identification and group dynamics to leadership, communication, nities for adults; alternative approaches and analyses of issues and the development of posi- and decision-making within educational organi- designs. Issues reviewed from perspectives of tions relative to the issue. Prerequisite: graduate zations; evaluating processes and production of educational program providers and adult learn- standing. educational groups. Prerequisite: graduate ers. Relevant theory and research will be EPFA 541 standing. reviewed. Course includes an additional, con- The Community College (4) EPFA 564 current 30 hour minimum field project require- An introduction to the two-year college in the Administration of Curriculum (4) ment. Prerequisite: graduate standing. United States, with an emphasis on the public Provides a broad and critical understanding of EPFA 522 community college with a comprehensive educa- curricular matters that are relevant and impor- Motivating Adult Learners (4) tional program. Topics include: transfer studies; tant to administrators: 1) decision making about An examination of the complex relationships career education; general education; community the choice of content; 2) politics of curriculum between adult development, motivation, and services; basic skills education; and student development; 3) implementation and monitor- learning. Attention is given to the intra- and development services. The purpose of the course ing of curriculum at building site; 4) testing and interpersonal dynamics that motivate human is to provide students with theoretical and prac- alignment of curriculum; and 5) evaluation of behavior in general and adult learning and tical knowledge relative to the history, philoso- curriculum implementation. Prerequisite: gradu- behavior within organizational contexts specifi- phy, students, staff, services, and patterns of ate standing cally. Prerequisite: graduate standing. organization of the public community college. EPFA 568 EPFA 523 EPFA 558 Educational Organization and Assessing Adult Learning (4) Educational Leadership (4) Administration (4) Introduction to the approaches, processes, and Analysis of leadership theories, skills, and tech- Examination of the role, functions, and responsi- tools that can be used to assess adult learning. niques as applied to the organization and admin- bilities of the educational leaders and adminis- Emphasis is given to applications at the class- istration of public education. Prerequisite: trators; study of administrative and room and program levels and to practices that graduate standing. organizational theory and its application to the themselves contribute to adult learning. Course operation of educational programs and organiza- includes an additional, concurrent 30 hour min- tions in various settings, including school dis- imum field project requirement. Prerequisite: tricts, higher education and educational EPFA 517. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 217

divisions in private sector organizations. Course EPFA 577 formance within the context of Oregon’s state includes an additional, concurrent 30 hour min- Curricular and Instructional Leadership (3) reform framework. Prerequisite: admission to imum field project requirement. Prerequisite: Practicum (1) continuing administrator/initial superintendent graduate standing. Advanced course in teacher supervision and program. Corequisite: 30 hour practicum. evaluation. Examination of a variety of teaching EPFA 569 and learning models. Exploration of alternative EPFA 580 Introduction to Educational Administration District and School Policy and Operations (3) (4) approaches to the supervision and evaluation of Practicum (1) Introductory course required of applicants to the teaching. Supervising teachers in an era of The role of the administrator in the development Initial Administrator certificate program. Con- school reform, heightened accountability, and of cooperative relationships; improvement and siders educational, social, political, economic, emerging state and national standards. Dealing direction of school personnel, both professional organizational, and cultural forces shaping U.S. with the at-risk and incompetent teacher. New public schools and their administration. Course directions in teacher evaluation. Prerequisite: and nonprofessional; evaluation and improve- includes an additional, concurrent 30 hour min- admission to continuing administrator/initial ment of policies and programs to meet school imum field project requirement. superintendent program. Corequisite: 30 hour district needs. Examines the impact of policies practicum. EPFA 570 and school operations on teaching, learning, and Human Relations and Educational EPFA 578 school improvement with the goal of increasing Foundations (4) Communication and Conflict Management district effectiveness. Prerequisite: admission to Explores the historical, social, philosophical, in Educational Organizations (3) continuing administrator/initial superintendent and organizational foundations of public educa- Practicum (1) program. Corequisite: 30 hour practicum. Issues of communication within educational tion. Examines the dynamics of human relation- organizations and between educational organiza- EPFA 581 ships, leadership, and community building in tions and various audiences. Definitions of con- Legal and Financial Aspects of schools and educational settings. Analyzes Education Credit (3) flict and models for peaceful resolution/ public education goals and decision-making Practicum (1) management of conflict within educational orga- processes for achieving these goals. Prerequi- Examines Oregon school finance and school nizations and between representatives of educa- sites: admission to initial administrator program; budgeting, state and federal laws and regulations tional organizations and various other EPFA 569. governing educational practice, and planning, individuals and organizations. Attention to maintenance, and management of school facili- EPFA 571 world view, cultural styles, positions, underlying Teaching, Learning, and Curriculum (4) ties. The relationships among these factors and needs, bargaining, reforming, and finding their implication to effective communication Examines the complex relationships between common ground. Strategies for group problem- staff evaluation, individual professional develop- with educational stakeholders, instruction and solving, conflict management, and community- student learning, and effective organization and ment, staff development, and effective teaching, building. Prerequisite: admission to continuing learning, and curriculum. Students will examine management of schools and district policies and administrator/initial superintendent program. procedures are examined. Prerequisite: admis- those factors which make supervision and evalu- Corequisite: 30 hour practicum. ation really work, i.e., contribute to the larger sion to continuing administrator/initial superin- purpose of building an environment where EPFA 579 tendent program. Corequisite: 30 hour teachers can deliver their best and children can Standards-based Reform and Student practicum. Learning (3) learn most. Prerequisite: EPFA 570. Practicum (1) EPFA 594 EPFA 572 An examination of standards-based reform, School Law (4) Human Resource Development and instructional assessment models, school Critical analysis of the legal framework govern- Organizational Change (4) improvement strategies, and educational change ing school law in the United States, with empha- Examines how the relationships between people theories. Emphasis is given to understanding sis on contemporary legal problems of and organizational structures, policies, and pro- how assessment information can be used to education. Implications of landmark and current cesses influence school culture and change improve student learning and overall school per- court decisions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. efforts. Studies how school leaders secure and manage resources to improve teaching and learning for all within the school community. Prerequisite: EPFA 571. EPFA 576 Education, Community, and Society (3) Practicum (1) A review of sociological theories and research that illuminates the social and economic functions of education in modern society, with special emphasis placed on application to the role of the practicing school administrator as instructional leader and manager. Race, class, gender, and handicapping conditions are explored in the process of examining theories of socialization, certification, allocation, and legitimation and their application to historical and current educational situations, particularly in schools and school districts. Field-based experiences are used to connect the theories and research covered in class to the practice of schooling and the work of a school administrator. Prerequisite: admission to continuing administrator/initial superintendent program. Corequisite: 30 hour practicum. 218 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EPFA 601 Lib 530 Research (Credit to be arranged.) LIBRARY Literature Promotion Programs, K-12 (3) EPFA 602 COURSES A study of techniques for promoting literature in Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) elementary and secondary schools: author/illus- Lib 181 trator studies, reading books aloud, storytelling, EPFA 603 Use of the Library (3) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) booktalks, reading promotion programs, and Initial training in the effective use of the Univer- incorporating literature throughout the curricu- EPFA 604 sity library and resources, such as the card cata- lum. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit log, reference materials, and electronic to be arranged.) resources, including the on-line datalog, CD- Lib 534 Administration of the School Library Media EPFA 605 ROM databases, and Internet. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Center (3) arranged.) Lib 401/501 Study of the school library media center and its Research (Credit to be arranged.) integral role in the instructional program of the EPFA 606 Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be Lib 402/502 school. The school library media movement. arranged.) Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Focus on the leadership role of the media specialist; management of personnel; media pro- EPFA 607 Lib 403/503 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) gram budgeting; facility planning; role of state Lib 404/504 and national standards in planning, evaluation, EPFA 608 and development; other administrative areas. Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Field activities included. Prerequisite: Lib 428/ EPFA 609 528. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 405/505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Lib 536 EPFA 610 arranged.) Design and Production of Instructional Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 406/506 Media (3) EPFA 660 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) Study of the use of instructional media, K-12. Doctoral Research I (3) Instructional design; criteria for quality print First course in a year-long sequence of three Lib 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and nonprint media. Production of instructional courses designed to provide the student with media including slide/tape presentations, video basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in Lib 408/508 recordings, and advanced techniques for over- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) education; focus on qualitative research. Prereq- head transparencies; graphic techniques; and uisite: EPFA 620 or concurrent enrollment. Lib 409/509 uses of computers and technology in produc- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) EPFA 661 tion. Effective use of instructional equipment Doctoral Research II (3) Lib 410/510 and technology. Research of education technol- Second course in a year-long sequence of three Experimental Course (Credit to be ogy and communication. Prerequisite: Lib 425. arranged.) courses designed to provide the student with Lib 541 basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in Lib 425 Reference and Information Systems and education; focus on survey research, computer Instructional Media and Technology (3) Services (4) applications and advanced statistics. Prerequi- Study of instructional media in the curriculum; An analysis of reference services and procedures. site: EPFA 660. computers and computer applications in educa- Study of print, nonprint, and electronic database tion; instructional applications of audio and reference sources to include bibliographic tools, EPFA 662 video educational equipment and materials; Doctoral Research III (3) indexes, encyclopedias, ready references, bio- Third course in a year-long sequence of three development of educational materials such as graphical tools, geographical tools, dictionaries, courses designed to provide the student with visual transparencies and graphics. Analysis of government documents, and specialized materi- basic knowledge about the conduct of inquiry in role of the school library media center in the als. Research in reference services and techno- education; focus on experimental and quasi- instructional program. Prerequisite: Introduction logical delivery systems. Prerequisite: Lib 428/ experimental design and quantitative methods. to Education. 528. Prerequisite: EPFA 661. Lib 428/528 Lib 542 Children’s Literature, K-5 (3) Collection Development and Evaluation (3) EPFA 801 Materials grades K-5. Traditional genres such as Research (Credit to be arranged.) Principles and practice of evaluation, selection, picture books, traditional tales, modern realism, EPFA 802 and acquisition of all types of materials included romance, adventure, mystery, historical fiction, in a library media center collection. Selection Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) science fiction, fantasy, biography, poetry, and EPFA 804 and collection development policies and proce- nonfiction. Study of literature that illustrates cul- dures. Study of professional evaluation and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit tural diversity. Resources for selection; awards to be arranged.) selection sources. Field activities included. Pre- and honors. Prerequisite: Introduction to requisite: Lib 428/528. EPFA 805 Education. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Lib 547 arranged.) Lib 429/529 Library Media Instructional Programs, K-12 Young Adult Literature (3) (3) EPFA 806 A survey of books and nonbook materials suit- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) A study of the K-12 information skills program, able for students of junior and senior high including the development of a scope and EPFA 807 school age. Emphasis on selection and evalua- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) sequence, effective teaching strategies, specific tion of books, adolescent reading interests, and skills instruction, correlation and integration EPFA 808 reading guidance for curricular and personal with the classroom curriculum, and organization Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) needs. and development of a teaching program in the EPFA 809 Lib 432/532 library media center. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Multicultural Literature K-12 (3) Lib 548 EPFA 810 An introduction to contemporary multicultural Organization of Library Media Collections Experimental Course (Credit to be literature, fiction and nonfiction, for use with (4) arranged.) early childhood, elementary, middle school and Principles of organization of library media center high school students. Emphasis is on the selec- collections. Basic cataloging procedures for tion, evaluation, and utilization of literature in print, nonprint, and electronic forms of media the classroom and library media center. using standard cataloging and classification codes. Application of online cataloging databases. Prerequisite: Lib 428/528. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 219

Lib 554 in-service for school personnel; and problems Lib 602 Student Teaching I (4) involved in performing effectively as a teacher. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Beginning student teaching in a library media Observation of library/media centers required. Lib 603 center under the direction of a supervising Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media Endorse- Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) library media teacher and university supervisor. ment and consent of instructor. Lib 604 Observation and participation in teaching, Lib 574 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit administrative and other responsibilities of a Research Strategies for Library Media to be arranged.) library media specialist. Opportunities for Specialists (3) Lib 605 involvement in student learning activities, devel- Advanced reference materials available in school Reading and Conference (Credit to be opment of teaching skills, basic skills in manage- and academic libraries, including computer arranged.) ment and discipline of students. Taken in databases and network resources. Prerequisite: Lib 606 conjunction with Lib 547 and Lib 534. Prerequi- Lib 541 or equivalent. Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) sites: admission to the program and approved Lib 575 Lib 607 application. Directed Field Experience (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 555 Planned contact for school library media special- Lib 608 Student Teaching II (15) ists with professional librarians and/or media Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Ten weeks of full-time student teaching in a specialists in public, academic, special libraries, school library media center under the supervi- Lib 609 information centers, and other library or media- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) sion of a library media teacher and university related settings. Directed field work and visita- supervisor. Participation in a full range of teach- Lib 610 tions to various libraries and information centers Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ing, administrative, and other responsibilities of will be the emphasis of the course. Seminar a library media specialist. Direct responsibilities meetings on campus deal with topics related to Lib 801 Research (Credit to be arranged.) for student learning activities, development of the field experience as well as intensive study of teaching skills, creating a climate conducive for related advanced issues such as automation, per- Lib 802 learning; management and discipline of stu- sonnel, and management. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) dents, and related professional activities. Weekly Lib 576 Lib 804 seminar. Prerequisites: admission to program Planning and Evaluation of Library Media Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and approved application. Programs (3) to be arranged.) Lib 561 Analysis of media center programs and planning Lib 805 Practicum Elementary Library Media Center techniques; study and application of media Reading and Conference (Credit to be (3) center evaluation instruments; analysis and arranged.) A planned experience consisting of practical development of library media center programs. Lib 806 application of the full range of roles and respon- Prerequisites: Basic Educational Media Endorse- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) sibilities of the library media specialist in an element or consent of instructor. Lib 807 mentary library media center under the direction Lib 587 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) of a supervising elementary school library media Video Production (3) Lib 808 teacher and a University supervisor. Study and practice of video recording techniques Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 562 including storytelling, various camera tech- Lib 809 Practicum Middle or Junior High Library niques, editing, character generation. Students Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Media Center (3) will spend time in a recording studio in addition Lib 810 A planned experience consisting of practical to using the portable camera. Prerequisite: Basic Experimental Course (Credit to be application of the full range of roles and respon- Endorsement. arranged.) sibilities of the library media specialist in a middle or junior high school library media Lib 588 Computers and Advanced Technology in the SPECIAL EDUCATION AND center under the direction of a supervising Library Media Center (3) middle or junior high school library media An analysis and study of the role of computers COUNSELING COURSES teacher and a University supervisor. and advanced technology (video disc, satellite Lib 563 television) in the library media center. Adminis- COUNSELING COURSES Practicum High School Library Media trative uses as well as curriculum development Coun 199 Center (3) will be studied for the technology. Prerequisite: Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A planned experience consisting of practical Basic Endorsement. Coun 401/501 application of the full range of roles and respon- Research (Credit to be arranged.) sibilities of the library media specialist in a high Lib 589 Creative Photography in Education (3) school library media center under the direction Coun 402/502 A study of photographic processes to include Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) of a supervising high school library media photography without a camera, basic animation teacher and a University supervisor. Coun 403/503 techniques, and darkroom techniques. Analysis Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Lib 570 of completed photographs in terms of composi- Contemporary Issues in School Coun 405/505 tion, style, and technique will also be studied. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Librarianship (3) All techniques will be related to classroom An introduction to the study of contemporary arranged.) instruction in the elementary and secondary issues which impact the role and function of the Coun 406/506 schools. Prerequisite: Basic Endorsement. school library media specialist. Students will Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) analyze critical issues and trends in school Lib 592 Coun 407/507 librarianship. Contemporary Children’s and Young Adult Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Literature (3) Lib 573 An analysis and study of contemporary chil- Coun 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Methods and Procedures in dren’s and young adult literature. A study of School Library/Media Centers (3) trends and styles in modern literature. Includes Coun 409/509 A study of the school library/media center as a picture books, fiction, and nonfiction. Contem- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) teaching agency. Designed to focus on the teach- porary authors and illustrators featured. Prereq- Coun 410/510 ing role of the school librarian/media specialist uisite: Lib 428/528 or equivalent. Experimental Course (Credit to be in presenting concepts, principles, content, and arranged.) techniques to students and teachers. Emphasis Lib 601 placed on instruction in library and research Research (Credit to be arranged.) skills; reading, viewing and listening guidance; 220 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Coun 425/525 Coun 555 Coun 572 Guidance for the Classroom Teacher (3) Counseling Children and Youth (3) Human Sexuality: Life Span and A study of the responsibilities and procedures of Theoretical overview of growth and develop- Therapeutic Perspectives (3) teachers for guiding students at all levels in ment of children and youth. Emphasis on trans- Designed to provide participants with the oppor- becoming more effective and capable persons. lating theory into practice through a “person- tunity to study the expression of human sexual- Prerequisites: completion of 135 credits; student environment interaction” conception of counsel- ity and intimacy across the life span as well as teaching or teaching experience. ing, consultation, and educational intervention strategies to both facilitate healthy sexual devel- Coun 441/541 in school settings. opment and overcome common sexual function- Introduction to Counseling (3) Coun 557 ing problems. Students will be assisted in the The need for counseling services in schools; Job Placement and Training (3) process of recognizing personal attitudes and tests, inventories, questionnaires, and records; Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- values about various aspects of sexuality and the role of the home and the community in sons with disabilities obtain and maintain their effect on practice as well as the process of counseling; individual and group counseling; employment. comfortably discussing sexuality with individuals and couples. Also addresses the impact of consultation; career counseling; orientation to Coun 559 professional groups, ethics, and current issues Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the sexual abuse and sexuality and treatment con- and trends. Prerequisite: completion of 135 Blind (3) siderations. Presented in a varied format struc- credits. Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- tured to include lecture/discussion, audio-visual presentations, participant self-evaluation of their Coun 445/545 ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those Youth at Risk (3) working in social, psychological, educational, own attitudes and values, role-plays and small Designed to provide participants with an over- recreational and vocational settings are empha- group discussion. view of information focused on counseling and sized. Issues and field overviews. Coun 573 teaching youth-at-risk. Emphasis will be placed Coun 567 Contemporary Marriage and Family on identifying youth-at-risk for depression, sui- Using Tests in Counseling (3) Systems (3) cide, eating disorders, pregnancy, AIDS, use and The course is a graduate level introduction to Focus on contemporary marriage and family sys- abuse of alcohol and drugs, homelessness, gang testing. It offers the student the option of test tems as they exist in American society today. membership and several other at-risk behaviors. usage in the counseling process and introduces Explore the past, present, and future of these Ideas for primary, secondary and tertiary preven- issues related to such usage. In addition, the systems, including changing demographics and tion from individual, family, school and commu- course acquaints the student, through hands-on their implications for professionals. nity perspectives will also be presented. experience, with test taking, scoring, norming, Coun 574 Particular attention will be paid to guidelines for profiling and interpreting. Prerequisite: Coun Family Development Over the Life Cycle (3) development of tragedy response plans for 541. Intended for graduate students taking the MFT series, this course examines family development school campuses in conjunction with the topic Coun 568 of tertiary prevention. Presented in a varied Career and Lifestyle Planning (3) as a foundational framework for family therapy. format structured to include lecture/discussion, This course examines the theoretical research The developmental context provides opportu- audio-visual presentations, participant self-eval- foundation for career choices, factors that influ- nity to consider symptoms and dysfunction as uation of their own at-risk behaviors, role-plays ence choices, the role of information, the skills related to tasks and challenges of reorganization and small group discussion. and practices of effective helpers, the explora- at transition points. Coun 542, 543 tion/testing/labor market information sources Coun 575 Interpersonal Relations I, II (3, 3) which contribute to the value choices that are Marriage and Family Counseling (3) Development of the self. Emphasis on creative made, and related issues and problems. Prereq- This course constitutes an introduction to the growth and the nature of interaction with others. uisite: admission to the program and Coun 541. theory and methodology of marriage and family counseling. Attention is given to the major Communication and belief systems in relation to Coun 569 self-acceptance. To be taken sequentially. Developmental Foundations of Counseling family interactional patterns which lead to family system breakdowns as well as the devel- Coun 551 (3) Theories and Interventions I (3) Theoretical overview of life-span growth and opment of skills in the identification of such pat- This course is designed for those who wish to development, emphasizing cognitive-intellec- terns. Family process assessment techniques, increase their understanding of counseling the- tual, cognitive-moral, emotional-self, and social beginning work with families, dealing with resis- ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and aspects of developmental growth in the human tance in family counseling, use of “self,” dou- research. The Psychoanalytic Jungian, Adlerian, being. Emphasis on translating theory into prac- bling, sculpting, etc., are interventions which are Client-Centered and Gestalt approaches to coun- tice through a “person-environment interaction” taught using an experiential format. Prerequisite: seling will be studied; the focus will be on the conception of counseling, consultation, and Soc 461. three parameters mentioned above. Course con- educational intervention. Coun 577 tent can be applied to both individual and group Coun 571 Advanced Family Therapy (3) counseling. Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542. Group Counseling (3) Analyze the range of normative/paranormative problems experienced by family members, par- Coun 552 This course includes the study of group guid- Theories and Interventions II (3) ance, group counseling, and group therapy in ticularly in parental and parent/child relation- This course is designed for those who wish to both school and agency settings. Topics such as ships. Examine family case studies and increase their understanding of counseling the- membership roles, leadership styles, stages of participate in role playing activities geared to ory, interventions (techniques, strategies) and group life, nonverbal communication in groups, enhance family therapy skills. This course is a research. The Transactional Analysis, Rational- ethical and professional issues relating to groups, prerequisite for the internship. Emotive, Reality and other cognitive behavioral theoretical models for group work, group prac- Coun 578 approaches to counseling will be studied; the tice with special groups, and research on group Advanced Marital Therapy (3) focus will be on the three parameters mentioned process and outcome will be presented. Students Students learn to conceptualize and intervene above. Course content can be applied to both enrolled in the course also will be expected to systematically with couple units. Attention is individual and group counseling. Prerequisites: participate in a co-facilitated, ongoing small given to maintaining therapeutic balance, devel- Coun 541, 542, 551. group experience which will require sensitivity oping an intersystem treatment plan, and asking to the contributions of other group members. systemic/interactional questions. A major Prerequisites: Coun 541, 542, 551, 552. emphasis is supervised skill practice through role play. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 221

Coun 579 Coun 591 ment, goal setting, plan development, Therapeutic Strategies and Family Medical Aspects of Disability (3) intervention strategies, case monitoring, inter- Transitions (3) Covers the most common physical, sensory, and agency coordination, advocacy, promotion of Intended for graduate students taking the MFT mental disabilities encountered by the rehabilita- self-advocacy by client, software systems, infor- series, this course analyzes current therapeutic tion professional. The major symptomatology, mation flow, organizational structures, time assessment tools and interventions grounded in diagnostic procedures, treatment modalities, management, critical case management skills, systemic theory/research as they pertain to functional implications, and psychosocial and funding sources and billing, as well as other family transitions. Success in this course builds vocational correlates of each disabling condition topics of interest to the student. Prerequisite: upon requisite mastery of major systemic con- will be discussed. Prerequisite: Coun 590. Coun 590. cepts that have to do with systemic function, Coun 592 structure, and motivation as related to assessing Coun 594 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3) Occupational Analysis/Vocational similarities and differences between normative Covers the psychological and social aspects of Evaluation (3) and paranormative marriage and family life tran- adjustment and adaptation to a variety of dis- Content and experiences presented through this sitions. Appropriate systemic assessment inte- abling conditions. Theoretical and practical course are design to familiarize the student with grates with systemic therapeutic interventions in issues relating to various types of physical, psy- the basic principles and imperatives of occupa- resolving crisis resulting from family transitional chiatric, mental and social disabilities will be tional analysis and vocational evaluation and difficulty, chronic illness, divorce, separation, examined and discussed. Prerequisite: Coun how these are applied and used in real world set- remarriage, death. 590. tings. Didactic instruction, experiential research, Coun 581 Coun 593 and collegial participation will be used to help Multicultural Perspectives in Counseling (3) Case Management (3) students integrate course teachings into a core of A study of the human, ecological and societal Students will study case management systems personal and professional understanding which forces influencing the provision of counseling and skills as used in both public and private can then be applied to many different settings or services to culturally diverse students and other rehabilitation and related other human service systems. Prerequisite: Coun 590. clients in educational and community settings. agencies. Topics covered include case identifica- Current issues, problems and trends will be tion, referral, eligibility determination, assess- examined. Increased competence in individual and group counseling strategies and techniques will be emphasized, using didactic and experiential approaches. Prerequisite: Coun 541. Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (3) Examines major approaches to diagnosis of psychiatric impairment. Emphasis is placed on the classification system outlined in the current Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, and on application of the bio-psycho-social model to client assessment, goal-setting, and treatment planning. Prerequisite: Coun 541. Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and Mental Illness (3) Examines important psychotropic medications and their therapeutic applications. Drug efficacy, side effects, treatment of specific disorders such as anxiety and mood disorders, psychoactive substance use disorders, and schizophrenia. Prerequisite: Coun 541. Coun 587 Mental Health Services (3) Examines community mental health movement, policy, service sequence, and related legislation; organization and delivery of mental health services at the federal, state, and local levels; influences and trends in service delivery. Prerequisite: Coun 541. Coun 590 Foundation of Rehabilitation Counseling (3) Introductory course for students pursuing graduate study in rehabilitation counseling and is also oriented toward students with a more peripheral interest in related human service fields. Intended to provide a broad overview of the profession of rehabilitation counseling with an emphasis on both theoretical and practical aspects of the field. Prerequisite: Psy 534 or Coun 541. 222 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Coun 595 Coun 601 SpEd 409/509 Contemporary Issues and Applications in Research (Credit to be arranged.) Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Rehabilitation Counseling (3) Coun 602 Consent of instructor. Covers contemporary issues in the field of reha- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 410/510 bilitation counseling as well as recent applica- Coun 603 Experimental Course (Credit to be tions of rehabilitation theories, technologies, Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) assessment procedures, and counseling modali- SpEd 418/518 ties, to a variety of rehabilitation settings and Coun 604 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Survey of Exceptional Learners (3) across rehabilitation populations. to be arranged.) Overview of working with exceptional individu- Coun 596 Coun 605 als, including special education and multicul- Foundations of School Counseling (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be tural differences. Nature of diversities (including Introductory course for students pursuing grad- arranged.) the talented and gifted) and educational ramifi- uate study in the specialized field of school Coun 606 cations for the teacher. Prerequisite: Psy 311. counseling. Intended to provide a broad over- Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be SpEd 455/555 view of the school counseling profession with an arranged.) Working With LEP Children Who Have emphasis on both theoretical and practical Coun 607 Special Needs (2) aspects of comprehensive school counseling pro- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Examine the current research in special educa- grams. Field study required. tion and see where it is appropriate in working Coun 608 Coun 597 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) with the Limited English Proficient (LEP) child. Counseling for the 21st Century (3) Consider issues including testing and diagnosis, A Summer Institute offered each year in collabo- Coun 609 appropriate teaching material and method, and Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) ration with the Office of Student Services of the placement. Discuss political, social, and commu- Oregon Department of Education and the Coun 610 nity concerns in working with LEP students with Oregon School Counselor Association. Oriented Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) special needs. toward students and professionals working in Coun 801 SpEd 460/560 the field of school counseling. Each year’s topics Research (Credit to be arranged.) Outdoor Education/Recreation With change; the Summer Institute focuses on current Coun 802 Persons With Disabilities (6) issues in school counseling that fall into three Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Course provides a supervised practicum in a broad areas: learning to learn, learning to live, Coun 804 variety of outdoor activities with children, and learning to work. It offers students and cur- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit youth, and adults with disabilities. Students rent practitioners the opportunity to assess and to be arranged.) serve as counselor trainees, under the guidance influence the direction of the school counseling Coun 805 of experienced outdoor specialists and teachers profession in Oregon. Course may be repeated Reading and Conference (Credit to be in a residential program located at the Mt. Hood by post-graduate MA/MS students in order to arranged.) Kiwanis Camp. Emphasis on learning from and fulfill the Continuing School Counselor require- Coun 806 about persons with disabilities, teamwork within ments defined by OAR 584-070-0090. Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) living groups, and developing outdoor and lead- Coun 598 Coun 807 ership skills. Consultation Procedures (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 480†/580 This course introduces professional helpers to Coun 808 Accommodating Children With Special the assumptions, knowledge, goals, and proce- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Needs in Early Childhood Education (3) dures associated with the intervention strategy Coun 809 Provides preparation for accommodating young known as consultation. Consultation differs Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) children with special needs in early childhood from counseling (a first-order intervention Coun 810 education settings. Focus on assessment, pro- directly involving the counselor and client) in Experimental Course (Credit to be gram planning and adaptation, program plan- that it involves three parties: the consultant, con- arranged.) ning, family involvement, and mainstreaming sultee, and target (a second-order intervention). approaches. Prerequisite: Undergraduate early Attention is given to systems theory and the SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES childhood education coursework or teaching facilitation of planned changed, models and SpEd 199 experience with young children. strategies of consultation, and the role of con- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 481/581 sultant in differing settings (schools, agencies, SpEd 401/501 Family Guided Early Intervention (3) court, etc.). Students are required to plan and Research (Credit to be arranged.) Develops knowledge and skills necessary for implement a consultation as a field project. Pre- SpEd 402/502 providing early intervention services to infants requisites: Coun 541, 542. Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) and toddlers with developmental delay/disabili- Coun 599 SpEd 403/503 ties and their families. Professional Portfolio (3) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 482/582 Professional portfolio is designed for students SpEd 404/504 Specialized Techniques: Early Intervention/ who have completed a master’s degree in coun- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Early Childhood Special Education (3, 3) seling, social work, psychology or other mental to be arranged.) Develops specialized knowledge and skills nec- health related field and whose program of stud- SpEd 405/505 essary for providing early intervention and early ies was clinically focused and accredited. Profes- Reading and Conference (Credit to be childhood special education services to infants, sional portfolio is also designed to assist arranged.) toddlers, and preschool children with severe and candidates for a Continuing School Counselor SpEd 406/506 multiple disabilities, including children with License who have to submit a portfolio docu- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) physical and sensory impairments, children with menting their fulfillment of the licensure health impairments, and children with autism. SpEd 407/507 requirements defined by OAR 584-070-0090. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) The goal of the portfolio is to assess the educational and experiential background of students SpEd 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) to define additional counseling courses that will enable them to meet license standards in the State of Oregon. Permission of instructor or admission into Licensure Only option.

† Restricted to students in the Child and Family Studies degree program. G RADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 223

SpEd 512 SpEd 525 ricular components necessary for the visually Assessment and Planning: Handicapped Student Teaching (6-12) impaired, leading to transition from school to Learner (3) Observation and teaching under the direction of adult life. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and An examination and application of diagnostic a supervising teacher. Opportunities for assum- admission to the program. and assessment instruments used to appraise ing direct responsibility for the learning activities exceptional children. Course provides functional SpEd 541 of the disabled learner, for developing skill in Implications of Vision Problems of knowledge of academic skill evaluation, psycho- techniques of teaching and schoolroom manage- Children/ Youth (3) motor evaluation, and social/emotional evalua- ment, and for participating in the life of the Anatomy, physiology, common diseases, and tion instruments. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 school. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of hygiene of the human eye. Emphasis on vision and admission to certificate program. SpEd 509 Directed Field Experience II. screening, testing, and techniques for evaluation SpEd 513 SpEd 532 of functional visual skills in the classroom. Focus Instruction and Programming: Handicapped Assessment and Planning: Severely includes strategies for improving medical/opto- Learner (3) Handicapped Learner (3) metric eye reports. Emphasis on working with Comprehensive study of methodological consid- Examination and application of diagnostic and the regular classroom teacher regarding preven- erations in how to organize and prepare class- assessment instruments used to appraise learners tion of potential eye disorders and referral to eye room environment to facilitate learning. Primary with severe disabilities. Designed to provide specialists. Prerequisites: SpEd 540 and admis- emphasis on designing instructional programs, functional knowledge of conducting compre- sion to the program. knowledge of instructional programs, describing hensive longitudinal evaluation for developing and analyzing observational information, con- SpEd 542 functional curriculum. Selecting assessment Assessment of the Visually Impaired (3) ducting task analytical diagnosis of behavior instruments and utilizing ongoing systematic Examination and application of diagnostic and problems, and managing behavior in instruc- assessment techniques to evaluate skills of per- assessment instruments useful with or modified tional settings. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and sons with severe disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd for visually impaired learners. Designed to pre- admission to certificate program. 418/518 and admission to certificate program. pare teachers of the visually disabled for admin- SpEd 514 SpEd 534 istering, scoring, and interpreting test results for Methods of Teaching Academics: Curriculum and Programming: Severely program planning and implementation. Devel- Handicapped Learner (3) Handicapped Learner I (3) opmental areas include cognition, social/emo- Emphasis on instructional programming and Examination of special content and methodol- tional skills, psychomotor skills, and self-help teaching techniques for implementing language ogy of education for students with severe dis- skills. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and admis- arts, reading, and mathematics curricula for stu- abilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes sion to the program. dents with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/ curricular content and instructional strategies for 518 and admission to certificate program. community, domestic, leisure/recreation, and SpEd 544 Methods of Teaching Academics: Visually SpEd 515 vocational domains. Use of a variety of instruc- Impaired Learner (3) Methods of Teaching Life Skills (3) tional strategies with severely disabled learners Course focuses upon curricular adaptations for Emphasis on life skills programming and teach- in both individual and group settings. To be use with the visually impaired learner in the ing techniques for implementing the functional taken concurrently with Directed Field Experi- classroom. Academic areas examined and strate- curriculum. These curriculum areas include: ence: Severely Disabled Learner I. Prerequisites: gies for inclusion for the visually impaired communication, leisure education, vocational, SpEd 418/518 and admission to certificate learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. gross/fine motor, social/sexual and self-help for program. Teaching of Braille, use of abacus for mathemat- students with disabilities. Prerequisites: SpEd SpEd 535 ics, and adapted materials. In-depth curricular 418/518 and admission to certificate program. Curriculum and Programming: Severely focus for the multi-disabled child. Prerequisites: SpEd 516 Handicapped Learner II (3) SpEd 418/518 and admission to the program. Consulting and Team Planning (3) Examination of special content and methodology of education for students with severe dis- SpEd 545 A study of practices and techniques for imple- Orientation and Mobility/Life Skills (3) abilities, infancy through adulthood. Includes menting a transdisciplinary team approach to Focus on teaching independent travel skills to curricular content and instructional strategies for collaborating with parents, related service staff, totally or functionally blind students. Methods communication. Social, sexual, motor, and func- regular educators, administrators, and medical and techniques presented to help the special and tional academic domains. Preparation to use a personnel. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and regular class teacher promote success in daily variety of instructional strategies with severely admission to certificate program. living skills as well. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. handicapped learners in both individual and SpEd 519 SpEd 546 Principles of Special Education (3) group settings. To be taken concurrently with Directed Field Experience: Severely Disabled Braille I (3) Prepares students entering special education The Braille code is presented, to include Grade II with basic knowledge, skills, and values neces- Learner II. Prerequisites: SpEd 418/518 and admission to certificate program. literary Braille, and use of the abacus. Prerequi- sary for future success in their profession. Major sites: SpEd 540 and admission to the program. overview of theory and research underlying SpEd 536 delivery of special education services in the Specialized Techniques: Severely SpEd 547 Braille II (2) public schools. Intensive study of career plan- Handicapped Learner (3) All special signs and symbols relating to the liter- ning, graduate writing and research, information Study of the specialized technologies and physi- ary code are learned and special formatting tech- systems, current legislation, teaching and learn- cal management strategies for educating stu- niques used in printed materials, charts, and ing theory, curricular models, and professional dents with multiple disabilities in integrated graphs. Study of Braille Nemeth Code for mathe- ethics and standards. Pre- or co-requisite: SpEd settings. Technologies include augmentative matics. Prerequisites: SpEd 546 and admission 418/518. communication systems and computer adapted equipment. Physical management includes posi- to the program. SpEd 521 Behavior Management in the Classroom (3) tioning, transferring and fitness programs for the SpEd 551 Job Search Education (3) Primary emphasis will be on observation of severely disabled learner. Prerequisites: SpEd Course designed to teach the latest job finding classroom behavior with concomitant develop- 418/518 and admission to the program. and leisure search techniques and to improve ment of alternatives for intervention in helping SpEd 540 students’ ability to teach job/leisure finding to children develop more appropriate behavioral Education of the Visually Impaired Learner high school pupils. Course combines lecture and skills. (3) Beginning with a historical background of the hands-on experiences. Training for teachers and education of the visually disabled, this course counselors in community agencies. Prerequisite: provides an overview of basic information about SpEd 418/518. visually impaired children and youth. Basic programming components and implications for conceptual and motoric development. Basic cur- 224 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SpEd 552 SpEd 564 SpEd 590 Sex Education for the Handicapped (3) Learning Disabilities (3) Applied Behavioral Research in Special Course examines values and attitudes behind Concepts, issues, and major sources in the field Education (3) teaching social/sexual skills to persons with of learning disabilities: definition, causation and Study of applied behavioral research in special mental retardation. Self-esteem building, body identification, ability vs. task analysis models, education. Conceptualization of a variety of image, classroom activities and learning experi- perceptual training, and aptitude treatment research designs appropriate for problems in ences on puberty, menstruation, sterilization, interaction, early identification, and reading dis- special education, including multiple baseline birth control, and sexually transmitted diseases. ability. design research. Development of hypotheses, Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 565 definition and measurement of important vari- SpEd 553 Medical and Legal Aspects for the Disabled ables, research design strategies, analysis of data, Leisure Education for the Handicapped (3) (3) interpretation and inference, and writing a Prepares students to be knowledgeable and com- An examination of the medical and legal aspects research report. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. petent in meeting the independent living needs of major disabling conditions and implications SpEd 591 of persons with disabilities. Focuses on recre- for management in the special education/reha- Issues in Special Education (3) ation and leisure as a major aspect of indepen- bilitation setting. Focus on the medical and legal Review of the major issues related to special edu- dent living and community adjustment. Role of needs of persons with severe disabilities in education in the United States. Emphasis upon the schools in providing a comprehensive leisure cational, clinical, and social settings. Prerequi- moral, ethical, and legal considerations relative education program for students with handicaps. site: SpEd 418/518. to the habilitation of disabled children and Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 568 youth. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 556 Advanced Social Skill Development (3) SpEd 592 Career Education for the Handicapped (3) Course for educational professionals serving Advanced Studies in Special Education (3) Course presents a broad conceptual framework behaviorally disordered students whose disabili- Review of major philosophical and theoretical for organizing and developing career education ties are considered mild to moderate. Focuses on bases for learning relative to the unique needs of programs for disabled students (elementary/ advanced methods of behavior management that atypical persons served in special education pro- young adult); helps participants gain knowledge go beyond traditional behavior modification grams. Overview of the work of Piaget, Skinner, which strengthens vocational success for dis- practices. Prerequisite: SpEd 521. Baumeister, Bandura, Prehm, and others. Prereq- abled persons; and program models train per- SpEd 570 uisite: SpEd 591. sons with disabilities in transition from school to Communication Systems for Severely SpEd 601 community life. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. Handicapped Learners (3) Research (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 557 Course for students who will be teaching com- SpEd 602 Job Placement and Training (3) munication skills to persons with severe disabili- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) ties, including nonverbal individuals. Examines Techniques, training, and outcomes to assist per- SpEd 603 sons with disabilities obtain and maintain specialized systems for teaching communication Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) employment. skills, normal speech, and implementation of communication instruction. Prerequisite: SpEd SpEd 604 SpEd 558 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Introduction to Youth in Transition (3) 418/518. to be arranged.) Examination of transition services mandated by SpEd 573 SpEd 605 public laws; application of skills to facilitate Assessment and Planning for Students Reading and Conference (Credit to be school-to-work transition of youth with disabili- With Mild Disabilities (3) arranged.) ties; and family partnerships. Examination and application of diagnostic and assessment instruments used to measure cogni- SpEd 606 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) SpEd 559 tive language abilities and social/emotional func- Professional Practices: Rehabilitation of the tioning. Formal and informal methods of SpEd 607 Blind (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Overview of blindness and the blindness deliv- assessment. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 608 ery systems. Roles and responsibilities of those SpEd 575 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) working in social, psychological, educational, Technology for the Visually Impaired (3) recreational, and vocational settings are empha- Study of computer applications for visually SpEd 609 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) sized. Issues and field overviews. impaired learners, including existing and proposed hardware and software that would SpEd 610 SpEd 561 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Behavior-Disordered Learner (3) improve accessibility to print information by Course focuses upon the nature and needs of visually impaired and blind students. Adapta- SpEd 801 behavior-disordered youth in educational and tions of existing technology, evaluation of its Research (Credit to be arranged.) social settings. Academic areas as well as strate- effectiveness. Prerequisite: SpEd 540. SpEd 802 gies for inclusion for the behavior-disordered SpEd 576 Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) learner in all aspects of the school curriculum. Multi-Handicapped Blind Learner (3) SpEd 804 Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. Study of visually handicapped students with Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit concomitant disabilities such as hearing impair- to be arranged.) SpEd 562 Alternate Education for Learning-disabled ments, mental retardation, and behavior disor- SpEd 805 Children (3) ders. Emphasis on curricular adaptations, Reading and Conference (Credit to be Outdoor program focusing on academic instruc- teaching strategies, and behavior management. arranged.) tion and recreational experiences designed to Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. SpEd 806 enhance the learning potential of the learning- SpEd 578 Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) disabled child. Emphasis is on practical Advanced Behavior Intervention: Severely SpEd 807 approach for teachers. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/ Handicapped Learner (3) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) 518. Intervention strategies for students with severe SpEd 808 behavior problems and disorders; focus on edu- SpEd 563 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) cation, and non-adversive behavior management Advanced Techniques of Reading (3) SpEd 809 Primarily concerned with educational methods strategies. Prerequisite: SpEd 418/518. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) designed to teach students with severe to moder- SpEd 810 ate response deficits in reading. Prerequisite: CI Experimental Course (Credit to be 474/574. arranged.) SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE

ROBERT DRYDEN, DEAN MICHAEL A. DRISCOLL, ASSOCIATE DEAN HERMAN J. MIGLIORE, ASSOCIATE DEAN MORGAN D. POPE, ASSOCIATE DEAN LL SUITE 20, FOURTH AVENUE BUILDING, (503) 725-4631 www.eas.pdx.edu/

B.S.—Civil Engineering, Computer NDERGRADUATE Engineering, Computer Science, U Electrical Engineering, and PROGRAMS Mechanical Engineering At the undergraduate level, the student Minor in Computer Science may select degree programs in civil engi- Minor in Electrical Engineering neering, computer engineering, computer Minor in Environmental Engineering science, electrical engineering, and M.S.—Civil Engineering, Computer mechanical engineering. Cooperative edu- Science, Electrical and Computer cational programs with Portland-area Engineering, Engineering Manage- industries, government agencies, and engi- ment, and Mechanical Engineering neering consulting offices are available to M.Eng.—Civil Engineering, Civil Engi- qualified students. neering Management, Electrical and Note: The degree programs in civil engi- Computer Engineering, Engineering neering, electrical engineering, and Management (Option in Technology mechanical engineering are accredited by Management, Option in Project Man- the Engineering Accreditation Commis- agement), Manufacturing Engineer- sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering ing, Mechanical Engineering, Systems and Technology (EAC/ABET). The com- Engineering. puter science program is accredited by the M.S.E.—Master of Software Computing Sciences Accreditation Board Engineering (CSAB). Ph.D.—Electrical and Computer Engineering POLICY ON ADMISSION TO THE Ph.D.—Participating school in COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM Systems Science Doctoral Program Students who are intending to graduate Ph.D.—Participating school in with an undergraduate degree in computer Environmental Sciences and science must file the Application for Admis- Resources Doctoral Program sion to the Computer Science Program with the Department of Computer Science after Engineering and computer science offer completing the lower-division require- the challenge and excitement of solving ments. No more than 8 upper-division current and future technological problems computer science credits (including any in computers, electronics, energy, transpor- approved upper-division transfer credits) tation, and the environment. Further- taken prior to admission to the program more, national projections indicate that the will be counted toward the student’s need for engineers and computer scien- departmental requirement of 46 tists will increase significantly during the upper-division computer science credits years ahead. (CS 300, 301, 302, 303, 350, 487, 488 and All undergraduate programs require a 20 credits of upper-division computer sci- core of engineering or computer science, ence electives). Students also must be in mathematics, science, and liberal arts admitted status during the term they courses. Graduate programs provide intend to graduate. extended educational opportunities in various engineering and computer science specialties. 226 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

POLICY ON ADMISSION TO THE 3. Complete a minimum of 90 credits. 5. Students denied admission or sus- ENGINEERING PROGRAMS Candidates who do not meet all criteria pended must wait at least one term before Students may declare engineering as their may, upon petition, be granted eligibility reapplying. This waiting period does not major at any time after enrolling at Port- when an evaluation of the student’s total apply to those denied due to “selective land State University. However, engineering record justifies such action and they are admission.” majors must be admitted formally to a spe- recommended by the School’s Academic APPEALS cific degree program in civil engineering, Appeals Committee. computer engineering, electrical engineer- Students denied admission or suspended ing, or mechanical engineering before they Selective Admission may request reconsideration by submitting will (1) be allowed to enroll in restricted If the number of eligible applicants for a petition. The petition and supporting upper-division courses offered by the admission to any engineering degree pro- materials will be reviewed by the appropri- School and (2) be graduated from that program exceeds that for which resources are ate department chair and the School’s Aca- gram. Application forms may be obtained available, acceptance will be competitive. demic Appeals Committee, and a from the Dean’s Office, School of Engineer- In the event selective admission becomes recommendation will be forwarded to the ing and Applied Science, LL Suite 20, necessary, the GPA computed for the dean. The appeal must be made within 30 Fourth Avenue Building. PSU students who required courses for eligibility for program days of notice to the student of denial of anticipate completing all eligibility require- admission will be used. Priority, within rea- admission or suspension. sonable limits, will be given to resident ments before the term for which admission GENERAL EDUCATION to a degree program is sought may apply. students. Although the primary purpose of the REQUIREMENT Students transferring from other institu- Students admitted as freshmen beginning tions who want to be admitted formally to selective admission procedures is to limit enrollment to the number of students who with the 1994-95 academic year satisfy the a specific engineering degree program (civil PSU general education requirement with engineering, computer engineering, electri- can be served at a high level of quality, it is recognized that the rigid application of the University Studies program. Transfer cal engineering, mechanical engineering) students must complete a minimum 33 must: these procedures may eliminate applicants with high potential but who, due to cir- credits of University Studies courses and/or Meet all eligibility requirements. arts and letters and social science courses. Apply for admission to PSU. cumstances beyond their control, have had limited access to the type of preparatory Students should consult with their aca- Apply for program admission to the demic adviser regarding this requirement. School of Engineering and Applied education that is essential to achieving the Science. high performance level required for admis- PASS/NO PASS GRADING POLICY Have one copy of their transcripts sent sion. All such applicants will be considered All courses specifically required by the Uni- to the School of Engineering and on the basis of their life experience and versity or by a particular department must Applied Science. leadership qualities in addition to their aca- be taken for a letter grade unless a required Have one copy of their transcripts sent demic achievement. course is only offered with a pass/no pass to the Office of Admissions. CONTINUATION CRITERIA option. Application deadlines for admission to a After admission to an engineering degree degree program are: program (civil engineering, computer engi- GRADUATE for fall term June 15 neering, electrical engineering, mechanical PROGRAMS for winter term November 1 engineering), students will be expected to The School offers graduate programs lead- for spring term February 1 make satisfactory progress toward their declared degree and will be subject to the ing to the degrees of Master of Science and Eligibility following rules: Doctor of Philosophy. To be eligible for admission to an 1. The term GPA in all courses taken at Master’s programs are available in civil engineering degree program, each student PSU must be 2.00 or higher. engineering, computer science, electrical should meet the following minimum and computer engineering, mechanical 2. At the conclusion of each term of the requirements: engineering, engineering management, academic year full-time students are nor- 1. Complete, with a minimum grade of C manufacturing engineering, and systems mally expected to complete a minimum of and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a designated engineering. 9 credits in PSU engineering and/or com- set of courses for each undergraduate A Ph.D. program in electrical and puter science courses applicable toward degree program as follows: computer engineering is offered by the their degree programs. Part-time students Department of Electrical and Computer Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineer- are expected to complete a minimum of 12 Engineering. ing, and Mechanical Engineering. The credits per academic year in PSU engineer- In addition, the Departments of Civil Engineering Core consisting of Ch 221; ing and/or computer science courses. EAS 101, 211, 215; ECE 201, 221; Mth Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and 3. Students will be placed on probation 251, 252, 253, 254, 256; Ph 221, 222, Engineering and Technology Management when their term GPA as described in (1) is 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 100†, Wr in the School of Engineering and Applied below 2.00, or their progress toward the 121†(59 credits). Science participate in the single-discipline degree is less than that described in (2). Computer Engineering. Ch 221; CS option of the Systems Science Ph.D. 162, 200; EAS 101, 102; ECE 201, 221; 4. Students placed on probation for two Program and offer discipline-oriented Mth 251, 252, 253, 256; Ph 221, 222, consecutive terms or for a total of three doctoral degrees. The Department of Civil 223, 214, 215, 216; Sp 100†, Wr 121† terms will be suspended from specific Engineering also participates in the (59 credits). degree programs. Students also will be Environmental Sciences and Resources suspended if not enrolled in engineering 2. Have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in all Doctoral Program. and/or computer science courses for three engineering and computer science consecutive terms. coursework.

† Students admitted to PSU as freshmen beginning with the 1994-95 academic year will satisfy these course requirements by taking 15 credits of Freshman Inquiry. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 227

The Oregon Master of Software Engi- EGREE requirements may be considered for condi- neering (OMSE) program offers working D tional acceptance, provided they meet all professionals a master’s degree in software REQUIREMENTS institutional requirements to the campus to engineering through a partnership of A total of 45 credits of approved graduate which they apply. Portland State University, Oregon Graduate coursework is required to complete the International applicants are required to Institute, Oregon State University, and master's degree in manufacturing engineer- demonstrate proficiency in English by University of Oregon. Courses are offered ing. The program consists of 30 to 36 cred- taking the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- at the CAPITAL Center (185th and Walker its in the core and 9 to 15 credits in guage (TOEFL). A TOEFL score of 550 or Road in Beaverton), and the degree is electives. A comprehensive final oral exam- greater is required of all students whose granted from the student’s choice of ination is required after the completion of native language is not English and who participating universities. For more infor- coursework. have not received a degree from an accred- mation, contact OMSE at (503) 725-2900. ited institution in the United States. Inter- Core Requirements: 30-36 Credits national applicants are required to submit Courses satisfying core requirements at GRE scores. MANUFACTURING each institution: At the time of admission, students will PSU OSU apply to either Portland State University or ENGINEERING Analysis Oregon State University. The university to Applied Statistics which they are initially accepted will (503) 725-4284 (Portland) for Engineers ...... Stat 560 . . . St 521 (503) 737-2875 (Corvallis) become their home campus. Applicants Analysis/Numerical will be required to choose a campus prior www.ie.orst.edu/degree/graduate/MEngr/ † Methods ...... ME 551 . . ME 575 to applying and will not be permitted to Applied Statistics apply to the alternate campus if their first M.E. Statistical Process Control . . ME 587 . . . IE 551 application is rejected. Manufacturing engineering is concerned Design of Industrial Experiments ...... ME 588 . . . IE 552 with the application of specialized engineering and managerial knowledge to the Manufacturing Management OREGON MASTER development of productive systems involv- Manufacturing Management ...... EMgt 510 . . . IE 561 OF SOFTWARE ing people and machines. Primary empha- Advanced Manufacturing ENGINEERING sis is on the design, operation, and control Management Systems . . . . EMgt 510 . . . IE 562 of integrated systems for the production of Project Management . . . . . EMgt 545 . . . IE 563 CAPITAL Center, Suite 1310 high quality, economically competitive Communication and goods utilizing efficient product design, Team Building ...... EMgt 522 . . BA 552 18640 NW Walker Road computer networks, machine tools, robots, Beaverton, OR 97006 Concurrent Engineering (503) 725-2900 and materials-handling equipment. Concurrent Engineering . . . ME 510 . . ME 518 The master’s degree in manufacturing http://www.omse.org Management (3-9) engineering is designed to provide engi- Strategic Planning in M.S.E. neering professionals with the opportunity Engineering Management . EMgt 525 . . BA 559 to pursue advanced level study in a field of Organizational engineering that involves subject matter Management ...... Mgmt 550 . . BA 553 Oregon Master of Software Engineering normally not covered in basic engineering Financial Accounting. . . . . Actg 511 . . BA 515 (OMSE) is a professional degree program undergraduate programs. Technical Specialty Electives (9 to 15) designed to provide advanced, state-of-the- The program is jointly administered by Nine to fifteen credits of graduate practice knowledge and skills commensu- Portland State University and Oregon State courses in mechanical engineering, indus- rate with the needs of Oregon software, University (OSU) and makes use of faculty trial and manufacturing engineering, software-intensive, and computer-related and facilities physically located at both electrical and computer engineering, engi- industries. The program offers a set of 14 campuses. The degree is awarded jointly by neering management, or computer science. evening courses that can be taken either as OSU and PSU. Courses are taught via inter- Three to six of these credits may be project needed or as part of a complete degree pro- active television with reception sites work. (For example: 3 to 6 credits of ME gram. The OMSE courses focus on princi- located throughout the state. 506 Projects may be included.) ples, methods, and tools that can be used The master’s degree in manufacturing for creating high-quality products that engineering draws on the strengths of the DMISSION TO serve the needs of customers. departments of Mechanical Engineering at A The program is a partnership of Port- PSU, Industrial and Manufacturing Engi- THE PROGRAM land State University, Oregon Graduate neering at OSU, Mechanical Engineering at Institute, Oregon State University, and Uni- Applicants to the program are required to OSU, and the Engineering Management versity of Oregon. The faculty for the have: Program at PSU. It also employs the OMSE program is drawn from each of the An undergraduate degree in engineer- guidance of a Technical Advisory Board four institutions. ing or a closely related discipline from composed of industry representatives. The OMSE curriculum is targeted at an accredited institution. working professionals to upgrade the skills A combined GPA of 3.0 on the last 90 necessary to develop or manage the devel- credit hours of graded undergraduate opment of software in industry. The pro- work plus all work completed gram is designed to be accessible to those thereafter. with a computer science/engineering Under special conditions, applicants background and significant industrial who partially satisfy the above admission

† Other analysis/numerical methods courses may be substituted. 228 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

experience in software engineering. OMSE 533 Software Design Techniques those courses are satisfied. Upon admission Courses may also be taken on a non-admit- OMSE 535 Software Implementation and to the OMSE program, students can trans- ted basis provided that the course’s prereq- Testing fer up to 12 credits (four OMSE courses) uisites are met. Program Integration and Strategic into the degree program. Although a mastery of software engi- Development Skills (9 credits) In addition, international students may neering technology is essential, it is not OMSE 551 Strategic Software Engineering need to provide a TOEFL score if their sufficient to meet industry’s current and OMSE 555 Software Development Practicum I native language is not English. Students future needs for software engineering OMSE 556 Software Development Practicum II who earned undergraduate degrees in the expertise. The OMSE graduate must also Elective Courses (6 credits) United States are exempt from this understand the business context of the Elective courses may be taken at any of the part- requirement. software effort and possess the skills neces- nership universities. Pre-approval is required. sary to adapt the software development process and its products to meet overall ADMISSION TO SYSTEMS product development and business goals. THE PROGRAM ENGINEERING DEGREE A committee consisting of the OMSE pro- LL Suite 20, Fourth Avenue Building REQUIREMENTS gram director and faculty from Portland (503) 725-4262 State University, Oregon Graduate Insti- www.eas.pdx.edu/Systems/ The OMSE curriculum comprises 48 cred- tute, Oregon State University, and Univer- sity of Oregon determines admission. its: 42 credits of core courses (including 6 M.Eng. credits of a software engineering practi- Admitted students will choose one of the cum) and 6 credits of elective courses. four partnership schools as their degree- Systems engineering focuses on defining granting institution. Software Engineering Foundations customer needs and required functionality (21 credits) Admission requirements are: early in the development cycle, document- OMSE 500 Principles of Software Engineering . A computer science or engineering ing requirements, then continuing with OMSE 511 Managing Software Development bachelor’s degree with a GPA of 3.00 or design synthesis and system validation OMSE 512 Understanding the Software higher while considering the complete problem: Business Two years of relevant work experience operations—performance—test—manu- OMSE 513 Professional Communication Skills A core set of computer science courses facturing—cost and schedule—support— for Software Engineers (a programming language, discrete disposal. OMSE 521 Using Metrics and Models to math, data structures, operating sys- Systems engineering integrates all the Support Quantitative Decision Making tems, and computer architecture) disciplines and specialty groups into a team OMSE 522 Modeling and Analysis of Software effort, forming a structured development Systems Applicants who partially satisfy the process that proceeds from concept to pro- OMSE 525 Software Quality Analysis above conditions may be considered for duction to operation. Many of us already admission on a case-by-case basis. Appli- Software Development in Context practice systems engineering, but call it cants needing one or more of the core com- (12 credits) something else: design or development of puter science courses and/or needing to OMSE 531 Software Requirements Engineering product, process, service. This course of OMSE 532 Software Architecture and Domain gain one year of relevant work experience study will enable the engineer to function Analysis may enroll in OMSE courses on a non- in an interdisciplinary team and apply their degree basis provided the prerequisites for area of engineering specialty toward the development of a product, process, or service.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

A total of 45 credits: 16 in systems core; 16 in elective speciality and related engineering areas; 9 in internship/project; and 4 in report on integrative workshop.

ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM Minimum three years of responsible engineering experience, baccalaureate degree in engineering, and at least 3.00 GPA for upper-division courses. Conditional admission is based on approval and a study plan speciﬁed by both director of systems engineering and departmental adviser. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 229

CIVIL ENGINEERING

128 Science Building II Freshman Year Credits ‡Approved Civil Engineering Electives (503) 725-4282 EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 Credits www.ce.pdx.edu/ EAS 115 Engineering Graphics ...... 3 CE 311 Engineering Surveys ...... 4 Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry ...... 12 CE 333 Design of Steel Structures ...... 4 Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . . 2 CE 420 Advanced Mechanics of Materials . . . .4 B.S. Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 CE 421 Analysis of Framed Structures ...... 4 Minor in Environmental Engineering †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 CE 423 Vibration Analysis in Structural M.S. Engineering ...... 4 M.Eng. Total 48 CE 431 Stability of Structures ...... 4 Ph.D.—Participating department in Sophomore Year Credits CE 432 Structural Steel Design-LRFD Systems Science Doctoral Program EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 Method ...... 4 Ph.D.—Participating department in EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 CE 434 Principles of Reinforced Concrete . . . .4 Environmental Sciences and EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 CE 435 Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures ...... 4 Resources Doctoral Program EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 CE 211 Plane Surveying and Mapping ...... 3 CE 436 Masonry Design...... 4 CE 212 Field Problems in Plane Surveying . . . 1 CE 437 Timber Design ...... 4 ECE 201 Electrical Engineering Lab I ...... 1 CE 438 Design of Composite Structures...... 4 UNDERGRADUATE CE 442 In situ Behavior and Testing of Soils . .4 PROGRAM ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 CE 443 Introduction to Seismology and Site Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . . 4 Evaluation ...... 4 Civil engineers plan, design, and manage Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics CE 448 Earthquake Accommodation in the construction and operation of public (with Calculus) ...... 9 Design ...... 4 and private facilities, including highways Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 CE 457 Pavement Design ...... 4 and transportation systems, power plants, †Sophomore Inquiry ...... 12 CE 464 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling . .4 buildings, dams, and water and wastewater CE 467 Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design . . . .4 treatment facilities. Total 57 CE 474 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering ...... 4 The undergraduate degree program in Junior Year Credits CE 477 Solid and Hazardous Waste EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics ...... 4 civil engineering includes required courses Management ...... 4 CE 324 Elementary Structural Analysis . . . . . 4 in the analysis and design of structures, ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and CE 325 Indeterminate Structures ...... 4 applied hydraulics, surveying and map- Thermodynamics...... 4 CE 333 Design of Steel Structures or CE 434 ping, soil mechanics and foundations, ME 323 Heat Transfer ...... 4 Principles of Reinforced Concrete...... 4 engineering project management, transpor- ME 421 Heating, Ventilating, and Air CE 341 Soil Classiﬁcation and Properties . . . . 4 Conditioning Design Fundamentals ...... 4 tation engineering, and environmental and CE 351 Transportation Systems: Planning ME 422 Building Energy Use Analysis and water resources engineering. and Design ...... 4 Design ...... 4 To introduce civil engineering students CE 362 Hydraulics ...... 4 to professional practice, the American CE 364 Water Resources Engineering ...... 4 MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) sponsors CE 371 Environmental Engineering ...... 4 ENGINEERING a student chapter at Portland State G 301 Geology for Engineers...... 3 A minor program is available within the University. ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics ...... 4 School of Engineering and Applied Science The civil engineering curriculum at Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers in the area of environmental engineering. Portland State University is accredited by and Scientists ...... 3 Upper-division cluster ...... 4 A student wishing to minor in this area the Engineering Accreditation Commis- should complete, with a minimum grade of sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering Total 50 C, and a minimum GPA of 2.25, a desig- and Technology (EAC/ABET). This national Senior Year Credits nated set of courses as follows: organization sets standards for engineering CE 444 Geotechnical Design ...... 4 Mth 254, 256; Ph 221, 222, 223, 214, 215, 216; education deﬁned in terms of curricular CE 454 Urban Transportation Systems ...... 4 Ch 221, 222, 223, 227, 228; EAS 361; CE content, quality of faculty, and adequacy of CE 484 Engineering Project Management . . . . 3 362, 364, 371, 474, and a minimum of 4 facilities. CE 494 Civil Engineering Design ...... 3 hours of approved electives. Majors in civil engineering must com- Approved civil engineering electives ...... 20 All courses must be taken for letter Upper-division cluster ...... 8 plete the following University and depart- grade and at least one-third of the credit mental degree requirements. Any deviation Total 42 hours must be taken at Portland State from the required courses, including engi- University. neering and mathematics course substitutions, must be approved in writing by the chair of the department.

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. ‡ CE 401, 404, 405, 406 (4 credits maximum); CE 407, 410, and CE 507 through 599 are also accepted. Of the 20 credits of CE electives, a minimum of 8 credits of “design” is required. Students must select these electives from a departmentally approved list of courses that indicates “design credit” content. 230 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Course requirements for the minor also resources, environmental engineering, geo- credits of coursework and 3 credits of meet partial eligibility requirements for technical engineering, and project manage- research project that include a project admission to the civil engineering program. ment, as well as science and mathematics. report; and the third option requires com- Students who complete the requirements Flexibility is achieved by designing pro- pletion of 48 credits of coursework. In the for the minor may wish to apply for admis- grams of study to meet individual needs. first two options, student research is con- sion to this program. Students graduating Students are required to complete tenta- ducted under the supervision of faculty. In in civil engineering may not claim a minor tive degree plans that have been approved all options, coursework is to include 9 in environmental engineering. Students by their advisers not later than the second credits in areas other than candidate’s planning to minor in environmental quarter of their residence at PSU. An M.S. major emphasis, subject to the approval of engineering should consult with an adviser study plan form for this purpose is avail- student’s adviser and department. in the Department of Civil Engineering. able in the Civil Engineering Department. To become a candidate for the master’s Students are also required to obtain their degree, the student must successfully com- GRADUATE adviser’s approval of coursework each plete all departmental requirements for one PROGRAMS quarter on a quarterly study plan form, of the options described above. For the when there are deviations from their M.S. thesis option, successful completion of a M.S. CIVIL ENGINEERING study plan submitted. Coursework taken final oral examination covering the thesis is The master’s program in civil engineering is without adviser approval may not be required. Current faculty research areas designed to provide students with the tech- accepted as part of the student’s program. include transportation systems, nonlinear nical and professional knowledge necessary University master’s degree requirements are structural analysis and design, earthquake to develop their abilities to seek creative listed on page 65. engineering, mechanics of composites, sto- solutions to complex problems in their The master’s program consists of three chastic modeling in hydrology and water field of interest. options available to students. The first resources, water quality modeling in envi- The program involves advanced courses option involves a total of 45 credits, ronmental engineering, and in situ soil in the areas of structural analysis and including 6 to 9 credits of thesis; the properties in geotechnical design. second option requires completion of 45 design, transportation engineering, water M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING Admission Requirements. The admission requirements are the same as those for the Department’s M.S. degree. Degree Requirements. A total of 45 graduate credits is required. In addition to the University’s M.S. degree requirements, a candidate for the M.Eng. degree must have 32 credits of approved electives that may include transfer credits and other allied disciplines, and up to 13 credits of CE 504 Internship. M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT Admission Requirements. The admission requirements include a B.S. degree in civil engineering and satisfaction of the requirements for admission to the M.S. in engineering management and M.S. in civil engineering programs. Degree Requirements. In addition to the University’s general master’s degree requirements, listed on page 65 of the Bul- letin, the M.Eng. in civil engineering management requires a total of 45 graduate credits, including 32 course credits and a 4-credit capstone. Nine credits of internship are required, but substituting an equal number of course credits upon approval of the student’s advisers may reduce the internship credits. Ph.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE—CIVIL ENGINEERING The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Civil Engi- neering is a single-discipline option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Program (Depart- mental Option), whose general requirements are listed on page 67. The departmental requirements are a master’s degree in civil engineering or equivalent coursework, 9 credits of S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 231

Systems Science core courses, 9 credits of geotechnical engineering, environmental mental and water resources engineering, additional Systems Science or approved engineering, and water resources are along with environmental sciences courses engineering systems-related courses, and 9 available. and seminars, will partially fulﬁll the credits of other approved coursework. requirements for the Ph.D. in environmen- Twenty-seven credits of dissertation Ph.D. IN ENVIRONMENTAL tal sciences and resources. For information SCIENCES AND RESOURCES research are also required. Specialization on the Ph.D. program in environmental sci- The department participates in the Envi- areas of research related to structural engi- ences and resources, see page 109. ronmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral neering, transportation engineering, Program. Specialized studies in environ-

COMPUTER SCIENCE

120 Portland Center for Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics Approved Upper-Division Computer Advanced Technology (with Calculus) ...... 9 Science Electives Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 (503) 725-4036 †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 Students must complete 20 credits of www.cs.pdx.edu/ approved upper-division computer science Total 51 electives. The current list of approved elec- B.S. Sophomore Year Credits tives is found in the undergraduate hand- Minor in Computer Science CS 200 Computer Organization and book in the computer science ofﬁce. Assembly Language ...... 4 M.S. CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 Approved Science Electives CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 The student is required to complete 8 cred- UNDERGRADUATE CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 its of approved science electives. CS 251 Logical Structures ...... 4 These must be chosen from Bi 251, 252, PROGRAM CS 252 Computational Structures ...... 4 Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 253; G 201, 202, 203; Ch 221, 222, 223; The computer science program is designed Sp 100 Introduction to Speech or any 300- or 400-level course from these to provide students with the educational Communication ...... 4 departments or the department of physics. Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 Laboratories taken with these courses also background required for a professional †Sophomore Inquiry ...... 12 career in the computing industry and for count toward the 8 credits. further study at the graduate level. The Total 48 Minor in Computer Science program includes a core of required Junior Year Credits A minor in computer science is available courses and an elective program of courses CS 300 Elements of Software Engineering . . . . 4 within the School of Engineering and over a wide range of topics. Seniors work CS 301, 302 Languages and Compiler Applied Science in the area of Computer Design ...... 8 in teams to carry out projects for industry CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent Science. during the two-term capstone course in Programming ...... 4 To earn a minor in computer science, software engineering. CS 350 Algorithms and Complexity ...... 4 a student must complete 36 credits as The computer science curriculum at Mth 343 Linear Algebra...... 4 follows: Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers Portland State University is accredited by and Scientists ...... 3 CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer the Computer Science Accreditation Com- Upper-division cluster ...... 12 Science ...... 8 mission/Computer Science Accreditation CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 Board (CSAC/CSAB). This national organi- Total 39 CS 200 Computer Organization and Senior Year Credits Assembly Language ...... 4 zation sets standards for computer science CS 201 Computer Architecture ...... 4 education deﬁned in terms of curricular CS 487, 488 Software Engineering CS 202 Programming Systems ...... 4 content, quality of faculty, and adequacy of Capstone ...... 6 Computer science upper-division electives Approved upper-division computer except CS 404 ...... 12 facilities. science electives ...... 20 Majors in computer science must com- Approved science electives ...... 8 Total 36 plete the following University and depart- Free electives...... 8 Only grades of C or better count toward mental degree requirements. Furthermore, Total 42 departmental requirements. At least 16 of all required courses and upper-division Note: The University requires all students to have the required 36 credits must be taken at computer science electives must be com- a minimum of 72 upper-division credits to Portland State University. pleted with a minimum grade of C. graduate. Since only 65 upper-division credits are required in computer science, mathemat- Freshman Year Credits ics, and general education for the computer CS 161, 162 Introduction to Computer science major, the extra 7 credits of upper- Science ...... 8 division work must be taken from either the CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 approved science electives or the free electives. Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. 232 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

RADUATE successful completion of a final oral exami- ENTER FOR SOFTWARE G nation covering the thesis is required. C PROGRAM To be considered for admission to the QUALITY RESEARCH master’s degree program, the student must M.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 120 Portland Center for Advanced have a baccalaureate degree from an The master’s program in computer science Technology accredited institution. This degree should is designed to prepare students for (503) 725-4036 normally be in computer science; other- advanced careers in the computer industry, wise, the applicant must demonstrate to create a research environment in com- knowledge of the core curriculum of an The IEEE Standard Glossary of Software puter science, and to prepare students for undergraduate computer science degree. Engineering Technology defines software graduate work at the Ph.D. level. The core curriculum (PSU courses in quality as “the composite characteristics of The program contains advanced courses parentheses) includes: high-level language software that determine the degree to in the areas of software engineering, net- programming (CS 161, 162), algorithms which the software in use will meet the working compilers for parallel architec- and data structures (CS 163), computer expectations of the customer.” From the tures, distributed systems, software testing, hardware organization and architecture (CS perspective of the Center for Software operating systems, software metrics, data- 200, 201), programming systems (CS 202), Quality Research, characteristics which base systems, logic programming, natural discrete mathematics and logic (CS 250, impact software quality include correct- language processing, and parallel comput- 251, 252), and calculus (Mth 251, 252, ness, reliability, maintainability, and ing. Flexibility is achieved by designing 253). In addition, basic knowledge of com- usability. programs of study to meet individual pilers (CS 301), operating systems (CS The goal of the Center at PSU is to share needs. 303), and analysis of algorithms (CS 350) the expertise of the world-class software University master’s degree require- is strongly recommended. Adequate engineering researchers with regional ments are listed on page 65. The master’s knowledge of an area may be demonstrated industry. In addition to performing lead- program in computer science consists of by passing the appropriate course with a ing-edge research in software quality, the two options. The first option involves the grade of B or better. A GPA of at least 3.00 Center also monitors advances in software completion of an approved program of 45 in upper-division coursework is required. quality technology from throughout the credits plus the writing of a project paper In addition, applicants must take the gen- world and has an active technology transfer under the direction of a faculty member. eral portion of the Graduate Record Exami- program via an ongoing workshop pro- The second option requires the completion nation and submit two letters of gram and technical report series. of an approved program of 45 credits, recommendation to the department. In conjunction with the graduate pro- which includes 9 credits of thesis. In both gram in Computer Science, the Center pro- options, coursework is to include core vides students with opportunities for courses in theory, programming languages, research experience through assistantships, and systems. For the thesis option, research credit, and informal project participation.

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

102 Portland Center for Honors Program described on page 30. The electrical engineering curriculum at Advanced Technology Qualified upper-division students should Portland State University is accredited by (503) 725-3806 consider the Electrical and Computer Engi- the Engineering Accreditation Commis- www.ee.pdx.edu/ neering Honors Program; details are avail- sion/Accreditation Board for Engineering able from the department. and Technology (EAC/ABET). Majors in electrical engineering must B.S. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Minor in Electrical Engineering complete the following University and The electrical engineering program is departmental degree requirements. Any M.S. designed to provide a comprehensive back- M.Eng. deviation from the required courses must ground in the electrical sciences and offers be approved by the department. Ph.D. an opportunity for specialization in the areas of physical electronics, circuit design, Electrical Engineering Curriculum UNDERGRADUATE electrical power engineering, automatic Freshman Year Credits PROGRAMS control systems, communication systems, EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving...... 4 computer engineering, optical electronics, EAS 102 Engineering Computation The Department of Electrical and Com- and electromagnetics. This program pro- Structures ...... 4 vides the student with the educational ECE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 puter Engineering offers programs in elec- Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 trical engineering and computer background necessary for employment in engineering. Qualified freshmen are virtually all electrical engineering fields. encouraged to participate in the University S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 233

Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics gram provides the student with the educa- ‡Approved Electrical Engineering (with Calculus) ...... 9 tional background necessary for Electives Credits Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 employment in virtually all branches of the ECE 425, 426 Digital Integrated Circuit † Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 digital electronics and computer industry. Design I and II ...... 4, 4 ECE 451, 452 Automatic Control Systems Total 51 Majors in computer engineering must Design I and II ...... 4, 4 complete the following University and ECE 461, 462 Communication Systems Sophomore Year Credits departmental degree requirements. Any EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 Design I and II ...... 4, 4 deviation from the required courses must ECE 478, 479 Intelligent Robotics I, II. . . . .4, 4 EAS 215 Dynamics ...... 4 § ECE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering be approved by the department. ECE 406H Senior Honors Project ...... 4, 4 Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 Computer Engineering Curriculum Approved Computer Science Electives ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 The student is required to complete at least ECE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 Freshman Year Credits EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 4 approved upper-division computer sci- ECE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4 ence elective credits. ECE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 EAS 102 Engineering Computation Ch 221 General Chemistry...... 4 Structures...... 4 Approved Mathematics/Science Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 ECE 171 Digital Circuits ...... 4 Electives Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III ...... 12 Mathematics/science electives are meant to Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . .4 Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics provide the advanced understanding of the †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 (with Calculus) ...... 9 Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 concepts and uses of mathematics and sci- † ence required by computer engineers in Total 52 Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 working practice. The Department of Elec- Junior Year Credits Total 51 trical and Computer Engineering maintains EAS 341 Introduction to Thermal Sciences. . . .4 Sophomore Year Credits lists of currently acceptable/unacceptable ECE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III . . . . .12 courses in the department ofﬁce. Students ECE 331 Electromagnetic Principles ...... 4 ECE 201, 202, 203 Electrical Engineering ECE 332 Electromagnetic Systems ...... 4 Laboratory I, II, III ...... 3 are urged to consult with the ECE depart- ECE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 ment chair or his designee to obtain ECE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering ECE 222 Signals and Systems ...... 4 approval in writing for their choice of elec- Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 ECE 223 Feedback and Control ...... 4 tives and completion terms. Courses taken Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 ECE 271 Digital Systems ...... 4 without such approval may not be Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers CS 162 Introduction to Computer Science . . . 4 CS 163 Data Structures ...... 4 acceptable toward satisfaction of the math- and Scientists ...... 3 ematics/science electives requirement. Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics ...... 6 Ch 221 General Chemistry ...... 4 Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 Ch 227 General Chemistry Laboratory ...... 1 Minor in Electrical Engineering Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . . 4 A minor program is available within the Total 48 Mth 343 Applied Linear Algebra ...... 4 School of Engineering and Applied Science †Sophomore Inquiry ...... 12 Senior Year Credits in the area of electrical engineering. A stu- ECE 411, 412, 413...... 8 Total 52 dent wishing to minor in this area should Approved electrical engineering electives . . . .20 complete, with a minimum grade of C, and Upper-division cluster ...... 12 Junior Year Credits a minimum GPA of 2.25, a designated set ECE 321, 322, 323 Electronics I, II, III . . . . 12 of courses as follows: Total 40 ECE 371 Microprocessors ...... 4 ECE 301, 302, 303 Electrical Engineering EAS 101, 102, ECE 171, 201, 202, 203, 221, ‡ Approved Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV, V, VI ...... 3 222, 223, 271 or approved equivalents. Electives CS 200 Computer Architecture and Assembly At least four of the courses selected from EAS The student is required to complete at least Language ...... 4 101, 102, ECE 171, 221, 222, 223, 271 must 20 elective credits, including at least one CS 250 Discrete Structures ...... 4 be taken at Portland State University. sequence. Any 400-level electrical Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers Course requirements for the minor also engineering course may be used, excluding and Scientists ...... 3 meet partial eligibility requirements for Ph 317, 318 Solid State Physics...... 6 the following omnibus numbered courses admission to the electrical engineering and (ECE 401, 405, 406, 407). ECE 406H§ Wr 227 Technical Writing ...... 4 Upper-division cluster ...... 8 computer engineering programs. Students Senior Honors Project may be used by stu- who complete the requirements for the dents in the electrical engineering honors Total 48 minor may wish to apply for admission to program. Senior Year Credits one of these programs. Students graduating COMPUTER ENGINEERING ECE 411, 412, 413 ...... 8 in computer engineering may not claim a The computer engineering program is ECE 485 Microprocessor System Design I . . . 4 minor in electrical engineering. Students CS 303 Operating Systems and Concurrent designed to provide a comprehensive back- planning to minor in electrical engineering Programming ...... 4 should consult with an adviser in the ground in computer engineering and offers Approved electrical engineering electives . . . . 8 an opportunity for specialization in the Department of Electrical and Computer Approved computer science electives ...... 4 Engineering. areas of digital electronics, VLSI circuit Approved math electives ...... 6 design, automatic control, computer archi- Upper-division cluster ...... 4 tecture, communication systems, and microprocessor system design. This pro- Total 38

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. ‡ Departmental approval is required to substitute other engineering electives. Electives must be selected in such a way that the total engineering design content in the student’s program is at least 24 credits. § Admission to the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Honors Program is required. ECE 411, 412, 413 and ECE 406H are combined to form a 12-credit honors project. 234 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

RADUATE Electrical and Computer Engineering as thesis credits and a final oral thesis defense. G regular graduate students. Students who In the nonthesis option, the candidate’s PROGRAMS have completed a B.S. degree in a related program must include at least 32 (rather Graduate courses are offered by the electri- field (normally either mathematics, phys- than 24) graduate-level credits in electrical cal and computer engineering faculty at ics, computer science, or mechanical engi- and computer engineering, excluding all PSU for electrical and computer engineers neering) or B.S. ECE or B.S. CpE omnibus-numbered courses and transfer in the Portland area leading to the M.S., candidates with a grade point average in courses. The nonthesis option is most M.Eng., and Ph.D. degrees in electrical and their upper-division technical coursework appropriate for a student who has experi- computer engineering. Graduate-level below 3.00 but higher that 2.75 may be ence as an engineer and wants to concen- work is offered in automatic control theory, granted conditional admission status. trate on coursework to increase his/her IC test, linear systems, power electronics, Degree Requirements. The total technical knowledge. digital signal processing, communication number of graduate level credits in a stu- Students are required to complete tenta- systems, optoelectronics, laser systems, dent’s program must be at least 45. In addi- tive degree plans that have been approved electronic design automation, advanced tion to the University master’s degree by their advisers not later than the second electronic systems and VLSI, analog and requirements listed on page 65, a candidate quarter of their residence at PSU. A master’s digital circuit design, computer architec- for the M.S. degree in electrical and com- degree study plan form for this purpose is ture, computer vision and computer sys- puter engineering normally must complete available in the ECE Department Office. tems, robotics, and electromagnetics. The at least 24 graduate-level credits in electri- Students are also required to obtain their schedule attempts to accommodate both cal and computer engineering, including at adviser’s approval of coursework each full- and part-time (evening) students. least one graduate ECE course sequence quarter on a quarterly study plan form. Please refer to the departmental Graduate and excluding all omnibus numbered Coursework taken without adviser Bulletin and Research Report for more courses (ECE 501/601, 503/603, 504/604, approval may not be accepted as part of the information. 505/605, 506/606, 507/607, 510/610) and student’s program. transfer courses. A minimum of 3 credits of M.S. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER graduate seminar taken at 1 credit per term M.ENG. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING ENGINEERING must be completed. Specific course Admission Requirements. The admission Admission Requirements. Applicants requirements depend on the student’s area requirements are identical to those given who have completed a B.S. degree in either of emphasis, and the student’s program above for the Department’s M.S. degree. electrical or computer engineering at a rec- must be approved by his/her academic Degree Requirements. A total of 45 ognized university with a grade point aver- adviser. graduate credits are required. In addition age of 3.00 or better in all junior- and Thesis and nonthesis options are avail- to the University’s M.S. degree require- senior-level technical courses may be con- able. In the thesis option the candidate’s ments, a candidate for the M.E. degree sidered for admission to the Department of program must include a minimum of 6 must have 20 credits of core selected from the Department’s specific tracks as described in the Graduate Bulletin and Research Report, 12 credits of approved electives that may include transfer credits and other allied disciplines, and up to 13 credits of ECE 504 Internship. Four credits of ECE 506 Special Projects may be substituted for 4 credits of ECE 504 by satisfactory completion of an industry report. PH.D. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING Admission Requirements. A student applying to the Ph.D. program in electrical and computer engineering will normally be required to demonstrate an acceptable level of performance in the GRE examination and to have completed an M.A. or M.S. degree in electrical engineering or a related field. Degree Requirements. In addition to the University doctoral degree requirements listed on page 63, a candidate for the Ph.D. degree in electrical and computer engineering must complete a minimum of 45 graduate credits in electrical and computer engineering and at least 9 graduate credits in a minor department outside the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. Coursework for the minor must be supportive of, but distinct from, the major and must not include transfer Malgorzata Chrzanowska-Jeske, Electrical and Computer Engineering courses or the following omnibus num- S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 235

bered courses: 501/601, 503/603, 504/ Students in the Ph.D. program in elec- A dissertation containing a real contri- 604, 505/605, 506/606, 507/607. Each trical and computer engineering are bution to knowledge based on the candi- Ph.D. student is required to present at least required to pass a comprehensive examina- date’s own investigation and a ﬁnal oral one departmental seminar and is expected tion (written and/or oral) after completing dissertation defense are required. The dis- to have at least one archival publication. their coursework. They are also required to sertation must show a mastery of the litera- Speciﬁc course requirements depend on obtain approval of their proposed research ture of the subject and be written in the student’s area of emphasis, and the stu- plan by their doctoral committee before creditable literary form. dent’s program must be approved by his/ they can be advanced to candidacy. her academic adviser.

ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

LL Suite 50, Fourth Avenue Building offers the opportunity to study the human, Electives (20 credits or 16 credits with (503) 725-4660 technical, and analytical aspects of the thesis option) www.emp.pdx.edu/ management. The Engineering and Technology Management Most of the courses in the program are Department offers a wide range of elective M.S. offered during the late afternoon and courses. In addition, students may choose electives in several other programs throughout M. Eng evening hours to ﬁt the schedule of practicing professionals. the University with the approval of their Ph.D.—Participating program in adviser. Systems Science Doctoral Program Strong management skills are increasingly DEGREE M.ENG. IN ENGINEERING important to technical professionals. Man- REQUIREMENTS MANAGEMENT aging R&D projects, technological systems, The Master of Engineering programs are open to full-time employees or interns technical organizations and resources, and M.S. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT working in industry while pursuing their other professionals requires management A minimum of 52 credits in approved studies in the ETM. There are three options knowledge and skills. graduate courses is required to complete for the M.Eng. in engineering management. Engineers and scientists are faced with the Master of Science degree in engineering The Technology Management option these challenges very early in their careers. management. The program consists of 27 prepares engineers, scientists, and individ- Typically within three to seven years after credits in the core, 4 credits (or 8 with uals with related backgrounds, working in graduation, they ﬁnd themselves address- thesis option) in the capstone requirement, technology-based positions for leadership ing complex issues which necessitate that and 20 credits (or 16 with thesis option) in in selecting, exploring, developing, and they play two roles simultaneously: the role electives. of the specialist and the manager of tech- utilizing technology within the corporate Core (28 credits) strategies. nology. Those who choose the management EMgt 520 Management of Engineering and path start moving toward management The Project Management option pro- Technology ...... 4 vides a focused coverage of the analytical responsibilities while maintaining identity EMgt 530 Decision Making in Engineering and in their technical backgrounds. The Engi- Technology Management ...... 4 framework, organization concepts, and neering and Technology Management EMgt 540 Operations Research in Engineering interpersonal skills necessary for managing Department (ETM) has been designed for and Technology Management ...... 4 projects and programs. them. EMgt 545 Project Management in The Civil Engineering Management ETM is a graduate department addressed to Engineering ...... 4 option allows for engineering management † the needs of engineers and scientists whose EMgt 555 Technology Marketing ...... 4 specialization in civil engineering, includ- One of the following two courses: ...... 4 ing the subdisciplines of civil engineering objective is to advance to technical management EMgt 522 Communication and Team positions in business, industry, or government. such as construction, transportation, water Building (4) resources, structures, and environmental It also addresses the needs of those who are Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4) interested in continuing their studies toward a One of the following two courses: ...... 4 engineering. The students in the Civil Engi- research-based career in engineering/technology Actg 511 Financial Accounting (4) neering Management option are assigned management in academic institutions or R&D EMgt 535 Engineering Economic Analysis (4) two advisers: one from the Engineering and Technology Management Department organizations. Capstone requirement (one of the and one from the Civil Engineering ETM draws on the strengths of the following; 4 or 8 credits): School of Engineering and Applied Sci- EMgt 503 M.S. Thesis ...... 8 Department. ence, the School of Business Administra- EMgt 589 Capstone Project ...... 4 tion, and several other relevant academic EMgt 590 Engineering Management disciplines. By utilizing the diverse faculty Synthesis ...... 4 resources of the University, the program

† Also offered as Mktg 555. 236 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

M.ENG. TECHNOLOGY credits of internship are required but this or related discipline, background in proba- MANAGEMENT may be reduced by substituting an equal bility/statistics, and four years of profes- Admission Requirements. The admission number of elective credits upon approval sional experience. Admission is granted to requirements are identical to the require- of the student’s adviser. Course credits may applicants who are judged to have a higher ments for the M.S. in engineering include transfer credits and graduate potential as reﬂected by their past aca- management. courses taken in other, allied disciplines. demic performance and professional expe- Degree Requirements. A total of 45 rience. Any variation from these graduate credits are required which M.ENG. CIVIL ENGINEERING requirements must be approved by the MANAGEMENT includes 24 credits of core courses and a ETM department. minimum of 8 credits of elective courses Admission Requirements. The admission approved by the adviser. All students must requirements include a B.S. degree in civil PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— complete an applied 4-credit capstone engineering and satisfaction of the require- ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT requirement which may be based in part ments for admission to the M.S. in engi- The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Engineer- upon work or internship experiences. Nine neering management and the M.S. in civil ing Management is a single-discipline credits of internship are required but this engineering. option of the Systems Science Ph.D. Pro- may be reduced by substituting an equal Degree Requirements. In addition to gram (Departmental Option). The general number of elective credits upon approval meeting the University’s general require- requirements are listed on page 67. of the student’s adviser. Course credits may ments for master’s degrees listed on The program requirements are a mas- include transfer credits and graduate page 65 of the Bulletin, the M.Eng. in civil ter’s degree in engineering management or courses taken in other, allied disciplines. engineering management requires a total of equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- 45 graduate credits, including 32 course tems Science core courses, 9 credits of M.ENG. PROJECT MANAGEMENT credits and a 4-credit capstone. Nine cred- additional Systems Science or approved Admission Requirements. The admission its of internship are required but engineering management systems-related requirements are identical to the require- substituting an equal number of course courses, and 9 credits of other approved ments for the M.S. in engineering credits upon approval of the student’s coursework. Twenty-seven credits of dis- management. advisers may reduce the internship credits. sertation research are also required. Spe- Degree Requirements. A total of 45 cialization areas of research related to graduate credits are required which ADMISSION TO technology management, decision theory, includes 24 credits of core courses and a THE PROGRAM operations research, project management, minimum of 8 credits of elective courses manufacturing management, technological approved by the adviser. All students must In addition to meeting general University innovations, technology planning, and complete an applied 4-credit capstone admission requirements listed on page 56, knowledge-based systems in engineering requirement which may be based in part applicants to the program are required to management are available. upon work or internship experiences. Nine have a baccalaureate degree in engineering

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

118 Science Building II utilization, environmental design and man- meeting the technology needs of the (503) 725-4290 agement, chemical processing, electro- Northwest. www.me.pdx.edu/ mechanical systems, controls, mechanical The mechanical engineering curriculum design, manufacturing, and materials, to is accredited by the Accreditation Board for B.S. name a few. Employment may be found in Engineering and Technology (ABET). This M.S. virtually every kind of industry, every national organization sets standards for M.Eng. branch of government, and every kind of engineering education deﬁned in terms of Ph.D.—Participating department in utility. The mechanical engineering curric- curricular content, quality of faculty, and Systems Science Doctoral Program ulum at Portland State University is distin- adequacy of facilities. guished by its computer applications at all Majors in mechanical engineering must levels and emphasis on the design process. complete the following University and UNDERGRADUATE The curriculum allows specialization in departmental degree requirements. Any PROGRAMS ﬂuid systems, mechanical systems, ther- deviation from the required courses, mal systems, and machine design with including engineering and mathematics Mechanical engineering affords a wide emphases in materials, electronic packag- course substitutions, must be approved in range of career paths with a broad spec- ing, and advanced computational design writing by the chair of the Department of trum of employers. Careers are available methods. It affords an education suited to Mechanical Engineering. in aerospace, energy conversion, energy S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 237

Freshman Year Credits University master’s degree require- PH.D. IN SYSTEMS SCIENCE— EAS 101 Engineering Problem Solving ...... 4 ments are listed on page 65. In addition, a MECHANICAL ENGINEERING EAS 115 Engineering Graphics...... 3 candidate for the M.S. degree must com- The Ph.D. in Systems Science—Mechanical Ch 221, 222, 223 General Chemistry...... 12 plete at least 27 credits in engineering, Engineering is a single-discipline option of Ch 227, 228 General Chemistry Laboratory . .2 excluding thesis or project. the Systems Science Ph.D. Program Mth 251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, III...... 12 The master’s degree may be completed (Departmental Option), whose general †Freshman Inquiry ...... 15 with any one of three options. One requirements are listed on page 67. Total 48 research option requires 36 credits of The departmental requirements are a coursework and 9 credits of thesis (ME Sophomore Year Credits master’s degree in mechanical engineering EAS 211 Statics ...... 4 503). Another option requires 36-39 cred- or equivalent coursework, 9 credits of Sys- EAS 212 Strength of Materials ...... 4 its of coursework and 6-9 credits of tems Science core courses, 9 credits of EAS 213 Properties of Materials ...... 4 research project (ME 501). Under these additional Systems Science or approved EAS 215 Dynamics...... 4 options, student research is conducted engineering systems-related courses, and 9 ME 241 Manufacturing Processes ...... 4 under the supervision of faculty, and a final credits of other approved coursework. ECE 201 Electrical Engineering Laboratory . . .1 oral examination covering the thesis or Twenty-seven credits of dissertation ECE 221 Electric Circuits ...... 4 project must be successfully completed. research are also required. Specialization Mth 254 Calculus IV ...... 4 The third option requires 45 credits of areas of research related to building energy Mth 256 Applied Differential Equations I . . . .4 coursework, with no final oral exam conservation, CAD, controls, heat transfer, Ph 221, 222, 223 General Physics required. Coursework may include special (with Calculus) ...... 9 microprocessor applications, computa- projects, but a maximum of 12 credits total tional fluid dynamics, transport processes, Ph 214, 215, 216 Physics Laboratory ...... 3 of 501, 503, 505, and 506 may be applied †Sophomore Inquiry...... 12 thermochemical conversions, and toward any option. advanced manufacturing. Total 57 Required core courses include ME 511, 551, and 4 credits each of approved gradu- Junior Year Credit SCHOOL EAS 361 Fluid Mechanics...... 4 ate math and numerical methods. In addi- ME 313 Analysis of Mechanical Components . .4 tion, for the project/thesis options, ME 507 COURSES ME 314 Analysis and Design of Machine (one credit) and ME 501 and 503 must be Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Elements ...... 4 taken. All students must submit a study every year. ME 321 Engineering Thermodynamics...... 4 plan approved by their adviser before the ME 322 Applied Fluid Mechanics and beginning of their third term with addi- EAS 101 Thermodynamics...... 4 tional plans submitted at the request of Engineering Problem Solving (4) ME 323 Heat Transfer...... 4 Introduction to basic ideas and tools used in the their adviser. engineering profession. Basic preparation in ME 351 Vibrations and System Dynamics . . . .4 The department supports research in ME 352 Numerical Methods in Engineering. . .4 rudiments and working methods of engineering Stat 460 Applied Statistics for Engineers manufacturing, building science, and engi- design, analysis, and problem solving, with and Scientists ...... 3 neering science. Current faculty research emphasis on developing skills in computer- Ph 381 Physical Metallurgy for Engineers . . . .3 areas include indoor air quality, HVAC, aided problem solving methods utilizing tools Upper-division cluster ...... 8 electronic cooling CAD/CAM, dynamic sys- such as MATLAB, Mathcad, and EXCEL. Intro- tems modeling, computational mechanics duction to structured computer programming Total 46 in thermo-fluid systems, and FEM applica- methods via MATLAB scripting language. Lecture and recitation. Senior Year Credits tions in mechanical design. ME 411 Engineering Measurement and EAS 102 Instrumentation Systems ...... 4 M.ENG. MECHANICAL Engineering Computation Structures (4) Introduction to advanced data structures useful ME 420 or ME 437 Systems Design ...... 4 ENGINEERING for solving engineering problems. Continues ME 488 Design of Experiments ...... 2 The Master of Engineering in Mechanical developing skills in the algorithmic method for ME 491 Design Process ...... 2 Engineering degree is a practice-based, engineering problem solving. Modern program- ME 492 Conceptual Design Project ...... 4 professional degree designed for students ming language. Prerequisite: EAS 101. ME 493 Detailed Design Project ...... 4 seeking to advance their knowledge and Approved mechanical engineering electives . .16 skills of engineering applications. The EAS 115 Upper-division cluster ...... 4 Engineering Graphics (3) opportunity for participation in industrial The graphic language applied to engineering. Total 40 internships highlights the curriculum. Projection systems. Multiview and pictorial rep- Admission requirements for the M.Eng. resentation. Introduction to computer graphics. Lecture and laboratory. RADUATE degree are identical to those for the M.S. G degree, as included in the Graduate School EAS 199 PROGRAMS Admissions portion of this catalog. Degree Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) requirements include 45 graduate credits, Consent of instructor. M.S. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING which include 32 credits of core require- EAS 211 The master’s program in mechanical engi- ments and electives (see M.S. degree Statics (4) neering gives the practicing engineer requirements for core requirements). Up to Principles and applications of static equilibrium advanced professional opportunities and 9 credits of approved industrial experience to structures and machines. Prerequisite: Mth 252, Ph 221 taken concurrently. the student considering a career of research can be toward the degree. Approved indus- or university teaching a first level of gradu- trial projects can also be integrated into the EAS 212 Strength of Materials (4) ate study. The program includes a core of curriculum. Specific requirements are required mechanical engineering courses, Study of the relationship between strain and detailed in the Mechanical Engineering stress in deformable bodies; principles of stress advanced mathematics courses, a selection Graduate Bulletin. analysis for axial force, flexure, torsion, and of engineering electives, and supervised shear; studies in combined stresses and column individual research. stability. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253.

† Please see page 17 for information on the general education requirement. 238 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EAS 213 CE 212, 213, 214 CE 364 Properties of Materials (4) Field Problems in Plane Surveying (1, 1, 1) Water Resources Engineering (4) Basic properties, behavior, and survey of engi- CE 212: Care and operation of plane survey Principles of hydrology and hydraulic engineer- neering and industrial applications of materials. instruments. Field projects in testing instrumen- ing applied to water supply systems design. Col- Prerequisite: Ch 221, EAS 212 taken concur- tal adjustment and executing basic survey cir- lection and distribution, pump stations, water rently. Lecture and laboratory. cuits. CE 213: Development and completion of a quality and treatment, economic considerations. EAS 215 topographic map by field method. CE 214: Prerequisite: CE 362. Dynamics (4) Layout of a route design; adjustment of optical CE 371 Fundamental principles and methods of Newto- instruments. Elementary field astronomy. Pre- Environmental Engineering (4) nian mechanics including kinematics and kinet- requisite: CE 211 concurrently. Effect of air, land, and water pollutants on envi- ics of motion and the conservation laws of CE 311 ronment. Transport and fate of pollutants in mechanics. Basic particle and rigid body applica- Engineering Surveys (4) environment. Flow and mass balances of reactions. Prerequisites: EAS 211, Mth 253. The principles of geometric design of route engi- tors. Reaction kinetics. Mathematical modeling EAS 341 neering. The reconnaissance, design, control, of water quality in rivers, lakes, and estuaries. Introduction to Thermal Sciences (4) and layout of highway and railroad systems Water and wastewater treatment processes. Air Introduction to thermodynamics, fluid mechan- including curves and earthwork. Municipal sur- quality management. Solid waste management. ics, and heat transfer for non-mechanical engi- veys and introduction to spherical astronomy. Prerequisite: EAS 361. neering majors. First and second laws of Computer applications. Prerequisite: CE 211. CE 401 thermodynamics and their applications to engi- CE 324 Research (Credit to be arranged.) neering systems and cycles; fluid flow phenom- Elementary Structural Analysis (4) Consent of instructor. ena and conservation laws for mass, energy, and Methods of analysis of statically determinate CE 404 momentum; heat conduction and convection planar structures; concepts of stability and inde- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and their applications to engineering designs. terminacy; calculations of displacements and to be arranged.) Prerequisites: Mth 256, Ph 223. rotations by virtual work, Castigliano’s theorem, Consent of instructor. EAS 361 and conjugate beam; approximate analysis of CE 405 Fluid Mechanics (4) statically indeterminate structures. Prerequisite: Reading and Conference (Credit to be Properties of fluid; fluid statics; differential EAS 212 and calculus. arranged.) analysis; conservation of mass, energy, and CE 325 Consent of instructor. momentum; dimensional analysis; and fluid Indeterminate Structures (4) CE 406 metering. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256 taken Analysis of indeterminate structures by force and Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) concurrently. Lecture and laboratory. displacement methods; consistent deformations Consent of instructor. EAS 401 and the theorem of least work; slope deflection; CE 407 Research (Credit to be arranged.) moment distribution including sway; approxi- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. mate methods. Prerequisite: CE 324. Consent of instructor. EAS 405 CE 333 CE 410 Reading and Conference (Credit to be Design of Steel Structures (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) Fundamental principles necessary in the design Consent of instructor. Consent of instructor. of steel members and connections subject to var- CE 415 EAS 406 ious combinations of loads; application of prin- Structural Analysis for Architects (4) Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) ciples to design problems consistent with Principles and applications of static equilibrium Consent of instructor. current design codes; introduction to plastic to structures, with emphasis on building struc- EAS 407 analysis and design. Three lectures; one 2-hour tures. Principles of stress analysis for axial force, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) design or laboratory period. Prerequisite: flexure, and shear; studies in combined stress Consent of instructor. CE 325. and column stability. Prerequisites: Mth 111 and EAS 410 CE 341 112. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Soil Classification and Properties (4) CE 416 Consent of instructor. Determination and interpretation of significant Structural Design for Architects (4) engineering properties and behavior of soils; *EAS 461/561 Structural design of solid and glued-laminated Reliability Engineering (4) selected application in mechanics of foundations wood members and trusses; design of steel and Design of reliable components and systems for and earth structures. Three lectures; one 3-hour reinforced concrete members; lateral force analy- electrical and mechanical engineering fields. laboratory period. Prerequisite: EAS 213. sis and design. Prerequisite: CE 415. Includes elements of probability and statistics, CE 351 *CE 420/520 reliability, mathematics, failure modes and effect Transportation Systems: Planning and Advanced Mechanics of Materials (4) analysis; and design for given reliabilities under Design (4) Advanced studies in mechanics of materials constraints. Prerequisite: senior standing in A study of engineering problems associated with including fundamentals of elasticity, phenome- engineering. the planning and design of urban and intercity nological material behavior, and theories of fail- transportation with emphasis on systems ure. Timoshenko beam theory, stress functions, approach to problems definition and solution. shear stresses, unsymmetrical sections, and CIVIL ENGINEERING Vehicle operation characteristics and traffic con- beams on elastic foundations. Thick-walled cyl- COURSES trol devices for land, air, and water, data collec- inders; approximate methods. Prerequisites: EAS tion methods and development of transportation 212, Mth 256 or equivalent. models for the establishment of design criteria CE 199 * Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) for transportation structures. Prerequisite: junior CE 421/521 Consent of instructor. Analysis of Framed Structures (4) standing in engineering. Generalized analysis of multi-story and irregular CE 211 CE 362 structural framework with classical methods; Plane Surveying and Mapping (3) Hydraulics (4) analysis of arches, curved beams and frames An introductory analytical treatment of the prin- Stability of floating and submerged bodies; with nonprismatic members. Energy methods ciples of engineering measurements applied to dimensional analysis and dynamic similitude; with introduction to matrix methods. Prerequi- plane surveys. Origin of datums, random error, introductory, turbulent, and boundary layer the- site: CE 325. observation systems, computations, nonrigorous ory; open channel hydraulics; and flow measure- adjustments, and topographic mapping. Com- ment. Three lectures; one 3-hour laboratory puter applications. Prerequisite: Mth 251. period. Prerequisite: EAS 361. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 239

*CE 423/523 Uses of reflection and refraction exploration seis- tion and verification. Modeling steady and Vibration Analysis in Structural mology, borehole velocity measurements, seis- unsteady flows in rivers. Application of HEC 2 Engineering (4) mic remote sensing, and direct measurement and DWOPER to river hydraulic modeling. Pre- Fundamentals of vibration theory; applications techniques. Earthquake hazard assessment requisite: CE 362. in structural engineering. Free, forced, and tran- including liquefaction, ground failure, and site * sient vibration of single and multi-degrees of CE 467/567 amplification. Techniques for evaluating the sus- Hydrologic and Hydraulic Design (4) freedom systems including damping, normal ceptibility, potential, and severity of the hazards Application of hydrologic and hydraulic princi- modes, coupling, and normal coordinates. Pre- and other science and engineering applications. ples to selected topics in hydrologic and hydrau- requisites: EAS 212 and Mth 256. Prerequisite: senior/graduate standing. This lic design. Topics include risk-based design of *CE 431/531 course is the same as G 475/575; course may be hydraulic structures, design of culverts, flood Stability of Structures (4) taken only once for credit. profile computation and flood plain manage- Study of elastic and inelastic flexural buckling of CE 444 ment, design of reservoirs. Design of spillways bars and frames; use of energy methods and suc- Geotechnical Design (4) including development of design flood cessive approximations; bracing of columns and Effect of soil conditions upon the behavior and hydrograph and hydraulic design, design of frames; torsional, lateral-torsional, and local choice of type of foundation; study of earth pres- energy dissipation works. Prerequisite: CE 464/ buckling. Prerequisites: CE 333, Mth 256 or sure theories; design of foundations and earth- 564 or knowledge of HEC 1 and HEC 2. equivalent. retaining structures. Prerequisite: CE 341. CE 474/574 * CE 432/532 CE 448/548 Unit Operations of Environmental Structural Steel Design—LRFD Method (4) Earthquake Accommodation and Design (4) Engineering (4) Design of components of steel structures based Effects of earthquake shaking in the design of Unit operations of water and wastewater treat- on load and resistance factor design method. buildings, pipelines, bridges, and dams. Incor- ment; pretreatment; sedimentation, filtration, Prerequisite: CE 333. porating the earthquake hazard assessment for a aeration, disinfection, sludge treatment and dis- CE 434 project in the design process. The goal of this posal, advanced waste-water treatment pro- Principles of Reinforced Concrete (4) course is to allow geologists, geotechnical engi- cesses. Prerequisite: CE 371. Principles of ultimate strength analysis; design of neers, structural engineers, and architects to see *CE 477/577 short columns, simple and continuous beams; how their particular tasks are impacted by the Solid and Hazardous Waste Management one-way slabs; working stress theory; service- earthquake effects. Types of analysis used to (4) ability and detailing requirements with reference evaluate earthquake design requirements in sev- Systematic approach to the complex technical, to current codes. Three lectures; one 2-hour eral disciplines, including: geology, geotechnical political, and socio-economic aspects of manag- design or laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE engineering, structural engineering, and archi- ing, handling, and disposal of spent solid materi- 325. tecture. Prerequisite: CE 443/543 or G 475/575. als and hazardous wastes. Prerequisite: senior/ CE 435 This course is the same as G 477/577; course graduate standing in civil engineering or consent Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures may be taken only once for credit. of instructor. (4) CE 454 CE 484 Design of spandrel beams, footings, slab sys- Urban Transportation Systems (4) Engineering Project Management (3) tems, long columns, walls and other compo- Urban street patterns and transportation Engineering process including owner-design nents of reinforced concrete structures by demand, highway capacity analysis, process of professional-constructor relationships, procure- ultimate strength with reference to current urban transport planning, travel-demand fore- ment procedures, project evolution; contracts, codes. Prerequisite: CE 434. casting and its application to traffic studies. dispute resolution, bonds, warranties; construc- *CE 436/536 Development of transport models, multiple tion documents, including specifications; cost Masonry Design (4) regression analysis, models of land use and trip estimating, planning, and scheduling; construc- Materials of construction; design of masonry generations, stochastic trip distribution models, tion administration; group process, diversity, elements, lateral load resisting systems, and con- applications and case studies. Route assignment and leadership. Prerequisite: senior standing in nections with reference to current codes. Prereq- analysis and traffic flow theory. Prerequisite: civil engineering. uisite: CE 434. CE 351. CE 494 CE 437 CE 456/556 Civil Engineering Design (3) Timber Design (4) Traffic Engineering (4) Synthesis of civil engineering specialties in a Design of solid and glued-laminated structural Traffic system components, traffic stream charac- diverse multi-disciplinary project. Teamwork members including arches, connections, ply- teristics, traffic studies and data collection, approach in design of components and systems wood components, and diaphragms; design pro- volume studies, speed, travel-time, delay and to meet stated objectives. Consideration of alter- visions for lateral forces. Prerequisite: CE 325. pedestrian studies, capacity analysis, freeway native solutions, methods, and products includ- *CE 438/538 systems, weaving sections, ramp junctions, rural ing constraints such as economic factors, safety, Design of Composite Structures (4) highways, signalized and unsignalized intersec- reliability, and ethics. Preparation of design doc- Design of composite steel-concrete members tions, signal coordination, arterial operations, uments, including: memoranda, computations, based on allowable stress design and load and and access management. Prerequisite: CE 454. drawings, cost estimates, specifications, bidding resistance factor design methods. Prerequisites: *CE 457/557 materials; written and oral presentations. Two CE 333, 434. Pavement Design (4) lectures, one 3-hour design project laboratory CE 442/542 Pavement structure classification and compo- period. Prerequisite: senior standing in civil In Situ Behavior and Testing of Soils (4) nents, wheel loads and design factors, stresses in engineering. Introduction to field behavior of soils related to flexible pavements, subgrade strength and evalu- CE 501 engineering properties; site investigation proce- ation, design methods, material characteristics, Research (Credit to be arranged.) dures and in situ testing. Development of funda- stresses in rigid pavements, design of concrete Consent of instructor. mental analytical solution techniques for pavements, joints and reinforcement, condition CE 503 engineering with soil, the use and limitations of surveys. Prerequisite: CE 351. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) elasticity assumptions. Three lectures, one 3- *CE 464/564 Consent of instructor. hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: CE 341. Hydrologic and Hydraulic Modeling (4) CE 504 CE 443/543 Development and application of models for Cooperative Education/internship (Credit to Introduction To Seismology And Site hydrologic and hydraulic analysis and design. be arranged.) Evaluation (4) Hydrologic processes related to rainfall-runoff Consent of instructor. Earthquakes and exploration seismology, the modeling, including infiltration, overland flow, CE 505 origin and occurrence of earthquakes, nature watershed and channel routing. Application of Reading and Conference (Credit to be and propagation of seismic waves in the earth, HEC 1 and TR 20 to model streamflow includ- arranged.) earthquakes as a hazard to life and property. ing development of input data. Model calibra- Consent of instructor. 240 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CE 506 *CE 539/639 ing. Prerequisites: Mth 252, Ph 201, Stat 244; Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Steel Design (4) recommended: ESR 320 and/or an undergradu- Consent of instructor. Analysis and design of metal structures includ- ate course, such as CE 464. This course is the CE 507 ing connections, plate girders, composite steel- same as ESR 525; course may be taken only once Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) concrete construction, design loads, structural for credit. systems, and bracing. Prerequisite: CE 333. Consent of instructor. CE 566/666 CE 510 *CE 541/641 Environmental Data Analysis (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Soil Mechanics (4) Application of probabilistic and statistical Consent of instructor. Study of the advanced principles of soil behavior models to the description of environmental data. *CE 522/622 related to stress-strain, shear strength, perme- Techniques of exploratory analysis, distribution Plastic Analysis of Structures (4) ability, and consolidation. Prerequisite: CE 444. fitting, Monte Carlo simulation, univariate and Techniques in the analysis of structures beyond *CE 544/644 multivariate regression, time series analysis and the elastic limit. Methods of limit analysis and Advanced Shallow Foundation Design (4) forecasting. Prerequisites: CE 464/564, Stat 460. design. Prerequisite: CE 333. Advanced topics in settlement and bearing *CE 569/669 *CE 524/624, 525/625 capacity analysis of shallow foundation; applica- Groundwater Hydrology (4) Matrix and Computer Methods in Structural tion of numerical schemes to foundation design. Principles of flow and contaminant transport in Analysis (4, 4) Prerequisite: CE 444. porous media and application to problems of Fundamental concepts of analysis for statically *CE 546/646 water supply and contaminant transport. Topics determinate and indeterminate structures utiliz- Numerical Methods in Geotechnical include: properties of porous media; Darcy’s law ing matrices and computers; displacement and Engineering (4) and aquifer equations; solution for steady and force methods applied to trusses and rigid Application of finite difference and finite ele- unsteady flow problems; flow net analysis; frames; techniques for the analysis of large comment methods to the solution of soil-structure regional vertical circulation; unsaturated flow; plex structures for static and dynamic loads. Pre- problems, stability of soil masses and foundation well dynamics and pump test analysis; surface- requisite: CE 326. installation. Use of commercial computer pro- groundwater interactions; water quality and con- *CE 526/626 grams in working applied problems. taminant transport; transport models; transport Theory of Plates (4) Prerequisite: CE 444. in heterogeneous porous media and tracer test. Small and large deformation theories of thin *CE 547/647 Prerequisite: senior/graduate standing in civil plates; numerical and energy methods; free Earth Dams (4) engineering. vibrations. Prerequisite: Mth 256. Design, construction, and operation of earth and *CE 570/670 *CE 527/627, 528/628 earth-rock dams; seepage analysis, slope stabil- Groundwater Modeling (4) Finite Elements in Structural Mechanics ity, and construction procedures. Emphasis The objective is to give students a good intro- (4, 4) includes both the design of new structures and duction to practical groundwater flow and con- Principles of stiffness analysis of structures, the evaluation of safety of existing facilities. Pre- taminant transport modeling. Designed as essentials of the finite element formulation of requisite: CE 442. hands-on and application oriented. Covers the elastic problems with applications to structural CE 549/649 fundamental equations, numerical methods, and mechanics, plates and shells, and other related Deep Foundation Design and Analysis (4) modeling techniques with emphasis on concep- problems utilizing digital computers. Prerequi- Comprehensive study of both driven and tual modeling and teaching students how to site: CE 524/624. augered pile foundations, including concrete, solve real world problems using an interactive *CE 529/629 steel, and timber. In-depth review of design groundwater modeling and visualization system. Structural Dynamics (4) methods for axial and lateral capacity. Special Specific topics include conceptual representa- Determination of normal modes and frequencies emphasis on the differences between driven piles tions and grid design, selecting model bound- for structural systems. Transient and steady state and drilled shafts, including the role of full-scale aries, sources and sinks, profile models, special response. Derivation and solution of governing load testing in the semi-empirical methods. needs for transient simulations, calibration, veri- equations using matrix formulation. Analysis of Introduction to group theory in elasticity and fication, sensitivity analysis, and several hands- linear response of structures to dynamic load- plasticity. Prerequisite: CE 444. on projects on modeling groundwater contami- ings. Stresses and deflections in structures. Pre- *CE 552/652 nation, well-field management, and remediation requisite: CE 423/523. Highway Design for Capacity (4) system. Prerequisite: CE 569/669. *CE 530/630 Principles of highway capacity, traffic character- *CE 571/671 Energy Principles in Structural Mechanics istics, operational analysis, design and planning Stochastic Subsurface Hydrology (4) (4) of freeways, multi-lane and two-lane rural high- A probabilistic approach to analyzing the effects Review of stress and deformation; material ways, intersections and arterials, transit facilities. of complex heterogeneity of subsurface environ- behavior; theorem of virtual work, stationary Prerequisite: CE 454. ment on field-scale ground-water flow and con- value of potential and complementary potential; *CE 561/661 taminant transport. Classical transport reciprocal theorems, Engesser’s theorem, and Water Resource Systems Analysis (4) processes; heterogeneity/ uncertainty and proba- Rayleigh-Ritz method; thermoelastic behavior. A development of quantitative techniques used bilistic representations; temporally variable sub- Prerequisite: CE 420/520. in the analysis of water resource systems for surface flow and lumped parameter water *CE 535/635 planning, design and operation. Emphasis is quality models; spatial variability in subsurface Prestressed Concrete Design (4) placed on the physical, legal and economic flow; contaminant transport processes in hetero- Analysis and design of components of pre- aspects and their incorporation into simulation geneous media; geostatistical methods, measure- stressed concrete structures with reference to models. Applications include reservoir systems ment conditioning and parameter estimation; current codes. Prerequisite: CE 434. for water supply and hydropower, irrigation field applications of stochastic methods. Empha- *CE 537/637 planning and operation, and water quality man- sis is placed on analysis of field-scale heteroge- Earthquake Engineering (4) agement. Prerequisite: CE 464/564 or equiva- neous groundwater systems. Prerequisite: CE Response of structures to ground motions; deter- lent. 569. mination and use of response spectra; seismic *CE 565 *CE 572/672 design criteria and provisions for buildings and Watershed Hydrology (4) Environmental Fluid Mechanics I (4) other structures; and review of current practices Study of the movement and storage of water in Introduction to the basic physical processes for earthquake resistant design. Prerequisite: CE watersheds, emphasizing physical processes. which transport pollutants in natural waters; 529/629. Includes systems analysis of watersheds, precipi- mathematical formulations. Use of predictive tation, snowmelt, infiltration, evapotranspira- mathematical models as a basis for water and air tion, ground-water flow, stream flow generation, quality management. Prerequisites: EAS 361, CE open channel flow, hydrograph analysis, and an 371. introduction to watershed hydrological model- S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 241

*CE 573/673 CS 163 Numerical Methods in Environmental and COMPUTER SCIENCE Data Structures (4) Water Resources Engineering (4) COURSES Data abstraction with formal specification. Ele- Introduction to the mathematical solution of mentary algorithm analysis. Basic concepts of partial differential equations by finite difference CS 105 data and its representation inside a computer. and finite element techniques. Development of Computing Fundamentals I (4) Linear, linked, and orthogonal lists; tree struc- solution approaches to water quality and Intended as a computer literacy course for non- tures. Data structures are implemented as data hydraulic problems in surface and groundwater CS majors. Introduces what computers are and abstractions. Sorting and search strategies. Data systems. Analysis of model sensitivities, calibra- how they can be used. Focus is placed on defin- management. Prerequisite: CS 162. tion and verification. Prerequisite: senior or ing the difference between hardware and software, and then on using computers with various CS 199 graduate standing in civil engineering. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) application software packages (e.g., word pro- *CE 575/675 CS 200 Advanced Physical/Chemical Environmental cessors, spreadsheets, data base managers, desktop publishing, and graphics). Various operating Computer Organization and Assembly Engineering Processes (4) Language (4) Theoretical and laboratory analysis of major systems will be introduced: DOS/Windows, Introduction to computer organization, number physical and chemical processes used to treat MAC, and UNIX. Students will learn file and representation and digital logic, hardware inter- water, wastewater, industrial and hazardous directory management. Each of the following rupts, input/output programming, systems soft- wastes. Analysis of reactor hydraulics, reactor concepts will be introduced: the central process- ware, operating systems interface, assembly kinetics, coagulation, flocculation, solid-liquid ing unit, I/O, secondary storage, communica- language programming, macros, linking and separation processes, adsorption, and gas trans- tions, files and databases, information systems, loading. Prerequisite: CS 162. fer. Prerequisite: CE 474/574. programming languages, emerging applications, and privacy and security. Prerequisite: Mth 111. CS 201 *CE 576/676 Computer Architecture (4) Environmental Fluid Mechanics II (4) CS 106 Study of the interrelationship and interaction of Introduction to the fundamentals of the fluid Computing Fundamentals II (4) various parts of computer systems, digital logic, dynamics of natural surface waters by analysis of Intended as an introduction to programming for instruction sets, processing and control units, the governing equations of mass, momentum, non-CS majors. First, students will learn what a hardwired and microprogrammed control units, and heat conservation. Applications include tur- program is and how to think about solving prob- buses, input-output, arithmetic and logic pro- bulence modeling, finite depth water motions, lems with algorithms. Then, the course will tran- cessing, memory system hierarchies, virtual stratified flow phenomena, and seiche phenom- sition to teaching an introduction to structured memory. Prerequisite: CS 162, 200. ena. Prerequisites: CE 572/672 or EAS 361, CE programming using tools such as VISUAL BASIC CS 202 362, 371. and Pascal; students will learn about comments, variables, decision statements, loops, and how to Programming Systems (4) *CE 578/678 Students will become familiar with the language organize information. Introduces algorithm Water Quality Modeling (4) and operating system environment used in most design and computer programming using a cur- Introduction to descriptive modeling approaches upper-division courses in the Computer Science rent computer language. Emphasis is on struc- for analyzing water quality changes in lakes, res- major curriculum. Use of the file system, operat- tured programming methods. Surveys common ervoirs, rivers, and estuaries. Applications ing-system calls, and shell-level programming; algorithms for data manipulation, searching, and include modeling dissolved oxygen, tempera- low-level debugging of high-level programs. Pro- sorting. Summarizes the relationships between ture, nutrients, and algal dynamics. Prerequi- gramming exercises will include applications structured programming languages such as sites: EAS 361, CE 371. from data structures (e.g., B-trees) and memory FORTRAN, COBOL, C, and Pascal. Prerequisite: * management techniques. Prerequisites: CS 163, CE 591/691 CS 105. Engineering Optimization (4) 201. CS 107 Development of optimization methods applica- CS 208 ble to the solution of engineering problems. Computing Fundamentals III (4) Intended as an introduction to object-oriented Introduction to Programming in FORTRAN Conditions for optimality, univariate, and multi- (3) variate search methods, constrained optimiza- programming for non-CS majors. First, students Design and construction of computer programs. tion. Particular techniques include gradient- will learn the ease with which object-oriented Use of the FORTRAN language to solve prob- based methods, linear programming, and programs can be developed using many short lems over a wide range of applications. The dynamic programming. Prerequisite: graduate sample programs. Covers the fundamentals of course is introductory in nature and is not standing in engineering. object-oriented programming and helps students intended for students with previous knowledge think about object-techniques in creating and of FORTRAN. Prerequisite: Mth 111. CE 601 using applications with languages such as C++ Research (Credit to be arranged.) or SmallTalk. Prerequisite: CS 106. CS 250 Consent of instructor. Discrete Structures (4) CE 603 CS 161 Introduction to notations and techniques to rep- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to Computer Science I (4) resent and analyze computational objects. Sets, Consent of instructor. Introduction to fundamental concepts of com- bags, and tuples. Functions: combining opera- puter science. Problem solving, algorithm and CE 604 tions and properties. Relations: equivalence and program design, data types, control structures, order. Inductive definition of computational Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and subprograms. This course is primarily to be arranged.) objects. Elementary combinatorics. Program- Consent of instructor. designed for CS majors. Prerequisite: Mth 111. ming problems introduce use of a functional lan- CE 605 CS 162 guage. Prerequisites: CS 163, Mth 252. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Introduction to Computer Science II (4) Introduction to software design, use of a variety CS 251 arranged.) Logical Structures (4) Consent of instructor. of data structures, data abstraction, and recur- Introduction to logic from a computational view- sion. Application of recursion in software design. point. Propositional calculus, first order predi- CE 606 Program correctness, verification, and testing. Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) cate calculus, formal reasoning. Resolution and Consent of instructor. Students will write a substantial computer pro- natural deduction. Applications to program cor- gram during the term. Prerequisite: CS 161. CE 607 rectness and automatic reasoning. Proof tech- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) niques. Programming problems introduce use of Consent of instructor. a logical language. Prerequisite: CS 250. CE 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. 242 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CS 252 CS 399 tures. Connection networks. Performance evalu- Computational Structures (4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ation, simulation, and analytic models. Elementary algebraic structures, Boolean alge- Consent of instructor. Performance enhancement through branch pre- bra; regular languages and finite automata; con- CS 401 diction and out-of-order execution. Prerequisite: text-free languages and pushdown automata; Research (Credit to be arranged.) CS 302 or 303. automata as computation devices; Turing Consent of instructor. CS 441/541 machines; Chomsky language hierarchy; CS 404 Artificial Intelligence (4/3) Church’s thesis, computation models and their Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Introduction to the basic concepts and tech- equivalence; solvability and unsolvability; the to be arranged.) niques of artificial intelligence. Knowledge rep- halting problem; use of a declarative language. Consent of instructor. resentation, problem solving, and AI search Prerequisite: CS 251. CS 405 techniques. Program will be written in one of the CS 299 Reading and Conference (Credit to be AI languages. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) arranged.) CS 444/544 CS 300 Consent of instructor. Introduction to Database Systems (4/3) Elements of Software Engineering (4) CS 406 Introduction to basic concepts of database sys- Practical techniques of program development for Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) tems. Database system architecture; relational medium-scale software produced by individuals. Consent of instructor. data model and languages; implementation of Software development from problem specifica- CS 407 database applications; physical data organization through design, implementation, testing, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) tion, design and tuning; and query processing. and maintenance. The fundamental design tech- Consent of instructor. Prerequisite: CS 303. niques of step-wise refinement and data abstrac- CS 409 CS 445/545 tion. A software project will be carried through Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Implementation of Database Management the development cycle. Prerequisite: CS 202. Consent of instructor. Systems (4/3) CS 301, 302 CS 410 Components of database management system Languages and Compiler Design (4, 4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) and how they are implemented, including per- Principles of programming languages and lan- Consent of instructor. formance considerations. Components will guage implementation by compilation. Tech- CS 415/515 include concurrency control and crash recovery, niques of language definition. Run-time Advanced Parallel Programming (4/3) operator evaluation, query evaluation, query behavior of programs. Compilation by recursive Advanced course on parallel languages and pro- optimization, and physical storage manage- descent. Use of LR compiler-generation tools. gramming techniques. Introduces the funda- ment. Environments will include parallel and Design and implementation of a compiler for a mentals of and different approaches to parallel distributed database systems and decision sup- small language. Prerequisites: CS 202, 252, 300. computing and establishes first-hand experi- port systems. Prerequisite: CS 444/544. CS 303 ence in programming actual parallel computers. CS 447/547, 448/548 Operating Systems and Concurrent Prerequisites: CS 302 and working knowledge of Computer Graphics (4/3, 4/3) Programming (4) C, Fortran and Unix. This course will provide an introduction to Introduction to the principles of operating sys- graphics systems and applications. Basic struc- tems and concurrent programming on uni- and CS 420/520 Object-oriented Programming (4/3) ture of interactive graphics systems, characteris- multi-processor computers. Operating system The fundamental concepts of object-oriented tics of various hardware devices. Control of services, file systems, resource management. The programming languages, including data abstrac- display devices, implementation of simple pack- concept of a process; process cooperation and tion and typing, class inheritance and generic ages, device independence, and standard pack- interference. Design and coding of concurrent types, prototypes and delegation, concurrency ages. Distributed architectures for graphics, programs. Design of operating systems. Includes control and distribution, object-oriented data- hidden line and hidden surfaces algorithms, rep- programming assignments in concurrent pro- bases, and implementation. To illustrate these resentations of curves and surfaces. Prerequi- gramming. Each student will make a short oral issues, programming assignments in languages sites: CS 202, Mth 343. presentation during the term. Prerequisites: CS such as Smalltalk, Eiffel and C++ will be given. CS 451/551 202, 252, 300. Prerequisite: CS 302. Numerical Computation (4/3) CS 304 Introduction to numerical methods. Includes Operating Systems Design and CS 425/525 Distributed Systems (4/3) topics from elementary discussion of errors, Implementation (4) polynomials, interpolation, quadrature, linear Design and implementation of a small object- Basic concepts in distributed systems including networking concepts, remote procedure calling, systems of equations, and solution of nonlinear oriented operating system in a simulated or vir- equations. Prerequisites: Mth 343; CS 200, 208. tual environment. The class will have a heavy file servers and shared file systems, protection programming component. Lectures will focus and security issues. These concepts will be illus- CS 454/554 Software Engineering (4/3) first on the assignments and second on the study trated with case studies of systems such as Current methodologies for the development of of operating systems internals as appropriate to Locus, Sun NFS, Argus, Xerox Distributed File large, industrial strength software systems. the assignments. Assignment tasks may include System, Cambridge Distributed Computing Sys- Topics include requirements, specification, the construction of a scheduling system, inter- tems, Amoeba, Mach, Apollo Domain, and the design, testing, project management, and group process communication facilities such as mes- Grapevine mail system. Prerequisite: CS 202. dynamics. Will include a large team project. Pre- saging and semaphores, a simple file system, CS 430/530 requisite: CS 301. simple device drivers, and debugging/logging Foundations of Logic Programming (4/3) facilities in the virtual operating system. Three Introduction to theory of logic programming. CS 457/557 lecture hours plus extensive time out of class Models, unification, and fixed points. Declara- Functional Languages (4/3) programming. Prerequisites: CS 303. tive and procedural semantics. Negative issues. Introduction to functional notation, recursion, Topics from deduction and perpetual processes. higher-order functions, reasoning about func- CS 350 Prolog will be introduced as an instance of a tions, and models for the evaluation of applica- Algorithms and Complexity (4) tive expressions. Use of functional languages. Techniques for the design and analysis of algo- logic programming language to study the results Prerequisites: CS 202, 252. rithms. Case studies of existing algorithms (sort- of theory. Prerequisite: CS 252. ing, searching, graph algorithms, dynamic CS 438/538 CS 458/558 programming, matrix multiplication, fast Fou- Computer Architecture (4/3) Programming Languages (4/3) rier transform.) NP-Completeness. Prerequisite: Processors, memory hierarchy, and bus systems. In-depth study of current and historical issues in CS 252. Multi-level caches and cache coherence in MP the design, implementation, and application of systems. Arithmetic algorithms. RISC vs. CISC programming languages. Topics range from basic instructions, pipelining, and software pipelining. to advanced. Areas include syntax, semantics, Superscalar, superpipelined, and VLIW architec- scoping, typing, abstraction, exceptions, and S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 243

concurrency. Computational paradigms such as CS 506 CS 559 functional, logic, and/or object oriented are ana- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Software Measurement and Models (3) lyzed. Several “recent” programming languages Consent of instructor. Survey, evaluation, and application of software used. Prerequisite: CS 302. CS 507 measurement techniques and models. Particular emphasis on product metrics such as Software CS 481/581 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Theory of Computation (4/3, 4/3) Consent of instructor. Science, Cyclomatic Complexity, and Function Computability theory: study of models of com- CS 509 Points. putation (Turing, Church, Kleene), recursive Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) CS 560 function theory, properties of recursive, and Consent of instructor. Human-Computer Interaction (3) recursively innumerable sets. Prerequisite: CS 510 Introduction to the basic theory of human-com- CS 252. Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) puter interaction. Principles of human cognition and interface design, interface evaluation tech- CS 482/582 Consent of instructor. niques. Several prototyping tools will be pre- Theory of Computation: Advanced Topics CS 533 (4/3, 4/3) Concepts of Operating Systems (3) sented. A project is required. Prerequisites: Stat Complexity theory: study of resource bounded Survey of concepts and techniques used in 460, CS 202. computation, the complexity classes (P, NP, modern operating systems. Sample concepts CS 572 PSpACE, and PH), NP-completeness, relativized covered are concurrency, IPCs, scheduling, Operating System Internals (3) computation, randomized classes. Prerequisites: resource allocation, memory management, file Internals of a specific operating system including CS 252, 350. systems, and security. Techniques for imple- structure of the kernel, block buffering cache, CS 485/585 menting operating systems taught through a profile system structure and system calls, process Cryptography (4/3) gramming project. Prerequisite: CS 303. structure and scheduling, memory management, device driver interface, and interprocess com- The goal of cryptography is the encoding of CS 546 information via a cryptographic system. Cryp- Data Models and Languages (3) munication. Prerequisite: CS 303. tanalysis studies the breaking of cryptosystems. Semantic data models, object-oriented data- CS 573 This course focuses on cryptography but with bases, the object-relational data model, deduc- Computer Communications (3) respect to cryptanalysis. An overview of classical tive query languages, multidatabase systems, Layers of the ISO/OSI reference model; basics of systems with an in-depth examination of advanced relational database theory. Readings computer telecommunications, networking modern cryptosystems. This includes block and lectures, exams, and a substantial project technology; communications protocols, their algorithms such as DES; public-key cryptosys- that will involve surveying the literature in a function and impact on the performance of com- tems, such as RSA; and one-way functions. major area of database research. Prerequisites: puter communications; traffic patterns in a data Additional topics include cryptographic proto- CS 444/544 and either graduate standing or CS network. Prerequisites: CS 303, Stat 460. cols, signature schemes, pseudo-random 251. CS 574 number generation, Shannon’s information the- CS 549 Internetworking Protocols (3) ory, and stream ciphers. Prerequisite: CS 252. Computational Geometry (3) Advanced study of the protocols and algorithms CS 487, 488 Perspective and projective geometry. Analytic used in the Internet (IETF) family of networking Software Engineering Capstone (3, 3) projective geometry, projective lines and projec- protocols. For example, ARP, IP, UDP, TCP, mul- Emphasizes teamwork in small groups on a sub- tive planes. Projective transformations of lines ticasting, routing protocols like RIP and OSPF, stantial project that will be performed for a real and planes. Homogeneous coordinates. Applica- and application protocols like DNS, NFS, SNMP, customer. Projects are chosen so as to provide tions to two-dimensional computer graphics. FTP and HTTP. Issues such as addressing, name interdisciplinary content with project proposals Conic sections in design. Prerequisites: CS 163 service, protocol design, and scaleability will be being solicited from the community at large. and 451. explored. Prerequisite: CS 303. Projects that involve students as well as custom- CS 550 CS 575 ers from other disciplines are encouraged. Lec- Parallel Algorithms (3) Computer Systems Analysis (3) tures will be directed towards the management Definition and nature of parallel computation. An advanced course on computer systems. of software development projects such as those Parallel computation from the point of view of Topics include operating systems, performance being carried out by the teams. It is the intent of hardware/architecture, program/scheduling, and evaluation, device analysis, construction and the course to provide a capstone experience that algorithms. Why and how parallel computation proof of monitors, file systems, objects and pro- integrates the materials contained in the remain- is different from serial computation. Examples to cesses, reliability, and protection. Prerequisites: der of the CS curriculum through work on a highlight the differences. Parallel algorithms in CS 303, Stat 460. project that applies this material in another dis- general: illustration of the most important fea- CS 576 cipline. Each team member will contribute to the tures and techniques. Illustration of the limita- Computer Security (3) design, documentation, and testing phases of the tions. A survey of major results, general form of Introduction to the principles of computer secu- project. This course creates an obligation for par- results, limitations on speed-up. Prerequisite: rity. Development of the notion of security ticipation for two consecutive quarters. Prereq- CS 350. through formal models and the examination of uisites: senior standing. For CS majors: CS 302, CS 555 existing secure systems. Systems intended for 303, 350. Non-CS majors: permission of the Software Specification and Verification (3) the protection of classified information as well as instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects of the software commercial systems will be examined. Prerequi- CS 501 development process or software lifecycle. site: CS 303. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Covers the first part of the cycle: formulating the CS 577 Consent of instructor. external requirements, specifying what the soft- Compiler Construction (3) CS 503 ware is to do, and the abstract design. Emphasis An advanced course on compiler construction. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) will be on the formal aspects of specification and Topics include LL(k) and LR(k) parsing, code Consent of instructor. verification. generation, error recovery, and local and global CS 504 CS 556 optimization. Prerequisite: CS 302. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Software Implementation and Testing (3) CS 579 to be arranged.) Theoretical and practical aspects of the software Formal Verification of Hardware/Software Consent of instructor. development process or software lifecycle. Systems (3) CS 505 Covers the second part of the cycle: detailed Introduction to the formal verification of func- Reading and Conference (Credit to be design, implementation in a programming lan- tional correctness of hardware and software sys- arranged.) guage, testing, and maintenance. Emphasis will tems. Topics to be covered include: formal logics Consent of instructor. be on the technical aspects of software testing. for system verification (first-order logic, higher- 244 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

order logic, temporal logic), formal specifica- ECE 271 and I/O interfacing are among the topics stud- tions, theorem proving systems, circuit verifica- Digital Systems (4) ied. Laboratory work includes several software tion, microprocessor verification, and system Second course in a sequence of digital and and hardware development projects. Prerequi- software verification. Prerequisites: CS 301, 303. microprocessor courses. Covers shift register site: ECE 271. devices and circuits; design, timing analysis, and CS 583 ECE 401 Automata and Formal Languages (3) application of synchronous state machine cir- Research (Credit to be arranged.) An advanced study of the theory of automata, cuits using discrete devices and programmable Consent of instructor. formal languages and computational complexity. logic devices; timing analysis of asynchronous state machines, arithmetic circuits and devices; ECE 404 Main subjects are finite state concepts, formal Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit grammars, computability, Turing machines, and internal architecture of a microprocessor; design to be arranged.) computational complexity. Prerequisite: CS 482. and interfacing of memory systems; and an Consent of instructor. introduction to design for test techniques. Rein- CS 584 forces the systematic design methodology, docu- ECE 405 Algorithm Design and Analysis (3) Reading and Conference (Credit to be An advanced in-depth study in the design and mentation standards, and use of computer-based arranged.) analysis of algorithms. Topics include models of tools introduced in ECE 171. Prerequisite: ECE Consent of instructor. 171. computation, sorting, data structures, graph ECE 406 algorithms, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier ECE 301, 302, 303 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) transform, polynomial arithmetic, pattern Electrical Engineering Laboratory IV, V, VI Consent of instructor. (1, 1, 1) matching, and NP-complete problems. Prerequi- ECE 407 site: CS 350 or equivalent. Prerequisites: ECE 201, 202, 203; prerequisites or concurrent enrollment in: ECE 321, 322, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) 323, 331, 332, 371. Pass/no pass only. Consent of instructor. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ECE 321 ECE 410 ENGINEERING COURSES Electronics I (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to solid state electronics, leading to Consent of instructor. ECE 171 the physical properties and characteristics of ECE 411 Digital Circuits (4) solid state electronic devices. Analysis and Industry Design Processes (2) Foundation course in digital design. Topics such design of diode, bipolar junction, and field-effect Design methodologies will be discussed as a as number systems, basic logic gates, TTL device transistor circuits. Application of a computer- framework for solving broadly defined technol- parameters, Boolean algebra, logic circuit simpli- aided design (CAD) tool such as SPICE. Prereq- ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational fication techniques, timing analysis, the applica- uisite: ECE 223. principles will be presented as tools in the tion of MSI combinational logic devices, design process and as a foundation for the sub- ECE 322 sequent project course. Lectures, weekly and programmable logic devices, flip-flops, synchro- Electronics II (4) nous state machines and counters. Introduces Study of digital circuits used in various logic term case studies. Prerequisites: communication students to a systematic design methodology. families. Analysis of electronic amplifiers using skills applicable to technical oral and written Uses computer-based tools such as schematic small-signal models of electronic devices. Intro- presentation; senior standing in the University capture programs, programmable logic develop- duction to feedback amplifier analysis and and completion of all junior-level required ECE ment programs, and digital circuit stimulators. design. Review of transfer function and Bode classes; for non-ECE majors, consent of instructor. ECE 199 analysis. Computer-aided design. Prerequisite: Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ECE 321. ECE 412 Consent of instructor. Senior Project Development I (4) ECE 323 In this course, groups of three to five students ECE 201, 202, 203 Electronics III (4) Electrical Engineering Laboratory I, II, III Introduction to differential and operational will apply the structured design methodology (1, 1, 1) amplifier circuits. Study of operational amplifier learned in ECE 411 or UnSt 421 to original Prerequisites, or concurrent enrollment in: ECE design techniques involving current mirrors and projects with the assistance of faculty and indus- 221, 222, 223, 271. Pass/no pass only. active loads. Design and analyze active filters, trial/community advisers. After initial research, each student group will prepare a written and ECE 221 waveform generators, and large-signal electronic Electric Circuits (4) amplifiers. Computer-aided design. Prerequi- oral project proposal. Each student is required to Experimental laws, network theorems, and com- site: ECE 322. keep a log of his or her individual design work puter analysis techniques of electrical circuit and to turn in weekly progress reports. At peri- ECE 331 analysis. Network responses to various forcing odic intervals, each group will give an oral Electromagnetic Principles (4) progress report to the entire class. In addition to functions using time-domain and phasor- Review of vector calculus, electric and magnetic the direct design work, this class also includes domain methods. Prerequisite: Mth 253. fields, Maxwell’s equations in integral and differ- talks by industry speakers on topics such as ential form, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s equa- ECE 222 group dynamics, interdisciplinary interaction, Signals and Systems (4) tion, uniform plane waves. Prerequisites: Mth communication, documentation, patents, Step and impulse response of electric circuits, 256, Ph 223. introduction to the frequency domain, Laplace human factors, and engineering ethics. Prerequi- ECE 332 and Fourier transforms, convolution integrals, site: ECE 411, ME 491, or UnSt 421 (Industry Electromagnetic Systems (4) Design Processes). and spectra Bode plots. Block diagrams and Review of electromagnetic wave propagation; transfer functions. Prerequisites: ECE 221, Mth design of transmission lines, waveguides, reso- ECE 413 Senior Project Development II (2) 256 or concurrent. nators, and antennas. Prerequisite: ECE 331. Continues development of the design projects ECE 223 ECE 371 started in ECE 412 or UnSt 421 to their conclu- Feedback and Control (4) Microprocessors (4) sion. Each student maintains a log of his or her Stability concepts for linear time- invariant net- This course covers the fundamentals of micro- works, Routh-Hurwitz criterion. Stability individual work and turns in weekly progress processor architecture, software development, reports. Each group prepares a final written through feedback, Nyquist, and root-locus and hardware interfacing. Emphasis is placed on design methods. Compensation methods report and delivers a final oral report to the microcontroller type microprocessor systems. entire class. Note: Non ECE/CpE majors are wel- derived from Bode plots. Introduction to state Machine and assembly language programming, space system analysis. Prerequisite: ECE 222. come in this class, but they do not need it to ful- applications of microprocessors in controls, fill the University Capstone requirement. microprocessor systems design, and memory S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 245

ECE 415/515 ECE 426/526 ECE 455/555 Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices (4) Digital Integrated Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks I (4) Solid-state electronic devices; operation, fabrica- Students are instructed in methods and the use Introduces approach for developing computing tion and applications; single crystal growth, p-n of computer-aided design tools for the design devices whose design is based on models taken junction, diodes, bipolar junction transistors, and testing of large-scale integrated digital cir- from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” MOS capacitor, FETs. Course provides students cuits. A design project is an integral part of this A variety of NN architectures and associated with a sound understanding of existing devices course. Prerequisite: ECE 425/525. computational algorithms for accomplishing the and gives the necessary background to under- ECE 431/531 learning are studied. Experiments with various stand the problems and challenges of the micro- Microwave Circuit Design I (4) of the available architectures are performed via a electronic manufacturing. Prerequisite: Ph 318, Passive microwave components. Design of simulation package. Students do a major project ECE 323. microstrip circuits. Active high frequency on the simulator, or a special programming ECE 416/516 devices. Microwave computer aided design. project. Prerequisites: senior standing in ECE/ Integrated Circuit (IC) Technologies (4) Prerequisite: ECE 332. CPE or CS, or graduate standing. Microelectronic processing of solid-state devices ECE 432/532 ECE 456/556 and integrated circuits. A base for understanding Microwave Circuit Design II (4) AI: Neural Networks II (4) more advanced processing and what can and Small-signal amplifier design for gain and noise. Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set the- cannot be achieved through IC fabrication. Oxi- Non-linear effects and nonlinear circuit design. ory, control theory, and pattern recognition are dation, diffusion, and ion implantation will be Oscillator design. Introduction to MMIC design. studied and incorporated in considering neural discussed. Bipolar, CMOS and BiCMOS fabrica- Design project is an integral part of this course. networks. A design project (using NN simulator) tion processes. DRAM technology. Defining Prerequisite: ECE 431/531. in selected application area is done by each stu- system rules for IC layout. Packaging and yield. ECE 441/541 dent. Prerequisite: ECE 455/555. New technologies, such as Wafer-Scale Integra- Electrical Energy Systems Design I (4) ECE 461/561 tion and Multi-Chip Modules, will be discussed. Three-phase power, per unit system of calcula- Communication Systems Design I (4) Students will be introduced to the concept of tions, impedance and reactance diagrams, nodal An introduction to signals and noise in electrical designing for manufacturability. Prerequisite: equations, bus admittance and impedance matri- communication systems; signal spectra and fil- ECE 415/515. ces, transformer and synchronous generator ters, noise and random signals, baseband trans- ECE 418/518 modeling, symmetrical components, and fault mission of analog and digital signals, linear Linear System Analysis I (4) studies using symmetrical components. Prereq- modulation and exponential modulation. Pre- Advanced concepts of continuous-time signals, uisite: ECE 332. requisite: ECE 222. systems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, ECE 442/542 ECE 462/562 orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, Electrical Energy Systems Design II (4) Communication Systems Design II (4) super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- Fault studies with admittance and impedance Study of the relative merits of communication ity, and convolution integral; transforms: Fourier matrices, system protection fundamentals, dc systems, noise in continuous wave and pulse series and Fourier transform, Hilbert and Hart- transmission, solution of linear algebraic equa- modulation schemes, information theory, digital ley transform, Laplace transform. Prerequisites: tions as applied to power flow methods, indus- data systems, and advanced topics. Prerequisite: ECE 222. trial grounding practices. Prerequisite: ECE 441/ ECE 461/561. ECE 419/519 541. ECE 478/578 Linear System Analysis II (4) ECE 445/545 Intelligent Robotics I (4) Advanced concepts of discrete-time signals, sys- Power Electronic Systems Design I (4) Basic problems of intelligent robotics. Comput- tems, and transforms. Signals: periodicity, Basic DC-to-DC switching converter topologies ers for logic and logic programming. Hardware orthogonality, basis functions; system: linearity, are presented. Operation in various modes is for artificial intelligence. Formulation and reduc- super-position, time-invariance, causality, stabil- examined. Steady state design is undertaken tion of problems. Tree-search methods and ity, and convolution sum; transforms: Z Trans- using state space techniques and equivalent cir- architectures. Predicate calculus and resolution form, discrete Fourier transform and Fast cuit modeling. Design issues concerning semi- method. Methods of formulating and solving Fourier transform, discrete Hilbert and Hartley conductor devices and magnetics design are also problems in logic programming. Unification in transform; State Space description of a system. addressed. Prerequisite: ECE 322. hardware. Fuzzy logic and fuzzy logic machines. Prerequisite: ECE 418/518. ECE 446/546 Machines for logic programming and artificial ECE 421/521 Power Electronic Systems Design II (4) intelligence. Reasoning by analogy and induc- Analog Integrated Circuit Design I (4) Dynamic analysis of DC-to-DC converters is pre- tion: application of associative processors. Pre- Modeling of IC devices: transistors, capacitors, sented using state space techniques and the requisite: ECE 485/585 or 425/525. resistors. Temperature and device parameter method of equivalent circuit modeling of the ECE 479/579 variation effects. Building blocks of analog inte- switching device. Different control techniques Intelligent Robotics II (4) grated circuits: current sources and mirrors, gain such as current programming and sliding mode Sensors. Computer vision hardware. Problems in stages, level shifters, and output stages. Design control are introduced. Inverter and input cur- image processing, vision, manipulation, and of operational amplifiers; frequency response, rent waveshaping rectifier circuits are also intro- planning. Machines for image processing and feedback, and compensation; stability and noise duced. Prerequisite: ECE 445/545. computer vision. Morphological processors. in IC circuits; CAD tools for circuit design and ECE 451/551 Manufacturing inspection. Non-numeric com- testing. Prerequisite: ECE 323. Control Systems Design I (4) puters. Path planning. Localization. Use of rea- ECE 422/522 State space description of linear systems. Signal soning and learning. Applications in scheduling, Analog Integrated Circuit Design II (4) flow graphs. Discrete-time control systems: Z- planning, and assignment. Computer architec- Analysis and design of MOS operational amplifi- transforms, recursion, sampling, sampling theo- tures for robotics. Integrated robotic systems for ers, noise in IC circuits, design of wideband rem, design via Z-transform method, Z-plane manufacturing. Architectures of comprehensive amplifiers, principles of microwave circuit (root locus, etc.), Bode plot, phase space, etc. mobile robots. Robots in health care. System design, design of impedance matching circuits, Prerequisite: ECE 223. integration. Examples of application. Prerequi- comparators, voltage regulators, analog multipli- site: ECE 478/578. ECE 452/552 ers and modulators, CAD tools for circuit design Control Systems Design II (4) and testing. Prerequisite: ECE 421/521. Controllability, observability, identification, and ECE 425/525 stability of linear systems (continuous and dis- Digital Integrated Circuit Design I (4) crete). Use of analog and digital computers in Students in electrical and computer engineering control systems. Implementation issues. Prereq- are introduced to the analysis and design of digi- uisite: ECE 451/551. tal integrated circuits. A design project is an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: ECE 323. 246 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ECE 485/585 ECE 523/623 Theorem of Information Theory), Entropy Rates Microprocessor System Design (4) Analog Integrated Circuit Design III (4) of Information Sources, Data Compression, and Advanced topics in microprocessor technology Integrated-circuit oscillators and timers, fre- Channel Capacity. This course is also listed as emphasizing newer generations of microproces- quency-to-voltage converters, phase-locked- SySc 545/645; may only be taken once for sors. Hardware and software design for different loop circuits, IC filters, self-tuning filters, digital- credit. microprocessor systems and bit slice design are to-analog converters, analog-to-digital convert- ECE 565/665 major components of this course. Independent ers, CAD tools for circuit design and testing. Pre- Signals and Noise (4) design projects are heavily emphasized as part of requisite: ECE 422/522. Students are introduced to “noise” as it appears the lab work. Prerequisite: ECE 371. ECE 527/627 in communication and control systems, its ECE 486/586 High-performance Digital Systems (4) mathematical and statistical properties and prac- Computer Architecture (4) The use of computer-aided design tools in high- tical filtering methods to minimize its impact on An introduction to the key concepts of computer performance digital systems is explored. The systems. Advanced topics in filter and estimation system architecture and design. Topics include trade-offs between automated and hand design theory are also introduced. Prerequisite: gradu- the design and analysis of instruction set archi- are examined in the context of performance vs. ate standing in electrical engineering. tectures, memory systems, and high-perfor- development time. The impact of new develop- ECE 566/666 mance IO systems; basic CPU implementation ments in MOS circuit technology are also exam- Digital Signal Processing (4) strategies; basic pipelined CPU implementation; ined. Prerequisite: ECE 426/526. Study of discrete time signals and systems. performance analysis; and a survey of current ECE 528/628 Mathematics of discrete time systems in time architectures. Prerequisite: ECE 485/585. Layout Techniques (4) and frequency domains. Discrete Fourier Trans- ECE 491/591 Methodologies and strategies used to lay out form, FFT algorithms and applications, digital Laser Systems Design I (4) electronic circuits. Full-custom and semi-custom filter design, random signals in digital linear sys- Laser topics: especially design of laser, fiber- approaches. Gate arrays, standard cells, cell gen- tems form the foundations of this course. Pre- optic, and related optical systems. Formation erators, building blocks, and sea-of-gates tech- requisite: ECE 565/665. and propagation of modes and beams, matrix nologies. Hierarchical circuit description, layout ECE 567/667 methods for the analysis and synthesis of optical process, and manufacturability. Layout problem Statistical Communications Theory (4) systems. Prerequisite: ECE 331. as a constrained optimization problem. Applica- As an advanced course in communication the- ECE 492/592 tion of graph theory and mathematical optimiza- ory, topics of statistical decision, estimation, and Laser Systems Design II (4) tion techniques to VLSI layout synthesis. modulation theory are introduced. Statistical Interaction of light with atoms, Maxwell- Overview of the most important combinatorial aspects of transmission detection and error Schrödinger analysis and rate equation approxi- problems in circuit layout and descriptions of detection/correction schemes are covered. Pre- mations. Effects of gain, dispersion, and satura- their solutions. Prerequisite: graduate standing. requisites: ECE 461/561, 565/665. tion in the design of laser amplifiers and ECE 529/629 ECE 568/668 oscillators. Prerequisite: ECE 331. Performance-driven Layout (4) Introductory Image Processing (4) ECE 501 Floor planning, placement, routing, compaction, Two-dimensional systems, image perception, Research (Credit to be arranged.) design rule verification, and module generation. image digitization (sampling and quantization), Consent of instructor. Description and analysis of algorithms used in image transforms (Fourier, Cosine, K-L trans- ECE 503 layout synthesis. Timing-driven layout tech- forms), image enhancement (histogram equal- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) niques for performance optimization. Applica- ization, filtering, spatial operation). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. tion Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC) using graduate standing. traditional semicustom techniques and new ECE 504 Application-Specific programmable logic ECE 569/669 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Advanced Image Processing (4) devices, FPGAs, EPLDs. Fitting problem for to be arranged.) Introduction to random fields, image representa- architecture-specific EPLDs. Prerequisite: ECE Consent of instructor. tion by stochastic models, image restoration 528/628. ECE 505 (Wiener and Kalman filtering), image coding Reading and Conference (Credit to be ECE 533/633 and compression predictive and transform cod- arranged.) Advanced Electromagnetics (4) ing, vector quantization). Prerequisites: ECE Consent of instructor. Advanced course in electromagnetics. Mathe- 565/665, 568/668. ECE 506 matical methods, electrostatics, boundary value problems, magnetostatics, time varying fields, ECE 570/670 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Computer Vision (4) plane waves. Prerequisite: ECE 331. Consent of instructor. Image detection and registration, image analysis ECE 507 ECE 543/643 (texture extraction, edge detection, segmenta- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Electric Energy Systems Control (4) tion), image reconstruction (radon transform, Consent of instructor. State estimation, security and contingency moni- Fourier reconstruction), stereo imaging and toring, automatic generation control, economic ECE 510 motion analysis, pattern recognition (recogni- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) dispatch, optimal power flow, power system station, classification and clustering). Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. bility, unit commitment and pool operation. Pre- ECE 568/668. requisite: ECE 442/542. ECE 511/611, 512/612, 513/613 ECE 572/672 Solid State Electronics I, II, III (4, 4, 4) ECE 553/653 Advanced Logic Synthesis (4) The solid state electronics course sequence deals Control Systems Design III (4) Boolean and multivalued algebras. Cube calcu- with advanced topics in solid state device phys- Topics in modern feedback control theory of lus and its computer realization. Basic operators ics and modeling. Following a discussion on nonlinear and multivariable systems, including and algorithms of function minimization. semiconductor properties and modeling as a considerations of stochastic and optimal control. Decomposition and factorization theories. Multi- function of doping and temperature, advanced Design methods on computer workstations. Pre- level minimization. Orthogonal expansions and bipolar transistor structures and MOS transistors requisite: ECE 452/552. tree circuits. Cellular logic and its applications to will be treated in detail. Device models aimed at ECE 563/663 Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Spectral theory numerical circuit simulators will be discussed. Information Theory (4) of logic optimization. Ordered Binary and Multi- Prerequisite: ECE 323. Established theoretical limits on the perfor- ple-Valued Decision Diagrams. Design for speed, mance of techniques for compression or error testability, power consumption, reliability, Reed- correction of signals. This course focuses on Muller forms, and EXOR circuits. Technology communications applications, specifically source mapping. Transduction method. Modern logic coding and channel coding for discrete signals. Topics will include: Entropy and Mutual Infor- mation, Asymptotic Equipartition (the Ergodic S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 247

synthesis programs, systems, and methodolo- ECE 588/688 EMgt 505 gies. Project that continues in ECE 573. Prereq- Advanced Computer Architecture II (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be uisite: graduate standing in electrical Discussion of parallel computer architectures arranged.) engineering. and their uses. Key topics include MIMD archi- EMgt 506 tectures; associative processing; shared-memory ECE 573/673 Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Control Unit Design (4) and message-passing architectures; dataflow and EMgt 507 Synchronous logic, Finite State Machines: and reduction architectures; special-purpose proces- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Moore and Mealy models. Design of FSMs from sors; design and analysis of interconnection net- EMgt 510 regular expressions, nondeterministic automata, works; and an overview of parallel software Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) issues. Students will complete the project started Petri Nets and parallel program schemata. Parti- EMgt 520/620 tioned control units. Cellular automata. Realiza- in ECE 587/687. Prerequisite: ECE 587/687. Management of Engineering and Technology tion, minimization, assignment and ECE 589/689 (4) decomposition of FSMs. Partition and decompo- Performance Analysis of Local Area Study of fundamental concepts of engineering sition theory and programs. Micro-programmed Networks (4) and technology management to provide the stu- units. Microprogram optimization. Theory and Studies the structure and performance of local dents with an in-depth understanding of the realization of asynchronous, self-timed and self- computer networks. Emphasis on performance underlying principles of this discipline. Innova- synchronized circuits. Project continuation. Pre- issues for common protocols used in local com- tion process, technological change, technical requisite: ECE 572/672. puter networks, specifically, polling networks, organizations, motivation and leadership theo- rings networks, and random-access networks. ries applicable to engineers and scientists, engi- ECE 574/674 Allows the student to analyze network perfor- High-level Synthesis and Design neering and RD projects, resource management Automation (4) mance and read the current literature. in current and emerging technologies, and stra- Comprehensive design automation systems. ECE 593/693 tegic management of technological system inter- Problems of system and high-level synthesis. Advanced Laser Systems (4) faces are included in the course. Ongoing Register-transfer and hardware description lan- Transient phenomena in lasers including slow engineering management research is critically guages. Data path design: scheduling and alloca- and fast pulsations and instabilities. Semiclassi- evaluated in classroom discussions. Case studies tion. Design methods for systolic, pipelined, cal and quantum mechanical effects on laser per- and a term project are included. Prerequisite: cellular and dynamic architectures. System formance and applications. Prerequisite: ECE graduate standing. issues. System-level silicon compilers. Group 492/592. EMgt 522/622 project: using high-level tools for design of a ECE 595/695 Communication and Team Building in complete VLSI ASIC chip or FPGA architecture: Optoelectronics I (4) Engineering Management (4) vision, DSP, or controller. Prerequisite: ECE 573/ Techniques of optoelectronic systems including Developing high performance teams for the 673. optical modulation, deflection, and detection. engineering-driven companies; fundamental ECE 575/675 Anisotropic media, electro-optics, nonlinear concepts that make an effective team; building a Computational and Research Tools in optics, harmonic generation. Prerequisite: high-performance team; the keys to high perfor- Electrical Engineering (4) ECE 331. mance; converting risks into assets; the power of Introduction to the major computer and compu- ECE 596/696 commitment and discipline, and constructive tational research tools in electrical engineering. Optoelectronics II (4) communication; getting results through team UNIX, C, concepts in computer networks and Nonlinear optics, parametric oscillation, fre- dynamics, creative problem solving, and interac- departmental software packages are introduced. quency conversion, self-focusing, acousto- tive exercises. Prerequisite: graduate standing or Prerequisites: graduate standing and high level optics, Brillouin scattering, Raman scattering, eligibility of admission to engineering manage- programming language. magneto-optics, opto-optics. Prerequisite: ECE ment program. ECE 576/676 595/695. EMgt 525/625 Computational Methods in Electrical ECE 601 Strategic Planning in Engineering Engineering (4) Research (Credit to be arranged.) Management (4) Critical issues in shaping the competitive strat- Students are introduced to optimization meth- ECE 603 ods used in electrical engineering including Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) egy for the engineering-driven companies in a methods from linear, nonlinear, integer and turbulent business environment; key steps and ECE 604 end results of the planning process; corporate dynamic programming. A number of numerical Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit methods for solving nonlinear and partial differ- to be arranged.) mission; Key Result Areas (KRAs) and situational ential equations are discussed. Prerequisite: ECE analysis including strengths, weaknesses, oppor- ECE 605 tunities, and threats in KRAs. Identifying plan- 575/675. Reading And Conference (Credit to be ECE 577/677 arranged.) ning assumptions, critical issues, setting Interactive Computer Graphics (4) objectives, formulating strategy. Leadership, ECE 606 organizational culture, and structure to support An introduction to the principles of interactive Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be computer graphics including logical devices, arranged.) the implementation of a strategic plan as well as physical devices, transformation, viewing and the strategic control systems. Case studies, pre- ECE 607 sentations, term projects, teamwork, and inter- clipping in two and three dimensions. Prerequi- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) site: ECE 575/675. active exercises. Prerequisite EMgt 520/620. ECE 610 ECE 587/687 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) EMgt 530/630 Advanced Computer Architecture I (4) Decision Making in Engineering and An advanced course in computer system archi- Technology Management (4) tecture and design. Key topics include advanced ENGINEERING AND Decision and value theory concepts are applied CPU implementation techniques including pipe- TECHNOLOGY to technical and management decisions under lining, dynamic instruction issue, superscalar MANAGEMENT COURSES uncertainty. Multicriteria decisions are analyzed. architectures, and vector processing; high-per- Subjective, judgmental values are quantified for expert decisions and conflict resolution in strate- formance memory and IO systems design; an EMgt 501 introduction to parallel computers; and a survey Research (Credit to be arranged.) gic decisions involving technological alterna- of current literature in computer architecture tives. Hierarchical decision modeling approach EMgt 503 is introduced. Individual and aggregate decisions and of current advanced computer systems. Stu- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) are measured. Decision discrepancies and group dents will begin a project that will be completed EMgt 504 in ECE 588/688. Prerequisite: 486/586. disagreements are evaluated. Case studies are Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit included in the course. Prerequisites: EMgt 520/ to be arranged.) 620, knowledge of probability/statistics. 248 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

EMgt 535/635 *EMgt 551/651 and resistance to re-engineering. Case studies, Engineering Economic Analysis (4) Manufacturing Systems Management (4) presentations, term projects, and teamwork are Economic evaluation of engineering and R&D Traditional and emerging techniques in manu- included in the course. Prerequisite: EMgt 560/ projects is discussed from the engineering man- facturing management; the evolution of concepts 660. agement viewpoint. Time value of money, tax from EOQ to MRP and JIT including what has EMgt 565/665 considerations, break-even sensitivity analyses, gone wrong with them. Other management level Research Methods for Engineering project evaluations under uncertainty, risk shar- issues including shop floor control, production Management (4) ing, capital budgeting, and multicriteria deci- scheduling, and inventory management. Prereq- Research methods in engineering management; sions are studied. Case discussions are included uisite: EMgt 550. statistical techniques including proper selection, in the course prerequisite: Linear algebra, proba- EMgt 552/652 use, and interpretation of parametric and non- bility/statistics. Intelligent Manufacturing Systems (4) parametric tests along with factor and discrimi- EMgt 537/637 Introducing the student to applications of AI/ nant analysis. Design of experiments and model Productivity Analysis (4) expert system tools for solving manufacturing misspecification. The use of statistical software. Productivity analysis techniques, applications, system design and management problems. First Prerequisites: graduate standing, probability and and case studies are covered from engineering part of the course: Introduction of the basic con- statistics. and management perspectives. Topics covered cepts of intelligent manufacturing, knowledge- *EMgt 571/671 include benchmarking, process analysis, pro- based (KB) techniques, and software used in the Expert Systems in Engineering (4) duction functions, parametric productivity anal- design of products, processes, facilities, and Insights into artificial intelligence exposing stu- ysis techniques, and nonparametric productivity management systems required to manufacture a dents to the building of expert systems (ES) with analysis techniques. Prerequisites: linear pro- product. Second part: KB techniques and soft- an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering gramming, probability/statistics. ware used in the design of products, processes, management problems; components of ES and EMgt 540/640 facilities, and management systems required to an emphasis on solving a variety of engineering Operations Research in Engineering and manufacture a product. Third part: Integration management problems; components of ES and Technology Management (4) of KB techniques for designing an intelligent design methodology; principles of heuristic and The use of operations research techniques in manufacturing system; current and future logic programming; fundamental issues related making engineering management decisions; research in each of the functional areas. Prereq- to knowledge acquisition, representation, infer- application and interpretation of linear program- uisite: EMgt 550/650. encing, and learning; design of inference engines ming and goal programming; problem formula- EMgt 553/653 and their implementation. Fuzzy reasoning, tions; mathematical model building; the basic Manufacturing Systems Simulation (4) neural nets, and learning mechanisms and a principles behind the simplex algorithm and Introduction of discrete simulation techniques review of some of the more popular AI and ES multiple objective linear optimization; postopti- for the modeling of random processes and prob- shells. mality analysis from the viewpoint of technology abilistic events in the simulation of manufactur- EMgt 589 management; other operations research tech- ing systems; concepts of systems modeling with Capstone Project (4) niques such as queuing models; a term project emphasis on the use of an animated simulation Capstone project for the M.S. degree in engi- involving an actual operational problem. Prereq- package throughout the course. Prerequisite: neering management; can be taken in lieu of uisites: linear algebra and probability/statistics. EMgt 550, basic knowledge of probability and master’s thesis or EMgt 590 to satisfy curriculum EMgt 545/645 statistics. requirements. Students conduct individual Project Management in Engineering (4) EMgt 555/655 research on a project approved by the faculty Critical issues in the management of engineering Technology Marketing (4) member who supervises the work. Findings are and high technology projects; analysis of time, This course is designed to introduce students to presented in the form of a report after being cost, performance parameters form the organiza- the special issues faced by managers marketing accepted by the supervising professor. Prerequi- tional, people, and resource perspectives; project technological products in markets characterized sites: EMP core. planning evaluation and selection, including by rapid environmental change. Topics will EMgt 590/690 project selection models; project and matrix include an examination of the marketing/engi- Engineering Management Synthesis (4) organizations; project teams; scheduling with neering /manufacturing interface, product inno- This is the capstone course in the Engineering CMP/PERT algorithms; budget and schedule vation strategies, value-based pricing, buyer Management Program. It synthesizes the con- control; termination of projects Case discussions behavior and strategic selling, competitive cepts and methodologies of engineering and and term project are included in the course. Pre- market analysis and positioning, and distribu- technology management into an individual or requisites: EMgt 520/620, EMgt 530/630. tion strategies. Emphasis is placed on strategies group project. The research base for the project EMgt 546/646 for marketing technology products in industrial may come from any combination of the study Project Scheduling and Network Analysis markets. areas covered in the Engineering Management (4) EMgt 560/660 Program. An-in-depth study and review of the major Total Quality Management (4) problems and analytical techniques used in the EMgt 601 Critical principles and procedures of quality Research (Credit to be arranged.) planning and scheduling of major industrial management in a competitive global environ- EMgt 604 projects. Specific focus on two primary areas: (1) ment; contemporary definitions of quality; qual- network analysis used in the planning of Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit ity in production/services; quality economics; to be arranged.) projects, and (2) scheduling analysis used in the quality philosophies; planning, organizing, and EMgt 605 scheduling of resources during the course of a controlling for quality; human resource and project. Modeling techniques such as CPM/ Reading and Conference (Credit to be empowerment strategies, and QC tools. Case arranged.) PERT, GERT, etc. in conjunction with mathemat- studies, presentations, term projects, and team- EMgt 606 ical programming and computer simulation. work. Prerequisite: graduate standing, or eligi- Emphasis on solving real-world project sched- Special Problems/Projects (Credit to be bility of admission to the engineering arranged.) ules. Prerequisites: probability/statistics, linear management program. algebra, EMgt 545/645. EMgt 607 EMgt 563/663 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) *EMgt 550/650 Re-engineering the Technical Enterprise (4) Manufacturing Systems Engineering (4) EMgt 610 This course presents the critical issues in re- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Underlying concepts of manufacturing or pro- inventing the engineering-drive companies in duction systems; product and process planning; the real world. The basic building blocks, re- job/flow shops; group technology, and flexible engineering stages and key success factors are manufacturing cells. Prerequisite: graduate covered. Also reviewed are the tools, challenges, standing or eligibility for admission to the engineering management program. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 249

OMSE 522 trade-offs. Also examines the design process and OREGON MASTER OF Modeling and Analysis of Software Systems products in context including the effect of design SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (3) decisions on function, quality, cost, and sched- COURSES Abstract models are used to formalize specifica- ule. Prerequisite: OMSE 522. tions of software systems. Formalized reference specifications serve as a basis for the design of OMSE 535 OMSE 500 Software Implementation and Testing (3) Principles of Software Engineering (3) software implementations and for validating crit- Covers the principles of implementing and veri- An introduction to software engineering in ical properties of software systems. Provides the fying computer software. Implementation topics industry. This course focuses on understanding fundamental mathematical concepts needed to include coding style, packaging principles, the nature of software engineering, the software understand abstract models of software and to reuse, testability, and maintainability. Verification engineering process, and the problems and solu- reason about them. Prerequisite: OMSE 500. topics include structural (white box) testing and tions manifest in real software development and OMSE 525 techniques for code verification. Also included modification projects. Different models of the Software Quality Analysis (3) will be verification and integration of foreign software engineering process are compared and Processes, methods, and techniques for develop- code; testing techniques and how to apply them; contrasted. Current best practices in software ing quality software, for assessing software qual- including code-based and specification-based engineering and various approaches to software ity, and for maintaining the quality of software. testing; hands-on application of the testing pro- process improvement are presented. This course Tradeoffs between software cost, schedule time, cess including test case generation; and test ade- is intended for students who have not received and quality. Integrating quality into the software quacy, test validation, test execution, and prior instruction in software engineering. development process; formal review and inspec- automation. Prerequisites: OMSE 522, 525. OMSE 511 tion methods; principles of testing and test planning; module design for testability; maintaining OMSE 551 Managing Software Development (3) Strategic Software Engineering (3) Provides the knowledge and skills needed to quality while supporting existing software. Pre- Where traditional software engineering focuses plan, organize, lead, and control a software requisite: OMSE 500. on the development and maintenance of individ- project. Topics include planning and estimating, OMSE 531 ual systems, strategic software engineering measuring and controlling, and leading and Software Requirements Engineering (3) addresses the development of multiple systems directing a software project. Quantitative mea- Principles, tools, and techniques for require- over time. Significant gains in productivity, cost, sures and risk management will be emphasized ments elicitation, specification, and analysis. and schedule can result from systematic throughout the course. Students will prepare Focus on understanding the role of requirements improvement of the software development pro- project plans for real or hypothetical software in the development process, goals of the require- cess and systematic reuse of life-cycle products projects, to include effort, cost, and schedule ments phase, essential difficulties of specifying over multiple developments. Covers the princi- estimates and risk management plans. Prerequi- requirements for real systems, and effective ples, methods, and tools for strategic software site: OMSE 500. methods, tools, and techniques. Covers tech- development including process modeling and OMSE 512 niques for formally modeling and specifying improvement, developing programs as families Understanding the Software Business (3) software requirements with hands-on experi- of systems, and systematic approaches to code Provides a familiarity with the business and eco- ence. Prerequisites: OMSE 522, 525. generation and the reuse of non-code products, nomic aspects of software companies and other OMSE 532 including requirements and design. Prerequi- high-technology companies that develop soft- Software Architecture and Domain Analysis sites: OMSE 511, 512, 513, 521, 531, 532, 533, ware. Topics include fundamental macro-eco- (3) 535. nomic concepts, basic accounting and financial Methods and principles of the architectural principles and methods, basic business law, and design of complex, large-scale software systems OMSE 555/556 Software Development Practicum I, II (3, 3) the functions and role of marketing in enter- to accommodate change and evolution through In the practicum courses, students apply skill prises that develop software products or prod- many product releases or versions. Survey of the gained in the foundation and context courses to ucts that include software. Prerequisite: major architectural styles, their strengths and synthesize a solution to a real software develop- OMSE 500. weaknesses, and architectural trade-offs with ment problem. Students work in teams to ana- OMSE 513 respect to system goals and desired properties. lyze a problem, develop a software concept, plan Professional Communication Skills for Study of architectural approach to development a software development effort, define require- Software Engineers (3) of open systems and frameworks based on case ments, and implement a solution. Students will Covers the skills necessary for appropriate pro- studies. Software engineering of domain-spe- work closely with OMSE program faculty and, fessional conduct and effective communication cific software architectures for families of sys- where possible, industrial reviewers to apply in a professional setting. It includes technical tems (e.g., product lines) including domain advanced software engineering techniques to a writing, making effective presentations, con- analysis, domain modeling, and design of disciplined development of a realistic product ducting effective meetings, conflict resolution, domain-specific software architectures. Relation and evaluate the results. Prerequisites for OMSE team and decision-making skills, and profes- of software architecture to requirements and its 555: OMSE 511, 512, 513, 521, 531, 532, 533, sional ethics. Students will engage in a project effects on downstream design and software evo- 535; for OMSE 556: OMSE 555. that covers the major topics of the course. Pre- lution. Students examine domain analysis and requisite: OMSE 500. the architectural design process and products in OMSE 521 the business context including the effect of deci- MECHANICAL Using Metrics and Models to Support sions on cost and schedule. Prerequisite: OMSE ENGINEERING COURSES Quantitative Decision Making (3) 522. Provides the knowledge and skills needed to OMSE 533 ME 199 apply quantitative tools based on metrics and Software Design Techniques (3) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) models of the software product and develop- Covers the principles of software design and a Consent of instructor. ment process to make decisions under uncer- survey of design methods, techniques, and tools. ME 241 tainty. Topics covered will include measurement In-depth and hands-on study of at least one Manufacturing Processes (4) concepts, decision-making under uncertainty, method such as object-oriented design as Study from the designer’s viewpoint of the prin- and model and metric development for the soft- applied to a realistic industrial problem. Exam- cipal manufacturing processes utilized. Includes ware development enterprise. Prerequisite: ines the effects of design decisions on the func- casting, forming, material removal, and joining OMSE 500. tional and non-functional properties of the processes. Process selection will be discussed in software (e.g., ease of understanding, maintain- terms of the economics, process effects on the ability, and reuse) and how software engineering products, and dimensional and quality of the principles are applied to make appropriate finished product. Lecture and laboratory. Prereq- uisite: EAS 213. 250 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*ME 304 ME 352 *ME 416/516 Energy and Society (4) Numerical Methods in Engineering (4) Internal Combustion Engines (4) Study of the energy problem: a complex societal Introduction to numerical methods used in engi- Chemical equilibrium, fuel chemistry and prop- problem which has a major technical compo- neering. Topics include: number representation erties, thermodynamics of combustion reactions, nent. Designed to help nonscience majors and truncation errors, integration, differentia- engine processes as ideal engine cycles, engine understand the technical side of the energy tion, interpolation and approximation, linear combustion processes, engine performance, problem as well as the multidisciplinary effects system of equations, non-linear equations, and engine simulation, and vehicle emissions. of technical decisions on the social, political, and solution of differential equations. Prerequisites: Prerequisites: ME 322, ME 323, EAS 361. economic framework. Examination of energy EAS 101, Mth 256. *ME 417/517 requirements and usage, energy resources, meth- ME 401 Gas Turbines (4) ods for producing energy, environmental and Research (Credit to be arranged.) Introduction to the thermodynamic analysis of economic implications of energy production, Consent of instructor. the performance of gas turbine engines. Study of energy conservation, and energy policies. Power ME 404 gas turbines for rotary power output as well as production techniques utilizing coal, nuclear, Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit aircraft propulsion. Rotary power analysis solar, wind, geothermal, and other energy to be arranged.) focuses on the different gas turbine cycles, sources will be studied. Prerequisite: upper- Consent of instructor. including combined cycles. Aircraft propulsion division standing. ME 405 analysis focuses on turbojets, turbofans, turbo- ME 313 Reading and Conference (Credit to be props, ramjets, and advanced concepts. Analysis of Mechanical Components (4) arranged.) Prerequisite: ME 322. Stress and deflection analysis of structural com- Consent of instructor. *ME 418/518 ponents including review of stress and strain; ME 406 Analysis of Powerplant Cycles (4) curved beams; pressure vessels, impact loading, Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) Review of thermodynamic cycle analysis for stability, and energy methods. Topics will be syn- Consent of instructor. power generation systems. Advanced treatment thesized in a design project. Prerequisites: EAS ME 407 of conventional Rankine and gas turbine power- 212, Mth 256. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) plant cycles. Analysis of advanced energy con- ME 314 Consent of instructor. version cycles and schemes, including combined Analysis and Design of Machine Elements ME 410 cycles, binary cycles, cogeneration, and fluidized (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) bed reactors. Application to power generation Analysis and design of machine elements and Consent of instructor. such as geothermal electric and solar thermal systems, covering failure theories, fatigue, fas- electric. Utilization of garbage and wood wastes. teners, welds, gears, springs, bearings, introduc- ME 411/511 Engineering Measurement and Project required. Prerequisites: ME 322 or equiv- tion to stochastic design. Topics will be Instrumentation Systems (4) alent and consent of instructor. synthesized in a design project. Prerequisite: ME Principles and applications of measurement ME 420/520 313. methods and instrumentation techniques, as Thermal Systems Design (4) ME 321 used in various engineering disciplines, are stud- Introduction to the design of thermal systems for Engineering Thermodynamics I (4) ied. Examination of general measurement con- HVAC, energy conversion, and industrial pro- Study of energy sources and utilization; First and cepts and instrumentation characteristics. cess applications. Procedures for selection of Second Laws of thermodynamics; closed and Specific devices for measuring such parameters fluid flow equipment, heat exchangers, and control volume systems: thermodynamic pro- as displacement, force, strain, pressure, flow, combustion equipment. Modeling performance cesses and cycles; thermodynamic properties; temperature, motion, time, and frequency are of components and systems. Cost estimation and heat power systems; Prerequisites: Ph 223, discussed. Testing and verification of theory, economic evaluation. Design optimization. Pre- Mth 253. design, and laboratory evaluation of mechanical requisites: ME 323, EAS 361. ME 322 components and systems are also made. Lecture ME 421/521 Applied Fluid Mechanics and and laboratory. Prerequisites: ECE 221, senior Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Thermodynamics (4) standing in engineering. Design Fundamentals (4) Internal flow, external flow, and compressible *ME 413/513 Fundamental principles and methods of control- flow. Lift and drag. Turbomachinery, combus- Engineering Material Science (4) ling living space environments; design of heat- tion, and psychometry. Prerequisites: EAS 361, Study of materials with emphasis on solids; ing, ventilating, air conditioning, and ME 321. effect of microstructure and macrostructure on refrigeration systems for residential, commercial, ME 323 properties; equilibrium and non-equilibrium and industrial purposes. Topics include: moist Heat Transfer (4) multiphase systems; effects of mechanical and air properties (psychometrics), air conditioning Fundamentals of engineering heat transfer with thermal stresses, electromagnetic fields, irradia- processes, indoor air quality (comfort and design applications; steady-state and transient tion, and chemical environments, surface and health), heat transmission in building structures, analysis of conduction in one and two dimen- related phenomena; examples from metallic, solar radiation, space heating and cooling load sions; concepts of convection, forced convec- ceramic, polymeric, and composite materials. analysis, energy calculations, and air condition- tion, internal and external flows, natural Prerequisite: EAS 213. ing systems and equipment. Prerequisite: convection, and heat exchanger design; study of ME 323. *ME 415/515 radiation concepts and radiation exchange Advanced Topics in Energy Conversion (4) *ME 422/522 between surfaces. Prerequisites: Mth 256, ME Topics chosen for relevancy to current techno- Building Energy Use Analysis and Design 321, EAS 361. logical practice concerned with energy conver- (4) ME 351 sion. Examples include cogeneration, combined A detailed examination of the analysis of annual Vibrations and System Dynamics (4) cycles, gas power plants in the Northwest, wood energy use of residential and commercial build- An introduction to vibrations and system waste utilization, advanced engine design and ings. Emphasis on microcomputer simulation dynamics for single and multiple degree-of-free- combustion systems, and energy conversion sys- techniques for analysis of building energy use dom linear systems. The course includes: free tems pollution control. Each offering of this and study of energy-efficient building design. and forced vibrations; resonance; modeling of course will focus on a different single selected Topics include: heat loss and gain in buildings, mechanical, fluid, and electrical systems; topic. heating and cooling load calculations, energy use Laplace transformations; and dynamic system analysis (including bin type, daily, and hourly response in the time and frequency domains. analysis procedures), daylighting in commercial Computer analysis and solution techniques will buildings, and introduction to analysis and be utilized. Prerequisites: EAS 215, Mth 256, design of active and passive systems utilizing EAS 361, ECE 221, ME 352. S CHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 251

solar energy for space and water heating. Project Navier-Stokes equations are presented. Bound- and heat transfer, and highlight the implementa- in design/simulation. Prerequisites: ME 323, ME ary layer approximations to the governing equation-specific aspects of commercial codes. An 421/521, familiarity with use of computers and tions are derived, and both exact and integral independent project is required. Prerequisite: spreadsheets. solutions are obtained. Prerequisite: EAS 361. ME 441/541. *ME 423/523 *ME 442/542 ME 450/550 Fundamentals of Building Science (4) Advanced Heat Transfer (4) Solid Modeling (4) Introduction to the fundamental concepts of Advanced treatment of the principles of conduc- Emphasis is on solid model construction meth- building science. Buildings as a system, includ- tive and convective heat transfer. Analytic and ods using state-of-the-art solid modeling soft- ing interactions among subsystems such as heat- numerical solutions of heat conduction prob- ware. Topics include use of parametric geometry, ing and cooling, ventilation, the thermal lems. Laminar and turbulent convective heat construction and modification of solids, building envelope, air leakage, and occupants. Building transfer. Prerequisites: ME 322, 323. and animating assemblies, working in groups, energy efficiency. Performance and economic *ME 443/543 building sheet metal parts, drafting, and the pre- analysis of residential heating, cooling, and ven- Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics (4) sentation of the fundamentals of solids modeling tilating systems. Indoor air quality and other Thermodynamics of physical and chemical sys- including representation and manipulation of health and safety issues, including assessing and tems with engineering applications: basic ther- wireframes, surfaces, and solids. Lecture and resolving moisture problems. Applications of modynamic relationships; advanced techniques laboratory. Prerequisite: senior or graduate diagnostic tools. Lecture plus in-field demon- for their use; systems of variable composition; standing in engineering or a closely related field. stration and laboratory. Group project involving heat effects for reacting systems; equations of ME 452/552 diagnostic analysis of student homes. Prerequi- state, phase, and chemical equilibria for ideal Control Engineering I (4) site: ME 421/521. and nonideal systems. To include one or more of Introductory controls class offered to upper-divi- ME 424/524 several special topics: chemical kinetics; reactor sion mechanical engineering undergraduates HVAC System Design and Controls (4) analysis fundamentals; second law analysis of and graduate students. Includes classical theory Design of HVAC equipment, integration of sys- thermodynamic systems; introduction to statisti- as applied to linear systems with topics: mathe- tems, and design of controls for buildings. cal thermodynamics; advanced energy conver- matical modeling of control systems; transfer Application of HVAC fundamentals. Subjects sion systems. Prerequisite: ME 321. functions and block diagrams; transient include: building, block and zone load esti- *ME 444/544 response; stability; root-locus method; frequency mates; air/hydronic systems design; refrigera- Combustion (4) response method; and control system design tion; air handling units; cooling and heating Fundamental concepts of the complex phenom- techniques. Computer analysis and solution plants; basic control concepts; sensors and actu- ena involved in combustion: thermodynamics, techniques will be utilized. Prerequisites: upper ators; pneumatic, electronic, and digital con- fluid mechanics, gas phase chemical kinetics and division ME undergraduate or graduate student; trols; HVAC subsystem and controls; complete turbulence. Specific topics include: closed vessel Mth 256; ECE 221; ME 351. HVAC systems and controls. Prerequisites: ME explosions, detonations, flammability, flames, ME 453/553 421/521 and 351. heterogeneous combustion, ignition, and com- Control Engineering II (4) *ME 425/525 bustion and the environment. Prerequisites: ME Continuous control system design and applica- Advanced Topics in Building Science (4) 322, 323. tions using transfer function and state variable Advanced design or analysis topics will be pre- *ME 445/545 approaches. Introduction to digital control sented. Topics will be chosen for relevancy to Advanced Topics in Thermal and Fluid system design, including: transfer function and current technological practice concerned with Sciences (4) state space formulation, and time and frequency building science. Examples include clean room Course topics are chosen for relevancy to current domain analysis techniques. Computer analysis design, advanced computer simulation tech- technological practice concerned with thermal and solution techniques will be utilized. Prereq- niques such as advanced building energy use and fluid sciences. Each offering of this course uisite: ME 452/552. simulation or attic and wall moisture modeling, focuses on a specific area and is not a survey. ME 455/555 and advanced lighting design for commercial Examples include thermal management of Finite Element Modeling and Analysis (4) buildings. Each offering of this course will focus electronic equipment and theoretical fluid The finite element method as related to the solu- on a different single selected topic. mechanics. tion of mechanical design problems including ME 431/531 *ME 446/546 thermal stress analysis. Various element formula- Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (4) Compressible Flow (4) tions will be discussed, and existing commercial Fluid control and fluid power devices and com- Introduction to compressible flow (gas dynam- codes will be used to demonstrate modeling and ponents; application of Boolean algebra in con- ics). Isentropic flow in varying area ducts (noz- analysis techniques. Prerequisite: ME 455: ME trol circuit design; fluid power circuit analysis; zles, diffusers). Adiabatic flow in constant area 314; ME 555: graduate standing in engineering. design methodology; component selection, ducts with friction. Frictionless flow in constant *ME 457/557 system maintenance, and troubleshooting. area ducts with heat transfer. Normal, oblique, Introduction to Robotics (4) Prerequisite: EAS 361. and moving shock waves. Detonation and defla- Robot kinematics dynamics and control; basic *ME 437/537 gration. Applications. Prerequisites: ME 322, components of robots: controllers, power sup- Mechanical Systems Design (4) EAS 361. plies and end effectors; industrial applications of Objective of this course is to integrate various *ME 447/547 robots using peripheral devices, sensors, and analysis methods in the context of design Transfer and Rate Processes (4) vision. Prerequisite: ME 351. projects with realistic constraints. Emphasis is An advanced treatment of heat, mass, and *ME 458/558 on defining problems, identifying solution meth- momentum transfer. Development of the conser- Principles Of CNC Machining (4) ods, and synthesizing solutions while consider- vation laws, transport laws, transport properties, A study of principles of machining, tool path ing production and economic factors. and basic analytic solutions. Applications to heat generation and analytic geometry, part design Teamwork, communication skills, and ability to transfer equipment, catalytic reactors, drying and programming, integration of CAD/CAM learn independently is highly emphasized. Pre- processes. Prerequisites: ME 323, EAS 361, software, structure and control of CNC requisites: ME 241, 351, 314. senior or graduate standing. machines, and introduction to computer-inte- *ME 441/541 *ME 448/548 grated-manufacturing. Prerequisite: ME 241 and Advanced Fluid Mechanics (4) Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics (4) senior standing in mechanical engineering. Lec- Partial differential equations governing the con- Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is pre- ture and laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 241 and servation of mass, momentum, and energy of sented as a design tool for analyzing flow and senior standing in mechanical engineering. Newtonian fluids are derived. Dimensional anal- heat transfer. Algorithms implemented in com- ysis is used to simplify the governing equations mercial CFD packages are reviewed. Training in and in particular justify the assumption of use of a commercial code is provided. Case stud- incompressible flow. Exact solution of the ies reinforce fundamental understanding of flow 252 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*ME 463/563 ME 503 thermal conduction, and steady-state flow prob- Advanced Topics in Control Engineering (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) lems. Implementation of the above topics using Mathematical foundations and applications of Consent of instructor. available commercial finite element analysis various advanced topics in control engineering ME 504 codes. Prerequisite: ME 455/555. for both continuous- and discrete-time systems. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit *ME 587/687 Prerequisite: ME 453/553. to be arranged.) Statistical Process Control (4) ME 471/571 Consent of instructor. Application of statistical methods to process and Process Measurement and Control (4) ME 505 quality control. Control chart construction and Introduction to process control hardware, soft- Reading and Conference (Credit to be interpretation for variables and attributes. Fun- ware, and interfacing. Lecture topics include: arranged.) damental concepts in acceptance sampling. number systems, hardware concepts, data move- Consent of instructor. Some aspects of life testing and reliability. Pre- ment, programming, and interfacing. Lab exer- ME 506 requisite: Mth 460. cises involve the use of microcomputers Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) *ME 588/688 interfaced and programmed for various control Consent of instructor. Design of Industrial Experiments (4) and data acquisition applications. Lecture and ME 507 Presents the statistical basis of industrial experi- laboratory. Prerequisites: ME 411/511; ECE 201, Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) mentation used in process and design improve- 221. Consent of instructor. ment. Topics include model building, *ME 481/581 ME 510 randomized and blocked designs, Latin squares, Mechanical Tolerancing (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of variance, factorial designs, fractional Presents the principles of current dimensioning Consent of instructor. factorial designs, time series analysis, and evolu- and tolerancing standards including their syn- *ME 512/612 tionary operations. Prerequisite: Stat 460. tax, meaning, methods of verification, and their Advanced Vibrations (4) *ME 596/696 relation to design requirements. Statistical tech- Vibration analysis of single and multiple degree Design Optimization (4) niques for tolerance analysis and synthesis rele- of freedom systems. Topics include: (1) model- Application of Numerical Optimization tech- vant to various assembly and fit requirements. ing of linear systems using matrix methods; (2) niques to engineering design process. Mathemat- Other topics include standards of surface rough- modal analysis; (3) general forcing and Fourier ical theory of optimization and application ness, limits and fits, and relevant hardware and series methods; (4) random and self excited problems in structural and machine component software products. A term project on a mechani- vibrations; (5) nonlinear vibrations. Prerequisite: design will be discussed. The course involves cal part product intended for manufacturing is ME 351. computer-aided design optimization projects. required. Prerequisites: ME 241, 491 concur- *ME 532/632 Prerequisite: graduate standing in engineering. rently. Turbomachinery (4) ME 601 ME 488 Application of thermodynamics and fluid Research (Credit to be arranged.) Design of Experiments (2) mechanics principles to the analysis and design Consent of instructor. Presents the methods of planning the data col- of various types of turbomachinery, including lection scheme in industrial experimentation. ME 603 pumps, fans, compressors, and turbines. An Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Topics to be covered are methods of statistical advanced unified treatment is presented. Theory, Consent of instructor. inference, randomization, blocking, empirical operation, performance, use, and selection of ME 604 and mechanistic model building using factorial, turbomachines are discussed. Prerequisites: ME fractional factorial designs, and least squares Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit 322, 331. to be arranged.) methods. Prerequisite: Stat 460. ME 551/651 Consent of instructor. ME 491 Engineering Analysis (4) Design Process (2) ME 605 Application of mathematical techniques to the Reading and Conference (Credit to be Design methodologies will be discussed as a solution of controls, dynamics, mechanical, and arranged.) framework for solving broadly defined technol- transport phenomena problems. Emphasis given Consent of instructor. ogy problems. Interdisciplinary organizational to modeling, physical interpretation, and nor- principles will be presented as tools in the ME 606 malization. Topics include modeling, linear sys- Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) design process and as a foundation for the sub- tems, partial differential equations, and complex Consent of instructor. sequent project course. Lectures, weekly and variables. Prerequisite: graduate standing. term case studies. Prerequisites: ME 314, ME ME 607 *ME 554/654 351. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Integrated Computer-aided Design (4) Consent of instructor. ME 492 Presents several design analysis computer pro- ME 610 Conceptual Design Project (4) grams in an integrated fashion. Topics include Application of design methodology to original Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) geometric modeling, motion simulation, and Consent of instructor. projects performed by groups of 3 to 5 students finite element analysis. Emphasizes the under- under faculty and industrial adviser. Design pro- standing of the fundamentals, proper use of process will encompass engineering analysis and grams, and interpretation of results. broader factors such as group organization, Prerequisites: EAS 215, ME 314. interdisciplinary interaction, and communica- *ME 562/662 tion. The problem definition to alternative selec- Engineering Numerical Methods (4) tion phases will be emphasized. Lectures, group, Numerical methods applied to engineering and class presentations. Prerequisite: ME 491. problems. Coverage includes interpolation, inte- ME 493 gration, root solving, solution of boundary value Detailed Design Project (4) and initial value problems, solution of linear sys- Application of design methodology to original tems. Programming will include Fortran or C, projects begun in ME 492. The alternative selec- MATLAB and Maple. Prerequisites: ME 352. tion to implementation phases will be empha- *ME 565 sized. Lectures, group and class presentations. Advanced Finite Element Applications (4) Prerequisites: ME 492. Discussion and implementation of advanced ele- ME 501 ment types and modeling techniques in finite Research (Credit to be arranged.) element analysis; topics include plate and shell Consent of instructor. elements, non-linear problems (geometric, materials, and gap/contact), frequency and buckling, SCHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS

ROBERT SYLVESTER, DEAN 349 LINCOLN HALL, (503) 725-3105 www.fpa.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S.—Architecture, Art, Art practice of architecture, art, music, and History, Music, and Theater Arts theater arts within a nuturing environment, B.M.—Music which encourages individual growth and Minor in Architecture, Art, Music, Jazz imagination. Located in the heart of Port- Studies, and Theater Arts land, the School resides within the Park Secondary Education Program in Art, Blocks of downtown, in which the major Music, and Theater Arts arts organizations are based, such as the M.F.A.—Art Portland Art Museum and the Portland M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music Center for the Performing Arts. We view M.M.—Music this as our extended campus. Within M.A.—Theater Arts blocks of the School reside theaters, galleries, professional studios, and design and The mission of the School of Fine and architectural ﬁrms, which provide a stimu- Performing Arts is based upon the belief lating environment in which our students that all students make the most creative develop through interactions and intern- progress when taught by professional ships. The combination of a celebrated fac- working artists in a thriving urban environ- ulty and a professional arts environment ment and through faculty and student col- creates exciting and challenging under- laborations with the region’s major arts graduate and graduate programs with high organizations and arts professionals. The professional standards. School is committed to the study and

ARCHITECTURE

229 Shattuck Hall professional degree program in architec- (503) 725-8405 ture. Approximately 200 architecture www.fpa.pdx.edu/architecture.html majors share a core curriculum together with 400 art students to explore architec- B.A., B.S.—Architecture ture as a communicative, humanistic, and Concentration in Architecture Project public art which emerges from a synthesis Management of design, fine arts, humanities, and tech- Minor—Architecture nology. This broad exposure assures students of career flexibility within the full Architecture at Portland State University is range of the environmental design fields. an aesthetically focused program within the The architecture program is designed to context of cultural and political issues. develop the student’s creative faculties and With close ties to the Department of Art, sense of critical judgment as well as funda- the program provides a balanced under- mental skills and techniques. A major asset graduate liberal arts education for the stu- of the program is its location in Portland, dent planning to enter a graduate level one of the few centers of creative 254 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

architectural and urban design practice in Architecture courses taken under the Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture ...... 4 the western United States. Faculty are prac- undifferentiated grading option (pass/no Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 ticing professionals and artists, and since pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals PSU uses the Portland region as a labora- department major requirements. All Studio I, II...... 8 tory, there is extensive involvement by the courses used to satisfy the departmental Adviser-approved upper-division credits in architecture ...... 12 region’s architectural community as adjunct major requirements, whether taken in the faculty, guest lecturers, critics, and men- department or elsewhere, must be graded Total 43 tors. PSU students not only observe, but C- or better. Architecture courses taken under the participate in one of architecture’s most Requirements for Major with Con- undifferentiated grading option (pass/no dynamic environments. centration in Architectural Project pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling Most states require that an individual Management. In addition to the general department minor requirements. intending to become an architect hold an University requirements for a degree, the Eighteen of the final 24 credits must be accredited architectural degree. There are student who specializes in architectural taken in residence at PSU. two types of degrees that are accredited by project management is expected to meet The Department of Architecture the National Architectural Accrediting the following departmental requirements: reserves the right to retain for archival or Board: (1) the Bachelor of Architecture and Credits exhibition purposes any student work exe- (2) the Master of Architecture. A master’s Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to cuted as part of a Department of Architec- program will be shorter for students having Drawing ...... 3 ture instructional program. In addition, the a preprofessional bachelor’s degree. This BA 101 Introduction to Business ...... 4 department reserves the right to document, BA 221 Introduction to Accounting...... 4 four-year, preprofessional degree, such as reproduce, and publish images of any such the one at PSU, is not accredited by NAAB. BA 222 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting...... 4 student work in PSU publications, printed The preprofessional program is useful to or electronic, for the purposes of research, those wishing a foundation in the field of BA 223 Decision Making with Accounting Information ...... 4 publicity, and outreach, giving publication architecture, as preparation for either con- Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture ...... 4 credit to the student. tinued education in a master of architecture Arch 201, 202, 203 Construction Project first professional degree program or for Management I, II, III ...... 18 employment options in fields related to Arch 299 Construction Codes and COURSES architecture. Compliance ...... 6 Arch 299 Cooperative Work Experience Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered Requirements for Major. In addition every year. to the general University requirements for a Building Construction ...... 4 Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 Arch 199 degree, the student who majors in architec- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ture is expected to meet the following Arch 280, 281 Fundamentals of Design . . . . . 8 Arch 200 departmental requirements: Portfolio Review/Selected Admissions Arch 340 The Profession of Architecture . . . . . 4 Introduction to Architecture (4) Introductory course designed to introduce con- Credits Arch 425, 426 Architectural Computer cepts, theories, and practices of the discipline of Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to Graphics I, II ...... 8 architecture. Includes a study of perceptual, Drawing ...... 3 Arch 460, 461 Architectural Building environmental, technical, and organizational ArH 204, 205, 206, or 207 History of Technology I, II ...... 8 concepts through lectures and individual Western Art ...... 6 Arch 410 Developing as a Professional ...... 4 projects in observing architectural spaces and Art Studio elective ...... 6 Arch 410 Specifications Interpretation ...... 4 Arch 200 Introduction to Architecture ...... 4 forms. Open to non-majors and those consider- Arch 220 Design Drawing ...... 4 Total 91 ing the profession. Arch 280, 281 Design Fundamentals Arch 201, 202, 203 Studio I, II...... 8 This program is a cooperative program Project Management I, II, III (6, 6, 6) with Clackamas Community College. Most Series of courses designed to develop in students Portfolio Review/Selected Admissions of the first two years of coursework may be Arch 330, 331 Twentieth Century construction project management techniques for Architectural History and Theory ...... 8 done on CCC’s campus. All students must profitable construction administration. Students Arch 380, 381, 382 Architecture Design obtain an adviser for academic planning of will demonstrate knowledge of course material Studio I, II, III ...... 18 their program. Apply through the PSU by completing projects in light construction CE 415, 416 Structural Analysis and Department of Architecture or at CCC’s administration. Coursework includes utilization Design for Architects ...... 8 Building Construction departmental office. of estimating, critical path, and presentation computer software relevant to current practices. Arch 460, 461 Architectural Building In order to enroll in the 300- and 400- Technology I, II ...... 8 Arch 201: emphasis on estimating, construction level architectural management courses, all sequence scheduling, critical path, specification Arch 480, 481, 482 Architectural Design students must submit a portfolio of work Studio IV, V, VI ...... 18 interpretation and design standards necessary for evaluation and approval. Portfolio for successful administration of construction projects. Total 91 reviews occur at the end of spring term and Summer Session. Contact department for Arch 202: developing standards of performance, In order to enroll in the 300-level archi- details. bidding, contracts and liability, production tecture design studios, all students must scheduling, and techniques for controlling a Requirements for the Minor. To earn a submit a portfolio of work for evaluation profitable construction project. minor in architecture a student must com- and approval. Portfolio reviews occur at the Arch 203: developing customer service plans, plete 43 credits including the following: customer relations, quality control, project eval- end of spring term and Summer Session. uation, and planning for future opportunities. Contact department office for details. Credits Art 131, 132, or 133 Introduction to Prerequisite: Building construction certificate All students must obtain an adviser for program, instructor’s consent, or equivalent. academic planning of their program. Apply Drawing ...... 3 Courses must be taken in sequence. ArH 204, 205, 206, or 207 History of through the department office. Western Art ...... 6 Art Studio elective...... 6 S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 255

Arch 220 Arch 405/505 Arch 430/530 Design Drawing (4) Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit Contemporary Architectural Theory (4) Lectures and exercises to develop skills in to be arranged.) Seminar course investigating architectural theory graphic visualization, representation, and com- Arch 407/507 and critical thought by examination of key texts munication as used in architecture and related Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and contemporary architectural works. design ﬁelds. Concepts and conventions, from Arch 408/508 Arch 460/560, 461/561 freehand to electronic media design and produc- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Architectural Building Technology I, II tion, will be used as a means to imagine, Arch 410/510 (4, 4) develop, and represent design ideas. Open to Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) A two-quarter sequence introducing technolo- non-majors. Prerequisite: Art 131. gies involved in the design and construction of Arch 420/520 Arch 280, 281 Advanced Architectural Graphics and buildings. Topics include construction materials Design Fundamentals Studio I, II (4, 4) Media (4) and methods, envelope design, mechanical sys- Studio investigations of fundamental design con- Studio assignments exploring a full range of tems, thermal, and other environmental building cepts, issues, and process. Projects and exercises graphic representational techniques and media. systems. Prerequisite: Arch 200. focusing on the concepts of making three- Exploratory drawing and modeling work Arch 480, 481, 482 dimensional forms—organization, proportion, addressing the visualization of ideas in architec- Architectural Design Studio IV, V, VI scale, human activities, and introductory site ture, including: speculative thought and concept (6, 6, 6) and building design relationships. The release of formation; studies of light and shadow; explora- Advanced investigations of architectural and the student’s potential creative capabilities is a tion of color and texture of materials; and the urban design issues in concluding series of stu- primary concern of the course. Includes individ- composition of appropriate and coherent forms dios. Projects include the design of private and ual criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses of visual presentation. public buildings which require comprehensive, integrative design development. Includes indi- must be taken in sequence. Open to non-majors. Arch 425/525, 426/526 Prerequisite: Arch 200 and 220. Architectural Computer Graphics I, II (4, 4) vidual criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses Arch 330, 331 Introduction to computer-aided design. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Arch Twentieth Century Architectural History focus on software as used in architectural ﬁeld 380, 381, 382. and Theory (4, 4) (e.g. AutoCAD). Arch 425 introduces various Arch 580, 581, 582 Introduction to the history and theories of Mod- methods for constructing, editing, and display- Graduate Architectural Design Studio ernism from the late 19th century to present day. ing two dimensional architectural drawings. I, II, III (6, 6, 6) Explores diverse, contemporary issues with a Arch 426 introduces methods for creating, Studio projects and critical discussions address- focus on the relationship between theory and the modifying, and visualizing three dimensional ing themes and issues pertinent to the imagina- art and craft of building. Selected topics will architectural forms. Must be taken in sequence. tive design of architectural intervention in urban emphasize the probing of philosophical and Prerequisite: Arch 220, 280, 281. environments. Encouraging experimental ideological aspects of current practice. Prerequi- engagement with relations of material, form, site: 6 credits lower-division art history. human habitation, and cultural meaning. Must Arch 340 be taken in sequence. The Profession of Architecture (4) Introduction to the profession and practice of architecture. Topics include education, licensure, specialized body of knowledge, ethics, and the range of issues that have an impact on the design of the built environment. Arch 367 Fundamentals of Environmental Design (4) Basic concepts of climate and impacts on personal comfort. Thermal, lighting, and acoustical topics covered. Design approaches and concepts discussed from large urban siting projects to individual buildings in order to minimize mechanical systems and reduce energy use. Alternative energy sources and building materials introduced. Prerequisite: junior year standing. Arch 380, 381, 382 Architectural Design Studio I, II, III (6, 6, 6) Studio investigations of architectural designs based on supporting human activities, structure, and theory. Continued study of design process and methods encompassing concepts of architecture, landscape architecture, and interior design. Includes individual criticism, lectures, and seminars. Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisites: Arch 280 and 281. Arch 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Arch 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Arch 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) 256 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ART

239 Neuberger Hall in art is expected to meet the following Eighteen-24 of the final 24-32 credits (503) 725-3515 departmental requirements: must be taken in residence at PSU depen- www.fpa.pdx.edu/art.html First Year Credits dent upon major. Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 Art History Major: B.A. Degree Only. B.A., B.S.—Concentration in Drawing/ Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing. . . 9 The major in art history is offered for stu- Painting/Printmaking, Graphic ArH 204, 205, 206 History of Western Art . . . 9 dents desiring an emphasis in history and Design, Sculpture Second Year Credits liberal arts areas rather than studio skills. It B.A. only—Art History, Concentration Total of 15-24 credits distributed as follows— includes Basic Design, Introduction to in Art History 9-18 credits from the study concentration plus Drawing, and History of Western Art in the Minor in above concentrations 6-12 additional credits chosen from lower- first year and upper-division art history Secondary Education Program division art courses outside the study concen- courses in selected periods with related M.F.A. tration. (Consult departmental adviser for courses in other fields, as approved by an study concentration sheets. All prerequisites adviser. The art history major requires a must be observed.)...... 15-24 minimum of 90 credit hours. UNDERGRADUATE Third and Fourth Years Credits PROGRAMS Upper-division art history varies with ART EDUCATION: SECONDARY concentration ...... 8-12 EDUCATION PROGRAM Many prominent Northwest painters and Upper-division drawing varies with Grades K through 12. Students who wish sculptors began their professional careers concentration ...... 0-9 to teach art in the public schools must first by studying art at Portland State University. Upper-division approved art electives varies complete the art major before applying to An even greater number of successful and with concentration ...... 0-9 the School of Education for teacher train- Plus complete requirements for a study ing in the graduate program. productive people have used their training concentration ...... 36 in the Department of Art as the basis for Prospective teachers should contact the careers in commerce, industry, education, Total 90-96 art education adviser in the Department of Art before beginning the program. and a variety of fields limited only by imag- (Study concentrations: Art History, Drawing/ ination. Art, which requires personal initia- Painting/Printmaking, Graphic Design, and The requirements for the standard tive and imagination and develops skills in Sculpture. Requirements sheets for each of teaching license include 45 credits of mental and manual dexterity, can provide these study concentrations are available in the upper-division or graduate work earned the student with a background well suited Department of Art office.) subsequent to receipt of a bachelor’s for applications that are wide reaching and Of the total credits in art, at least 36 must be degree. The 45 credits are in addition to greatly rewarding. upper-division work. those required for the basic teaching license. For the standard endorsement in Art programs are designed to develop All students must obtain an adviser for art, the student must take 15-30 credits of the student’s creative faculties, a sense of academic planning of their program by the art education adviser-approved graduate- critical judgment, and fundamental skills second year. level work distributed to strengthen the and techniques. In each of the concentra- Courses taken under the undifferenti- student’s background in art. Each student’s tions within the art major, the principal ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not program is tailored to meet the needs of the and supporting courses have one general be accepted toward fulfilling department individual and the requirements of the purpose: to instill a mature, professional major requirements. standard endorsement and the standard attitude toward the process of artistic cre- Requirements for the Minor. To earn a license. See page 205 for the required edu- ation and expression. minor in art a student must complete 45- cation courses. At the same time, the program seeks to 51 credits including the following: provide a balance that will permit the Although licensure requirements are Credits incorporated into degree programs, student a choice upon graduation. The Art 115, 116, 117 Basic Design ...... 9 alternatives are: (1) to undertake formal changes by the Oregon Teacher Standards Art 131, 132, 133 Introduction to Drawing . . 9 and Practices Commission during the life graduate study; (2) to begin a professional ArH 204, 205, 206, or 207 History of career in the fine or applied arts; or (3) to Western Art ...... 9 of this catalog may alter the requirements. combine the student’s degree program with 18 adviser-approved credits from one of the It is imperative that the prospective teacher the basic teaching norm in order to qualify study concentrations, including at least be in touch with the art education adviser to teach in Oregon public schools. 9 credits of upper-division courses: Art His- from the beginning, as applicants for licen- The major in art requires a minimum of tory, Drawing/Painting/Printmaking, Graphic sure must meet the commission require- 90 credits in art courses. Included are Design, or Sculpture ...... 18-24 ments in force at the time of the licensure application. extensive experiences in studio work and a Total 45-51 comprehensive study of the history of art. For School of Education requirements, Courses taken under the undifferenti- Programs in the Department of Art are see page 205. ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not accredited by the National Association of be accepted toward fulfilling department Schools of Art and Design. minor requirements. Requirements for Studio Major. In addition to the general University requirements for a degree, the student who majors S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 257

RADUATE A maximum of 15 graduate credits may *ArH 411/511 G be transferred into the program with Chinese Buddhist Art (4) PROGRAMS adviser approval. A concentrated study of the Buddhist art of China and Central Asia. Buddhist art of caves of The Department of Art offers the Master of Students in the M.F.A. program are pro- the Six-dynasties period (220-589 C.E.) to the Fine Arts degree in painting, sculpture, and vided with studio space for a maximum Tang period will be covered in-depth. Basic con- painting/sculpture. The M.F.A. program is period of two years. cepts of Buddhism, such as Hinayana, Mahay- designed to prepare individuals for careers ana, and Tantric Buddhism; arts related to in the fine arts and in higher education. OURSES specific sects; and the iconography and stylistic C changes will be covered. Open to non-majors. MASTER OF FINE ARTS Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered *ArH 412/512 Admission Requirements. Application for every year. Japanese Buddhist Art (4) admission must be made by March 1 prior A survey of the Japanese Buddhist art and archi- to the fall term the student intends to begin ART HISTORY COURSES tecture, including: sculpture, painting, Shingon Buddhist art, Zen garden and architecture, and work toward the degree. Accepted students ArH 199 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) ink paintings through selected examples from are expected to be in full-time residence ArH 204, 205, 206 the 6th century to the 18th century. Open to beginning fall term. History of Western Art (3, 3, 3) non-majors. The Department of Art Graduate A historical survey of the visual arts from prehis- *ArH 415/515 Admissions Committee bases its decisions toric up to the modern world (c. 1800). Selected Issues in Asian Art (4) on the applicant’s undergraduate prepara- works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and Issues in Asian art may be keyed to museum tion in art, a letter of intent, three recom- other arts are studied in relation to the cultures exhibitions or deal with thematic topics or spe- mendation letters, and most importantly producing them. Open to nonmajors. cific media. Examples include Buddhist or other on the portfolio of current creative work. ArH 207 religious art, tomb art, ceramics, special topics in Applicants must have a B.A., B.S., or History of Western Art: The Modern World Korean art, or the work of Asian-American artists. Open to non-majors. B.F.A. degree with a concentration in print- (3) This lecture course will survey the visual arts as * making, painting, sculpture, studio arts ArH 422/522 well as the architecture of Europe and America, Chinese Painting (4) (i.e. any combination of two disciplines from the beginning of the 19th century to the A concentrated study of the Chinese paintings and/or installation and performance art) or present day. from the 3rd century B.C.E. to the 18th century. related field (i.e. drawing). ArH 311, 312, 313 Open to non-majors. Application is a dual process between History of Asian Art (4, 4, 4) *ArH 423/523 the Department of Art and the Office of A survey of art and architecture of Asia from pre- Japanese Painting (4) Admissions. Contact the department for historic times to the 19th century. The art and A survey of Japanese painting from the 4th cen- complete application materials. architecture (including ceramics, sculpture, tury to the 19th century. Buddhist paintings, ink Degree Requirements. The student painting, textiles, and other utilitarian imple- paintings, and decorative paintings. Open to will complete at least 88 credits which ments—e.g., ritual bronze vessels of China) of non-majors. Asia will be presented in context of chronology, must be distributed in the following way: *ArH 425/525 source (indigenous or foreign influence), site Modern Japanese Painting (4) Credits and in relation to the forces of each society’s Recent scholarship in the history of modern Art History ...... 12 culture, religion, politics, geography, and history. Japanese paintings and prints, from the Meiji, Project Exhibition/Master’s Statement ...... 12 Buddhism, Hinduism, Confucianism, Shintoism, Taisho, and Showa periods covers major themes Electives ...... 8 Taoism, Shamanism, symbolism, and mythology of Japan’s westernization in a new light. The Studio work in one area of concentration are basic to the arts of Asia. ArH 311: South Asia issues revolve around westernization: conflict (painting, printmaking, sculpture, (India) and Southeast Asia (Sri Lanka, Cambo- and nationalism. New art forms, the revival of studio arts) ...... 46 dia, Thailand, Burma, and Indonesia). ArH 312: traditional styles, reclining women’s theme, and Graduate Seminar (1st year candidates) ...... 6 China and Korea. ArH 313: Japan. Open to non- the gaze of subjects will be explored. Open to Graduate Seminar (2nd year candidates) . . . . .4 majors. non-majors. (2nd year Seminar is an Art History Research *ArH 321 *ArH 426/526 Seminar) Survey of Korean Art (4) African Art (4) During the first two terms in residence A chronological survey of art and architecture of Examination of selected African art forms, styles, each M.F.A. student will be offered an Korea, and its uniqueness, in the context of East and traditions. Emphasis on the context of the Asian art history. Prehistoric arts, as well as tomb adviser in the appropriate area of interest. art and artist and their relationship to politics paintings, and artifacts recognizing Buddhism’s and society in African history. Open to non- Together with the adviser, the student will effect on Korea’s sculptural, painting, and archi- majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history work out a proposal for directing their cre- tectural heritage. Also treats Confucianism shap- majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. This course is ative activity toward the year-end review. At ing Korean ink painting, folk painting, and the same as BSt 470/570; course may be taken candidacy review, during the end of the porcelains. Open to non-majors. only once for credit. first year, the student will present an exhi- ArH 399 *ArH 430/530, 431/531 bition of work and a master’s statement to a Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Women in the Visual Arts (4, 4) faculty committee. If the work and master’s ArH 401/501 The study of the art of women in various media statement are approved, the candidate will Research (Credit to be arranged.) (painting, sculpture, architecture, printmaking, spend the second year of the program com- ArH 404/504 photography, textiles, illuminated manuscripts, pleting the exhibition and master’s state- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and mixed media). A two-term sequential to be arranged.) class—ArH 430/530: 11th century (medieval) in ment requirement. ArH 405/505 Europe through the 18th century; ArH 431/531: The candidate will stand for a second Reading and Conference (Credit to be 19th century and 20th century America and faculty review to approve the completed arranged.) Europe. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites (for exhibition and master’s statement and ArH 407/507 art and art history majors only): ArH 204, 205, present an exhibition during the spring Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) 206. term of the second year. ArH 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) 258 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

*ArH 439/539, 440/540 *ArH 486/586, 487/587 Art 199 History of Architecture (4, 4) American Art and Architecture 17th through Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) A history of architecture from Prehistory to Post- 19th Centuries (4, 4) *Art 201, 202, 203 Modernism. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites ArH 486/586: Colonial through the Early Applied Design (3, 3, 3) (for art and art history majors only): ArH 204, Republic. ArH 487/587: Jacksonian to the 20th Introduction to three-dimensional design as it 205, 206. century. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites (for applies to manufacturing and product design. *ArH 450/550 art and art history majors only): ArH 204, 205, Study of visual implications of human factors in Great Periods and Themes in Art and 206. design of utilitarian objects. Studio exercises in Architecture (4) *ArH 490/590 planning, visualization, and presentation of A concentrated study of the art and/or architec- History of Modern Design (4) designs for manufactured and hand-crafted utili- ture of a major historical period, for example: A history of industrial and applied design from tarian objects. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, 117. Pre-Columbian art and architecture; Native c. 1800 to the present, focusing on the changes *Art 218 American art of the Pacific Northwest; Islamic in style within the field, but also on the intercon- Calligraphy (3) art and architecture; Symbolism; and others. nection between the art of design and other A studio course in calligraphic lettering with the Maximum: 8 credits. Open to non-majors. Pre- forms of visual expression. Prerequisites (for art broad-edged pen. Students will study the Roman requisites (for art and art history majors only): and art history majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. alphabet in three forms: capitals, minuscules and ArH 204, 205, 206. *ArH 491/591, 492/592, 493/593 cursives. Emphasis will be on learning correct *ArH 451/551, 452/552, 453/553 Modern Art (4, 4, 4) weights, proportions, and forms of letters. Prac- Ancient Art (4, 4, 4) A survey of the mainstream of modern art tical skills required to shape letters with the pen Art and architecture of the ancient world from including cultural influences, trends in style and will be learned. Principles of good lettering, his- Paleolithic through Roman times. ArH 451/551: expression, and comparative relationships in the torical development of alphabets, materials and Prehistoric, Egyptian, Mesopotamian. ArH 452/ visual arts. From 19th century Romanticism, drawing tools, letter and word spacing, layout 552: Aegean and Greek. ArH 453/553: Etruscan Realism, and Impressionism through the varied and composition, and presentation of artwork and Roman. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites movements of the 20th century. Open to non- will be covered. Prerequisites: Art 115, 116, (for art and art history majors only): ArH 204, majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history 117. Course may be repeated to a maximum of 9 205, 206. majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. credits. *ArH 456/556, 457/557, 458/558 *ArH 498/598, 499/599 Art 224, 225, 226 Medieval Art (4, 4, 4) Art Since WWII (4, 4) Graphic Design I (3, 3, 3) A three-term sequence covering the art and Introduction to early Modernist movements in Three-term introductory sequence that focuses architecture of medieval Europe and the Medi- Europe and America. ArH 498/598: painting, on graphic arts production processes (manual terranean, approximately from the conversion of sculpture, and architecture to 1975. ArH 499/ and electronic), visual design, design theory, Constantine to the Black Death (c. 300-1350 599: painting, sculpture, architecture and per- principles and practices of graphic design, and A.D.). ArH 456/556: Early Christian, Celtic, Car- formance from 1975 to present. Open to non- processes that lead to creative problem solving olingian, and Ottonian Art. ArH 457/557: Byz- majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Art antine Art. ArH 458/558: Romanesque and majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. Recom- 227, 228, 229 Computer Graphics I. Variety of Gothic Art. Open to non-majors. Prerequisites mended: ArH 491, 492, 493. studio assignments that involve students with (for art and art history majors only): ArH 204, two-dimensional design theory and will be final- 205, 206. ART COURSES ized/output in the Computer Graphics I course. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered ArH 461/561 Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequi- Northern Renaissance Art (4) every year. sites: Art 115, 116, 117. Manuscript illumination, painting, and sculpture Art 115, 116, 117 Art 227, 228, 229 in the Netherlands, Germany, and France from Basic Design (3, 3, 3) Computer Graphics I (3, 3, 3) the late 14th to the 16th century. Open to non- A three-term introductory sequence; a series of Three-term introductory sequence to the Macin- majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history studio participation exercises using tools, media tosh as a tool for electronic graphic arts design majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. and materials in the study of design elements and production. Must be taken concurrently and principles fundamental to the visual arts. Art *ArH 471/571, 472/572, 473/573 with Art 224, 225, 226 Graphic Design I. The Italian Renaissance Art (4, 4, 4) 115: Two-dimensional graphic illusion, empha- two sequences work in harmony to instruct in Painting, sculpture, and architecture from the sis on manipulation of surface elements which design principles and practices and computer 13th to the 16th century in Italy. Open to non- control imagery and expression. Art 116: Theory applications which allow students to produce majors. Prerequisites (for art and art history and application of color. Art 117: Three-dimen- their ideas from Graphic Design I. Art 227: Stu- majors only): ArH 204, 205, 206. sional form and space with emphasis on nature dents survey tools and techniques in graphic of materials, spatial organization and expressive * environment applications such as, paint (Super- ArH 476/576, 477/577 composition. Baroque Art (4, 4) Paint), draw (MacDraw), photo imaging (Adobe A study of European art and architecture from Art 131, 132, 133 Photoshop), illustration (Adobe Illustrator), and the late 16th to the late 18th century. ArH 476/ Introduction to Drawing (3, 3, 3) layout (QuarkXpress). Art 228: graphics envi- 576: Italy and France; ArH 477/577: Flanders, An introduction to drawing with a year-long ronments are explored through individual Holland, and Spain. Open to non-majors. emphasis upon individual studio instruction.Art projects corresponding to Graphic Design I Prerequisites (for art and art history majors 131: Emphasis on observation and various assignments. Computer graphics theory and only): ArH 204, 205, 206. means for finding two-dimensional linear equiv- production issues discussed. Students gain alents for three dimensional space. Still life * working knowledge of the Macintosh through a ArH 481/581, 482/582 material will be used extensively. Art 132: Con- 19th Century Art (4, 4) variety of design assignments. Art 229: graphics A survey of painting and sculpture in the 19th cepts and skills developed in Art 131 will be environments with greater emphasis on typogra- century. ArH 481/581: Neoclassicism, Romanti- applied with a broader range of media and sub- phy as image. Full color (CMYK) design solu- cism, and Realism; ArH 482/582: Impressionism ject matter. Tone will be used more extensively. tions emphasized. Working knowledge of the and Post-Impressionism. Open to non-majors. Approximately one-half of the term will be Macintosh continues with solutions to more Prerequisites (for art and art history majors devoted to introductory figure drawing with involved design assignments. Course is a prereq- only): ArH 204, 205, 206. some work from the model. Art 133: Experi- uisite to upper division computer graphics ences of Art 131 and Art 132 will be developed courses. Prerequisite: Art 115, 116, 117. further by extended exploration of various media including some use of color. Subject matter will include landscape and still life. Some imaginary or conceptual problems will extend the student’s grasp of composition. Courses should be taken in sequence. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 259

Art 230, 231 be taken in sequence. Open to non-majors with offered. Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, 227, Alternative Drawing (4, 4) instructor’s consent. Prerequisites (for art and art 228, 229. Courses do not need to be taken in A two-term sequence to be taken in the second history majors only): Art 131, 132, 133 and 116. sequence. year for students majoring in either painting or Art 291, 292, 293 *Art 340 printmaking. An innovative course intended to Sculpture I, II, III (4, 4, 4) Advanced Photography (3) engage the theories and practices involved in the Art 291-Mass: students will be introduced to Study of photography as a visual language. Stu- many processes, methods, and techniques of working in three dimensions through observa- dents work on extended assignments that drawing. Analytical and critical thought will be tion and those materials that lend themselves to explore technical, aesthetic, and ethical issues of addressed during class time resulting in a final forms that produce actual mass and volume. photographic communication. Emphasis on the end of term review. Art 230: emphasis will be Some work from a life model. Plaster mold- photographic series, with either a documentary placed on experimentation and exploration of making will be included. Art 292-Plane: an or conceptual approach. Maximum: 9 credits. the various mixed media tools and materials approach to three dimensions that involves con- Prerequisite: 3 credits in Art 261. available in drawing. Simultaneously students structive techniques. Mass and volume will be will begin to explore the conceptual and theoret- Art 350 achieved through planer construction. Art 293- Life Drawing (3) ical thought process. Art 231: continuation of Space: focus on how an object exists in space A studio course that develops observation and the experimentation and exploration of mixed and how that space makes an object. Both planer perception. Later, analytic skills are combined media tools and materials, however, emphasis and mass forms will be considered. Prerequisite: with personal expression and invention. A vari- will shift towards exploring the conceptual and Art 117 or consent of instructor. ety of media is used to explore the implications theoretical thought process in the student’s * of line and modeled form. Maximum: 18 credits. work. Open to non-majors with instructor’s con- Art 294 Watercolor (3) Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. sent. Prerequisites (for art and art history majors The technique and use of watercolor and only): Art 131, 132, 133. Art 373 gouache, with special attention to their charac- Creative Sculpture (4) Art 260 teristics as painting media. Primary emphasis on A creative study of all aspects of sculpture Photographic Seeing (3) landscape material. May be substituted for Art involving various media such as clay, plaster, Introduction to visual literacy. Students learn 133 or be used as a lower-division art elective. wood, stone, and the metals, with emphasis, as photographic seeing, design principles, and Maximum: 9 credits. Prerequisite: Art 131 and necessary, on architectural sculpturing. Prerequi- composition as they investigate the urban envi- 132 or equivalent. site: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. Maxi- ronment with a camera. Emphasis on visual mum: 18 credits. communication. No darkroom work. The Art 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) * medium is color slide film, commercially pro- Art 381, 382, 383 cessed. Course may be repeated for maximum of Art 312 Art Watercolor (3, 3, 3) An introduction to watercolor with emphasis on 9 credits. in the Elementary School (3) Art studio: exercises, problems and projects its uses as a painting medium. Art 381: Trans- Art 261 using tools, media, materials and equipment parent watercolor including means of color, Photography (3) applicable to elementary teaching levels. Devel- composition, and technical control; landscape Study of the camera and processes used in pho- opment of attitudes toward art and understand- and still life subject matter. Art 382: Expansion tography; variables of modern cameras including ing of child growth and development. of means developed during first term to include exposure and focusing controls, film and film *Art 315, 316, 317 wet-into-wet, gouache, and other variations. Art processing, enlarging, mounting and finishing 383: More advanced development of means prints. Slide lectures on history of photography, Applied Design (3, 3, 3) Study of form as related to function in nature introduced during first two terms with emphasis concerns of composition, emotional impact, and in manufactured products. Investigation on on-site landscape painting. It is recom- qualities of light and expression. Discussion of into application of materials as related to specific mended that the course be taken in sequence. professional careers in photography. Maximum: design problems. Discussions of the humanistic Prerequisite: 9 credits in watercolor-Art 294 or 6 credits. responsibilities of the designer. Prerequisites: Art drawing Art 131, 132, 133. Art 270, 271 201, 202, 203. Art 391 Introduction to Printmaking (4, 4) Art 320, 321, 322 Advanced Drawing Mixed Media (4) A laboratory course in print art taught in A contemporary view of drawing in various sequence which focuses on a specific technique Graphic Design II (3, 3, 3) A three-term, intermediate sequence studio media and subject matter. Students develop an each term. From a drawing-based foundation course that explores the application of images, independent body of work within a historical the thought process involved in making prints is signs and typography to design solutions of and theoretical context. Idea generation is strongly explored, translating drawn images into visual communication. A variety of assignments addressed as well as cultural content specific to a graphic language. Concepts and content are will be completed that explore the development the student. Techniques and theories in mixed investigated appropriate to the technique taught. of graphic images through many variations of a media. Open to non-majors with instructor’s Individual and group discussions as well as port- single idea. Courses must be taken in sequence. consent. Prerequisites (for art and art history folio reviews are an intricate part of the review Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229. majors only): Art 230, 231. Maximum 8 credits. process. Art 270 explores monotype or dry point. Art 271 explores etching or relief. Open Art 326, 327, 328 Art 392, 393, 394 to non-majors with instructor’s consent. Prereq- Computer Graphics II (3, 3, 3) Intermediate Painting (4, 4, 4) Study of various concerns in expansion of tech- uisites (for art and art history only): Art 131, Art 326: Emphasis is on publication and print nical and conceptual approaches dealing with 132, 133. media design for digital and offset reproduction. Primary applications are: QuarkXPress, Adobe form and content in both historical and contem- Art 281, 282 Photoshop, and Adobe Illustrator. Emphasis is porary practices. Acting as a bridge between Painting (4, 4) placed on design, work flow, production, and beginning painting and advanced painting, stu- A two-term sequence course that introduces the color prepress. Art 327: Emphasis is on the cre- dents learn and deal with a variety of ways of principles and practice of painting. Art 281: ation of digital illustration through vector-based seeing. Students will work both individually and explores basic theory and use of color and com- and pixel-based tools and techniques using in group settings. Art 390: emphasizes the rela- position. Assignments involve both conceptual Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, and other tionships of approach, form, technique and con- approaches and direct observation using still life, relevant applications. Art 328: Emphasis is on tent. Art 391: emphasis will be placed on surface figures and landscape. Art 282: moves from the current topics in computer graphics with work and technical concerns. Art 392: emphasizes basic theory and use of color and composition to completed from selected applications. Students multiple traditional and non-traditional techni- assignments involving both direct observation using state-of-the-art computer graphics tech- cal processes along with the development of the using still life, figures and landscape and a more nology explore visual concepts. Graphic design artist’s vocabulary. Open to non-majors with conceptual approach. Further explores the vari- majors must take two of the three courses instructor’s consent. Prerequisites (for art and art ous painting styles, techniques, and media used history majors only): Art 281, 282 and 230, 231. throughout the early 20th century. Courses must 260 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Art 399 client-oriented and where the student is com- analysis. Students learn to clarify ideas/images in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) pletely responsible for the design, production, a personal body of work. Role of theory and crit- Art 401/501 cost estimates, and monitoring the printing of icism is emphasized. Open to non-majors with Research (Credit to be arranged.) the project. Prerequisites: Art 224, 225, 226, instructor’s consent. Prerequisites (for art and art Prerequisite: consent of instructor and chair of 227, 228, 229, 320, 321, 322. history majors only): one-term of upper-division Department of Art. Art 470 painting and one-term of upper-division draw- *Art 402/502 Graphic Design/Portfolio (3) ing. Maximum: 12 credits. Art Studio for Elementary and Secondary A required one-term course for students major- †Art 494/594, 495/595, 496/596 Education (1-6) ing in graphic design with the explicit intent of Advanced Sculpture Topics (4, 4, 4) Designed for the education student who may developing a portfolio that depicts, in a consis- Art 494/594, 495/595: series of rotating topics elect regular studio instruction in sculpture, tent and professional manner, the cumulative that address current conceptual approaches and painting, drawing, ceramics, jewelry and metal- creative, conceptual, and technical abilities they issues in the arts including: installation, site spe- smithing, textiles, or graphic design as fits the amassed over four years. Prerequisites: Art 320, cific, space/body, language, and materials. Art need of the student’s teaching concentration. 321, 322, and 466, 467. 496/596 independent projects: acting as a cap- Arrangements must be made for placement in Art 479/579 stone course within the concentration the stu- specific studio classes. Enrollment restricted to Advanced Printmaking (4) dent will be expected to develop their own elementary education M.A.T./ M.S.T. candidates Advanced laboratory course in print art in which criteria and issues that result in a body of work and art students in a certification program only. students specialize in one or more (in combina- which exhibits a focused direction. Prerequisite: Credit not transferable to any other graduate tion) of the following techniques, i.e., lithogra- upper division standing; 12 credits in sculpture. program. Maximum: 18 credits. phy, etching, monotype, relief, collagraph. Maximum: 16 credits. Art 404/504 Required course for the print major with the Art 503 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit intention that each student explore and experi- Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) to be arranged.) ment to arrive at a cohesive body of printed *Art 513 Art 405/505 work that speaks to an individual vision which is Art in the Elementary School (2) Reading or Studio and Conference (Credit finalized in portfolio form. Analytical and critical Methods and field experience: a lecture seminar to be arranged.) discussion are part of the group and individual and studio participation course with assigned Art 406/506 review process. Open to non-majors with field experience. Students develop attitudes Projects (Credit to be arranged.) instructor’s consent. Prerequisites (for art and art toward an understanding of children’s creative Art 407/507 history majors only): Art 270, 271 and 230, 231. development through course planning in arts Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Maximum 12 credits. and crafts. Prerequisites: Art 312 and admission Terms, section, instructor, and hours to be *†Art 482/582 to the teacher education program. arranged. Consent of instructor and chair of Anatomy for Artists (3) * Department of Art required. Art 514, 515, 516 An analytical investigation of the construction of Art in the Secondary School (3, 3, 3) Art 408/508 the human figure with emphasis on those Methods and materials for teaching and coordi- Workshop (Credit to be Arranged.)— aspects which most determine surface form and nating art programs in grades K-12, with empha- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. action. Prerequisites: Art 131, 132, 133. sis on organizing demonstrations, lectures, and Art 410/510 †Art 488/588 visual presentations. Observations at various Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Sculpture Welding (4) school levels. Seminars and participation in Maximum: 12 credits in one area. Prerequisite: Constructivist approaches to working with the intercultural, special, and individualized educa- consent of instructor and chair of Department of focus on steel. Welded metal sculpture fabrication applied to art. Research into the art commu- Art. tion using gas, electric, and heliarc welding nity as a resource, art as a career, and art and †Art 436/536, 437/537, 438/538 methods. Experimental materials, methods, and technology. Developing courses of study that Painting (3, 3, 3) concepts optional, consistent with the facilities sequence a program balance with two- and Advanced painting problems based on various and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- three-dimensional studio experiences, art his- subjects. Work may include various media. requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. tory, appreciation, and methods of criticism May be offered with specific subtitles such as †Art 489/589 appropriate to student level. Art 514, art educa- Figure Painting, Landscape Painting, or others. Advanced Sculpture Casting (4) tion methods of instruction, organization of art Prerequisite: 9 credits in Art 281. Maximum: Bronze casting using the lost wax investment materials and tools. Art 515, technology (media- 12 credits. method. Experimental materials, methods, and computer) application to art, research in field for Art 466, 467, 468 concepts optional, consistent with the facilities art education, art history, multicultural art Graphic Design III (3, 3, 3) and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Pre- resources, world issues in art education. Art 516: A three-term sequence of advanced graphic requisite: 12 credits in elementary sculpture. philosophy of art education, problems in field of art education. Prerequisite: Art Department design studio assignments that offer students † Art 490/590 portfolio review required for admission. design problems of greater complexity and Advanced Painting (4) broader scope than experienced in Graphic Contemporary view of painting in various media Design II. Emphasis on design theory, computer and subject matter. Students develop an inde- graphics, practical application of “real-world” pendent body of work within a historical and design problems and professionalism in finished theoretical context. Idea generation is addressed artwork. These courses must be taken in as well as cultural content specific to the stu- sequence. Prerequisites: Art 320, 321, 322. dent. Need not be taken in sequence. Open to Art 469 non-majors with instructor’s consent. Prerequi- Graphic Design Studio/Internship (4) sites (for art and art history majors only): Art An advanced course in creative problem solving 281, 282 and 230, 231. Maximum 8 credits. where real world projects are completed in a † classroom environment or off campus at busi- Art 491/591 Contemporary Studio Practice (4) ness locations. Student participants will work Open to any art major in the senior year. Allows either in class with their instructor or off campus students to pursue their own body of work. with a creative art director. This is a required Emphasizes laying a foundation for research in one-term course for students majoring in relation to the student’s visual vocabulary and graphic design with the explicit intent of having concentrates on developing a mechanism to students do actual projects that are design and access independent modes of

† 500-level classes intended for M.F.A. students only. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 261

MUSIC

231 Lincoln Hall the fields of performance, conducting, In addition to meeting the general Uni- (503) 725-3011 composition, and/or scholarship. Many are versity degree requirements, music majors www.fpa.pdx.edu/music.html leaders in music around the Northwest and seeking the professional music degree elsewhere. (Bachelor of Music in performance) must B.A., B.S.—Music Programs in the Department of Music complete the following courses: Minor in Music; Minor in Jazz Studies are accredited by the National Association Credits B.M.—Performance; Concentration in of Schools of Music. The department offers Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Jazz Studies many courses for the non-major, including: Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Music Education Certification applied music, ensembles, Basic Materials, Training...... 3 Program (K-12) Music Theory I, Music in the Western Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 M.A.T., M.S.T.—Music World, History of Rock, Jazz History, Mus 191, 192, 193 Class Piano ...... 6 M.M.—Performance; Conducting Guitar History, World Music, and American Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Musical Traditions. Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear Requirements for the Major. Students Training and Keyboard Harmony...... 3 NDERGRADUATE Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History II...... 12 U are required to take an audition before Mus 311 Counterpoint ...... 2 PROGRAMS entering departmental programs as a music Four credits selected from the following: . . . . .4 major. Mus 312 Counterpoint The Department of Music is located within Students seeking the B.A. or B.S. in Mus 318 Instrumental Arranging the hub of musical activity in the Pacific music must complete the following Mus 319 Choral Arranging Northwest, only three blocks from the courses: Mus 414, 415 Composition I Portland Center for the Performing Arts. It Mus 314, 315, 316 Harmonic and Structural Credits Analysis ...... 6 maintains close ties to the Oregon Sym- Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 phony, Portland Opera, Portland Sym- Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting...... 2 Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 481 Pedagogy ...... 3 phonic Choir, and Portland Youth Training ...... 3 ◊ Philharmonic, among other organizations. Mus 194, 394 Chamber Music ...... 6 Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 †Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 Faculty and students alike interact with Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 Orchestra; Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 these performing organizations in various Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight Singing/Ear †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music ways. Both traditional and innovative Training and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 (minimum of 6 credits of 490) ...... 24 Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 § musical opportunities through the study of † Mus 188 Performance Attendance . (no credit) classical performance, jazz, performance Mus 195, 395 Band; Mus 196, 396 Orchestra; Mus 48 Junior Recital (30 minutes Mus 197, 397 Chorus ...... 12 minimum) ...... (no credit) pedagogy, music history, ethnomusicology †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music theory, conducting, composition and music Mus 49 Senior Recital ...... (no credit) (minimum of 6 upper-division credits) . . . 12 Elective music courses to be taken from the education are available for PSU students Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano who live in the community or in campus following areas: Music History, Music Litera- majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, ture, Composition, Theory, World Music, housing. Mus 396, or Mus 397) ...... (2) ‡ Applied Music, Pedagogy, Practicum, Faculty members in the Department of Mus 47 Final Project or Mus 48 Junior Conducting, additional Ensemble Music are internationally recognized per- Recital ...... (no credit) § Performance, Instrumental Techniques . . . .18 formers, conductors, composers, and Mus 188 Recital Attendance (required Mus 351 Accompanying (required of piano scholars. From the beginning of their stud- through MuP 390) ...... (no credit) majors only in lieu of 2 credits of Mus 395, Music Electives ...... 12 ies, music majors and minors study with Mus 396, or Mus 397)...... (2) some of the finest faculty in the nation in Total 76 Total 123 the string, wind, percussion, piano, and The credits in applied music are divided A minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of vocal areas. Standards are high as students 3 credits at each level. With departmental pursue the conservatory-like Bachelor of large ensemble must be completed at the approval this distribution may be altered; upper-division level. Music degree or the more general Bachelor however, a minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of Arts or Science in Music. After gradua- must be completed at the upper-division tion, students continue in our excellent level. A minimum of 6 of the 12 credits of graduate programs or enter other excellent band, orchestra, or chorus must be com- graduate programs, often as teaching assis- pleted at the upper-division level. A piano tants, or pursue careers in studio or public proficiency examination is also required of school teaching. Our graduates have con- all music majors before entering Music sistently demonstrated their excellence in Theory II (Mus 211).

† Music majors and minors and jazz majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397, 198/398) each term. ‡ All B.A./B.S. candidates must complete a ﬁnal project consisting of one of the following: a half recital (Mus 48); a 20-minute performance; a performance project; or regular performance on area recitals. § To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight performances. ◊ Related chamber ensemble. 262 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Bachelor of Music in Performance Requirements for a Minor in Jazz Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting ...... 2 with Jazz Emphasis. In addition to meet- Studies. To earn a minor in jazz studies, a †Mus 395, 396, 397 Band, Orchestra, ing the general University degree require- student must complete 36 adviser- or Choir ...... 3 ments, music majors seeking the approved credits (17 credits must be in Mus 474 Midi Applications ...... 2 professional music degree (Bachelor of residence at Portland State University), to MuP 190, 290, 390 Applied Music (minimum of 3 credits of MuP 390) ...... 9 Music in performance with a jazz empha- include the following: sis) must complete the following courses: Credits Total 62 Credits Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation ...... 6 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz GRADUATE Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Improvisation...... 6 PROGRAMS Training...... 3 Mus 355 Jazz History (Prerequisite: Mus 201 Mus 191, 192, 193 Classical Piano...... 6 or 261)...... 4 Advisers: B. Browne, R. Dobson, H. Gray, D. Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II...... 9 Mus 424 Jazz Arranging ...... 2 Jimerson, S. Martin, M. Shotola (Graduate Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 2 Coordinator), T. Stanford, W. Tuttle Mus 320 Fundamentals of Conducting...... 2 MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 2 Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight-Singing/Ear MuP 390 Applied Music ...... 2 The Department of Music offers graduate Training and Keyboard Harmony...... 3 Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band ...... 3 work in music leading to the degrees of Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History ...... 12 Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band ...... 3 Master of Music (M.M.) in performance Mus 271, 272, 273 Jazz Improvisation...... 6 Mus 194 Chamber Music ...... 3 and Master of Music in conducting, as well Mus 471, 472, 473 Advanced Jazz Mus 394 Chamber Music ...... 3 as a Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.) Improvisation ...... 6 and a Master of Science in Teaching Mus 355 Jazz History ...... 4 Total 36 (M.S.T.). The M.A.T./M.S.T. degrees are †MuP 190, 290, 390, 490 Applied Music All courses used to satisfy the depart- general master’s degrees in music. Graduate (6 credits of 390 and 6 credits of 490). . . . .24 ment major or minor requirements, students in music may also pursue recom- Mus 198 Jazz Lab Band ...... 6 whether taken in the department or else- mendation for standard certiﬁcation. This Mus 394 Chamber Music Jazz Combos ...... 6 where, must be graded C or above. Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band ...... 6 curriculum differentiates between special- Mus 424, 425, 426 Instrumental Jazz MUSIC EDUCATION: ists in vocal music and instrumental music, Arranging ...... 6 CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (K-12) but candidates in both areas complete a Mus 474, 475 MIDI Applications ...... 4 Advisers: B. Browne, D. Jimerson (Coordina- core of required courses. Mus 344 Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals...... 2 tor), W. Tuttle For admission to graduate study the ‡Mus 188 Performance Attendance . . .no credit Mus 48 Junior Recital...... no credit The music education program is a graduate student must hold a bachelor’s degree rep- Mus 49 Senior Recital...... no credit curriculum designed to prepare students resenting a course of study equivalent to for licensure for teaching in the state of that pursued by PSU undergraduates in Total 118 Oregon. The courses listed below are music. In addition to meeting the general Requirements for a Minor in Music. undergraduate courses designed to prepare requirements for admission to graduate To earn a minor in music, a student must the student for the graduate curriculum in study in the University, each student must complete 35 adviser-approved credits (17 music education. The student must com- successfully take the music entrance exam- credits must be in residence at Portland plete a bachelor’s degree. ination prepared by and administered in the Department of Music. State University), to include the following: Technical Courses Credits Credits Mus 235, 236, 237 Wind and Percussion M.A.T./M.S.T. PROGRAM Instruments ...... 3 Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Core Curriculum Credits Mus 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear Mus 321 Instrumental Conducting ...... 2 Mus 324 Choral Conducting ...... 2 Two of the following: ...... 4 Training...... 3 Mus 560 Music History: Medieval Period Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 §Mus 328 Introduction to Musical Careers . . . 2 † Mus 332, 333, 334 Stringed Instruments and Mus 561 Music History: Renaissance Period MuP 190 Applied Music ...... 3 Mus 562 Music History: Baroque Period †Mus 195 Band; Mus 196 Orchestra; Vocal Techniques ...... 3 §Mus 409 Practicum (2 terms; taken with Mus 563 Music History: Classical Period Mus 197 Chorus ...... 6 Mus 564 Music History: Romantic Period Upper-division Music History or World Mus 328 & 484) ...... 2 §Mus 484 Music with Children ...... 3 Mus 565 Music History: Early 20th Century Music ...... 4 Mus 566 Music History: Music Since 1950 †MuP 290 Applied Music ...... 3 Total 17 One of the following: ...... 3 Mus 188 Performance Attendance Mus 532 Band Literature (6 terms) ...... (no credit) Other Music Courses Credits † Mus 533 Orchestral Literature Mus 395 Band; Mus 396 Orchestra; Mus 111, 112, 113 Music Theory I ...... 9 Mus 534 Choral Literature Mus 397 Chorus ...... 3 Music 114, 115, 116 Sight-Singing/Ear One of the following: ...... 3 Training ...... 3 Total 35 Mus 521 Band Arranging Mus 203 Music in the Western World ...... 4 Mus 522 Orchestral Arranging Mus 188 Performance Attendance Mus 523 Advanced Choral Arranging (9 terms) ...... (no credit) One of the following: ...... 3 † Mus 195, 196, 197 Band, Chorus, or Mus 541 Advanced Conducting (Instrumental) Orchestra ...... 6 Mus 542 Advanced Conducting (Choral) Mus 211, 212, 213 Music Theory II ...... 9 All of the following: Mus 214, 215, 216 Sight-Singing/Ear Training Mus 511 Research Methods (Music)...... 3 and Keyboard Harmony ...... 3 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques ...... 3 Mus 304, 305, 306 Music History...... 12

† Music majors and minors and jazz majors and minors must enroll in Applied Music and the related large ensemble (Mus 195/395, 196/396, 197/397, 198/398) each term. ‡ To be taken concurrently with Applied Music each term through completion of MuP 390. Student attends eight performances. § Practicum Mus 409 must be taken with both Mus 328 and 484. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 263

MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 2 A program containing a minimum of 45 Mus 111, 112, 113 MuP 591 Applied Music-Secondary approved credits is outlined for each stu- Music Theory I (3, 3, 3) Instrument (may substitute MuP 590 dent with the assistance of the assigned Provides a thorough ground-work in the credits with adviser approval)...... 2 melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic elements of adviser. Any deﬁciencies in the student’s music with written exercises and analysis based Ensemble: Chosen with advice of graduate baccalaureate degree program or initial faculty ...... 3 on the styles of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, Education/Pedagogy (chosen with adviser’s license program which may appear when Beethoven, and other 17th and 18th century assistance) ...... 9 compared to departmental and University composers. Registration in the appropriate Elective Studies ...... 10 requirements for the basic norm will also Sight-Singing/Ear Training course is required. An Music electives chosen from the following be added to the requirements when entrance placement examination will be given. areas: applied music, theory, arranging, com- making up the planned continuing license Basic Keyboard Skills is recommended for music position, music history, world music, music program. There is no ﬁnal examination majors and minors. literature, pedagogy, education, conducting, or required for this program. Mus 114, 115, 116 additional ensemble performance Sight-Singing/Ear Training (1, 1, 1) Studies to develop the ability to sing notation at Total 45 COURSES sight and to recognize and notate aural patterns. Registration in the appropriate Music Theory I M.M. PROGRAM Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered course is required. Master of Music in Performance Credits every year. Mus 188 †MuP 590 Applied Music ...... 12 Mus 110 Performance Attendance (No credit.) Mus 506 Project and Graduate Recital ...... 2 Basic Materials (4) The student is expected to attend a minimum of Mus 594, 595, 596, 597, 598 Chamber Music Basic course in the theory, structure, and litera- eight live performances approved by the Depart- and/or Ensemble ...... 3 ture of music, requiring no previous musical ment of Music for each term registered. It is Mus 520 Analytical Techniques ...... 3 experience. Prepares students for enrollment in expected that students will register for Perfor- Mus 560-566 Music History...... 4 Music Theory. mance Attendance concurrently with registration Mus 530, 531, 533, 534, 536 Music for Applied Music until the requirement for Per- Literature...... 6 formance Attendance is completed. Mus 581, 582, or 583 Pedagogy...... 3 Mus 511 Research Methods ...... 3 Electives (Determined in conjunction with adviser) ...... 9

Total 45 Master of Music in Conducting Credits †Mus 541, 542, 543 Conducting ...... 9 Mus 506 Conducting Project ...... 3 Mus 520 Analytical Techniques ...... 3 Mus 513 Score Reading ...... 3 Mus 595, 596, 597 Ensemble...... 3 Mus 522 or 521 Orchestra or Band Arranging .3 Mus 523 Choral Arranging ...... 3 Mus 560-566 Music History...... 4 Mus 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536 Music Literature...... 3 Mus 511 Research Methods ...... 3 Electives (Determined in conjunction with adviser) ...... 8

Total 45 All degree candidates must take a final written examination. A final oral examination also may be required. CONTINUING TEACHING LICENSE Students may elect a program leading to the completion of requirements for the continuing teaching license, but not the M.A.T. or M.S.T. degree. This nondegree, license program emphasizes flexibility of choice from among various upper-division and graduate music courses, while including the education components required for licensure recommendation as listed on page 205.

† Master of Music candidates must continue to register for applied music credits if a performance major, and conducting credits if a conducting major, until the completion of the Graduate Project or Recital, even if this exceeds the 12 credit minimum. 264 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Mus 189 Mus 214, 215, 216 Mus 320 Repertoire Study (1) Sight-Singing/Ear Training and Keyboard Fundamentals of Conducting (2) Study and performance of selected repertoire. Harmony (1, 1, 1) The basic principles of conducting as they apply Available only to students enrolled in large Application of theoretical principles to the key- to both instrumental and vocal ensembles. Basic ensemble, chamber music or applied music. Pre- board; understanding more advanced theory baton technique and beat patterns. Development requisite: consent of instructor. through the keyboard. Elementary score reading, of an independent use of the hands. Fundamen- MuP 190 keyboard harmonization of folk tunes, advanced tals of score reading, both instrumental and Applied Music (1-4) work in sight-singing and ear training. Registra- vocal. Prerequisite: Mus 213. Freshman year. Individual instruction in organ, tion in the appropriate Music Theory course is Mus 321 piano, harpsichord, voice, guitar, orchestral and required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, 113, 114, Instrumental Conducting (2) band instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prereq- 115, 116 and passing keyboard proficiency test. The principles of conducting and training uisite: approval of faculty applied music supervi- Mus 235, 236, 237 instrumental organizations. Prerequisite: Mus sor. Percussion, Woodwind and Brass 320. Instruments (1, 1, 1) Mus 191, 192, 193 Mus 322 Class Instruction (2, 2, 2) A study of the wind and percussion instruments Choral Conducting (2) Class instruction in instruments or voice. Offer- of the orchestra and band for students in the The principles of conducting and training choral ings include piano, guitar, and voice. teacher education program. organizations. Prerequisite: Mus 320. Mus 194 Mus 261, 262 *Mus 328 Chamber Music (1) History of Rock Music (4, 4) Introduction to Musical Careers (2) Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Traces the history and development of a popular Introduction to various career choices in music. mance; the established repertory of string, wind, music style in the United States, Great Britain, Emphasis on music education. Concurrent keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 and other parts of the world. Includes other enrollment in an appropriate practicum (Mus credits. Audition may be requested. Prerequisite: types of popular music in the twentieth century. 409) required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 203. consent of instructor. Mus 271, 272, 273 Mus 332, 333, 334 Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) Mus 195 Stringed Instruments and Vocal Techniques Band (1) Introduces the fundamentals of jazz improvisa- (1, 1, 1) Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be tion. Beginning jazz skills include scales, song A study of stringed instruments (Mus 332, 333) requested. forms, melodic patterns, and repertoire develop- and vocal and guitar techniques (Mus 334). For ment. Instructor approval required. Mus 196 students in the teacher education program. Orchestra (1) MuP 290 Mus 344 Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Applied Music (1-4) Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals (2) requested. Sophomore year. Continuation of MuP 190. Study of the basic jazz keyboard fundamentals Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 190 for jazz instrumentalists. Covers basic chord Mus 197 and audition. Chorus (1) voicings, chord scale relationships, accompani- Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Mus 301, 302 ment techniques, and reharmonization tech- requested. Survey of Music Literature (4, 4) niques. Prerequisites: Mus 191, 192, 193. For non majors; study of the history of music Mus 351 Mus 198 through examination of the literature of particu- Jazz Lab Band (1) Accompanying (2) lar periods as follows: Mus 301: Music from Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- Theoretical and practical study of the art of 1700 to 1875; Mus 302: Music from 1875 to ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be accompanying vocal and instrumental solos and present. requested. performing duo-sonatas. Mus 304, 305, 306 Mus 355 Mus 199 Music History (4, 4, 4) Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Jazz History (4) Intensive analytical study of the history of music Examines the development of jazz from its Afri- Mus 201, 202 in the Medieval and Renaissance Periods (Mus can and European roots and its origins in New Introduction to Music (4, 4) 304), Baroque and Classical Periods (Mus 305) Designed for non-majors. Course involves lec- Orleans to its florescence in Chicago and New and Romantic and 20th century periods (Mus York. Covers period from about 1900 to 1960. tures, reading, and listening. Course may 306). Prerequisites: Mus 113, 203. emphasize music of different world cultures. Focuses on important musicians and major Successively the course deals with elements of Mus 311, 312, 313 musical styles. Prerequisite: Mus 201 or 261. music and small forms (201), and large forms of Counterpoint (2, 2, 2) Mus 360 Intensive study of music reflecting the poly- music and categories of musical literature (202). The Guitar: its History and Music (4) phonic impulse; analysis and application to This course is designed to explore the origins of Mus 203 exercises in two-, three-, and four-voice counter- the guitar by examining its history, repertoire Music in the Western World (4) point. Prerequisites: Mus 211, 212, 213. Designed for music majors and others with the and performers. The course will look at all ability to read music. Introduction to the great Mus 314, 315, 316 aspects of the guitar’s history from the related composers and their compositions within a his- Harmonic and Structural Analysis (2, 2, 2) ancient Sumerian stringed instruments to the Thorough study of formal analysis, including the torical framework. modern-day electric guitar. Prerequisite: Mus phrase unit, period, two- and three-part song 110 or 191. Mus 211, 212, 213 forms, developed ternary forms, sonata, sym- Music Theory II (3, 3, 3) Mus 361, 362 phony, concerto, etc. Prerequisites: Mus 211, History of Rock Music (4, 4) Continuation of the study of harmony. Introduc- 212, 213. tion to harmonic counterpoint. Composition in Traces the history and development of a popular small forms in various 18th, 19th, and 20th cen- Mus 318 music style in the United States, Great Britain, tury idioms. Registration in the appropriate Key- Instrumental Arranging (2) and other parts of the world. Includes other Fundamentals of arranging music for instrumen- board Harmony, Sight-Singing and Ear Training types of popular music from the twentieth tal ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of course is required. Prerequisites: Mus 111, 112, century. orchestration and their practical applications. 113, 114, 115, 116 and passing keyboard Mus 374, 375 Prerequisite: Mus 213. proficiency test. World Music (4, 4) Mus 319 Study of the major musical cultures of Asia, the Choral Arranging (2) Middle East, and sub-Saharan Africa. Explores Fundamentals of arranging music for vocal social and cultural contexts, instrument types, ensembles. Emphasis on basic principles of and structural organization of the music. SATB writing. Prerequisite: Mus 213. Emphasis on listening. Prerequisites: Mus 110, 111, 201, 203. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 265

Mus 376 Mus 414/514, 415/515, 416/516 Mus 431/531 American Musical Traditions (4) Composition (2, 2, 2) Chamber Music Literature (3) Examines the diversity of musical traditions The course involves the study of 20th century Historical survey of the music associated with found in American history and culture. Included composition techniques. Students will compose the chamber music repertoire from 1600-1950. are African-American, Anglo-American, chamber works using techniques studied in the Emphasis on analysis of scores and recordings. Hispanic, and Native-American musical class. Prerequisites: Mus 311, 312, and 316. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. cultures, in the areas of folk, popular, and classi- Mus 424/524, 425/525, 426/526 Mus 432/532 cal music genres. Prerequisite: Mus 110, 201, or Instrumental Jazz Arranging (2, 2, 2) Band Wind Literature (3) 261. In-depth study and application of the funda- A study of literature for ensembles of wind and Mus 381 mentals of composing and arranging for small to wind/percussion instruments from about 1600 Music Fundamentals (4) large jazz ensembles. Subjects included are his- to the present. Historical perspective will be Basic musicianship for the elementary teacher. tory, transposition, instruments, forms, har- gained through reading, style-analysis, and lis- Mus 389 monic and melodic construction, rhythm tening. Attention will be given to the practical Repertoire Study (1) section, voicing, moving harmonization, score application of band literature in elementary and Study and performance of selected repertoire. and part preparation, vocal arranging tech- secondary teaching situations. Prerequisites: Available only to students enrolled in large niques, rehearsal techniques, and MIDI applica- Mus 304, 305, 306. ensemble, chamber music or applied music. tions. Instructor approval required. Mus 433/533 Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Mus 427/527 Orchestral Literature (3) MuP 390 Opera Workshop (1) A historical survey of the music associated with Applied Music (1-4) A workshop in preparing and performing oper- the symphony orchestra from the development Junior year. Continuation of MuP 290. Maxi- atic literature for advanced singers. Prerequisite: of each orchestral instrument to the present day. mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 290 and consent of instructor through audition. Intensive study of those works of great signiﬁ- audition. Mus 428/528 cance is achieved through score study and analy- Mus 394 Opera Production (2) sis of several interpretations through recordings. Chamber Music (1) Annual production of a major operatic work. Attention will be given to the practical applica- Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- Designed for singers, orchestral instrumentalists, tion of orchestral literature in elementary and mance; the established repertory of string, wind, and technical support staff in the areas of cos- secondary teaching situations. Prerequisites: keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 tuming, set design, and other areas. Casting for Mus 304, 305, 306. credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. production is by audition during winter quarter. Mus 434/534 Mus 395 Mus 430/530 Choral Literature (3) Band (1) Song Literature (3) This course offers an investigation and analysis Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Study of the solo literature for voice through of literature for choir of all sizes, for secular and requested. analysis of scores and recordings and live perfor- sacred use, particularly in relation to use in public school at the junior high and high school Mus 396 mances. Historical perspectives from Elizabe- Orchestra (1) than song to 20th-century art songs. levels and in church choir situations. A survey of Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, 306. the development of choral literature from c. requested. 1400 to the present, with examples via listening and study of scores, will be included. Prerequi- Mus 397 sites: Mus 304, 305, 306. Chorus (1) Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Mus 398 Jazz Lab Band (1) Performance of jazz literature in a big band setting. Maximum: 6 credits. Audition may be requested. Mus 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 401/501 Research (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Mus 404/504 Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 405/505 Reading and Conference (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Mus 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. Recent topics have included Style Analysis; Style Criticism; Music History; Music in the Elementary School; Semi- nar in Composition. Mus 408/508 Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 409/509 Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Mus 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)

Keith Clark, Music 266 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Mus 436/536 MuP 490 bility found in the public schools. Prerequisite: Opera Literature (3) Applied Music (1-4) successful completion of the department’s gradu- An intensive study of the development of opera Senior year. Continuation of MuP 390. Maxi- ate entrance examination. in western music, from the works of Monteverdi mum: 12 credits. Prerequisites: MuP 390 and Mus 523 in the early 17th century to the important operas audition. Advanced Choral Arranging (3) of this century. Prerequisites: Mus 304, 305, MuP 491/591 Study of voice types, text setting, and techniques 306. Applied Music in Secondary Area (1-2) of writing for various combinations of voices. Mus 437/537, 438/538 Private instruction in voice, keyboard, guitar, Practice in arranging melodies for two-, three, Keyboard Literature (3, 3) and orchestral or band instruments, not to and four-part choruses, mixed and unmixed, A study of Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and include the student’s major performance area in such as those encountered in the public schools. Twentieth Century literature for keyboard order to extend the performance skills of the Prerequisite: successful completion of the instruments. In addition to providing an over- music specialist in the public schools. Graduate department’s graduate entrance examination. view of the historical development of keyboard students not passing MuP 590 audition will be *Mus 560 music, specific works from the repertoire of each assigned MuP 591. Music History: The Medieval Period (2) period will be selected for intensive study and Mus 503 Intensive, analytical study of the history of performance. Intended primarily for piano or Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) music of the Middle Ages and its relationship to harpsichord majors. Prerequisite: by audition. Mus 506 contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Mus 441/541, 442/542, 443/543 Graduate Project or Recital (2-3) successful completion of the department’s gradu- Advanced Conducting (3, 3, 3) Final conducting project or performance recital ate entrance examination. Normally limited to A study of technical and interpretative problems required for all Master of Music degrees. graduate music majors only. encountered in the rehearsal and conducting of Mus 511 *Mus 561 standard symphonic or choral literature. Experi- Music Research Methods (3) Music History: The Renaissance Period (2) ence in conducting this literature. Particular A systematic study of research techniques and Intensive, analytical study of the history of attention given to the problems facing the public materials in music history, literature, and music music from 1400 to 1600 and its relationship to school music director. Prerequisite: Mus 321 or education. Emphasis on the use of library contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: 324. resources and practical applications of research successful completion of the department’s gradu- Mus 451/551, 452/552 techniques. Prerequisite: graduate standing in ate entrance examination. Normally limited to Advanced Keyboard Skills (3, 3) music. graduate music majors only. This course investigates and applies advanced Mus 512 *Mus 562 theoretical concepts to keyboard playing and Graduate Theory Review (3) Music History: The Baroque Period (2) improvisation. Applications include sightread- A course designed for graduate students who Intensive, analytical study of the history of ing, transposition, harmonization, and figured need to review their knowledge of basic theoreti- music from 1600 to 1750 and its relationship to bass reading. Prerequisite: by audition. cal concepts. Can be taken for credit but will contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Mus 471/571, 472/572, 473/573 not be applied toward completion of degree successful completion of the department’s gradu- Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2, 2, 2) requirements. ate entrance examination. Normally limited to Advanced concepts of jazz improvisation. Princi- Mus 513 graduate music majors only. ples of pentatonics, diminished harmonies, Score Reading (3) *Mus 563 inside-outside playing, synthetic scales, and free Techniques for reading and studying scores with Music History: The Classical Period (2) improvisation. Instructor approval required. Pre- a goal of performance. Intensive, analytical study of the history of requisites: Mus 271, 272, and 273. *Mus 517, 518, 519 music from 1750 to 1825 and its relationship to Mus 474/574, 475/575 Advanced Harmony (2, 2, 2) contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: Midi Applications (2, 2) A study of the harmonic practices of the late successful completion of the department’s gradu- Study of the fundamentals of MIDI and com- 19th and 20th centuries. Written work, analysis, ate entrance examination. Normally limited to puter music programs. Includes work on synthe- and theoretical research. Prerequisite: Mus 316. graduate music majors only. sizers, sequencing, and notation software. Mus 520 *Mus 564 Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analytical Techniques (3) Music History: The Romantic Period (2) Mus 481/581, 482/582, 483/583 A study of the formal structure of musical com- Intensive, analytical study of the history of Pedagogy (3, 3, 3) positions of various styles with the purpose of music from 1825 to 1900 and its relationship to Methods, materials, curriculum, and philosophi- discovering the sources of unity, variety, order, contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: cal bases for teaching in a private studio and and expression present in them. Prerequisite: successful completion of the department’s gradu- classroom with focus on individual and group successful completion of the department’s graduate entrance examination. Normally limited to instruction. Prerequisites: Mus 213, 216, 304, ate entrance examination. graduate music majors only. 305, 306. Mus 521 *Mus 565 Mus 484/584 Band Arranging (3) Music History: Early 20th Century (2) Music with Children (3) Designed to develop fundamental skills in Intensive, analytical study of the history of Methods and materials for teaching general arranging music for concert, marching and stage music from 1900 to 1950 and its relationship to music classes in the elementary school. Designed bands, and small wind and/or percussion contemporary historical events. Prerequisite: for the music specialist; required of all students ensembles, such as those encountered in the successful completion of the department’s gradu- who seek a basic teaching certificate in music. It public schools. Transcription skills also will be ate entrance examination. Normally limited to is presupposed that all students have performing studied. Emphasis will be on practical applica- graduate music majors only. and theoretical skills and at least one year of tion of material presented. Prerequisite: success- *Mus 566 music history. Concurrent enrollment in an ful completion of the department’s graduate Music History: Music Since 1950 (2) appropriate practicum (Mus 409) required. Pre- entrance examination. Intensive, analytical study of the history of requisite: upper-division standing in music. Mus 522 music since 1950 and its relationship to contem- Mus 485/585, 486/586, 487/587 Orchestral Arranging (3) porary historical events. Prerequisite: successful Diction for Singers: Italian, German, and Instruction in writing for instruments used in completion of the department’s graduate French (2, 2, 2) large orchestras, showing basic techniques of entrance examination. Normally limited to grad- Designed for singers and other musicians inter- scoring for string quartet, woodwind and brass uate music majors only. ested in classical vocal literature in Italian, Ger- quintet, and percussion ensemble. Practical man, and French. It presents the principles of application through scoring of piano music for lyric diction and provides practice in the skills various orchestral groups of the nature and capa- needed to sing the language correctly, idiomati- cally, and expressively. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 267

Mus 588 Mus 594 Advanced Choral Methods (3) Chamber Music (1) SPECIALIZED Designed for the experienced teacher. In addi- Instruction in the art of small ensemble perfor- COURSES tion to studies of current methods and trends in mance; the established repertory of string, wind, choral music teaching, the course also provides a keyboard, or vocal chamber music. Maximum: 6 *Mus 10, 20, 30, 40 forum for problem solving and dealing with spe- credits. Prerequisite: graduate standing in music. Repertoire Class (No credit) cial issues and problems in current choral music For music majors, taken concurrently with MuP Mus 595 190, 290, 390, 490. Weekly performance of education. Band (1) music from a speciﬁed list of repertoire. Mus 589 Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate Advanced Instrumental Methods (3) standing in music. Mus 47 Designed for the experienced teacher. In addi- Final Project (No credit) Mus 596 All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science tion to studies of current methods and trends in Orchestra (1) instrumental music teaching, the course also Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate degree candidates must complete a ﬁnal project provides a forum for problem solving and deal- standing in music. consisting of one of the following: (1) a half ing with special issues and problems in current recital, (2) a performance project, (3) regular Mus 597 performances on area recitals. music education. Chorus (1) MuP 590 Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate Mus 48 Applied Music (1-4) standing in music. Junior Recital (No credit) Required for students in the Bachelor of Music in Individual instruction in organ, piano, harpsi- Mus 598 chord, voice, guitar, and orchestral and band Performance program. Public recital during the Jazz Lab Band (1) junior year (30 minutes minimum). instruments. Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequi- Performance of jazz literature in a big bandset- site: audition. ting. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: graduate Mus 49 standing in music. Senior Recital (No credit) Music majors must present all or part of a recital during their senior year.

THEATER ARTS

127 Lincoln Hall Because of Portland State’s urban location, a. the General option, (503) 725-4612 students in the department have been able b. the Performance option, www.fpa.pdx.edu/theaterart.html to work in and for local theater companies c. the Design/Technical Theater option. and are encouraged to do so. The Theater Arts General option adds B.A., B.S. Both majors and minors are urged to the following requirement to the core: Minor arrange with the departmental ofﬁce for an Credits Secondary Education Program adviser. Requirements for Major. In addition 24 elective credits from the Theater Arts M.A., M.S.—Theater Arts curriculum with at least 16 carrying to meeting the general University degree numbers 300 or above...... 24 requirements, the major in theater arts will UNDERGRADUATE meet the following core requirements: Total 80 PROGRAMS Credits The Performance option adds the TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II ...... 6 following recommended courses to the Through classroom study, studio/labora- TA 114, 115 Technical Theater Production core: tory preparation, and University Theater I and II ...... 2 production, the Department of Theater TA 141, 142 Acting I and II...... 8 Credits Arts is committed to providing liberal-arts TA 301 Script Analysis ...... 4 TA 144 Voice for the Actor I...... 3 TA 147 Movement for the Actor ...... 3 based preprofessional training which effec- TA 311 Scene Design I...... 4 TA 316 Technical Theater Lab ...... 2 TA 252 Makeup ...... 2 tively balances theory and practice. Stu- TA 341, 342 Intermediate Acting I and II. . . . .8 dents seeking professional or educational TA 321 Costuming ...... 4 careers, preparing for advanced degree pro- TA 330 Multicultural Theater ...... 4 16 TA 364 Directing I...... 4 grams, or pursuing nonmajor study of the TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art 8 elective credits selected from the arts will participate in a production pro- I and II ...... 8 following: ...... 8 gram encompassing new, modern, and 8 credits chosen from the following: ...... 8 TA 145 Acting Workshop (2) classic works interpreted to confront and TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II TA 241 Improvisational Acting I (3) illuminate the diverse concerns of contem- TA 471 Theater History: Periods/Topics TA 344 Voice for the Actor II (3) porary life. TA 472 Theater History: Major Figures TA 346 Stage Dialects (4) The theater arts faculty encourages a 2 credits of TA 355 Theater Workshop II: TA 353 Theater Workshop II: Acting/ Mgmt/PR ...... 2 Directing (1-3) ﬁrm grounding in all aspects of theater and TA 441 Acting Studio (4) emphasizes the need for individual excel- 56 TA 455 Directing II (4) lence. Faculty are active participants in the TA 460 Advanced Directing (3) Portland theater community and have The theater arts major, depending on worked and continue to work as actors, area of interest and career aspirations, will Total 80 directors, designers, and consultants for select one of three options: many of the area’s professional theaters. 268 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The Design/Technical Theater option con- At least 16 credits of upper-division MASTER OF ARTS OR sists of three tracks. The theater arts major theater arts courses, including 2 credits MASTER OF SCIENCE electing this option will choose to focus in from TA 355, must be taken in residence at Prospective graduate students who plan to one of the following areas: Scenography, Portland State University. earn an M.A. or M.S. degree should present Lighting, or Costume. Requirements for a Minor. To earn a a minimum of 24 credits in theater arts, The Scenography track adds the following recom- minor in theater arts a student must com- including 8 credits in acting, 4 credits in mended courses to the core: plete 28 adviser-approved credits (12 cred- directing, 8 credits in technical theater, and TA 252 Makeup...... 2 its must be taken in residence at Portland 4 credits in costuming, or equivalent TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 State University), to include the following: competencies as determined by the depart- TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 Credits ment. Individual students may be required TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing...... 2 One of the following sequences: ...... 8 to complete additional graduate and TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 TA 111, 112 Technical Theater I and II taken undergraduate courses to make up for defi- TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical with TA 114, 115 Technical Theater ciencies. Theater...... 2 Production (8) The Master of Arts degree is recom- TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 TA 141, 142 Acting I and II (8) mended for students who want to focus 17 Theater Arts electives (at least 12 upper- their graduate study on research and schol- division) ...... 16 arship in the history, literature, and criti- 7 elective credits selected from the following:. .7 Four credits chosen from: ...... 4 TA 312 Scene Painting (3) cism of the theater and who may also plan TA 464, 465 Development of Dramatic Art to continue their graduate work in a doc- TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 credits] I and II TA 414 History of Decor (4) TA 467, 468 Modern Theater I and II toral program in theater. The Master of Sci- TA 430 Scene Design III (3) [Max: 6 credits] TA 471, 472 Theater History ence degree is suggested for students who Courses in the Lighting and/or Costume areas. wish to focus more intensively on perfor- Total 28 mance and production areas in preparation Total 80 Courses taken under the undifferenti- for a career in the professional theater and/ The Lighting track adds the following recom- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not or further degree work in a Master of Fine mended courses to the core: Arts theater program. TA 252 Makeup...... 2 be accepted toward fulfilling department TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 minor requirements, with the exception of All master’s degree students must suc- TA 314 Lighting Design I ...... 3 TA 101 Theater Appreciation, TA 131 cessfully complete a minimum of 45 gradu- TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing...... 2 Understanding Movies, and TA 135 Classic ate credits with at least 33 credits of TA 317 Theater Technologies ...... 2 Movies. approved courses in theater arts. Twelve TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical credits may be taken in approved areas Theater...... 2 SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM outside the Department of Theater Arts. In TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 Adviser: W.M. Tate addition, the student must successfully It is imperative that the student who wishes 17 complete one of the following projects, for to teach theater arts in secondary school be which no fewer than 6 graduate credits in 7 elective credits selected from the following:. .7 in contact with the Department of Theater theater arts will be given: (1) a research TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 credits] Arts secondary education adviser as early TA 435 Lighting Design II (3) [Max: 6 credits] thesis on an approved topic from the fields Courses in the Scenography and/or Costume as possible, so that various options and of theater history, theory, practice, or dra- areas. requirements can be fully explained and a matic literature and criticism; (2) two program of study developed. papers of appropriate length on subjects Total 80 chosen from the fields of theater history, The Costume track adds the following recom- GRADUATE theory, practice, or dramatic literature and mended courses to the core: PROGRAM criticism; (3) a project in directing, scene TA 252 Makeup...... 2 design, lighting design, acting, or costume TA 313 Scene Design II ...... 3 design; or (4) the composition of two one- TA 354 Theater Workshop II: Technical The Theater Arts Department offers the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of act plays or one full-length play. An oral Theater...... 2 examination is required. TA 326 Pattern Development or TA 327 Science. The program of each graduate Costume Technology...... 4 student is planned in consultation with the The Master of Arts student must dem- TA 421 Costume Design...... 3 departmental adviser. onstrate competence in the use of a foreign TA 425 History of Dress I...... 4 A prospective student shall be admitted language and will typically complete the to graduate study after the department has degree program with a thesis, playwriting, 18 reviewed the student’s qualifications and or two paper project. The Master of Science 6 elective credits selected from the following:. .6 recommended acceptance into the specific student must demonstrate expertise in TA 325 Costume Construction (2) degree program. skills pertaining to either advanced theater TA 326 Pattern Development (4) The prospective M.A./M.S. graduate performance or design and will typically or TA 327 Costume Technology (4) student who, after initial admission to the complete the degree program with a TA 406 Special Projects (TBA) [Max: 6 credits] project in directing, acting, scene design, TA 426 History of Dress II (4) graduate program, does not enroll for Courses in the Scenography and/or Lighting classes within one calendar year shall have costume design or lighting design, a project areas. admission to the degree program canceled. in playwriting, or a two-paper project. Degree Requirements. University mas- Total 80 ter’s degree requirements are listed on Courses taken under the undifferenti- page 65. Specific departmental require- ated grading option (pass/no pass) will not ments are listed below. be accepted toward fulfilling department major requirements. S CHOOL OF FINE AND PERFORMING ARTS 269

TA 147 TA 316 COURSES Movement for the Actor (3) Technical Theater Lab (2) Introduction to concepts and techniques of the- Laboratory course designed to allow students to Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered atrical movement and physical theater. Will uti- further develop stagecraft skills and gain addi- every year. lize a variety of relaxation, centering, stylization, tional practical production experience. Prerequi- TA 101 and imagery exercises designed to increase body site: TA 111, 112, 114, 115. Theater Appreciation (4) awareness and expressiveness. Skills in ensem- *TA 317 This course is intended as a general introduction ble, mime, mask, and light acrobatics will be Theater Technologies (2) to the art of the theater: acting; directing; play- developed. Study and practical application of advanced writing; scenic, costume, and lighting design. TA 199 techniques and materials in all aspects of stage- Emphasis is placed on theater as a performing Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) craft, including properties design and construc- art today rather than upon the history or origins tion and special effects. Prerequisite: TA 111, of the theater. The class, in part, involves atten- TA 241, 242 Improvisational Acting I, II (3, 3) 112, 114, 115, 316. dance at live performances and events in the Seeks to acquaint the student through exercises, Portland area. TA 321 theater games, and study of basic techniques for Costuming (4) TA 111, 112 creative role playing with the skills and tech- An introduction to the theory, techniques, and Technical Theater I, II (3, 3) niques necessary for improvisational acting and design principles of contemporary stage cos- First term of sequence concerns the planning development of material for public performance. tume. Prerequisite: TA 301. and building of sets and stage properties, and Must be taken in sequence. the production organization skills needed to TA 325 Costume Production (2) mount theatrical productions. Second term adds TA 252 Makeup (2) A study and practical application of stage cos- elements of stage lighting, scene painting, and A study of the basic principles of the art and tume construction techniques, beginning and theater sound. Both terms require a three-hour technique of stage makeup. advanced. Students will participate in the con- lab period per week and participation in depart- TA 253 struction of costumes for departmental produc- mental productions presented that term. Must tions. Prerequisite: 3 credits of theater arts. be taken in sequence. Workshop Theater I (1-3) Training in theater production through the Maximum 6 credits. TA 114, 115 intensive study and rehearsal of scenes and *TA 326 Technical Theater Production I, II (1, 1) plays. Maximum: 12 credits. Pattern Development (1-4) Attached lab to TA 111, 112 will combine A study and practical application of the methods skills in practical construction of stage sets with TA 299 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) for creating patterns for theatrical costumes, actual production experience on department including flat drafting, draping, and period pat- productions. TA 301 Script Analysis (4) tern adaptation. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. TA 131 Examination and analysis of fundamental princi- *TA 327 Understanding Movies (4) ples of dramatic structure, form, and style Costume Technology (1-4) An introductory course in film appreciation with through study and analysis of representative A study and practical application of costume special emphasis on cinema as a dramatic art. plays selected from major periods. Emphasis on craft and decorative techniques, including fabric Elements to be considered will include cinema- the production implications of selected texts. dyeing and painting and accessories fabrication. tography, performance, edited image, and Prerequisite: TA 321. sound. Selected films will be shown. TA 311 Scene Design I (4) TA 330 TA 135 A study of visual arts principles as related to Multicultural Theater (1-4) Classic Movies (4) scenic design. Projects in stage geography, design Exploration of the diversity of our society Study and analysis of representative films with composition, and visual imagery are used to through theater—comparing and contrasting the special emphasis on the importance of directo- develop the student’s communication skills in works of certain ethnic specific writers and those rial concept and the screenplay. Relationships the area of scenic design. Prerequisites: TA 111, writers often considered to be in the mainstream between film and theater will be examined. 112, 114, 115, 301, 316. of the modern theater. TA 141, 142 *TA 312 TA 341, 342 Acting I, II (4, 4) Intermediate Acting (4, 4) This sequence is concerned with both the Scene Painting (3) Training to extend the student’s basic skills in Study and practice in acting technique, scene method and the techniques of the actor. Must be traditional methods and techniques of scene analysis, and interpretation of dramatic materials taken sequentially. Students are urged to present painting. Prerequisites: TA 111, 112, 114, 115, for performance. Must be taken in sequence. themselves in public performance during the 316. Prerequisites: TA 141, 142. sequence. TA 313 *TA 344 TA 144 Scene Design II (3) Voice for the Actor II (3) Voice for the Actor I (3) Basic principles of scenic design for the theater. An intermediate course in the principles of voice An introductory course in basic principles and Prerequisites: TA 311, 315. production for the stage, concepts and tech- techniques of voice production specifically for niques for adapting the voice to various stage stage performance including physiology, breath TA 314 Lighting Design I (3) environments, and techniques necessary for ana- support and resonance, articulation and lyzing stage speech problems and developing projection. Study of the history and practice in lighting theater productions together with considerations of appropriate solutions. Prerequisite: TA 144. * TA 145 contemporary technical innovations in the field. *TA 346 Acting Workshop (2) Prerequisites: TA 112, 115, 301, 315, 316. Stage Dialects (4) Rehearsal, performance, and analysis of scenes An introduction to the method and techniques directed by Directing I students for studio pre- *TA 315 Technical Theater Drawing (2) of dialect production for theatrical performance, sentation and critique. Prerequisite: TA 141. including a survey of basic American, English, Maximum: 6 credits. An introductory course designed to develop drafting and drawing skills in the student and to and European dialects. * TA 146 help prepare him/her for future design and tech- TA 353 Acting/Playwriting Workshop (3) nical work in the theater. Prerequisites: TA 111, Workshop Theater II: Acting-directing (1-3) Readings, discussions, and walk-throughs of 114. Workshop in acting-directing. Maximum: 6 plays written by Playwriting II students. Prereq- credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: uisite: TA 142. consent of instructor. 270 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

TA 354 *TA 421/521 TA 464/564, 465/565 Workshop Theater II: Technical Theater Costume Design (3) Development of Dramatic Art (4, 4) (1-3) An in-depth study of costume design principles. Survey of dramatic literature and theater history Workshop in technical theater. Maximum: 6 Emphasis is placed on the design of costumes for from ancient times to the emergence of the credits toward major requirements. Prerequisite: speciﬁc plays, using a variety of styles and ren- modern theater in the 19th century. The course consent of instructor. dering media. Prerequisites: TA 321, 325. is chronological in its presentation but each term TA 355 *TA 425/525, 426/526 may be taken separately. Workshop Theater II: Management And History of Dress I, II (4, 4) TA 467/567, 468/568 Public Relations (1-3) Historical survey of dress in Western civilization Modern Theater I, II (4, 4) Workshop in theater management and public from ancient Egyptian to modern times with A consideration of theater and drama from the relations.Maximum: 6 credits toward major emphasis on the aesthetic, cultural, and political late 19th and early 20th century to the present. requirements. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. expressions of clothing. Course may be taken Representative plays chosen from continental TA 364 out of sequence. Prerequisite: upper-division European, English, Irish, and American reperto- Directing I (4) standing. ries. Examination of key directors and trends in Study and practice in play analysis and directing TA 430/530 staging. Course may be taken out of sequence. of scenes. Prerequisites: TA 141, 142, 301. Scene Design III (3) Prerequisite: upper-division standing. TA 399 Advanced study of scenic design problems and TA 471/571 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) concept development. Maximum: 6 credits. Pre- Theater History: Periods and Topics (1-4) TA 401/501 requisite: TA 313. Concentrated study of a particular period and/or Research (Credit to be arranged.) *TA 435/535 topic in theater history: for example, Ancient TA 402/502 Lighting Design II (3) Greek Theater and Drama, Medieval and Renais- Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) Advanced practice in lighting design skills and sance Theater, Theater and Science, Restoration/ TA 404/504 techniques, including image projection. Stu- 18th Century Drama, American Theater and Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit dents will participate in departmental produc- Drama, and Theatrical Expressionism. Prerequi- to be arranged.) tions. Maximum: 6 credits. Prerequisite: TA 314. site: TA 464 and 465 or appropriate sophomore TA 405/505 *TA 441/541 inquiry course. Reading and Conference (Credit to be Acting Studio (1-5) TA 472/572 arranged.) Advanced studio work and individual projects in Theater History: Major Figures (1-4) TA 406/506 acting to consist of analysis, preparation, Concentrated study of the contribution of one or Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) rehearsal, and studio performance of dramatic more major theater artists: for example, Ibsen, TA 407/507 material representing a range of forms and styles. Stanislavsky, Appia, Brecht, and Artaud. Prereq- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Maximum: 18 credits. Prerequisites: 16 credits uisite: upper-division standing. Recent topics have included Introduction to of acting or equivalent plus instructor approval TA 474/574, 475/575 Playwriting and Women, Theater, and Society. based on audition and/or interview. Playwriting I, II (4, 4) TA 408/508 TA 455/555 A sequence in playwriting involving analysis of Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) Directing II (4) dramatic structure, practical application of playwriting techniques. Must be taken sequentially. TA 409/509 Advanced practice in analysis and directing of Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) plays for public performance. Prerequisites: TA Prerequisite: 8 credits of TA and/or English. 111, 112, 114, 115, 316, 364. TA 410/510 TA 503 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *TA 460/560 Thesis—(Credit to be arranged.) *TA 414/514 Advanced Directing (3) TA 511 History of Decor(4) Speciﬁc problems in directorial methods and Introduction to Theater Research (2) A historical survey of period decor focusing on styles for presentation in public performance. An introductory course in research methods and furniture and interior architectural detail from Prerequisite: TA 455 or equivalent experience. bibliography for graduate study in theater. Egyptian to modern times with emphasis on periods most commonly used in theater production. Prerequisite: 6 credits of theater arts. GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

JAMES H. WARD, DEAN EILEEN M. BRENNAN, ASSOCIATE DEAN 400 UNIVERSITY CENTER BUILDING, 527 SW HALL, (503) 725-4712 www.ssw.pdx.edu/

M.S.W. The curriculum combines concurrent Ph.D. on-campus coursework and field work in a range of human service organizations. Typi- The Graduate School of Social Work offers cal practice settings are mental health pro- the only accredited graduate social work grams, public welfare and human service education programs in Oregon. The School agencies, schools, hospitals and health care was established at Portland State University centers, courts, family service agencies, in 1962 by a resolution of the Oregon Leg- correctional services, community planning islature. Two degree programs are offered agencies, legislative offices, child and youth by the School: a Master of Social Work service agencies, neighborhood centers, (M.S.W.) degree, which is fully accredited multicultural service centers, and programs by the Council on Social Work Education, for persons who are elderly. Each student’s and a Ph.D. degree in Social Work and program of study consists of a combination Social Research. of required and elective courses. The In addition to the two degree programs, required core courses are in the following the School is composed of four other edu- areas: (1) social work practice, (2) social cational components: Extended Studies welfare policy and services, (3) human Program in Social Work, which offers non- behavior in the social environment, and (4) degree programs; the Regional Research research. Core courses also cover content Institute for Human Services, a research in the following areas: economic and social facility developed by the Graduate School justice, populations at risk, ethics and val- of Social Work for applied research and ues, and diversity. Additionally, students development; the Child Welfare Partner- participate in field instruction during each ship, a cooperative program with the State of the two years of full-time study. Office for Services to Children and Fami- Three plans of study are available. In lies; and the Center for the Study of Mental the two-year (six-term) option, students Health Policy and Services, which is a enroll in two or three courses and partici- social work research development center. pate in a field practicum each term. In the three-year (nine-term) option, students GRADUATE enroll in two courses per term in the first PROGRAMS year and complete additional courses and practica during the next two years. In Sep- MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK tember 1997, a three-year distance learning The Master of Social Work degree program option admitted a cohort of students in is designed to prepare graduates for entry four sites around the state of Oregon to a into advanced practice in direct human ser- concentration in direct human services vices, community-based practice, or social practice. In the four-year option, students service administration and program man- enroll in two classes per term in the first agement. Students may focus their studies and third years and field practicum and on a selected field of service: mental health; one class per term in the second and fourth children, youth, and families; the elderly; years. Day and evening sections of many health care; and services in the juvenile jus- courses are available. Since 1997, the tice or adult correctional systems among School has offered a part-time M.S.W. dis- others. tance option at sites around Oregon. 272 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Also, a certificate in gerontology may be Health Policy and Services, and the Child dents must maintain continuous registra- obtained through the Institute on Aging Welfare Partnership with the Oregon State tion while engaged in dissertation research. while the student completes requirements Office of Services for Children and Families Final Examination. At the completion for the M.S.W. degree. are major resources for the program. of doctoral work, the student defends the Admission to the M.S.W. Program. Degree Requirements. The course of completed dissertation before the disserta- Students are admitted fall term only. study is focused for each student by analy- tion committee and other interested faculty Admission is selective; applications and all sis of a specific social problem. The course and doctoral students. The student is supporting materials must be submitted by of study consists of three major compo- expected to demonstrate knowledge of the February 1 for consideration for admission nents: required and elective coursework; topic selected for study, and to show that in September. Early submission of applica- required and elective practicum experi- the dissertation is a contribution to knowl- tion materials is encouraged. Further infor- ences; and dissertation research. A compre- edge in the problem area. mation and application forms may be hensive examination must be passed. An Admission to the Ph.D. Program. obtained by writing: Graduate School of oral dissertation defense provides a final Applicants for admission to this program Social Work, Portland State University, opportunity for examination of the area on must have a master’s degree in social work P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. The which work has focused. or have a master’s degree in a related field telephone number is (503) 725-3949 or Course Requirements. Each doctoral enhanced by experience in the field of 725-4712. student is required to select a social prob- social welfare. Students with a master’s The M.S.W. program of the Graduate lem for study. In the course of doctoral degree in another field may enter a com- School of Social Work is open to qualified studies, the student will become knowl- bined program, in which they work simul- graduates from colleges and universities of edgeable about the theoretical background taneously toward the M.S.W. and Ph.D. recognized standing. Undergraduate prepa- necessary to understand this area of inter- degrees. Applicants must have demon- ration should include a broad background est and proficient in the methodology strated capacity for creative and indepen- in liberal arts and sciences including appropriate for study of the problem. dent work. At least two year’s practice human biology, social sciences, and The coursework for the program con- experience in social work or a related field humanities. Competence in written and sists of three elements: core requirements is recommended. Students must apply to spoken English is important for social designed to ensure a solid foundation in and be accepted into the doctoral program work practice. Students whose native lan- the history, theory, and organization of after admission to the University as a grad- guage is not English should include the social responses to social problems; social uate student. As part of the admission pro- scores of the Test of English as a Foreign research methods and statistics and super- cedure, students must furnish: Language (TOEFL). Students who have vised research practicum experience; and transcripts of undergraduate and gradu- completed up to one year of study toward elective courses related to the student’s plan ate studies; the M.S.W. degree at another graduate of study. Students declare a cognate area scores for the Graduate Record Exami- school of social work accredited by the and must take 8 quarter credit hours out- nation (GRE); Council on Social Work Education may side of the Graduate School of Social Work an example of scholarly writing; apply for admission and transfer of credits. in that substantive area. Up to 21 credits names of four references, two of whom Students admitted to the master’s pro- may be taken in departments or programs must be academic; gram are required to be in continuous other than social work. Each student’s pro- a statement outlining the social problem enrollment unless an approved leave of gram will be individually planned and area in which the student is interested; absence has been granted. A student who approved. and withdraws from the School must reapply. A research practicum is required. This a personal statement. Degree Requirements. The Portland involves participating in ongoing or Application must be made by January State University general master’s degree agency- or university-based research under 15; admission to the program is in the fall requirements are listed on page 65. The the direction of a qualified supervisor. A term only. social work M.S.W. student is expected to teaching practicum (M.S.W. required) may Residence. The program will require complete a minimum of 90 quarter credits be elected. the equivalent of approximately three year’s of required and elective courses of which Comprehensive Examination. A writ- full-time work to complete if the student 54 credits are in classroom instruction and ten comprehensive examination is taken in enters with an M.S.W. Three consecutive research and 36 credits are in field instruc- two parts. The first part is taken after com- terms must be spent in full-time residence tion. Research requirements may be satis- pletion of foundation coursework. The (9 credit hours or more) on campus. The fied by completion of 8 credits in research second part is written when coursework is minimum credit hour requirement for the courses. substantially complete. Ph.D. is 90, of which at least 27 must be Dissertation. After successful comple- devoted to the dissertation. The Portland PH.D. IN SOCIAL WORK AND tion of the comprehensive examination, the State University general doctoral degree SOCIAL RESEARCH chairperson and dissertation committee is requirements are listed on page 63. The Graduate School of Social Work offers appointed. The student develops a disserta- the Ph.D. in Social Work and Social tion proposal which will be defended orally Research. The program offers a unique EXTENDED before the dissertation committee and opportunity to integrate practice, policy, STUDIES other interested faculty and students. and research. The program prepares stu- When the proposal has been approved by dents to understand critical social welfare The Extended Studies Program of the the dissertation committee and by the Uni- problems, to conduct research and policy Graduate School of Social Work is designed versity Human Subjects Research Review analysis related to solutions, to take to address the post-master’s educational committee, the student is considered a can- responsibility for program development needs of social workers and other human didate for the Ph.D. in social work and and administration in the human services, service professionals; develop and sustain social research. and to teach and provide leadership. The staff training and education programs in A dissertation must be completed following Regional Research Institute for Human Ser- collaboration with state and local agencies; the outlines of the approved proposal. Stu- vices, the Center for the Study of Mental and make extended studies in the area of G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 273

social work and social problems accessible ENTER FOR THE STUDY OF SW 500 statewide. C Field Instruction I-VI (Credit to be arranged.) In cooperation with professional organi- MENTAL HEALTH POLICY AND SERVICES SW 501 zations, the Extended Studies Program in Data Analysis in Social Work Research Social Work is prepared to provide confer- The Graduate School of Social Work added (Credit to be arranged.) ences, lectures, new career learning, and another structural component in May Focuses on advanced techniques of qualitative recent information on practice, human and quantitative data analysis/interpretation for 1996, the Center for the Study of Mental behavior, policy, management, supervision, social work practice and program evaluation. Health Policy and Services: a Social Work and ethics. Further information may be Emphasis on comparing, contrasting, and com- Research Development Center (CSMHPS). obtained by writing the Graduate School of bining these processes of social research, includ- The purpose of the CSMHPS is to pro- Social Work, Portland State University, ing conceptualization, operationalization and duce high-quality social work researchers measurement, sampling, data collection, data P.O. Box 751, Portland, OR 97207. in an active program of public mental analysis, probability, and descriptive and infer- health research. This is accomplished ential statistics. Introduction to the production CHILD WELFARE through: (1) an organized program of fac- of research through secondary analysis and/or PARTNERSHIP ulty development; (2) recruitment, sup- original research. Prerequisite: SW 550. port, and mentorship of doctoral students SW 502 In 1994, the Graduate School of Social in mental health research; (3) expansion Laboratory (Credit to be arranged.) Work, the State Office for Services to Chil- and strengthening of current relationships SW 503 Thesis I, II III (Credit to be arranged.) dren Families (SCF), and the School of with other research organizations at Port- Extended Studies entered into a partner- SW 504 land State University, Oregon Health Sci- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit ship aimed at improving the delivery of ences University, and community agencies to be arranged.) child welfare services to abused and as research collaborators and research SW 505 neglected children and their families practicum sites; and (4) enhancement of Reading and Conference (Credit to be throughout Oregon. The Child Welfare the institutional infrastructure, including a arranged.) Partnership consists of three interdepen- specialized mental health library collection. SW 506 dent components: The faculty development program con- Special Problems (Credit to be arranged.) 1. graduate social work education; sists of an annual series of advanced SW 507 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) 2. child welfare training programs; and research workshops open to all faculty and SW 508 3. child welfare research and evaluation. students, a more specific training/consultation series, and individual faculty develop- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) The advanced social work education ment plans funded by the CSMHPS. SW 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) component provides advanced education A research design/statistical consulting through a master’s degree for SCF employ- SW 520 group works with the study teams, pilot Social Work and Social Welfare Policy (4) ees and PSU graduate students interested project investigators, and other faculty and in public child welfare careers. The School Course defines and describes social welfare students wishing to develop research policy and the policy-making process. Examines of Extended Studies trains SCF staff and projects. Research and research develop- historical and contemporary issues and their caseworkers who provide services to fami- ment activities are focused on mental impact on the profession of social work and the lies and children. Foster and adoptive par- health issues for both children and adults. institution of social welfare. Emphasis is given to ents also receive training through this Cultural competence issues are addressed policy analysis and the development of policy- program. The Child Welfare Partnership in for all CSMHPS activities. practice skills from the perspective of social and conjunction with the Regional Research economic justice. Highlights the relationships Institute for Human Services provides between social problems, social policies, social applied research and evaluation for COURSES programs, and social work practice. improvement of child welfare programs. SW 522 Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered All components of the partnership are Issues in Child Welfare (4) every year. Discusses the rapid change in the goals and jointly administered by SCF and PSU. SW 301 methods of child welfare agencies, those agen- The partnership is a national model for Introduction to Social Work (3) cies charged with the protection of children and restructuring human service delivery. It An introduction to the profession and practice of the provision of permanency in their lives. improves opportunities for current child social work. Assists students to clarify decisions Analysis of the formation of policy to reflect welfare workers who wish to gain addi- concerning selection of social work as a profes- empirically based knowledge, ever changing tional professional training, it directs new sion; relates beginning social science theory to community forces, and developing practice wis- social work graduates into public service, the profession. Prerequisites: 3 credits of psy- dom. Explores major issues facing child welfare and it enhances professional and training chology and 3 credits of sociology. services today. Develops skills for policy change. curriculum through the use of research and SW 399 Prerequisite: SW 520. evaluation. Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) SW 523 Further information may be obtained SW 405 Health Care Policies and Programs (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be Advanced policy course analyzes the history of by writing to the Graduate School of Social arranged.) selected health care policies, programs, and dis- Work, Portland State University, P.O. Box Consent of instructor. ease categories within the context of social work 751, Portland, OR 97207 or visiting the SW 407 practice in health care. Contemporary outcomes child Welfare Partnership website at http:// Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) in current health and service delivery systems www.cwp.pdx.edu. Consent of instructor. presented from a policy perspective. Develops skills for policy change. Prerequisite: SW 520. SW 410 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) SW 530 Restricted to students in the Child and Family Generalist Social Work Practice I (4) Studies degree program. Overview of the major influences on the service delivery system with special emphasis on the multiple roles of the generalist social worker, 274 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

social work values, and ethics. Development of needs. Focuses on working as a team, utilization Multidisciplinary teamwork, crisis intervention, interviewing skills with focus on engagement, of community resources, and selection of appro- and ethical dilemmas in health care practice development of rapport, definition of purpose, priate intervention strategies. Explores individ- explored. Prerequisite: SW 532. and advocacy. Introduction to theory and the ual and community resilience while assisting in SW 555 change process at five levels of social work prac- implementing local strategies that strengthen Social Work Perspectives on Mental Health tice: individual, family, group, organization, and protective factors and lower risk factors for eth- Disorders (4) community. Special attention to the issues of cul- nically and culturally diverse families, schools, Explores the major mental disorders from an tural diversity and populations at risk. Based on neighborhoods and communities. Prerequisite: understanding of the biological, psychological, the strengths and ecological systems perspec- SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. social, and cultural determinants of mental ill- tives. Corequisite: SW 500. SW 537, 538 ness. Emphasis given to the changing roles of SW 531 Advanced Social Service Administration social workers who work with people diagnosed Generalist Social Work Practice II (4) and Management I, II (4, 4) with a mental illness. Topics include history and Based on the generalist social work practice Examines ways of providing high quality, effec- theories of mental illness, DSM IV classification principles, assessment and goal formulation tive, culturally appropriate social work services. systems, biopsychosocial model assessment aspects of the change process emphasized at Emphasizes interpersonal and technical skills to which includes diagnostic interviewing, spe- multiple levels: individual, family, group, organi- manage social work programs, teams, and work cialty topics (e.g., homelessness, poverty) and zation, and community. Family-centered groups. Courses focus upon managing organiza- critique of conventional and emerging empirical approach is focused upon. Development of tional issues and human resources. Builds on the perspectives. Prerequisites: SW 532, SW 540. interviewing skills related to assessment with philosophy of consumer-centered management. SW 557 cultural considerations. Collaboration and team- Prerequisite: SW 532; corequisite: SW 500. Social Work with Depressed Clients (4) work examined. Introduction to evaluation. SW 540 Depression is the leading mental health problem Application of strengths and ecological systems Human Behavior in the Social Environment (4) known today. Because depressive disorders are perspectives to assessment. Prerequisite: SW Examines the biological, psychological, social, characterized by a complex of biological, psy- 530; corequisite SW 500. and cultural factors interacting across the life chosocial, and intrapsychic components, this SW 532 course from infancy to old age from an ecologi- course will take a multi focal approach to assess- Generalist Social Work Practice III (4) cal systems perspective. Discusses and critiques ment and treatment. The goal is for students to Based on the generalist social work practice major theoretical approaches to human develop- be able to determine the most effective interven- model, intervention and evaluation at multiple ment in its social and cultural contexts. Consid- tions for particular subgroups of depressed cli- levels: individual, family, group, organization, ers populations at risk and the impacts of racism ents. Includes dual diagnosis and suicide and community. Family-centered approach with and other forms of oppression on development. assessment. Prerequisite: SW 532. emphasis on strategies of promoting empower- Emphasis on the sources of diversity such as eth- SW 558 ment, equity, and social justice. Development of nicity, race, gender, sexual orientation, and Abuse and Trauma: Theory and interviewing skills for intervention and role dis- handicapping conditions. Intervention (4) engagement. Examination of the entire change SW 545/645 Examines the impact of trauma and abuse on process with focus on evaluation strategies and Advanced Theories of Human Behavior in adults, children, and families. Acute and long- technologies. Prerequisite: SW 531, corequisite the Social Environment (4) term sequelae will be identified, emphasizing the SW 500. Provides an opportunity for students to explore interaction of traumatic and developmental SW 533 current theoretical developments in the social effects. An integrative biopsychosocial interven- Advanced Practice for Direct Human and behavioral sciences which apply to social tion model for working with individuals, groups, Services I (4) work practice including populations at risk. and families will be explored through crisis and Reviews the problem-solving process and intro- Taught in different sections each of which covers trauma, psychodynamic, constructivist, narra- duces the process of constructing a frame of ref- social and cultural contexts for human behavior tive, and feminist theories. Policy practice and erence or model of practice. Addresses the in the social environment. May be repeated for advocacy issues, ethical and ideological issues, evaluation of practice and theories for under- additional credit. Prerequisite: SW 540. and current clinical, research, and policy debates standing individuals and how they both seek SW 546 in the field will be identified and discussed. The and resist change. Application of theories to the Human Sexuality and Social Work (4) relationship of clinical narrative to contempo- direct social work practice process with consid- Physiological, psychological and cultural per- rary social discourse about abuse and trauma eration of the importance of culture, strengths, spectives of human sexuality presented and dis- will set the framework for the course, including and empowerment. Prerequisite: SW 532; coreq- cussed. Application of social work assessment clinical and empirical knowledge regarding uisite: SW 500. and change strategies relevant to personal and effects of abuse and trauma and efficacy of treat- SW 534 interpersonal dynamics of sexual and intimacy ment. Prerequisite: SW 532. Advanced Practice for Direct Human concerns. Prerequisites: SW 532, 540. SW 559 Services II (4) SW 550 Brief Therapy and Other Short-term Social Addresses the family of origin perspective on Foundation of Social Work Research (4) Work Interventions (4) family systems theory. Both the worker’s and the Introduction to research in social work. Stresses Overview of brief therapy theories, principles, client’s families of origin considered as sources of the importance of research to social work prac- and interventions including crisis intervention. influence on the intervention process. Provides tice and policy. Introduction to qualitative and Application to a variety of clients in a diversity of advanced consideration of family centered prac- quantitative social work research, group designs, settings. Client selection, assessment, goals and tice and integration of other theories with family single case studies, and evaluation of programs objectives, intervention, and evaluation covered. systems theory. Prerequisite: SW 533; corequi- and of practice. Introduction to critical con- Additional focus on types of crisis interventions site: SW 500. sumption of research, to ethics of social work with integration of applicable theories and strat- SW 535, 536 research. Considers scientific method, system- egies. Includes case presentations. Prerequisite: Advanced Community-Based Practice I, II atic inquiry, relation of theory to research, prob- SW 532. (4, 4) lem formulation, measurement, sampling, SW 560 Emphasizes the person-environment interplay design, and data collection. Social Work with Lesbians, Gay Males, and with a focus on collaborative partnerships SW 554 Bisexuals (4) between local citizens, leaders, associations, and Social Work and Health Care (4) Designed for social work students who want to institutions. Discusses assessment, planning and Presents an overview of social work across health acquire information on social work with and on intervention at the individual, family, neighbor- care settings and systems. Physiological, psycho- behalf of lesbians, gay men, and bisexuals. Edu- hood, and service delivery system levels. Utilizes social, and cultural components of illness con- cates students to problems lesbians, gay men, an assets-based, community development per- sidered for individuals, families, and groups. and bisexuals face as the result of oppression as spective to assist individuals, families and com- well as to the strengths and resilience of this munities in identifying and meeting community population. Provides academic and experiential content necessary for: understanding the culture G RADUATE SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK 275

and social reality of lesbian, gay and bisexual work with mentally ill populations or families sented. Terminology, theory, and cross-cultural people; examining societal and internalized into class assignments/projects. Prerequisite: literature are employed by students developing homophobia and heterosexism; developing SW 532. action plans to promote greater competency in practice skills, and identifying policy issues rele- SW 570 agencies and organizations. vant to lesbian, gay, and bisexual rights. Program Evaluation (4) SW 577 SW 561 Models of program evaluation, organizational Social Work with Addictive Behaviors (4) Clinical Social Work with Groups (4) context of evaluation and relationship to treat- Presents the basic concepts of addiction, as they Deals with the theory and practice of clinical ment, supervisory, and managerial functions in relate to: various types of chemical dependency social work within the wide range of groups in human service organizations. Focuses on the and other addictive behaviors such as eating dis- which social workers participate as workers and process of conducting a program evaluation, orders; basic information concerning selected co-workers. Articulates issues related to group with emphasis on data analysis. Computerized drugs; current approaches of intervention with process and development as to their effect on the database management models reviewed in rela- the addict; and, the role of contextual systems, group experience. Includes leadership strategies tion to evaluation activities. Prerequisite: SW with emphasis on the family. Also considers and diverse populations. Prerequisites: SW 532. 550. how the addictive behavior affects contextual SW 562 SW 571 systems. Social Work with the Dying and Their Social Work with Alcoholics, Substance SW 578/678 Families (4) Abusers, and Their Families (4) Social Work in the Juvenile and Criminal Examination of death at all stages of the life cycle Designed to provide students with foundation Justice Systems (4) with exploration of its effects on the individual, knowledge in direct social work practice with Grapples with the problem of criminal and the family, and the helper. Review of theory and substance abusers and their families. The pri- delinquent behavior. Considers current contro- research about grief and reconsideration of mary goal is to assist students in further devel- versies concerning the origin and meaning of the schema about grief resolution. Coping empha- opment and application of knowledge learned in behavior; the socio-economic and multi-cul- sized, given unique cultural and religious differ- prior methods courses to their work with sub- tural characteristics of contemporary life con- ences. Consideration of the role of technology in stance abusers and their families. Prerequisite: tributing to delinquency and crime; social work’s end-of-life decision making. Discusses social ser- SW 532. role in the “people-processing system”; the major vice assistance for persons with HIV/AIDS, their SW 572 current treatment modalities and inquiry into families, partners, and friends. Prerequisite: Women’s Issues in Social Work Practice (4) their effectiveness; social policy issues confront- SW 532. Examines the experience of women from devel- ing the juvenile justice system; and current SW 563 opmental, multi-cultural, and gender perspec- policy and practice trends toward incarceration Social Work with Children and Their tives. Policy and practice considerations are and away from rehabilitation. Prerequisite: Families (4) addressed and applied to circumstances and SW 520. Explores clinical social work practice with trou- concerns of women as a group. SW 580 bled children and their families. Critically exam- SW 573 Case Management in Human Services (4) ines theories of normal and abnormal Social Work with Populations at Risk (4) Presents the development, concepts, and prac- development as well as alternative models of Considers forces associated with identification of tice principles utilized in the design and delivery intervention and their applications. Delineation groups at risk. Examines selected sub-groups of case management within the human service and demonstration of specific clinical strategies using homeless mentally ill people as exemplars. area. Emphasizes strengths and relationships. and techniques with opportunities to practice Discusses the structural and cultural differences Perspectives of client, direct service practitioner, and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. associated with risk. Reviews and explicates pol- planner, and the administrator explored. SW 564 icies, principles, and practice of social work with SW 601 Social Work with Adolescents and Their populations at risk. Research (Credit to be arranged.) Families (4) SW 574 SW 603 Explores clinical social work practice with trou- Social Work with the Frail Elderly (4) Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.) bled adolescents and their families. Critically Focuses on social work with the frail and vulner- examines theories of normal and abnormal SW 605 able aged. Social, psychological, physical, and Reading and Conference (Credit to be development as well as alternative models of environmental aspects of frailty and vulnerability arranged.) intervention and their applications. Delineation in old age are studied, and social work interven- and demonstration of specific clinical strategies SW 607 tions with this population are explored. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and techniques with opportunities to practice and apply to field work. Prerequisite: SW 532. SW 575 SW 610 Ethnic Competence in Social Work Practice Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) SW 566 (4) SW 620 Staff Development and Supervision (4) Examines different perspectives on acquiring Supervision and staff development presented Social Problem Analysis: Assessment Phase ethnic competence. Reviews different practice (4) and examined in relation to direct management methods such as ethnic sensitive practice, cul- First in a three course sequence. Focuses on the and community-based social work practice. tural awareness, counseling cross culturally and assessment phase of the problem solving process Roles of supervision in a variety of contexts culturally competent practice. Each of the applied to the student’s selected social problem. addressed. Models and techniques compared approaches will be examined to determine their Emphasis on gathering the information neces- and integrated with relevant theoretical perspec- relevance, foci, and methods for promoting ser- sary for a comprehensive analysis of the social tives. Prerequisite: SW 532. vices which are sensitive to, and appropriate in, problem. Involves examination of the major SW 567 Community Practice with the the cultural context of the client system. models of society and relevant cultural, histori- Long-term Mentally Ill (4) Employs a systems framework for understanding cal, and policy-practice issues. Focuses on the characteristics of people with the impact of cultural differences on the helping long-term mental illness, the impact of the ill- SW 621 process. Students will also learn how values and Social Problem Analysis: Intervention Phase ness on the individuals and their families, and customs of the larger society shape experiences (4) the basic practice principles that contribute to and life chances for ethnically diverse people. Intervention phase of the social problem solving effective community practice with this popula- SW 576 process applied to the student’s selected social tion. Topics include psychosocial rehabilitation, Developing Culturally Competent problem. Focus is on the development of a case management, psychopharmacology, dual Organizations (4) multi-level intervention plan based on review of diagnosis, and advocacy. Deinstitutionalization Covers the cultural competence model and how empirical literature. Program theory and theories and other relevant policies are reviewed. Stu- organizations and systems prepare for diversity. of change will be explored. Analysis of policy- dents are expected to incorporate clinical field The genesis and the elements, principles, and level interventions and related effectiveness liter- value base of the model explored. Examples for agencies and systems preparing for diversity pre- 276 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ature. Construction of logic models. Integration SW 641, 642 and support groups. A national program of of policy and practice will be emphasized. Pre- Research Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) research in the field of mental health was requisite: SW 620. Participation in a research study under the initiated in 1984 when the Research and supervision of appropriate faculty. Opportunity SW 622 to master research skills which fit the student’s Training Center on Family Support and Social Problem Analysis: Evaluation Phase Children’s Mental Health began. In 1996, (4) learning needs. Time on site working on the Evaluation phase of the problem solving process project is 200 hours: this can be in a block or the Center for the Study of Mental Health applied to social problems. Focus on evaluation spread over up to three quarters, the pattern to Policy and Services was funded—the of decisions and their implementation in social be determined by student and principal investi- fourth social work research development agencies. Multi-level monitoring (population-at- gator on the project. Portfolio of research experi- center in the nation. risk, programs, and client) taught as part of con- ences developed. Prerequisite: SW 632. The institute enjoys a base of support tinuing intervention planning. Attention given to SW 650 from the University and has received more developments in client tracking, quality control, History and Philosophy of Social Welfare than $27 million in grants and contracts. multi-level impact analysis, policy/practice out- and Social Work (4) History, philosophy, and ethics of social welfare The aim of the institute is to improve come measurement, research design and statisti- the manner in which social services and cal analysis. Internet search techniques and and social work. Focus is on the interaction of database management techniques taught. Refor- social work and social welfare developments service delivery systems are designed, man- mulation of problems as the outcome of evalua- with wider economic, social, and political forces. aged, and evaluated. Motivated by a con- tion to help students tie together the phases of Major philosophical, theoretical, and political cern for social change, the institute is problem solving. Prerequisite: SW 621. issues, the growth and impact of professionaliza- prepared to examine all aspects of the com- tion, and the development of social work meth- SW 630 plex process by which human service poli- Empirical Methods of Knowledge Building ods. Traces historical changes in social work’s cies and services are initiated and modified. in Social Work (4) identification of and response to vulnerable By bringing a range of consumers, family populations. Examines the assumptions and paradigms under members, and researchers into its activities, which research is developed in social work. SW 651 the institute creates new approaches to old Research methodology for both quantitative and Integrative Writing Seminar (4) qualitative approaches is applied to research in Course addresses integration of social work the- problems. It strives to set high standards an agency setting. Alternative methods of moni- ory, practice, policy, and research. Synthesis for applied social research and to provide a toring of practice effectiveness and evaluating developed through writing of manuscript for research environment for graduate training. agency service data discussed. Research method- submission to professional journal, a grant Some recent projects: ology of positivist research examined. Ethical application, or other suitable product. Assistance Participation in a national study of issues in research which involves data generated with submission provided. Prerequisite: comple- managed care for Medicaid women and by vulnerable populations discussed. Empha- tion of Part I of comprehensive examinations. children in rural Oregon. sizes the social implications of the use of SW 690 Development of ways for parents and research findings. Teaching Practicum (4) professionals to collaborate on behalf of SW 631 Focuses on the practical aspects of teaching in the social work field. Salient theoretical and children with emotional disabilities. Empirical Methods in Social Work Research (4) practical issues in adult learning explored. Con- Development and testing of ways to Provides preparation in the selection of research siders the fundamental ideas of social work edu- increase family participation in service designs and statistical methods appropriate for cation. Discusses curriculum planning and delivery systems. social work research questions. Discusses issues around human diversity and teaching. A study of integrated services for descriptive and inferential statistical methods Distance learning issues and techniques exam- women affected by violence and dual common in social work research and considers ined. Supports student teaching experiences. diagnosis. validity and reliability issues in measurement. SW 700 Development of an enhanced employ- Empirical social work studies analyzed and dis- Postbaccalaureate Professional ment program for individuals with cussed. Includes an application and analysis lab- Development (Credit to be arranged.) oratory. Prerequisite: SW 630. long-term mental illness. A study of supported housing services SW 632 Empirical Methods of Data Analysis in for persons with severe mental illness. Social Work Research (4) EGIONAL Development of an empowerment- Using existing data bases from social service R based approach to helping children agencies and studies at the Regional Research RESEARCH with challenging behavior in Head Start Institute, course provides substantial laboratory INSTITUTE FOR programs. experience in data analysis and interpretation. A project comparing consumer- and Emphasis placed on strategies of analysis, HUMAN SERVICES nonconsumer-operated assertive case including multivariate and nonparametric tech- management teams for persons with niques, with comparison of findings obtained by 120 Ondine alternative statistical procedures. Additional major mental illnesses. emphasis on interpretation and presentation of (503) 725-4040 Evaluation of a strengths/needs based analysis to highlight policy implications. Prereq- approach to the delivery of child uisite: SW 631. N.M. Koroloff, Director welfare services. SW 640 The Regional Research Institute for Human Each project is developed with the Research Practicum Seminar (2) Services was established in 1972 by the collaboration of some sector of the commu- Seminar designed to enable students to explore together their experiences in their respective Graduate School of Social Work at Portland nity, and an advisory group is often associ- research projects. Students will gain appreciation State University with a grant from the ated with each program. Staff from state of the entire process as well as a deepening Social and Rehabilitation Service (HEW). and local agencies, consumers of services knowledge through comparison of experiences. The RRI has undertaken more than 125 and their families, as well as representatives Pass/no pass only. Prerequisite: SW 632. projects, many of them national in scope, from education, industry, medicine, law, in such fields as child and adult mental and social work contribute their knowl- health, family and child welfare, child care, edge and experience to the institute. employment, juvenile justice, alcohol and drug services, rehabilitation, and self-help COLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

NOHAD A. TOULAN, DEAN WALTER G. ELLIS, ASSOCIATE DEAN ELLSWORTH P. INGRAHAM, ASSOCIATE DEAN 750 URBAN CENTER, (503) 725-4043 www.upa.pdx.edu/

B.A., B.S., M.S.—Administration of and fitness, school health, and health sci- Justice ences. In addition, a student may add B.A., B.S.—Health Education coursework necessary to qualify for appli- B.A., B.S.—Community Development cation to the fifth-year teacher education B.A., B.S.—Political Science program. The B.A. or B.S. in political sci- Minor in Administration of Justice ence prepares students pursuing careers in Minor in Athletic Training political science, public administration, Minor in Community Development international organizations, domestic gov- Minor in Health ernment, communications, or law. Minor in Political Science Graduate students can select from Graduate Certificate in Gerontology among a wide variety of degrees. The M.S. M.A., M.S.—Health in administration of justice permits stu- M.A., M.S.—Political Science dents to understand the complex interac- M.P.A. tions among functional parts of the adult M.P.H. criminal justice system. The Graduate Cer- M.U.R.P. tificate in Gerontology enables students to M.U.S. develop an understanding of the needs and Ph.D.—Public Administration and problems of the elderly in urban areas. The Policy M.A./M.S. in health education is designed Ph.D.—Urban Studies, Urban Studies: to prepare students for professional careers Regional Science in education or research in fields of health promotion and disease prevention, and The College of Urban and Public Affairs at wellness. The Master of Public Administra- Portland State University allows students tion (M.P.A.) is designed for persons aspir- with interests in urban problems and pro- ing to positions of management in cesses to take advantage of the resources of government and related areas. The Master an urban university situated in a major of Public Health degree (M.P.H.) prepares metropolitan area. Opportunities for urban practitioners and researchers to identify education are available through nine grad- and meet the health needs of defined popu- uate degree programs and four undergrad- lations. The M.A./M.S. in political science uate degree programs. Undergraduate is designed to prepare students for Ph.D. students may also complement any bache- work in political science or public adminis- lor’s degree offered by the University with a tration and policy, to pursue graduate-level minor in community development, politi- work in law, or to enter public and private cal science, health education, or athletic sector jobs requiring advanced knowledge training by simultaneously conforming to of the political process. The Master of their curricular requirements. Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.) The B.A. or B.S. degree in administra- permits students to develop professional tion of justice prepares students for a vari- planning skills, and the Master of Urban ety of public service careers in the criminal Studies (M.U.S.) permits development of justice system. The B.A. or B.S. in health urban research capabilities. The Ph.D. pro- education provides training for many program in urban studies prepares students for fessional careers in health promotion and academic employment and research. The health education.Students may choose Ph.D. in public administration and policy from four tracks: community health, health 278 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

prepares students for careers in public cooperative relationships among govern- Continuous Enrollment affairs and administration, including col- ments, non-governmental organizations, All students admitted to the Ph.D. program lege-level teaching. not for profit agencies, and private must be continuously enrolled until gradu- The Maurie Clark Fellowship is industry. ation, except for periods when they are awarded annually to an outstanding full- Degree Requirements absent by approved leave. Taking 3 credits time Ph.D. student. The recipient must be Prerequisites. The Ph.D. program in per term during the regular academic year a doctoral candidate with an approved dis- public administration and policy is will constitute continuous enrollment. Fail- sertation outline who intends to use the fel- designed for students with a wide variety of ure to register without an approved leave lowship to support research activities. The undergraduate and master’s level back- may result in termination of students Admissions Committee reviews applica- grounds. However, students are required to admission. tions and selects a number of qualified can- have completed basic statistics before entry Specialization didates whose names are forwarded to the into the program or as soon after entrance Each doctoral student chooses an area of dean for final review and selection. as possible. Entering students would also specialization. The specialization is pur- UPA Memorial Award. One award is be well advised (but are not required) to sued through coursework completed as given annually to an outstanding student in have completed courses in micro and part of the student’s 24-credit specialization the College of Urban and Public Affairs. macro economics, American government, field and preparation of a dissertation The award is given to students who are and introduction to public administration research in this area. recommended by their divisions and prior to, or shortly after, admission. It As indicated above, students plan their chosen by a faculty committee. should be noted that no credit toward the specialization coursework with a three- degree is awarded for remedial work in member faculty committee chosen by the INTERDIVISIONAL basic statistics or any of the recommended student for this purpose (field committee). PROGRAMS courses noted above. Typical specializations pursued by PAP stu- Coursework. The doctoral degree in dents are: governance studies, health pol- PH.D. IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION public administration and policy requires icy, education policy, international and AND POLICY 85 hours of required and elective course- comparative governance, urban affairs, Coordinator: Henry D. Kass work and completion of a dissertation for administration of justice, not-for-profit The Ph.D. in public administration and 27 hours of credit. The coursework and studies, environmental and natural policy is an interdisciplinary program that dissertation requirements are shown resource policy, human resource adminis- involves faculty throughout the entire Col- below: tration, public finance and budgeting, and lege of Urban and Public Affairs and other Foundational Core (18). The student is organizational theory and development. units of the University. The degree prepares expected to complete six, 3-credit core Coursework Selection the student to conduct advanced research, courses. This body of coursework is designed In planning their field elective and disserta- exercise critical judgment, and provide to bring all students to an advanced conception concentration courses, students may highly competent operational support in tual level in the field of governance and to utilize course offerings from appropriate the world of public affairs and service. Stu- relate theories of governance explicitly to the departments throughout the University. administrative and policy process. dents who graduate from the program are These courses may also include up to 15 well suited to occupy a variety of positions Field Work (49). Students in the program are hours of independent reading and confer- in these areas, including: college-level required to complete 49 hours in two field ence coursework. areas as follows: teaching, advanced research, consultation, Comprehensive Examinations and policy advocacy and administration at Public Administration and Policy (25 hours) Specialization Field (24 hours) In order to evaluate one’s ability to inte- either executive or senior staff levels. These courses are chosen by the student with the grate, analyze, and critique the diverse The curriculum seeks to prepare stu- advice of a faculty committee convened for this materials and ideas presented in the PAP dents with a firm theoretical grasp of the purpose. Field work is designed to enable the curriculum, students are required to com- processes and institutions associated both student to perform advanced research and plete a two-part comprehensive examina- with policy formation and those involved analysis, particularly in the area of his or her tion. Part A of the examination covers the dissertation. in administration. Accordingly, the intellec- 18 credit hours of foundational core tual foundation of the curriculum is the Research Methods (18). The research methods courses and is given when the student fin- concept of governance, which examines sequence covers the basic philosophy of ishes this course sequence. Part B of the the complex and often ambiguous relation- inquiry in contemporary social science, comprehensive examination covers all research design, introduction to qualitative ship between policy and administration as coursework done in the student’s two field it takes place within an evolving constitu- research methods, and advanced work in quantitative methods. areas (public administration/policy and tional framework. specialization). It is prepared by the faculty In addition, the concept of governance Dissertation Course Concentration (20). This committee that assisted the student in body of coursework is selected by the student upon which the curriculum is built recog- selecting field coursework and is adminis- nizes an emerging world in which the fate and dissertation committee. It is designed to provide the specific substantive and method- tered as soon as practicable after comple- of nations and local communities is tied tion of field work. Part B consists of a equally to global economic and political ological background necessary to write the student’s dissertation. written examination followed after a two- events. Thus, it goes beyond the study of week interval with an oral examination. national policy and administration to Dissertation Research Credits (27). In com- examine the linkages among international, pleting these requirements students may Advising national, regional, and local institutions. At pursue a course of doctoral studies on a full- All incoming students in the PAP Ph.D. or part-time basis. the same time, it takes into consideration program are advised by the program coor- the fact that both public policy and admin- dinator for the first quarter of their course- istration increasingly involve a wide variety work. They are then assigned a faculty of institutional actors, partnerships, and member who is their academic adviser C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 279

until completion of part A of the compre- Courses must be an integral part of the stu- term until the course in which a failing hensive exam. Prior to embarking on their dent’s program and courses with the same grade was received has been repeated, and field studies, students select and recruit a content must not be available on a purely the failing grade is replaced with a passing field study committee composed of a chair- graduate basis. grade of B- or better. person and two additional faculty mem- Limitation on By-Arrangement Additional Information and bers. As indicated, this committee will Courses. Admitted Ph.D. students may Applications prepare the student’s part B comprehensive utilize no more than 12 credits of by- For additional information on the applica- examinations. Finally, when students are arrangement classes (501/601 and 505/ tion process, enrollment procedures, resi- ready to begin work on their dissertations, 605). In cases where more than 12 credits dency requirements, leave of absence, they select and recruit a dissertation com- are needed because of the lack of regularly grading policies, etc., please obtain a copy mittee to advise them composed of a chair- scheduled classes, a waiver must be sub- of the College of Urban and Public Affairs person and three members. The Office of mitted for approval by the student’s adviser Doctoral Procedure Handbook and relevant Graduate Studies and Research appoints an and program director. Office of Graduate Studies and Research additional member to the committee Continuous Enrollment. All students requirements. making a total of five members. It should admitted to the Ph.D. program in Public For application materials or further be noted students may retain prior advisers Administration and Policy must be contin- information contact Coordinator, Ph.D. and committee members or select entirely uously enrolled until graduation, except for Program in Public Administration and Pol- new personnel for their dissertation periods in which they are absent by icy, c/o Office of the Dean, College of committees. approved leave. Taking 3 credits per term Urban and Public Affairs, 101 Urban and An effective working relationship with during the regular academic year will con- Public Affairs Building, P.O. Box 751, Port- faculty advisers is crucial to the quality and stitute continuous enrollment. Failure to land, OR 97207-0751. Telephone (503) success of doctoral studies. Students register without an approved leave may 725-5143; e-mail: [email protected]. should make every effort to keep in touch result in termination of student admission. with advisers and committee members Grade Requirement. A student who Additional Rules throughout their doctoral work. receives more than 9 credits of grades of C+ Additional rules governing satisfactory or below in all coursework attempted after completion of field area examinations, Dissertation Requirements presentation of dissertation colloquia, The dissertation process is designed to admission to the Ph.D. program will be dropped from the program. defense of dissertation, and timely comple- evaluate the student’s ability to successfully tion of doctoral program requirements conduct a significant, independent applied Performance in Core Courses. A grade of C+ or below received for work appear in the General Handbook for the research project. As such, it represents the Public Administration and Policy Doctoral culmination of a student’s doctoral studies performed in a core course is not considered passing. A PAP doctoral student who Program. Students are responsible for and must effectively demonstrate the stu- maintaining a personal familiarity with the dent’s capacity to conduct research of a receives a grade of C+ or below in any one of the core course offerings during fall or rules and regulations governing the doc- professional quality. toral program. After completing the comprehensive winter terms may not proceed to take the examination series, a student should form core course offerings in the subsequent his or her dissertation committee. This committee advises the student during the entire dissertation process. As soon as possible after appointment of the student’s dissertation committee, he or she should begin to frame a dissertation research proposal with the advice and assistance of the committee. This proposal is presented to the faculty and students in a formal colloquium. If the proposal is approved by the committee, the student starts work on his or her dissertation project. A minimum of one year (27 credit hours) of dissertation research is required and there is a five year limit on the time allowed to complete the project. During the time a student is completing the dissertation project he or she must be continuously enrolled for three credits each quarter. When the dissertation is finished an oral defense of the findings is held, and, if approved by the student’s committee, requirements for the degree are completed. Program Rules Limitation on Graduate/Undergraduate Courses. Students in the PAP program are strongly advised to use not more than 12 credits of courses offered simultaneously at the 400- and 500-level in support of their Gary Perlstein, Administration of Justice degree programs. 280 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

NTERINSTITUTIONAL Portland metropolitan area take a common Specialty tracks of health education/health I core of five courses taught on the campuses promotion and health administration and PROGRAMS of OHSU and PSU. These core courses policy are provided by the School of Com- cover the essential knowledge areas of munity Health and the School of Govern- MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH public health as set forth by the Council on ment, respectively. Please refer to the The School of Community Health and the Education for Public Health, the national departmental listings for information on Division of Public Administration in the accrediting body for graduate schools of specific degree requirements and admis- Hatfield School of Government jointly offer public health and graduate programs in sion criteria. The M.P.H. program is accred- the M.P.H. degree as participants in a state- community health/preventive medicine. ited by the Council on Education for Public wide, tri-university public health program, The core courses consist of: biostatistics, Health. consisting of Portland State University, epidemiology, environmental health, health Oregon Health Sciences University, and systems organization, and health behavior. Oregon State University. Students in the

SCHOOL OF COMMUNITY HEALTH

450 Urban Center ECONDARY EDUCATION ods while completing specified science pre- (503) 725-4401 S requisites. All four tracks prepare students www.upa.pdx.edu/PHE/ PROGRAM with the entry-level health education com- Students who wish to become licensed petencies recommended by the National B.A., B.S.—Health Education teachers in health education must complete Commission for Health Education Minor in Health Education a required list of courses or their equivalent Credentialing. Minor in Athletic Training before applying to the Graduate School of A grade of C- or better is required in all M.A., M.S—Health Education Education for admission into the Graduate coursework required for degrees in the M.P.H.—Participating school in Master Teacher Education Program (see require- School of Community Health, including of Public Health ments page 205). These courses are core, required, and elective courses. With the exception of practicum and/or intern- Health education is an eclectic discipline required whether the applicant holds a ship credits, courses taken under the undif- that seeks to bridge the gap between scien- degree in the field or holds a degree in ferentiated grading option (pass/no pass) tific health discoveries and their applica- another subject field. Courses in the School will not be accepted toward fulfilling the tion to daily living. Health educators seek of Community Health can be taken to com- majors or minors offered within the both to aid in the voluntary selection of plete the Oregon Continuing Teaching School. Health education majors and healthy behavior patterns for people and to License in Health, and selected courses can minors must fulfill all general University encourage the development of environ- be taken to complete the Oregon Continu- requirements in addition to specific School mental conditions that support good ing Teaching License in Physical Education. requirements. Majors and minors may not health. Interest in health education/health All courses taken for the teaching field take required courses under the pass/no promotion has opened new opportunities requirement must be passed with a C- or pass option. for health educators in community, busi- better grade and must average a 3.00 GPA. ness and industry, school, and medical care Prospective teachers should contact the ATHLETIC TRAINING MINOR, settings. The School of Community Health School of Community Health for specific (503) 725-5649 offers programs leading to degrees at both requirements. The minor prepares individuals for part- or the undergraduate and graduate levels. full-time careers in the athletic training Both levels provide training for profes- UNDERGRADUATE field, i.e., school related athletic programs, sional careers in health education, health PROGRAMS (if licensed to teach) college/university, or promotion, and health-related fields. The professional sports. Completion of the baccalaureate degrees provide the neces- The undergraduate health education cur- coursework and 1500-hour clinical experi- sary background for advanced studies lead- riculum is designed around a common core ence qualifies students to take the National ing to graduate degrees in health-related of courses and four separate tracks: com- Athletic Trainers’ Association Board of Cer- fields such as medicine, physical therapy, munity health, health and fitness promo- tification Examination. The athletic training dentistry, and nursing. The School also tion, school health, and health sciences. minor is open to all students in the University offers minors in health education and The school health track prepares students on a space-available basis. Because admis- athletic training. A variety of professional with the academic content in health educa- sion is selective, students are encouraged to courses are open to all students in the tion required for admission into the Gradu- file an application with the athletic training University. ate Teacher Education Program. The health curriculum director early in their academic sciences track provides students who wish careers. Internship coursework is limited to to be admitted into professional programs students who have applied and have been in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, or accepted into the program. occupational therapy the opportunity to A candidate for this minor is required to learn health education content and meth- satisfy all University requirements for a C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 281

baccalaureate degree with an academic Health and Fitness Track. In addition Ed 420 Introduction to Education and major in one of the related fields of study to the previously listed common core Society...... 4 offered at Portland State. All candidates requirements, students pursuing the health PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease who plan to work as athletic trainers in the and fitness track must complete the follow- Prevention or PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: public schools should be licensed teachers. ing requirements: Human Potential ...... 4 Athletic Training Minor Require- List A Track total 44 ments. Completion of all requirements for Required courses ...... 16 Health Sciences Track. In addition to graduation with an academic major in one PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) the previously listed common core† of the fields in which Portland State Uni- PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) requirements, students pursuing the health versity offers an undergraduate degree. PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training (4) sciences track must complete the following B.A./B.S. IN HEALTH EDUCATION PE 185 Fitness Activities (4) requirements: All students wishing to earn the B.A./B.S. degree in health education must complete Minimum Credits Premedicine Predentistry Prephysical Preoccupational the requirements listed in the common Therapy Therapy core plus the requirements listed in one of Biology 15 15 15 15 the tracks which follow. Chemistry 32 28 28 Physics 15 15 15 5 Common Core Requirements Credits Math/Stat 4 4 4 Bi 301, 302, 303 Human Anatomy and Psychology 12 16 Physiology ...... 4, 4, 4 Sociology 4 Stat 244 Statistics ...... 4 Computer Science 3 PHE 295 Health and Fitness for Life...... 4 Subtotal credits 66 58 74 47 PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and Credits from List A 16 16 16 16 Chronic Health Problems...... 4 Total Track Credits 82 74 90 63 PHE 350 Health and Health Systems ...... 4 PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and Strategies ...... 4 List B List A PHE 471 Program Planning/Evaluation in Choose 24 credits from the following: ...... 24 Choose 16 credits from the following: ...... 16 Health Education...... 4 PHE 252 First Aid (4) PHE 252 First Aid (4) PHE 404 Internship ...... 12 PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 275 Stress Management (4) PHE 341 Development and Management of PHE 326 Drug Education (4) Core total 48 Health/Fitness Programs (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) Community Health Track. In addition to the PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) PHE 361 Care and Prevention Injuries (4) previously listed common core requirements, PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for students pursuing the PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) Children and Youth (4) community health track must complete the PHE 410 Athletic Training Administration (2) PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology (4) following requirements: PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 410 Minority Health (4) List A PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) PHE 410 Maternal and Child Health (4) Choose 16 credits from the following: ...... 16 PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) PHE 446 Community Health Principles and Children & Youth (4) PHE 460 Injury Evaluation (2) Practices (4) PHE 410 Community Building and Public PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) Health (4) Rehabilitation (2) PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) PHE 446 Community Health Principles and PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) Practices (4) Prevention (4) PHE 459 Therapeutic Modalities (2) PHE 450 Epidemiology (4) PHE 460 Injury Evaluation/Rehabilitation (2) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human Prevention (4) Potential (4) PHE 461 Therapeutic Exercise and PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Health (4) PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) Rehabilitation (2) UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease List B Prevention (4) Track total 40 Choose 24 credits from the following: ...... 24 PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise (4) PHE 275 Stress Management (4) School Health Track. In addition to PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training PHE 326 Drug Education (4) the previously listed common core require- (4) PHE 335 Human Sexuality (4) PHE 475 Fitness Testing (4) ments, students pursuing the school health UnSt 421 Health Related Senior Capstone (6) PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape (4) track must complete the following PHE 355 Consumer Health (4) requirements: List B: Preprofessional Science Requirements PHE 410 Minority Health (4) Choose one of the following options: Premedi- PHE 425 Nutrition for Health (4) Credits cine, Predentistry, Prephysical Therapy, Preoc- PHE 443 Environmental Health (4) PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 cupational Therapy. Referring to the table PHE 453 Reproductive Health of Women (4) PHE 275 Stress Management...... 4 below for that option, complete the minimum PHE 454 Maternal and Child Health (4) Psy 311 Human Development ...... 4 number of science credits indicated for each PHE 456 Health Aspects of Aging (4) PHE 326 Drug Education ...... 4 department under that option. In choosing PHE 467 Mind/Body Health: Human PHE 335 Human Sexuality ...... 4 which courses to complete in a given depart- Potential (4) PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 ment, you should verify for yourself the spe- PHE 365 Health Promotion for Children cific prerequisites required by the professional Track total 40 and Youth...... 4 school(s) to which you intend to apply for PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 PHE 443 Environmental Health ...... 4

† Students electing the health sciences track will be required to complete an internship of 4-8 credits, depending on the academic objectives and needs of the student. 282 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

admission. You may make use of advising sheets for each option provided by the College GRADUATE COMMUNITY HEALTH of Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising Center PROGRAM COURSES which summarize prerequisites for professional schools in Oregon and selected schools The School of Community Health offers Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered in the Pacific Northwest. the Master of Public Health degree concen- every year. tration, Health Education/Health Promo- *PHE 199 Health Minor. Students wishing to tion, in cooperation with Oregon Health Special Studies (1-3) complete a minor in health must complete Sciences University and Oregon State Uni- PHE 252 the core courses plus courses listed in one versity. The School also offers graduate First Aid (4) of the following options: work leading to the Master of Arts and the Emergency care for various types of injuries: assessment, life threatening injuries, medical Core requirement Master of Science degrees. emergencies, and special situations. Additional Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology...... 8 The School of Community Health training for childbirth and CPR for adult, infant, PHE 350 Health and Health Systems ...... 4 graduate programs are designed to prepare and child. Course leads to Red Cross PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and students for professional work in the fields certification. Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 of community health, health education, *PHE 275 PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and and health promotion in a wide variety of Stress Management (4) Strategies...... 4 settings. An overview of the physiology of stress, stress triggers, assessment of stress, and stress manage- Subtotal 20 To be considered for admission to the graduate degree program, a student must ment techniques and strategies. Option I PHE 295 PHE 355 Consumer Health ...... 4 have a bachelor’s degree in health education, health and fitness promotion, human Health and Fitness for Life (4) PHE 443 Environmental Health ...... 4 Examines scientific literature regarding lifestyle PHE 450 Epidemiology ...... 4 performance (or the equivalent), or com- choices that promote optimal health and func- PHE 471 Program Planning and Evaluation in plete prerequisites established by the tioning. Behaviors regarding self-protection, self- Health Education...... 4 School of Community Health. Additional care, and health promotion are compared to rec- PHE 480 Controversial Issues in Community admission requirements include a cumula- ommendations emerging from this literature. Health ...... 4 tive undergraduate GPA of 3.00 or higher, PHE 326 completion of the Graduate Record Exami- Drug Education (4) Subtotal 20 nation, three academic letters of recom- Examines various approaches to drug education Option II mendation, and a 500-word essay. with an emphasis on prevention models. Epide- PHE 326 Drug Education...... 4 Students completing the M.P.H. degree miology of and trends in drug use in the U.S. PHE 335 Human Sexuality...... 4 must complete at least 60 credits with a and effects on society. Reviews current and con- PHE 365 Health Promotion Programs for troversial issues and legal information on drug Children and Youth ...... 4 cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher, includ- use effects. ing a core of 15 credits, 45 required credits PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 PHE 335 PHE 466 Mind/Body Health: Disease in the concentration, and an internship. Human Sexuality (4) Prevention...... 4 Upon entering the programs students must A survey of the psychological, physiological, and choose between concentrations in commu- behavioral aspects of human sexuality, with par- Subtotal 20 nity health and risk reduction. Program ticular emphasis on the influence of popular cul- Option III electives must be approved by an adviser ture on these dimensions. PHE 252 First Aid ...... 4 and should be chosen based on a predeter- *PHE 341 PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . .4 mined elective focus. In addition, a com- Development and Management of Health/ PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology ...... 4 prehensive written exam must be Fitness Programs (4) PHE 473 Physiology of Exercise ...... 4 Survey of organization and management of com- PHE 474 Exercise Prescription and Training. . .4 successfully passed. munity, commercial, and corporate health/fitness Students pursuing an M.A./M.S. degree programs. Emphasis on planning, organizing, Subtotal 20 in health education must complete at least financing, staffing, and managing health/fitness 45 graduate credits with a cumulative GPA programs. Out of class, on-site visitation Total 40 of 3.00 or higher, including a core of 21-27 required. Athletic Training Minor. (See page 280) credits, depending on whether a final PHE 345 Acquaintance Rape and Self-protection (4) Credits project (6 credits) or a thesis (9 credits) is elected. Students must determine a con- Examines the cognitive issues leading to Bi 301, 302 Anatomy and Physiology...... 4, 4 acquaintance rape (i.e., aggressive male behav- PHE 425 Nutrition for Health ...... 4 centration, including approved electives, in consultation with the academic adviser. ior, lack of assertive behavior, belief in social PHE 361 Care and Prevention of Injuries . . . . .4 myths, vulnerability from use of alcohol, drugs). PHE 363 Communicable Diseases and Within a concentration, students may Class involves lectures/films/speakers and practi- Chronic Health Problems ...... 4 design a program aimed at health evalua- cal self-protection techniques. PHE 370 Applied Kinesiology ...... 4 tion, health program planning, worksite *PHE 346 PHE 404 Internship ...... 6-9 health and fitness promotion, or some PHE 410/510 Athletic Training Crime, Violence, and Personal Safety (4) other special interest within the framework Examines crime and violence in the United Administration ...... 2 States, develops prevention and protection strat- PHE 459/559 Therapeutic Modalities...... 2 of the School of Community Health. egies to minimize risk; explores crime statistics, PHE 460/560 Injury Evaluation ...... 2 the circumstances that put us most at risk, and PHE 461/561 Therapeutic Exercise and who the criminal tends to be. Personal projec- Rehabilitation ...... 2 tion devices and available community services PHE 473/573 Physiology of Exercise ...... 4 are discussed. Total 42-45 C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 283

PHE 350 PHE 407/507 PHE 456/556 Health and Health Systems (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Health Aspects of Aging (4) An overview of the organization, financing, and Maximum: 9 credits. Examines the myths versus realities regarding delivery of health services in the United States, PHE 408/508 changes in functional capacity and health that with particular emphasis on analysis from pro- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) may occur with age. Ways to extend potential fessional, organizational, community, and sys- PHE 409/509 and maximize capacities throughout life are dis- tems perspectives. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) cussed. Prerequisites: PHE 295, Bi 302. PHE 355 PHE 410/510 PHE 457/557 Consumer Health Issues (4) Selected Topic (Credit to be arranged.) Death Education (4) Identifies and critically analyzes issues related to Identifies and examines the meaning of death in PHE 425/525 the production, marketing, and consumption of Nutrition for Health (4) life. Topics include: attitudes towards death; health-related goods and services. Media mes- Examines basis for and quality of current nutri- decisions that surround death; grieving/coping; sages about consumer health issues are exam- tional requirements, standards, and guidelines. death and the health care system; social/cultural ined; topical and timely research is analyzed. Studies evidence regarding current food fads and and legal issues. Prerequisite: six hours of PHE Prerequisite: PHE 295. controversies. Analyzes personal dietary prac- coursework. PHE 361 tices. Prerequisite: six hours in PHE coursework *PHE 459/559 Care and Prevention of Injuries (4) or consent of instructor. Therapeutic Modalities (2) Introduction to the prevention, recognition, An overview of the indications, contraindica- *PHE 443 care, and rehabilitation of injuries resulting from Environmental Health (4) tions, clinical application, pain management, participation in activity. Practical skills are dem- Designed to enable the student to understand and physical principals of common therapeutic onstrated and practiced with emphasis on stu- and evaluate complex environmental health modalities used in the training room or sports dent participation. Prerequisites: Bi 301, 302. issues induced by waste products generated by medicine setting. Prerequisite: PHE 361. PHE 363 modern technology. Specific topics include *PHE 460/560 Communicable Diseases and Chronic water quality, air quality, solid and hazardous Injury Evaluation (2) Health Problems (4) waste, occupational health, ionizing and non- An in-depth study of upper and lower body Reviews etiology, epidemiology, and approaches ionizing radiation, chemical contamination of injuries resulting from participation in activity. to prevention of infectious and chronic diseases. foods, food additives, animal transmission of Emphasis will be on clinical evaluation skills. Aspects of risk factors, transmission, pathogene- disease, noise, and selected current topics. Prerequisite: PHE 361. sis, immunology, case management, and control Prerequisite: six hours of PHE. *PHE 461/561 programs are discussed. Basic human physiolog- Therapeutic Exercise and Rehabilitation (2) ical processes are reviewed. Prerequisites: Bi PHE 446 Community Health Principles and Practices Provides a foundation of the current trends in 301, 302. (4) therapeutic exercise and rehabilitation. Uses a PHE 365 Provides an overview of the scope of problems in systematic approach to evaluation and exercise Health Promotion Programs for Children the field of community health. Examines disease program development, techniques, indications, and Youth (4) prevention/control, community health service contraindications, and exercise progression. Pre- Provides an understanding of factors that influ- delivery, the structure of official/unofficial agen- requisite: PHE 361. ence health status and development of children cies, and policy/decision-making processes. PHE 466/566 and youth in the United States. Particular atten- Course includes field work in a community Mind/Body Health: Disease Prevention (4) tion will be directed at health promotion pro- health agency. Prerequisite: six credits of PHE An investigation of the integral relationship grams for children, youth, and families in school coursework or community health experience. between body and mind and how that relation- and community settings. Includes a service ship manifests itself in health, illness, and pro- component. PHE 448 Health Education Techniques and Strategies motes healing. Philosophical and scientific PHE 370 (4) foundations of mind/body health are explored. Applied Kinesiology (4) Introduces students to basic techniques and Mind/body research and its application within Overview of anatomical and mechanical bases of strategies used in planning and carrying out allopathic medicine is examined as is research human movement. Review of biomechanical health education programs in a variety of set- and practice in complementary fields of medi- principles with applications to exercise and tings. Special emphasis is given to scope and cine and health care. Prerequisites: Psy 204, health. Prerequisite: Bi 301. sequencing skills, objective writing, selection/ PHE 363. PHE 401/501 development of health education resources/ PHE 467/567 Research (Credit to be arranged.) materials, and methods for and use of technol- Mind/Body Health: Human Potential (4) Consent of instructor. ogy in the delivery of health education pro- Theory and research in the human potential PHE 402/502 grams. Prerequisite: junior standing and 12 movement is integrated with research in mind/ Independent Study (Credit to be arranged.) credits in PHE. body medicine to produce an expanded under- PHE 404 PHE 450 standing of human transformative capacities. Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit Epidemiology (4) Transformative practices including meditation, to be arranged.) Introduces principles and methods of epidemio- yoga, imagery, biofeedback, and sport are exam- A work related experience designed to connect logical investigation of infectious/non-infectious ined. Elements common to all transformative and integrate theory with specific activities in a diseases. Illustrates methods by which properly practices are identified. Prerequisite: PHE 466/ “real” environment under supervision. Field conducted studies of the distribution and 566. hours for students taking the internship will be dynamic behavior of disease in a population can PHE 471 30 hours per credit per term. Additionally, contribute to understanding of etiologic factors, Program Planning and Evaluation in Health students will be expected to attend scheduled modes of transmission, and pathogenesis of dis- Education: Theory and Skill Development seminars. ease. Prerequisite: PHE 363. (4) PHE 405/505 *PHE 453/553 Examines program planning models for health Reading and Conference (Credit to be Women’s Reproductive Health (4) education. Includes needs assessment; program arranged.) Critical review of current public health and goals and objectives; program content and meth- Consent of instructor. socio-political issues in women’s reproductive odologies, evaluation, budgeting, and proposal PHE 406/506 health. Both national and international topics are writing. Students will gain practical experience Special Projects (Credit to be arranged.) discussed. Students apply health knowledge in in program planning and evaluation through identifying and seeking solutions to the issues community-based learning. Field work required. which concern health care providers, consum- Prerequisites: senior standing and 12 credits in ers, and policy makers. Prerequisite: PHE 335. PHE. 284 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PHE 473/573 *PHE 518 *PHE 543 Physiology of Exercise (4) Topics in Health Education (3) Drug and Alcohol Education (3) Examination of physiological responses and In-depth analysis of recent research and related This course is designed to familiarize students adaptations to exercise, with a focus on the program developments on one or more health- with principles and programs in dealing with interaction of metabolic, endocrine, neuromus- related topics. Topics vary according to term and problems of drug and alcohol use/abuse. cular, circulorespiratory, and environmental fac- instructor. Course may be taken more than once Prevention models are emphasized. Prerequisite: tors related to fitness and health. Prerequisites: on different topics. Topics include: death and PHE 326. Bi 301, 302. dying, nutrition, international health, environ- PHE 549 PHE 474 mental health, exercise, special populations, per- Quantitative Analysis in Health Studies (3) Exercise Prescription and Training (4) sonal safety, and disease. Prerequisite: graduate Application of quantitative methods to topics in Focuses on the basic principles and skills needed standing. health studies. Topics include: computer appli- for developing and implementing physical fit- *PHE 519 cations for health studies research and univariate ness programs. Emphasis includes: appropriate/ Current Issues in Public Health (3) and multivariate techniques for analysis of data safe training procedures and the underlying Course provides a broad overview of recent relating to health studies. Prerequisite: Mth 243, principles which support such methods, appli- research and related program developments on 244. cations to younger and older populations, current public health issues. Issues may include: PHE 550 gender differences, motivational strategies and AIDS; sexually transmitted diseases; maternal Health Promotion Program Planning (3) health behavior theory, and exercise leadership and child health; international health; alcohol, Addresses practical applications of health pro- skills. A significant portion of the course tobacco, and drugs; nutrition; environmental motion theories. Presents examples of planning, involves experiential learning. Prerequisites: health; exercise; gerontology; and mental health. implementation, and evaluation of health pro- PHE 295, 473. Prerequisite: graduate standing. motion programs in a variety of settings as PHE 475/575 PHE 520 guides for the development of health promotion Fitness Testing (4) Research Design: Nontraditional programs. Theory and application of assessment methods/ Approaches (3) *PHE 558 tools used to evaluate physiological function Presents the philosophical and theoretical bases Health Curriculum (3) relating to fitness and health, including labora- supporting the development of alternate Designed to make a critical analysis and evalua- tory and field tests. Significant emphasis on research paradigms in human inquiry. Essential tion of the total school health program; to developing skills necessary for conducting tests characteristics of three major alternate para- develop analytical skills of the prospective health on apparently healthy individuals. Assessment digms (interpretivist, constructivist, and critical educator in special methods, techniques, and categories include anaerobic performance, mus- theory) are introduced. Validity, reliability, and tools relating to instruction, and to allow the stu- cular strength and endurance, flexibility, body related concepts are examined from the perspec- dent an opportunity to organize and present composition, cardiovascular function. Prerequi- tive of each paradigm. Alternate strategies for materials which will provide the student with an sites: Mth 111, PHE 473. inquiry are presented and ethical considerations effective background for future practical use in PHE 480 related to qualitative forms of inquiry are the field. Prerequisite: graduate standing. addressed. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Controversial Issues in Community Health PHE 576 (4) PHE 521 Exercise And Health (3) Examines controversial issues in the field of Research Design in Health: Traditional Exploration of research dealing with relation- community health (e.g., violence, women’s Approaches (3) ships between exercise and health. Topics health, medical technology, access to health ser- Introduction to traditional methods of designing include: cardiovascular disease; diabetes; vices). Group presentations required. Prerequi- and conducting research as they are currently immune function; cancer; obesity/weight con- sites: senior status and 12 credits of PHE. practiced in the fields of health education and trol; bone health; mental health. Prerequisite: PHE 503 health/fitness promotion. Topics include: PHE 473. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) descriptive, historical, and evaluative research methods, plus experimental, quasi-experimen- PHE 577 PHE 504 Exercise and Nutrition (3) tal, and non-experimental designs and review Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit The physiological processes which govern the of statistical concepts. Prerequisite: graduate to be arranged.) digestion and use of essential nutrients, the standing. PHE 512 modifications which are needed as a result of Principles of Health Behavior I (3) *PHE 531 exercise, and the role that exercise and nutrition Presents an overview of the biological, psycho- Women and Exercise: Physiological Aspects play in the diseases of overabundance. Prerequi- logical, behavioral, sociocultural, and environ- (3) sites: Ch 250, PHE 473. mental factors that function in the promotion of Overview of physiological and health-related effects of exercise on women. Emphasis on the PHE 580 health and prevention of disease. Theories devel- Concepts of Environmental Health (3) oped to explain health and illness behaviors at responses and adaptations to exercise specific to women. Topics include gender differences, the An intensive course designed to familiarize stu- intrapersonal, interpersonal, and group/commu- dents with fundamentals of environmental nity levels are introduced. Ethical issues menstrual cycle, pregnancy, menopause, and osteoporosis. Prerequisite: PHE 473/573. health from a scientific and conceptual perspec- involved in health-related behavior change are tive. Topics are considered within multi-causal, examined. Satisfies the core M.P.H. requirement. *PHE 542 ecological, adaptive systems, and risk-assess- Prerequisite: graduate standing. Programs in Sex Education (3) ment frameworks. Includes consideration of bio- Designed to provide elementary, junior high PHE 513 logical, chemical, and physical agents in the school, senior high school teachers and other Principles of Health Behavior II (3) environment which influence public health and professionals with appropriate content and A postmodern approach to health behavior well-being. Prerequisite: graduate standing. theory and its applications. Major theories are materials for teaching in the area of human sexuality. The course will examine the controversial PHE 601 critiqued from positivist, social constructionist, Research (Credit to be arranged.) and critical theory perspectives. Feminist and issues related to sex education instruction and PHE 605 empowerment-based approaches are contrasted will review available materials and curricula in the field. Prerequisite: PHE 231/Psy 299. Reading and Conference (Credit to be with traditional behavioral interventions. Ethical arranged.) implications of postmodern orientations to health behavior are explored. Prerequisite: PHE 512. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 285

†PE 280 †PE 285 SERVICE COURSES IN Physical Education Service Courses: Women Physical Education Service Courses: Co-ed PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2) (2) A variety of activities taught for physiological A variety of activities taught for physiological †PE 185 and recreational values. Two hours per week and recreational values. Two hours per week Physical Education: Co-ed (1) plus ﬁeld trips and extended experiences. plus ﬁeld trips and extended experiences. A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values.

MARK O. HATFIELD SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

The Mark O. Hatfield School of Govern- and discrimination. The undergraduate The achievement of these important ment is one of three schools within the administration of justice program at Port- characteristics is facilitated through a pro- College of Urban and Public Affairs. It con- land State University focuses on the major gram of study that requires students to sists of three academic divisions: Adminis- problems of crime and delinquency. A complete certain lower-division courses tration of Justice, Political Science, and major goal is to prepare undergraduate stu- before enrolling in upper-division courses. Public Administration. The School also dents to compete for a limited number of Course prerequisites are enforced to ensure contains three institutes: the Criminal Jus- such entry positions as law enforcement that students have acquired the necessary tice Policy Research Institute within officer, investigator, trial assistant, proba- knowledge and skills to fully benefit from Administration of Justice; the Executive tion and parole officer, and correctional more advanced courses. Leadership Institute; and Institute for Non- counselor. The undergraduate program Cooperative education placements in profit Management within Public Adminis- also provides academic preparation for Portland metropolitan area administration tration. The Center for Watershed and advanced study leading to graduate degrees of justice agencies are available to qualified Community Health is a private nonprofit in the administration of justice, law, and students. organization affiliated with the School. The other related fields, including such PSU Requirements for Major. In addition Public Administration and Policy Ph.D. is programs as Master of Public Administra- to meeting the general University degree an interdisciplinary program administration, Master of Urban Studies, Ph.D. in requirements, students who major in tively housed in the Office of the Dean of urban studies, and Ph.D. in public admin- administration of justice must complete a the College of Urban and Public Affairs. istration and policy. set of special degree core and supporting Students with other career objectives courses. Some of these courses have pre- and with an interest in justice-related requisites and students should read course ADMINISTRATION issues are invited to enroll in any division descriptions in the current PSU Bulletin course for which prerequisites are met. before registration. Majors are required to OF JUSTICE In addition to the important skills and achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the 550 Urban Center knowledge that may be acquired from following AJ core courses: (503) 725-4014 other curricula within the University, stu- www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/ dents who major in administration of jus- Core Courses Credits tice are presented with an opportunity to AJ 200 Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice attain the following specific characteristics Process ...... 4 B.A., B.S. that are necessary for successful careers in AJ 210 Introduction to Juvenile Justice Minor the justice field: Process ...... 4 M.S. Knowledge of the causal theories of AJ 220 Crime Literacy ...... 4 Ph.D.—Participating division in Urban criminal and delinquent behavior; the AJ 330 Crime Control Theory and Strategy . . .4 Studies Doctoral Program and Public AJ 380 Criminal Justice Research ...... 4 legal framework within which justice AJ 409 Senior Practicum ...... 8 Administration and Policy Doctoral should be administered; historical and Program AJ 410 Special Topics (selected from a variety contemporary justice processes; and the of 4-credit courses designed to meet profes- problems of administering justice and sional interests) ...... 12 UNDERGRADUATE their potential solutions. AJ 420 Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning . . .4 PROGRAM Professional ability to be literate, artic- AJ 440 Constitutional Criminal Procedures . . .4 ulate, scientific, thinking, reasonable, AJ 460 Court Procedures ...... 4 AJ 490 Senior Colloquium ...... 4 Administration of justice is an academic and practical. discipline that critically examines the Personal qualities of being ethical and Total AJ core credits 56 establishment of legal norms and their use compassionate. by public and private agencies to control such symptoms of social disorder as crime, delinquency, mental illness, civil wrongs,

† Not more than 12 credits in any combination of numbers may be applied to the 180-credit requirement. Additional fees will be charged for these courses. 286 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Supporting Courses Credits Admission Requirements. Admission AJ 200 CS 105 Computing Fundamentals ...... 4 is made fall term only. All students must Introduction to Adult Criminal Justice Process (4) Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural meet the following requirements: Communication ...... 4 An open system analysis of the decisions made Phl 202 Elementary Ethics ...... 4 1. An earned baccalaureate degree in a in the adult criminal justice process. Contempo- Psy 434 Introduction to Psychopathology . . . .4 discipline that provides necessary aca- rary problems and issues, shifting emphases, Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 demic preparation for the program of replacement of one ideology with another, and Soc 337 Minorities ...... 4 study, e.g., administration of justice, crimi- current operational practices will be analyzed Soc 418 Criminology and Delinquency ...... 4 nology, criminal justice, political science, focusing around these critical decisions. Alterna- public administration, and sociology. Stu- tives and the dilemmas of changes in policing, Total supporting credits 28 prosecution, court administration, and correc- dents without adequate undergraduate tional programs will be considered. preparation may be required to success- Total major requirements 84 AJ 210 fully complete supplemental graduate-level Introduction to Juvenile Justice Process (4) Pass/no pass credits will be allowed for courses designated by the Division of A general overview of the various activities and those courses listed above that are offered Administration of Justice. decisions involved in the processing of young only on a pass/no pass basis. 2. Satisfactory scores on the verbal, quan- law violators. Examination of the justice system Requirements for a Minor. To earn a titative, and analytical sections of the GRE specially designed to handle children, consider- minor in administration of justice a student General Test. ation of the many stages in the system, and con- must complete a minimum of 31 credits siderations of issues in juvenile justice policy (13 credits of which must be taken in resi- 3. A written statement of academic and formulation. dence at PSU), to include the following: professional goals and their relationship to AJ 220 the Master of Science in administration of Crime Literacy (4) Required of all minors Credits justice program of study, supplemented by A comprehensive survey of the historical trends AJ 200, 210, 220, 330 ...... 16 an oral interview with program faculty. and current picture of crime in America that Five upper-division AJ electives (must 4. Applicants whose native language is not examines: (1) methods used to collect crime be approved by an administration of data, (2) factual aspects of specific crimes, justice adviser) ...... 15-20 English must present a minimum score of including definitions and analytical statistics, 560 on the Test of English as a Foreign (3) characteristics of victims and arrestees, (4) Total 31-36 Language (TOEFL). public opinion, and (5) personal protection. All courses submitted to satisfy the 5. A GPA of 3.0 or higher. *AJ 302 requirements for a minor in Administration Degree Requirements. Students must complete Police Dynamics (3) A critical examination of the various professional of Justice must be passed with a grade of the following 45 credits: “C” or above. Courses taken under the and community influences on police behavior, undifferentiated grading option (pass/no Substantive Core Courses Credits together with the social problems generally cre- AJ 511 Historical Perspective of Criminal pass) will not be accepted toward fulfilling ated by such forces, and potential remedial Justice ...... 3 actions. division minor requirements. AJ 515 Theories of Crime and Justice ...... 3 *AJ 317 AJ 520 Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice . . 3 Correctional Practices (3) GRADUATE AJ 530 Political/Economic Perspectives of Analysis of the various treatment and rehabilita- PROGRAM Criminal Justice ...... 3 tion practices attempted with various types of AJ 550 Comparative Perspective of Criminal offenders in both an institutional setting and in Justice ...... 3 The Division of Administration of Justice the community; includes an examination and offers a program of graduate study and Research Core Courses evaluation of behavior modification, psychiatric USP 530 Research Design ...... 3 and psychological approaches, group treatment research that leads to a Master of Science in methods, reality therapy, as well as other lesser- Administration of Justice, with a concen- PA 551 Data Analysis and Statistics for Public Administration ...... 3 known approaches. tration in the adult criminal justice system. Supporting Elective Courses ...... 18 AJ 330 This degree provides qualified students Thesis ...... 6 Crime Control Theory and Strategy (4) with an opportunity to understand the An analysis of the methods used to control crime complex interactions among the functional Total 45 in American society. Emphasis on understanding parts of the adult criminal justice system, A thesis must be written and orally the sometimes conflicting goals of the criminal i.e., law making, law enforcement, adjudi- defended to demonstrate mastery of the justice system; attention is given to the general categories of general and specific deterrence, cation, and treatment of criminals by knowledge in the substantive core courses public and private agencies. aggressive enforcement, situational and environ- and skill in its application to create new mental defensive measures, and modification of A general systems approach is focused knowledge and to solve system-wide prob- the social order. Special attention will be given to by a sequence of advanced perspective lems. how other countries control crime and the prob- seminars which consider the major social Due to present scheduling restrictions, lems of comparison because of political and cul- forces that influence the performance of the students may not be able to complete all tural differences. Prerequisites: AJ 220, Soc 200, system. A set of research courses presents degree requirements until the end of their or Psy 204. the skills necessary to apply knowledge second academic year in this program. AJ 355 toward the solution of system-wide prob- Perspectives on Terrorism (3) lems. Elective courses permit students to A survey of international and domestic terror- specialize in areas of personal interest. COURSES ism, the organizations, philosophies, key play- Administration of justice graduate ers, counter-terror organizations, and response. Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not Investigation of the social, psychological, cul- courses also support other PSU degree pro- offered every year. tural, historical, political, religious, and eco- grams, such as the Master of Public Admin- AJ 199 nomic dynamics of the phenomena will provide istration, Master of Urban Studies, Ph.D. in Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) preparation for discussion of possible urban studies, and Ph.D. in public admin- Pass/no pass option. approaches to control. istration and policy. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 287

AJ 380 AJ 460 AJ 520 Criminal Justice Research (4) Court Procedures (4) Legal Perspective of Criminal Justice (3) A critical examination of the usefulness and lim- General review of the major activities and proce- An advanced course that examines the legal itations of research related to criminal justice dures involved in the conduct of criminal trials, environment within which the criminal and activities, procedures, and programs. Empirical with extensive use of mock trial exercises. Pre- quasi-criminal justice systems function, with criminal justice studies analyzed and discussed. requisite: AJ 440. (Normally offered spring term particular emphasis on philosophical and proce- Prerequisite: completion of all lower-division only.) dural issues related to deprivation of liberty major requirements and AJ 330. *AJ 470 decisions. Prerequisite: admission to graduate AJ 401/501 Management of Justice Agencies (3) program in AJ. Research (Credit to be arranged.) A comprehensive and critical evaluation of the AJ 530 Consent of instructor. important theories, practices, and current Economic and Political Perspective of AJ 404/504 research related to the organizational structure Criminal Justice (3) Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit and administrative activities of such agencies as An advanced course that explores the political to be arranged.) police departments, courts, and prisons. Prereq- and economic influences on the formulation and Consent of instructor. uisites: completion of all lower-division major administration of public policies related to crim- AJ 405/505 requirements, AJ 330, 380, and senior status. inal justice system issues. Prerequisite: admis- Reading and Conference (Credit to be *AJ 480/580 sion to graduate program in AJ. arranged.) Community-based Treatment of Offenders Consent of instructor. (3) AJ 407/507 An analysis of the history, philosophy, theory, POLITICAL Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and function of probation, parole, pardon, half- Consent of instructor. way houses, work release centers, and other SCIENCE AJ 409 forms of community-based treatment; evaluation Senior Practicum (8) of the effectiveness of treatment of the offender 650 Urban Center Placement in an administration of justice profes- in the community; contemporary usage of the (503) 725-3921 sional organization with supervision and evalua- presentence investigation report, selection, www.upa.pdx.edu/POLISCI/ tion of work performance by both agency and supervision, and release of probationers and University staff. Minimum 8 credits required parolees; exploration of current innovations in corrections such as use of volunteers and offend- B.A., B.S. with a total maximum of 16 credits that can be Minor applied toward the administration of justice ers as correctional manpower resources. Prereq- degree. Prerequisites: senior status and a cumu- uisites: AJ 480: senior status, completion of Secondary Education Program—Social lative GPA of 2.50 in AJ core courses. lower-division major requirements, and AJ 330, Science 380; AJ 580: admission to graduate program in M.A., M.S. AJ 410/510 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) AJ. M.A.T. and M.S.T. (General Social Consent of instructor. Pass/no pass option. AJ 490 Science) AJ 420 Senior Colloquium (4) Ph.D.—Participating division in Public Criminal Law and Legal Reasoning (4) An integration of important administration of Administration and Policy Doctoral Study of the basic concepts related to criminal justice concepts and knowledge for graduating Program law, including: historical development, legal ele- majors, who will individually prepare a research ments of crime and proof, defenses and mitiga- paper on a selected problem and present find- tion, reasonable doubt, and presumptions of ings to interested students and faculty. Prerequi- UNDERGRADUATE fact; with particular emphasis on the application sites: completion of all other AJ major PROGRAMS of logical reasoning to make legal decisions. Pre- requirements and scheduled to graduate at end of term in which AJ 490 is taken. requisites: completion of all lower-division The program in political science leading to major requirements, AJ 330 and 380, and senior AJ 503 the B.A. or B.S. degree is designed to meet status. (Normally offered fall term only.) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) the needs of the liberal arts major who AJ 509 AJ 440 wishes to learn more about public and Constitutional Criminal Procedures (4) Graduate Practicum (3) A critical examination of the legal controls on A work-experience placement in a criminal jus- international affairs, government, and the the administration of criminal justice, with spe- tice agency with supervision and evaluation of demands of citizenship. It is appropriate cial attention to current court decisions related work performance by both agency and Univer- for professionally motivated students who to such issues as search and seizure, admissions sity supervisors. Consent of instructor. wish to pursue careers in political science, and confessions, wiretapping and eavesdrop- AJ 511 public administration, international organi- ping, right to counsel, fair trial, self incrimina- Historical Perspective of Criminal Justice zations, domestic government, communi- tion, cruel and unusual punishment. (3) A chronological survey of significant social cations, education, or law. It is also Prerequisite: AJ 420. (Normally offered winter appropriate for inquiring students desiring term only.) events and trends in Western and Eastern civili- zations that have influenced crime and the to learn more about the way human beings AJ 450/550 live together and the structures and institu- Comparative Perspective of Criminal Justice development of law, the police, the courts, and (3) corrections and have formed the interrelation- tions they have developed (or might An exploration of international criminal justice ships among these parts of the criminal justice develop) to facilitate social cooperation and systems that compares and contrasts the general system. Prerequisite: admission to graduate pro- conflict management. features and cultural foundations of criminal jus- gram in AJ. Requirements for Major. Students tice procedures and institutions in different AJ 515 seeking to major in political science may countries throughout the world. Prerequisites: Theories of Crime and Justice (3) choose a course of study from the three A comprehensive survey of the major theories of AJ 450: AJ 100, 200, 330; AJ 550: admission to options available in the Division. The basic graduate program in AJ. criminal justice. The course will overview theories from the biological, psychological, social major option offers a traditional course of learning, critical, labeling, social-disorganiza- study in political science that involves tion, conflict, and culture-conflict perspectives some exposure to three basic areas of the and the philosophical discourses on justice of discipline. The “politics of diversity” option Hume, Mills, Kant, Rawls, and others. Prerequi- offers students the opportunity to pursue site: admission to graduate program in AJ. an interdisciplinary course of study, under 288 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

the supervision of a member of the political mended outside courses is available at the All courses submitted to satisfy the science faculty, in some aspect of the poli- Political Science Office. requirement for a minor in political science tics of diversity. The “politics of conflict Politics of Conflict and Cooperation. must be passed with a grade of C- or above. and cooperation” option offers students the The politics of conflict and cooperation Students are encouraged to take political opportunity to pursue an interdisciplinary option allows students to select an inde- science courses that complement their aca- course of study, again under the supervi- pendent and interdisciplinary course of demic interests and scholarly goals. The sion of a member of the political science study that focuses on some aspect of the political science minor is designed to be as faculty, in some aspect of the politics of politics of conflict and cooperation. Stu- flexible as possible to facilitate this end. conflict and its resolution at the national dents choosing this option must select a Students considering a minor in political and international level. Specific details faculty adviser from the political science science are strongly encouraged to consult regarding each of these majors, including faculty who will supervise the students’ with a political science adviser to work out their requirements, are set forth below. program and advise them on how to pro- an instructional program that meets their Once a student has been admitted to ceed. This option encourages students to needs. Portland State University, upper-division identify some basic issue area or problem courses used to meet political science area that involves the politics of conflict SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAM major requirements must be taken at the and cooperation that will become the sub- (See General Studies: Social Science University. Courses taken at another col- ject of analysis and research. Courses page 124.) lege or university must have received prior associated with the politics of conflict and approval from the Division of Political Sci- cooperation option are arranged under GRADUATE ence. All courses used to satisfy political three topical headings: conflict and cooper- PROGRAMS science major requirements, whether taken ation in America, international conflict and at PSU or elsewhere, must be graded C or cooperation, and theories of conflict and The Division of Political Science offers above. cooperation. Information regarding the graduate work leading to the Master of Arts Basic Major. In addition to meeting the courses associated with each of these areas and Master of Science degrees. The division University’s general education require- is available at the division office. This also offers Master of Arts in Teaching and ments, a student wishing to pursue a basic option also requires students to select four Master of Science in Teaching (General major in political science must take a mini- courses from outside political science as a Social Science) degrees with a political sci- mum of 48 credits in political science dis- part of the major requirements. These ence concentration for students pursuing a tributed as follows: courses are to be selected with the advice career in teaching. Political science is one 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics and consent of a student’s adviser. A list of of five participating disciplines offering a One 400-level course in each of the outside courses is available at the division major concentration in the Public Adminis- three fields listed below: office. tration and Policy Ph.D. program; for infor- Area I—American Politics Basic course requirements for the poli- mation relating to this program, see Area II—International/Comparative tics of diversity and politics of conflict and page 302. Politics cooperation options are as follows: The Division of Political Science offers Area III—Political Theory/Methodology 1. Select an adviser. work in political theory and philosophy, methodology, international relations and 2. Additional electives to make a total of 2. PS 200 Introduction to Politics organization, comparative politics, Ameri- at least 48 credits in political science. A 3. 44 total credits in the Division of Politi- can politics, American federalism, public minimum of 32 of the 48 credits must be cal Science, with 32 of these being upper- policy, public law, political parties, and from upper-division courses. division work political economy. Politics of Diversity. The politics of 4. 16 credits of upper-division work from For admission as a regular degree stu- diversity option allows students to select an selected courses outside political science, dent, the applicant must: adding up to 60 total credits independent and interdisciplinary course 1. Have at least a B average for all work in of study that focuses on some aspect of the 5. A relevant 407 seminar (part of the 44 the junior and senior years, or must have politics of diversity. Students choosing this credits of divisional work) completed a minimum of 12 credits in option must select a faculty adviser from 6. Preparation and submission of a con- graduate-level courses with at least a 3.10 the political science faculty who will super- cluding essay, prepared under the adviser’s GPA (on a 4.00 point scale). vise the student’s program and advise them supervision, on a topic of the student’s on how to proceed. This option encourages 2. Submit satisfactory scores on either the choosing. (Four credit hours of PS 401 will verbal and quantitative sections of the students to identify some basic issue area be devoted to the essay and will count as or problem area that involves the politics of Graduate Record Examination or the part of the 44 credits of political science Miller’s Analogy Test. The Miller’s Analogy diversity that will become the subject of work required.) analysis and research. Divisional courses Test is given on campus by Counseling and associated with the politics of diversity Requirements for Minor. To earn a Testing Services. option are arranged under three topical minor in political science, a student must 3. Request that two letters of recommen- headings: diversity in America, regional complete 28 credits in political science (of dation be sent directly to the Division of and global diversity, and diversity and jus- which 16 must be taken in residence at Political Science from faculty members at tice. Information regarding the courses PSU). This must include the following: colleges or universities previously attended associated with each of these areas is avail- 1. PS 200 Introduction to Politics or from others in a position to comment able at the division office. This option also 2. One 400-level course in two of the on the student’s academic and professional requires students to select 4 courses from fields of the discipline listed above background and experience. outside political science. These courses are 3. Additional upper-division political sci- 4. Forward to the division a 500-word to be selected with the advice and consent ence electives (no more than 8 credits of statement concerning the applicant’s aca- of a student’s adviser. A list of recom- PS 404, 405, 409, 410) to total 16 credits. demic and professional goals. (This state- C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 289

ment should indicate the student’s desired complete 44 credits of the graduate pro- PS 102 fields of concentration.) gram. The written examinations may be United States Politics (4) followed by an oral examination at the Introduction to issues and trends in political cul- 5. Submit, if the applicant is a foreign stu- ture, political behavior, and public policy mak- dent whose major language is not English, option of the candidate’s examiners. ing. Topics include: public opinion, political a satisfactory score on the Test of English The candidate who is planning to take parties and pressure groups, elections and voting as a Foreign Language. the examinations in a particular term must behavior, political participation, the role of the notify the divisional graduate secretary of Students applying for admission to the media, policy making, the budget process, such intention by the Friday of the second domestic policy, and national security policy. fall term who wish to be considered for week of that term. The candidate must by graduate fellowships should complete their PS 199 that time have consulted with the two fac- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) applications by May 1. Other students ulty examiners about the books, articles, Consent of instructor. should have completed their applications and other materials in the two fields over PS 200 at least three weeks prior to the first day of which the student will be examined. Introduction to Politics (4) the term in which they plan to enroll. Examinations will not be given in the Basic introduction to the central themes and fun- Degree Requirements. Programs lead- damental issues of political life. Examines the absence of such consultation. The written ing to the different master’s degrees offered nature and meaning of politics and political examinations will be given in the eighth by the Division of Political Science are association in both domestic and international week of the term (sixth week if it is designed to be completed in four academic settings. Fundamental concepts and ideas associ- Summer Session) with the orals, if terms. The University’s master’s degree ated with government, and politics more gener- required, taking place during the following ally, are explored, along with the nature of requirements are listed on page 65. Specific two weeks. political culture and the way this culture is divisional requirements follow. Candidates for the Master of Arts degree reflected in the institutions and operations of MASTER OF ARTS OR MASTER OF must pass an examination in a foreign lan- government. SCIENCE guage administered by the Department of PS 203 All candidates for a master’s degree in polit- Foreign Languages and Literatures. Candi- Intro to State and Local Politics (4) Provides an introduction to the role and struc- ical science must complete 48 graduate dates for the Master of Science degree must ture of state and local governments, and exam- credits from course offerings. Students are pass an examination in statistical applica- ines the forces that influence subnational expected to pass written examinations in tion administered by the Division of Politi- politics. Topics include federalism, intergovern- two of the five following fields of study: cal Science or complete for credit two mental relations, elections, the policy-making 1. American politics graduate-level political science methods process, and the problems confronting states and communities. 2. International politics courses. The foreign language examination or the statistical application examination PS 204 3. Comparative politics must be completed by the sixth week of the Comparative Politics (4) 4. Political theory term in which the candidate expects to A general survey of theories, concepts, and 5. Methodology receive the degree. Candidates must check methods employed in comparative politics. Attention given to political behavior, structures, In addition, students are required to with the respective departments for dates and processes. and times of examinations in order to meet take PS 593, Philosophy of Social Science, PS 205 and to complete and defend a master’s the above deadline. International Politics (4) thesis or a substantial research paper. Spe- Thesis and Substantial Research An analysis of the nature of relations among cific requirements are as follows: Paper. Candidates must submit a thesis or nations, with specific reference to contemporary substantial research paper to be followed international issues. Motivating factors will be 1. PS 593 Philosophy of Social Science by an oral examination. The substantial examined, including nationalism, economic 2. 20 credits in each of the two fields to research paper must be equivalent to a the- rivalries, and the quest for security. Also treated be prepared for examination purposes sis, but need not meet the formal require- will be the problem of national sovereignty and 3. 2 graduate (500-level) seminars (cred- ments of the graduate school and library. its relationship to international cooperation, its to be included in credits for field exami- changing threats to international security in the post-Cold War era, and the increasing impor- nations) MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING AND MASTER OF SCIENCE IN tance of international economic competition and 4. 6 credits of thesis or research paper TEACHING cooperation. work. Program with a political science concentra- PS 221 5. 4 credits may be taken outside political tion will be designed to enhance the candi- Introduction to Public Law (4) science with an adviser’s approval. dates’ capacity to meet their particular Introduction to the nature and function of public law in the United States. The course teaching responsibilities. See page 55 for focuses on fundamental problems of jurispru- Total credits: 50 University requirements for these degrees. dence, the relation between law and politics, the Students who wish to earn an M.S. in nature and function of the court system, judicial political science are required to take PS 595 COURSES process, and the workings of the criminal justice Research Methods for Political Science as system. part of their program. Those seeking an Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not *PS 312 M.A. in Political Science must pass an offered every year. Legislative Process (4) An examination of the role of legislatures in state examination in one foreign language to be PS 101 administered by the Department of Foreign United States Government (4) politics. Particular attention is given to the forces that shape legislative elections, the relationship Languages and Literatures. An examination is made of American government in theory and practice. Topics include: the between legislatures and governors, and efforts Examinations. Candidates for the M.A. to reform legislative politics. Recommended: PS and M.S. degrees will be required to take a constitutional foundations of American government; federalism, civil liberties, and civil rights; 101 and 102. three-hour examination on each of the two Congress and the legislative process; the presi- fields of concentration. These written dency and modern bureaucracy; the Supreme examinations normally will be taken Court and judicial policy-making. during the term in which the candidate will 290 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PS 313 PS 343 conflict, both within Israel and among the Pales- The Power Game: A Simulation of Conflict and Cooperation in World Politics tinian and greater Arab communities. Prerequi- Washington Politics (4) (4) site: PS 204, 205, or 361. Examines the nature of political power, the com- This course focuses on substantive global prob- plexities involved in policy-making, and the lems and issues areas such as war, conflict reso- PS 380 Women and Politics (4) relationship between the major political actors in lution, nationalism, arms races, and global Analysis of the political role of women in poli- Washington, D.C. The course revolves around a scarcities. The historical roots of the problems as tics. Reviews the historical and contemporary simulation of the U.S. government in which stu- well as their contemporary manifestations are analyses of women’s participation and status in dents play the roles of real members of Congress, examined using both substantive and theoretical politics. Prerequisite: PS 101 or 102. the executive branch, interest groups, and the materials. The sources of conflict and conflict press. resolution are also examined. Prerequisite PS PS 381 205. Introduction to Theory (4) PS 318 General introduction to the problems of political Media, Opinion and Voting (4) PS 345 theory. A selective survey of the political ideas of Examines the impact of the media and other U.S. Foreign Policy: The Cold War and Plato, Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, and social forces on public opinion and political par- Beyond (4) Marx which introduced some of the major tradi- ticipation in America. The course pays particular Analysis of the U.S. foreign policy process, its tions of political thought in the west. The foun- attention to the formation, direction, and inten- motives, objectives, and manner of implementa- dations of the communitarian, republican, and sity of public opinion, and its relationship to tion, in the major developments of each admin- liberal political discourse are examined and dis- voting and policy decisions. Provides opportu- istration since 1945. Emphasis is on U.S. cussed. Recommended: PS 200. nity for students to create simulated TV cam- relations with the U.S.S.R/Russia and the Third paign advertisements. Recommended: PS 102. World. Prerequisite: PS 205. PS 385 * Modern Ideologies (4) *PS 319 PS 352 An examination of the enduring political images Western European Politics (4) Politics of the Environment (4) of the modern world. Attention is given to the The human relationship with nature is a source An analysis of the political systems, processes, new, developing ideologies in the Third-World of much political conflict and has been since the and politics in major countries of Western countries and the new left as well as to the more emergence of the state. This course explores the Europe, with special reference to France and traditional concerns of liberalism, communism, short- and long-term origins of current conflicts, Germany, as well as an overview of Italy, Swe- and fascism. the emergence of political movements around den, or Switzerland. Also a short look at the environmental issues, alternative world views organizations for European integration. Prereq- *PS 387 regarding nature, and the distinctiveness of poli- uisite: PS 204 or 205. Politics and Fiction (4) This course explores various themes associated tics around these issues. Specific conflicts will be PS 353 with politics as they are presented in fictional examined, including the relationship between Introduction to Latin American Politics (4) media. The course integrates traditional aca- human attempts to control nature and human An examination of a number of Latin American demic material with novels, film, television, hierarchies, population, water, and conservation countries (Argentina, Chile, Brazil, Mexico, poetry, etc., in order to expand student aware- of biodiversity. Peru, etc.) in comparative perspective. Topics ness of politics and public life. Prerequisite: covered include: the emergence and decline of PS 321 PS 200. The Supreme Court and American Politics various regime types within each of these nation- (4) states; the role of the state, various state sectors, PS 399 Basic introduction to the relation between law state autonomy and state capacity; the emer- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) and politics in America through an analysis of gence of various social classes, class coalition PS 401/501 the work of the U.S. Supreme Court. The course and the impact of both of these on the state; the Research (Credit to be arranged.) uses selective case law in order to explore the importance of international factors such as the Consent of instructor. place of the court in America’s constitutional international economy and the United States. PS 403 structure, the way the court forms and shapes PS 354 Honors Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) policy through constitutional interpretation, and Introduction to Caribbean Politics (4) Consent of instructor. the way political forces and influences shape Provides an opportunity to examine a number of PS 404/504 Court practices, judicial selection, and the deci- Caribbean countries (Jamaica, Surinam, Trin- Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit sion making processes. Recommended: PS 221. idad, Haiti, etc.) in comparative perspective. to be arranged.) PS 325 Topics covered include: the central role of the PS 405/505 Politics and the Legal Enforcement of state, the impact of prior colonial masters and Reading and Conference (Credit to be Morals (4) the manner of acquiring independence upon arranged.) Critical examination of law as a mechanism for political and economic outcomes, country size PS 407/507 Seminar (Credit to be the enforcement of moral standards. The limits and the performance of these nation-states, arranged.) of law and political authority more generally are political parties, race, and class. Reading and discussion about an area of political explored through an analysis of specific problem PS 361 science, with a research project required. Enroll- areas associated with the legal enforcement of Introduction to the Politics of the Middle ment limited. morality. These include, but are not limited to: East (4) PS 409/509 the use of criminal justice to enforce standards of Introduction to Middle Eastern political systems. Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) conventional morality, political tolerance, civil Focus will be on the nature of traditional poli- Consent of instructor. disobedience, and the politics of law and order. tics, modernization and political development in PS 410/510 Recommended: PS 221. the region, social stratification, institutions of Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) *PS 331 government, and the political systems of selected Consent of instructor. Oregon Politics (4) Middle East countries. Prerequisite: PS 204 or PS 412/512 An examination of political structures and policy 205. The Presidency (4) trends in the state of Oregon. Attention is given *PS 362 Analysis of the institution, functions, and prob- to local governments as well as state government Arab-Israeli Conflict (4) lems of the presidency. Special attention given to with special emphasis upon the relationships Examination of the conflicting ideological per- presidential elections, presidential powers, rela- among different governmental entities. spectives, the formation of the state of Israel, rise tions with media, presidential leadership. White of Arab nationalism, emergence of Palestinian House staff, executive-legislative relations, and nationalism, the Arab-Israeli wars, rise of Pales- the presidential role in domestic, economic, for- tinian activism, diplomatic efforts at partial eign policy making and execution. Prerequisites: settlements, and possibilities of a comprehensive PS 101 and 102. settlement. Special attention is given to those elements opposed to a final settlement of the C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 291

PS 413/513 PS 423/523 PS 445/545 Congress (4) Civil Liberties (4) American Foreign Policy (4) Study of the structure, organization, powers and A study of Supreme Court decisions that affect Contemporary foreign relations of the United operations of Congress. Topics covered include: individual rights and liberties. Areas of concen- States; objectives, world, and domestic factors the evolution of Congress, congressional recruit- tration include, but are not limited to, freedom affecting American foreign policy; governmental ment and elections, legislative functions, the of speech and press, religious liberty, criminal institutions concerned with development and membership, the leaders, the committee system, justice, racial justice, gender justice, and the execution of foreign policy; major issues and the rules and procedures, executive-legislative right to privacy. Prerequisites: PS 321 or 221. problems. relations, pressure groups, lobbying, and reform. *PS 425/525 PS 446/546 Prerequisites: PS 101 and 102. Women and the Law (4) National and International Security Policies PS 414/514 Examines the relationship between women and (4) Issues in Public Policy (4) the law. The first half of the course considers A comparison of national and international secu- A study of selected major policies and programs several theories of women’s equality. During the rity systems, strategies, and policies. Emphasis of governmental regulation and service. Empha- second half of the course students will apply will be on the current issues arising in these sis is placed upon the formation, administration, these theories to a variety of problems in gender security systems and on the problems that arise and substantive content of policies in such areas justice. Substantive issues covered may include: when their needs conflict. Particular emphasis as transportation, public utility regulation, medi- sexual harassment, abortion, fetal protection will be placed on contending theories of national cal care, civil rights, education, agriculture, nat- policies, and pornography. and international security. Prerequisite PS 205 ural resources, and antitrust laws and the *PS 426/526 or 441. preservation of competition. Prerequisite: The Politics of the News (4) *PS 447/547 PS 215. Explores the role of the news media in political International Organization (4) PS 416/516 life and the political and economic forces shap- The nature and extent of the organization of Political Parties and Elections (4) ing the news. Examines the purposes and func- interaction among nations. Focus on the United An examination of political parties and elections tions of mass media in a democracy, the legal Nations, but illustrations and generalization in America. Covers such topics as: the changing and economic structure of the American media, from a wide range of regional and functional role of party organizations, machine politics, and the journalistic practices and communica- organizations including the specialized agen- electoral rules, candidate recruitment, the nomi- tions strategies that contribute to news coverage cies. Emphasis on the processes of communica- nation process, campaign strategies and tactics, of politics. tion, interaction, and negotiation within the campaign finance, and electoral reform. Recom- PS 431/531 organizational environment. mended: PS 101 and 102. State and Local Politics (4) PS 448/548 PS 417/517 Intensive examination of the role of the states International Law (4) Interest Groups (4) and cities in the federal system. The course pays Introduction to public international law. Particu- This course analyzes the role of interest groups particular attention to the importance of political lar emphasis is placed on the interplay of politics in the political process. Particular attention is culture in shaping state politics and power rela- and law in the international system. Types of law, given to why some interests are more successful tionships between the different levels and sources of law, law creating agencies, law apply- at forming groups and influencing politics than branches of government. Oregon’s political expe- ing agencies are considered. Contemporary sub- others. The course also examines techniques riences are used as example and for comparison. stantive issues in international law will be used to lobby legislatures, the executive branch, Recommended: PS 203. discussed. Prerequisite PS 205 or 441. and the courts. Recommended: PS 101 and 102. PS 441/541 *PS 449/549 *PS 418/518 World Politics (4) International Environmental Politics Contemporary Political Protest in America This course introduces students to the various and Law (4) (4) levels of analysis used in explaining world politi- Explores various environmental problems and Analyzes the role of social movements in recent cal events. Examined are a number of conceptual issue areas that exist between and among nation- American history. The course blends theoretical elements of world politics, e.g., power, interde- states. There will be an exploration of the politi- readings with empirical research into specific pendence, integration, and levels of analysis, as cal difficulties that impede solutions and the var- movements. Movements considered include but well as certain substantive elements, e.g., inter- ious pathways that may lead to environmental are not limited to: civil rights, the new left, national law and organization. Contrasts are cooperation. There will also be a focus on the public interest reform, the freeze movement, the drawn between power seeking and order-seek- international legal regimes and international women’s movement, the Christian Right, and the ing behaviors of nation states. Prerequisite institutions designed to regulate environmental paramilitary/skinhead movement. PS 205. problems. *PS 419/519 PS 442/542 *PS 451/551 Political Reform (4) Contemporary Theories of World Politics British and Commonwealth Governments Examines the concerns that drive the demand (4) (4) for political reform in America, and how specific This course presents an examination of the A study of the constitutional development, the reform proposals may affect the political system. major theories and methodological techniques political processes, and the political cultures of The first part of the course focuses on a variety employed in the analysis of world politics. Both the United Kingdom and selected member coun- of proposals to open up the electoral system and qualitative and quantitative methods will be tries of the Commonwealth. to improve representation. The second part used, evaluated, and applied to problems of PS 452/552 examines various reforms that are designed to research on world politics. Techniques of The European Union (4) make the government work more effectively and research design construction will be empha- Focuses on how the EU has evolved since its efficiently. sized. Prerequisite: PS 441. beginnings in the 1950s, on its present-day orga- PS 422/522 *PS 443/543 nization and functions, and on how the member Constitutional Law (4) Resolving International Conflicts (4) countries interact with one another in making A study of the way in which the Supreme Court A seminar that explores different kinds of inter- EU policies for jointly regulating their internal has shaped and influenced governmental struc- national disputes and actual conflicts in order to economies and societies as well as their external ture and political power. Special attention is identify and assess theories, analytical frame- policies, i.e., how the EU members also try to given to judicial decisions in the areas of federal- works, and methods of conflict resolution, man- manage their relations with the rest of the world. ism, separation of powers, the commerce clause, agement, and prevention. Emphasis is on PS 454/554 and the authority of the presidency. Prerequisite: understanding the roots of conflicts and tech- International Political Economy (4) PS 321. niques that may be appropriate to different levels A study of the contending theories of interna- and dimensions of conflict. tional political economy: power and interdependence, Regime Theory, dependency, integration, and functionalism, as well as the ideologies of 292 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

political economy-the liberal, national, and PS 479/579 PS 495/595 Marxist perspectives. Also considered are the Transitions to Democracy (4) Research Methods for Political Science (4) politics of trade, aid, and investment. Prerequi- Comparative analysis of political systems which Introduction to an examination of methodologi- site: PS 205 or 441. have experienced a transition from an authori- cal issues and statistical techniques for empirical tarian to a democratic regime. Attention is given political research. Major topics include but are PS 455/555 Politics of Economic Reform in Emerging to the conditions supportive of democratic tran- not limited to issues in designing political Market Countries (4) sition and to the problems of maintaining demo- research, survey research, the role of hypothesis Explores the process of economic reform in a cratic stability. Prerequisite: PS 204. testing, and the major statistical tools commonly comparative and international setting by focus- PS 482/582 employed in empirical political analysis. ing on emerging market countries (e.g., Argen- Liberalism and Its Critics (4) Prerequisites: Mth 243, 244. tina, Brazil, Mexico, Indonesia, Poland, Turkey, Critical examination of the theory and practice PS 503 and Thailand). Designed to give a more in-depth of liberalism as an ongoing tradition. The basic Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) analysis of reform policies for the students. Pre- elements of liberalism are identified and dis- Pass/no pass option. requisite: PS 454/554. cussed and criticisms of the liberal tradition, as PS 460/560 offered by communitarians, classical republi- Political Development in Modern Turkey (4) cans, feminists, and postmodernists, are exam- PUBLIC Designed to provide students with an in-depth ined. Liberal responses to these criticisms are study of political development literature with a also explored. Recommended: PS 381. ADMINISTRATION focus on modern Turkey. Examines how modern PS 483/583 Turkish republic emerged from the ashes of the Justice in the Modern World (4) 650 Urban Center Ottoman Empire and evaluate stages of political Critical analysis of the nature and meaning of (503) 725-3920 development during the first, second, and third social justice. Special attention is given to liberal www.upa.pdx.edu/PA/ republic. Finally, assesses the implications of theories of justice, questions of distributive justice, justice and the rule of law, inter-genera- Turkey’s new geopolitics (since the end of the M.P.A. Cold War) on Turkish political and economic tional justice, and political alternatives to the development in a global perspective. This course liberal vision of social justice. Recommended: M.P.A.: Health Administration is the same as Intl 460/560; may only be taken PS 381. M.P.H.—Participating Division in once for credit. PS 486/586 Masters of Public Health PS 461/561 American Political Thought: 1600 to 1820 Ph.D.—Lead Division in Public Politics of Economic Reform in Modern (4) Administration and Policy Doctoral Turkey (4) The development from 1600 to 1820 of Ameri- Program Course examines the politics of planned eco- can political thought about government and its nomic growth under the Republican Peoples proper relation to the individual and society. The Division of Public Administration Party, transition to the import-substituting Specific topics considered include the English offers professionally oriented programs growth model during the post-WWII era, prob- background; the colonial mind; ideas informing designed for persons in positions of man- lems associated with economic stagnation in the the revolution; the creation of the Constitution; agement in federal, state, and local govern- 1970s, and transformation of the Turkish econ- and the ratification debates; the Jeffersonian and ment; not-for-profit agencies, hospitals, omy during the 1980s and 1990s. The last two Hamiltonian conflict; John Marshall and the and other health care organizations; or decades provide important insight into how pol- expansion of national power. Attention given to those intending such careers who desire itics and economics (domestic as well as interna- bringing to the surface the fundamental, often preparation for administrative leadership in inarticulate, patterns, and presuppositions of tional) converge in shaping Turkey’s economic public service. In addition to its own fac- growth strategies. This course is the same as Intl American thought about political things. 461/561; may only be taken once for credit. ulty and courses, the Division of Public PS 487/587 Administration draws faculty and courses *PS 462/562 American Political Culture: 1820 to the International Relations of the Middle East Present (4) from a number of departments and pro- (4) The development from 1820 to the present of grams, such as political science, econom- Examination of the external dimension of American political thought about government ics, administration of justice, urban studies Middle East politics; the role of the great powers; and its proper relation to life, liberty, property and planning, gerontology, and community brief analysis of the British and French roles and the pursuit of happiness. Topics consid- health. Adjunct faculty members are also since 1945; extended analysis of American and ered include democratization and the Jackso- drawn from the governmental, nonprofit, nian period, slavery, and the nature of the Soviet/Russian policy in the Middle East. Special and health communities. attention will be given to new patterns of inter- Union, Social Darwinism and industrialization, national relations in the Middle East in the post- the progressive period, the coming of the wel- The Division of Public Administration Cold War, post-Gulf War era. Prerequisite: fare state, and contemporary concerns. Atten- admits students with a variety of under- PS 361. tion given to bringing to the surface the graduate degrees in the social sciences, as PS 466/566 fundamental, often inarticulate, patterns, and well as in business, the humanities, and the Politics of East Asia (4) presuppositions of American thought about sciences. It accepts full- and part-time stu- Analysis of the principal developments and insti- political things. dents, those who have had governmental tutions, formal and informal, that shape govern- PS 493/593 and nonprofit experience, and those who ment and politics in China, Japan, and Korea. Philosophy of the Social Sciences (4) have not. To accommodate students who PS 468/568 An analysis of the central problems associated are currently working in governmental and International Politics of East Asia (4) with the idea of a “science of society” to a “science of politics.” The philosophical foundations nonprofit organizations, the program offers Examination of the foreign policy motives, sections of all required courses during the objectives, and systems of the major East Asian of empirical social science are critically exam- states: China, Japan, and Korea. Attention is paid ined and discussed along with the foundations evening, late afternoon, or weekends. in particular to the political economy of regional of interpretive social science, critical social sci- Admission Requirements. In deter- and extra-regional relationships. ence, feminism, post modernism, and rational mining admission to the Division of Public choice theory. Recommended: PS 381. Administration, the faculty assesses the applicant’s preparation for and commitment to the unique demands of a public service career. It considers the following: 1. The appropriateness and quality of academic preparation demonstrated by the C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 293

breadth and content of prior academic PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- Public Sector Collective Bargaining: The coursework. A minimum GPA of 3.00 in tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) Legal Framework; Public Sector Collective undergraduate coursework is generally PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) Bargaining: Negotiations and Impasse Res- expected of students seeking regular PA 585 Financial Management in the Public olution; Public Sector Collective Bargain- admission status. Sector (3) (or economics course approved by ing: Administering the Agreement; and adviser) 2. Three independent assessments of the PA 590 Human Resource Management in the Labor Law. applicant’s ability to perform adequately in Public Sector (3) Nonprofit Management. For students interested in the operation of nonprofit graduate studies and potential for high- Area II—Skill Development level performance in public service. The (9 Credits) organizations, the Division of Public three letters of assessment, on forms pro- Three of the following: Administration offers a substantial specialty vided by the Division of Public Adminis- PA 507 Research and Information Skills in and number of courses in the management tration, should be provided by faculty Public Policy and Administration (3) of nonprofit organizations. Course offer- members from colleges or universities pre- PA 532 Organization and Methods (3) ings include: Introduction to Nonprofit viously attended or by other persons in a (Prerequisite: PA 540) Management, History and Foundations of position to comment on the applicant’s PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) the Nonprofit Sector, Grantwriting for PA 545 Organization Development (3) academic background and professional Nonprofits, Nonprofit Accounting, Manag- (Prerequisite: PA 540) ing Nonprofit Boards of Directors, Finan- experience. One letter should be from the PA 547 Interpersonal Communications in the applicant’s current employer, if any. Public Sector (3) cial Management of Nonprofits, and 3. A resume of professional work experi- PA 548 Advocacy in the Public Sector (3) Strategic Planning for Nonprofits. ence, if any. PA 549 Intercultural Communications in the Natural Resources Policy and Admin- Public Sector (3) istration. The Division also offers a new 4. A 500-word statement concerning the PA 550 Managing Information Resources (3) concentration and course offerings in the applicant’s professional goals and how the PA 555 Program Evaluation & Management area of natural resources and the environ- specific master’s degree relates to the (3) ment. The emphasis is on policy and achievement of his or her goals. This state- PA 557 Operations Research in Public administration. Courses include: Natural ment should indicate whether the student Management (3) Resources Policy and Administration, plans to participate in the program on Area III—Integrative Experience Water Resources Policy and Administra- a full- or part-time basis and when pro- (6 credits) tion, Energy Resources Policy and Admin- gram requirements are expected to be Integrative Experience is offered under two istration, and other specialty offerings in options and is available to students only after completed. natural resources. 5. A TOEFL score of 550 is required of they have completed 42 credits in their master’s program. Option 1 is intended for “in-ser- Health Policy and Administration. every applicant whose first language is not vice” students, those who have had limited or The Division offers a broad specialty area in English. This is a requirement even if the no administrative experience. Option 2 is for health policy and administration which applicant has earned an undergraduate those students who have had at least three gives students the needed conceptual and degree in the United States. years of full-time administrative or manage- technical skills in health administration for 6. In addition to the above, the Master of ment experience in public, non-profit, and/or hospitals, health maintenance organiza- Public Health (M.P.H.) degree requires health care organizations. tions, and health-related governmental completion of an undergraduate course in Option 1: PA 509, Organizational Experience organizations. Course offerings are avail- (6). Pass/no pass only. statistics and the GRE. or able in health policy and administration, The Division of Public Administration Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice health planning, health economics, budget- maintains the same application deadlines Workshop: Case Development (3) and ing and finance. Requirements for the spe- published for the University. Admission is PA 512, Case Analysis (3) cialty health degrees (M.P.A.: HA and open fall, winter, and spring terms, and Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) M.P.H.) are indicated below. Summer Session. Specialty areas and courses must be approved by Other Specialty Areas. Courses for a Limitation on By-Arrangement the student’s adviser. The Division of Public specialty in Administration of Justice are Courses. Admitted Ph.D. and master’s stu- Administration offers specialty areas and provided by the Administration of dents may utilize no more than 12 credits courses in human resource management and Justice Division. In addition, the Division of by-arrangement classes (501/601 and labor relations, the management of nonprofit of Public Administration is developing spe- organizations, health policy and administra- 505/605). In cases where more than 12 cialty areas in Public Policy and in Budget- tion, and natural resources policy and admin- ing and Financial Management. credits are needed because of the lack of istration. Specialty areas may also be selected regularly scheduled classes, a waiver must from other departments or divisions within the M.P.A.: H.A. DEGREE be submitted for approval to the Division University and may be put together as multi- The Division of Public Administration Curriculum Committee and the College disciplinary endeavors. offers a Master of Public Administration: director Total Credits: 60 Health Administration degree. Students M.P.A. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS admitted to this degree are required to DIVISION SPECIALIZATIONS complete 60 credits of coursework. Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) Public Sector Human Resource Man- PA 511 Public Administration (3) For students interested in geriatrics, PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) agement and Labor Relations. The Divi- gerontology, and the administration of (Prerequisite: PA 511) sion of Public Administration offers an aging programs, the Institute of Aging pro- PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) integrated concentration of course offerings vides a Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy for students desiring to emphasize person- which may be earned in conjunction with Implementation (3) nel administration, public sector labor rela- the M.P.A.: H.A. degree. PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) tions, and the management of human (Prerequisite: PA 511) resources. Course offerings include Human PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- Resource Management in the Public Sector; tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic Discrimination Law; Affirmative Action; statistics) 294 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Degree Requirements M.P.H. DEGREE PH.D. IN PUBLIC Area I—Substantive Core (30 Credits) The Division of Public Administration ADMINISTRATION AND PA 511 Public Administration (3) offers the Master of Public Health degree PA 540 Administrative Theory & Behavior (3) or with a specialty track in health administra- POLICY PA 541 Organizational Behavior in Health (3) tion and policy as part of the Oregon MPH The Division of Public Administration (Prerequisite: PA 511) Consortium offered by Portland State Uni- cooperates with other units within the Col- PA 533 Public Policy: Origins and Processes (3) versity, Oregon State University and lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer a PA 534 Administrative Law and Policy Oregon Health Sciences University. Stu- doctoral degree in public administration Implementation (3) dents admitted to the health administration PA 551 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- and policy. For details, see the program and policy track of the M.P.H. degree are tion I (3) (Prerequisite: recent course in basic description on page 278. statistics) required to complete 60 hours of course- PA 552 Analytic Methods in Public Administra- work. Instruction is provided at tion II (3) (Prerequisite: PA 551) Portland State University and Oregon COOPERATIVE DEGREE PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) or Health Sciences University. PROGRAMS IN COMMUNITY PA 513 Administrative Ethics and Values (3) Degree Requirements HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS (Prerequisite: PA 511) AND PUBLIC HEALTH PA 582 Public Budgeting (3) 1. M.P.H. Core Courses (15 credits) PH 512 Epidemiology Survey (3) PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) The Division of Public Administration PA 590 Human Resource Management in the PH 525 Biometry Survey (3) Public Sector (3) PHE 580 Concepts of Environmental along with the School of Community Health (3) Health, College of Urban and Public Affairs Area II—Skill Development (9 Credits) at Portland State University, collaborates Three of the following: PHE 512 Principles of Health Behavior (3) PA 545 Organization Development (3) PA 574 Health Systems Organization (3) with the Oregon Health Sciences Univer- (Prerequisite: PA 540) 2. Health Administration and Policy sity and Oregon State University in offering PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health (3) or Required Concentration (27 credits) the Oregon Master of Public Health degree. PA 536 Strategic Planning (3) PA 540 Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) Coursework can be taken at any one of the PA 579 Health Care Information Systems PA 570 Health Administration (3) participating institutions. The three univer- Management (3) or PA 550 Managing PA 571 Health Policy (3) sities jointly administer the M.P.H. degree Information Systems (3) PA 573 Values and Ethics in Health (3) program. PA 588 Program Evaluation & Management in PA 586 Introduction to Health Economics (3) Health Services (3) or PA 555 Program Eval- And 12 credits from the following: uation and Management (3) PA 576 Strategic Planning in Health INTERINSTITUTIONAL Substitutions of other skill development courses Services (3) COOPERATION AND offered by the Division of Public Administra- PA 577 Health Care Law and Regulation (3) PROGRAM MERGER tion are allowed with consent of adviser. PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health Area III—Integrative Experience (6 credits) Care (3) Portland State University and Lewis & Integrative Experience is offered under two PA 579 Health Care Information Systems Clark College, a small private institution in Management (3) options and is available to students only after southwest Portland, were authorized to they have completed 42 credits in their mas- PA 587 Financial Management of Health ter’s programs. Option 1 is intended for “in- Services (3) provide M.P.A. degrees in the fall of 1976. service” students, those who have had limited PA 588 Program Evaluation and Management For twenty years the faculty of the two or no administrative experience. Option 2 is in Health Services (3) degree programs cooperated in academic for those students who have had at least three PA 589 Research Methods in Health and other professional endeavors. In the years of full-time administrative or manage- Services (3) ment experience in public, non-profit, and/or fall of 1996, the Lewis & Clark program health care organizations. 3. M.P.H. Elective Courses (12 credits) merged with Portland State. The Lewis & Option 1: PA 509, Organizational In consultation with his or her adviser, the stu- Clark public administration faculty became Experience (6) Pass/no pass only. dent selects elective credits from appropriate Portland State faculty and students who or course offerings of the participating universi- had been admitted to the graduate public Option 2: PA 508, Reflective Practice ties. Elective courses may be selected to reflect Workshop: Case Development (3), and administration program at Lewis & Clark PA 512, Case Analysis (3) an area of special interest. The choice of elec- were admitted to Portland State. tive courses should relate to the broad disci- Area IV—Field of Specialization (15 credits) pline of public health and its support The Lewis & Clark program brought Core Specialization Courses (6 credits) disciplines. with it to Portland State specialty areas in PA 570 Health Administration (3) natural resources policy and administration PA 571 Health Policy (3) 4. Field Work (6 credits) PA 509 Organizational Experience (6) and nonprofit management, as well as two Three courses selected from the following institutes: The Institution of Nonprofit (9 credits): Total Credits: 60 Management and the Executive Leadership PA 510 Managed Care (3) PA 544 Building Healthy Communities (3) Institute. These institutes, which are inte- PA 572 Health Politics (3) ACCREDITATION gral parts of the Division of Public Admin- PA 577 Health Care Law & Regulation (3) istration, are described below. PA 578 Continual Improvement in Health The Master of Public Administration and INSTITUTE FOR NONPROFIT Care (3) the Master of Public Administration: MANAGEMENT PA 587 Financial Management in Health Health Administration degrees are accred- 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs Services (3) ited by the National Association of Schools (503) 725-8221 PA 589 Research Methods in Health Services (3) of Public Affairs and Administration. The The Institute for Nonprofit Management, Other health-related courses not listed may be Master of Public Health degree is accred- established in 1993, serves the professional selected in consultation with the adviser. ited by the Council on Education for Public leadership and management of the non- Health. profit community. The Institute offered the Total credits: 60 first graduate and noncredit courses in C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 295

nonprofit studies in the Northwest and is PA 505 PA 515 considered a leading program for nonprofit Reading and Conference (Credit to be Public Works Administration (3) arranged.) management and professional education. A general overview of administrative practices in PA 507 public works, including an evaluation of organi- Graduate and noncredit courses as well Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) zational practices, project management, and as certificates, seminars, conferences, PA 508 relationships to political processes. The course forums, and community workshops are Reflective Practice Workshop: Case will consider actual problems in the administra- offered through the Institute. The Institute Development (3) tion of public works. provides more than 20 course offerings in This workshop is designed to provide the mid- PA 520 the noncredit program which are designed career student with administrative experience an Management of Not-for-profit to provide practical skill-based education opportunity to develop the skills of reflective Organizations (3) for nonprofit managers. Adjunct faculty practice. It requires students to prepare a written Deals with a wide range of management needs, members from the nonprofit community administrative case problem based on significant problems, and issues of not-for-profit organiza- issues and incidents in their own practice. Cases tions. It considers such items as the following: complement full-time faculty. must be suitable for classroom level classes. Pre- the executive director as manager; working with Graduate students interested in a spe- requisites are at least three years of full-time a policy board; volunteer/staff relations; person- cialization in nonprofit studies may choose administrative or management experience in a nel administration; budgeting and financial from more than 10 courses, both theoreti- public, non-profit, and/or health care organiza- management; fund raising and sources of reve- cal and applied, to complement their tion and 42 hours of completed course work nue; long-range planning; and community orga- M.P.A. degree requirements. toward the degree. nization. EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE PA 509 PA 521 Organizational Experience (6) History And Foundations of the Nonprofit 239 College of Urban and Public Affairs This offering is a Public Service Internship or Sector (3) (503) 725-8216 Problem Analysis Project and is required of all Provides an introduction to the history and The Executive Leadership Institute’s mis- “in-service” students, those who have limited or development of the private, nonprofit sector in sion is to meet the needs of public service no administrative experience. The student is the United States. It explores theories and con- practitioners by serving as the external expected to complete a field experience with an cepts that describe the social, political, legal, and delivery arm of the Division of Public appropriate agency, culminating in a project economic meaning of volunteerism, philan- Administration. The Institute accomplishes report systematically analyzing an administrative thropy, and the nonprofit sector as a sector separate from government and business. It provides a this mission through the following five sets problem that is both instructive to the student and of importance to the agency. Students also specific focus on the relationship of nonprofit to of activities: (1) master’s degree preparation attend several seminars to aid them to integrate government in the delivery of public services at near-in, off-campus sites; (2) research; their field experience with their coursework and within the context of a welfare state. (3) technical assistance to agencies in man- cultivate the habit of reflective practice. PA 509 PA 522 aging technological and organizational is available to master’s degree students only after Managing Nonprofit Boards (3) innovations; (4) continuing professional they have earned 42 credits in their programs. Addresses the history and functions of boards in education; and (5) community and profes- Pass/no pass only. the nonprofit sector, including an examination sional service. PA 510 of the roles of boards in governance and leader- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ship; policy and administration; decision- THE CENTER FOR WATERSHED AND making processes; board-staff relations; resource COMMUNITY HEALTH PA 511 Public Administration (3) development; board composition and recruit- 205 College of Urban and Public Affairs The role of administration in a democratic ment; ethics and liability; and current research (503) 725-8101 society. The course surveys the field, the devel- on boards and organizational effectiveness. The Center for Watershed and Community opment of the profession and practices in public PA 524 Health (CWCH) is not organizationally administration, and examines the legal, histori- Financial Management in Nonprofit part of the Hatfield School of Government, cal, economic, and political foundations of Organizations (3) Designed to provide participants without formal but is an important entity affiliated with the the American governmental and nonprofit traditions. accounting or finance training with the concep- School and housed within it. It works tual framework and practical tools needed to closely with the faculty, students, and staff PA 512 Case Analysis (3) provide strong fiscal management and fiscal of the Division of Public Administration, This course is designed to provide mid-career leadership in the nonprofit environment. For providing research and evaluation opportu- students with administrative experience an students with formal finance and/or accounting nities, internship and program administra- opportunity to develop skills in the areas of background, the course will provide opportuni- tive experience, and links with reflective practice, administrative problem solv- ties to compare and contrast fiscal management practitioners in their fields. ing, consulting, and coaching. Students will be objectives and functions in nonprofit with those The Center for Watershed and Commu- required to present the case problem they devel- found in for profit and/or governmental entities. It is structured to illustrate the nonprofit fiscal nity Health was organized in 1997 to oped in PA 508, Reflective Practice Workshop: Case Development, as the basis of an exercise in management cycle: planning, execution, record- explore ways to link environmental and ing, reporting, and monitoring. economic goals within watersheds to administrative problem solving and coaching for their fellow students. Prerequisite: PA 508. PA 525 enhance both economic and community Grantwriting for Nonprofit Organizations PA 513 (3) well-being. Administrative Ethics and Values (3) The process of grant acquisition, beginning with Explores values, ethics, and morality in public the formulation of a fundable idea and conclud- sector administration. It considers such concepts COURSES ing in an application and its review. Students are and issues as the following: personal and profes- expected to identify potential funding sources, sional values and roles; the myth of value neu- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered initiate inquiries, and develop an application for trality; the public interest; values, ethics, and every year. funds to support a program or study of special change; value trade-offs; ethical ambiguities; eth- PA 501 interest. The steps in this process are discussed ical codes, fiscal ethics, and ethics and adminis- Research (Credit to be arranged.) in general terms and in the context of each stu- trative discretion. PA 504 dent’s application. The focus is the development Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit of grants from private rather than public to be arranged.) funders. 296 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PA 532 environments. This includes theories of organi- PA 550 Organization and Methods (3) zational, group, and individual behavior, such as Managing Information Resources (3) Designed to familiarize students with the sub- organizational design, power and authority, lead- Considers information management and com- stance and range of work performed by manage- ership, teamwork, communications, work puter information systems as they affect public ment analysts in the public sector, commonly design, and motivation. Emphasis is on manag- management and public policy. Basic concepts referred to as organization and methods. Empha- ers and managing in public purpose organiza- are covered, and emphasis is placed on the use sis will be on developing skills and the ability to tions by reviewing major theories and their of computerized information technologies as conduct management analysis studies. Specific application and effective use. management tools for public sector administra- content will include: conducting reorganization tors. Substantial use is made of case studies to PA 541 studies; work measurement and productivity Organizational Behavior in Health Service highlight how the public sector manager may analysis; procedures analysis; forms control; Organizations (3) most appropriately and effectively use computer management by objectives; management infor- Provides an overview of organizational theory resources and avoid inappropriate and mislead- mation systems. Prerequisite: PA 540. and behavior in health services organizations. ing use of these resources. PA 533 Emphasis is on developing an understanding of PA 551 Public Policy: Origins and Process (3) the factors and forces which influence the Analytic Methods in Public Administration I Drawing on the general concept of the policy organization, behavior, and operations of health (3) cycle, this course explores the central actors, services delivery organizations through Topics to be covered include: research design, processes, and issues associated with the forma- consideration of organizations, their environ- sampling theory, techniques of data collection, tion of public policy. The course gives particular ments, and the roles of individuals working in tabulation and presentation; sampling theory, weight to interaction among the three branches management. statistical reasoning and analytic techniques of estimation and hypothesis testing; and computer of government, interest groups, and the private PA 543 sector. Tensions between technocratic and politi- Creating Collaborative Communities (3) applications for statistical analysis. Prerequisite: cal approaches to policy development also Collaboration is perceived as an important recent course in basic statistics. receive attention, as do intergovernmental method for addressing complex community PA 552 concerns. issues through alliances with other organizations Analytic Methods in Public Administration PA 534 in the nonprofit, for-profit, and government II (3) Administrative Law and Policy organizations. This course introduces students A continuation and expansion of topics covered Implementation (3) to the theory and practice of collaboration in PA 551, focusing on analytic methods used in When policies receive the formal status of laws, through in-class and “living” case studies in research and evaluation of public sector policies, they acquire a special significance for the execu- the community. Students will learn the success systems, and programs. Topics to be covered tive and judicial branches. This course examines factors, barriers to, and preconditions of collabo- may include: qualitative and quantitative appli- the process of policy implementation through ration at the intraorganizational, interorganiza- cations in research design and data collection; the use of administrative discretion and the rule- tional, and intersectoral levels. They will explore statistical modeling, forecasting, program evalu- making process. Delegation of legislative power, the potential for using collaboration in a variety ation, and other areas of applied research. Pre- judicial review, informal adjudication, and the of community settings. requisite: PA 551. role of the administrative law judge are empha- PA 545 PA 555 sized. The limits of discretionary authority are Organization Development (3) Program Evaluation and Management (3) explored. Students address the theoretical, prac- A consideration of organization development as Examines program evaluation from the perspec- tical, and ethical issues in implementation, a strategy for organizational change. This course tive of the public administrator. Covers the giving particular attention to the relationship emphasizes concepts and methodologies relating major approaches, methods, and concepts in the between stated goals and actual outcomes. to organizational problem diagnosis, action field of program evaluation. Topics include PA 535 research, planned change, change implementa- impact assessment, research design, qualitative Administrative Law and Regulation (3) tion and evaluation, and the development of evaluation methods, performance auditing, ben- The constitutional basis for administrative law; appropriate interpersonal competencies and efit-cost analysis, and other selected topics. the Administrative Procedures Act; promulgat- skills. Focuses on the public manager as change PA 557 ing regulations: notice, hearings and reasoning agent. Operations Research in Public processes; practical problems in rule making; Administration (3) PA 547 Addresses the need for today’s public adminis- administrative adjudication: discovery, hearings, Interpersonal Communications in the and decisions; informal administrative decisions: Public Sector (3) trators to have some understanding of the fairness vs. efficiency; technical law: jurisdiction, Explores the theory and practice of human com- increasingly important tools of management sci- standing, rightness, court procedures; designing munication in an organizational context. Special ence and operations research. It has no prerequi- administrative procedures to reach good deci- emphasis will be placed on theories of task- site: quantitative or technical background is not sions quickly with reasonable resources; free- group communication, interpersonal conflict required. A variety of topics will be covered, dom of information; current administrative law resolution and cross-value (intercultural, inter- with some flexibility in choice of topics accord- problems. ethnic) communication. Various exercises will ing to students’ interest. Topics include: linear PA 536 emphasize skills in verbal presentation, group programming, queueing, simulation, decision Strategic Planning (3) communications, and interpersonal communica- analysis, forecasting, PERT/CPM, inventory anal- Provides an overview of the application of plan- tion in the context of status, cultural, ethnic, and ysis, and replacement analysis. Methods taught ning systems to public sector functions and gender differences. in the course will be in the context of public administration. explores newer “stakeholder” theories of plan- PA 548 ning, planning models, and the step-by-step Advocacy Roles in Public Management (3) PA 558 process for initiating and engaging in strategic Explores the skills of advocacy as they relate to Public Productivity Analysis (3) planning processes at various levels of govern- the duties of the public administrator. The basic An examination of theoretical issues, method- ment. Through the use of case studies and principles of argumentative procedure are ological problems, applications and current hands-on exercises, students are exposed to emphasized with a focus on oral advocacy, brief- developments in public productivity. Topics practical applications of strategic planning ing arguments, and conducting public hearings. include concepts or organizational effectiveness, approaches and techniques. Videotape will be used to help develop the oral performance indicators, human relations PA 540 communication skills of the advocate. approaches, system analysis, and recent efforts Administrative Theory and Behavior (3) to improve governmental productivity. Managing organizational systems to accomplish purposeful outcomes. Attention is given to how formal structures and informal processes influence organizational goals in public and nonprofit C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 297

PA 561 icies in a policy arena which has divided author- discussion include: structure of the health care Public Bureaucracy: Political and Legal ity, plural traditions, and multiple resource and system, the providers, health care personnel, Aspects (3) social issues. financing health care, planning, and evaluation. An examination of the theoretical and practical role of public bureaucracy in the formation, PA 567 PA 575 Energy Resources Policy and Health Planning I (3) planning, and administration of public policy. Administration (3) An investigation of the theory and philosophy of Issues and concepts in the planning and man- Reviews the history, politics, and institutions health planning. Specific topics include evalua- agement of public policy will be analyzed. The related to current energy policy and administration of community health needs, comprehensive role of the bureaucracy in contemporary govern- tion with particular attention to the Pacific health planning, and the relationship of health ment will be critically reviewed. Issues of Northwest and development of hydroelectric planning to administration. responsiveness, responsibility, equity, organiza- power. National energy policy history is PA 576 tional structure, effectiveness, and efficiency will reviewed including political, financial, and envi- be assessed. Administrative procedures and law Strategic Planning in Health Services (3) ronmental problems. Explores the roles of inter- Introduces general concepts, models, and theo- will be addressed in the context of bureaucratic est groups; state, local, national, and processes and decision making. ries of strategic planning and develops them in international governments; and regional govern- terms of applications in the health services PA 563 ing institutions. It explores the changing distri- industry. Through participation in an actual stra- Citizens and Administration (3) bution of social costs and benefits as both a tegic planning process, students will gain experi- This course analyzes modern civic life and its cause and result of policy change. Passage of the ence and some expertise in the planning, challenges. Its major focus is the often ambigu- 1980 Northwest Power Act, the Northwest decision-making, and conduct of strategic plan- ous relationship between citizens and adminis- Power Planning Council created in the act, and ning. Prerequisite: PA 570. trators in the political system. Other topics the implementation of the act will be studied, emphasized are: transformation of civic life in PA 577 as will current issues like energy conservation, Health Care Law and Regulation (3) modern times, declining citizen trust in govern- regional power planning, deregulation and ment, modern approaches to citizen participa- Formulated to give students a working knowl- the status of institutions involved in energy edge of substantive law and legal procedures as tion in government, and the future of “civism” in policy, and Columbia basin fish and wildlife the United States. they relate to the health field. Among the topics conservation. considered are negligence, vicarious liability, PA 565 PA 570 labor law, criminal aspects of health care law, Natural Resource Policy and Administration Health Administration (3) and courtroom procedures. National and state (3) An examination of issues related to the adminis- Reviews the history, politics, and institutions health care policy reform proposals are also dis- tration of health care systems. Topics include: cussed, as are other contemporary topics such as related to current environmental and natural changing patterns of health care, budget and resource policy and its administration. Reviews assisted suicide, abortion, and AIDS. Prerequi- financial management techniques, and political sites: PA 570, 571, 574. policy domains like land and forest, water, influences on health administration. energy, fish and wildlife, and environmental PA 578 quality. Special attention is paid to policy and PA 571 Continual Improvement In Health Care (3) Health Policy (3) administrative governance issues like sustaining Intended to introduce students to the concepts Centers on an investigation of the public policy common pool goods, structuring intergovern- of continual improvement and illustrate applica- process as it affects the health care field. Specific mental relations, and evaluating policy imple- tions of these concepts in health care. The basic health care policies and programs are used to mentation strategies of direct production, content will be drawn from the industrial quality explore the characteristics of the health care planning, regulation, and changing market improvement literature; this will be elaborated policy process and the factors involved in the incentives. A central premise is that natural through presentation and analysis of health care formulation, implementation, and evaluation of resource administrators face a policy arena that case studies. Students will gain an understand- health care policies and programs. is intrinsically problematic because of the ing of different approaches to process improve- dynamic nature of social values about natural PA 572 ment and quality management and will be resources, the long time horizon implicit in Health Politics (3) prepared to apply this knowledge in the practice resource systems, the broadening geographic This course is designed to survey the interwork- setting. Prerequisite: PA 570. scale considered in natural resources decisions, ings of health care legislation. By examining the PA 579 and the interdependency of social and ecological nuts and bolts of health law development, a Health Care Information Systems communities. Recommended as a first course in better understanding of health policy develop- Management (3) the environmental and natural resource adminis- ment within the context of the political system Two foci: health information systems and health tration specialization. can be realized. Health legislation is examined in care organization re-engineering. The first focus terms of historical analysis and the legislative looks at information systems in health care as PA 566 process, including the role of interest groups, the clinical care and operational management tools. Water Resources Policy and Administration use of information in the political system, the (3) Included are business needs, the relationship Reviews the history, politics, and institutions role of bureaucracy, and the budget process. between organizational needs and technology related to current water policy and administra- PA 573 capabilities, and the management and control of tion in the United States. Examines policy his- Values and Ethics in Health (3) IS resources. The focus on health care organiza- tory leading to present institutional and legal Explores a number of issues and questions in tion re-engineering includes the role of evolving arrangements for federal, tribal, regional, state, health care, including the following: conflicting technologies in development of the community and local water quality and quantity decision and competing values; making choices by policy health resource and information needs in the making. Attention is given to the industrial makers and health care professionals and admin- shift from inpatient clinical settings to commu- development of the East and created water istrators as to who gets what health services; the nity provider networks. resources of the arid West as a way to under- conflict between money and profits and the con- PA 582 stand changing social sentiments toward water cept that all people within the American demo- Public Budgeting (3) and water policy. Examines the evolution of pur- cratic system are entitled to at least basic health Focuses on the major dimensions of public pose in pollution laws from human health pro- care. sector budgetary systems. Major emphasis will tection to include ecosystem health protection PA 574 be devoted to the local budget processes. Topics and explores implementation of such protection Health Systems Organization (3) will include basic concepts of public budgeting, through “watershed” approaches to land use and Course focus is on the manner in which health the budget cycle, budget strategy, planning and water quality management by NGO’s, and fed- care in the United States is organized and presentation, alternative budgeting systems, the eral, state, and local government. A major theme administered, as well as the forces which are budget as a political and management tool. is the problem of developing coherent water pol- influencing change in the structure and delivery of health services. Specific topics of analysis and 298 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

PA 583 PA 588 PA 593 Advanced Budgeting Concepts and Program Evaluation and Management In Discrimination Law (3) Techniques (3) Health Services (3) Examines state and federal laws prohibiting dis- Investigates how budgeting can be used to Introduces the theory and practice of program crimination, the major legal theories of proof, review, analyze, and establish public policy and evaluation in the health services system. the employer’s defenses against discrimination administrative accountability. Students learn Includes multiple methods and uses of evalua- charges, the administrative agencies involved, how to: 1) design the best budget system to fit tion from the perspectives of managers, health the complaint process, and remedies for viola- various political environments; 2)review the professionals, and health services researchers, tions. It is recommended that this course be effectiveness and efficiency of programs through with an emphasis on the utilization of evaluation taken prior to taking PA 594. budget analyses; and 3)use the budget to clarify findings in program planning and management PA 594 public policy issues and establish management in health services. Course learning will be syn- Affirmative Action Planning (3) accountability for performance. The mechanics thesized through a community-based learning Designed to instruct the student in the affirma- of public budgeting will also be discussed in experience involving working with a community tive action requirements imposed on federal detail, including developing a budget calendar, partner to develop an evaluation framework and contractors by federal laws, presidential execu- making fund balance estimates, balancing reve- methodology for an existing or proposed health tive orders and implementing regulations. Lec- nues and expenditures, and monitoring the program. tures, reading, and discussions will be directed approved budget. Students should have practical PA 589 toward an exploration of federal and state case experience or a previous course in budgeting. Research Methods in Health Services (3) law, the enforcement agencies in theadministra- PA 585 Provides an introduction to traditional methods tive process, complaint investigation, resolution Financial Management in the Public Sector of designing and conducting health services of noncompliance, and the elements of an affir- (3) research. It is intended that at the completion of mative action compliance program, including An investigation of the sources, methods, and the course students will understand multiple the concepts of availability and goals. Recom- mechanisms available for financing public orga- approaches to health services research, be able to mended that students have had PA 593. nizations in a dynamic and complex environ- be both participants in and consumers of the PA 595 ment. It includes a consideration of the research process, and will be competent in con- Public Sector Collective Bargaining: The administrative and behavioral as well as the eco- ducting critical appraisals of the health services Legal Framework (3) nomic dimensions of financing public organiza- literature and in writing research proposals. The history and development of public sector tions. The examination identifies and explores Prerequisites: PA 570; 512, 525. collective bargaining in the United States. Specif- the skills which are appropriate for managing PA 590 ically included: the role and importance of contemporary public finance systems. Among Human Resource Management in the Public public sector collective bargaining law; the the specific topics considered in this course are Sector (3) diversity of collective bargaining laws; compari- the following: tax and nontax sources of reve- Administration and management of human son of various state laws with proposed national nue; intergovernmental fiscal relations; debt resource systems in public sector and nonprofit legislation; an in-depth analysis of Oregon’s management; productivity; rate analysis; cash organizations. Focus is on the underlying values public sector collective bargaining law; the flow management; and managing fiscal of human resource management, related public Oregon Employment Relations Board (ERB)—its retrenchment. policies, structural patterns, and the functional structure and operation, the rules of procedure PA 586 areas of HRM systems. Specific attention will be of ERB, major functional areas of ERB-bargaining Introduction to Health Economics (3) directed to the strategic roles of human resource unit determination, representation and decertifi- Focuses on defining and measuring the perfor- management in day-to-day operations, merit cation procedures, unfair labor practices, the mance of the health care sector, defining and system concepts and practices, position and conduct of elections, the Oregon Mediation Ser- explaining microeconomic concepts, and evalu- wage classification systems, methods of securing vice, impasse procedures and continuing legal ating various policy initiatives to improve effi- a qualified labor force, and labor relations. Legal issues (mandatory vs. permissive home rule and ciency, equity, and technological progress in requirements in each of these areas will be exam- sovereignty bargaining in good faith). This health care. Specific topics include description ined. Emphasis will be on learning by doing course is a prerequisite for PA 596 and PA 597. of the health care industry, production of health, through use of skill-building exercises, simula- PA 596 measurement of health care price changes, tion and analysis of case materials, review of rel- Public Sector Collective Bargaining: theory of demand for health care, theory of pro- evant case law, administrative rule-making, and Negotiations and Impasse Resolution (3) duction and cost, measurement of inputs and current literature. This course serves as a foun- Deals with the diversity of roles of the parities in outputs, cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness anal- dation for PA 591. negotiation; planning for negotiations; develop- ysis, and structure and functioning of markets. PA 591 ment of original demands and fallback positions; In addition, the role of government in a private Policy Issues in Public Human Resource negotiation strategy and tactics; the major issues economy in dealing with market failure is Management (3) in negotiating; and the diversity and similarity of discussed, especially as it relates to the goal of Provides an in-depth analysis of evolving issues negotiations in state government, cities, coun- assuring universal access to health care. Does not in the management of human resource systems ties, school districts, and higher education. A require any specific preparation in economics or in public sector and nonprofit organizations. mock negotiation case will be bargained. This mathematics, although graphical presentation of Topics for analysis vary from term-to-term. course will also deal with the process of media- economic concepts is emphasized. Prerequisite: Examples of topics include: the design and tion, fact-finding, and interest arbitration. Pre- PA 570. implementation of employee performance evalu- requisite: PA 595. PA 587 ation programs; determining training needs and PA 597 Financial Management of Health Services planning a programmed response; compensation Public Sector Collective Bargaining: (3) systems, including problems of wage compres- Administering the Agreement (3) Focuses on the analysis and administration of sion; negotiated wage settlements and other eco- Deals with the nature of the collective bargaining resources in the health care field. Among the nomic benefits related to wages and salaries; agreement; the establishment of grievance proce- specific topics included in this course are finan- employee morale and motivation incentives; and dure; the meaning of a grievance; the processing cial statements, budgeting, cash flow, costing, occupational health and safety issues. Noted of grievances; and continuing grievance prob- capital decision making, sources of capital and practitioners from the region are frequent guests lems such as discipline, transfers, senority, over- operating funds, depreciation and government of the class. This course is a continuation of time, work assignments, insubordination, layoff, reimbursement schemes, and human resources material covered in PA 590. Students may take recall, and manning requirements. Emphasis will planning and management. Prerequisites: PA this course without completing PA 590. be on the use of case materials to illustrate these 570, 571, 574. problems. Also includes a discussion of arbitration followed by a mock arbitration session. Pre- requisite: PA 595. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 299

PA 601 PA 615 The course follows the stages of policy develop- Research (Credit to be arranged.) Administrative Process (3) ment: problem definition, agenda setting, bud- PA 603 The purpose of this course is to explore the geting, authorization, implementation, and Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) nature of the administrative process and its rela- oversight. Case material is taken from federal, PA 605 tionship to organizational structure, process, and state, and local governments with special consid- Reading and Conference (Credit to be behavior within the broader context of program- eration given to the intergovernmental aspects of arranged.) matic and organizational governance. Emphasis the policy process. Prerequisite: admission to PA 607 will be placed on the following topics: the influ- the Ph.D. program in public administration and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) ence of structural alternatives on behavior; value policy. systems and normative prescriptions; organiza- PA 610 PA 618 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) tional culture; and the influence of the adminis- Political and Organizational Change (3) trative process on the way in which agencies An investigation into the nature of change, par- PA 611 formulate and implement policy within the con- Theoretical Foundations of Governance (3) ticularly its political and organizational manifes- text of their respective legislative mandates. Pre- This course analyzes the foundational, political, tations. The focus is on change as a process (i.e., requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in social, and economic theories which have how it happens) as well as a product (i.e., the public administration and policy. shaped institutions and processes of governance outcome). Conceptual and theoretical concerns during the modern era. Prerequisite: admission PA 616 in understanding change, the sources of political to the Ph.D. program in public administration Policy Process (3) and organizational change, change in the gover- and policy. This course focuses on the politics of the policy nance system, change in contemporary society, process. It examines the role, influence, and and managing in complex and nonprofit organi- PA 612 interaction of legislatures, executives, bureaucra- Governance, Public Administration, and zations will be examined. Rule of Law Systems (3) cies, courts, policy communities, and citizens. This course provides students with an understanding of the ways in which the “rule of law” influences the theory and practice of governance and public administration. This understanding is developed by comparing rule of law systems with other ways of creating social order and organizing community life; examining the origins of the rule of law within both liberal democratic theory and the American constitutional tradition; exploring the distinctive institutional role that administration plays in the American rule of law system through its participation in administrative rule making and policy implementation; examining the role ambiguity created for career administrators in carrying out their responsibilities within the American rule of law system. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in public administration and policy. PA 613 Institutional Foundations of Governance (3) This course examines the basic concept of governance in the context of the nation state and its political economy. Particular attention is paid to archetypical systems, structures, and functions of governance which developed in the modern era. This material is then related to the development of the American administrative state. Pre- requisite: admission to the Ph.D. program in public administration and policy. PA 614 Contemporary Governance (3) Contemporary factors impacting governance world wide: political instability and fragmentation of government; erosion in the jurisdiction and power of the nation state and its causes; the search for new approaches and substitutes to government; accelerated blurring of sector boundaries—increasing use of third party providers; and non-political boundaries. Prerequi- site: admission to the Ph.D. program in public administration and policy.

Regina Lawrence, Political Science 300 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF URBAN STUDIES AND PLANNING

350 Urban Center the environment and economic develop- Community Development (503) 725-4045 ment. The major prepares students for Concentrations (29-30 credits) www.upa.pdx.edu/USP/ postbaccalaureate employment or gradu- Students will choose to concentrate their work ate work in a professional academic field. in one of the following areas. Each field of concentration includes a set of required USP B.A., B.S.—Community Development The curriculum is grounded in applied courses and elective community development- Minor in Community Development social science and incorporates a great deal related courses from the School of Urban Stud- Graduate Certificate in Gerontology of field research. The program takes advan- ies and Planning and from other departments, tage of the wealth of resources available in including: Black Studies, Economics, Finance, M.U.R.P. Geography, History, Political Science, Sociol- M.U.S. the Portland metropolitan area and draws ogy, and Speech Communication. Lists of elec- Ph.D. from a variety of academic disciplines and tive courses for each field of concentration are departments. Students specialize in one of available from the school office. The School of Urban Studies and Planning three areas of concentrated study: commu- provides an interdisciplinary approach to Community Organization nity organization and change, housing and and Change Credits understanding the urban setting. The economic development, or communica- USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning. . . . .4 school’s programs are structured to allow tion and community development. USP 410 Urban Poverty and Social Policy . . . .3 students living or working in the Portland USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and Students may also pursue a 27-credit metropolitan area to take advantage of Change ...... 4 minor in community development. the broad range of resources available at USP 428 Concepts of Community Admission. Students must be formally Development...... 3 Portland State University and in the admitted to the community development USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 4 community. Elective credits from approved list ...... 13 program by submitting an application to Opportunities for urban education are the School of Urban Studies and Planning. available through five programs. Under- Total 31 Candidates are selected based on written graduates can major in community devel- or statements of intention. Fall enrollment is opment or complement their bachelor’s strongly recommended to allow students to Housing and Economic degree in another field by simultaneously Development Credits take core classes in sequence and to create meeting the curricular requirements for a USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning. . . . .4 a community environment among each minor in urban studies. Students wishing USP 312 Urban Housing and Development . . .4 group of students. to pursue issues related to working with USP 410 Community Economic Majors in community development the elderly may complement their other Development...... 3 must complete the following degree USP 427 Downtown Revitalization...... 3 degrees by meeting the requirements for a requirements. Substitution of coursework USP 428 Concepts of Community graduate-level certificate in gerontology. is acceptable only by permission from the Development...... 3 Students interested in developing profes- faculty adviser. Elective credits from approved list ...... 13 sional planning skills may pursue a Master of Urban and Regional Planning. Interest in Major in Community Development Total 30 developing urban research capabilities may Freshman/Sophomore: Credits or be pursued through a Master of Urban Sophomore Inquiry Community Studies Communication and Community Studies.Individuals desiring higher levels Cluster course ...... 4 Development Credits of research skills and/or academic employ- Stat 243 Introduction to Probability and USP 311 Introduction to Urban Planning. . . . .4 ment may choose the Ph.D. in urban Statistics ...... 4 USP 426 Neighborhood Conservation and studies. Soc 200 Introduction to Sociology ...... 4 Change ...... 4 Ec 201 Principles of Economics ...... 4 USP 428 Concepts of Community PS 200 Introduction to Politics ...... 4 Development ...... 3 UNDERGRADUATE USP 450 Citizen Participation ...... 4 Total credits 20 PROGRAMS Two of the following five courses:...... 8 Required Core Courses: Credits Sp 215 Introduction to Intercultural The School of Urban Studies and Planning USP 301 Theory and Philosophy of Community Communication (4) offers an undergraduate major in commu- Development ...... 4 Sp 218 Interpersonal Communication (4) nity development. Community develop- USP 302 Methods of Community Sp 322 Political Communication (4) ment is a process in which people act Development ...... 4 Sp 337 Communication and Gender (4) together to promote the social, economic, USP 303 Community Development Field Sp 437 Urban Communication (4) Seminar ...... 4 political, and physical well-being of their Elective credits from approved list ...... 8 communities. Career opportunities are Total credits 12 Total 31 available in not-for-profit organizations, private consulting firms, and state, regional, or local governments. Community development practitioners work on a range of issues including housing, community organizing, transportation, C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 301

Field Experience (6 credits) requirements, including methodology approached from a multidisciplinary and Community development majors will complete courses and courses essential to a multidis- collaborative perspective. Faculty research six credits of community-based work, either ciplinary approach. These groups work interests include: family caregiving and through an individual internship or through closely with students to develop coherent work-family balance, social networks and participation in an approved capstone. specializations that prepare each individual widowhood, diversity in aging, long-term Total credits required for the major: 68-72 to do doctoral-level research in that field. care policy and programs, housing envi- Planning focuses on the development ronments, development and evaluation of Requirements for a Minor. To earn a and implementation of mechanisms for training for health professionals, and plan- minor in community development a stu- organizing social, economic, political, and ning for the aging of the baby-boom gener- dent must complete 27 credits (18 credits environmental change at the local, state, ation and beyond. As a state with a national must be in residence at PSU). These and regional levels. The field includes reputation as a leader in the development courses should include a Sophomore study of the relationships and interactions of community-based, long-term care, Inquiry community studies course or its among public and private institutions, Oregon provides a unique environment for equivalent, USP 311 and USP 428. Courses organizations, citizens, and landscapes; the the study of aging processes, policies, and taken under the undifferentiated grading design of processes for facilitating dialogue services. option (pass/no pass) will not be accepted among public actors; and the tools for Social Demography provides training toward fulfilling divisional minor planning analysis and evaluation. As a pio- in the tools of demographic analysis, with requirements. neer in state land use law and a place in particular attention to the methods of data which planning discourse is highly visible, collection, techniques of demographic GRADUATE Oregon provides a rare vantage point for analysis, and the interpretation of research PROGRAMS the study of planning history, planning findings. Social demography involves the processes and strategies, and professional use of the principles and methods of PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES practice. demography in decision-making and plan- Dynamic metropolitan regions are increas- Community Development deals with ning problems in both public and private ingly seen as central to economic, social, the dynamics of neighborhood and com- settings. Graduates in the field of social and political development throughout the munity formation and change and with demography use demographic data to world. Composed of one or more central public policies that address the needs of identify and analyze important population cities, suburbs, and adjacent agricultural groups and places within contemporary trends and their consequences for work in and natural areas, they are the essential society. The rich civic culture of Portland government agencies, research organiza- building blocks of the global economy and and the Pacific Northwest and the region’s tions, and corporations. Faculty in the area the sources of social and political innova- connections to the Pacific Rim provide of social demography have training in tion. Understanding metropolitan regions numerous examples for study and analysis. demography, sociology, geography, and sta- and their problems and analyzing policies Within the broad field of Community tistics. Faculty research includes popula- to shape their evolution are major concerns Development, students can address such tion distribution and migration, of the Urban Studies doctoral program. topics as ethnic and neighborhood history, international migration, fertility and family The program explores these issues from housing and economic development, the planning, marriage and divorce, public multi-disciplinary and interdisciplinary roles of public and nonprofit institutions in policy uses of demographic data and esti- points of view. Through participation in community building, mediation and con- mates, and demographic methods. classes and seminars and supervised flict resolution, changing patterns and sys- research and teaching activities, Ph.D. tems of communication, and the changing PH.D. IN URBAN STUDIES: REGIONAL SCIENCE students prepare for careers in institutions meanings of place. Regional science brings a variety of social of higher education and in research Policy Analysis provides an opportu- science perspectives to bear in analyzing organizations. nity for students to identify urban prob- the growth and development of metropoli- Core Requirements. Beginning in the lems, contemporary and historical policy tan areas, states, and regions. The regional fall quarter, all entering doctoral students issues, and stakeholders in the policy pro- science program shares the same core participate in a year-long research seminar cess. It also allows for analysis of the effects requirements as the Urban Studies Ph.D. and take an accompanying course in of policies and of the historical and politi- Beyond these, students in regional science research design. In addition to grounding cal contexts in which they emerge. Stu- design a program of study around two field students in the research process, this team- dents may approach this field from any areas. taught seminar surveys the field of urban combination of applied, theoretical, or crit- The first field, shared by all regional sci- studies and the diversity of theoretical and ical perspectives, such as program evalua- ence students, includes a three-course methodological approaches to research tion, policy critique, or historical analysis. sequence providing the field’s conceptual taken by School faculty. A paper is required Students should identify at least one sub- foundations: at the end of the seminar. stantive policy area (such as transportation, Field Area Requirements. Doctoral housing, the environment, aging, commu- USP 676 Activity Location specializations are available in the follow- nity development, or information infra- USP 672 Regional Economic Development ing areas of advanced interdisciplinary structure) and complete a course of study USP 636 Economic and Political Decision- Making study: planning, community development, in that area. policy analysis, gerontology, and social Gerontology addresses the social The first field also contains two demography. Each student offers two fields issues, problems, policies, and programs required methods courses: of specialization, at least one of which that affect the quality of life for our rapidly USP 510 Statistical Methods in Regional Science should be chosen from among those listed aging population. Students have the oppor- and Planning above. A student-nominated field, devel- tunity to work directly with faculty on USP 510 Econometrics for Public Policy Analysis oped in conjunction with School faculty, publicly- and privately-funded research at may be offered as a second specialization. the College’s highly regarded Institute on Faculty groups specify field-specific course Aging. Adult development and aging is 302 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

The second field is designed around USP 518 Psychology: Applications in previous work experience or to enter the one of four substantive areas: transporta- Urban Studies (4) job market with defined specializations. tion, housing, economic development, or USP 519 Geography: Applications in These are: environment. Urban Studies (4) Urban Transportation The only required course in the second Soon after the completion of the core Land Use field is USP 691 Current Research in courses, each student is required to take Urban and Regional Analysis Regional Science. Subject to prior faculty the common core examination. This exami- Community Development group approval, students may organize nation is offered each year during fall and Environment second field areas around a topic other spring terms. Policy Planning and Administration than the four identified above. It is recom- In addition to the urban studies core Degree Requirements: Master of Urban mended that the second field include addi- courses, M.U.S. students are required to and Regional Planning tional methods courses that support the complete two research methods courses: field’s topical focus. For example, in the USP 530 Research Design ...... 4 Core Courses (36 credits): transportation field area the supporting USP 532 Data Collection...... 4 Planning Sequence Credits methods courses might include coverage of USP 540 History and Theory of Urban Total credits upon completion of Planning I ...... 3 demand modeling, cost-benefit analysis, required courses: 27 GIS, and spatial analysis. USP 541 History and Theory of Urban Field-Area Requirements. Planning II ...... 3 Students in the regional science pro- The student USP 595 Reshaping the Metropolis ...... 3 gram must pass a comprehensive examina- selects a pattern of coursework that equips tion in their two field areas. This is a single him or her for research in areas of applied Methods Sequence examination, developed in consultation interest. Field areas may focus on urban USP 531 Geographic Data Analysis and aspects of social science theory, in one of Display ...... 2 with two members of the regional science USP 533 Planning Analysis ...... 3 faculty group. the fields emphasized in the urban studies Ph.D. program or on a substantive issue of USP 535 Metropolitan Data Analysis ...... 3 PH.D. IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION particular concern to the student. Relevant Analytical Methods AND POLICY courses are available within the School of USP 510 Legal Processes in Urban Planning. . .1 The School of Urban Studies and Planning Urban Studies and Planning and in many USP 515 Economics: Applications to Urban cooperates with other schools in the Col- other departments within the University. Studies ...... 4 lege of Urban and Public Affairs to offer an USP 525 Design Analysis in Planning ...... 1 Nineteen credits of field-area coursework USP 543 Geographic Applications to interdisciplinary degree in public adminis- are required. Planning ...... 3 tration and policy. For details, see the pro- Research Requirements. The M.U.S. gram description on page 278. Workshops (10 credits) degree provides for thesis and nonthesis USP 558 Planning Workshop...... 9 options. The thesis option requires registra- MASTER OF URBAN STUDIES USP 559 Planning Practice Workshop ...... 1 tion for 6 credits of USP 503 Thesis and The Master of Urban Studies provides Specializations (36 credits). completion of a formal thesis. The nonthe- training for students seeking employment sis option requires preparation of a sub- in public and private urban research orga- Total Credits 72 stantial research paper (involving nizations. For some students, employment Field Paper/Project. Each student registration in 6 credits of USP 501 opportunities can be found in colleges must prepare and defend a research paper Research) and successful completion of a offering two-year degree programs. or project in their field of specialization written field area examination. demonstrating their ability to integrate and The M.U.S. degree requires a total of 52 Social and Policy Research Option. credits. M.U.S. students pursue a common apply material from their coursework. Each Students with a primary interest in advanc- core of courses dealing with the analysis of student must register for at least 3 credits ing their urban research skills may choose a urban phenomena (25 credits). Each stu- of USP 501 Research. Up to 6 credits of specialized field area in social and policy dent also defines a field area which is pur- USP 501 may be counted toward meeting research. This field requires completion of sued through coursework (21 credits) and the field area requirement. the following: individual research leading to a thesis or Credits GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN research paper (6 credits). In addition, the GERONTOLOGY degree provides for a specialized option in USP 534 Data Analysis ...... 4 The Graduate Certificate in Gerontology social and policy research. USP 536 Policy Evaluation Methods ...... 3 USP 563 Program Evaluation ...... 3 provides multidisciplinary specialized Core-Area Requirements. The urban Additional courses within the field ...... 9 training for postbaccalaureate students core-area requirements for the M.U.S. interested in acquiring or upgrading skills degree include the following courses: Total 19 appropriate to working with the aged in a Credits Students selecting this option must variety of settings. The certificate program USP 511 Urban Social Structure ...... 3 present a thesis. provides training in any one of the follow- USP 512 Urban Political Structure ...... 3 MASTER OF URBAN AND ing subspecialty areas: human services USP 513 Urban Economic and Spatial planning and assessment; program admin- Structure ...... 3 REGIONAL PLANNING USP 514 Urban Studies Theory ...... 3 The Master of Urban and Regional Plan- istration; research and evaluation; counsel- USP 569 History of Urban Development . . . . .3 ning program provides diversified prepara- ing and direct services; and health and Plus one of the following Applications tion for professional planning practice. long-term care. Students need not be seminars:...... 4 Graduates of the program will acquire enrolled in a degree program to receive the USP 515 Economics: Applications in skills suiting them for employment in Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. Urban Studies (4) public agencies and private firms involved The certificate program consists of an USP 516 Political Science: Applications in eight-course format (24 credits minimum) Urban Studies (4) in the urban development process. The program offers six fields of specialization, made up of two components, a multidisci- USP 517 Sociology: Applications in plinary core and an area of subspecializa- Urban Studies (4) to allow the graduate either to enhance tion. The multidisciplinary core will C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 303

provide students with a general multidisci- Second-year M.U.R.P. students may Limitation on Graduate/Undergradu- plinary introduction to the field of aging apply for the David Evans and Associates ate Courses. Students in the M.U.R.P., while the area of subspecialization will pro- Scholarship. $2,500 is awarded each year. M.U.S., and Ph.D. programs are strongly vide in-depth training which will uniquely In addition, many students find oppor- advised to use no more than 12 credits of fit a student’s career interest. tunities for part-time work in the Portland courses offered simultaneously at the 400- area. The faculty maintain contact with a and 500-level in support of their degree ADMISSION number of public agencies that have such programs. Courses must be an integral part positions. of the student’s program and courses with All qualified applicants receive consider- the same content must not be available on ation for admission without regard to sex, PROGRAM a purely graduate basis. race, handicap, age, creed, marital status, RULES Limitation on By-Arrangement or national origin. Courses. Admitted Ph.D. and master’s stu- In addition to the general University Advanced Standing in Urban Studies dents may utilize no more than 12 credits requirements listed on page 56, the student and Planning Graduate Program. A total of by-arrangement classes (501/601 and should arrange for the School of Urban of 72 credits in nondissertation graduate 505/605). In cases where more than 12 Studies and Planning to receive: Graduate training is required of all Ph.D. students. credits are needed because of the lack of Record Examination scores (advanced Ph.D. students are also required to take a regularly scheduled classes, a waiver must optional)—not required for applicants to minimum of 27 dissertation credits. For be submitted for approval by the school the Master of Urban and Regional Plan- students with a master’s degree in a related Curriculum Committee and by the school ning; three recommendations from individ- discipline, a maximum of 24 advanced director. uals familiar with the student’s academic or standing credits may be requested. All such Continuous Enrollment. All students professional background on the forms pro- requests must be accompanied by a listing admitted to the M.U.R.P., M.U.S., and vided; and a personal essay. of previous graduate work for which Ph.D. programs in urban studies must be Ph.D. applicants are strongly urged to advanced standing is sought. continuously enrolled until graduation, complete successfully an introductory The Master of Urban Studies program except for periods in which they are absent sequence of statistics courses before enter- requires a minimum of 52 credits in gradu- by approved leave. Taking 3 credits per ing the program. The doctoral applicant’s ate courses, of which at least 36 must be term during the regular academic year will personal essay should include a discussion taken at Portland State University. A maxi- constitute continuous enrollment. Failure of the field area(s) in which the applicant mum of 17 credits of advanced standing to register without an approved leave may intends to concentrate and ideas about credit may be requested. The Master of result in termination of student admission. research topics that are of interest. Urban and Regional Planning program Grade Requirement. A student who For the M.U.R.P. program, students are requires a minimum of 72 credits in gradu- receives more than 9 credits of grades of C+ admitted fall and winter terms. There are ate courses of which at least 48 must be or below in all coursework attempted after no spring term admissions. For the M.U.S. taken at Portland State University. A maxi- admission to an urban studies graduate program, students are admitted fall, winter, mum of 24 credits of advanced standing degree program will be dropped from that and spring terms. For the doctoral pro- credit may be requested. program. A student attempting both a mas- grams, students are admitted fall term only. An M.U.R.P. student may request ter’s and a Ph.D. degree in urban studies The deadline for fall term applications is advanced standing for the 1-credit USP may receive no more than 9 credits of C+ February 1; winter term deadline is Sep- 559 Planning Practice Workshop. If or below in both programs. MURP students tember 1; and spring term deadline is advanced standing credit is approved, the must receive grades of at least B- in all November 1. Students interested only in student is considered to have fulfilled the required courses. the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology internship requirement. Such advanced may request application forms from the standing credit will be included in the 24- RESEARCH Institute on Aging. credit maximum for all advanced standing; FACILITIES only professional work completed within FINANCIAL AID seven years of the date the degree is The School of Urban Studies and Planning granted can be included. benefits from the activities of four research Financial aid programs are administered Requirements with regard to both the units: the Center for Population Research without regard to race, creed, national ori- pattern of coursework and total credits and Census, the Center for Urban Studies, gin, handicap, marital status, or sex. The must be satisfied prior to either advance- the Institute on Aging, and the Institute of school awards a significant number of ment to candidacy in the Ph.D. program or Portland Metropolitan Studies. These units graduate assistantships to qualified stu- graduation in the M.U.S. and M.U.R.P. pro- provide numerous opportunities for students. Assistantship awards are reviewed grams. A student is not obligated to enroll dent involvement in research projects annually and can be renewed for up to two in a required course if that student has through graduate assistantships, research additional years. More advanced students already acquired knowledge of the subject credit, and informal participation in cur- may compete for dissertation fellowships. matter through earlier graduate course- rent studies. Applications for graduate assistantships work. In such cases, the student may and fellowships should be submitted to the request exemption from the course. Per- school by February 1. New students seek- mission is granted only after obtaining ing financial support must complete their written verification from the instructor that application for admission by February 1, the student has met the requirements of the since a student must be admitted as a regu- required course. All such requests should lar graduate degree student to hold an be made within one year after entrance to assistantship. the program. 304 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

modern eras. Prerequisite: upper division stand- USP 427/527 COURSES ing. Also listed as Hst 337. May be taken only Downtown Revitalization (3) once for credit. This course deals with the growth and revitaliza- Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are not offered tion of downtowns and commercial districts. It every year. USP 399 Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) examines the evolution of downtown core areas, USP 199 Special Studies (Credit to be introduces the theoretical explanations for com- arranged.) USP 401/501 mercial location, and looks at approaches for Research (Credit to be arranged.) maintaining activities in older commercial areas. USP 299 Special Studies (Credit to be Consent of instructor. arranged.) The major emphasis is on the United States, with USP 404/504 USP 301, 302, 303 some attention to the experience of other Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit nations. Graduate students undertake a substan- Community Development Colloquium to be arranged.) (4, 4, 4) tial independent project in addition to other Three-term sequence limited to majors in com- USP 405/505 course requirements. Reading and Conference (Credit to be munity development that introduces them to the USP 428/528 field. USP 301: Theory and Philosophy of Com- arranged.) Consent of instructor. Concepts of Community Development (3) munity Development. 1) New approaches to the An investigation of models and perspectives on philosophy of community; 2) theory and com- USP 407/507 community development. Both structural and Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) parative practice, and 3) case study of local dynamic concepts related to processes of com- Urban Agriculture. Historic Preservation and theory and practice, presentation of an in-depth munity-based change will be explored, including Rehabilitation. Neighborhood Planning. Urban case study from the Pacific Northwest. USP 302: methodological approaches for assessing com- History. Other selected topics. Methods of Community Development. Review munity settings, and the various roles and rela- of community organization, community and net- USP 408/508 tionships in a community-based decision work analysis, organizational development and Workshop (Credit to be arranged.) environment. Includes required field observa- management, strategic planning, management Urban Investigation. Land Use. Field Tech- tion. USP 312 recommended. Graduate students issues, and approaches to evaluation. USP 303: niques. Neighborhood Analysis. undertake a substantial independent project in Community Development Field Seminar. Partici- USP 409/509 addition to other course requirements. pant observation through placement in a com- Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Consent of instructor. USP 430 munity-based organization actively engaged in Urban Studies Research Methods (4) community development activities on behalf of a USP 410 This course introduces students to social specific community, and critical reflection on the Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) research in urban studies. It deals with hypothe- placement experience. Consent of instructor. sis development, research design, and USP 311 USP 423/523 approaches to the measurement of urban phe- Introduction to Urban Planning (4) The Development Process (3) nomena. It also treats the application of quanti- An interdisciplinary perspective on planning Evaluates the new public/private partnerships tative data analysis to typical problems in urban theories, principles, and practice. Focuses on the which are necessary for downtown redevelop- studies and planning. Prerequisites: Mth 243 planning process, particularly at the local level. ment, historic rehabilitation, integrated mixed- and 244 or equivalent. Explores the political, economic, social, and use urban centers, urban villages, and new com- *USP 445/545 legal forces that influence the planning function munities. Analyzes the critical conceptual, feasi- Cities and Third World Development (3) and the roles of planners. Changing concepts in bility, and deal-making phases of the Critical survey of historical, economic, cultural, practice are also considered. Prerequisite: upper- development process, as well as the develop- political, and urban aspects of Third World division standing. ment and management stages. Examines the new development, starting with the colonial era. His- USP 312 affirmative roles played by both public and pri- torical patterns of integration of the Third World Urban Housing and Development (4) vate developers, as well as unusual joint devel- with the emerging world market system. Covers Problems of housing, development, and redevelopment entities. Considers innovative concepts problems of the post-independence period, opment in an urban setting are analyzed from of incremental growth, land and development focusing on urban sectoral issues and policy economic, demographic, and planning perspec- banking, shared parking, and alternative devel- alternatives. Specific topics include trade, invest- tives. Introduction to the nature of the urban opment patterns. Prerequisites: USP 311 and ment, industrialization, finance, technology economy and residential location, with a focus 428. transfer, political participation, land use, hous- on housing problems and their associated social, USP 425 ing, transportation, information, infrastructure, physical, and racial aspects. Role of federal and Community and the Built Environment (4) population growth, social services, militarism, community-based housing policies and pro- Application of psychological and social concepts and cultural conflict. grams. Prerequisite: USP 311. to understanding community and its relation- USP 450/550 USP 313 ship to the built environment and urban design. Concepts of Citizen Participation (4) Urban Planning: Environmental Issues (4) The use of space in interpersonal relations (per- Examination of principles, methods, and pro- Environmental issues and problems are evalu- sonal space, territoriality, privacy); the impact of grams for giving explicit attention to the per- ated in the context of planning alternatives. Par- crowding and density on social relations. The spectives of citizens in the development and ticular emphasis on the economic and social functioning of social networks in the city: implementation of public policies and programs. implications of environmental problems. The types of communities, creating intentional Sets citizen participation in its historical context planner’s concern for achieving balance between communities. with an assessment of its impact to date. Partici- these factors is explored through an analysis of USP 426/526 pation from the perspective of both the citizen various planning approaches, e.g., environmen- Neighborhood Conservation and Change (4) and the government will be covered as will the tal impact studies, land use controls, and The dynamics of neighborhood development, variety of approaches for achieving participation resource analysis. USP 311 recommended. including economic and institutional factors in goals and objectives. neighborhood change; neighborhood definition USP 385 USP 454/554 History of American Cities (4) and image, residential choice; residential segre- The Urban School and “At Risk” Status (3) Traces the evolution of urban centers from the gation; neighborhoods in the political process; Draws upon theory, research, and practice for colonial period to the present. Focuses on the and neighborhood conservation strategies. Pre- the examination of the conditions of being “at- developing system of cities, on growth within requisite: junior standing. Graduate students risk” in urban schools. Explores the family, com- cities, and on the expansion of public responsi- undertake a substantial independent project in munity, and school environments and their rela- bility for the welfare of urban residents. Particu- addition to other course requirements. tionships in the hindrance of development of lar attention is given to the industrial and children and youth leading to their “at-risk” status. This course is cross-listed as EPFA 456/556. May be taken only once for credit. C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 305

USP 455/555 USP 512 USP 520/620 Land Use: Legal Aspects (3) Urban Political Structure (3) Applied Demographic Methods I (4) Land use and planning from the legal perspec- An introduction to the political aspects of urban The first of a two-course sequence. The purpose tive. Includes historical review of attitudes areas. Provides an overview of the structure and is to introduce the various basic methods of toward property tenure and ownership; the rela- operation of local governments, how they are demographic analysis. The topics to be covered tionship between local planning and regulations; constrained by and interact with other levels of include data sources, population characteristics and current issues and perspectives on land use government and how the existence of many local and change, and measures of mortality and fer- including emerging state and federal roles. Grad- governments in an urban area affects political tility. In addition, the course will help students uate students undertake a substantial indepen- decision making. It will also consider political develop good judgment about data availability dent project in addition to other requirements. questions that are of particular importance in and quality, and acquire skills for presenting USP 456/556 urban areas; how different responses arise data. Prerequisite: a course in regression analy- Urban Transportation: Problems and between urban areas; and how these different sis, such as USP 534. Policies (3) responses then influence the urban areas. USP 521/621 An introduction to urban transportation policy USP 514 Applied Demographic Methods II (4) from a historical and political perspective. His- Urban Studies Theory (3) The second of a two-course sequence. The pur- torical developments in transportation policy are Theories of urban development and urban life in pose is to introduce more advanced methods of traced from the early streetcar days up through historical and comparative context. Basic inter- applied demographic analysis. The topics to be the present. Federal, state, and local transporta- disciplinary approaches to urban analysis. covered are: data sources, internal and interna- tion policies are examined for their impact on Examination of selected thematic issues that cut tional migration, data evaluation, population urban spatial and economic development. An across disciplinary boundaries and relate to spe- estimates, and projection projections. The overview of current issues in transportation cific policy areas. Prerequisites: completion of course will consist of readings, lectures, labora- policy and planning includes transportation two of the following four courses, USP 511, 512, tory sessions, homework exercises, one exami- demand management strategies, transit-oriented 513, and 569. nation, and one term-long project. design, road pricing, and alternative transporta- USP 515 USP 522/622 tion modes. The intersection of environmental Economics: Applications in Urban Studies Practicum in Applied Demography (4) and transportation policy is also examined, as is (4) Represents the capstone course for the graduate the decision-making structure at the local, Prepares students for advanced urban studies concentration in applied demography. The focus regional, and state level. seminars requiring a background in urban eco- is on integrating a practicum experience with the USP 457/557 nomic analysis. Microeconomic analysis of indi- methods of applied demography into a research Information Cities (3) vidual and firm behavior is developed with paper. Students will develop, revise, and resub- Focuses on the political, social, and cultural emphasis on applications to urban studies. mit numerous drafts of a final research paper. impacts of mass media and information technol- Topics which may be covered include: land use Students will also provide professional peer ogies within the urban matrix. Contextualizes and land rents, urban structure, poverty, housing review in evaluating the development of fellow the “information society” in historical, institu- and slums, transportation, environmental qual- student research papers. tional, political, economic, and global settings. ity, and local government finance. USP 524 Topics include the flexible production, the seg- USP 516 Site Planning (3) mentation of consumption, alternatives to mass Cities in the Global Political Economy (3) An exploration of the subject with emphasis on media, the Web, the reorganization of work, the Introduction to political theory and the political practical applications. The class will consist of a transnationalization of culture, commercial and economy of globalization. Begins with core polit- series of progressively difficult site planning political surveillance, and the development of ical ideas from classical works of political econ- exercises supported by lectures and presenta- urban information infrastructure. omy (Locke, Rousseau, Smith, Mills, Marx, tions. Students will be exposed to the geological, USP 480/580 Marshall, Keynes, Friedman, and Rawls) and aesthetic, environmental and legal aspects of site Political Economy of Nonprofit proceeds to an analysis of the rise of transnation- planning. Attention will be focused on environ- Organizations (3) alism and globalization. Looks at changes in the mentally sensitive lands, preservation of wildlife Considers theories of altruism, trust, and social global economy, revolutionary changes to capi- habitat and natural vegetation, compatibility capital. Examines the connections between talism, the fall of communism, and impacts of with surrounding development, and both zoning wealth and social responsibility and between globalization on cities, communities, the state, and subdivision codes. The exercises will elite status and social reproduction. Explores the work, social mobility, welfare, cultural diversity, explore methods of subdivision, planned unit, broad scope of nonprofit activity in the economy, and the environment. and cluster developments. Prerequisites: USP the interdependence of government and non- USP 519/619 525 or 311 and 421. Graduate students under- profit organizations in the modern state, and the Principles of Social Demography (4) take a substantial independent project in addi- role of think tanks in shaping public policy. Sur- Covers the basic substantive areas of demogra- tion to other course requirements. veys the dramatic rise of non-governmental phy—population size, composition (age, sex, USP 525 organizations in developing countries and the race), distribution, and processes (mortality, fer- Design Analysis in Planning (1) future of nonprofits in a global economy. tility, and migration)—as well as a number of Approaches to the analysis of design issues in USP 503 topics of special concern to demographers and urban planning. The definition of urban space Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) policy makers, including family and household through mass, rhythm, and scale. Design and USP 510 structure, income and poverty, and economic urban circulation. Planning tools for the imple- Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) development and the environment. Lectures and mentation of design goals. USP 511 readings are used to identify current and histori- USP 529 Urban Social Structure (3) cal demographic trends (U.S. and international), Qualitative Research for Planners (2) In this seminar, we examine the city as a field of to consider the consequences of these trends for Gives students in the M.U.R.P. program experi- social interaction, as a built form, as a part of a various groups within the population, and to ence with (a) designing research using qualita- system of cities, and as an epiphenomenon of examine the policy issues they raise. A schedule tive approaches to data collection, (b) exposure political and economic forces. Two themes recur of topics to be covered is provided below. While to a variety of qualitative research methods with throughout our examination. The first considers this is a substantive course, an introductory professional applications, (c) experience in using the extent to which cities enhance or inhibit knowledge of basic demographic techniques is at least one approach, (d) experience with ana- human interaction and human need for commu- helpful to understand lectures and readings. lyzing qualitative data. nity. The second considers the extent to which urban development and its consequences are the result of inevitable economic forces or are the result of the continual and purposeful adaptations by human agents. 306 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

USP 530 include analysis of the effects of transportation USP 547 Research Design (4) systems on land use and location as well as the Planning for Developing Countries (3) Principles of research design, including philo- evaluation of transportation investments. These The nature of the urban and regional planning sophical bases of scientific research, approaches methods will then be applied to evaluation of process in developing countries. Tools, to research, problem identification, problem various proposals to improve the urban trans- approaches and/or improvisations utilized in statement, development of research questions, portation system. Prerequisite: USP 515 or 615. regions where date and information are unreli- development of research hypotheses, and the able or insufficient. Relationship of planning USP 538 relationship of research hypotheses to modes of Grantwriting (3) process to the economic and political realities of data gathering and analysis. The laboratory This course is intended to familiarize students developing nations. The impact of rapid social (530L) must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: with the principles and procedures of funding change and social conflict on the urban and USP 430. acquisition for urban and public services, to regional development process. Differences USP 531 develop expertise in evaluating grant proposals, between poor and rich countries in planning Geographic Data Analysis and Display (2) and to acquaint students with funding sources approaches and expectations. Introduction to using spreadsheet software, for public and nonprofit agencies and with the USP 548 graphic displays of data, and desktop mapping federal and local review processes. Students will Administrative Law (3) packages, as a means to explore and analyze geo- be required to study and critique existing pro- Introduction to the legal and decision-making graphic information. posals, examine successful and unsuccessful implications of administrative rules, regulations USP 532 proposals, and develop proposals in their areas and forums at federal and local levels of govern- Data Collection (4) of interest. ment. Emphasis on the functional and operational consequences of administrative law on the The acquisition of data for research in an urban USP 540 context. Emphasis is on the concepts, terminol- History and Theory of Planning (3) planning functions and the emerging importance ogy, and methods related to the use of survey The evolution of the urban planning field from of rule making and policy analysis in urban research and secondary data. Prerequisite: USP its 19th century European origins through 20th planning in the United States. 430 and/or an introductory undergraduate sta- century U.S. history provides the setting for crit- USP 549 tistics sequence and USP 530. The laboratory ical analyses of the internal dimensions and Regional Planning Methods (3) (USP 532L) must be taken concurrently. external relations of the theory and practice of Techniques and methodological approaches uti- USP 533 planning. Specific topics include: problems of lized in the preparation of regional development Planning Analysis (3) rationality in forecasting, analysis, decision plans. Application of various methods of analysis Introduction to applied research in planning making and design; philosophical issues and with a focus on the regional planning process for with emphasis on problem definition, planning/ political-organizational contexts of professional urban regions. Techniques include the identifi- policy research design, collection and analysis of activity; and the place of planning in the political cation of regional development issues, nature secondary data, and the use of qualitative obser- economy of U.S. metropolitan development. and direction of growth, regional goal formulation, establishment of development strategies, vations.Other topics include land use surveying USP 541 and the development of communication skills, History and Theory of Planning II (3) and delineation of urban growth boundaries. including writing, presentations, interpersonal Continuation of USP 540 focusing on theoretical Attention is paid to the role of regional planning dialogue, and group process. Prerequisite: and practical issues involved in plan implemen- in the economic development process and the USP 531. tation. Topics include alternative institutional techniques utilized in assessing the economic USP 534 approaches to implementing plans, such as gov- impact of development strategies. Data Analysis (4) ernment production, regulation, the use of USP 558 Application of multivariate statistical analysis in market mechanisms, and various forms of Planning Workshop (3, 6) an urban context. Emphasis on applications of coproduction; and professional roles associated Organized team approach to a current planning various techniques within the general linear with implementation alternatives, such as inves- problem in the Portland metropolitan area. model. Prerequisite: USP 532. The laboratory tor, developer, regulator, negotiator, mediator, Focus on applied planning practice, field investi- (USP 534L) must be taken concurrently. Prereq- and facilitator. Prerequisite: USP 540. gation, data analysis, written and oral communication. Work program includes strategies, uisite: USP 430. *USP 542 USP 535 Land Use Implementation (3) methods, and skills needed to identify issues and Metropolitan Data Analysis (3) An examination of alternative approaches to draw together all participants in the search for Introduction to primary data acquisition and implementation of plans. Topics include: regula- solutions. Emphasis is on the blending of practi- elementary statistical analysis for planners. Pre- tory tools, e.g., zoning and subdivision ordi- cal skills with knowledge gained from core-area requisite: undergraduate statistics introduction. nances; review functions, e.g., design review and courses. Two-term sequence, credit for first term dependent upon successful completion of USP 536 administrative review; and programs, e.g., Policy Evaluation Methods (3) growth management, capital improvements, second term. Focuses on the methodological issues that must community development, housing assistance USP 559 be addressed in attempting to evaluate programs plans; and political-procedural issues, e.g., Planning Practice Workshop (1) and policies. Course offers an introduction to a permit streamlining, cost impacts. Involves the completion of a 400-hour internship as part of the M.U.R.P. program. Content of variety of techniques useful in policy evaluation. USP 543 Topics which may be covered include difference Geographic Applications to Planning (3) the internship and expectations for it are negoti- equations, Markov models, and queuing models. Urban ecology/land use/cartography; metropoli- ated among the student, the academic adviser, A section of the course considers the method- tan commercial structure/analog method of and the field sponsor. Student must also partici- ological issues that arise in cost-benefit analysis, market area analysis; graph analysis and gravity pate in a colloquium which will emphasize plan- such as present value calculations, determining concepts within transportation analysis; urban ning criticism at the level of the job, the the value of nonmarket benefits, and correctly climate, geomorphology, and ecosystems/ organization, and the issues with which the evaluating costs. Prerequisite: USP 515 or McHarg method/floodplain zoning. organization is concerned. equivalent. USP 544 USP 560/660 USP 537/637 Urban Transportation Planning (3) Policy Process (3) Economics of Urban Transportation (3) Principles of urban transportation planning. Focuses on the politics of the policy process. It The transportation system is critical to the func- Urban transportation problems and policy for- examines the role, influence and interaction of tioning of an urban area. The movement of mation. Techniques used in transportation plan- legislatures, executives, bureaucracies, courts, people and goods affects both the productivity ning. Prerequisite: USP 519. policy communities and citizens. Follows the and livability of the region. Transportation sys- stages of policy development: problem defini- tems also affect and are affected by land use and tion, agenda setting, budgeting, authorization, location decisions. This course presents the eco- implementation and oversight. Case material is nomic analysis of urban transportation. This will C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 307

taken from federal, state, and local governments *USP 568/668 Diffusion processes, expanded location theories, with special consideration given to the intergov- National Long-term Care Policy (3) and models of decision making from spatially ernmental aspects of the policy process. This course examines the need for long-term arrayed cues receive particular attention. Prereq- care services and the risk factors associated with USP 561/661 uisite: USP 532. utilization of them as well as familiarizing stu- Policy Analysis: Theoretical Foundations USP 575 (3) dents with the financing and delivery mecha- Urban Service and Facility Planning (3) Theories and ideologies of modern age that nisms in long-term care, both public and Examination of process of converting land to guide and constrain policy formation, adminis- private. The policy issues in current long-term urban use, with particular emphasis on fiscal tration and evaluation. Of particular concern is care initiatives are explored. impacts and the planning and financing of urban the understanding of the concepts of individual- USP 569 services and facilities. Examines economic, engi- ism, collectivism and community developed by History of Urban Development (3) neering, and design issues associated with the the philosophers and social and behavioral sci- This course aims toward a better understanding provision of urban infrastructure. Prerequisite: entists of this period. of the nature of cities, their functions, and their USP 515. evolution. It reviews the history of city develop- USP 562/662 USP 576/676 Policy Implementation (3) ment and analyzes the rise of the metropolis and Activity Location (3) Critical analysis of how policies are imple- changes in social, economic, and political sys- The location of human activities in urban sys- mented. Examination of different theoretical and tems. Emphasis is placed on the origin of con- tems. Location of economic activities where practical approaches to studying policy imple- temporary urban phenomena, problems, and profit maximization is desired, and location mentation. Emphasis on case studies of the policies in the developed and developing worlds. decisions with equity maxima. Prerequisite: implementation of current policy initiatives, USP 570/670 USP 519. Transportation and Land Use (3) including identification of policy goals, actors in USP 577/677 the policy process, intergovernmental relations An analysis of transportation and land use inter- Urban Environmental Management (3) and conflicts, revision processes, enforcement actions in urban areas. The impact of highway An accelerated survey of principles, concepts, issues, and the role of bureaucracy. Examination and transit changes on travel behavior and loca- and techniques employed in the management of of how various stakeholders and actors in the tional decisions are examined. Prerequisites: urban environmental problems, with particular policy process can have an impact on the imple- USP 515 and 544. emphasis to “best practice” and emerging ideas. mentation process. USP 571/671 Selected topics may include: watershed steward- USP 563/663 Environmental Policy (3) ship, brownfield development, green spaces, Program Evaluation (3) Surveys federal, state, and international environ- protection or urban wildlife, stormwater man- This course is designed as a graduate introduc- mental policy-making with an emphasis on pro- agement, urban agriculture, residential toxics. cess design. Political and technical objectives for tion to the field of evaluation research and pro- USP 578/678 gram evaluation. Topics covered include policy, the roles and responsibilities of institu- Impact Assessment (3) contemporary and emerging theoretical perspec- tions, federal-state tensions, representation and Empirical techniques employed in measuring tives on evaluation research, experimental and analysis of stakeholding interests, the role of the the impacts associated with land use change. quasi-experimental design, internal and exter- media, and environmental justice are key ele- Topics: goals achievement matrix approaches to nal validity and reliability, measurement, analysis ments. Topical areas include issues concerning impact assessment, trade-offs between commu- of change, ethical issues in evaluation, adminis- resource management as well as pollution nity and regional welfare, distance and time in tration of program evaluation. prevention. urban analysis, estimating the social profitability USP 564 USP 572/672 of land development, cost-benefit analysis Political and Administrative Issues in Aging Regional Economic Development (3) applied to freeway location, techniques for valu- (3) This course focuses on methods of analyzing ation of nonpriced resources, measuring munici- Coverage of organizational dynamics as related why regions differ economically, how they inter- pal revenue and expenditure impacts, gravity to the elderly including the provision and use of relate, and why and how they react to changes in models and transport demand estimation, eco- services. Covers voting behavior and advocacy as economic policies and conditions. Part of the nomic base analysis for employment and popu- well as administrative and legal issues that are course will be devoted to a study of models of lation impact assessment, estimating air and particularly applicable to the elderly. regional structure and growth, such as economic noise pollution associated with land develop- *USP 566/666 base or input-output, and the strengths and ment. Prerequisite: USP 515. weaknesses of each in modeling the regional National Urban Policy (3) USP 579 Examination of the federal government’s involve- economy. The remainder of the course will be Metropolitan Fiscal Structure (3) ment with urban issues from a historical and concerned with the development of models for The course will focus on the following topics: political perspective. Focus on policies pertain- use in regional forecasting and/or evaluation of the tax burdens, fiscal resources and expenditure ing to social welfare and economic development, policy changes on regional development. Prereq- patterns of local governments in metropolitan with an overview of other policy arenas such as uisite: USP 515. areas. The impact of revenue sharing and cate- housing, health, and education. Critical analysis USP 573/673 gorical grants. The spatial distribution of local of how and why the federal government Housing Economics (3) government services, transfer payments, and tax responds to urban crises with national policy ini- Looks at the economics of real estate and hous- burdens. Review of literature on the urban-sub- tiatives and how changes in political regime cor- ing, including land rent, interest rates, apart- urban exploitation thesis, the Tiebout-Oates respond with changes in policy emphases and ment rents, and housing prices, using an model, etc. Prerequisite: USP 515. perspectives. economic framework. Basic concepts in urban USP 581/681 USP 567/667 economics such as land rents, externalities, and Environmental Psychology (3) Urban Housing Policies (3) public goods are reviewed. Explores the tech- Examination of the relationship between people Review of the history and the role of public nique most commonly used in real estate and and their physical environments. Specific topics policy in the housing sector. Study of past and housing economics: hedonic pricing. Explores include human spatial behavior (personal space current trends in the delivery of housing services the rationale and impact of government inter- and territoriality), the contribution of the behav- in urban areas. The basic philosophies related to vention in the private real estate market. ioral sciences to architectural and urban design, the supply of housing are analyzed and exam- *USP 574/674 community and neighboring in the city, ined relative to current trends in the delivery of Spatial Analysis (3) and environmental cognition. USP 518 housing services in urban areas. Critical review The use of geographically coded data to identify recommended. of the role of the federal government and the and anticipate future patterns of human activity construction industry. Equal attention to the role in metropolitan areas and systems of cities. of public housing and the impact of urban Emphasizes techniques to establish whether the renewal. Active participation in discussion and a characteristic landscapes associated with static research paper are required. and dynamic models of behavior are present. 308 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

USP 582/682 with developments in other countries, and the tial choice, community change, globalization, Poverty, Welfare, and Income Distribution politics of current policy proposals will be and environmental protection as affected by (3) analyzed. metropolitan growth. Looks at the problem of poverty in the United * States and the various programs designed to alle- USP 589/689 USP 596/696 Economics of Aging (3) Theory of Urban Form (3) viate or reduce the level of poverty. Looks at the Objectives are (1) understand the roots of Seminar which addresses itself to two basic measurement of the poverty level, the competing income inequality between the aged and non- questions: what forces determine urban form theories of poverty, and the related problems of aged; (2) review the economic and policy factors and, how do these forces interact. Urban form in racial discrimination. Looks at the rationale that influence the decision to retire; (3) under- this seminar is interpreted as more than just behind our anti-poverty programs and assesses stand the political economy of old age income physical form-it includes political, social, eco- how well those programs are meeting their support in the U.S. and abroad; (4) explore the nomic, cultural, etc., individually and com- intended goals. history, operation, and policy questions of our bined. Participants prepare and present a major USP 583/683 major public pension system, social security; research paper on subjects of theoretical rele- Urban Stress (3) and (5) discuss private pensions in relationship vance to urban form. The city as a source of stress; physiological and to U.S. income maintenance policy. psychological response to stress; processes of USP 601 Research (Credit to be arranged.) adaptation. Among the sources of stress consid- USP 591 Geographic Information Systems I: ered will be density, noise, spatial mobility. USP 603 Introduction (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Impact of stressors on mental and physical The use of computers in Geographic Informa- USP 605 health; techniques of assessing stress; social tion Systems (GIS) and mapping. Includes means of reducing stress. USP 528 Reading and Conference (Credit to be theory of databases related to geographic infor- arranged.) recommended. mation management and practical aspects of USP 607 USP 584/684 database design. Students will use a variety of Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Negotiation in the Public Sector (4) programs for mapping and spatial analysis of Overview of conventional and innovative appli- geographic information. Each student completes USP 610 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) cations of negotiations in public sector activities, a series of exercises demonstrating a variety of and the potential and limitations of negotiation- approaches to the analysis and display of spatial USP 615 based approaches to public decision making. data. Prerequisite: Geog 270 or equivalent expe- Economic Analysis of Public Policy (4) Introduction to the use of microeconomic analy- Key components include negotiation theory, rience in cartography. Students enrolling in this sis in the evaluation of public policy. Intended individual skill development, and a review of the class must register for a computer lab section. for entering graduate students with a limited institutional, legal, and political context of Also listed as Geog 488/588, may only be taken background in economics. Develops basic ana- negotiations. once for credit. lytic methods and emphasizes application of the USP 585/685 USP 592 Housing and Environments for the Elderly analysis to issues of public policy. Prepares stu- Geographic Information Systems II: dents for advanced classes that use this type of (3) Applications (4) analysis. The urban environment as a physical and social Analysis and applications of geographic informa- context for the diverse lifestyles of its elderly res- tion systems concepts and technology to land USP 631 idents. Theoretical approaches to aging and the planning and management issues. The multipur- Research Utilization and Implementation environment; perception and impact of living pose land information systems concept is used (3) Evaluates the consumption and utilization of environments on older adults. Specific topics as an organizing device for spatial registration of research by alternative audiences. An under- include housing and services alternatives, issues data layers to achieve data sharing and compati- standing of the concept of expertise and the ana- in developing, regulating, and managing hous- bility among functions. User needs assessment lytical and political role of the analyst and ing for the elderly, and housing design. and systems design provides the basis for sys- analysis. The significance of the dissemination USP 586/686 tems procurement, implementation, and use. and evaluation of research processes and prod- Urban Social Networks (3) Prerequisites: Geog 488/588 or USP 591, and ucts. Prerequisite: admission to the Ph.D. pro- Analysis of the social psychological and anthro- USP 519 or 543. Students enrolling in this class gram in Public Administration and Policy or pological literature on social networks: the struc- must register for a computer lab section. Also consent of instructor. ture and content of interpersonal networks listed as Geog 492/592, may only be taken once (including kinship, friendship, instrumental) in for credit. USP 635 an urban setting. Specific topics will include: the Regional Science Theory (3) USP 594 This course covers theoretical subjects in the nature of interpersonal ties in the city, urban Planning in the Pacific Northwest (3) field of regional science associated with loca- migration and networks, access to urban This course will utilize the work of Pacific tional and regional development analysis, and resources, methods of analyzing personal and Northwest historians, writers, critics, and others analysis pertaining to regional development group networks. Prerequisite: USP 517 or 518. as a vehicle for equipping planners with a some- planning.Prerequisite: USP 634. USP 587/687 what systematic and certainly eclectic cultural Perspectives on Aging (3) overview of the region they hope to serve. This USP 636 An introduction to the field of gerontology is course will attempt to prepare them to be mem- Economic and Political Decision Making (3) presented from the perspectives offered by mul- bers of a place and of a culture of place, and to This course is designed to show the student the tiple disciplines, including sociology, psychol- embrace the art and literature of the Pacific difference between economic decisions made ogy, biology, economics, political science, and Northwest as part of their ongoing professional through a market process reflecting individual demography. Stereotypes of aging and theoreti- development. Though focused on the Pacific preferences, and the collective or political deci- cal frameworks for understanding aging are Northwest, the general approach used in this sions which attempt to allocate resources for the examined, as are normal age-related changes, the course should be applicable to other regions as production of goods not provided in the market- impact of social, political, and economic condi- well. place. The technical, philosophical, and social tions on the process of aging, and the myriad problems raised by the attempt to provide a USP 595 rational framework for making policy decisions consequences of a growing population of elders. Reshaping the Metropolis (3) in this nonmarket public goods area constitute USP 588/688 Examination of the contrast between classic the main emphasis of the course. Illustrative U.S Health Care System: Historical, models of metropolitan settlement and new pat- applications to public goods high on the agenda Comparative, and Political Perspectives (3) terns emerging in the late twentieth century. for political decision are used to develop the the- Survey of the historical development of the Land use changes in the context of new patterns oretical concepts and exemplify the empirical health care system in the United States, focusing of economic activity; ideas about the physical problems inherent in the process. Prerequisite: on relationships between professionals, health form of the good city and the societal implica- USP 515. care institutions, and government. The changing tions of development patterns; issues of residen- structure of the U.S. system will be compared C OLLEGE OF URBAN AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 309

USP 664 USP 691 USP 693 Organizational Theory and Behavior (3) Current Research in Regional Science (3) Current Research in Urban and Regional The first part of this seminar is dedicated to a Focused reading and advanced student research Structure (3) review of the major theories of how we should on emerging topics and issues in the field of Focused reading and advanced student research organize ourselves to work together. The goal is regional science. Prerequisite: Consent of on emerging topics and issues in the field of to gain an understanding of organizational instructor. urban and regional structure. Prerequisite: Con- thought; what we used to think and why and USP 692 sent of instructor. what we now think and why. The second part is Current Research in Policy Analysis (3) focused on the theory and practice of organiza- Focused reading and advanced student research tional development, the most contemporary and on emerging topics and issues in the field of perhaps most promising movements in this field. policy analysis. Prerequisite: Consent of Prerequisite: admission to the doctoral programs instructor. in the School of Urban and Public Affairs.

RESEARCH INSTITUTES

ENTER FOR ernments on examination of population public health leadership, aging, violence, C issues. alcohol, tobacco, and other drug problems, POPULATION RESEARCH The center’s current staff includes per- sexually transmitted diseases, and min- sonnel trained in demography, sociology, body health. The roles of social inequality, 570 Urban Center geography, statistics, and data processing. social networks, and social capital on pop- (503) 725-3922 This variety of expertise enables the center ulation health are areas of emerging The Center for Population Research pro- to provide an eclectic and multidisciplinary emphasis. Interventions that address the vides a setting for demographic research approach to population research. basic causes of community health problems within the College of Urban and Public play a significant role in the mission of the Affairs. The center provides a research and CENTER FOR center. teaching focus for the investigation of the PUBLIC HEALTH STUDIES causes and consequences of demographic CENTER FOR change in current society. 450 Urban Center URBAN STUDIES As the lead agency of the Oregon State (503) 725-4401 Data Center Program, the center has access 350 Urban Center to the various files produced by the U.S. The Center for Public Health Studies pro- (503) 725-4020 Bureau of the Census. This information vides opportunities for multi-disciplinary includes current and past census data for research on a wide range of public health The Center for Urban Studies, established the State of Oregon, information from the issues. The mission of the center is to blend in 1966, is a multidisciplinary research unit monthly Current Population Surveys, and theoretical and practical perspectives in an in the College of Urban and Public Affairs. the results from such other Census Bureau effort to improve public health. The center The center’s primary research emphases surveys as the American Housing Survey, emphasizes social/structural strategies for include: urban services, determinants of American Community Survey, and the public health problems and also addresses property value, transportation, regional Survey on Income and Program Participa- individual behavioral approaches. The economic analysis, geographic information tion. These data are housed in the center’s center is a vehicle for research that fosters systems, and regional decision making. In library and are available to faculty, stu- the integration of many of the departments addition to its research function, the center dents, and the public. In addition to pro- and programs of Portland State University. serves as a resource for community service viding outreach to Oregon’s counties and In addition, students can gain experience to units of local government. communities, the center faculty teach in public health research through the cen- Publications of the center include courses in applied demography. ter’s research and intervention activities. reports on fiscal analyses of municipal ser- One of the important responsibilities of Research and education are among the vices provision, transportation investment the center is to produce the official popula- range of scholarly and professional activi- analysis, analyses of urban services, eco- tion estimates for Oregon’s counties and ties that held define the center’s mission. nomic and urban development, transporta- incorporated cities. The center also pro- Also included are: interdisciplinary tion and land use interactions, transit vides population projections for Oregon’s research on a variety of community health finance, special needs transit programs, cities and counties. Typical research activi- issues; translation of existing research for traffic monitoring, travel behavior, transit ties found within the center include enroll- public health professionals; training for and parking, recycling, and various aspects ment forecasts for school districts, market community and public leadership groups; of geographic information systems. analysis for housing projects, survey seminars and lecturers; newsletters; and The center has sponsored conferences research on population issues, social and collaboration with a rich mixture of com- on important urban topics for the inter- economic factors affecting demographic munity organizations. ested public. In conjunction with the grad- change, population distribution and popu- The diversity of specific interest areas uate programs in urban studies and lation migration, population geography, relevant to the center include women’s planning, the center provides students with and demographic methods. Center staff health, the role of mass media, physical numerous opportunities for research regularly assist city, county, and state gov- activity, suicide, mental health, handguns, experience through graduate assistant- 310 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ships, research credit, and informal project NSTITUTE resources of the academic community to participation. I bear on present and future problems in the The center also houses the Community ON AGING six-county metropolitan area. Environmental Services (CES) Program. The institute is committed to providing 470 Urban Center CES provides assistance to local communi- service to the community while also serv- (503) 725-3952 ties, governmental agencies, and private ing as a catalyst, bringing together people organizations on a contractual basis. The As a multidisciplinary center of gerontol- and information to address the most criti- mission of CES is to provide students with ogy, the Institute on Aging is a research and cal issues in our region. The institute offers the opportunity to develop leadership, training center concerned with adult devel- a “neutral table,” where issues and ideas practical job skills, and civic responsibility, opment and aging. Major work focuses on can be discussed in an atmosphere promis- through education, service, and research the problems, policies, and program alter- ing no repercussions. The institute acts as a which address environmental issues and natives which affect the lives of older facilitator in discussions, providing objec- resource sustainability. adults. The program draws students and tive data for decision making but having no faculty from health and physical education, stake in the decision. CRIMINAL JUSTICE POLICY psychology, public administration, social The institute sponsors research projects RESEARCH INSTITUTE work, sociology, speech and hearing sci- designed to address current and emerging ences, and urban studies. issues of regional significance. The insti- 550 Urban Center Research activities of the institute are tute’s governing board identifies research (503) 725-4014 designed to provide faculty and students issues that have substantial benefit to the with appropriate learning experiences area. Projects include forums and seminars, The institute has recently been approved as while simultaneously investigating critical a web page, publications that showcase the an operating unit by the University and the issues concerning the elderly. Past research region, and ongoing service and research Oregon University System. The institute is projects, technical assistance activities, initiatives. a multi-disciplinary research unit serving short-term training, and field course While administratively located within the entire PSU community, but affiliated arrangements have been conducted in Portland State’s College of Urban and with the Administration of Justice Division cooperation with a wide variety of commu- Public Affairs, the institute is a resource for of the School of Government. It is designed nity agencies, both public and private. all departments and for all higher educa- to provide policy makers throughout the Funding for this work has been awarded by tion institutions in the state. state with a forum in which issues of policy national, state, and local governmental and practice may be explored, using objec- agencies as well as national and local pri- TRANSPORTATION tive performance-based criteria. It is also vate foundations. STUDIES CENTER designed to bring together the varied The Institute offers, through appropri- resources of Portland State University and ate departments, a number of survey 350 Urban Center coordinate those resources with other insti- courses, research seminars, and policy and (503) 725-4020 tutions of higher education to address program development courses relating to issues emanating from the justice commu- adult development and aging, which can The Transportation Studies Center is a nity. The institute has an external advisory lead to the Graduate Certificate in Geron- research unit that is organized within the board, representing a broad cross-section tology. (See Graduate Programs, Urban Center for Urban Studies. It is supported of justice agencies, which serves to focus Studies and Planning.) by grants and contracts from the U.S. attention on issues of concern to the com- The Institute also provides special ser- Department of Transportation, the Oregon munity, state, and region. vices to the community through the Senior Department of Transportation, and Tri-Met Projects currently underway, or recently Adult Learning Center, which sponsors and emphasizes (1) transportation plan- completed by faculty associated with the programs that serve persons of retirement ning, (2) technology transfer, (3) research institute include: age. on transportation and land use interac- Evaluation of the Oregon “Boot Camp” Further information about the Institute, tions, and (4) financing of transportation programs. including criteria for admission to the systems. System modeling of the Multnomah Graduate Gerontology Certificate Program, The center, in addition to its primary County justice system to advise on jail is available through the Institute on Aging functions in the areas of generation and capacity. main office, 470 Urban Center, or you may dissemination of information, encourages Evaluation of the Portland Police visit our Website at www.upa.pdx.edu/ioa. and coordinates research activities of Uni- Bureau’s Domestic Violence Reduction versity faculty. The center serves to foster Unit. INSTITUTE OF PORTLAND an interdisciplinary approach to transpor- Development of an evaluation and tation issues by staffing the activities of the assessment system for the Governor’s METROPOLITAN STUDIES Transportation Research Group. This group Juvenile Crime Prevention Program. is made up of faculty and students, from 780 Urban Center Evaluation of training materials for all parts of campus, with transportation (503) 725-5170 domestic violence prevention activities. interests. www.upa.pdx.edu/IMS/ Assessment of the impacts of prison siting in multiple communities within The Institute of Portland Metropolitan Oregon. Studies is an independent and neutral organization through which community issues can be addressed by higher education. As a part of the College of Urban and Public Affairs at Portland State University, and in conjunction with Oregon Health Sciences University, the institute is able to bring the SCHOOL OF EXTENDED STUDIES

SHERWIN L. DAVIDSON, DEAN CHERYL LIVNEH, ASSOCIATE DEAN GLEN SEDIVY, ASSISTANT DEAN EXTENDED STUDIES BUILDING, 1633 S.W. PARK, (503) 725-4721 www.extended.pdx.edu

The School of Extended Studies is a major degree. In 1996 it partnered with the Grad- provider of continuing adult education in uate School of Social Work to launch the Oregon. Working together with campus Statewide M.S.W. distance learning pro- and community partners, Extended Studies gram, the first of its kind in the United provides a vital link that responds to new States. opportunities with innovative programs for meeting the growing continuing education INFORMATION needs of the region. Recognized nationally Call (503) 72-LEARN for its commitment to excellence, Extended E-mail: [email protected] Studies has received numerous awards for http://extended.pdx.edu its programming, including: U.S. Depart- Mail: PO Box 1491, Portland, OR 97207 ment of Housing and Urban Development Registration, (503) 725-4832 Community First Award; National Univer- Accounts Payable/Receivable, sity Continuing Education Association (503) 725-4819 (NUCEA) Outstanding Credit Program Award; NUCEA Exemplary and Innovative PROGRAMS Program Award; Region X Head Start Award. Each year, in cooperation with COMMUNITY PROGRAMS other academic units, Extended Studies (503) 725-4864 offers over 1,600 courses, seminars, and Develops and delivers continuing educa- workshops, totaling more than 60,000 tion and training programs such as the registrations. Northwest Community Development Extended Studies delivers both credit Academy and the Collaborative Commu- and noncredit programs spanning many nity Health Leadership Program to pro- fields of study. Subjects range from conflict mote community development throughout management and multimedia professional the region. In partnership with the College to teacher education and the arts. Offerings of Urban and Public Affairs, programs are include degree-oriented courses as well as developed for both the public sector and customized professional development nonprofit community. offerings (programs/instructional packages/ CONTINUING EDUCATION/ workshops/training/educational opportuni- GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ties) designed to meet the specific needs of EDUCATION (CE/ED) the community. Courses are offered in the (503) 725-4670 evenings, on weekends, and in daytime Provides credit and noncredit professional short-course formats to accommodate the development for PreK-12 educators, schedules of working adults. administrators, and support staff; post sec- In addition to year-round professional ondary educators and administrators; the development opportunities, Extended broad spectrum of human service profes- Studies coordinates a comprehensive sionals (e.g., counselors, social workers, Summer Session. Courses are taught by psychologists); and training professionals. Portland State University faculty and visit- Courses and workshops are offered on ing faculty and are offered in formats rang- campus, at a variety of sites throughout the ing from two-day workshops to eight-week state, and by contract on-site in school discourses. tricts and human service agencies. Offer- In partnership with the School of Busi- ings include: off-site master’s degrees, ness Administration, Extended Studies administrative licensure programs, the offers the Statewide M.B.A. distance learn- added elementary endorsement, the ESL/ ing program and the off-campus Liberal Bilingual endorsement, the special educa- Studies with business minor undergraduate tion continuing endorsement, and a 312 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

number of certificate of completion pro- their families. ECTC administers the PSU SALEM CENTER, (503) 399-5262 grams (e.g., Training and Development, Region X Head Start Quality Center and Extends PSU offerings to the Salem com- Child and Adolescent Treatment, Early Quality Center for Disabilities Services. munity and explores ways that the institu- Intervention/Early Childhood Special Edu- The center also publishes The Oregon tions in the Oregon University System can cation, Instructional Technology, and Stan- Assessment Tool for Young Children. cooperatively serve the Salem area. Serves dards-Based Education). as a training and education center for PSU INDEPENDENT STUDY, 725-4865 degree completion, certificate of comple- CONTINUING EDUCATION PRESS University and high school credit courses tion programs, and training in child wel- 725-4891 offered by correspondence, with e-mail/ fare, as part of the Child Welfare Publisher of a series of Italic Handwriting online support. These self-paced courses Partnership. books and materials for adults and chil- are open to anyone at any time. Catalog dren, as well as other varied titles includ- available. PSU STATEWIDE M.B.A., M.S.W., ing: Getting Funded: A Complete Guide to M.P.A, 725-4822 Proposal Writing by Mary S. Hall; The Art of PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Delivers PSU’s M.B.A, M.S.W., and M.P.A. Legal Interpretation by Constance E. CENTER, 725-4820 programs to admitted students in remote Crooker; Helping Children Heal From Loss: A Quality programs developed to meet the locations throughout the state. Keepsake of Special Memories by Laurie Van- needs of the business community. Courses Si and Lynn Powers; and Working on the and seminars are taught from a practical perspective and scheduled during times SUMMER SESSION Bomb by Stephen L. Sanger. Brochures and (503) 725-3276 detailed information on publications avail- convenient for most working adults. Offer- able upon request. ings include award-winning certificate of completion programs, focused seminars, Approximately 1,200 courses are offered DEGREE COMPLETION specialized refresher courses, and custom- June-August for academic credit through Designed specifically for working adults ized on-site training programs. Topics the more than 40 departments that com- wanting to complete their bachelor’s degree include: human resource management, prise PSU. Formal admission is not evenings and weekends. Available at four multimedia professional, project manage- required for Summer Session and all stu- sites: Beaverton and Harmony (725-2148), ment, executive assistant, engineering and dents are charged in-state tuition, except Salem (503-399-5262), and Downtown technical communications, environmental, non-residents taking 9 credit hours or main campus (725-3822). international/ESL, Tax Institute, and work- more. place conflict resolution. Catalog available. Summer Session offers the greatest pos- DISTANCE LEARNING, 725-4863 sible flexibility in scheduling, with classes Instructors combine a variety of technolo- PSU’S BEAVERTON SITE, CAPITAL starting throughout the summer in formats gies (telephone, video, computer, e-mail, CENTER, 725-4849 that include two-day workshops through and Internet) for course delivery. Extended Brings PSU offerings to Washington one-, two-, four-, and 11-week courses. Studies works with PSU academic units to County. Serves as a training and education Sequential courses are offered to enable deliver master’s degrees in education, busi- center for PSU undergraduate and graduate students to complete a full year of courses ness administration, social work, and degrees, certificate of completion pro- (languages, science) in one term. public administration. grams, and on-site customized training. In addition to on-campus courses, there are several programs offered off campus EARLY CHILDHOOD TRAINING PSU’S CLACKAMAS SITE, HARMONY CENTER (ECTC), 725-4815 CENTER IN CLACKAMAS COUNTY, and abroad. Students may choose from a Provides credit and noncredit courses, con- 725-2148 variety of special events, including conferences, workshops, on-site consultation, PSU’s newest off-campus site. Students can certs, recitals, and lectures. Summer ses- and technical assistance to individuals and now take courses in Clackamas County. sion highlights include: programs serving children age 0-5 and Catalog available. Bel Canto Vocal Training Institute Chamber Music for Strings Chamber Winds Deutsche Sommershule am Pazifik Haystack Program in the Arts and Sciences International Visiting Professors Kodaly Certificate of Completion Program PIP Fest (Portland International Performance Festival) Self-Enhancement, Inc. Music Camp The Summer Session office is located in the School of Extended Studies building, 1633 S.W. Park Avenue, Portland, Oregon. Open weekdays 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. throughout the year. A PSU Summer Ses- sion catalog is issued in early April. To request a copy, call (503) 72-LEARN, or write to: PSU Summer Session P.O. Box 1491 Portland, Oregon 97207. INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS

OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

KIMBERLEY A. BROWN NSTITUTE FOR THE VICE PROVOST I 101 EAST HALL STUDY OF U.S.-LATIN (503) 725-3455 AMERICAN RELATIONS www.intl.pdx.edu Director: Shawn Smallman 224 East Hall, (503) 725-8195 The Office of International Affairs houses The Institute for the Study of U.S.-Latin International Education Services (Interna- American Relations provides an opportu- tional Student and Faculty Services and nity to explore and study Latin American Study Abroad), the Global Graduates pro- countries, cultures, economies, and societ- gram, the Institute for Asian Studies, the ies. This includes foreign relations between Institute for the Study of U.S.-Latin Ameri- Latin America and Asia, Africa, Europe, can Relations, and the Middle East Studies and North America. The institute empow- Center, and is the administrative office for ers the student to examine the social, polit- the International Studies Bachelor of Arts ical, economic and cultural complexity of Program of the College of Liberal Arts and Latin American countries from a student Sciences. Information on International perspective. The institute has links with the Studies can be found on page 142. social service community in the greater Portland Metropolitan area and their con- INSTITUTE FOR nections with Latin America, as well as the ASIAN STUDIES Latin American Trade Council of Oregon. Through the institute’s library, students can Director: Larry Kominz enhance their work toward a degree in 308 East Hall, (503) 725-8571 associated disciplines. Students can also The Institute for Asian Studies coordinates gain skills for employment in business, Asia-related university and community government, national and international programs to promote the development of non-governmental agencies, social work, Asian and Asian-American studies at Port- and academia. land State University and in the metropolitan area. The institute, in conjunction with MIDDLE EAST Friends of Asian Studies, links student and STUDIES CENTER community interests by underwriting student scholarships, international confer- Director: Jon E. Mandaville ences, library acquisitions, faculty 320 East Hall, (503) 725-5467 development, teacher workshops, and The Middle East Studies Center (MESC) is public programs such as the annual Trena the first federally supported undergraduate Gillette Memorial Lecture which brings to program in the United States for Arabic campus experts on various Asian topics. language and area studies. Dating from The institute also coordinates various 1961, the Center’s mandate today is to sup- events, including guest speakers and visit- port the academic study of the Middle East ing scholars from East Asia (China, Japan, at PSU and to provide Oregon’s community Korea). with information on the peoples, cultures, languages, and religions of the region in an open and objective atmosphere. MESC is one of PSU’s oldest and flourishing institutional bridges between the campus—its resources and expertise—and the commu- 314 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

nity. MESC also serves as a regional infor- Teacher workshops INTERNATIONAL mation center providing support to Free, public lending library of over 500 business, media, and educational systems educational resources housed in “Build- EDUCATION SERVICES throughout the Northwest. ing Bridges,” a community resource Director: Dawn L. White Options in Middle Eastern Studies: center for international, peace, and 212 East Hall multicultural education, 121 Sixth Bachelor of Arts Degree in International The Office of International Education Ser- Avenue Building Studies with a concentration in the vices provides a variety of academic and Guest lectures and presentations by Middle East. support services to international students PSU faculty, students, and friends Middle East Studies Certificate comple- and faculty and to students studying Public school curriculum development ments a Bachelor of Science or Arts abroad through PSU-sponsored programs. degree in any other PSU degree Northwest Model League of Arab States program. (hosted by PSU in 1994 and 1995) IES/STUDENT AND FACULTY Sponsorship of public lectures, confer- SERVICES MESC participates in a number of con- ences, speakers’ bureau, cultural and 212 East Hall, (503) 725-4094 sortia programs with universities and orga- arts events including plays, concerts, The International Education Services staff nizations world-wide that maximize dance performances, films, and resources and expand student opportuni- who work with admitted international stu- museum exhibits dents, visiting scholars, and international ties. Such activities, dating from 1991, Cooperating with local organizations, include: a consortium with the University faculty are a central source of information including: American-Arab Anti-Dis- on the services available to these groups. of Washington’s Center for Middle Eastern crimination Committee, Institute for Studies as a national resource center with The office works closely with sponsoring Judaic Studies, Oregon Interreligious agencies, diplomatic missions, the Immi- funding from the Department of Educa- Committee for Peace in the Middle East, tion’s Title VI program; participation in the gration and Naturalization Service, and Muslim Educational Trust, Iranian other government agencies to resolve aca- Western Consortium for Middle East Stud- Women’s Association, Turkish-Ameri- ies which sponsors an annual intensive demic, financial, and immigration issues. can Student Cultural Association, and Services offered to international stu- summer language and area studies program the refugee resettlement network (hosted by PSU in 1990 and 1996); mem- dents and scholars include: Cooperating with other educational ser- bership in national and international aca- An intensive orientation program for all vice organizations such as World Affairs incoming international students and demic and professional organizations Council of Oregon, Oregon Interna- including the Middle East Studies Associa- faculty; tional Council, and public and private Opportunities to live in American tion, Middle East Outreach Council, schools. National Council on U.S.-Arab Relations, homes and visit with American families American Institute for Yemeni Studies, through a host family network; American Research Institute in Turkey, and GLOBAL GRADUATES An English conversation program others. In 1994 MESC entered into a part- INTERNSHIP PROGRAM which promotes both conversation and nership with Osh State University (Kyr- cross-cultural understanding between gyzstan) which promotes student and Coordinator: Arlene Brockel international and American students; 306 East Hall, (503) 725-5895 faculty exchanges and cooperation in vari- Participation in the International Cul- ous disciplines. The Global Graduates Internship Program tural Service Program (ICSP) which Branford Price Millar Library’s largest is administered by the Oregon University sponsors cultural presentations by specialized collection is the substantial System and is another way PSU students internationals throughout the greater Middle East vernacular holdings, a nation- can augment their program of study. Partic- Portland metro area. Students at PSU ally recognized resource owing its existence ipation in Global Graduates will enable stu- are invited to apply for this program, to the federal Foreign Language and Area dents from all fields of study to acquire and those selected receive a partial Studies Acquisition Program, augmented international experience for credit as part tuition credit; through private donations over the years. of their degree program. Sponsorship of a wide variety of educa- The collection includes a number of rare The benefits gained from an international and social events for international books and is available to the public tional internship are numerous: personal students with University and commu- through local and Internet online access. growth and better understanding of world nity groups; A number of scholarship and fellowship affairs; competitive advantage in the job Provision of technical immigration opportunities are available to students in market; proficiency of foreign language and assistance for visiting scholars and fac- support of Middle East language and area an understanding of foreign cultures; ulty in securing legal employment at studies. These include the Elizabeth Ducey knowledge of professional practices in PSU; Scholarship Fund, the Patricia and Gary another country; maturity and confidence; Assistance to various departments at Leiser Scholarship in Middle Eastern Lan- and professional contacts for your future PSU in meeting the legal requirements guages, and the recently established Noury career. for employment for visiting scholars Al-Khaledy Scholarship in Arabic Studies Global Graduates offers internships and faculty. (see page 35 for details). throughout the world in private-sector For information about international stu- companies, government agencies, and non- dent admissions, call the Office of Admis- COMMUNITY OUTREACH profit organizations. The latest information sions, International Student Admissions, PSU’s mission as an urban university on available internships and application (503) 725-3511. includes a strong commitment to commu- information can be found on the Global For information about the English as a nity outreach with service at its core. Graduates Website: www.orst.edu/dept/ Second Language program (ESL), call MESC’s outreach program supports the fol- int_ed/global_grads. Scholarship funding is the ESL program in the Department of lowing activities: available. Applied Linguistics, 467 Neuberger Hall, (503) 725-4088. O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 315

IES/STUDY ABROAD AUSTRALIA: Perth Caribbean. The program is designed as a 212 East Hall, (503) 725-4011 Council on International Educational Exchange short-term community-based learning The Office of International Education Ser- (CIEE) Program experience integrated into the curricula of vices sponsors a wide variety of study Murdoch University, located in Perth on International Studies and Black Studies. abroad programs for PSU students year- the southwest coast of Australia, is the site Depending on faculty research interests round. The University administers some of of this program offered fall and spring and expertise, students are involved in these programs directly, while others are semesters. Students may enroll in a wide archaeological research, museum studies, conducted in cooperation with the Oregon range of course offerings in the liberal arts, and cultural studies. University System (OUS), universities sciences, and social sciences. Housing is in CHILE: Santiago offering programs abroad jointly, such as university dorms. Council on International Educational Exchange the Northwest Council on Study Abroad AUSTRALIA: Wollongong (CIEE) Program (NCSA†), and educational associations Council on International Educational Exchange The Universidad de Chile and the Pontifi- such as the Council on International Edu- (CIEE) Program cia Universidad Católica de Chile jointly cational Exchange (CIEE). Environmental sciences and health sciences host this program, offered fall and spring The office also seeks to facilitate teach- are the focus of this program held at the semesters with a year-long option. Courses ing and other opportunities abroad for fac- University of Wollongong, located south of in the liberal arts and social sciences are ulty and to develop bilateral exchanges Sydney on the southeast coast of Australia. offered on both campuses. Housing is in with universities abroad which will provide The program is offered fall or spring semes- private homes with Chilean families. exchange opportunities for both faculty ter or for an academic year. Students are CHINA: Beijing and students. housed in university dormitories or off Oregon University System (OUS) Program The University supports a long-stand- campus. Intensive study of Chinese language is the ing tradition that study of other cultures AUSTRIA: Vienna focus of this fall semester program held at and places is an essential component of Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) the Chinese Institute of Nationalities. The modern education. Program program also provides the opportunity to The office houses the Study Abroad The beautiful city of Vienna is home to this learn about minority peoples of China. A Library, which catalogs thousands of fall term and spring semester program. In three-week excursion to a minority region opportunities for overseas study. People both programs, German language study is in China is included. Students live in the seeking information on academic programs an integral component, but the other Institute’s dormitory for foreign students offered by educational institutions in this courses, taught in English, vary. The and scholars. country and abroad are welcome to read emphasis fall term is on international busi- CHINA: Beijing the materials available in the office. Quali- ness and European studies, while the fied students planning to travel or study Council on International Educational Exchange spring program is more centered on the (CIEE) Program abroad may also purchase the International humanities. Students live with host families Peking University is host for this program, Student Identity Card—good for discounts, and enjoy academic excursions in and out- available fall and spring semester, which identification, and insurance—in the Office side Vienna. offers Chinese language and area studies. of International Education Services. BELGIUM: Brussels Students reside in dormitories on campus. Advisers in the Office of International Council on International Educational Exchange An eight-week summer program focusing Education Services provide guidance and (CIEE) Program on Chinese language is also available. assistance for students who seek to enrich Held at the Universite Libre de Bruxelles, CHINA: Nanjing their university education through study this program features study of French and Council on International Educational Exchange abroad. The University’s study abroad Dutch languages as well as social sciences, opportunities are highlighted in the follow- (CIEE) Program humanities, and international relations. Nanjing University hosts this fall and ing sections. Because these programs offer Students can apply for spring semester or residence credit and home campus registra- spring semester program, with a year-long full academic year. Housing is in student option, in which participants study tion, participating students who are eligible residences or private homes. for financial aid at PSU may apply it, in Chinese and area studies. Housing is in most cases, to these study programs. BRAZIL: São Paulo dormitories. Council on International Educational Exchange CHINA: Shanghai (CIEE) Program ROGRAMS Council on International Educational Exchange P The University of São Paulo is home for (CIEE) Program this fall or spring semester or academic ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires Held at Fudan University, this fall or spring year program emphasizing acquisition of semester program provides participants Council on International Educational Exchange Portuguese language skills necessary to (CIEE) Program with Chinese language study and course take courses in Portuguese in a wide range An advanced social studies program is offerings in international studies. An inten- of academic fields. Housing is in boarding sive Chinese language program is also offered fall and spring semesters at the Uni- houses or shared apartments. versidad de Buenos Aires and the Argentine offered during the summer. Students in branch of the Facultad Latinoamericana de CARIBBEAN: Trinidad/Tobago, both programs stay in the university Ciencias Sociales (FLASCO). Students live Jamaica dormitory. in homestays or in student residences. Aspects of Caribbean history and culture are the focus of this program, which begins on the PSU campus during the first eight weeks of winter term and concludes with a two-week field experience in the

† NCSA members: University of Alaska-Anchorage, University of Alaska-Fairbanks, Central Washington University, Oregon State University, University of Oregon, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Washington, Washington State University, Western Oregon University, Western Washington University. 316 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

CHINA: Zhengzhou ECUADOR: Quito Marseilles School of Business professors. This exchange program with Zhengzhou Oregon University System (OUS) Program The program includes several company University, PSU’s sister university in Henan Two opportunities exist in Quito. The first visits and regional excursions. Participants Province, offers students the chance to is a fall term or year-long program, held at stay in an apartment hotel close to the study Chinese for fall or spring semester the Pontificia Universidad Católica del school. (or both). Located near the Yellow River Ecuador (PUCE), offering courses in Span- FRANCE: Paris about 450 miles south of Beijing, Zheng- ish language and Latin American Studies. Council on International Educational Exchange zhou is an industrial city of more than one The courses are designed for foreigners and (CIEE) Program million. Housing is in the University of are taught in Spanish. The second pro- A critical studies program emphasizing lit- Zhengzhou’s student dormitory. gram, offered at the Universidad San Fran- erary criticism, film studies, and philoso- COSTA RICA: Monteverde cisco de Quito (USFQ), is available fall phy is offered fall and spring semesters and Council on International Educational Exchange term, spring semester, or all year. Designed academic year at the Paris Center for Criti- (CIEE) Program for students whose Spanish language skills cal Studies and the University of Paris III. This fall or spring semester program focus- are at the intermediate and advanced lev- Students locate their own housing with ing on tropical biology, ecology, and con- els, the program places students in regular help from program staff. courses with Ecuadorian students. In both servation is held at the Monteverde FRANCE: Poitiers programs, lodging is with Ecuadorian host Institute in west central Costa Rica. Stu- Oregon University System (OUS) Program families. dents live at a biological station next to a Most students in this year-long program are rainforest. During the week prior to exams, ENGLAND: Please see Great Britain, enrolled at the Institute for Foreigners at participants live with rural Costa Rican page 316. the University of Poitiers, studying French families. An eight-week summer program FRANCE: Angers language and literature. Regular classes at is also offered. Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) the University of Poitiers are available to CZECH REPUBLIC: Prague Program students with sufficient academic prepara- Council on International Educational Exchange The language, culture, and traditions of tion. Students may live in dormitories or (CIEE) Program France are the focus of this term-long pro- apartments or with French families. Social science, humanities, and Czech lan- gram located in western France in the GERMANY: State of Baden- guage are offered at Charles University, beautiful Loire Valley. Offered every fall, Württemberg where students live in dormitories. The winter, and spring quarter, the program is Oregon University System (OUS) Program program is available fall and spring semes- held in the Centre International d’Etudes In this exchange program with several uni- ters. A three-week summer business pro- Françaises (CIDEF) on the campus of the versities in the German state of Baden- gram is also offered. Catholic University of the West and fea- Württemberg, students enroll in cooperat- DENMARK: Copenhagen tures course choices offered in English or ing universities including Freiburg, Heidel- Denmark’s International Study (DIS) Program French. Housing is with French families. berg, Hohenheim, Konstanz, Mannheim, PSU students can study a variety of topics Students interested in summer study at Stuttgart, Tübingen, and Ulm. Housing is at the University of Copenhagen. Semester CIDEF have several options in terms of in university dormitories. length of study, curriculum, and housing. and year-long programs are offered in GERMANY: Tübingen humanities and social sciences, interna- FRANCE: Haute Bretagne Oregon University System (OUS) Program tional business, architecture and design, Council on International Educational Exchange A 15-week intensive German language pro- and marine environmental studies. (CIEE) Program gram is offered in the spring to students Summer programs in architecture and Students take classes through the Division who have completed two quarters of first- design and “Europe in Transition” are also for Foreign Students at the University of year college level German. The intensive available. Courses are taught in English by Haute Bretagne in Rennes, choosing from a format enables students to complete the Danish professors. Participants live with variety of academic subjects, mainly in the first year and the entire second-year Danish families or in student residence humanities. Students are housed in French sequence in German language. Housing is halls. homes or in university residences. in university dormitories. DENMARK: Copenhagen FRANCE: Lyon GHANA: Legon Oregon University System (OUS) Program Oregon University System (OUS) Program Council on International Educational Exchange Students currently enrolled in PSU’s Master This year-long program is open to qualified (CIEE) Program of Business Administration program are eli- students with intermediate or advanced Most fields of study are available at the gible to apply for study fall semester at the proficiency in French. Students with two University of Ghana, host of this new pro- Copenhagen School of Economics and years of college-level French may enroll in gram open for fall and spring semester and Business Administration. Participants may a language institute at a Lyonnaise univer- academic year study. Twi language and area choose to live in dormitories or with host sity; students with at least three years may studies are also offered. Housing is in stu- families. enroll in regular university courses at one dent residences on campus. of four other institutions. Apartments or DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Santiago GREAT BRITAIN: London Council on International Educational Exchange student dormitories are available for lodging. Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) (CIEE) Program Program Spanish language and Caribbean area stud- FRANCE: Marseilles Historic London is the setting for this term- ies are the focus of this program offered fall The Summer Business in Europe Program long program offered every fall, winter, and and spring semesters, with a full-year introduces M.B.A. students and undergrad- spring quarter. Courses in the liberal arts option. Advanced Spanish language stu- uate business majors to international busi- and social sciences are integrated with aca- dents are enrolled at the Pontificia Univer- ness at its European roots. Offered in demic excursions. Students live with Brit- sidad Católica Madre y Maestra (PUCMM), cooperation with the Marseilles School of ish families. a private institution located in a suburb of Business - Ecole Supérieure de Commerce, Santiago. Lodging is with Dominican fami- the three-week summer program offers lies in private homes. coursework in English taught by PSU and O FFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 317

GREAT BRITAIN: Reading leaders in international business education students with an interest in Japanese busi- This direct exchange program with the and consulting. ness and economics as well as area studies University of Reading allows PSU students ITALY: Macerata and Japanese language. Non-language to spend a quarter or an academic year Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) courses are taught in English. Available fall studying a wide range of courses covering Program and spring semesters, as well as all year, the the liberal arts and social sciences, business The lovely hill town of Macerata, located in program includes company visits, cultural studies, education, and engineering. The east central Italy near the Adriatic Sea, is activities, and field trips. Students are city of Reading is situated on the River the site of this semester-long program avail- housed with Japanese families. Thames, about 40 miles west of London. able fall, winter, and spring terms. Partici- KOREA: Seoul Students live in residence halls on campus. pants study Italian language at the Oregon University System (OUS) Program GREECE: Athens University of Macerata and enroll in inter- Students may study at Yonsei University Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) national studies courses taught in English and/or Ewha University, located within Program by Italian professors. Students live with walking distance of each other in Seoul. Courses in modern Greek, history, art his- Italian families or in apartments shared Classes in the program, offered through the tory, and political science are featured in with other students. international division at each university, are this fall and spring quarter program held at ITALY: Paderno del Grappa taught in English. The curriculum includes the Athens Centre in the heart of Athens. A new undergraduate business program Korean language and area studies. Housing All courses are taught in English, with the offered fall and spring semester by the is in university dormitories, although pri- exception of modern Greek. Excursions in Consortium of Universities for Interna- vate arrangements may be made. and around Athens and the Greek Islands tional Business Studies, of which PSU is a MEXICO: Cuernavaca, Guadalajara, complement the coursework. Lodging is in member, gives PSU students a unique Monterrey apartments. opportunity to study abroad while main- Oregon University System (OUS) Program HUNGARY: Budapest taining their graduation timeline. Held at Students with two years of college level Council on International Educational Exchange the Consortium’s European campus in Pad- Spanish may apply to study for a semester (CIEE) Program erno del Grappa, north of Venice, the pro- or a year at one of three campuses of Insti- Budapest University of Economic Sciences gram offers upper-division business tuto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores is host for this fall and spring semester pro- courses held in English, along with de Monterrey (ITESM), a private Mexican gram, which offers courses in Hungarian optional courses in Italian language and university program with 27 campuses language, humanities, and social science. culture, and a program of excursions, throughout Mexico. Depending on each Students live in apartments with other lectures, and other activities designed to participant’s interests and Spanish profi- program participants or with Hungarian enhance the international business ciency, studies in Mexican business, Latin families. experience. American culture, politics, art, and litera- HUNGARY: Szeged ITALY: Siena ture are available, offered primarily in Students can attend this program fall or Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) Spanish at the beginning and advanced lev- spring semester (or both) at Jozsef Attila Program els. Students with sufficient language profi- University in Szeged, Hungary, studying Italian language, humanities, and social sci- ciency may also enroll in regular university Hungarian language and culture. Classes ence are emphasized in this term-long pro- courses. Depending on the campus, hous- through the Institute for Foreigners are gram located in the Tuscan hills of central ing may be in homestays or residence halls, offered in English, although participants Italy. Focus of the program is on Italian lan- or privately arranged. with proficiency in Hungarian may enroll guage, offered at all levels, and other THE NETHERLANDS: Amsterdam directly in the university, choosing from a courses taught in English. Lodging is in Council on International Educational Exchange wide range of courses within the fields of shared apartments; a limited number of (CIEE) Program arts and letters, social science, and science. homestays is available. International relations, social science, and Student dormitories or shared apartments JAPAN: Tokyo Dutch language are features of this fall are housing options for students. Oregon University System (OUS) Program semester program held at the University INDONESIA: Java Participants attend Aoyama Gakuin Uni- of Amsterdam. Housing is in student Council on International Educational Exchange versity’s School of International Politics, residences. (CIEE) Program Economics, and Business (SIPEB), studying POLAND: Warsaw The Institut Keguruan Dan Ilmu Pendidi- Japanese language, although other course- Council on International Educational Exchange kan (IKIP) Malang in Java is host of this fall work is offered in English. This 10-month (CIEE) Program and spring semester program. Participants program follows the Japanese academic cal- Hosted by the Warsaw School of Econom- study Indonesian language and literature, endar, beginning in April and ending in ics, participants study Polish language, performing arts, development studies, and February. Housing is in university humanities, and social science. The pro- social science. Housing is in Indonesian dormitories. gram is offered fall and spring semester. homes. JAPAN: Tokyo Housing is in dormitories. ITALY: Asolo Oregon University System (OUS) Program RUSSIA: St. Petersburg As a member of the Consortium of Univer- The 10-month program, beginning in Council on International Educational Exchange sities for International Business Studies, August at Waseda University, offers a vari- (CIEE) Program PSU offers M.B.A. students an opportunity ety of courses, taught in English, in liberal The Council offers several options at St. to study business in a distinctive interna- arts and social sciences as well as Asian Petersburg University: tional environment with a diverse interna- studies. Lodging is with Japanese families. 1. Russian language programs offered fall and spring semesters and during the aca- tional business culture. Held in the JAPAN: Tokyo demic year, geared for students at the inter- northeastern Italian city of Asolo, about 25 Council on International Educational Exchange miles north of Venice, the four-week (CIEE) Program mediate and advanced levels of Russian. summer program and the spring semester Offered at the Ichigaya campus of Sophia 2. A summer program emphasizing program offers courses taught in English by University, this program is designed for Russian language study. consortium professors who are recognized 318 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

3. A Russian Language for Research past and elements of European Spain. The an archaeological field work project in Program offered fall and spring semester program is available fall term, spring Monastir. Students are housed in apart- and during the academic year. semester, and all year. Students in the pro- ments. 4. A summer program emphasizing gram live with Spanish families, although VIETNAM: Hanoi Russian language for research. housing at the university is an alternative Council on International Educational Exchange 5. A summer program focusing on lan- option. (CIEE) Program guage and business in Russia. SPAIN: Seville Vietnam National University is host of this Housing is with Russian families or in a Council on International Educational Exchange fall and spring semester program, in which university dormitory. (CIEE) Program Vietnamese language, civilization, and his- RUSSIA: St. Petersburg/Moscow The University of Seville is host to two tory are the focus of study. Participants stay American Council of Teachers of Russian CIEE-sponsored programs available fall in foreign student guest houses or private (ACTR) Program and spring semesters and for an academic residences. Students enroll in the Department of Rus- year. Humanities and social sciences are the sian as a Foreign Language at one of several focus of the Liberal Arts Program, while the OTHER institutions in St. Petersburg or Moscow. Business and Society Program is designed PROGRAMS Programs are available fall and spring for students specializing in these areas. semesters or for the academic year. In A third program at the University of FULBRIGHT PROGRAM addition, an eight-week summer program Seville, available fall or spring semester, is Adviser: Dawn L. White is offered. Housing is in university designed for intermediate level students of dormitories. Spanish. This Language and Society pro- Portland State participates in the Interna- tional Educational Exchange Program SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Town gram also includes courses in the humani- authorized by the Fulbright-Hays Act. Council on International Educational Exchange ties and social sciences. (CIEE) Program In addition, CIEE also offers a summer Awards available include those offered by the U.S. government, foreign governments, The University of Cape Town is host to a program in art restoration and art history, held at the Council Study Center at the universities, and private donors. Grants are new spring semester or South African aca- available to qualified graduating seniors demic year (February-December) pro- Escuela de Artes Aplicadas. For all programs in Seville, students live and graduate students for advanced gram. The academic program allows research, to qualified faculty for lecturing students to pursue academic studies in a in private homes or residencias (boarding houses). and research, and to teachers for teacher number of disciplines while providing first- exchange programs. TAIWAN: Kaohsiung hand knowledge of contemporary South Grants for Graduate Study Abroad. African life and society. An exchange agreement between PSU and Fulbright opportunities are announced SPAIN: Alicante National Sun Yat-Sen Univesity in Kaohsi- annually about May 1, and applications Council on International Educational Exchange ung offers a unique opportunity for two should be prepared as soon as possible. (CIEE) Program PSU students to spend a year studying The deadline for submission of application Held at the University of Alicante, this fall Mandarin Chinese at intermediate and materials to the Fulbright adviser is the last and spring semester program, with a year- advanced levels. In addition, students may week of September 2000 for the 2001- long option, balances language instruction select from courses in Chinese history, cul- 2002 academic year. The Fulbright pro- with area studies courses in the history, culture, and contemporary society which are gram adviser disseminates information ture, and economy of Spain, taught in taught in English. Housing is in residence about grant opportunities and assists in English. In addition, a six-week summer halls shared with other students. processing grant applications. program provides Spanish language study TAIWAN: Taipei University Lecturing/Advanced and an introduction to contemporary Council on International Educational Exchange Research. The Office of International Edu- trends in Spanish culture. In both pro- (CIEE) Program cation Services provides information to fac- grams, students live with Spanish families. Participants study Chinese language, ulty on grants for university lecturing or SPAIN: Barcelona humanities, economics, and social sci- advanced research. Application deadline is Institute for Social and International Studies ences at National Chengchi University. The August 1. (ISIS) Program program is available fall and spring semes- Opportunities Abroad for Teachers. Students can spend fall, winter, and/or ters and academic year. The U.S. Information Agency sponsors spring quarters on this international stud- THAILAND: Khon Kaen teaching positions abroad and summer ies program. ISIS also offers a four-week Council on International Educational Exchange seminars for teachers and professors summer program. Courses are selected (CIEE) Program through its Opportunities Abroad for each term from such fields as political sci- Two programs are held at Khon Kaen Uni- Teachers program. Interested persons ence, economics, history, sociology, and art versity. The first, held fall semester, offers should apply by October 15 directly to the history, all taught in English. Spanish lan- coursework in Thai language and litera- U.S. Information Agency. Interviews for guage instruction, offered at all levels, is an ture, women’s and development studies, Oregon-area applicants are arranged by the integral part of the curriculum. Housing is and public health. The second is a six-week Fulbright adviser at PSU and are held on with Spanish families or in residencias. summer program in Thai language and campus in December. SPAIN: Oviedo development studies. Housing for both Northwest Council on Study Abroad (NCSA) programs is student dormitories; in addi- Program tion, semester students have the option of An intensive Spanish language program private housing. offered to students with at least one year of TUNISIA: Monastir prior college-level Spanish is available at Council on International Educational Exchange the University of Oviedo. Located in north (CIEE) Program central Spain just a few miles from the This six-week summer program focuses on coast, Oviedo reflects both its pre-Moorish art history in Tunisia, in conjunction with S UPPLEMENTAL PROGRAMS 319

SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAMS

RMY RESERVE OFFICER SCHOLARSHIPS MS 131, 132, 133, and 231, 232, 233 A Army ROTC offers competitive scholar- Basic Course: Physical Fitness (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) TRAINING CORPS ships that pay up to $16,000 in tuition and 943-7353 Open to all students. Series with different roles fees, a book allowance of $450 per school for students at different levels in the program. year, and a $200 per month tax free sti- The Military Science Program is designed Participate in and learn to lead a physical fitness pend during the school year. These schol- to provide college students on-campus program. Emphasis on the development of an arships are available to undergraduate and individual fitness program and the role of exer- instruction and experience in the art of graduate students in three- and two-year cise and fitness in one’s life. organizing, motivating, and leading others. increments. Competition for the scholar- MS 199 It includes instruction to develop self-disci- ships is available to all students, even if not Special Studies (Credit to be arranged) pline, physical stamina, and professional enrolled in the program. More information Open to all students. bearing. Army ROTC classes are designed is available by calling the Military Science MS 211 to be taken along with the student’s other Program, 943-7353. Self/Team Development (2) normal academic curriculum. Enrolling in Learn/apply ethics-based leadership skills that Military Science classes does not obligate develop individual abilities and contribute to the students to serve in the Army. Upon com- COURSES building of effective teams of people. Develop pletion, the student is eligible for commis- skills in oral presentations, writing concisely, sioning as a second lieutenant into the The term Basic Course refers to first- and planning events, coordination of group efforts, land navigation, and basic small group dynam- Active Army, Army Reserve, or National second-year courses, MS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, and 213, which are designed for beginning ics. Two-hours and a leadership lab, MS 221, Guard. Army ROTC offers 2-, 3-, and 4- students who may want to try Military Science plus optional participation in a one-hour session year scholarships worth over $16,000 per without obligations. A number of popular or of physical fitness two times a week, MS 231. year. challenging extracurricular activities are associ- MS 212/213 ated with these courses. Fundamentals of Team Training I and II PROGRAMS (2, 2) Basic Program. MS 111 The Basic Program is vol- Introduction to Leadership (1) Introduction to individual and team aspects in untary and comprised of the 1-2 credit Increase self-confidence through team study and small unit operations. Includes use of radio com- lower-division courses listed below. The activities in basic drill, physical fitness, rappel- munications, making safety assessments, move- Basic Program is normally completed ling, first aid, survival skills, and making presen- ment techniques, planning for team safety/ during the freshman and sophomore years, tations. Learn fundamental concepts of security and methods of pre-execution checks. and it, or credit for equivalency, is a prereq- leadership in a profession in both classroom and Learn techniques for training others as an aspect uisite for the Advanced Program. Students outdoor laboratory environments. One-hour and of continued leadership development. Two- a leadership lab, MS 121, plus optional partici- hours and a leadership lab, MS 222 or 223, plus may alternatively satisfy the Basic Program optional participation in a one-hour session of requirements by previous military experi- pation in a one-hour session of physical fitness two times a week, MS 131. physical fitness two times a week, MS 232 or ence or by completing the following class: 233. MS 112,113 MS 240 Leadership Intern Program. Introduction to Decision Making I & II MS 240 There is no obligation incurred from (1, 1) Leadership Intern Program (6) participation in the Basic Program classes. Learn/apply principles of effective leading. Rein- A five-week summer course conducted at Fort The students decide if they wish to apply force self-confidence through participation in Knox, Kentucky. The student receives pay. for the Advanced Program. physically and mentally challenging exercises Travel, lodging, and most meal costs are Advanced Program. Students who with upper-division military science students. defrayed by the Army. No military obligation wish to apply for the two-year Advanced Develop communication skills to improve indi- incurred. Learn and apply principles of leadership, develop communication skills, organiza- Program, comprised of the 3-credit upper- vidual performance and group interaction. Relate organizational skills to improve individual tional effectiveness, and ethics integration. division classes listed below, must apply performance and group interaction. Relate orga- Practice leading groups from 9-40 students. and be accepted. Students in the Advanced nizational ethical values to the effectiveness of a Spaces are limited. Candidates can apply for a Program receive a $200 per month stipend leader. One hour and a leadership lab, MS 122 space any time during the school year prior to while in school. or 123, plus optional participation in a one-hour the summer. Pass/no pass only. Other Programs. Provisions exist for a session of physical fitness two times a week, MS 132 or 133. The Advanced Course is open only to students number of special programs depending on who have completed the Basic Course or earned student qualifications and curriculum, MS 121, 122, 123, and 221, 222, 223 placement credit for it (various methods). The including the Simultaneous Membership Basic Course: Leadership Laboratory (1, 1, Advanced Course is designed to qualify a stu- Program (SMP). 1, 1, 1, 1) Open only to students in the associated Military dent for a commission as an officer in the United States Army. Students must complete a five-week COMMISSIONS Science course. Series with different roles for students at different levels of the program. Learn Advanced Leadership Course during the sum- Students who complete the Advanced Pro- mer, usually between the junior and senior gram are eligible for appointment and com- and practice basic leadership and development skills. Build self-confidence and team-building years. The courses must be taken in sequence mission by the President of the United leadership skills that can be applied throughout unless otherwise approved by the Professor of States as officers in the U.S. Army. life. Military Science. Students receive $150.00 per Having received a commission, the month during the school year. officer may serve full time in the Active Army or serve as a member of the Army Reserve or National Guard. 320 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

MS 311 MS 411 Leading Small Organizations I (3) Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (3) PSU LINK Series of practical opportunities to lead small Plan, conduct, and evaluate activities of the orga- (503) 725-3430 groups, receive personal assessments and nization. Articulate goals and put plans into encouragement, and lead again in situations of action to attain them. Assess organizational Karen Tosi, Coordinator increasing complexity. Uses small unit training cohesion and develop strategies for improve- Portland State University is committed to and opportunities to plan and conduct training ment. Develop confidence in skills to lead for lower-division students both to develop such people and manage resources. Learn/apply vari- serving the needs of the metropolitan area skills and as a vehicle for practicing leading. ous policies and programs in this effort. Three- by providing an academic environment for Three-hours and a required leadership lab, MS hours and a required leadership lab, MS 421, intellectually gifted students. The LINK 321, plus required participation in a one-hour plus required participation in a one-hour session Program makes it possible for selected session of physical fitness three times a week, of physical fitness three times a week, MS 431. gifted high school students to attend the MS 331. MS 412, 413 University for part-time advanced study in MS 312, 313 Transitions in Leading (3, 3) a particular academic discipline. The Pro- Leading Small Organizations II and III Continues the methodology from MS 411. Iden- gram is designed to serve those students (3, 3) tify and resolve ethical dilemmas. Refine coun- who have exhausted all coursework in a Continues methodology of MS 311. Analyze seling and motivating techniques. Examine particular discipline at their high schools. tasks, prepare written or oral guidance for team aspects of tradition and law as it relates to lead- members to accomplish tasks. Delegate tasks ing as an officer in the Army. Three-hours and a If a student in the field of mathematics, for and supervise. Plan for and adapt to the unex- required leadership lab, MS 422 or 423, plus example, is ready to go beyond the study of pected in organizations under stress. Examine required participation in a one-hour session of calculus, he/she can enroll in a mathemat- and apply lessons from leadership case studies. physical fitness three times a week, MS 432 or ics class at the University, while simulta- Examine importance of ethical decision making 433. neously maintaining his/her high school in setting a positive climate that enhances team schedule. To qualify for the Program, stu- performance. Three-hours and a required leader- CHALLENGE dents must be recommended to the ship lab, MS 322 or 323, plus required partici- University by their school district and must pation in a one-hour session of physical fitness PROGRAM three times a week, MS 332 or 333. (503) 725-3430 successfully complete the LINK admissions process. First opportunity goes to high MS 321, 322, 323 and 421, 422, 423 Advanced Course: Leadership Laboratory Karen Tosi, Coordinator school seniors. If there is space available (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) after seniors have been accommodated, Open only to students in the associated Military The Challenge Program is a cooperative other qualified applicants may be accepted Science course. Series with different roles for program between Portland State University into the Program. students at different levels in the program. and metropolitan area high schools. It pro- Involves leadership responsibilities for the plan- vides high school seniors an opportunity to ning, coordination, execution, and evaluation of take regular college courses on their own CHIRON STUDIES PROJECT various training and activities with Basic Course campuses. (503) 725-4452 students and for the ROTC program as a whole. Students who have a cumulative grade Students develop, practice, and refine leadership point average of 3.00 or above after the Jennifer Hamilton, Student Development skills by serving and being evaluated in a variety completion of six high school semesters (or Adviser of responsible positions. the equivalent in high school credits) are Chiron Studies Project is a student-ori- MS 331, 332, 333 and 431, 432, 433 eligible to enroll in the Challenge Program. ented program funded by student inciden- Advanced Course: Physical Fitness (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1) School district staff members review tran- tal fees. The purpose of the program is to Required of students in MS 311, 312, 313 and scripts of high school students who wish to support the development of courses not 411, 412, 413 of which this program is an inte- enroll in Challenge courses and select those normally offered by the academic depart- gral part. Series with different roles for students students who have demonstrated substan- ments. Instruction in Chiron courses is at different levels in the program. Participate in tial academic achievement. Students may conducted with faculty sponsorship; these and learn to plan and lead physical fitness pro- enroll for a maximum of two classes per courses are approved in the same manner grams. Develops the physical fitness required of quarter. as other courses by the appropriate depart- an officer in the Army. Emphasis on the development of an individual fitness program and the The Challenge Program currently offers ments and deans. role of exercise and fitness in one's life. introductory college courses in computer The program’s objectives are: science, English, foreign languages, history, To provide a structure within the Uni- MS 340 Advanced Leadership Intern Program (3) and mathematics. Course content is identi- versity where students can participate A five-week camp conducted at Ft. Lewis, Wash- cal to that offered to Portland State Univer- actively in implementation of courses. ington. Only open to students who have com- sity students on the home campus. To encourage the formal use of student pleted MS 311, 312, and 313. The student College-level texts and materials are used. learning through teaching, tutoring, receives pay. Travel, lodging, and most meal Students who successfully complete and advising. costs are defrayed by the Army. The course envi- their Challenge Program coursework are To supplement and enhance existing ronment is highly structured and demanding, entitled to a regular Portland State Univer- departmental offerings. stressing leadership at small unit levels under varying, challenging conditions. Individual lead- sity transcript. The credit earned by the To foster the development of alternative ership and basic skills performance are evaluated student can be transferred to a large learning formats and seek, generally, to throughout the camp. Graded on a pass/no pass number of colleges and universities region- improve the experience of undergradu- basis only. ally and nationally. ate education. MS 405 Proposal forms are available in 441 Reading and Conference (Terms and credit Smith Memorial Center. to be arranged.) Consent of Instructor. DIRECTORIES

MEMBERS OF THE OREGON OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM Eastern Oregon University BOARD OF HIGHER La Grande EDUCATION Oregon Institute of Technology Klamath Falls The Oregon State Board of Higher Education, Oregon State University the statutory governing board of the seven- Corvallis campus Oregon University System, is composed of 11 members appointed by the Governor and Portland State University confirmed by the Oregon State Senate. Nine Portland members are appointed to the Board for four- Southern Oregon University year terms; two members are students, Ashland appointed for two-year terms. University of Oregon Terms expire June 30 Eugene Tom Imeson, Portland 2003 Western Oregon University President Monmouth Don VanLuvanee, Portland 2000 Oregon Health Sciences Vice President University* Herbert Aschkenasy, Salem 2001 Portland Shawn Hempel, Keizer 2001 The Chancellor’s Office of Academic Affairs provides coordination and service to assure that a David Koch, Eugene 2000 broad-based continuing education program is Leslie Lehmann, Portland 2003 available through the member institutions. James Lussier, Bend 2001 An interinstitutional booklet, The OUS Viewbook, Geri Richmond, Eugene 2000 lists fields of study at all Oregon University System institutions and offers other important Bill Williams, Medford 2003 information for prospective students. For a free Jim Willis, Salem 2001 copy, write The OUS Viewbook, Oregon Univer- Phyllis Wustenberg, Bay City 2000 sity System, P.O. Box 3175, Eugene, OR 97403- 0175. OFFICERS OF THE SYSTEM *Affiliated Joseph W. Cox, Ph.D. Chancellor INSTITUTIONAL EXECUTIVES Shirley Merritt Clark, Ph.D. Daniel O. Bernstine, LL.M. Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs President Portland State University William H. Anslow, M.B.A. Vice Chancellor for Finance and Administration Phillip Creighton, Ph.D. President Robert Dryden, Ph.D. Eastern Oregon University Vice Chancellor for Engineering and Computer Science Martha Anne Dow, Ph.D. President Diane Vines, Ph.D. Oregon Institute of Technology Vice Chancellor for Corporate and Public Affairs and Board Secretary Paul Risser, Ph.D. President The Oregon University System, organized in Oregon State University 1932, provides educational opportunities to young people and adults throughout the state of Sara Hopkins-Powell, Ph.D. Oregon. Member institutions are elements of an Interim President articulated system, parts of an integrated whole. Southern Oregon University Opportunities for general education are distrib- Dave Frohnmayer, J.D. uted as widely as possible throughout the state, President while specialized, professional, and technical University of Oregon programs are centered at specific institutions. Betty J. Youngblood, Ph.D. President Western Oregon University 322 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS CENTER FOR ACADEMIC Richard A. Dewey (1991) M.S. PORTLAND EXCELLENCE Program Specialist. B.A. 1965 OFFICE OF Devorah A. Lieberman (1987) University of California, Berkeley; STATE THE PROVOST Ph.D. M.S. 1970 San Diego State Vice Provost and Assistant to the University. UNIVERSITY Mary Kathryn Tetreault (1999) President, Campus Initiatives; Kristine Elkin (1996) B.F.A. Ed.D Director, Teaching and Learning Program Assistant. B.F.A. 1975 Faculty members are listed with their Provost; Professor of Education. Excellence; Professor of Speech Minneapolis College of Art and programs. Academic faculty are listed B.A. 1961 Benedictine College; Communication. B.A. 1975 Hum- Design. starting on page 327. The dates in boldt State University; M.A. 1977 M.A.T. 1966 University of Chicago; Melissa Endicott (1994) B.S. parentheses indicate the beginning of San Diego State University; Ph.D. Ed.D. 1979 Boston University. Program Assistant. B.S. 1994 academic service at Portland State 1984 University of Florida. Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. Portland State University. University. The earliest date shown is Dilafruz R. Williams (1990) Ph.D. Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- Patrick Feeney (1990) J.D. 1955, the year in which Portland Director of Community/University ment and Student Services. B.S. Program Specialist. B.S. 1968 State became a degree-granting Partnerships; Professor of Educa- 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Oregon State University; J.D. 1972 institution. The faculty listings were tion. B.Sc. 1970, B.Ed. 1975, M.Ed. ney; M.A. 1979 University of University of Washington. compiled in February 2000 and may Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 1978 Bombay University; M.P.A. not include changes and appointments University of Oregon. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Syracuse Virginia Fink (1997) M.A. made after that time. University. Early Childhood Special Education/ Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) Disabilities Specialist. B.A. Univer- Shelly P. Bird (1998) B.S. Ph.D. sity of Alabama; M.A. California Program Coordinator. B.S. 1986 OFFICE OF THE Vice Provost and Dean, School of State University, San Franscisco. Extended Studies; Professor of Utah State University. PRESIDENT Mary Foltz (1992) B.S. Social Science. B.A. 1967 Bowling Seanna Kerrigan (1995) M.Ed. Early Childhood Education Green State University; M.A. 1972 Capstone Coordinator. B.A. 1991, Daniel O. Bernstine (1997) LL.M. Specialist. B.S. 1976 University of Western Michigan University; M.Ed. 1994 Ohio University. President. B.A. 1969 University of Ph.D. 1978 University of Utah. Oregon. California, Berkeley; J.D. 1972 Janelle Voegele (1997) M.A. Brenda D. Garcia (1999) B.A. Northwestern University School of James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. Development Program Coordina- Law; LL.M. 1975 University of Vice Provost for Academic Person- Program Assistant. B.A. 1996 tor. B.A. 1991, M.A. 1999 Portland Eastern Washington University. Wisconsin Law School. nel and Budget; Professor of Envi- State University. ronmental Sciences. B.A. 1971 Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. Michael Griggs (1992) M.F.A. University of Washington; M.S. SCHOOL OF EXTENDED Program Specialist, Summer Special Assistant to the President; 1981 Eastern Washington Univer- STUDIES AND SUMMER Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1957 Session. B.A. 1968 Antioch sity; Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytech- SESSION College; M.F.A. 1972 Boston Trinity College; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. nic Institute and State University. 1971 University of Wisconsin. Sherwin L. Davidson (1989) University. Donna R. Bergh (1995) B.S. Ph.D. Barbara Guthrie (2000) M.F.A. Amy Ross (1993) B.A. Executive Assistant to the Provost. Vice Provost and Dean, School of Executive Assistant to the Special Projects Assistant to the B.S. 1984 Portland State University. Extended Studies; Professor of Dean. B.A. 1983, M.F.A. 1985 President. B.A. 1994 Portland State Social Science. B.A. 1967 Bowling Sharon E. Buhlinger (1997) B.A. University of Oregon. University. Green State University; M.A. 1972 Administrative Support Western Michigan University; Steve Harmon (1985) M.A. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION Coordinator. B.A. 1984 Portland Ph.D. 1978 University of Utah. Program Specialist. B.A. 1983, Robert L. Vieira (1979) Ed.D. State University. M.A. 1988 Portland State Cathie Anderson (1995) B.A. Director of Affirmative Action. Sally E. Cline (1999) B.S. University. Program Assistant. B.A. 1994 B.A. 1972 University of California, Fiscal Assistant. B.S. 2000 Portland Irvine; M.Ed. 1977 Oregon State Marylhurst College. Margaret Herrington (1981) M.A. State University. Program Specialist. B.A. 1974 Boise University; Ed.D. 1996 Portland Linda Anderson (1996) B.A. Connie L. Cox (1999) B.S. State University; M.A. 1993 State University. Program Assistant. B.A. 1989 Assistant to the Vice Provost. B.S. Portland State University Annie Gubitosi-White (1997) Portland State University. 1976 Northwest Christian College. Marianne Koch (1999) Ph.D. Ed.D. Francis Bates (1997) M.Ed. Linda I. Devereaux (1984) B.A. Program Coordinator. B.A. 1979 Associate Director of Affirmative Program Specialist. B.A. State Uni- Research Assistant. B.A. 1975 University of Michigan; M.Phil. Action. B.A. 1988 University of versity of New York; M.Ed. Wayne California, Riverside; M.S. 1994, Portland State University. 1987, Ph.D. 1989 Columbia State University. University. Ed.D. 1999 Portland State JoEllen Lucke (1995) B.S. Lola Bichler (1995) B.S. University. Executive Assistant to the Vice Sandra Larson (1999) B.A. Program Analyst. B.S. 1991 Port- Provost. B.S. 1980 Portland State Program Assistant. B.A. 1997 Melinda Lucky (1997) B.A. land State University. Assistant to the Director of Affirma- University. George Fox University. Johnnie Cain (1995) D.B.A. tive Action. B.A. 1990 Portland Katherine C. Sinback (1998) B.A. Cheryl Livneh (1987) Ed.D. Early Childhood Education State University. Assistant to the Vice Provost. B.A. Director, Continuing Education, Specialist. D.B.A. 1978 Western 1994 James Madison University. School of Education. B.A. 1972 GOVERNMENT Colorado University. Miami University, Ohio; M.S. 1974 Kay E. Vorderstrasse (1997) B.A. RELATIONS Chris Cartwright (1996) M.P.A. University of Wisconsin, Madison; Assistant to the Provost and Events Deborah Murdock (1993) M.A. Program Specialist. B.A. 1979 Uni- Ed.D. 1986 Boston University. Coordinator. B.A. 1992 Pacific Assistant to the President for Gov- versity of Michigan; M.P.A. 1990 Lutheran University. Samuel Lowry (1993) M.A. ernment Relations. A.B. 1978 San Indiana University. Program Coordinator, Professional Diego State University; M.A. 1981 Ben E. Waisanen (1997) Patricia Cornman (1993) M.A. Development. B.A. 1977 Portland University of Oregon. Computer Support Specialist. Program Assistant. B.A. 1967 State University; M.A. 1992 Uni- Trenton State College; M.A. 1985 versity of California at Los Angeles. Antioch University. Thomas Luba (1998) M.S. Teresa Day (1997) B.S. Director, Distance Learning. B.S. Program Assistant. B.S. 1996 1978 Oregon State University; M.S. Portland State University. 1997 Purdue University. Karen Devoll (1999) M.A. Christina Luther (1998) M.A. Program Specialist. B.S. 1982 Program Assistant. B.A. 1988, M.A. Portland State University; M.A. 1993 Portland State University. 1998 Antioch University. D IRECTORIES 323

Mark Mentzer (1997) B.A. GRADUATE STUDIES AND Jean Campbell (1998) Ph.D. Karen Tosi (1979) M.A. Registration Coordinator. B.A. RESEARCH Assistant Director, Middle East Coordinator, Challenge/LINK Pro- 1989 University of Wisconsin. William H. Feyerherm (1990) Studies Center. B.A. 1968, Univer- gram; Research Assistant. B.A. Deb Miller (1999) M.S. Ph.D. Vice Provost for Research sity of California, Santa Barbara; 1964, M.A. 1976 Portland State Program Specialist. B.A. 1991 and Dean of Graduate Studies; M.Ed. 1975, Ph.D. 1987 University University. of Oregon. Gettysburg College; M.S. 1995 Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1970 LIBRARY Northern Illinois University; Ph.D. Portland State University. Debra Z. Clemans (1997) M.A. C. Thomas Pﬁngsten (1980) Katherine Morrow (1998) B.A. 1977 State University of New York, Executive Assistant to the Vice Albany. M.L.S. Director, Library; Professor. Program Assistant. B.A. 1991 Provost. B.A. 1993, M.A. 1995 A.B. 1962 Stanford University; Willamette University. Karin Jewel Alspach (1995) B.A. Portland State University. M.A. 1965 University of Hawaii; Carillon J. Olmsted (1974) B.A. Information Specialist. B.A. 1994 Laurence R. Kominz (1983) Ph.D. M.L.S. 1966 University of Director of Training, Early Child- Portland State University. Director, Institute for Asian Stud- California, Berkeley. hood Training Center; Senior Leah Keller-Transburg (1999) ies; Professor of Japanese and Inter- Daphne T. Allen (1970) M.B.A. Instructor. B.A. 1963 Lewis & B.A. national Studies. B.A. 1974 Colby Business Administration and Eco- Clark College. Contracts Specialist. B.A. 1998 College; M.A. 1976, Ph.D. 1984 nomics Librarian; Associate Profes- Columbia University. Elizabeth Putnam (1999) B.A. Wheaton College. sor. B.A. 1964 Portland State Program Specialist. B.A. Oregon Cassandra Kennedy (1998) B.A. Christina Luther (1998) M.A. University; M.Libr. 1965 University State University. Compliance Specialist. B.A. 1995 International Student Adviser. B.A. of Washington; M.B.A. 1978 Uni- Boise State University. 1988, M.A. 1993 Portland State versity of California, Los Angeles. Betty Jean Repp (1996) Ph.D. University. Program Specialist. B.A. 1991 Port- Martha Kierstead (1998) B.A. Judy A. Anderson (1998) M.L.S. land State University; M.A. 1994, Contracts Specialist. B.A. 1984 Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. Systems Librarian; Assistant Profes- Ph.D. 1997 Oregon State University of Oregon. Director, Middle East Studies Cen- sor. B.A. 1968 Concordia College, ter; Professor of History and Inter- Minnesota; M.L.S. 1992 University University. Maureen Orr Eldred (1997) B.A. national Studies. B.A. 1959 of Arizona. Rebecca Robinson (1996) B.S. Coordinator of Graduate Studies. Dartmouth College; Diploma Judith A. Andrews (1999) M.L.S. Program Assistant II. B.S. 1972 B.A. 1996 Portland State Islamics 1961 Edinburgh Univer- Lewis & Clark College. University. Documents Librarian; Assistant sity (Scotland); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. Professor. B.A. 1972 San Jose State Bernadene A. Pilip (1984) M.S. Patricia Rumer (1995) Ph.D. 1969 Princeton University. University; M.L.S. 1977 University Director of Community Programs. Systems Coordinator. B.S. 1971 Jennifer McNabb (1998) M.A. of Hawaii. A.B. 1962 Occidental College; M.A. University of Oregon; M.S. 1988 International Student Adviser. B.A. 1966 University of California, Los Portland State University. Sarah E. Beasley (1997) M.A.I.S. 1986, M.A. 1992 West Virginia Education/Social Science Librar- Angeles; Ph.D. 1981 Portland State University. University. INSTITUTIONAL ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1984 RESEARCH AND Shawn Smallman (1998) Ph.D. Goshen College; M.I.L.S. 1989 Steffen Saifer (1986) Ed.D. Director, Institute for the Study of University of Michigan; M.A.I.S. Early Childhood Education PLANNING Kathi A. Ketcheson (1985) Ph.D. U.S.-Latin American Relations; 1996 Oregon State University. Specialist; Instructor. B.A. 1973 Assistant Professor of History and University of Vermont; M.Ed. 1979 Director, Institutional Research and Michael S. Bowman (1992) Planning; Research Assistant Pro- International Studies. B.A. 1989 M.Libr. Towson State University; Ed.D. Queen’s University (Canada); M.A. 1996 Portland State University. fessor. B.A. 1979 University of Engineering Librarian; Assistant Washington; M.P.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990, Ph.D. 1995 Yale University. Professor. B.S. 1984, M.Libr. 1986 Glen Sedivy (1994) M.B.A. 1996 Portland State University. Teresa Taylor (1990) M.A. University of Washington. Director of Registration and David Burgess (1999) M.S. Study Abroad Adviser. B.S. 1970 Laurence L. Bruseau (1968) Budget. B.A. 1979, M.B.A. 1981 University of London (England); University of Oregon. Research Assistant. B.S. 1990 West- M.L.S. ern Oregon University; M.S. 1996 M.A. 1980 Reading University Database Management Librarian; Jennifer Shay (1997) B.A. Portland State University. (England). Associate Professor. B.A. 1961 Program Assistant. B.A. 1993 Cali- Dawn L. White (1978) B.A. Northwestern University; M.L.S. fornia State University, Fullerton. Lina Lu (1999) Ed.D. Research Assistant. B.A. 1973 Director of International Exchange 1962 University of Michigan. Charles H. Smith (1995) M.A. Northeast Normal University Programs. B.A. 1979 Portland State Evelyn I. Crowell (1972) M.L. B.S. 1981 Texas Christian Univer- (China). M.A. 1988, M.A. 1992, University. Extended Services Librarian; Asso- sity; M.A. 1982 Michigan State Ed.D. 1997 Portland State Ron L. Witczak (1996) B.A. ciate Professor. B.A. 1959 Portland University. University. Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1991 State University; M.L. 1961 Univer- Polly Taylor-Magnent (1998) Juliette Stoering (1998) M.A. Oregon State University. sity of Washington. M.Ed. Research Assistant. B.A. 1990 Uni- Birol Yesilada (1998) Ph.D. Kathy L. Dusky (1990) M.L.S. Early Childhood Special Education versity of Puget Sound; M.A. 1994 Professor of Political Science and Cataloger; Associate Professor. B.A. Specialist. B.S. 1983 Lewis-Clark University of Victoria (British International Studies; Turkish Polit- 1978 Boise State University; M.S. State College; M.Ed. 1991 Univer- Columbia) ical Economy and Trade Chair. B.A. 1985 Portland State University; sity of Idaho. 1977 University of California, M.L.S. 1992 University of Jill Townley (1997) B.A. INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS Berkeley; M.A. 1979 San Francisco Pittsburgh. Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Program Assistant. B.A. 1992 State University; Ph.D. 1984 Sharon H. Elteto (1997) M.L.S. George Fox University. Vice Provost, International Affairs; University of Michigan. Associate Professor of Applied Lin- Instruction/Bibliographic Librar- Judy Van Dyck (1992) B.A. guistics and International Studies. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ian; Assistant Professor. B.A. 1990 Program Coordinator. B.A. 1981 B.A. 1974 Macalester College; M.A. ARTS AND SCIENCES Portland State University; M.L.S. University of Oregon. 1977, Ph.D. 1988 University of Karen Hanson (1994) B.A. 1997 Emporia State University; Victor Walsh (1998) M.P.A. Minnesota. Health Sciences Adviser. B.A. 1992 M.A. 1998 Portland State University. Director, Professional Develop- Anne Bender (1980) B.A. University of Oregon. ment Center. B.A. Fort Lewis Study Abroad Adviser. B.A. 1982 Frosti McClurken-Talley (1995) Arthur Hendricks (1996) M.S. College; M.P.A. 1985 Harvard Portland State University. B.S. Academic Adviser. B.S. 1971 Assistant Systems Librarian; Assis- University. Rochester Institute of Technology. tant Professor. B.A. 1992, M.A. Arlene Brockel (1999) B.A. 1994 University of California, Marilyn Webb (1992) M.A. Global Graduates Adviser and Robert Mercer (1990) M.A. Director of Salem Center; Director Riverside; M.S. 1995 University of Co-coordinator; Assistant to the Senior Adviser. B.A. 1983, M.A. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. of Child Welfare Partnership Director, Institute for Asian 1986 Portland State University. Program. B.A. 1963 University of Studies. B.A. 1999 Portland State Illinois; M.A. 1972 University of University. Washington. 324 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Laurel Jizba (1997) M.L.S. Janet K. Wright (1986) M.F.A. Kathleen Merrow (1997) Ph.D. Candyce Reynolds (1988) Ph.D. Head Cataloger; Assistant Arts and Humanities Librarian; Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- Director, Mentor Programs. A.B. Professor. A.B. 1971 University of Professor. B.A. 1964 Portland State nary Studies, Social Sciences, 1979 University of California, Nebraska; M.L.S. 1972 University University; M.L.S. 1968 University University Honors Program. B.S. Berkeley; M.S. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 of Pittsburgh. of Oregon; M.F.A. 1979 Idaho State 1988, M.A. 1990 Portland State University of Oregon. Mary Ellen Kenreich (1992) University. University; M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1998 Jamie Ross (1992) Ph.D. M.L.S. Acquisitions Librarian; Emeriti Faculty Cornell University. Assistant Professor of University Associate Professor. B.A. 1979 Kenneth W. Butler (1955) M.A. Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1977 Bryn Mawr Capital University; M.L.S. 1980 Professor Emeritus. A.L.A. Leeds Professor Emeritus of History and College; Ph.D. 1995 University of Kent State University. School of Librarianship (England); Humanities. B.S. 1960 George- Oregon. Kristen Kern (1998) M.L.S. B.A. 1953, M.A. 1958 University of town University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. Jack Straton (1994) Ph.D. Head of Preservation and Catalog Portland. 1965 Indiana University. Assistant Professor of University Librarian; Assistant Professor. A.B. Patricia H. Byrd (1961) M.Libr. Lawrence P. Wheeler (1976) Studies. B.F.A. 1977, M.S. 1983, 1972 University of Michigan, Ann Associate Professor Emerita. A.B. Ph.D. Ph.D. 1986 University of Oregon. Arbor; M.A. 1982 Portland State 1944 Willamette University; Director, University Honors Pro- Teresa Taylor (1990) M.A. University; M.L.S. 1997 Emporia M.Libr. 1959 University of gram; Associate Professor of Instructor in University Studies. State University. Washington. Humanities and Applied Linguis- B.Sc. 1970 University of London; tics, University Honors Program. Oren O. Ogle (1969) M.Libr. Theodore C.W. Grams (1955) M.A. 1979 University of Reading. B.A. 1976, M.A. 1978 Portland Cataloger; Associate Professor. B.S. M.S.L.S. State University; Ph.D. 1993 Mark Trowbridge (1993) Ph.D. 1965 Oregon State University; Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1947 University of Oregon. Assistant Professor of University M.Libr. 1969 University of University of Washington; M.S.L.S. Studies. B.A. 1985 Portland State Washington. 1951 University of Southern University Studies University; M.A. 1988, Ph.D. 2000 Faye Powell (1985) M.A. California. Charles R. White (1971) Ph.D. New York University. Social Science Librarian; Professor. Kathleen M. Greey (1968) M.A. Associate Dean, University Studies; Margot White (1998) J.D. B.A. 1962 Mercer University; Associate Professor Emerita. B.A. Professor of Political Science and Assistant Professor of University M.L.S. 1977 University of British 1959 Oregon State University; Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. Studies. B.A. 1967 Brown Univer- Columbia (Canada); M.A. 1982 M.A. 1960 University of Denver. 1965 Colorado College; M.A. 1968 sity; J.D. 1989 University of Vir- San Francisco State University. New Mexico State University; Joseph J. Kohut ginia School of Law. (1972) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1977 University of Arizona. Terry A. Rohe (1983) M.L.S. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1960, Roberta Jessen (1988) B.A. Assistant Director for Technical Ph.D. 1967 Ohio State University; Judy Patton (1978) M.A. Assessment Specialist. B.A. 1987 Services and Collection Develop- M.S.L.S. 1970 Case Western Professor and Program Director, Portland State University. ment; Professor. B.A. 1968, M.A. Reserve University. University Studies. B.A. 1969 Uni- 1969, M.L.S. 1972 University of versity of California, Santa Bar- Cheryl Ramette (1994) B.S. Robert W. Lockerby (1967) M.S. Oregon. bara; M.A. 1996 Reed College. Assessment Specialist; Schedule Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1965 Cali- Coordinator. B.S. 1992 Lewis and Gretta Siegel (1998) M.L.S. fornia State Polytechnic University; Martha Balshem (1997) Ph.D. Clark College. Science Librarian; Assistant Profes- M.L.S. 1967 Immaculate Heart Associate Professor of University sor. B.A. 1979 Humboldt State Uni- College; M.S. 1979 Portland State Studies. B.S. 1975 Temple Univer- versity; M.L.S. 1985 Syracuse University. sity; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1985 Indi- OFFICE OF University; M.S. 1984 Oregon State ana University. Anne G. McMahon STUDENT AFFAIRS University. (1969) M.L.S. Associate Professor Emerita. B.A. Becky Boesch (1994) M.A. Wendy A. Stewart (1995) M.L.S. 1959 Marylhurst College; M.L.S. Senior Instructor in University Janine M. Allen (1995) Ph.D. Serials Librarian; Assistant Profes- 1965 Pratt Institute. Studies. B.A. 1982 Oral Roberts Vice Provost and Dean of Enroll- sor. B.A. 1982; M.L.S. 1995 Syra- University; M.A. 1988 Portland ment and Student Services. B.S. Gwen E. Newborg (1969) M.A. cuse University. State University. 1973 University of Nebraska-Kear- Professor Emerita. B.A. 1968 ney; M.A. 1979 University of Jian (Jan) Wang (1999) M.L.I.S. Central Washington State College; Ellen Broido (1997) Ed.D. Serials Catalog Librarian; Assistant Assistant Professor of University Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D. 1995 M.Libr. 1969, M.A. 1977 Univer- University of Oregon. Professor. B.A. 1982 Nanjing Insti- sity of Washington. Studies. A.B. 1987 Columbia Uni- tute of Education, China; M.A. versity; M.S.Ed. 1990 Indiana Uni- Gary S. Sampson (1972) M.L.S. ADMISSIONS 1990 Eastern Michigan University; versity; Ed.D. Pennsylvania State Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1965, AND RECORDS M.L.I.S. 1996 Wayne State University. Agnes A. Hoffman (1996) M.B.A. University. M.L.S. 1972 University of Califor- nia, Berkeley. William Brown (1998) Ph.D. Director of Admissions and Rosalind C. Wang (1985) M.S.L.S. Assistant Professor of University Records. B.A. 1973 Washington Majel M. Warren (1964) B.S.L.S. Education Librarian; Professor. B.A. Studies. B.S. 1964 Northern Illinois State University; M.S.J. 1974 Associate Professor Emerita. A.B. 1965 Soochow University (Repub- University; M.S. 1971 South Northwestern; M.B.A. 1977 1943 Asbury College; B.S.L.S. 1945 lic of China); M.S.L.S. 1967 Uni- Dakota School of Mines and Tech- Portland State University. George Peabody College for versity of Kentucky; M.A. 1976 nology; M.S. 1971, M.Ed. 1973 Teachers. Robert B.Tufts (1978) M.A. Long Island University. University of Illinois; Ph.D. 1996 Registrar. B.A. 1967 Cleveland Robert C. Westover (1971) UNIVERSITY HONORS Portland State University. State University; M.A. 1972 Case M.L.S. PROGRAM Grace Dillon (1997) Ph.D. Western Reserve University. Humanities Librarian; Professor. Faculty Assistant Professor of University Cynthia H. Baccar (1999) M.S. B.A. 1965 University of Redlands; Petyr R. Beck (1997) Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1982, M.A. 1984 Cal- Degree Audit System Coordinator. M.A. 1969, M.L.S. 1971 University Assistant Professor of Interdiscipli- ifornia State University, Fullerton; B.A. 1981, M.S. 1994 University of of Oregon. nary Studies, Social Sciences, Ph.D. 1997 University of Califor- Tennessee. nia, Riverside. William B. Wilson Jr. (1976) University Honors Program. B.A. Rowanna Carpenter (1998) M.P.A. M.L.S. 1989 University of Washington; Yves Labissiere (1996) Ph.D. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1992 Cataloger; Associate Professor. A.B. M.A. 1993, Ph.D. 1997 University Assistant Professor of University University of Hawaii; M.P.A. 1997 1965 Harvard University; M.A. of California, Irvine. Studies. B.A. 1987 Yale University; Portland State University. 1967 University of Florida; M.L.S. M.S. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 University Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. Jennifer L. Chapman (1999) M.S. 1970 University of Western Associate Professor of Interdiscipli- of California, Santa Cruz. Ontario (Canada). Director of New Student Programs. nary Science Studies, University Joseph Long (1998) Ph.D. B.S. 1992, M.S. 1994 Kansas State Honors Program. B.A. 1964 Stan- Assistant Professor of University University. ford University; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. Studies. B.A. 1974 Amherst 1969 University of Wisconsin. College; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1997 Stanford University. D IRECTORIES 325

Trevor Edelblute (1998) B.A. Janice Klein Kettler (1988) INFORMATION AND Michele Toppe (1995) M.S. Office and Information Systems M.S.W. ACADEMIC SUPPORT Coordinator of New Student Orien- Manager. B.A. 1994 University of Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1972, CENTER tation Programs. B.F.A. 1990 Pacific Idaho. M.S.W. 1974 University of Dan Fortmiller (1985) M.S. Lutheran University; M.S. 1998 Paula J. Harris (1997) M.A. Michigan. Director, Information and Aca- Portland State University. International Admissions Coordi- Susan E. Platt (1992) M.S.W. demic Support Center. B.S. 1980 Lisa C. Worsh (1997) M.Ed. nator and Supervisor. B.B.A. 1983 Coordinator, Alcohol and Drug Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1989 Adviser, Student Organizations and University of Mississippi; Ed.M. Abuse Prevention Program. B.A. Portland State University. Leadership Development. B.A. 1997, M.A. 1997 Oregon State 1976 Linfield College; M.S.W. 1984 Mary Ann Barham (1992) M.S. 1990 Acadia University; M.Ed. University. Portland State University. Coordinator, Mentor Program for 1993 Bridgewater State College. Rebecca Hunt Ingersoll (1998) Dana Tasson (1998) M.D. Returning Women Students. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID M.S. Psychiatrist. B.S. 1988, M.D. 1993 B.A. 1972 University of San Fran- Samuel Collie (1988) M.P.A. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1992 University of Michigan. cisco; M.S. 1991 Portland State Director. B.S. 1979 Oregon State University of Oregon; M.S. 1997 University. University; M.P.A. 1985 Portland Portland State University. EDUCATIONAL EQUITY PROGRAMS Kim Glanville (1997) M.Ed. State University. Veda A. Kindle (1991) B.A. AND SERVICES Coordinator, Academic Support Rachel Durbin (1997) M.S. Senior Assistant Director of Admis- Services for Student Athletes. Paulette Watanabe Student Athlete Financial Aid sions, Operations, and Academic (1987) M.P.H. M.Ed. 1997 Bowling Green State Director, Educational Equity Pro- Counselor/NCAA Compliance Records Supervisor. B.A. 1971 University. Coordinator. B.A. 1992 Washing- Central Washington University. grams. B.A. 1968 University of Cal- ifornia, Santa Barbara; M.S. 1975 Chris Goodrich (1986) M.P.A. ton State University; M.S. 1998 Alicia Ortega (1998) B.A. Southern Connecticut State Uni- Coordinator, Veterans’ Services. Portland State University. Admissions Counselor. B.A. 1997 versity; M.P.H. 1981 Columbia B.S.W. 1977, M.P.A. 1979 Univer- Katherine Goff (1986) B.S. Oregon State University. University. sity of Oregon. Assistant Director. B.S. 1976 Daniel E. Overbay (1999) B.S. R. Philip Dirks (1989) M.A. Alan MacCormack (1999) Ph.D. Western Oregon University. Admissions Counselor. B.S. 1999 Director of Educational Talent Academic Adviser, University Stud- Elizabeth M. Rushen (1999) B.S. Portland State University. Search and Upward Bound. B.A. ies Instructor. B.A. 1974 Antioch Financial Aid Counselor. B.S. 1990 College; Ph.D. 1982 University of CAREER CENTER 1981, M.A. 1983 Iowa State Uni- Portland State University. versity; M.A. 1987 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Dee Thompson (1986) M.S. Deanna Smith (1993) B.A. Southern California. Joan Seely Acting Director. B.S. 1984, M.S. (1999) M.A. Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. 1991 1986 Portland State University. Victoria L. Brooks (1997) B.S. Coordinator, Community College Portland State University. Instruction Coordinator in Upward Relations. B.A. 1992, M.A. 1996 Rosemarie Matthews (1992) B.S. Bound. B.S. 1987 California State Portland State University. Sheila Yacob (2000) B.A. Student Employment Coordinator. Financial Aid Counselor. B.A. 1993 University, Hayward. Lisa Wilson (1998) Ph.D. B.S. 1992 Portland State University. Portland State University. Inez Freeman (1991) B.S. Coordinator of Disability Services Louise Paradis (1994) M.A. High School Adviser in Upward for Students. B.S. 1983, M.S. 1986, STUDENT HEALTH Career Counselor. B.A. 1980, M.A. Bound. B.S. 1974 Texas Women’s Ph.D. 2000 Florida State SERVICES 1986 Bowling Green State University. University. Mark Bajorek (1996) M.D. University; M.A. 1982 University of Medical Director; Consulting Phy- Michigan. Kim L. Hills (1989) M.S.W. STUDENT DEVELOPMENT Instructor/In-Take Counselor, sician. B.S 1982, M.D. 1986 Ohio Mary Vance (1999) M.A. Susan Hopp (1993) M.S. Educational Opportunity Program/ Associate Vice Provost and Dean for State University. Career Counselor. B.A. 1981 Uni- Student Support Services. B.A. Susan Curran (1994) M.D. versity of Colorado; M.A. 1988 Enrollment and Student Services 1980 Langston University; M.S.W. and Director, Student Develop- Consulting Physician. B.S. 1979 Columbia University; M.A. 1997 1995 Portland State University. Maryville College; M.D. 1986 University of Maryland. ment. B.A. 1975 Stetson Univer- Andre Jackson (1998) B.S. sity; M.S. 1979 Indiana University. University of Missouri. COUNSELING AND Middle School Education Adviser Kim Allen (1999) B.S. Sandra J. Franz (1968) R.N. PSYCHOLOGICAL in Educational Talent Search. B.S. Coordinator of the ASPSU Chil- Administrative Director. R.N. 1968 SERVICES 1996 Portland State University. dren’s Center. B.S. 1972 University Oregon Health Sciences University. Mary Beth Collins (1981) M.S.W. Clevonne Jackson (1988) M.Ed. of Southern California. Kathleen McAuliffe (1998) M.D. Director, Counseling and Psycho- Project Director, EOP/Student Margaret Banyan (1992) M.P.A. Staff Physician. B.S. 1972 Univer- logical Services. B.A. 1967 Stanford Support Services. B.S. 1971 South Assistant Director of Student Devel- sity of Montana, Missoula; M.S. University; M.S.W. 1978 University Carolina State College; M.Ed. 1972 opment. B.S. 1989 University of 1974 Duke University; M.D. 1979 of Southern California. University of Virginia. Oregon; M.P.A. 1991 Portland State University of Washington. Layton Borkan (1986) M.S.W. Eduardo Martinez-Zapata (1995) University. Rosalie Movius (1995) M.D. Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1967 B.S. Kathleen A. Cushing (1991) J.D. Staff Physician. B.A. 1973 Reed Stanford University; M.S.W. 1975 Coordinator of the Underrepre- Coordinator, Student Legal Ser- College; M.A. 1975 Columbia Uni- Portland State University. sented Minorities Achievement vices. B.S. 1980 University of Santa versity; M.D. 1992 Oregon Health Richard Cohen (1987) M.D. Scholarship/Portland Teacher’s/ Clara; J.D. 1986 University of Santa Sciences University. Consulting Psychiatrist. B.A. 1976 Diversity Achievement Scholarship Clara Law School. Catherine Thomasson (1997) Programs. B.S. 1993 Oregon State Evergreen State College; M.D. 1981 David Martinez (1998) B.A. M.D. Staff Physician. M.D. 1983 University. Chicago Medical School. Coordinator, Multicultural Center Wayne State University. Linda Fishman (1999) Ph.D. Jay Peterson (1998) M.A. and Adviser, Student Organizations Psychologist. B.A. 1989 Florida Instructor, Counselor, EOP/Student and Leadership Development. B.A. Atlantic University; M.S. 1992, Support Services. M.A. 1997 Port- 1996 Willamette University. Ph.D. 1994 University of Miami. land State University. Joshua Tabor (1997) M.A. Tim Hagge (1992) M.S.W. Mark Turner (1998) M.A. Adviser, Student Organizations and Clinical Social Worker. B.A. 1986, High School Education Adviser Leadership Development, Student M.S.W. 1992 Portland State in Educational Talent Search. B.S., Recreation Programs. B.A. 1994 University. M.S. 1998 Western Oregon Lewis & Clark College; M.A. 1997 Eugene E. Hakanson (1966) Ed.D. University. Vermont College of Norwich Counselor; Professor. B.A. 1961 University. University of Northern Iowa; M.S. 1963 University of Wisconsin; Ed.D. 1967 Indiana University. 326 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Ariko Iso (1996) M.A. Vic Venuta (1995) M.A. James G. Kimball (1972) M.A. OFFICE OF THE Assistant Athletic Trainer. B.S. 1993 Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1979 Assistant Manager, Television Ser- VICE PRESIDENT Oregon State University; M.A. San Jose State; M.A. 1984 St. Mary’s vices; Professor. B.A. 1969, M.A. FOR FINANCE AND 1995 San Jose State University. College. 1972 University of Michigan. ADMINISTRATION Jeff Keiser (1999) B.A. Eric Walcha (1999) B.A. Emeriti Faculty Assistant Media Relations Director. Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Robert E. Walker II (1967) M.A. George P. Pernsteiner (1995) B.A. 1998 Pennsylvania State 1995 University of California, Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1962, B.S. M.P.A. University. Davis. 1964 Montana State University; Vice President for Finance and Dana Kusjanovic (1999) M.A. Timothy E. Walsh (1993) B.A. M.A. 1973 Michigan State Administration. B.A. 1970 Seattle Head Women’s Soccer Coach. B.A. Head Football Coach. B.A. 1977 University. University; M.P.A. 1971 University 1988 University of Colorado, Boul- University of California, Riverside. of Washington. HUMAN RESOURCES der; M.A. 1996 University of Brent Wilder (1999) M.A.I.S. Northern Colorado. Edna Breinig Chun (1998) D.M. Jay D. Kenton (1988) M.Ed. Associate Athletic Director. B.S. Associate Vice President for Human Associate Vice President for Leslie Lewis (1999) B.A. 1988, M.A.I.S. 1992 Oregon State Resources. B.A. 1968 Oberlin Col- Finance and Planning. B.S. 1981, Head Men’s and Women’s Tennis University. lege; M.A. 1971 Columbia Univer- M.Ed. 1989 Oregon State Coach. B.A. 1985 North Carolina C. Edward Wingard (1997) B.S. sity; M.M. 1972, D.M. 1982 University. State University. Financial Ofﬁcer. B.S. 1985 Univer- Indiana University School of Music. A.J. Arriola (1993) M.S. Brian Loyd (1999) B.A. sity of Oregon. University Coordinator for Quality Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. George Wolfe (1999) B.A. Initiatives. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1995 OFFICE OF B.A. 1991 University of Tulsa. Head Women’s Basketball Coach. Portland State University. UNIVERSITY Michael C. Lund (1989) B.S. B.A. 1990 University of Hawaii. RELATIONS ATHLETICS Assistant Athletic Director; Media Keith Woodard (1987) B.A. Jim Sterk (1995) M.A. Relations Director. B.S. 1987 Lewis Women’s Cross Country and Track & Clark College. Gary Withers (1996) J.D. Athletic Director. B.A. 1980 West- Coach; Women’s Indoor Track Vice President for University Rela- ern Washington University; M.A. Greg Lupfer (1995) B.S. Coach. B.A. 1989 Lewis & Clark tions. B.S. 1975 Lewis & Clark 1986 Ohio University. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1994 College. College; J.D. 1979 Lewis & Clark Jim Sarra (1999) M.S. Portland State University. Kenneth Woodard (1983) B.A. College, Northwestern School of Assistant Athletic Director, Director Teri Mariani (1976) B.S. Men’s Cross Country and Track Law. of Compliance. B.S. 1989, M.S. Head Softball Coach. B.S. 1975 Coach; Men’s Indoor Track Coach. Dianna Kaady (2000) B.A. 1990 St. Bonaventure University; Portland State University. B.A. 1987 New York State Univer- University Relations Coordinator. M.S. 1993 Western Illinois Anne McCoy (1996) B.S. sity, Albany. B.A. 1992 California State Univer- University. Senior Associate Athletic Director. BUSINESS AFFAIRS sity, San Bernardino. Rick Anderson (1998) B.S. B.S. 1989 University of Cathy C. Dyck (1996) B.S. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1996 ALUMNI RELATIONS Massachusetts. Director, Business Affairs. Portland State University. Patricia E. Squire (1989) M.P.A. Daniel B. Meyer (1997) B.B.S. B.S. 1981 University of Maryland. Director, Alumni Relations. B.S. Carrie Lee Carlascio (1997) Director of Game Operations. Delores Wendler (1998) B.S. 1968 University of Oregon; M.P.A. Executive Assistant to Athletic B.B.S. 1994 University of Wiscon- Associate Director, Business Affairs. 1995 Portland State University. Director. sin-Madison. B.S. 1994 Oregon State University. Mary Coniglio (2000) B.A. Kelly Crawford (1999) B.A. Christopher J. Miller (1997) B.A. Event Coordinator. B.A. 1987 Head Women’s Golf Coach. B.A. CAMPUS PUBLIC SAFETY Assistant Volleyball Coach. B.A. Creighton University. 1990 California State University, 1986 San Diego State University. John M. Fowler (1994) M.S. Director of Public Safety, Campus Sacramento. Robert L. Prince COMMUNITY PROGRAMS (1998) M.A. Public Safety Ofﬁce. B.A. 1975 Mark D. Criner (1993) B.S. Assistant Football Coach. B.A. Clarence L. Hein (1978) M.C. Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1990 University of California at Berke- Manager of Community Programs. 1990, M.A. 1992 Humboldt State ley, M.S. 1985 San Jose State Boise State University. University. B.S. 1965 Portland State Univer- University. sity; M.C. 1969 University of Andrea Durieux (1999) B.A. Richard Rodgers (1997) B.A. Washington. Assistant Women’s Basketball Assistant Football Coach. B.A. FACILITIES AND Coach. B.A. 1999 Boise State 1989 University of California, AUXILIARY SERVICES DEVELOPMENT University. Berkeley. Brian J. Chase (1992) M.U.P. Leslie Martin Aaron (1993) B.S. Daniel Emery (1998) M.A. Sam Scuilli (1998) M.B.A. Director, Facilities and Auxiliary Director, Special Campaigns. Assistant Athletic Trainer. B.S. 1991 Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. Services. B.S. 1973, M.U.P. 1979 B.S. 1982 University of Oregon. Michigan State University University of South Dakota; M.A. B.A. 1994 Stanford; M.B.A. 1997 Heidi Gambee (1996) M.A. 1994 San Jose State University. Santa Clara. Alan Brown (1996) M.A. Associate Director, Annual Fund. Lisa Fisher (1996) B.A. Joel Sobotka (1996) B.S. Assistant Director, Auxiliary Ser- B.A. 1985, M.A. 1987 Portland Assistant Women’s Basketball Men’s Head Basketball Coach. B.S. vices. B.A. 1971 Rutgers University, State University. M.A. 1973 New York University. Coach. B.A. 1995 Boise State 1993 Arizona State University. Leslie Grasa (2000) M.A. University. Chris Stanley (1995) M.A. INFORMATION Associate Director of Special Michael Fletcher (1998) B.A. Head Volleyball Coach. B.S. 1969 TECHNOLOGIES Events. B.A. 1991 University of Director of Annual Fund/Ticket Portland State University; M.A. Mark Kramer (1998) M.Ed. Tennessee; M.A. 1999 Florida State Sales. B.A. 1997 Portland State 1974 University of California, Director, Instruction and Research University. University. Berkeley. Services. B.S. Bowling Green State Maryrose Larkin (2000) M.A. Marlin Grahn (1976) B.S. Matt Steffe (1999) B.S. University; M.Ed. Kent State Prospect Research Manager. B.A. Head Wrestling Coach. B.S. 1984 Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach. University. 1988 State University College, New Portland State University. B.S. 1998 Quincy University. Timothy Johnston (1977) B.S. Paltz; M.A. 1995 Bard College. Mary Haluska (1990) B.S. Eric M. Stinson (1993) B.S. Associate Director, Telecommuni- Christine Mildner (2000) B.A. Assistant Softball Coach. B.S. 1984 Head Golf Coach. B.S. 1992 cations. B.S. 1981 San Diego State Prospect Systems Manager. B.A. Portland State University. Portland State University. University. 1986 Rutgers University. Bruce Henderson (1998) B.S. Chris Strausser (2000) M.S. Lorraine Duncan (1989) B.S. Katrina Ratzlaff (1995) B.A. Assistant Women’s Basketball Assistant Football Coach. B.S. 1989 Educational Multimedia Specialist, Director, Stewardship. B.A. 1983 Coach. B.S. 1984 Willamette Chico State University; M.S. 1991 Audio-Visual Services. B.S. 1990 Lewis & Clark College. Portland State University. University. Oregon State University. Dan Ryan (1997) B.A. Director, Annual Giving. B.A. 1985 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 327

Donna Schaeffer (1992) M.S.W. PUBLICATIONS Thomas C. Burgess (1963) Ph.D. Robert A. Nicholas (1965) Ed.D. Director, Development. B.S. 1966, Douglas H. Swanson (1988) B.S. Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1942 Uni- Dean Emeritus of Continuing Edu- M.S.W. 1982 Portland State Director, Publications. B.S. 1975 versity of Montana; Ph.D. 1954 cation; Professor Emeritus. B.A. University. University of Oregon. University of Minnesota. 1961 University of Wyoming; M.S. 1962 University of Oregon; Ed.D. Gayle Schneider (1999) B.A. Jean Tuomi (1999) B.A. Katherine C. Corbett (1963) M.A. 1966 University of Wyoming. Director of Corporate and Founda- Associate Director of Publications. Professor Emerita. B.A. 1937, M.A. tion Relations. B.A. 1977 Michigan B.A. 1985 University of Oregon. 1938 University of Oregon. Ronald F. Ronacher (1964) Ph.D. State University. Counselor; Professor Emeritus. Kathryn Kirkland (1987) B.S. Margaret J. Dobson (1955) Ed.D. B.A. 1957 Hamilton College; M.A. Terri Theisen (1997) M.A. Editor, PSU Magazine and Currently. Executive Vice President Emerita, 1959 Ohio University; Ph.D. 1963 Director, President’s Associates and B.S. 1980 University of Oregon. Professor Emerita of Health and Research. B.A. 1989 Macalester Physical Education. B.S. 1954, M.S. University of Utah. Nicole E.M. Ramsey (2000) B.J. College; M.A. 1996 Portland State 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University of Bernard Ross (1977) Ph.D. Publications Editor. B.J. 1996, B.A. University. Oregon. University Professor Emeritus. A.B. 1996 University of Missouri, 1938 University of Oregon; M.S. MARKETING AND Columbia. Robert J. Gridley (1955) M.Ed. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1939 Uni- 1941 University of Pittsburgh; COMMUNICATIONS Ph.D. 1958 University of Michigan. Jan Woodruff (1998) M.B.A. versity of Oregon; M.Ed. 1956 ADMINISTRATIVE Walter O. Shold Director, Marketing and Communi- Oregon State University. (1964) Ed.D. cations. B.S. 1979 Oregon State FACULTY EMERITI Mary X. Grimes (1964) Ed.D. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1947 East- University; M.B.A. 1987 Portland Professor Emerita. B.S. 1947, M.S. ern Oregon State College; M.Ed. State University. Annabelle Alexander (1964) 1951 North Texas State University; 1950 University of Oregon; Ed.D. M.Ed. Professor Emerita. B.S. 1962 1961 Washington State University. Jeanie-Marie Price (1998) B.S. Ed.D. 1963 University of Denver. Portland State University; M.Ed. Nancy J. Stuart (1965) B.A. Integrated Marketing Program 1964 University of Oregon. William H. Hamilton (1970) Manager. B.S. 1996 Boston Ph.D. Assistant Professor Emerita. B.A. University. Dona B. Beattie (1962) M.A. University Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1947 Willamette University. Professor Emerita. B.S. 1981 East- 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. 1949 Robert Tayler (1960) M.A. J. David Santen (2000) B.A. ern Oregon State College; M.A. Integrated Marketing Program Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D. Assistant Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1983 University of Wyoming. Manager. B.S. 1999 Portland State 1952 University of St. Andrews 1955 Willamette University; M.A. (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 Ripon 1964 American University. University. Channing M. Briggs (1962) M.A. Professor Emeritus. B.S. 1948 College. William D. Williams (1965) B.D. Julie Smith (1999) B.S. George Williams College; M.A. Professor Emeritus. B.A. 1944 Col- Integrated Marketing Program 1952 University of Chicago. Manager. B.S. 1993 Oregon State lege of Idaho; M.A. 1950, B.D. University. 1951 University of Chicago.

ACADEMIC FACULTY

OLLEGE OF Virginia L. Butler (1994) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Susan I. Wolf (1990) M.D. C Associate Professor of Anthropol- Jacob Fried (1965) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of LIBERAL ARTS AND ogy. B.A. 1977 University of Geor- Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- Anthropology. B.A. 1971 University SCIENCES gia; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 ogy. B.A. 1947 Temple University; of Portland; M.A. 1973 Portland University of Washington. Ph.D. 1952 Yale University. State University; Ph.D. 1977, M.D. 1984 University of Connecticut. Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. Sharon A. Carstens (1987) Ph.D. Wayne Suttles (1966) Ph.D. Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Professor of Anthropology and Professor Emeritus of Anthropol- DEPARTMENT OF Sciences; Professor of Sociology. International Studies. B.A. 1970 ogy. B.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1951 Univer- APPLIED LINGUISTICS B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- Michigan State University; M.A. sity of Washington. lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- 1972 University of Hawaii; M.A. Faculty versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of 1976, Ph.D. 1980 Cornell Associated Faculty John Armbrust (1995) M.A. Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of University. John Fagan (1992) Ph.D. Senior Instructor in English as a Nebraska. Adjunct Professor of Anthropology. Second Language. B.A. 1969 St. Margaret C. Everett (1996) Ph.D. B.A., 1966, M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1973 Assistant Professor of Anthropol- Mary’s College; B.S. 1976 Univer- DEPARTMENT OF University of Oregon. sity of Minnesota; M.A. 1992 Port- ANTHROPOLOGY ogy. B.A. 1990 Smith College; Ph.D. 1995 Yale University. Patricia Kramer (1992) Ph.D. land State University. Faculty Adjunct Assistant Professor of Kimberley A. Brown (1989) Ph.D. Kenneth M. Ames (1984) Ph.D. Marc R. Feldesman (1971) Ph.D. Anthropology. B.A. 1972 Portland Chair, Department of Anthropol- Associate Professor of Applied Lin- Professor of Anthropology. B.A. State University; M.S. 1976 Univer- guistics and International Studies. 1967 George Washington Univer- ogy; Professor of Anthropology. sity of Oregon; Ph.D. 1979 Univer- B.A. 1969 California State Univer- B.A., Secondary Teaching Certiﬁ- sity; M.A. 1969 University of New sity of New Mexico. cate 1974 Macalester College; M.A. Mexico; Ph.D. 1976 Washington sity, Northridge; M.A. 1971, Ph.D. 1974 University of Oregon. John K. Lundy (1984) Ph.D. 1977, Ph.D. 1988 University of State University. Adjunct Associate Professor of Minnesota. Michele R. Gamburd (1995) Thomas Biolsi (1990) Ph.D. Anthropology. B.A. 1976, M.A. Ruth Chapin Ph.D. (1989) M.A. Professor of Anthropology. B.A. 1977 Western Washington Univer- Senior Instructor in English as a 1975 Hofstra University; M.A. Assistant Professor of Anthropol- sity; Ph.D. 1983 University of Wit- ogy. B.A. 1987 Swarthmore Col- Second Language. B.A. 1970 Uni- 1979, Ph.D. 1987 Columbia Uni- watersrand (South Africa). versity of Rochester; M.A. 1988 versity. lege; B.A. 1989 Oxford University; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 University Portland State University. of Michigan. 328 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Tucker Childs (1996) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Anna-Louis Reysenbach (1999) Verne C. Reierson (1963) M.P.H. Associate Professor of Applied Lin- Naguib A.F. Greis (1963) Ph.D. Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of guistics. B.A. 1970 Stanford Uni- Professor Emeritus of Applied Lin- Assistant Professor of Biology. B.Sc. Public Health Studies and Biology. versity; M.Ed. 1979 University of guistics. B.A. 1945 Cairo University 1981 University of Witwatersrand; B.A. 1938 Willamette University; Virginia; M.S. 1982 Georgetown (Egypt); Ed. Dipl. 1948 Ain Shams B.Sc. 1982, Ph.D. 1987 University M.P.H. 1949 University of Califor- University; M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1988 University (Egypt); Eng. Stud. Dipl. of Cape Town. nia, Berkeley. University of California. 1954 Exeter University (England); John G. Rueter Jr. (1979) Ph.D. Leonard Simpson (1968) Ph.D. Jeanette S. DeCarrico (1977) Ph.D. 1963 University of Professor of Biology. S.B. 1974, Professor Emeritus of Biology. Ph.D. Chair, Department of Minnesota. S.M. 1977, Ph.D. 1979 Massachu- B.A. 1955, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1968 Applied Linguistics; Professor of Shirley A. Morrell (1979) M.A. setts Institute of Technology. University of California, Berkeley. Applied Linguistics. B.A. 1971, Senior Instructor Emerita in Trygve Paul Steen (1970) Ph.D. Mary L. Taylor (1962) Ph.D. M.A. 1973, Cert-TESL 1974 Port- English as a Second Language. B.A. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1962 Professor Emerita of Biology. B.S. land State University; Ph.D. 1980 1967, M.A. 1977, Cert-TESL 1977 Kenyon College; M.S. 1964, Ph.D. 1954 University of Idaho; Ph.D. University of Washington. Portland State University. 1967 Yale University; M.P.H. 1980 1959 University of Illinois. Thomas G. Dieterich (1979) Beatrice Oshika (1989) Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley. W. Herman Taylor Jr. (1961) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Professor Emerita of Applied Lin- Mark D. Sytsma (1998) Ph.D. Ph.D. Applied Linguistics. B.S. 1968 guistics. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, Associate Professor of Biology. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. Stanford University; M.Ph. 1972, Ph.D. 1973 University of Michigan. 1978 University of Iowa; M.S. 1984 1952, M.A. 1954 Duke University; Ph.D. 1974 Yale University. Helen Schley (1964) B.A. University of Washington; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1959 University of Illinois. Nancy Dollahite (1997) M.A.T. Senior Instructor Emerita in 1992 University of California, Richard D. Tocher (1966) Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second English as a Second Language. B.A. Davis. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. Language. B.A. 1964 Pomona 1935 Reed College. Robert Owen Tinnin (1969) Ph.D. 1957 Stanford University; M.S. College; M.A. 1978 University of Professor of Biology. B.A. 1965, 1963, Ph.D. 1965 Denver. DEPARTMENT OF Ph.D. 1969 University of Califor- University of Washington. BIOLOGY Michael J. Harvey (1988) M.A. nia, Santa Barbara. John H. Wirtz (1957) Ph.D. Senior Instructor in English as a Faculty Lisa Weasel (2000) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Second Language. B.A. 1971 David R. Boone 1998) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology. A.B. Biology. B.S. 1952 Loyola Univer- California State University, Professor of Biology. B.S. 1973, 1989 Harvard University; Ph.D. sity; M.S. 1954 University of Wyo- Sonoma; M.A. 1980 Portland State Ph.D. 1977 University of Florida. 1993 Cambridge University. ming; Ph.D. 1961 Oregon State University. M. Carol Alosi Carter (1995) Carol A. Wilson (1998) Ph.D. University. Lena Koessler (1994) M.A. Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S. Instructor in English as a Second DEPARTMENT OF BLACK Associate Professor of Biology. B.A. 1981, M.S. 1984 Portland State STUDIES Language. B.A. 1990, M.A. 1992 1966, M.A. 1971 California State University; Ph.D. 1996 University San Francisco State University. University, Long Beach; Ph.D. 1980 of California, Berkeley. Faculty Portland State University. Koﬁ Agorsah (1992) Ph.D. Stephen Reder (1995) Ph.D. Randy D. Zelick (1986) Ph.D. Professor of Black Studies and University Professor. B.A. 1969 Larry I. Crawshaw (1976) Ph.D. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1974 International Studies. B.A. 1971, Stanford University; Ph.D. 1977 Professor of Biology. B.A. 1964 University of California, San Diego; M.A. 1976 University of Ghana; Rockefeller University. University of California, Los Ange- M.A. 1977 Boston University; Ph.D. 1983 University of Judy Reed (1997) M.A. les; Ph.D. 1970 University of Cali- Ph.D. 1984 University of Califor- California, Los Angeles. Instructor in English as a Second fornia, Santa Barbara; Post- nia, Los Angeles. Language. B.A. 1989, M.A. 1991 Doctoral Fellowship (NIH) 1971 Candice L. Goucher (1983) Ph.D. University of California, San Diego. Emeriti Faculty Chair, Department of Black Studies University of Houston. Dennis W. Boddy (1964) Ph.D. Deborah A. Dufﬁeld (1978) Ph.D. and International Studies; Professor Lynn Santelmann (1998) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of of Black Studies and International Assistant Professor of Applied Lin- Professor of Biology. B.A. 1963 Biology. B.S. 1947, Ph.D. 1955 Pomona College; M.A. 1966 Stan- Studies. B.A. 1975 University of guistics. B.A. 1989 University of University of Washington. California, San Diego; M.A. 1978 Minnesota; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 ford University; Ph.D. 1976 Uni- versity of California, Los Angeles. Clyde L. Calvin (1968) Ph.D. Columbia University; Ph.D. 1984 Cornell University. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.S. University of California, Los Ange- Anthony K. Gamperl Laura S. Shier (1997) M.A. (1998) 1960 Washington State University; les. Ph.D. Instructor in English as a Second M.S. 1962 Purdue University; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.Sc. Darrell M. Millner (1974) D.Ed. Language. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1989 Ph.D. 1966 University of Califor- Professor of Black Studies. B.S. 1986, M.Sc. 1989 University of nia, Davis. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Guelph; Ph.D. 1994 Dalhousie 1969 California State Polytechnic Marjorie Terdal (1977) Ph.D. University. David T. Clark (1970) Ph.D. College, Pomona; M.S. 1972, D.Ed. Professor of Applied Linguistics. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. 1975 University of Oregon. Stanley S. Hillman (1977) Ph.D. 1949, M.A. 1951 University of B.A. 1959 Taylor University; M.A. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1970, Ridwan L. Nytagodien (1997) 1963 Michigan State University; Nebraska; Ph.D. 1955 University of Ph.D. M.A. 1972 California State Univer- Illinois. Cert-TESL 1975 Portland State sity, Fullerton; Ph.D. 1976 Univer- Assistant Professor of Black Studies University; Ph.D. 1985 University sity of California, Los Angeles. Richard B. Forbes (1964) Ph.D. and International Studies. B.S. of Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. Robert L. Millette (1984) Ph.D. 1986 Towson State University, Bal- Judith Wild (1991) M.A. 1958 University of South Dakota; timore; M.S. 1990 Indiana State Professor of Biology. B.S. 1954 M.S. 1961 University of New Instructor in English as a Second Oregon State University; Ph.D. University, Terre Haute; Ph.D. 1997 Language. B.A. 1967 Brooklyn Mexico; Ph.D. 1964 University of Howard University. 1964 California Institute of Minnesota. College; M.A. 1989 Portland State Technology. University. Malcom S. Lea (1965) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Lester J. Newman (1964) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A. CHEMISTRY Margaret Young (1993) M.A. Professor of Biology. B.A. 1955 Instructor in English as a Second 1957, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 Faculty Washington University; M.A. 1960 Northwestern University. Language. B.A. 1972 University of University of Michigan; Ph.D. 1963 Dean B. Atkinson (1997) Ph.D. California; M.A. 1981 Portland Washington University. Byron E. Lippert (1960) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. State University. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.S. B.S. 1989 University of Colorado; Richard R. Petersen (1970) Ph.D. 1954, M.S. 1957 University of Ph.D. 1995 University of Arizona. Professor of Biology. B.S. 1965 Uni- Oregon; Ph.D. 1966 Indiana Gary L. Gard (1966) Ph.D. versity of Washington; Ph.D. 1970 University. Duke University. Professor of Chemistry. B.A. 1959, B.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1964 University of Washington. D IRECTORIES 329

Bryant A. Gilbert (1995) Ph.D. Alfred S. Levinson (1963) Ph.D. Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. Giles H. Burgess (1969) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Coordinator, Child and Family Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S. 1986 University of Michigan; B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. 1957 Studies; Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1973 Ph.D. 1991 Johns Hopkins Wesleyan University; Ph.D. 1963 B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 University of Oregon. University. Indiana University. University of Utah. Nelson B. Crick (1967) Ph.D. Dirk Iwata-Reuyl (1994) Ph.D. Raymond P. Lutz (1968) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Professor Emeritus of Economics. Associate Professor of Chemistry. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. ECONOMICS B.A. 1960, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1967 B.S. 1984 University of Alaska; B.S. 1953, M.S. 1955 University of University of Colorado; J.D. 1982 Ph.D. 1992 Johns Hopkins Florida; Ph.D. 1962 California Faculty Northwestern School of Law, Lewis University. Institute of Technology. Richard L. Brinkman (1961) & Clark College. Ph.D. Jie Lin (1995) Ph.D. Philip C. Roberti (1955) Ph.D. Richard B. Halley (1955) Ph.D. Professor of Economics. B.S. 1953, Assistant Professor of Chemistry Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A. 1954 Rutgers University; M.A. B.S. 1983, M.S. 1986 Xiamen B.S. 1944, M.A. 1949 University of B.A. 1938, M.S. 1940 University 1955 Fletcher School of Law and University; Ph.D. 1994 University Portland; Ph.D. 1953 Oregon State of Oregon; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford Diplomacy; Ph.D. 1965 Rutgers of Rhode Island. University. University. University. David W. McClure (1966) Ph.D. Norman C. Rose (1966) Ph.D. Hugh G. Lovell (1964) Ph.D. John B. Hall (1985) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Chemistry; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Professor Emeritus of Economics. Chair, Department of Economics; Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1958 B.S. 1950 University of California, B.A. 1947 Pomona College; Ph.D. Professor of Economics. B.A. 1975 Washington State University; Ph.D. Berkeley; Ph.D. 1957 University of 1951 Massachusetts Institute of Evergreen State College; M.A. 1963 University of Washington. Kansas. Technology. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 The Graduate Robert J. O’Brien (1973) Ph.D. Morris B. Silverman (1959) Ph.D. Faculty, New School for Social Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1966 Associate Professor Emeritus of Research. Professor Emeritus of Economics University of Santa Clara; Ph.D. Chemistry. A.B. 1948 Boston Uni- and Urban Studies and Planning. Mary C. King (1992) Ph.D. 1970 University of Florida. versity; Ph.D. 1956 University of B.A. 1943 University of Miami; Associate Professor of Economics. Washington. Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- David H. Peyton (1987) Ph.D. B.A. 1979 Stanford University; nia, Berkeley. Professor of Chemistry. B.S. 1977 Horace F. White (1965) Ph.D. M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 University Abilene Christian University; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. of California, Berkeley Thomas Palm (1967) Ph.D. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University of B.A. 1947 Fresno State College; Professor Emeritus of Economics. Patricia A. Koss California, Santa M.S. 1950 Oregon State University; (1997) Ph.D. B.A. 1961 University of Colorado; Barbara. Ph.D. 1953 Brown University. Assistant Professor of Economics. M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1967 University B.A. 1984 University of Calgary; of Michigan. Gwendolyn P. Shusterman (1989) Associated Faculty M.A. 1987, Ph.D. 1993 Simon Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chem- Thomas M. Hard (1977) Ph.D. Fraser University Thomas H. Tuchscherer (1966) istry. B.S. 1979 University of Cali- Ph.D. Fellow in Chemistry. A.B. 1960 Kuan-Pin Lin (1979) Ph.D. fornia, Irvine; Ph.D. 1983 Professor Emeritus of Economics. Harvard University; Ph.D. 1965 Professor of Economics. B.L. 1970 University of California, Berkeley. B.S. 1962, M.S. 1963 University of University of Wisconsin. National Chengchi University Illinois; Ph.D. 1973 Northwestern Carl C. Wamser (1983) Ph.D. Shankar B. Rananavare (1996) (Republic of China); M.A. 1973, University. Professor of Chemistry. Sc.B. 1966 Ph.D. Research Associate Professor Ph.D. 1977 State University of New Brown University; Ph.D. 1970 of Chemistry. B.Sc. 1977 Bombay York, Stony Brook. Harold G. Vatter (1965) Ph.D. California Institute of Technology. Professor Emeritus of Economics. University (India); Ph.D University Thomas Potiowsky (1982) Ph.D. B.A. 1936 University of Wisconsin; Mingdi Yan (1998) Ph.D. of Missouri, St. Louis. Professor of Economics. B.B.A. M.A. 1938 Columbia University; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 1975 Ohio University; M.A. 1977, CHICANO/LATINO Ph.D. 1950 University of Califor- B.S. 1988 University of Science and Ph.D. 1981 University of Colorado. Technology of China; Ph.D. 1994 STUDIES nia, Berkeley. Abdul Qayum (1970) D.Sc. University of Oregon. Maria Alanis Ruiz (1980) M.S. Helen L. Youngelson-Neal (1967) Professor of Economics. B.A. 1949, Program Coordinator. B.A. 1976 Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1956 Aligarh University of Oregon; M.S. 1998 Professor Emerita of Economics. Dennis W. Barnum (1964) Ph.D. University (India); D.Sc. 1959 Portland State University. B.A. 1958 City College of New Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Netherlands School of Economics. Carlos Kevin Blanton (1999) York; Ph.D. 1966 Columbia B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 University of Ph.D. Martin B. Schmidt (1994) Ph.D. University. Oregon; Ph.D. 1957 Iowa State Assistant Professor. B.A. 1993 Assistant Professor of Economics. University. Texas A&I University; M.A. 1995 B.A. 1988, M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1994 DEPARTMENT OF Bruce W. Brown (1963) Ph.D. Southwest Texas State; Ph.D. 1999 Colorado State University. ENGLISH Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Rice University. Rajiv Sharma (1998) Ph.D. Faculty B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952 Polytechnic Elizabeth Flores (1999) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Economics. Diana Abu-Jaber (1996) Ph.D. Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. 1961 Assistant Professor. B.A. 1990, B.S. 1993 Angelo State University, Associate Professor of English. B.A. University of Washington. M.A. 1996 Humboldt State Univer- Texas; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1998 1980 State University of New York, James W. Ferguson (1958) Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1999 Arizona State University of Florida. Oswego; M.A. 1982 University of Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. University. John F. Walker (1966) Ph.D. Windsor; Ph.D. 1986 State Univer- B.A. 1929 Miami University; M.A. Professor of Economics. B.S. 1960, sity of New York, Binghampton. 1931 Oberlin College; Ph.D. 1934 CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES Graduate Certiﬁcate 1963, Ph.D. Jacqueline Arante (1985) M.A. University of Michigan. 1972 University of Utah. Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Faculty/Program Advisers Carole R. Gatz (1964) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty 1973 University of California, Ber- Professor Emerita of Chemistry. Colleen Dyrud (1995) B.A. keley, 1974 Oregon State Univer- Joseph C. Blumel B.S. 1954 Iowa State University; Practicum Supervisor, Child and (1957) Ph.D. sity; M.A. 1979 Portland State Ph.D. 1960 University of Illinois. Family Studies. B.A. 1978 Oregon LL.D. University State University. President, Portland State Univer- Gordon L. Kilgour (1968) Ph.D. sity, 1974-86; Distinguished Ser- Marjorie J. Burns (1972) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Carol A. Morgaine (1995) Ph.D. vice Professor; Professor Emeritus Professor of English. B.A. 1963, B.A. 1951, M.Sc. 1953 University Associate Professor, Child and of Economics. B.S. 1950, M.A. M.A. 1968 Portland State Univer- of British Columbia (Canada); Family Studies; B.S. 1970, Kansas 1956 University of Nebraska; Ph.D. sity; M.A. 1969, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- Ph.D. 1956 University of State University; M.S. 1979 Port- 1965 University of Oregon; LL.D. versity of California, Berkeley. Washington. land State University; Ph.D. 1990 1976 University of Hokkaido Peter Caraﬁol (1984) Ph.D. University of Minnesota. (Japan). Professor of English. B.A. 1970 Amherst College; M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1975 Claremont Graduate School. 330 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Henry Carlile (1967) M.A. A. B. Paulson (1985) Ph.D. Georgia R. Crampton (1972) Hildegard M. Weiss (1955) M.A. Professor of English. A.A. 1960 Associate Professor of English. B.A. Ph.D. Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Grays Harbor College; B.A. 1962, 1966, M.A. 1967 University of Chi- Professor Emerita of English. B.A. 1940 La Verne College; M.A. 1946 M.A. 1967 University of cago; Ph.D. 1974 State University 1949 College of St. Teresa; M.A. University of California, Los Washington. of New York, Buffalo. 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of Angeles. Duncan A. Carter (1987) Ph.D. Nancy M. Porter (1968) M.A. Oregon. Robert I. Williams (1967) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1968, Professor of English. B.A. 1958 Mt. Ivan Curcin (1969) D.Phil. Associate Professor Emeritus of M.A. 1970 Washington State Uni- Holyoke College; M.A. 1960 Yale Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. English. A.B. 1957, M.A. 1960, versity; Ph.D. 1974 University of University. 1951 University of Zagreb (Yugo- Ph.D. 1966 University of Califor- Illinois. Shelley C. Reece (1969) Ph.D. slavia); B.Litt. 1960, D.Phil. 1968 nia, Berkeley. Michael Clark (1999) Ph.D. Professor of English. B.A. 1958 Oxford University (England). Associated Faculty Assistant Professor of English. B.A. Doane College; M.A. 1959, Ph.D. Thomas Doulis (1972) M.A. Greg Jacob (1995) Ph.D. 1981 Stockton State College; M.A. 1967 University of Nebraska. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1986, Ph.D. 1989 State University Christine M. Rose (1989) Ph.D. 1955 LaSalle College; M.A. 1963 English. B.A. 1967 Oregon State of New York, Binghamton; J.D. Associate Professor of English. A.B. Stanford University. University; M.A. 1969 University of 1995 University of Oregon. 1971 Emmanuel College; A.M. Carol J. Fokine (1984) M.A. Oregon; Ph.D. 1982 Indiana Uni- Nathan Cogan (1976) Ph.D. 1977 Boston College; Ph.D. 1985 Senior Instructor Emerita in versity of Pennsylvania. Professor of English and General Tufts University. English. B.A. 1979, M.A. 1983 ENVIRONMENTAL Studies. B.A. 1962 San Francisco Jennifer Ruth (1999) Ph.D. Portland State University. PROGRAMS State College; M.A. 1965, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English. B.A. Ross L. Garner (1967) Ph.D. 1971 University of 1991 Swarthmore College; M.A. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. Faculty California, Berkeley. 1994, Ph.D. 1999 Brown 1936 Haverford College; LL.B. William Fish (1998) Ph.D. John R. Cooper (1970) Ph.D. University. 1939 University of Pennsylvania; Associate Professor of Civil Engi- Professor of English. B.A. 1954 M.A. 1948 University of Hawaii; neering and Environmental Sci- Francesca J. Sawaya (1995) Ph.D. ences. B.S. 1979 University of State University of New York, Assistant Professor of English. B.A. Ph.D. 1955 University of Chicago. Albany; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1962 Florida; Ph.D. 1984 Massachusetts 1984 University of California, Irv- Frederick Harrison (1962) Ph.D. Institute of Technology. Yale University. ine; M.A. 1986 University of York Associate Professor Emeritus of Susan Danielson (1974) Ph.D. (England); M.A. 1988, Ph.D. 1992 English. B.A. 1952 Whittier Col- Roy W. Koch (1982) Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of English. B.A. Cornell University. lege; M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- Professor of Civil Engineering and 1966, M.A. 1969 University of versity of Washington. Environmental Sciences. B.S. 1972, Mary Seitz (1981) M.A. M.S. 1973 Ohio State University; Pittsburgh; Ph.D. 1990 University Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Michael A. Hollister (1966) Ph.D. of Oregon. Ph.D. 1982 Colorado State 1964 University of Oregon; M.A. Professor Emeritus of English. University. W. Tracy Dillon (1993) Ph.D. 1978 Portland State University. B.A. 1960 University of Oregon; James R. Pratt (1994) Ph.D. Associate Professor of English. B.A. John V. Smyth (1998) Ph.D. M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1967 Stanford 1981, M.A. 1983 California State University. Vice Provost for Academic Chair, Department of English; Pro- Personnel and Budget; Professor of University, Fullerton; Ph.D. 1988 fessor of English. B.A., M.A. 1976 Stanley L. Johnson (1955) Ph.D. University of California, Riverside. Environmental Sciences. B.A. 1971 Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1982 Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. University of Washington; M.S. Carol Franks (1981) M.A. University of Pennsylvania. 1942 University of Utah; Ph.D. 1981 Eastern Washington Univer- Senior Instructor in English. B.A. Primus St. John (1973) 1954 University of Southern sity; Ph.D. 1984 Virginia Polytech- 1970 University of North Dakota; Professor of English. California. nic Institute and State University. M.A. 1981 Portland State Marjorie M. Kirrie (1958) M.A. University. Donald W. Tyree (1970) Ph.D. Yangdong Pan (1996) Ph.D. Associate Professor of English. B.A. Professor Emerita of English. B.A. Assistant Professor of Environmen- Andrew Giarelli (1999) Ph.D. 1960 Carson-Newman College; 1952, M.A. 1958 University of tal Science. B.S. 1983 Hangzhou Assistant Professor of English. B.A. M.A. 1964 University of Chicago; Oregon. Teachers College; M.S. 1988 South- 1975 Yale University; Ph.D. 1984 Certiﬁcate in Victorian Literature Jae Num Lee (1967) Ph.D. ern Illinois University; Ph.D. 1993 State University of New York, 1966 University of London Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. Bowling Green State University. Buffalo. (England); Ph.D. 1978 University 1958 Brown University; M.A. 1960 Song Qian (1996) Ph.D. Gregory F. Goekjian (1970) Ph.D. of Chicago. University of Idaho; Ph.D. 1968 Assistant Professor of Environmen- Professor of English. B.A. 1964 Deeanne W. Westbrook (1971) University of New Mexico. tal Science. B.S. 1985 Tsinghua Northwestern University; M.A. Ph.D. Carl Markgraf (1966) Ph.D. University; M.S. 1988 Nanjing 1965 University of North Carolina; Professor of English. B.A. 1969, Professor Emeritus of English. A.B. University; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1995 Ph.D. 1970 University of M.A. 1971 Portland State Univer- 1951, M.A. 1954 University of Duke University. Pittsburgh. sity; D.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1978 Uni- Portland; Ph.D. 1970 University of J. Alan Yeakley (1994) Ph.D. David Arthur Holloway (1969) versity of Oregon. California, Riverside. Assistant Professor of Environmen- Ph.D. Anthony W. Wolk (1965) Ph.D. Margaret B. Palmer (1959) M.A. tal Sciences. B.S. 1986 East Texas Associate Professor of English. B.A. Professor of English. B.S. 1957, Assistant Professor Emerita of State University; M.S. 1988 Univer- 1965 University of Puget Sound; M.A. 1959 Northwestern Univer- English. B.A. 1959 Portland State sity of Texas; Ph.D. 1993 University M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1975 University sity; Ph.D. 1965 University of University; M.A. 1960 University of of Virginia. of Chicago. Nebraska. Portland. Associated Faculty Elaine E. Limbaugh (1970) M.A. Emeriti Faculty Christine Thompson (1964) Nancy J. Bowers Professor of English. B.S. 1950, (1995) Ph.D. Judah Bierman Ph.D. M.A. 1969 University of Nebraska. (1955) Ph.D. Adjunct Research Associate in Professor Emeritus of English and Professor Emerita of English. M.A. Environmental Sciences and Ray P. Mariels (1967) Ph.D. General Studies. A.B. 1939 Univer- 1955, Dip.Ed. 1956 University of Resources. B.S. 1975 University of Professor of English. B.S. 1961 sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1951 Edinburgh (Scotland); Ph.D. 1984 Massachusetts; M.S. 1983 Virginia Portland State University; M.A. University of California, Los University of Oregon. Polytechnic Institute and State 1963, Ph.D. 1967 University of Angeles. Robert C. Tuttle (1955) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1994 Pennsylva- Oregon. Thomas C. Buell (1965) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. nia State University. Leerom Medovoi (1999) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1965 University of Philip H. Carver (1991) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English. B.A. 1950 Princeton University; M.A. Washington. Adjunct Professor of Environmen- 1986 Cornell University; Ph.D. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 University of tal Sciences and Resources. B.A. 1995 Stanford University. Washington. 1972 University of California, San Diego; Ph.D. 1978 Johns Hopkins University. D IRECTORIES 331

Howard W. Cummins (1987) Martha Hickey (1992) Ph.D. Stephen Walton (1995) Ph.D. Teresa Bulman (1990) Ph.D. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Russian. B.A. Assistant Professor of French. A.B. Chair, Department of Geography; Adjunct Research Associate in 1972 Bucknell University; M.A. 1979 Harvard; B.A. 1987 Univer- Professor of Geography. B.A. 1973 Environmental Sciences and 1975 University of California, sity of Washington; M.A. 1988 Mount Holyoke College; J.D. 1978 Resources. B.A. 1959 Stanford Davis; Ph.D. 1985 Harvard Middlebury; Ph.D. 1992 University Georgetown University Law Cen- University; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1972 University. of Wisconsin-Madison. ter; M.S.F.S. 1978 Georgetown Uni- University of Oregon. Laurence R. Kominz (1983) Ph.D. Suwako Watanabe (1990) Ph.D. versity School of Foreign Service; Joseph Maser (1996) Ph.D. Professor of Japanese. B.A. 1974 Associate Professor of Japanese and M.S. 1986 University of Massachu- Adjunct Assistant Professor of Colby College; M.A. 1976, Ph.D. International Studies. B.A. 1982 setts, Amherst; Ph.D. 1990 Univer- Environmental Science. B.S. 1971 1984 Columbia University. Hosei University (Japan); M.S. sity of California, Davis. Pennsylvania State University; Jorge O. Lopez (1998) M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 Georgetown Keith Hadley (1998) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1977 University of Indiana. Instructor in Spanish. B.A. 1992 University. Assistant Professor of Geography. Alice Stewart (1984) M.D. CUNY, Brooklyn College; M.A. Patricia J. Wetzel (1984) Ph.D. B.A. 1977 California State College, Visiting Professor of Environmen- 1995 Michigan State University. Professor of Japanese and Interna- Sonoma; M.A. 1984 University of tal Sciences and Resources. M.A. tional Studies. B.A. 1974, M.A. Wyoming; Ph.D. 1990 University Timm Menke (1988) Ph.D. of Colorado. 1932, M.D. 1932 Cambridge Uni- Associate Professor of German. B.A. 1976 Pennsylvania State Univer- versity (England); M.A. 1974 1972 Lawrence University; M.A. sity; Ph.D. 1984 Cornell University. Thomas Harvey (1990) Ph.D. Oxford University (England); 1980, Ph.D. 1983 University of Emeriti Faculty Associate Professor of Geography. F.R.C.P. 1935 London (England). B.A. 1974 Antioch College; M.S. Washington. Jeanne Marie Bernard (1966) B.A. 1982 Pennsylvania State Univer- Shanru Wang (1985) Diploma DeLys Ostlund (1991) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emerita of Research Associate in Environmen- sity; Ph.D. 1990 University of Associate Professor of Spanish. B.A. French. B.A. 1966 Portland State Minnesota. tal Sciences and Resources. Chem- 1983, M.A. 1985 University of University. istry Diploma, 1953 Beijing Daniel M. Johnson (1977) Ph.D. Utah; Ph.D. 1993 University of Franz Langhammer (1960) Ph.D. University (People’s Republic of Maryland. Professor of Geography. B.A. 1967 China). Professor Emeritus of German. University of Arizona; M.A. 1975, Linda Bryant Parshall (1975) Diploma 1947 School of Journal- Ph.D. 1978 Arizona State DEPARTMENT OF Ph.D. ism (Germany); M.A. 1952, Ph.D. University. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Professor of German. B.A. 1966 1956 Northwestern University. Gil Latz (1983) Ph.D. AND LITERATURES Northwestern University; M.A. Wenceslao Miranda (1971) Ph.D. 1968 Indiana University; Ph.D. Professor of Geography and Inter- Faculty Associate Professor Emeritus of national Studies. B.A. 1974 Occi- 1974 University of London Spanish. B.A. 1949 University of Pelin Basci (1997) Ph.D. (England). dental College; M.A. 1978, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Turkish. B.A. Santiago (Spain); M.A. 1969 City 1986 University of Chicago. 1985, M.A. 1988 Ege University Jonathan O. Pease (1986) Ph.D. College of New York; Ph.D. 1971 Associate Professor of Chinese and Columbia University. Joseph Poracsky (1982) Ph.D. (Turkey); Ph.D. 1995 University of Professor of Geography. B.A. 1968 International Studies. B.A. 1975 Laureen K. Nussbaum Texas-Austin. (1973) Clark University; M.A. 1981 Uni- Yale University; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. Ph.D. George T. Cabello (1975) Ph.D. 1986 University of Washington. versity of Maryland; Ph.D. 1984 Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1966, Professor Emerita of German. B.A. University of Kansas. Earl L. Rees (1970) Ph.D. 1962 Portland State University; M.A. 1967 California State Univer- Ric Vrana (1997) Ph.D. sity, Fresno; Ph.D. 1974 University Professor of Spanish and Interna- M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1977 tional Studies. A.B. 1961 University University of Washington. Assistant Professor of Geography. of Arizona. B.A. 1975 University of Akron; of Washington; M.A. 1966 Univer- David Romey Roderic C. Diman (1960) Ph.D. (1965) M.A. M.A. 1985, Ph.D. 1997 University sity of California, Riverside; Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Vice Provost for Academic Affairs; 1977 University of Southern of Washington. Professor of Spanish. B.A. 1957 Spanish. B.A. 1948, M.A. 1951 California. University of Washington. Martha A. Works (1985) Ph.D. Trinity College; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Geography Ma-Ji Rhee (1989) Ed.D. Kazem Tehrani 1971 University of Wisconsin. (1975) Ph.D. and International Studies. B.A. Associate Professor of Korean and Associate Professor Emeritus. B.A. Louis J. Elteto (1970) Ph.D. Japanese. B.A. 1981 Seoul, Korea; 1974 University of the Americas; Chair, Department of Foreign Lan- 1964 Tehran University (Iran); M.A. 1980 Arizona State Univer- Ed.M. 1983, Ed.D. 1989 Rutgers M.A. 1972 City University of New guages and Literatures; Professor of University. sity; Ph.D. 1985 Louisiana State German and Hungarian. B.A. 1961, York; M.Phil. 1973, Ph.D. 1974 University. Sandra Rosengrant (1981) Ph.D. Columbia University. M.A. 1964 Kent State University; Emeriti Faculty Ph.D. 1972 Louisiana State Professor of Russian. B.A. 1969 Frank B. Vecchio (1960) Ph.D. University. Indiana University; M.A. 1971, Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.A. James G. Ashbaugh (1957) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1976 Stanford University. 1956 University of Portland; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Geography. William B. Fischer (1978) Ph.D. B.A. 1950 Central Washington Col- Professor of German. B.A. 1969, Dirgham H. Sbait (1985) Ph.D. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 University of Washington. lege; M.A. 1953 University of Colo- Ph.D. 1979 Yale University. Professor of Semitic Languages and rado; Ph.D. 1965 University of International Studies. B.A. 1971 Claudine G. Fisher (1972) A-es-L Rita Rose Vistica (1975) Ph.D. California, Los Angeles. University of Haifa (Israel); M.A. Associate Professor Emerita of Professor of French. Lic-es-Lettres 1978, Ph.D. 1982 University of Clarke H. Brooke (1955) Ph.D. 1964, Diplome d’Etudes 1965, French. B.A. 1956 Marylhurst Washington. College; M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1965 Professor Emeritus of Geography. Certiﬁcat d’Aptitude 1970 Bor- B.A. 1942, M.A. 1950 University of Cynthia Sloan Fordham University. deaux University (France); Aggre- (1992) Ph.D. Washington; Ph.D. 1956 University gation-es-Lettres 1970 University Assistant Professor of Spanish and DEPARTMENT OF of Nebraska. of Paris (France). Portuguese and International Stud- ies. B.A. 1981 St. Louis University; GEOGRAPHY Dale E. Courtney (1956) Ph.D. Steven Fuller (1990) Ph.D. M.A. 1983 Pennsylvania State Faculty Professor Emeritus of Geography. Associate Professor of German and University; Ph.D. 1995 Vanderbilt Barbara Brower (1994) Ph.D. B.A. 1940 Western Washington International Studies. B.A. 1982, University. Professor of Geography and Inter- College of Education; M.A. 1950, M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1990 Stanford Ph.D. 1959 University of Stephen Wadley national Studies. A.B. 1977, M.A. University. (1991) Ph.D. Washington. Associate Professor of Chinese and 1982, Ph.D. 1987 University of Gina Greco (1992) Ph.D. International Studies. B.A. 1978 California, Berkeley. John O. Dart (1955) Ph.D. Associate Professor of French. B.A. Brigham Young University; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Geography. 1985 Emory University; M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1987 University of B.A. 1946 Central Washington 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Princeton Washington. College; M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1953 University. University of Washington. 332 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Fritz Louis Kramer (1966) Ph.D. Martin J. Streck (1999) Ph.D. Frank Reckendorf (1999) Ph.D. David A. Johnson (1979) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Assistant Professor of Geology. Adjunct Associate Professor of Managing Editor, Paciﬁc Historical B.A. 1950 University of Washing- Diplom 1989 University of Tubin- Geology. B.S. 1961, M.S. 1963 Review; Professor of History and ton; M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1957 Uni- gen (Germany); Ph.D. 1994 Iowa State University; Ph.D. 1973 International Studies. B.A. 1972 versity of California, Berkeley. Oregon State University. Oregon State University. University of California, Irvine; D. Richard Lycan (1970) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Mike Roberts (1999) Ph.D. M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 University of Pennsylvania. Professor Emeritus of Geography Marvin Howard Beeson (1969) Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.S. and Urban Studies and Planning. Ph.D. 1960 University College London; William L. Lang (1994) Ph.D. B.S. 1956 University of Idaho; M.A. Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.S. M.A. 1965 University of Toronto; Professor of History. B.A. 1964 Wil- 1961 George Washington Univer- 1959, M.S. 1962 University of Ph.D. 1966 University of Iowa. lamette University; M.A. 1966 sity; Ph.D. 1964 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of Alex Ruzicka (2000) Ph.D. Washington State University; Ph.D. Washington. California, San Diego. Research Associate. B.S. 1982 1974 University of Delaware. Thomas M. Poulsen (1963) Ph.D. Gilbert T. Benson (1968) Ph.D. University of Minnesota; M.S. 1988 Caroline Litzenberger (1999) Professor Emeritus of Geography. Associate Professor Emeritus of State University of New York at Ph.D. B.S. 1953 Oregon State University; Geology. B.S. 1952, M.S. 1953 Stony Brook; Ph.D. 1996 Univer- Assistant Professor of History. B.S. M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1963 University Stanford University; Ph.D. 1963 sity of Arizona. 1964 University of Washington; of Wisconsin. Yale University. David G. Taylor (1981) Ph.D. M.A. 1989 Portland State Univer- sity; Ph.D. 1993 University of Larry W. Price (1968) Ph.D. Paul E. Hammond Adjunct Research Associate in (1963) Ph.D. Cambridge. Professor Emeritus of Geography. Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.A. Geology. B.S. 1973, M.S. 1977 B.S. 1963 Eastern Illinois Univer- 1952 University of Colorado; M.A. Portland State University; Ph.D. Thomas M. Luckett (1992) Ph.D. sity; M.S. 1965, Ph.D. 1970 Uni- 1958 University of California, Los 1981 University of California, Associate Professor of History. B.A. versity of Illinois. Angeles; Ph.D. 1963 University of Berkeley. 1984 Oberlin; M.A. 1987, Ph.D. 1992 Princeton University. DEPARTMENT OF Washington. Terry L. Tolan (1993) M.S. GEOLOGY Leonard A. Palmer (1967) Ph.D. Adjunct Research Assistant in Geol- Jon E. Mandaville (1965) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of ogy. B.S. 1978, M.S. 1982 Portland Professor of History and Interna- Faculty Geology. B.S. 1953, M.S. 1960 State University. tional Studies. B.A. 1959 Dart- Scott F. Burns (1990) Ph.D. University of Washington; Ph.D. Joseph Walder (1999) Ph.D. mouth College; Diploma Islamics Professor of Geology. B.S. 1969, 1967 University of California, Los Adjunct Associate Professor of 1961 Edinburgh University (Scot- M.S. 1970 Stanford University; Angeles. Geology. B.S. 1976 California Insti- land); M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1969 Prin- Ph.D. 1980 University of Colorado. ceton University. Richard E. Thoms (1964) Ph.D. tute of Technology; M.S. 1980, Sherry L. Cady (1998) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.S. Ph.D. 1984 Stanford University. John Ott (1999) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Geology. A.B. 1957, M.S. 1959 University of J. Alan Yeakley (1995) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History. B.A. 1987, Ph.D. 1994 University of Washington; Ph.D. 1965 University Adjunct Associate Professor of 1991 University of Puget Sound; California, Berkeley. of California, Berkeley. Geology. B.S. 1986 East Texas Uni- A.M. 1994, Ph.D. 1999 Stanford University. Kenneth M. Cruikshank (1994) Robert O. Van Atta (1956) Ph.D. versity; M.S. 1988 University of Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Geology. B.S. Texas; Ph.D. 1993 University of Kenneth Ruoff (1999) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Geology. B.S. 1949 University of Oregon; B.D. Virginia. Assistant Professor of History. A.B. 1983 Pennsylvania State Univer- 1989 Harvard College; A.M. 1991, 1956 Western Conservative Baptist DEPARTMENT OF sity; M.S. 1987 University of Seminary; M.S. 1960 University of M.Phil. 1993, Ph.D. 1997 Cincinnati; Ph.D. 1991 Purdue Oregon; Ph.D. 1971 Oregon State HISTORY Columbia University. University. University. Faculty Patricia Schechter (1995) Ph.D. Michael L. Cummings (1979) Associated Faculty Lois Becker (1989) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History. A.B. Ph.D. Elizabeth Carter (1993) Ph.D. Chair, Department of History; 1986 Mount Holyoke College; Professor of Geology. B.S. 1971 Adjunct Research Associate in Associate Professor of History and Ph.D. 1993 Princeton University. University of Wisconsin; M.S. 1975 Geology. B.S. 1981 Portland State International Studies. B.A. 1976 Friedrich Schuler (1990) Ph.D. University of Minnesota; Ph.D. University; M.S. 1985 University of University of Illinois at Urbana; Associate Professor of History and 1978 University of Wisconsin. British Columbia (Canada); Ph.D. M.A. 1978, Ph.D. 1987 Stanford International Studies. B.A. 1982 Andrew G. Fountain (1998) Ph.D. 1993 University of Lausanne University. Freie Universitaet Berlin, West Ber- Assistant Professor of Geology and (Switzerland). Richard Beyler (1998) Ph.D. lin; M.A. 1983 University of Texas, Geography. B.S. 1975 St. Lawrence Michael L. Feves (1984) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History. B.A. Austin; Ph.D. 1990 University of University; M.S. 1980 University of Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.A. 1987 Goshen College; Ph.D. 1994 Chicago. Alaska; Ph.D. 1992 University of 1973 Reed College; Ph.D. 1977 Harvard University. Linda A. Walton (1980) Ph.D. Washington. Massachusetts Institute of Karen Carr (1992) Ph.D. Professor of History and Interna- Georg H. Grathoff (1998) Ph.D. Technology. Associate Professor of History. B.A. tional Studies. B.A. 1969 Wellesley Research Associate. B.A. 1986 Dennis O. Nelson (1991) Ph.D. 1985 Cornell University; M.A. College; Ph.D. 1978 University of Knox College; Diplom Georg- Adjunct Professor of Geology. B.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 University of Pennsylvania. August-Universitaet; Ph.D. 1996 1967 Portland State University; Michigan. University of Illinois, Urbana. Emeriti Faculty Ph.D. 1980 Oregon State Timothy A. Garrison (1997) Whitney K. Bates (1961) Ph.D. Ansel G. Johnson (1973) Ph.D. University. Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Chair, Department of Geology; Jim E. O’Conner (1995) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of History. 1941 University of Washington; Professor of Geology. B.A. 1965 Adjunct Associate Professor of B.B.A. 1983, J.D. 1986 University M.A. 1948, Ph.D. 1952 University Linﬁeld College; Ph.D. 1973 Geology. B.S. 1982 University of of Georgia; M.A. 1993 Clemson of Wisconsin. Stanford University. Washington; M.S. 1985, Ph.D 1990 University; Ph.D. 1997 University of Kentucky. Elliot Benowitz (1966) Ph.D. David Percy (1998) B.S. University of Arizona. Associate Professor Emeritus of David A. Horowitz Research Assistant. B.S. 1999 Port- Thomas C. Pierson (1995) Ph.D. (1968) Ph.D. History. B.A. 1955 State University land State University. Adjunct Associate Professor of Professor of History. B.A. 1964 of New York, Albany; M.S. 1958, Curt D. Peterson (1989) Ph.D. Geology. B.A. 1970 Middlebury Antioch College; Ph.D. 1971 Uni- Ph.D. 1966 University of Professor of Geology. A.A. College College; M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1977 versity of Minnesota. Wisconsin. of San Mateo; B.A. San Francisco University of Washington. Bernard V. Burke (1967) Ph.D. State University; Ph.D. 1983 Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Oregon State University. 1951, M.A. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Uni- versity of Washington. D IRECTORIES 333

George A. Carbone (1961) Ph.D. Associated Faculty Shawn Smallman Ph.D. (History) Eugene A. Enneking (1968) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Eleanor Ann Fulton (1991) Ph.D. Gerald Sussman, Ph.D. (Urban Chair, Department of Mathematical 1939, M.A. 1941, Ph.D. 1947 Uni- Adjunct Assistant Professor of His- Studies and Planning, Speech Sciences; Professor of Mathematical versity of California, Berkeley. tory. B.S. 1976 Portland State Uni- Communication) Sciences. B.S. 1962 St. Martin’s versity; M.A. 1979, Ph.D. 1991 College; M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 John P. Cavarnos (1964) D.Phil. Stephen Wadley Ph.D. (Chinese) Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Washington State University. Linda A. Walton Ph.D. (Asia 1941 Boston University; M.A. Caroline P. Stoel (1974) J.D. Marjorie A. Enneking (1968) Programs, History) 1942, Ph.D. 1947 Harvard Univer- Adjunct Associate Professor of His- Ph.D. sity; D.Phil. 1948 Athens Univer- tory. A.B. 1935, J.D. 1937 Duke Suwako Watanabe Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. sity (Greece). University; M.A. 1973 Portland (Japanese) B.A. 1962 Willamette University; Victor C. Dahl (1958) Ph.D. State University. Patricia J. Wetzel Ph.D. (Japanese) M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Washing- ton State University. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Craig Wollner (1981) Ph.D. Charles R. White Ph.D. (Univer- 1950, M.A. 1951 University of Professor of Social Science. B.S. sity Studies, Political Science, John M. Erdman (1966) B.A. Montana; Ph.D. 1959 University of 1966, M.A. 1969 Portland State Urban Studies and Planning) Associate Professor of Mathematical California, Berkeley. University; Ph.D. 1975 University Sciences. B.S. 1957, B.A. 1957 of New Mexico. Martha A. Works Ph.D. Lehigh University. Basil Dmytryshyn (1956) Ph.D. (Geography) Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Robert L. Fountain (1992) Ph.D. 1950, M.A. 1951 University of Birol Yesilada Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematical Arkansas; Ph.D. 1955 University of Faculty (Political Science) Sciences. B.A. 1975, M.A. 1979 California, Berkeley. Kimberley A. Brown Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF University of Texas, Austin; M.A. Gordon B. Dodds (1966) Ph.D. (Applied Linguistics) MATHEMATICAL 1981, Ph.D. 1985 University of Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Vice Provost, International Affairs; SCIENCES New Mexico. 1954 Harvard University; M.A. Director, International Studies Gerardo A. Lafferriere (1990) 1955 University of Illinois; Ph.D. Program. Faculty Ph.D. 1958 University of Wisconsin. Koﬁ Agorsah Ph.D. (Black Studies) Lisa Byrd Adajian (1995) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Assistant Professor of Mathemati- M.S. 1977 Universidad Nacional de G. Bernhard Fedde (1958) J.D. L. Rudolph Barton M.Arch. cal Sciences. B.S. 1976 University Adjunct Professor Emeritus of His- (Architecture) La Plata (Argentina); Ph.D. 1986 of Oregon; M.A. 1990 San Diego Rutgers University. tory and International Law. A.B. Lois Becker Ph.D. (History) State University; Ph.D. 1995 Uni- 1930 Williams College; J.D. 1936 versity of Wisconsin-Madison. M. Paul Latiolais (1989) Ph.D. University of Oregon; A.M. 1964 Nancy Benson Ed.D. (Education) Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Oregon State University. Barbara Brower Ph.D. Jagdish C. Ahuja (1966) Ph.D. B.A. 1970 University of Southwest Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Jim F. Heath (1967) Ph.D. (Geography) Louisiana; Ph.D. 1984 Tulane Uni- B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 Banaras Uni- versity. Professor Emeritus of History. Sharon A. Carstens Ph.D. versity (India); Ph.D. 1963 Univer- B.B.A. 1953, M.A. 1955 University (Anthropology) sity of British Columbia (Canada). Leonard T. Nelson (1977) Ph.D. of New Mexico; Ph.D. 1967 Stan- Professor of Mathematical Sciences John J. Damis Ph.D. (Political Charles B. Balogh (1964) Ph.D. ford University. Science) and Education. B.S. 1960 St. Cloud Professor of Mathematical Sciences. State College; M.A. 1963 Bowdoin Charles A. Le Guin (1959) Ph.D. Margaret Everett Ph.D. M.S. 1954 University of Budapest Professor Emeritus of History. A.B. College; Ph.D. 1968 University of (Anthropology) (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 Oregon Michigan. 1948 Mercer University; M.A. 1949 State University. Northwestern University; Ph.D. Grant M. Farr Ph.D. (Sociology) Joyce O’Halloran (1987) Ph.D. 1956 Emory University. Steven Fuller Ph.D. (German) F. Rudolf Beyl (1983) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Associate Professor of Mathematical B.S. 1974 University of Minnesota; Thomas D. Morris (1967) Ph.D. Candice Goucher Ph.D. (Black Sciences. Diplom-Mathematiker Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Studies) Ph.D. 1979 University of 1969 University of Frankfurt Washington. 1961, M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1969 Uni- Mel Gurtov Ph.D. (Political (Germany); Ph.D. 1972 Cornell Jeanette R. Palmiter versity of Washington. Science) University. (1990) Ph.D. Frederick M. Nunn (1965) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. John B. Hall Ph.D. (Economics) Gavin Bjork (1966) Ph.D. B.S. 1977, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Professor Emeritus of History and Professor of Mathematical Sciences. International Studies. B.A. 1959 Laurence R. Kominz Ph.D. University; M.S. 1983 University of (Japanese) A.B. 1956 Carroll College; M.A. Illinois. University of Oregon; M.A. 1963, 1958 University of Montana; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1963 University of New Gil Latz Ph.D. (Geography) 1966 Washington State University. Serge Preston (1989) Ph.D. Mexico. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Junghee Lee Ph.D. (Art) Steven A. Bleiler (1988) Ph.D. Michael F. Reardon (1964) Ph.D. M.S. (Equivalence) 1979 Novosi- Devorah A. Lieberman Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Professor Emeritus of History and Ph.D. birsk State University (USSR); (Speech Communication) B.S. 1974 University of Wisconsin; Ph.D. 1978 Steklov Institute of Humanities. B.S. 1960 Georgetown M.S. 1976 University of Illinois; D. Richard Lycan Ph.D. (Geogra- Mathematics (USSR). University; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1965 Ph.D. 1981 University of Oregon. Indiana University. phy, Urban Studies and Planning) Michael Shaughnessy (1993) Branford R. Crain (1978) Ph.D. Ann Weikel (1967) Ph.D. Jon E. Mandaville Ph.D. (History) Ph.D. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Professor Emerita of History. B.A. Frederick M. Nunn Ph.D. B.S. 1964 University of Florida; 1957 Mount Holyoke College; B.A. 1968 Le Moyne College; M.A. (Professor Emeritus) M.S. 1969, Ph.D. 1972 Oregon 1970 Indiana University; Ph.D. M.A. 1959, Ph.D. 1966 Yale Uni- State University. versity. Ridwan Nytagodien Ph.D. 1976 Michigan State University. (Black Studies) Joseph R. Ediger (1993) M.S. Franklin C. West (1966) Ph.D. Dan L. Streeter (1983) M.S. Jonathan O. Pease Ph.D. Instructor in Mathematical Sciences Senior Instructor in Mathematical Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. and Extended Studies. B.A. 1977 1956 Reed College; M.A. 1958 (Chinese) Sciences. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982 Bethel College, Kansas; M.S. 1994 Portland State University. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1970 Earl Rees Ph.D. (Spanish) Portland State University. University of California, Berkeley. Ma-Ji Rhee Ed.D. (Korean, Japa- Mara Tableman (1990) Ph.D. Marek Elzanowski (1988) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematical Charles M. White (1955) Ph.D. nese) Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A. Sciences. B.S. 1971 University of Dirgham Sbait Ph.D. (Semitic M.S. 1971 University of Warsaw Pittsburgh; M.S. 1973 New Mexico 1947, M.A. 1949 Michigan State Languages) (Poland); Ph.D. 1975 Institute of University; Ph.D. 1959 University State University; Ph.D. 1984 Penn- Friedrich Schuler Ph.D. (History) Fundamental Technological sylvania State University. of Southern California. Research, Poland Academy of Sci- Cynthia Sloan Ph.D. (Spanish and ence (Poland). Portuguese) 334 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Kwok-Wai Tam (1966) Ph.D. Vivienne H. Olson (1961) M.S. DEPARTMENT OF Associated Faculty Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Assistant Professor Emerita of PHILOSOPHY Patricia Backlar (1991) B.S. 1961, Ph.D. 1967 University Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946, Research Associate Professor of of Washington. M.S. 1948 University of Pittsburgh. Faculty Robert J. Gould (1992) Ph.D. Bioethics. Emeriti Faculty Charles W. Sinclair (1964) M.A.T. Chair, Department of Philosophy; Jamie Ross (1992) Ph.D. Mildred L. Bennett (1956) B.S. Assistant Professor Emeritus of Assistant Professor of Philosophy; Assistant Professor University Stud- Professor Emerita of Mathematical Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1943 Director, Conﬂict Resolution Pro- ies; A.B. 1977 Bryn Mawr College; Sciences. B.S. 1942 Oregon State Washington University; M.A.T. gram. B.S. 1986 Portland State Uni- Ph.D. 1995 University of Oregon. 1963 Reed College. University. versity; M.A.T. 1987 Lewis & Clark Barbara Tint (1999) M.S. Robert L. Broussard (1960) Ph.D. Robert L. Stanley (1961) Ph.D. College; Ph.D. 1993 University of Adjunct Professor, Assistant Direc- Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Oregon. tor of Conﬂict Resolution Program; Sciences. B.S. 1944, Ph.D. 1951 Sciences and Systems Science. B.S. Byron L. Haines (1965) Ph.D. B.S. 1981 University of Massachu- Louisiana State University. 1943, M.A. 1947 University of Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 setts; M.S. 1983 University of Ore- Washington; Ph.D. 1951 Harvard John B. Butler (1961) Ph.D. Bates College; M.A. 1963, Ph.D. gon. University. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical 1966 University of Washington. Mary Zinkin (1998) Ph.D. Sciences. B.A. 1945 Swarthmore E. Genevieve Stanton (1955) M.S. Aleksander Jokic (1999) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor. B.A. 1975 Pitzer College; M.S. 1947 New York Uni- Assistant Professor Emerita of Assistant Professor of Philosophy. College; M.U.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1987 versity; Ph.D. 1954 University of Mathematical Sciences. B.A. 1933 B.A. 1984 University of Belgrade, Portland State University. California, Berkeley. St. Xavier College, Chicago; M.S. Yugoslavia; M.A. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 1938 University of Chicago. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Frank S. Cater (1965) Ph.D. University of California, Santa Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Constance E. Stevens (1955) M.S. Barbara. Faculty Sciences. B.A. 1956, M.A. 1957, Assistant Professor Emerita of Donald R. Moor (1964) Ph.D. Jonathan J. Abramson (1979) Ph.D. 1960 University of Southern Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1933 Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1958 Ph.D. California. Alfred University; M.A. 1940 New University of British Columbia Professor of Physics. B.S. 1968 York State College for Teachers; City College of New York; M.A. George F. Coggins (1956) B.S. (Canada); Ph.D. 1975 University of M.S. 1949 University of Oregon. 1970, Ph.D. 1975 University of Assistant Professor Emeritus of Oregon. Rochester. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1931 Leonard G. Swanson (1964) Peter M. Nicholls (1980) M.A. Union College. Ph.D. Instructor in Philosophy. B.A. 1969 Erik Bodegom (1984) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Chair, Department of Physics; Richard Byrd Crittenden (1969) Portland State University; M.A. Sciences. B.S. 1962 Portland State Professor of Physics. Ph.D. 1982 Ph.D. 1976 University of Washington. University; M.A. 1965 University of Catholic University of America. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Washington; Ph.D. 1970 Oregon Dan Passell (1964) Ph.D. Sciences and Systems Science. B.A. Lee W. Casperson (1983) Ph.D. State University. Professor of Philosophy. Ph.B. 1957 Willamette University; M.S. 1949, M.A. 1954 University of Professor of Electrical Engineering 1959 University of Illinois; Ph.D. Selmo Tauber (1959) Ph.D., P.E. Chicago; Ph.D. 1964 Stanford and Physics. B.S. 1966 Massachu- 1964 University of Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical University. setts Institute of Technology; M.S. Sciences. Diploma Civil Engineer- 1967, Ph.D. 1971 California Insti- Mary Lou Daily (1963) Ph.D. ing 1943 Ecole Superieure d’Inge- Michael Philips (1968) Ph.D. tute of Technology. Associate Professor Emerita of nieurs, Beyrouth (Lebanon); Lic.- Professor of Philosophy. B.A. 1964 Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1959 Raymond F. Egerton (1999) Ph.D. es. Sc. 1947 Universite de Lyon University of California, Riverside; College of St. Teresa; M.A. 1961 Gertrude Rempfer Endowed Chair (France); Ph.D. 1950 Universitat Ph.D. 1971 Johns Hopkins University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1972 in Physics; Professor of Physics. Wien (Austria); P.E. University. Oregon State University. B.A. 1964, B.A. 1965 Cambridge Dorothy J. Williams (1983) Ph.D. Tom Seppalainen (1999) Ph.D. University, United Kingdom; Ph.D. Phillip J. Gold (1964) Ph.D. Professor Emerita of Mathematical Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 1968 Imperial College, London, Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. B.A. 1951, M.S. 1953 M.A. 1995, Ph.D. 1999 University United Kingdom. Sciences. B.S. 1957 Polytechnic University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1958 of Pittsburgh. Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D. 1961 Monica H. Halka (1996) Ph.D. University of Washington. New York University. Emeriti Faculty Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S. Vincent C. Williams (1965) Ph.D. Larry S. Bowlden (1968) Ph.D. 1986 Idaho State University; M.A. J. Kenneth Harris (1962) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. 1989 Johns Hopkins University; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. B.A. 1955 University of B.S. 1963, M.S. 1966 University of Ph.D. 1993 University of New Sciences. B.A. 1958, M.A. 1959 California, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1961 Utah; Ph.D. 1968 University of Mexico. Fresno State College; Ph.D. 1962 Harvard University. Washington. University of Oregon. Donald G. Howard (1965) Ph.D. Graham P. Conroy (1961) Ph.D. Professor of Physics. A.A. 1957, Bruce A. Jensen (1966) Ph.D. Associated Faculty Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B. 1959, Ph.D. 1964 University Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Farag Abdel-Salam Attia (1990) Ph.D. B.A. 1948 Stanford University; of California, Berkeley. Sciences. B.A. 1952 Dana College; M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1957 University Adjunct Associate Professor of Jun Jiao M.S. 1955 University of Wisconsin; of California, Berkeley. (1999) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1966 University of Nebraska. Mathematical Sciences. B.Sc. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S. 1960 Ain Shams University John L. Hammond (1962) Ph.D. 1982 Shandong University, China; Ethel L. Lawrence (1964) B.S. (Egypt); M.Sc. 1965 Purdue Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. M.S. 1993, Ph.D. 1997 University Associate Professor Emerita of University; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon B.A. 1955 Kenyon College; Ph.D. of Arizona. Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1946 State University. 1965 Stanford University. University of Oregon. Mohammad Aslam Khan Khalil Nancy T. Waller (1979) Ph.D. David H. Newhall (1955) Ph.D. (1995) Ph.D. Craig A. Magwire (1969) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Professor of Physics. B.A. 1970 Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Mathematical Sciences. B.S. 1971, B.A. 1939 Pomona College; M.A. University of Minnesota; M.S. 1972 Sciences. B.A. 1943 Nebraska State M.S. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 Michigan 1941 University of California, Los Virginia Polytechnic Institute; College; M.S. 1947 University of State University. Angeles; Ph.D. 1948 Princeton Ph.D. 1976 University of Texas, Michigan; Ph.D. 1953 Stanford University. Austin; M.S. 1979, Ph.D. 1979 University. Oregon Graduate Center, Eugene A. Maier (1984) Ph.D. Beaverton. Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences and Extended Studies. B.A. 1950, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1954 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 335

Andrés H. LaRosa (1999) Ph.D. Raymond Sommerfeldt (1966) C. Kerth O’Brien (1987) Ph.D. Edith B. Sullivan (1955) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics. Ph.D. Associate Professor of Psychology. Professor Emerita of Psychology. Licenciado in Physics 1985 Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. B.A. 1979 University of California, B.S. 1949, M.S. 1950, Ph.D. 1954 National University of Engineer- 1951 University of Oregon; M.S. Santa Cruz; M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1987 University of Wisconsin. ing, Lima, Peru; M.S. 1990 South- 1954, Ph.D. 1964 Oregon State University of Michigan. Morris Weitman (1963) Ph.D. ern Illinois University, Carbondale; University. Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology Ph.D. 1996 North Carolina State Makoto Takeo (1956) Ph.D. Associate Dean, College of Liberal and Urban Studies. B.S. 1948 City University. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psy- College of New York; M.A. 1953, Pui-Tak Leung (1988) Ph.D. Diploma 1943 Tohoku University chology. B.A. 1980 University of Ph.D. 1960 New School for Social Professor of Physics. B.S. 1976 Chi- (Japan); M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 California, Los Angeles; M.A. 1983, Research. nese University of Hong Kong; University of Oregon. Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State University. Frank Wesley (1958) D.Phil. M.A. 1979, M.Ed. 1979, Ph.D. Associated Faculty Ellen A. Skinner (1992) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 1982 State University of New York, Frank B. Thiess Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1977 B.A. 1950 Reed College; M.A. Buffalo. (1994) Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.A. Wright State University; M.S. 1979, 1955, Ph.D. 1958 Washington Jack S. Semura (1973) Ph.D. 1956 Swarthmore College; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1981 Pennsylvania State State University; D.Phil. 1964 Kul- Professor of Physics. B.A. 1963, 1963 Stanford University. University. turminister (Germany). M.S. 1965 University of Hawaii; Xiaoliang Sunney Xie (1995) Cathleen L. Smith (1975) Ph.D. David F. Wrench (1966) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1972 University of Coordinator, Child and Family Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Wisconsin. Ph.D. Adjunct Professor of Physics. B.S. Studies; Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1954 Reed College; M.A. 1958 Pavel K. Smejtek (1972) Ph.D. 1984 Peking University; M.S. B.A. 1968, M.A. 1972, Ph.D. 1976 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1961 Professor of Physics. M.S. 1961 1987, Ph.D. 1990 University of University of Utah. University of North Carolina. Leningrad Polytechnic Institute California, San Diego. Lynne Steinberg (1998) Ph.D. (U.S.S.R.); Ph.D. 1965 Czechoslo- CENTER FOR SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF Assistant Professor of Psychology. EDUCATION vak Academy of Sciences B.A. 1976 Clark University; M.A. (Czechoslovakia). PSYCHOLOGY 1981, Ph.D. 1984 University of Faculty Emeriti Faculty Faculty Kansas. William G. Becker (1983) Ph.D. Director, Center for Science Educa- Carl Bachhuber (1963) Ph.D. Barry F. Anderson (1968) Ph.D. Donald M. Truxillo (1994) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1957 Associate Professor of Psychology. tion. Professor of Science Educa- Physics. B.A. 1958 University of Stanford University; Ph.D. 1963 B.S. 1981, M.A. 1984, Ph.D. 1987 tion. B.S. 1975, M.S. 1976 DePaul Minnesota; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. 1965 Johns Hopkins University. Louisiana State University. University; Ph.D. 1981 Boston Uni- University of Washington. versity. Dean E. Frost (1984) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Laird C. Brodie (1955) Ph.D. Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1977 Marion Dresner (1995) Ph.D. Gerald Guthrie (1970) Ph.D. Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.A. Reed College; M.S. 1980, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 1944 Reed College; M.S. 1949 Uni- 1981 University of Washington. ence Education and School of Edu- B.A. 1962 Lewis & Clark College; cation. B.A. 1974 State University versity of Chicago; Ph.D. 1954 Beth L. Green (1996) Ph.D. M.A. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 Clark Northwestern University. of New York at Buffalo; M.S. 1978 Assistant Professor of Psychology. University. Humboldt State University; Ph.D. John Dash (1966) Ph.D. B.S. 1987 Bridgewater College; Roger D. Jennings (1969) Ph.D. 1985 University of Michigan. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. M.A. 1990, Ph.D. 1993 Arizona Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 1955 Pennsylvania State Univer- State University. Todd L. Duncan (1996) Ph.D. B.A. 1959 University of California, Assistant Professor of Science Edu- sity; M.S. 1960 Northwestern Uni- Janice K. Haaken (1979) Ph.D. Berkeley; M.A. 1960 San Jose State cation and University Studies. B.S. versity; Ph.D. 1966 Pennsylvania Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1974 College; Ph.D. 1963 University of State University. 1992 University of Illinois at University of Washington; Ph.D. Colorado. Urbana-Champaign; M.Phil. 1994 Mark Gurevitch (1958) Ph.D. 1979 Wright Institute, Los Angeles. Robert E. Jones Jr. (1964) Ph.D. Cambridge University; Ph.D. 1997 Professor Emeritus of Physics. A.B. Leslie B. Hammer (1990) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. University of Chicago. 1938, Ph.D. 1947 University of Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S. 1957, M.S. 1961, Ph.D. 1963 California, Berkeley. Michael J. Flower (1992) Ph.D. B.S. 1985 James Madison Univer- University of Utah. Associate Professor of University Rudi H. Nussbaum (1959) Ph.D. sity; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1991 Bowl- Chadwick Karr (1960) Ph.D. Honors and Science Education. Professor Emeritus of Physics. ing Green State University. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A. 1964 Stanford University; Ph.D. 1954 University of Amster- Keith L. Kaufman (1998) Ph.D. B.A. 1941, M.S. 1956, Ph.D. 1958 M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1969 University dam (The Netherlands). Chair, Department of Psychology; University of Washington. of Wisconsin. David I. Paul (1987) Ph.D. Professor of Psychology. B.A. 1978, Hugo M. Maynard (1967) Ph.D. Linda A. George (1996) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Physics. M.A. 1982, Ph.D. 1985 University Professor Emeritus of Psychology Assistant Professor, Center for Sci- Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- of South Florida. and Urban Studies. A.B. 1959 Uni- ence Education. B.S. 1983 Loyola nia, Los Angeles. Thomas A. Kindermann (1989) versity of California, Berkeley; M.A. University; Ph.D. 1991 Portland Arnold D. Pickar (1963) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1964, Ph.D. 1966 University of State University. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S. Associate Professor of Psychology. Oregon. Julie Smith (1996) Ph.D. 1948 U.S. Merchant Marine Acad- B.A. 1976, M.S. 1980, University of James A. Paulson (1970) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of University emy; B.A. 1951 Cornell University; Trier, (Germany); Ph.D. 1986 Free Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Studies and Science Education. B.S. Ph.D. 1962 University of Maryland. University of Berlin (Germany). B.A. 1963 University of Oregon; 1978, M.S. 1991 University of Wis- Gertrude F. Rempfer (1959) Ph.D. Eric S. Mankowski (1998) Ph.D. M.S. 1970, Ph.D. 1973 Stanford consin at Eau Claire; Ph.D. 1995 Professor Emerita of Physics. B.S. Assistant Professor of Psychology. University. Oklahoma State. 1934, Ph.D. 1939 University of B.S. 1989 University of Washing- Cord B. Sengstake (1964) Ph.D. Washington. ton; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1997 Uni- DEPARTMENT OF Professor Emeritus of Psychology. SOCIOLOGY Pieter K. Rol (1992) Ph.D. versity of Illinois at Urbana- B.S. 1955, M.S. 1959, Ph.D. 1963 Professor Emeritus of Physics. Champaign. University of Oregon. Faculty Dalton Miller-Jones Randall Evan Blazak Ph.D. 1960 University of Amster- (1992) Ph.D. Ronald E. Smith (1955) Ph.D. (1995) Ph.D. dam (The Netherlands). Professor of Psychology. B.A., B.S. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1985, M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1995 Cecil E. Sanford (1955) M.S. 1962 Rutgers University; M.S. A.Sc. 1939 Weber State College; Emory University. Associate Professor Emeritus of 1965 Tufts University; Ph.D. 1973 B.A. 1948, M.A. 1949, Ph.D. 1954 Physics. B.S. 1947 Linﬁeld College; Cornell University. University of Utah. M.S. 1949 University of Oregon. 336 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Merwyn R. Greenlick (1965) Priya Kapoor (1995) Ph.D. Coordinator, Women’s Studies Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Speech Com- Program; Professor of Sociology Professor Emeritus of Sociology Vice President, Research, Kaiser munication. B.A. 1987 Delhi Uni- and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 and Urban Studies and Planning. Foundation Hospitals, and Direc- versity, New Delhi, India; M.A. Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. B.A. 1947 University of Denver; tor, Health Services Research Cen- 1991 Cornell University; Ph.D. 1979 University of California, Los M.A. 1948 Stanford University; ter; Adjunct Professor of Sociology 1995 Ohio University. Angeles. Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. and Social Work. B.S. 1957, M.S. Devorah A. Lieberman (1987) 1961 Wayne State University; Peter J. Collier (1997) Ph.D. Leonard D. Cain, Jr. Ph.D. (1969) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1967 University of Michigan. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Professor Emeritus of Sociology Professor of Speech Communica- B.S. 1987 Southern Oregon and Urban Studies and Planning. Arthur Neal (1999) Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1975 Humboldt State University, M.S. 1989, Ph.D. A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- Adjunct Professor of Sociology. A.B. University; M.A. 1977 San Diego 1997 Portland State University. tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- 1951 Concord College, M.A. 1956, State University; Ph.D. 1984 Uni- Veronica Dujon (1995) Ph.D. sity of Texas, Austin. Ph.D. 1959 Ohio State. versity of Florida. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Frederic H. Chino (1956) Ph.D. Clyde Riley Pope (1975) Ph.D. Tess Marino (1998) M.S. B.A. 1985 University of the West Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Adjunct Professor of Sociology. B.A. Instructor in Speech Communica- Indies; M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1995 Uni- A.B. 1951 San Diego State College; 1957 Anderson College; M.A. 1960 tion. B.A. 1970 Western Washing- versity of Wisconsin. A.M. 1952, Ph.D. 1965 Stanford University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1963 ton State University; M.S. 1998 Grant M. Farr (1975) Ph.D. University. University of Oregon. Portland State University. Chair, Department of Sociology; Nanette J. Davis (1975) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Douglas R. Martin (1992) Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1966, Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.S. COMMUNICATION Acting Director, Speech and Hear- M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1974 University 1962 St. Cloud State University; ing Sciences Program; Associate of Washington. M.A. 1967 University of Minne- Faculty Professor of Speech Communica- Donna Boudreau Kathryn A. Farr (1977) Ph.D. sota; Ph.D. 1973 Michigan State (1997) Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1981 Wichita State Uni- Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1961 University. Assistant Professor of Speech Com- versity; M.A. 1983 California State munication. B.A. 1987 Bridgewa- University, San Diego; Ph.D. 1989 University of Oregon; M.A. 1975, Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. ter State College; M.A. 1989 Wichita State University; C.C.C. Ph.D. 1979 Portland State Professor Emeritus of Sociology University. University of Connecticut, Storrs; 1983 American Speech-Language- and Urban Studies and Planning. C.C.C. American Speech-Lan- Hearing Association. Lee J. Haggerty (1971) Ph.D. B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 guage-Hearing Association. Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1964, University of Washington. Susan B. Poulsen (1990) Ph.D. Thomas G. Dolan (1985) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Speech Com- M.S. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University Nona Y. Glazer (1964) Ph.D. of Wisconsin. Associate Professor of Speech Com- munication. B.S. 1958 University Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A. munication. B.A. 1976 Carleton of Washington; M.S. 1970 Univer- Heather Hartley (1999) Ph.D. 1955, M.A. 1957 University of University; M.S. 1978 McGill sity of Maryland, Baltimore; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Sociology. Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 Cornell University (Canada); Ph.D. 1983 1988 University of Washington. B.A. 1991 University of Missouri; University. University of Iowa. C.C.C. Ameri- Ellen S. Reuler (1990) M.A. M.S. 1993, Ph.D. 1999 University Jan Hajda (1967) Ph.D. can Speech-Language-Hearing of Wisconsin. Senior Instructor in Speech Com- Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Association. munication. B.S. 1972, M.A. 1973 Marvin A. Kaiser (1993) Ph.D. B.A. 1952 Willamette University; Peter Ehrenhaus (1986) Ph.D. Northwestern University. C.C.C. Dean, College of Liberal Arts and M.A. 1957, Ph.D. 1963 University Associate Professor of Speech Com- 1974 American Speech-Language- Sciences; Professor of Sociology. of Chicago. munication. B.A. 1973 University Hearing Association. B.A. 1961 Cardinal Glennon Col- Joseph F. Jones (1963) Ph.D. of Wisconsin, Madison; M.A. 1975, lege; M.A. 1973 Kansas State Uni- L. David Ritchie (1990) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D. 1979 University of Chair, Department of Speech Com- versity; M.S.W. 1977 University of B.A. 1961, M.A. 1962, Ph.D. 1969 Minnesota. Kansas; Ph.D. 1979 University of munication; Associate Professor of University of Washington. Amanda Feller Nebraska. (1996) M.S. Speech Communication. B.A. 1965 Robert William Shotola (1970) Director of Forensics. B.A. Univer- Reed College; M.U.P. 1972 Univer- Sharon M. Lee (1998) Ph.D. Ph.D. sity of Denver; M.S. 1995 Portland sity of Oregon; M.A. 1985, Ph.D. Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1975 Professor Emeritus of Sociology. State University. 1987 Stanford University. University of Rochester; M.A. B.A. 1953 North Texas State Lynn E. Fox (1998) Ph.D. Hyla Rosenberg (1990) M.S. 1978, Ph.D. 1982 Princeton Uni- University; M.A. 1966 University versity. Assistant Professor of Speech Com- Senior Instructor in Speech Com- of New Mexico; Ph.D. 1969 munication. B.A. 1971 California munication. B.A. 1983 School of Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. University of Wisconsin. State University; M.A. 1985 Hum- International Training, Brattleboro, Professor of Sociology and Urban Associated Faculty boldt State University; Ph.D. 1998 Vermont; M.S. 1990 Portland State Studies. B.A. 1972 State University Robert B. Everhart (1986) Ph.D. University of Oregon; C.C.C. 1985 University. of New York, Binghamton; M.A. Professor of Education and Adjunct American Speech-Language-Hear- Andrea B. Ruotolo (1998) M.A. 1977, Ph.D. 1981 University of Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1962 ing Association. Michigan. Instructor in Speech Communica- College of Wooster; M.A.T. 1968, Leslie T. Good (l989) Ph.D. tion. B.A. 1986, M.A. 1987 Indiana José Antonio Padin (1995) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1972 University of Oregon. Associate Professor of Speech Com- University; C.C.C. American Assistant Professor of Sociology. Donald K. Freeborn (1972) Ph.D. munication. B.A. 1982, M.S. 1983 Speech-Language-Hearing B.A. 1985 Haverford College; M.S. Adjunct Professor of Sociology. B.A. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1986 Association. 1989, Ph.D. 1998 University of 1955 Lynchburg College; M.H.A. Stanford University. Wisconsin. Gerald Sussman (1994) Ph.D. 1957 Medical College of Virginia; Candace Gordon (1996) M.A. Professor of Speech Communica- Karen Seccombe (1998) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1968 University of Michigan. Instructor in Speech Communica- tion and Urban Studies and Plan- Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1979 Carla Green (1999) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1968 Bradley University; ning. B.A. Fairleigh Dickinson California State University; M.S.W. Adjunct Professor of Sociology. B.S. M.A. 1971 University of Illinois; University; M.A. University of the 1981 University of Washington; 1983, M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1999 Port- C.C.C. 1972 American Speech- Philippines; Ph.D. 1983 University Ph.D. 1985 Washington State land State University. Language-Hearing Association. of Hawaii. University. Mary E. Gordon-Brannan (1972) Gisele Tierney (1991) M.S. Michael A. Toth (1990) Ph.D. Ph.D. Senior Instructor in Speech Com- Professor of Sociology. B.S. 1960, Professor of Speech Communica- munication. B.S. 1984, Certiﬁcate M.S. 1964, Ph.D. 1973 University tion. B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 Purdue Women’s Studies 1986, M.S. 1986 of Utah. University; Ph.D. 1993 Wichita Portland State University. State University. C.C.C. 1967 American Speech-Language-Hear- ing Association. D IRECTORIES 337

Franki Trujillo-Dalbey (1998) WOMEN’S STUDIES H. Thomas Johnson (1988) Ph.D. Hjalmar J. Rathe (1964) M.B.A., M.S. PROGRAM Retzlaff Professor of Quality Man- C.P.A. Instructor in Speech Communica- agement. A.B. 1960 Harvard Col- Associate Professor Emeritus of tion. M.S. 1997 Portland State Faculty lege; M.B.A. 1961 Rutgers Business Administration. B.S. 1946 University. Johanna Brenner (1981) Ph.D. University; Ph.D. 1969 University University of Washington; M.B.A. Coordinator, Women’s Studies of Wisconsin. 1955 University of Oregon; C.P.A. Emeriti Faculty Program; Professor of Sociology LaRay M. Barna (1956) M.S. and Women’s Studies. B.A. 1964 Raymond N. Johnson (1980) Donald L. Tang (1966) M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Reed College; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. Ph.D., C.P.A. C.P.A. Speech Communication. B.S. 1944 1979 University of California, Los Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Business Northwestern University; M.S. Angeles. tion. B.S. 1972 University of Ore- Administration. B.S., B.A. 1957, 1970 Portland State University. gon; M.A.S. 1974 University of M.A. 1961 University of North Melissa Kesler Gilbert (1995) Illinois; Ph.D. 1981 University of Dakota; C.P.A. Robert L. Casteel (1966) Ph.D. M.A. Oregon; C.P.A. Professor Emeritus of Speech Com- Instructor, Women’s Studies Finance Faculty munication. B.A. 1954 Pacific Uni- Program. B.A. 1984 Ohio State William Kenny (1985) J.D., Leslie P. Anderson (1986) Ph.D. versity; M.A. 1960 University of University; M.A. 1989 University of C.P.A. (Washington) Professor of Business Administra- Washington; Ph.D. 1969 Oregon Baltimore. Professor of Business Administra- tion. B.S. 1951, M.S. 1954, Ph.D. Health Sciences University Medical tion. B.A. 1968 University of Wash- 1960 University of Wisconsin. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ington; M.S. 1978 Golden Gate School; C.C.C. American Speech- John M. Bizjak (1998) Ph.D. ARTS AND SCIENCES University; J.D. 1973 Gonzaga Language-Hearing Association. Assistant Professor of Business University School of Law; C.P.A. Francis P. Gibson (1955) Ph.D. EMERITI FACULTY Administration. A.B. 1983 Univer- Professor Emeritus of Speech Com- William H. Hamilton (1970) Donna R. Philbrick (1984) Ph.D. sity of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. munication. B.A. 1937, M.A. 1938 Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- 1992 University of Utah. University Professor Emeritus. B.A. tion. B.S. 1975 University of Ore- Drake University; Ph.D. 1954 Uni- Beverly Fuller (1987) Ph.D. 1943 Oberlin College; B.D. 1949 gon; M.B.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1984 versity of Southern California. Associate Professor of Business Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D. Cornell University. Theodore G. Grove (1970) Ph.D. 1952 University of St. Andrews Administration. B.S. 1966 Webster Rodney Rogers Professor Emeritus of Speech Com- (Scotland); D.H.L. 1968 Ripon (1995) Ph.D., College; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 munication. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1962 College. C.P.A. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Washington State University; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Business State University. Administration. B.A. 1980 Ohio 1965 Northwestern University. Janet Hamilton (1986) Ph.D. CHOOL OF Northern University; M.B.A. 1981 Stephen A. Kosokoff (1966) Ph.D. S Associate Professor of Business Bowling Green State University; Professor Emeritus of Speech BUSINESS Administration. B.A. 1976 Univer- Ph.D. 1995 Case Western Reserve Communication. B.A. 1961 Uni- sity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 ADMINISTRATION University; C.P.A. versity of Washington; A.M. 1963 Michigan State University. Richard Sapp (1978) Ph.D., University of Illinois; Ph.D. 1966 Scott A. Dawson (1985) Ph.D. Paula Hammond (1997) J.D. C.P.A. (Texas) University of Oregon. Dean, School of Business Adminis- Instructor in Business Administra- Professor of Business Administra- James F. Maurer (1966) Ph.D. tration; Professor of Business tion. B.A. 1966, M.Ed. 1969 Uni- tion. B.B.A. 1970 University of Professor Emeritus of Speech Com- Administration. B.S. 1978 Univer- versity of Oregon; J.D. 1984 Toledo; M.S. 1976, Ph.D. 1978 munication. B.A. 1951, M.A. 1961 sity of Oregon; M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. Northwestern School of Law. 1984 University of Arizona. University of Houston; C.P.A. Montana State University; Ph.D. Mary H. Hankins (1997) M.S. Richard H. Visse (1976) Ph.D., 1968 Oregon Health Sciences Uni- Accounting Faculty Instructor in Business Administra- C.P.A. versity; C.C.C. American Speech- Darrell Brown (1994) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1983 Susquehanna Professor of Business Administra- Language-Hearing Association. Associate Professor of Business University; M.S. 1990 Drexel tion. B.S. 1966 University of Ore- Joan McMahon (1972) M.S. Administration. B.A. 1976, M.B.A. University. gon; M.S.B.A. 1968 University of Associate Professor Emerita of 1982 University of Montana; Ph.D. Denver; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona State Duncan Kretovich (1999) Ph.D. Speech Communication. B.S. 1968, 1994 University of Utah. University; C.P.A. Assistant Professor of Business M.S. 1970 Portland State Univer- Marlene Brown (1998) M.B.A., Administration. B.S. 1971, M.B.A. Donald A. Watne (1976) Ph.D., sity; C.C.C. 1970 American C.P.A. 1972 Eastern Michigan University; C.P.A. Speech-Language-Hearing Instructor in Business Administra- Ph.D. 1985 Michigan State Professor of Business Administra- Association. tion. B.A. 1974 Moorehead State University. tion. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1961 Univer- Larry Steward (1967) Ph.D. University; M.B.A. 1977 University sity of Montana; Ph.D. 1977 John Oh (1979) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of of Montana. University of California, Berkeley; Professor of Business Administra- Speech Communication. B.S. 1963 Anne L. Christensen (1989) Ph.D. C.P.A. tion. B.A. 1968 Howard Payne Uni- Portland State University; M.A. Professor of Business Administra- versity; Ph.D. 1978 University of Kristi Yuthas (1999) Ph.D. 1965 Cornell University; Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1972, M.Ed. 1974, Virginia. Assistant Professor of Business 1968 Pennsylvania State University. Brigham Young University; M.B.A. Admistration. B.S. 1982, Ph.D. Shafiqur Rahman (1986) Ph.D. Robert W. Vogelsang (1970) Ed.D. 1983, Ph.D. 1989 University of 1990 University of Utah. Professor of Business Administra- Professor Emeritus of Speech Com- Utah. tion. B. Com. Honors 1975 Dhaka munication. A.A. 1950 Citrus Cathy Finger (1999) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty University (Bangladesh); M.B.A. Junior College; B.A. 1953 Univer- Assistant Professor of Business James R. Bentley (1969) Ph.D. 1979 University of Minnesota; sity of California, Santa Barbara; Administration. B.S. 1981, Univer- Professor Emeritus of Business Ph.D. 1986 University of Illinois. M.A. 1958, Ed.D. 1965 Washing- sity of the Pacific; M.B.A.1985, Administration. B.A. 1943 Stanford ton State University; C.C.C. Ameri- University; Ph.D. 1968 University John W. Settle (1984) Ph.D. University of Southern California; Associate Professor of Business can Speech- Language-Hearing Ph.D. 1991 University of Califor- of Washington. Association. Administration. B.A. 1967 Pomona nia, Berkeley. Michael R. Gaines (1965) Ph.D., College; M.B.A. 1974, Ph.D. 1978 Michael C. Henton (1979) M.B.A., C.P.A. University of Washington. Professor Emeritus of Business C.P.A. Emeriti Faculty Instructor in Business Administra- Administration. B.A. 1957 Texas tion. B.B.A. 1972 Pacific Lutheran A&M University; M.B.A. 1961 Chi-Cheng Hsia (1987) Ph.D. University; M.B.A 1973 University University of Denver; Ph.D. 1969 Professor Emerita of Business of Oregon; C.P.A. University of Washington; C.P.A. Administration. B.A. 1951 National Taiwan University (Republic of China); M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1974 University of California. 338 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

James H. Hugon (1962) Ph.D. David L. Hansen (1999) M.B.A. Emeriti Faculty Charla Mathwick (1998) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Instructor in Business Administra- William F. Boore (1964) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. tion. B.S. 1989, M.B.A. 1997 Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. B.S. 1980, M.B.A. 1957 Northwestern University; Portland State University. Administration. B.S. 1942 Lehigh 1982 University of South Dakota; Ph.D. 1964 University of Joan Kim (1999) Ph.D. University; M.S. 1950 Colorado Ph.D. 1997 Georgia Institute of Washington. Assistant Professor of Business School of Mines; M.B.A. 1954 Technology. Carl H. Pollock (1966) Ed.D. Administration. B.S. 1989 Ewha University of Chicago; Ph.D. 1963 Candice Peterson (1997) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of Womans University, Seoul, Korea; University of Washington. Assistant Professor. B.A. 1973 Business Administration. B.A. M.S. 1991, Ph.D. 1996 Texas Tech Lewis N. Goslin (1968) Ph.D. Virginia Polytechnic; M.B.A. 1983, 1958, M.A. 1959, Ed.D. 1967 University. Professor Emeritus of Business Ph.D. 1996 Portland State Colorado State University. Jennifer C. Loney (1991) M.B.A. Administration. B.A. 1955 Pennsyl- University. William T. Schantz (1963) LL.M. Instructor in Business Administra- vania State University; M.S. 1961 Alan J. Resnik (1976) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business tion. B.S. 1981, M.B.A. 1986 Port- Carnegie-Mellon University; Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.S. 1956 land State University. 1964 University of Washington. tion. B.S. 1967 University of Penn- University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 R. Scott Marshall (2000) M.A. William A. Manning (1969) Ph.D. sylvania; M.B.A. 1969 Tulane Willamette University; LL.M. 1961 Assistant Professor of Business Professor Emeritus of Business University; Ph.D. 1974 Arizona New York University. Administration. B.A. 1989 Wil- Administration. B.S. 1964, B.S. State University. J. Howard Widdowson (1965) lamette University; M.A. 1993 1965 Oregon State University; Bruce L. Stern (1975) Ph.D. Ph.D., C.L.U., C.P.C.U. George Washington University. M.B.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1970 Univer- Professor of Business Administra- sity of Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Business Earl A. Molander (1975) Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1968, M.B.A. 1969 Port- Administration. B.S. 1942, M.B.A. Professor of Business Administra- Roger L. Moseley (1967) Ph.D. land State University; Ph.D. 1974 1955 Temple University; Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1964 University of Wis- Professor Emeritus of Business Arizona State University. 1963 University of Pennsylvania; consin, Madison; M.B.A. 1966 Administration. B.A. 1951 Univer- L. P. Douglas Tseng (1988) Ph.D. C.L.U. 1963 American College of Harvard University; Ph.D. 1972 sity of Washington; M.B.A. 1953 Associate Professor of Business Life Underwriters; C.P.C.U. 1967 University of California, Berkeley. Harvard University; Ph.D. 1966 Administration. B.B.A. 1977 American Institute of Property and University of Washington. National Taiwan University; M.B.A. Liability Underwriters. Alan R. Raedels (1980) Ph.D. Professor of Business Administra- Leonard F. Robertson (1964) 1983, Ph.D. 1988 University of Gerald D. Wygant (1970) J.D. tion. B.S., M.E. 1969 Colorado Ed.D. Texas, Arlington. Assistant Professor Emeritus of State University; M.B.A. 1973 Port- Professor Emeritus of Business Emeriti Faculty Business Administration. B.S. 1956 land State University; Ph.D. 1977 Education. B.A. 1955, M.A. 1956, Robert E. Dodge (1959) Ph.D. University of Oregon; J.D. 1960 Purdue University. Ed.D. 1965 Colorado State College. Professor Emeritus of Business Northwestern College of Law. David Raffo (1995) Ph.D. Richard J. Robinson (1962) Administration. B.A. 1934, M.A. Management Faculty Assistant Professor of Business D.B.A. 1951 University of Oregon; Ph.D. Hayward Andres (1995) Ph.D. Administration. B.S.E. 1985 Uni- Professor Emeritus of Business 1956 New York University. Assistant Professor of Business versity of Michigan; M.S. 1992, Administration. B.S. 1949, M.B.A. Edward L. Grubb (1966) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1987 South- M.M.E. 1993, Ph.D. 1995 Carnegie 1950 Indiana University; D.B.A. Professor Emeritus of Business ern University at New Orleans; Mellon University. 1966 University of Washington. Administration. A.A. 1954 M.S. 1989 University of West Flor- Neil Ramiller (1999) Ph.D. Grover W. Rodich (1966) Ph.D. Wenatchee Valley College; B.A. ida at New Orleans; Ph.D. 1995 Professor Emeritus of Business 1956 University of Washington; Florida State University. Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A. 1974, B.S. Administration. B.S. 1951 Oregon M.S. 1960 University of Oregon; Talya N. Bauer (1994) Ph.D. 1982 Sonoma State University; State University; B.S. 1953 Univer- Ph.D. 1965 University of Associate Professor of Business M.B.A. 1987 University of Califor- sity of Oregon; M.A. 1963 Sacra- Washington. Administration. B.S. 1989 Hum- nia, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1996 Univer- mento State College; M.B.A. 1966 Walter H. Kramer (1965) D.B.A. boldt State University; Ph.D. 1994 sity of California, Los Angeles. Oregon State University; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Business Purdue University. 1973 University of Oregon. Mary S. Taylor (1989) Ph.D. Administration. B.S. 1946 DePaul Steven N. Brenner (1971) D.B.A. Associate Professor of Business Marketing Faculty University; M.B.A. 1956 University Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.A. 1971, M.A.T. Don L. Dickinson (1998) M.B.A. of Oregon; D.B.A. 1959 Indiana tion. A.B. 1963, B.Eng. 1964 School for International Training; Instructor in Business Administra- University. Dartmouth College; M.B.A. 1966, M.A. Pennsylvania State University; tion. B.S. 1968, M.B.A. 1972 D. James Manning (1960) Ph.D. D.B.A. 1972 Harvard Business Ph.D. 1989 University of Portland State University. Professor Emeritus of Business School. Washington. Thomas R. Gillpatrick (1982) Administration. B.B.A. 1957 Uni- Leland Buddress (1990) Ph.D. Pamela Tierney (1992) Ph.D. Ph.D. versity of Oregon; M.S. 1958 New Assistant Professor of Business Associate Professor of Business Professor of Business Administra- York University; Ph.D. 1966 Uni- Administration. B.S. 1968 Univer- Administration. B.A. 1986, Ph.D. tion. B.S. 1975 California State versity of Washington. sity of California, Berkeley; Ph.D. 1992 University of Cincinnati. University, Bakersﬁeld; M.B.A. Donald D. Parker (1955) Ph.D. 1995 Michigan State University. Ellen L. West (1982) Ph.D. 1977 Utah State University; Ph.D. Dean Emeritus, School of Business Alan M. Cabelly (1980) Ph.D. Associate Dean of Undergraduate 1985 University of Oregon. Administration; Professor Emeritus Professor of Business Administra- Programs; Associate Professor of Robert R. Harmon (1979) Ph.D. of Business Administration. B.A. tion. B.A. 1972 State University of Business Administration. B.A. 1962 Professor of Business Administra- 1941 Linﬁeld College; M.B.A. 1942 New York, Stony Brook; M.B.A. University of Oregon; M.A. 1970 tion. B.S. 1972, M.B.A. 1973 Cali- Northwestern University; Ph.D. 1975 Pennsylvania State Univer- Reed College; Ph.D. 1981 Oregon fornia State University, Long Beach; 1958 University of Washington. sity; Ph.D. 1979 University of State University. Ph.D. 1979 Arizona State Jack L. Taylor Jr. (1962) M.B.A. Washington. Alan R. Zeiber (1996) Ph.D. University. Associate Professor Emeritus of Robert W. Eder (1991) D.B.A. Assistant Professor in Business Joanne M. Klebba (1985) Ph.D. Business Administration. B.S. 1961 Professor of Business Administra- Administration. B.S. 1968 Syra- Professor of Business Administra- Portland State University; M.B.A. tion. B.A. 1971 Colorado College; cuse University. M.B.A. 1977 tion. B.A. 1961 Marygrove Col- 1965 University of Portland. M.S. 1973 Case Western Reserve University of Montana. Ph.D. 1996 lege; M.S. 1973 University of June F. Underwood (1958) M.Ed. University; D.B.A. 1982 University Portland State University. Colorado; Ph.D. 1978 University of Associate Professor Emerita of of Colorado. Minnesota. Business Administration. B.S. David Gerbing (1987) Ph.D. 1949, M.Ed. 1961 Oregon State Professor of Business Administra- University. tion. B.A. 1974 Western Washing- ton State College; M.A. 1976, Ph.D. 1979 Michigan State University. D IRECTORIES 339

Alice M. Yetka (1976) Ed.D. Thomas Goodman Chenoweth Jean E. Horton (1995) Ph.D. Ronald B. Narode (1990) Ed.D. Professor Emerita of Business Edu- (1988) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. Associate Professor of Education. cation. B.S. 1951 University of Associate Professor of Education. B.A. 1968, M.A.T. 1970 University B.A. 1975, M.A.T. 1981, Ed.D. Minnesota; M.A. 1956, Ed.D. 1963 B.A. 1967 San Francisco State Uni- of Kansas; M.S. 1977 University of 1989 University of Massachusetts. Colorado State College. versity; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1984 Southern California; Ph.D. 1984 Gary R. Nave (1988) Ph.D. Stanford University. University of Kansas. Associate Professor of Education. GRADUATE SCHOOL Christine Cress (1999) Ph.D. J. William Hug (1998) Ph.D. B.A. 1970, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1987 OF EDUCATION Assistant Professor of Education. Assistant Professor of Education. University of Oregon. B.A. 1985, M.Ed. 1990 Western B.S. 1987 Western Illinois Univer- Karen J. Noordhoff (1994) Ph.D. Washington University; M.A. 1996, sity; M.S. 1995, Ph.D. 1998 Penn- Phyllis J. Edmundson (1998) Associate Professor of Education. Ph.D. 1999 University of Califor- sylvania State University. B.S. 1969 Northwestern University; Ed.D. nia, Los Angeles. Dean, Graduate School of Educa- Stephen L. Isaacson (1995) Ph.D. M.Ed. 1977 National College of tion; Professor of Education. B.A. Emily C. de la Cruz (1992) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Special Edu- Education; Ph.D. 1993 Michigan 1968 Boise College; M.A. 1973, Associate Professor of Education. cation and Counselor Education; State University. Ed.D. 1974 University of Northern B.A. 1972, M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Professor of Education. B.S. 1970 Sorca M. O’Connor (1990) Ph.D. Colorado. University of California. University of Washington; M.S. Associate Professor of Education. 1974 Oregon College of Education; Faculty Robert B. Everhart (1986) Ph.D. B.A. 1962 State University of New Professor of Education; Adjunct Ph.D. 1985 Arizona State York, Albany; M.A. 1979 San Fran- Joel R. Arick (1984) Ph.D. University. Professor of Education. B.S. 1975, Professor of Sociology. B.A. 1962 cisco State College; Ph.D. 1986 M.S. 1977 Portland State Univer- College of Wooster; M.A.T. 1968, Joseph S. Kaplan (1978) Ed.D. Stanford University. sity; Ph.D. 1981 University of Ph.D. 1972 University of Oregon. Chair, Department of Special Gayle Park (1994) M.Ed. Oregon. Ruth A. Falco (1986) Ph.D. Education and Counselor Instructor in Education. B.S. 1975, Associate Professor of Education. Education, Professor of M.Ed. 1976 University of Oregon. Nancy Benson (1981) Ed.D. Education. B.A. 1960, M.A. 1963 Associate Professor of Education. B.S. 1969, M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1983 Kenneth D. Peterson (1987) University of Oregon. Trenton State College; Ed.D. 1972 B.S. 1967 Northern State College; University of Oregon. Ph.D. M.S. 1973, Ed.D. 1988 Portland Ann Fullerton (1990) Ph.D. Professor of Education. A.B. 1966 State University. Associate Professor of Education. Mary Kinnick (1981) Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley; B.S. 1977 Reed College; M.A. 1980 Professor of Education. B.A. 1964 M.A. 1969 San Jose State Univer- Susan M. Bert (1997) M.S. University of California, Berkeley; Instructor in Education. B.S. 1977 Peabody College; Ph.D. 1990 sity; Ph.D. 1976 University of Cali- Vanderbilt University. M.A. 1966 Syracuse University; fornia, Berkeley. Indiana State University; M.S. 1981 Ph.D. 1975 University of Colorado, University of Oregon. William D. Greenﬁeld (1987) Boulder. Douglas F. Sherman (1990) Ph.D. Patricia Mulhearn Blasco (1999) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Education. Professor of Education. B.A. 1966 Rolla E. Lewis (1995) Ed.D. B.A. 1970 Williams College; M.A.T. Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. Associate Professor of Education. Miami University of Ohio; Ph.D. 1971 Reed College; Ph.D. 1983 1973 University of New Mexico. B.A. 1974 California State Univer- University of Oregon. B.A. 1975 Hofstra University; M.S. sity, Chico; M.A. 1984 St. Mary’s 1977 Long Island University; Ed.S. Paul Gregorio (1993) M.L. College; Ed.D. 1995 University of Donna R. Shrier (1993) M.A. 1985, Ph.D. 1988 University of Assistant Professor of Education. San Francisco. Instructor in Education. B.A. 1976, Virginia. B.A. 1966 University of Redlands; M.A. 1978 University of Northern M.A. 1969 San Francisco State Cheryl L. Livneh (1987) Ed.D. Colorado. Nancy G. Brawner-Jones (1993) Associate Dean of Extended Ph.D. University; M.L. 1979 University of Dannelle D. Stevens (1994) Ph.D. Washington. Studies; Associate Professor of Edu- Assistant Professor of Education. cation. B.S. 1972 Miami University Interim Chair, Department of Cur- B.A. 1972 Hendrix College; M.Ed. Cheryl Grindol (1990) M.S.Ed. of Ohio; M.S. 1974 University of riculum and Instruction; Associate 1975 University of Arkansas; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. Wisconsin, Madison; Ed.D. 1986 Professor of Education. B.A. 1965 1988 University of Oregon. B.A. 1972 Hastings College; Boston University. University of California, Berkeley; M.S.Ed. 1980 Northern Illinois M.S. 1985 University of Utah; Barbara Bryan (1992) M.S. Hanoch Livneh (1988) Ph.D. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1972 University. Ph.D. 1993 Michigan State Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 University. Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1979 Loyde Hales (1978) Ed.D. Hebrew University; M.A. 1973, University of the Paciﬁc. Chair, Department of Educational Ph.D. 1976 University of Wiscon- Joan Strouse (1985) Ph.D. David J. Bullock (1994) M.S. Policy, Foundations, and Adminis- sin, Madison. Interim Chair, Department of Cur- trative Studies; Professor of Educa- riculum and Instructions; Profes- Director, Metropolitan Instruc- Carol L. Mack (1986) Ph.D. tional Support Lab. B.A. 1973 tion. B.S. 1956, M.S. 1960, Ed.D. sor of Education. B.S. 1973 1964 University of Kansas. Associate Dean, Graduate School of University of Colorado; M.A. 1982, University of Oregon; M.S. 1985 Education; Associate Professor of Western Oregon State College. Susan Halverson (1999) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1985 University of Wiscon- Education. B.M. 1977 Arizona sin, Madison. Thomas D. Capuzzi (1978) Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education. State University; M.Ed. 1979 Professor of Education. B.A. 1964, B.S. 1980 Southwest State Univer- Southwest Texas State University; M. Carrol Tama (1984) Ph.D. M.A. 1965, Ph.D. 1968 Florida sity; M.A. 1983 Regent University; Ph.D. 1988 University of Illinois. Professor of Education. B.A. 1965 State University. Ph.D. 1999 College of William & Alvernia College; M.A. 1973 Cali- Mary. Sheldon S. Maron (1978) Ph.D. fornia State College; M.Ed. 1977, Carolyn Carr (1999) Ph.D. Professor of Education. B.S. 1964, Ph.D. 1982 Syracuse University. Assistant Professor of Education. Ulrich H. Hardt (1974) Ph.D. M.Ed. 1968 Boston College; Ph.D. B.A. 1966, M.Ed. 1978, Ph.D. Director of Special Projects; 1973 University of Michigan. Jacqueline B. Temple (1997) 1992 University of Texas, Austin. Professor of Education. M.A. 1961 Ph.D. Lewis & Clark College; D.A. 1973, Glenn C. Maynard (1997) M.Ed. Assistant Professor of Education. Micki M. Caskey (1998) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1974 University of Oregon. Instructor in Education. B.S. 1971 B.A. 1968 Spelman College; M.Ed. Assistant Professor of Education. Portland State University; M.Ed 1985 University of New Orleans; B.A. 1975 Chatham College; M.A. Samuel Henry (1992) Ph.D. 1977 Lewis & Clark College. Associate Professor of Education. Ph.D. 1997 University of Wiscon- 1980, Ph.D. 1997 University of Russell Miars (1993) Ph.D. sin-Madison. South Florida. B.S. 1969 D.C. Teachers College; M.S. 1974, Ed.D. 1978 Columbia Assistant Professor of Education. Sandra Wilde (1992) Ph.D. Christine Chaille (1991) Ph.D. University Teachers College. B.A. 1976 Kent State University; Professor of Education. B.A. 1968 Professor of Education. B.A. 1971 Ph.D. 1981 University of Iowa. Carelton College; M.Ed. 1977 Uni- University of California at Berkeley; Leslie J. Munson (1998) Ph.D. versity of Toronto; M.A.T. 1973 M.A. 1973 San Francisco State Uni- Assistant Professor of Education. University of New Hampshire; versity; Ph.D. 1977 University of B.A. 1970, M.S. 1973 University of Ph.D. 1986 University of Arizona. California at Los Angeles. North Carolina; Ph.D. 1996 Vanderbilt University. 340 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Dilafruz R. Williams (1990) Ph.D. Phyllis J. Hochstettler (1967) Forbes W. Williams (1966) Ed.D. Scott Minnix (1999) B.A. Director of Community/University M.A. Dean Emeritus of Undergraduate Executive Director, Oregon MESA. Partnerships; Professor of Educa- Professor Emerita of Education. Studies; Professor Emeritus of Edu- B.A. 1988 University of Puget tion. B.Sc. 1970, B.Ed. 1975, M.Ed. B.A. 1937 Hastings College; M.A. cation. A.B. 1948 Whitman Col- Sound. 1978 Bombay University; M.P.A. 1955 University of Denver. lege; M.A. 1950 University of Morgan D. Pope (1990) M.S. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Syracuse Errett E. Hummel (1955) D.Ed. Oregon; B.A. 1955 Lewis & Clark Associate Dean for Outreach, University. Professor Emeritus of Education. College; Ed.D. 1965 Stanford Uni- School of Engineering and Applied Sandra L. Wiscarson (1999) M.S. B.A. 1933 Pacific University; M.A. versity. Science; B.S. 1959 University of Director of Development. 1938, D.Ed. 1951 University of David E. Willis (1964) Ed.D. Missouri; M.S. 1962 New Mexico B.A. University of Oregon; M.S. Oregon. Professor Emeritus of Education. Highlands University. 1969 University of Wisconsin, Harold C. Jorgensen (1967) Ed.D. B.S. 1939 Wichita University; M.S. Milwaukee. 1946, Ed.D. 1948 Columbia DEPARTMENT OF Professor Emeritus of Education. CIVIL ENGINEERING Elizabeth T. Wosley-George B.S.Ed. 1954, M.Ed. 1956 Eastern University. (1991) Ph.D. Washington State College; M.S. Mary E. York (1972) Ph.D. Faculty Associate Professor of Education; 1960, Ed.D. 1966 Oregon State Professor Emerita of Education. William Fish (1998) Ph.D. Program Coordinator, Counselor University. B.A. 1955 Arizona State University; Associate Professor of Civil Engi- Education. B.A. 1977, M.Ed. 1979 Eric A. Kimmel (1978) Ph.D. M.A. 1961 Northern Arizona Uni- neering and Environmental University of Washington; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. versity; Ph.D. 1972 University of Sciences and Resources. B.S.E. 1990 Ohio State University. A.B. 1967 Lafayette College; M.A. Illinois. 1979 University of Florida, Ph.D. 1968 New York University; Ph.D. 1984 Massachusetts Institute of Emeriti Faculty Helen Gordon Child Technology. Alma I. Bingham (1955) Ed.D. 1973 University of Illinois. Development Center Manouchehr M. Gorji Professor Emerita of Education. David A. Krug (1972) Ph.D. (1981) Ellen J. Nolan (1991) B.A. A.B. 1948 University of California, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., P.E. Director, Helen Gordon Child Los Angeles; M.A. 1952, Ed.D. B.S. 1968, M.S. 1969 Portland Associate Professor of Civil Engi- Development Center. B.A. 1982 1957 Columbia University. State University; Ph.D. 1972 Uni- neering. B.S. 1965, B.S.C.E. 1967 University of California, Berkeley. California State Polytechnic Uni- Chester Bowers (1992) Ph.D. versity of Washington. Lolita Lawson (1989) M.S. versity; M.S. 1971, Ph.D. 1975 Professor Emeritus of Education. Keith H. Larson (1964) D.Ed. Coordinator, Student Parent Ser- University of California, Los B.S. 1958 Portland State Univer- Professor Emeritus of Education. vices. B.S. 1978 Emerson College; Angeles. sity; Ph.D. 1962 University of B.S. 1949, M.S. 1952, D.Ed. 1964 M.S. 1979 Lesley College. Dundar F. Kocaoglu California. University of Oregon. (1987) Ph.D., William A. Parnell (1997) M.A. P.E. Steve A. Brannan (1966) Ed.D. Madge Leslie (1965) C.A.S. Program Coordinator. B.A. 1989 Director, Engineering Management Professor Emeritus of Education. Professor Emerita of Education. University of Oregon; M.A. 1993 Program; Professor of Civil Engi- B.S. 1957 Portland State Univer- B.A. 1940 Willamette University; Portland State University. neering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert Col- sity; M.S. 1961 Oregon College of M.A. 1959 San Francisco State lege (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 Education; Ed.D. 1965 University College; C.A.S. 1963 Syracuse Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, of Northern Colorado. University. SCHOOL OF Ph.D. 1976 University of Carol Burden (1977) Ed.D. Donald J. Leu (1980) Ed.D. ENGINEERING AND Pittsburgh. Associate Professor Emerita of Dean Emeritus, School of Educa- APPLIED SCIENCE Roy W. Koch (1982) Ph.D., P.E. Education. B.S. 1958 Lewis & tion; Professor Emeritus of Educa- Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. Clark College; M.Ed. 1967, Ed.D. tion. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ed.D. Robert D. Dryden (1995) Ph.D. 1972, M.S. 1973 Ohio State Uni- 1970 University of Illinois. 1953 Columbia University. Dean, School of Engineering and versity; Ph.D. 1982 Colorado State David C. Cox (1984) Ph.D. John D. Lind (1971) Ed.D. Applied Science; University Profes- University. Associate Professor Emeritus of Professor Emeritus of Education. sor of Engineering. B.S.I.E. 1967, B. Kent Lall (1977) Ph.D., P.E. Education. B.S. 1959, M.S. 1965 B.A. 1956, M.A. 1960, Ed.D. 1970 M.S.I.E. 1968 Oklahoma State Uni- Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. Oregon State University; Ph.D. University of Montana. versity; Ph.D. 1973 Texas Tech 1961 Panjab University (India); 1982 Ohio State University. David H. Martinez (1975) D.Ed. University. M.E. 1964 University of Roorkee Zola T. Dunbar (1968) D.Ed. Associate Professor Emeritus of Associated Faculty (India); Ph.D. 1969 University of Professor Emerita of Education. Education. B.S. 1960, M.Ed. 1966 Sally J. Cross (1997) B.A. Birmingham (England). B.S. 1957 Eastern Oregon State Oregon State University; D.Ed. Development Director, School of Shu-Guang Li (1992) Ph.D., P.E. College; M.Ed. 1965, D.Ed. 1979 1973 University of Oregon. Engineering and Applied Science. Associate Professor of Civil Engi- University of Oregon. Ronald G. Petrie (1975) Ed.D. B.A. 1981 Barnard College, neering. B.S. 1982, M.S. 1985 Colin George Dunkeld (1970) Professor Emeritus of Education. Columbia University. Chengdu University of Science and Ph.D. B.S. 1956 Oregon College of Edu- Marcia Fischer (1999) M.M. Technology (China); M.S. 1988 Professor Emeritus of Education. cation; M.Ed. 1961, Ed.D. 1970 Director, Enrollment Services, University of Iowa; Ph.D. 1993 Advanced Teaching Certificate Oregon State University. School of Engineering and Applied Massachusetts Institute of 1953 National Froebel Foundation Technology. Richard Sonnen (1978) Ed.D. Science. B.M. 1976 Capital Univer- (England); B.A. 1961, M.A. 1963 Professor Emeritus of Education. sity; M.M 1979 Bowling Green Wendelin H. Mueller (1973) University of Denver; Ph.D. 1970 B.S. 1958 Oregon College of Edu- State University. Ph.D., P.E. University of Illinois. cation; M.Ed. 1965, Ed.D. 1971 Ronald W. Geason (1997) Ph.D. Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. Jean P. Edwards (1968) M.S. University of Oregon. Chief Financial Officer, School of 1962 St. Louis University; M.S. Professor Emerita of Education. 1966, Ph.D. 1972 University of Maxine L. Thomas (1966) Ed.D. Engineering and Applied Science. B.S. 1965, M.S. 1967 University of Missouri, Rolla. Associate Professor Emerita of Edu- B.S. 1970 Valparaiso University; Oregon. cation. B.S. 1957 University of M.P.P. 1972 University of Michigan; Franz N. Rad (1971) Ph.D., P.E. Brad Eliot (1979) Ph.D. Iowa; M.S. 1971 Portland State Ph.D. 1988 Ohio State University. Chair, Department of Civil Engi- Professor Emeritus of Education. University; Ed.D. 1980 University John A. Harris (1986) B.S. neering; Professor of Civil Engi- B.A. 1956 Antioch College; M.A. of Oregon. Research Assistant in Engineering neering. B.S. 1968, M.S. 1969, 1957 University of Chicago; Ph.D. Ph.D. 1973 University of Texas, George C. Timmons Jr. (1967) and Applied Science. B.S. 1981 1961 University of Wisconsin. Austin. D.Ed. Oregon State University. Michael A. Fiasca (1961) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Education. Janaka Jayawardena (1984) Professor Emeritus of Education. B.S. 1948, M.Ed. 1952 Oregon Research Assistant in Engineering B.S. 1947 University of Wisconsin; State University; D.Ed. 1964 and Applied Science. M.S. 1955, Ph.D. 1966 Oregon University of Oregon. State University. D IRECTORIES 341

Trevor D. Smith (1983) Ph.D., P.E. Laszlo Csanky (1983) Ph.D. Ralph L. London (1989) Ph.D. Douglas V. Hall (1990) Ph.D. Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. Professor of Computer Science. Adjunct Professor of Computer Sci- Interim Chair, Electrical and Com- 1974 University of Aston Dipl. Ing. 1967 Budapest Institute ence. B.A. 1958 Washington and puter Engineering; Associate Pro- (England); D.I.C., M.S. 1976 Impe- of Technology (Hungary); Ph.D. Jefferson College; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. fessor of Electrical and Computer rial College, University of London 1974 University of California, 1964 Carnegie Mellon University. Engineering. B.S. 1964 State Uni- (England); Ph.D. 1983 Texas A&M Berkeley. Herbert G. Mayer (1988) Ph.D. versity of New York, Albany; M.S. University. Karla Steinbrugge Fant (1990) Adjunct Assistant Professor of 1992, Ph.D. 1995 Portland State Scott A. Wells (1987) Ph.D., P.E. B.S. Computer Science. M.S. 1973 University. Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. Instructor in Computer Science. Technical University Berlin; M.S. Yih-Chyun Jenq (1990) Ph.D. 1979, M.S. 1982 Massachusetts B.S. 1980 Calfornia Polytechnic 1982 University of California, San Professor of Electrical and Com- Institute of Technology; Ph.D. 1990 State University. Diego; Ph.D. 1995 Technical puter Engineering. B.S.E. 1971 Cornell University. Richard G. Hamlet (1988) Ph.D. University Berlin. National Taiwan University (Tai- Associated Faculty Professor of Computer Science. B.S. Kenrick Mock (1997) Ph.D. wan); M.S.E.E. 1974, M.A. 1975, Ph.D. 1976 Princeton University. Carol Hasenberg (1995) M.S., P.E. 1959 University of Wisconsin; M.S. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Instructor in Civil Engineering. 1964 Cornell University; Ph.D. Computer Science. B.S. 1990, M.S. George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. B.L.A. 1980 Michigan State Univer- 1971 University of Washington. 1994, Ph.D. 1996 University of Professor of Systems Science. B.S. sity; B.S. 1989, M.S. 1994 Portland Warren Harrison (1988) Ph.D. California, Davis. 1957, M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 Uni- State University. Professor of Computer Science. B.S. Harry Porter (1992) Ph.D. versity of California, Berkeley. E. Scott Huff (1983) M.S., P.E. 1978 University of Nevada, Reno; Adjunct Professor of Computer Sci- Fu Li (1990) Ph.D., P.E. Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- M.S. 1981 University of Missouri, ence. Sc.B. 1978 Brown Univer- Professor of Electrical and Com- neering. B.S. 1972 University of Rolla; Ph.D. 1985 Oregon State sity; Ph.D. 1989 Oregon Graduate puter Engineering. B.S. 1982, M.S. Maine; M.S. 1975 Oregon State University. Institute. 1985, Sichuan University; Ph.D. University. James L. Hein (1976) Ph.D. Robert P. Rosenoff (1997) M.B.A. 1990, University of Rhode Island. Azad Mohammadi (1998) Ph.D., Professor of Computer Science. Adjunct Instructor in Computer Branimir Pejcinovic (1992) Ph.D. P.E. B.A. 1964 Northern Michigan Uni- Science. M.B.A. 1978 University of Associate Professor of Electrical and Adjunct Assistant Professor in Civil versity; M.S. 1966 University of Portland. Computer Engineering. Dipl. Ing. Engineering. B.S. 1982 University Michigan; Ph.D. 1973 Northwest- Rik Smoody (1992) M.S. 1983 University of Zagreb of the East (Philippines); M.S. 1986 ern University. Adjunct Instructor in Computer (Croatia); M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1990 Oregon State University; Ph.D. Karen Karavanic (2000) Ph.D Science. B.A. 1976, M.S. 1978 Uni- University of Massachusetts. 1991 Colorado State University. Assistant Professor of Computer versity of California, Santa Barbara. Marek A. Perkowski (1983) Ph.D. Reynold D. Richwine (1994) Science. B.A. 1991 New York Uni- Emeriti Faculty Professor of Electrical and Com- versity; M.S. 1993, Ph.D. 2000 puter Engineering. B.Sc. 1967, M.S., P.E. Maria Edith Balogh (1964) Ph.D. University of Wisconsin, Madison. M.Sc. 1970, Ph.D. 1980 University Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- Professor Emerita of Computer Sci- of Warsaw (Poland). neering. B.S. 1981, M.S. 1992 Port- Jingke Li (1990) Ph.D. ence. M.S. 1954 University of land State University. Associate Professor of Computer Budapest (Hungary); Ph.D. 1965 Xiaoyu Song (1998) Ph.D. J.H. Sigmund (1995) P.E., P.L.S. Science. B.S. 1982 University of Oregon State University. Associate Professor of Electrical and Adjunct Instructor in Civil Engi- Science and Technology of China; Computer Engineering. B.S. 1994 neering. B.S. 1982 Portland State M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1990 Yale DEPARTMENT OF Changsha Institute of Technology University. University. ELECTRICAL AND (China); M.S. 1986, Ph.D. 1991 COMPUTER ENGINEERING University of Pisa (Italy). Emeriti Faculty Bart Massey (1998) Ph.D. H. Chik M. Erzurumlu (1962) Assistant Professor of Computer Faculty Richard P. E. Tymerski (1988) Ph.D., P.E. Science. B.A. 1987 Reed College; Lee W. Casperson (1983) Ph.D. Ph.D. Dean Emeritus, School of Engineer- M.S. 1992, Ph.D. 1999 University Professor of Electrical and Com- Associate Professor of Electrical and ing and Applied Science; Professor of Oregon. puter Engineering. B.S. 1966 Mas- Computer Engineering. B.Sc. 1977, Emeritus of Civil Engineering. Pro- John McHugh (1993) Ph.D. sachusetts Institute of Technology; B.E. 1980, M.Eng.Sc. 1983 Univer- fessional Degree 1957 Technical Professor of Computer Science. B.S. M.S. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 California sity of New South Wales (Austra- University of Istanbul (Turkey); 1963 Duke University; M.S. 1974 Institute of Technology. lia); M.S. 1984 California Institute M.S. 1962, Ph.D. 1970 University University of Maryland; Ph.D. 1983 Malgorzata Chrzanowska-Jeske of Technology; Ph.D. 1988 Vir- of Texas, Austin. University of Texas. (1989) Ph.D. ginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Sarah Mocas (1993) Ph.D. Professor of Electrical and Com- DEPARTMENT OF puter Engineering. M.S. 1972 Paul Van Halen (1985) Ph.D. COMPUTER SCIENCE Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S. 1985 Tufts University; Technical University of Warsaw Associate Professor of Electrical and Faculty M.S. 1989, Ph.D. 1993 Northeast- (Poland); M.S. 1976 Tuskegee Computer Engineering. M.S. 1975, ern University. Institute; Ph.D. 1988 Auburn Uni- Ph.D. 1978 Catholic University of Joseph Albert (1996) Ph.D. versity. Leuven (Belgium). Assistant Professor of Computer Leonard Shapiro (1987) Ph.D. Science. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1981 Rice Professor of Computer Science. W. Robert Daasch (1986) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty University; M.S. 1985 Oregon State B.A. 1965 Reed College; Ph.D. Associate Professor of Electrical B.C. Baumgartner (1956) B.A. University; Ph.D. 1996 University 1969 Yale University. and Computer Engineering. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Engineering 1977 Oregon State University; and Applied Science. B.A. 1935 of Wisconsin. Andrew Tolmach (1992) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1982 University of Washing- Reed College. Sergio Antoy (1990) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Computer ton. Professor of Computer Science. B.S. Science. A.B. 1981 Harvard Univer- Jack C. Riley (1962) M.S., P.E. 1972 University of Genova, Italy; sity; M.A. 1989, Ph.D. 1992 Princ- Michael A. Driscoll (1988) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1987 University eton University. Executive Dean, School of Engi- Electrical and Computer Engineer- of Maryland. neering and Applied Science; Asso- ing. B.S. 1943, M.S. 1950 Oregon Associated Faculty ciate Professor of Electrical and State University; Post Graduate James Binkley (1998) M.S. Annie Groeninger (1999) M.S. Computer Engineering. B.S. 1983, 1951 Harvard University. Network Scientist. B.A. 1973, M.S. Adjunct Instructor in Computer M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1988 Michigan 1981 Washington State University. Science. B.S. 1992 Wake Forest Rolf Schaumann (1988) Ph.D. State University. Professor Emeritus of Electrical and Cynthia Brown (1998) Ph.D. University; M.S. 1993 Oregon Graduate Institute. Andrew M. Fraser (1992) Ph.D. Computer Engineering. Dipl. Ing. Chair, Department of Computer Associate Professor of Systems Sci- 1967 University of Stuttgart (Ger- Science; Professor of Computer Sci- ence and Electrical and Computer many); Ph.D. 1970 University of ence. B.S. 1965 Michigan State Engineering. A.B. 1977 Princeton Minnesota. University; M.A. 1966, Ph.D. 1977 University; Ph.D. 1988 University University of Michigan. of Texas, Austin. 342 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Associated Faculty E.L. “Al” Herman (2000) Ph.D. Graig A. Spolek (1980) Ph.D., P.E. Gordon Ellison (1994) M.A. David (Sungsyck) Jun (1998) Adjunct Professor of Engineering Chair, Department of Mechanical Adjunct Assistant Professor of Ph.D. and Technology Management. B.A. Engineering; Professor of Mechani- Mechanical Engineering. M.A. Research Professor in Electrical and 1970 Kent State University; M.B.A. cal Engineering. B.S. 1971, M.S. 1966 University of Southern Computer Engineering. B.S. 1978 1990 University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1973 University of Washington; California. Hanyang University (Korea); M.S. 1998 Portland State University. Ph.D. 1980 Washington State Richard Nordstrom (2000) Ph.D. 1982 Yonsei University (Korea); Tom Long (1992) Ph.D. University. Research Associate. B.S. 1984, M.S. Ph.D. 1985 Korea University Adjunct Professor of Engineering George A. Tsongas (1971) Ph.D., 1986 Massachusetts Institute of (Korea). and Technology Management. P.E. Technology; Ph.D. 1997 Swiss Alan (Oleksandr) Mishchenko B.S.E.E. 1966, M.B.A. 1968 Uni- Professor of Mechanical Engineer- Federal Institute of Technology (1998) Ph.D. versity of Dayton; A.M.P. 1985 Har- ing. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1961, Engi- (Switzerland). Visiting Scientist in Electrical and vard University; Ph.D. 1998 neering 1962, Ph.D. 1969 Stanford David Reiser (1991) B.S. Computer Engineering. M.S. Portland State University. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Moscow Institute of Physics and University. David A. Turcic (1992) Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1984 Technology (Russia); Ph.D. Glush- Kathleen K. Murphy (2000) J.D. Associate Professor of Mechanical Portland State University. kov Institute of Cybernetics Adjunct Associate Professor of Engineering. B.S. 1977, M.S. 1979, Robert Turpin (Ukraine). (1999) M.S. Engineering and Technology Man- Ph.D. 1982 Pennsylvania State Uni- Visiting Senior Research Engineer Hamid R. Rabiee (1996) Ph.D. agement. B.S. 1975 University of versity. of Mechanical Engineering. B.S. Adjunct Instructor in Electrical and Montana; M.S. 1979 University of Chien Wern (1995) Ph.D. 1974 North Arizona University; Computer Engineering. B.S. 1987, Oregon; J.D. 1987 Northwestern Assistant Professor of Mechanical M.S. 1984 Oregon Graduate M.S. 1989 California State Univer- School of Law. Engineering. B.S. 1990, M.S. 1991, Institute. sity at Long Beach; Ph.D. 1996 Yong-In Shin (1999) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1995 University of Andrew Wells Purdue University. (1997) Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor of Washington. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Tawﬁk Rahal-Arabi (1994) Ph.D. Engineering and Technology Man- Hormoz Zareh (1987) Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1989 Adjunct Instructor in Electrical and agement. Ph.D. Erasmus University. Associate Professor of Mechanical Dartmouth College; M.S. 1990, Computer Engineering. B.E. 1985 DEPARTMENT OF Engineering. B.S. 1980, M.S. 1982, Ph.D. 1994 California Institute of American University of Beirut, M.S. Ph.D. 1986 University of Texas, Technology. 1987, Ph.D. 1991 Syracuse Univer- MECHANICAL Arlington. William Wood sity. ENGINEERING (1998) Ph.D. Emeriti Faculty Visiting Professor of Mechanical Hamid R. Sharifnia (1992) M.S. Faculty Engineering. B.S. 1969 University Adjunct Instructor in Electrical and Pah I. Chen (1966) Ph.D., P.E. Carleton G. Fanger (1955) M.S., of Notre Dame; M.S. 1970, Ph.D. Computer Engineering. B.S. 1980 Professor of Mechanical Engineer- P.E. 1973 University of California, Sharif University of Technology ing. B.S. 1960 Cheng Kung Univer- Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Berkeley. (Iran); M.S. 1988 Portland State Engineering. B.S. 1947, M.S. 1948 sity (Republic of China); M.S. Margaret Ziomek-Moroz University. Oregon State University. (1999) 1963, Ph.D. 1966 Virginia Poly- Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF technic Institute. Nan-Teh Hsu (1958) Ph.D. Visiting Associate Professor of ENGINEERING AND Faryar Etesami (1984) Ph.D., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Mechanical Engineering. M.S. 1977 TECHNOLOGY Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1949 University Warsaw University, Warsaw, MANAGEMENT Engineering. B.S.M.E. 1978 Arya- of Wisconsin; Ph.D. 1956 Califor- Poland; Ph.D. Polish Academy of nia Institute of Technology. Sciences, Warsaw, Poland. Faculty Mehr University of Technology (Iran); M.S.M.E. 1980, Ph.D. 1983 David A. Jannsen (1956) B.S. SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Timothy R. Anderson (1995) University of Wisconsin. Associate Professor Emeritus of Ph.D. PROGRAM Lemmy Meekisho (1999) Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1950 Assistant Professor of Engineering Oregon State University. and Technology Management. Associate Professor of Mechanical Faculty B.S.E.E. 1990 University of Minne- Engineering. B.S. 1978 University Frank P. Terraglio (1966) Ph.D. Herman J. Migliore (1977) sota; M.S.I.E. 1992, Ph.D. 1995 of Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania; Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mechanical D.Engr., P.E. Georgia Institute of Technology. 1988 Carleton University, Ottawa, Engineering. B.S. 1949 University Associate Dean and Director of Sys- Canada. of Portland; M.S. 1962, Ph.D. 1964 tems Engineering; Professor of Dundar F. Kocaoglu (1987) Ph.D., Rutgers University. P.E. Herman J. Migliore (1977) Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E. Chair, Department of Engineering D.Engr., P.E. Associated Faculty 1968, M.E. 1969, D.Engr. 1975 and Technology Management; Associate Dean and Director of Sys- David Atteridge (1999) Ph.D. University of Detroit. tems Engineering; Professor of Professor of Engineering and Tech- Visiting Professor of Mechanical Associated Faculty nology Management and Civil Mechanical Engineering. B.M.E. Engineering. M.S. 1969 University Engineering. B.S.C.E. 1960 Robert 1968, M.E. 1969, D.Engr. 1975 of Denver; Ph.D. 1975 University Benjamin Blanchard (2000) College (Turkey); M.S.C.E. 1962 University of Detroit. of California, Berkeley. M.B.A. Lehigh University; M.S.I.E. 1972, Gerald W. Recktenwald (1989) Steffan Brocks (1998) B.S. Distinguished Professor of Systems Ph.D. 1976 University of Pitts- Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Engineering. B.S. 1951 University burgh. Associate Professor of Mechanical Mechanical Engineering. B.S. 1991 of Maine; B.A. 1969 University of Rochester. Dragan Milosevic (1993) Ph.D. Engineering. B.S. 1980 Cornell Virginia Polytechnic and State Associate Professor of Engineering University; M.S. 1985, Ph.D. 1989 University. Josh Blyler (1998) M.S. and Technology Management. B.S. University of Minnesota. Jack Devletian (1999) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sys- ChemE. 1974, M.B.A. 1981, Ph.D. C. William Savery (1980) Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Mechanical tems Engineering. B.S. 1982 1981 Belgrade University P.E. Engineering. B.S. 1963 University Oregon State University; M.S. 1991 (Yugoslavia). Professor of Mechanical Engineer- of Massachusetts; M.S. 1966, Ph.D. California State University, Northridge. Associated Faculty ing. B.S. 1957 University of Illinois; 1972 University of Wisconsin. M.S. 1960 University of Washing- Tugrul U. Daim (1997) Ph.D. Bruce Dobbs (1993) M.B.A. ton; Ph.D. 1969 University of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology Man- Wisconsin. Mechanical Engineering. B.S.M.E. agement. B.S.M.E. 1989 Bospho- 1979 Washington State University; rus University (Turkey), M.S. M.E. M.B.A. 1986 Pepperdine 1991 Lehigh University; M.S.E.M. University. 1994, Ph.D. 1997 Portland State University. D IRECTORIES 343

Junghee Lee (1995) Ph.D. L. Robert Kasal (1964) M.A. Harold K. Gray Jr. (1977) M.M. SCHOOL OF Associate Professor of Art, B.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. Chair, Department of Music; Pro- FINE AND 1970 Seoul National University; 1957 University of Illinois; M.A. fessor of Music (piano). B.M. 1969, PERFORMING ARTS M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1984 University 1969 University of California, Ber- M.M. 1970 Florida State University. of California, Los Angeles. keley. David A. Jimerson (1983) M.M. Robert Sylvester (1997) M.S. William LePore (1997) M.S. Melvin Katz (1966) Cert-Fine Arts Associate Professor of Music (voice, Dean, School of Fine and Perform- Assistant Professor of Art. B.S. Professor Emeritus of Art. Cert- music education). B.A. 1964 Port- ing Arts; Professor of Music. B.M. 1980 Southern Oregon University; Fine Arts 1953 Cooper Union. land State University; M.M. 1972 1967, M.S. 1968 Julliard School of M.S. 1989 University of Oregon. Claire C. Kelly-Zimmers (1971) University of Arizona. Music. Anne McClanan (1999) Ph.D. Ph.D. Bryan Johanson (1978) B.S. DEPARTMENT OF Assistant Professor of Art. A.B. Associate Professor Emerita of Art. Professor of Music (guitar). B.S. ARCHITECTURE 1989 Columbia University; M.A. A.B. 1960 Pembroke College in 1975 Portland State University. 1990 John Hopkins University; Brown University; M.A. 1967, Lawrence W. Johnson (1989) Faculty Ph.D. 1997 Harvard University. Ph.D. 1986 University of Iowa. L. Rudolph Barton (1988) M.M. M.Arch. Elizabeth Mead (1994) M.F.A. Leonard B. Kimbrell (1962) Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music Chair, Department of Architecture; Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. (horns, theory). B.Mus. 1975 Uni- Associate Professor of Architecture 1985 Philadelphia College of Art; 1942 Northwestern Louisiana State versity of Puget Sound; M.M. 1978 and International Studies. B.Arch. M.F.A. 1991 Southern Methodist College; M.S. 1950, M.F.A. 1954 The Cleveland Institute of Music. 1971 Tulane University; M.Arch. University. University of Oregon; Ph.D. 1965 Mary H. Kogen (1979) M.M. 1981 Harvard University. Daniel Pirofsky (1998) B.A. University of Iowa. Professor of Music (piano, peda- Clive Knights (1995) M.Phil. Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. Robert Morton (1963) M.F.A. gogy). B.Mus. 1966, M.M. 1968 Associate Professor of Architecture. 1989 Naropa Institute. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Northwestern University. B.A. 1981, Diploma in Architec- Rita J. Robillard (1999) M.F.A. 1953, M.F.A. 1957 University of Stephen H. Martin (1991) Ph.D. ture. 1984 Portsmouth Polytech- Chair, Department of Art; Professor Washington. Professor of Music (ethnomusicol- nic; M.Phil. 1988 University of of Art. Fine Arts Certificate 1966 Emily L. Young (1987) M.Ed. ogy, history). B.A. 1971 University Cambridge. Cooper Union; B.A. 1979, M.F.A. Professor Emerita of Art. B.D. of Hartford; M.A. 1974, Ph.D. Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. 1981 University of California, 1960, M.Ed. 1964 University of 1980 University of Washington. Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo Berkeley. Florida. Ann Obenour (1995) D.M.A. Sumida Technical School of Archi- Sue Taylor (1997) Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Instructor of Music (bassoon). B.A., tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San Assistant Professor of Art. B.A. B.M. 1972 University of Washing- Francisco Art Institute. 1978 Roosevelt University; M.A. Faculty ton; M.M. 1980, D.M.A. 1982 State Ronald D. Babcock (1988) D.M.A. Barbara A. Sestak (1982) M.Arch. 1981, Ph.D. 1996 University of University of New York at Stony Chicago. Associate Professor of Music (trom- Brook. Professor of Architecture. B.A. bone, theory). B.A. 1979 Louisiana Marilyn W. Shotola 1973 University of Pennsylvania; Emeriti Faculty Tech University; M.M. 1981 Uni- (1981) M.Arch. 1977 University of Lisa F. Andrus-Rivera (1976) versity of Oklahoma; D.M.A. 1993 D.M.A. Washington. Ph.D. University of North Texas. Professor of Music (flute); Graduate Professor Emerita of Art. B.A. 1967 Coordinator. B.S. 1973 Portland DEPARTMENT OF ART Barnard College; M.A. 1969, Joel Bluestone (1989) D.M.A. State University; M.M. 1985 North Faculty M.Phil. 1976, Ph.D. 1976 Colum- Professor of Music (percussion). Texas State University; D.M.A. Susan Agre-Kippenhan (1995) bia University. B.A. 1981 University of California, 1989 University of North Texas. San Diego; M.M. 1983, D.M.A. M.F.A. Craig G. Cheshire (1964) M.F.A. Carol A. Sindell (1977) B.M. Associate Professor of Art. B.S. 1987 State University of New York, Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Stony Brook. Professor of Music (violin, viola). 1979 Skidmore College; M.F.A. 1958, M.F.A. 1961 University of B.M. 1969 Oberlin College. Bruce S. Browne (1978) D.M.A. 1994 School of the Art Institute of Oregon. Thomas S. Stanford (1981) Chicago. Professor of Music; Director of Mary A. Constans (1968) M.S. Choirs. B.M.E. 1963 University of D.M.A. Joe Biel (1999) M.F.A. Professor Emerita of Art. B.S. 1956, Professor of Music (clarinet, his- Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A. the Pacific; M.M.E. 1967 Wichita M.S. 1965 University of Oregon. State University; D.M.A. 1976 tory). B.M. 1965, M.M. 1967, 1988 Drake University; M.F.A. D.M.A. 1983 University of Oregon. 1990 University of Michigan. Jean K. Glazer (1959) M.A. University of Washington. Professor Emerita of Art. B.A. 1940 Karen L. Strand (1989) M.M. Eleanor H. Erskine (1995) M.F.A. Hamilton Cheifetz (1977) University of Oregon; M.A. 1948 Professor of Music (cello, bass). Associate Professor of Music Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. Institute of Design, Illinois Institute (oboe). B.Mus. 1980 University of 1981 Kansas City Art Institute, of Technology. Keith Clark (1998) D.M.A. Oregon; M.M. 1982 Eastman M.F.A. 1988 Cranbrook Academy Associate Professor of Music; School of Music. of Art. Raymond M. Grimm (1956) M.S. Orchestra Director. B.A. 1966, Professor Emeritus of Art. B.F.A. Tomas Svoboda (1970) M.M. Walton B. Fosque (1984) M.A. M.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1971 University 1953 Washington University; M.S. of California, Los Angeles Professor of Music (composition). Professor of Art. B.A. 1971, M.A. 1956 Southern Illinois University. Prof. Diploma 1956, B.A. 1959, 1973 California State University, Ruth A. Dobson (1977) M.M. B.A. 1962 Conservatory of Music in James L. Hansen (1964) Cert-Fine Long Beach. Professor of Music (voice, opera). Prague (Czechoslovakia); M.M. Arts B.M.E. 1968 University of Mon- 1969 University of Southern Susan J. Harlan (1992) M.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A. tana; M.M. 1970 University of Cin- California. Cert-Fine Arts 1951 Portland cinnati. 1972, M.F.A 1975 University of Museum Art School. William J. Tuttle (1977) D.M.A. Miami. Darrell Grant (1997) M.M. Professor of Music; Director of Frederick H. Heidel (1955) M.F.A. Assistant Professor of Music (jazz). Bands. B.M. 1964 Simpson Col- Michihiro Kosuge (1978) M.F.A. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. B.M. 1984 Eastman School of lege; M.M. 1966 Northwestern Professor of Art. B.A. 1961 Tokyo 1938 University of Oregon; B.F.A. Music; M.M. 1986 University of University; D.M.A. 1977 University Sumida Technical School of Archi- 1942, M.F.A. 1956 Art Institute of Miami. of Texas, Austin. tecture (Japan); M.F.A. 1970 San Chicago. Francisco Art Institute. Charles Gray (1988) M.M. Ileana Velazquez (1998) M.A. James S. Hibbard (1967) M.A. Professor of Music; Director of Jazz Assistant Professor of Music Jane Kristof (1973) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.S. Studies. B.M. 1974 San Francisco (theory, composition). B.M. 1989 Professor of Art. B.A. 1950, M.A. 1965 Portland State University; State University; M.M. 1988 North Higher Institute of Arts, Havana 1956 University of Chicago; Ph.D. M.A. 1966 University of Iowa. 1972 Columbia University. Texas State University. (Cuba); M.A. 1995 Dartmouth College. 344 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Gerald Webster (1994) M.M. Scott W. Parker (1988) M.A. Victoria Cotrell (1998) Ph.D. Kristine E. Nelson (1993) D.S.W. Professor of Music (trumpet). Associate Professor of Theater Arts. Assistant Professor of Social Work. Director, M.S.W. Program; Profes- B.M.E. 1965, M.M. 1966 Indiana B.A. 1976, M.A. 1977 Portland B.S. 1972, M.S.S.W. 1976, Ph.D. sor of Social Work. B.A. 1965 Stan- University. State University. 1990 University of Texas. ford University; M.S.W. 1970 Emeriti Faculty William M. Tate (1968) M.A. Barbara J. Friesen (1983) Ph.D. Sacremento State University; D.S.W. 1980 University of Califor- Wilma F. Sheridan (1959) Ph.D. Chair, Department of Theater Arts; Director, Ph.D in Social Work and nia, Berkeley. Dean Emerita, School of Fine and Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. Social Research; Professor of Social Performing Arts; Professor Emerita 1966 Portland State University; Work. B.A. 1962 Willamette Uni- Robert I. Paulson (1993) D.S.W. of Music. B.M. 1945 Willamette M.A. 1967 University of Birming- versity; M.S.W. 1966 University of Director, Center for the Study of University; M.Mus.Ed. 1955 Lewis ham (England). Michigan; Ph.D. 1983 University of Mental Health Policy and Services; & Clark College; Ph.D. 1979 Uni- Richard J. Wattenberg (1990) Washington. Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1968 versity of Oregon. Ph.D. Associate Professor of The- Thomas L. Graham (1995) Ph.D. Brandeis University; M.S.W. 1972, D.S.W. 1977 University of Califor- Gordon A. Solie (1960) M.M. ater Arts. B.A. 1971, Ph.D. 1979 Assistant Professor of Social Work. nia, Berkeley; M.S. 1983 University Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison. B.A. 1975 Evergreen State College; of Cincinnati. 1959 Portland State University; Emeriti Faculty M.S.W. 1980 Portland State Uni- versity; Ph.D. 1995 University of Janet Putnam (1985) M.S.W. M.M. 1968 University of Arizona. Asher B. Wilson (1959) Ph.D. Washington. Director of Student Affairs; Assis- William P. Stalnaker, Jr. (1968) Professor Emeritus of Theater Arts. tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Ph.D. B.A. 1942, M.A. 1951, Ph.D. 1962 Richard W. Hunter (1987) Ph.D. 1973 Paciﬁc Lutheran University; Professor Emeritus of Music. Stanford University. Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S. 1976 Willamette University; M.S.W. 1973 Portland State B.A. 1947, M.A. 1951 Harvard Jack Lee Featheringill (1970) M.S.W. 1978, Ph.D. 1999 Portland University. University; Ph.D. 1968 Princeton M.A. State University. Linda S. Reilly (1987) M.S.W. University. Professor Emeritus of Theater Arts. Instructor in Social Work. B.A. S. John Trudeau (1955) B.M. B.S. 1953, M.A. 1970 Indiana Pauline R. Jivanjee (1990) Ph.D. 1971 Boston University; M.S.W. Dean Emeritus, School of Fine and University. Associate Professor of Social Work. 1981 Portland State University. Performing Arts; Professor Emeri- B.Sc. 1971 University of Wales tus of Music. B.M. 1954 New (U.K.); M.Sc. 1973 University of Joy L. Rhodes (1985) M.S.W. England Conservatory of Music. GRADUATE SCHOOL London (U.K.); Ph.D. 1992 Univer- Assistant Professor of Social Work. OF SOCIAL WORK sity of Kansas. B.A. 1973 Lewis & Clark College; Associated Faculty Risa Kiam (1997) M.S.W. M.S.W. 1976 Portland State Obo Addy (1996) James H. Ward (1988) Ph.D. University. Composer/Singer/Musician. Director of Field Instruction, Assis- Dean, Graduate School of Social tant Professor of Social Work. B.S. Julie M. Rosenzweig (1985) Ph.D. James DePreist (1981) M.A. Work; Professor of Social Work. 1964 State University of New York, Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S. 1958, M.A. 1961 University of B.S. 1960 North Carolina A & T Potsdam; M.S.W. 1974 University B.S. 1970 University of California, Pennsylvania. University; M.S.W. 1968 University of Denver. Davis; M.S.W. 1976 California State Huw Edwards (1996) M.M. of Maryland; Ph.D. 1974 Ohio University, Sacramento; Ph.D. 1985 State University. Nancy M. Koroloff (1973) Ph.D. B.A. 1986 University of Surrey, Director, Regional Research Insti- University of Kansas. England; M.M. 1990 Southern Faculty tute for Human Services; Professor Astrid I. Schlaps (1993) M.S.W. Methodist University. Sandra C. Anderson (1978) Ph.D. of Social Work. B.S. 1968 Univer- Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Monica Huggett (1999) Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1964 sity of Oregon; M.S.W. 1972 Port- 1986, M.S.W. 1990 Portland State Baroque Violin. University of Colorado; M.S.W. land State University; Ph.D. 1985 University. 1967 University of Denver; Ph.D. Gayle Neuman (1992) B.S. University of Oregon. Joan F. Shireman (1985) Ph.D. 1976 Rutgers University. Early Music. B.S. 1978 Southern James L. Mason (1985) B.S. Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1956 Oregon State College. Sarah S. Bradley (1998) M.S.W. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. Radcliffe College; M.A. 1959, Ph.D. Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Philip Neuman (1992) B.S. 1976 Portland State University. 1968 University of Chicago. 1976 University of California, Early Music. B.S. 1978 Southern Ellen Masterson (1987) M.S.W. Maria M. Talbott (1984) D.S.W. Santa Cruz; M.S.W. 1979 Columbia Oregon State College. Assistant Professor of Social Work. Associate Professor of Social Work. University. B.A. 1972 Pennsylvania State Uni- B.A. 1974 Harvard University; DEPARTMENT OF Eileen Muench Brennan (1986) versity; M.S.W. 1976 Portland State M.S.W. 1980, D.S.W. 1986 Univer- THEATER ARTS Ph.D. University. sity of California, Berkeley. Faculty Associate Dean, Graduate School of Paula Bates Mike (1983) M.S.W. Vikki L. Vandiver (1992) Dr.P.H. Sarah E. Andrews-Collier (1981) Social Work; Professor of Social Assistant Professor of Social Work. Associate Professor of Social Work. M.A. Work. B.S. 1966 Mundelein B.S. 1968 Southern Connecticut B.S. 1983 University of Houston, Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. College; M.A. 1973, Ph.D. 1977 State College; M.S.W. 1975 Port- Clear Lake; M.S.W. 1985 University 1969 Mills College; M.A. 1978 University of Notre Dame. land State University. of Houston; Dr.P.H. 1991 Univer- Portland State University; M.A. Harold E. Briggs (1990) Ph.D. Pamela J. Miller (1993) Ph.D. sity of Texas. 1996 University of London. Associate Professor of Social Work. Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1977 Morehouse College; Emeriti Faculty Glenn G. Gauer (1977) M.F.A. B.A.S.W. 1976 Kent State Univer- James L. Breedlove (1964) D.S.W. Professor of Theater Arts. B.A. M.A. 1980, Ph.D. 1988 University sity; M.S.W. 1978 University of of Chicago. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. 1968 University of Montana; M.F.A. Iowa; Ph.D. 1992 University of B.S. 1951 Central Missouri State 1973 Carnegie-Mellon University. Namkee G. Choi (2000) Ph.D. Pittsburgh. College; M.S.W. 1954 University of Bruce A. Keller (1988) M.A. Professor of Social Work. B.A. Matthew J. Modrcin III (1985) Kansas; D.S.W. 1962 Case Western Associate Professor of Theater Arts. 1976, M.A. 1980 Ewha Women’s Ph.D. Reserve University. B.A. 1987, M.A. 1987 Case West- University, Korea; M.S.W. 1983 Associate Professor of Social Work. University of Minnesota; Ph.D. Arthur C. Emlen (1965) Ph.D. ern Reserve University. B.A. 1972 Washburn University; Professor Emeritus of Social Work. 1987 University of California, M.S.W. 1974, Ph.D. 1985 Univer- Karin Magaldi-Unger (1999) Berkeley. B.A. 1953, M.S.W. 1958 University M.F.A. sity of Kansas. of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. Kevin J. Corcoran (1992) Ph.D. James K. Nash (1999) Ph.D. 1965 Tulane University. B.A. 1974 Biola University; M.F.A. Professor of Social Work. B.A. Assistant Professor of Social Work. 1975, M.A. 1977 University of Col- Jack C. Finley (1967) Ph.D. 1980 University of California, Los B.A.1978 University of North Caro- Associate Professor Emeritus of Angeles; M.A. 1988 University of orado; M.S.W 1980, Ph.D. 1980 lina, Greensboro; M.S.W. 1990, University of Pittsburgh. Social Work. B.S. 1958 Lewis & California, Berkeley. Ph.D. 1999 University of North Clark College; M.S.W. 1961 Uni- Carolina, Chapel Hill. versity of Washington; Ph.D. 1986 University of Oregon. D IRECTORIES 345

Guido Pinamonti (1969) D.S.W. Karen Ditmar (2000) M.S.W. Evelyn G. Morley (1993) M.S.W. Arthur Bridge (2000) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Student Assistant Specialist, Ever- Clinical Social Worker: Adjunct Research Associate, Regional B.B.A. 1949 Loyola University; green, Washington School District; Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- M.S.W. 1951 St. Louis University; Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. 1966 University of Colorado; vices. B.A. 1972 University of Cali- D.S.W. 1961 University of South- A.B. 1960 Calvin College; M.S.W. M.S.W. 1970 University of Hawaii. fornia, Santa Cruz; Ph.D. 1982 ern California. 1962 University of Michigan. Laura Burney Nissen (2000) Claremont Graduate University. Lynn Thompson (1968) M.S.W. Betty Friedman (1996) M.S.W. Ph.D. Elizabeth Caplan (1999) M.P.A. Associate Professor Emeritus of Clinical Social Worker/Consultant; Associate Professor of Social Work. Research Assistant, Regional Social Work. B.A. 1962, M.S.W. Adjunct Instructor of Social Work. B.A. 1985 Metropolitan State Col- Research Institute for Human Ser- 1964 University of California, Ber- B.A. 1970 Queens College; M.S.W. lege of Denver; M.S.W. 1989, Ph.D. vices. B.A. 1996, M.P.A. 1998 Port- keley. 1980 Portland State University. 1997 University of Denver. land State University. Norman L. Wyers (1974) D.S.W. David H. Fuks (1994) M.S.W. David S. Phillips (1995) Ph.D. Karen L. Cellarius (1999) M.P.A. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. Executive Director, Edgeﬁeld Chil- Professor of Medical Psychology, Research Assistant, Regional B.S. 1955 Oregon State University; dren’s Center, Inc.; Adjunct Assis- Professor of Public Health and Pre- Research Institute for Human Ser- M.Ed. 1960 University of Oregon; tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. ventive Medicine, Oregon Health vices. B.S. 1987 Georgetown Uni- M.S.W. 1964 University of Wash- 1972, M.S.W. 1974 University of Sciences University; Adjunct Pro- versity; M.P.A. 1995 Columbia ington; D.S.W. 1975 Columbia Michigan. fessor of Social Work. B.A. 1958 University. University. Samuel W. Gioia (2000) M.S.W. Wabash College; M.S. 1960, Ph.D. Patricia Ciliberti (1999) Ph.D. Associated Faculty Clinical Social Worker, The Pastoral 1962 Purdue University. Research Assistant, Regional Ronni B. Batterman (1981) M.A. Counseling Center of the Mid-Wil- Elizabeth D. Shell (1975) B.S. Research Institute for Human Ser- Clinical Social Worker, Jewish lamette Valley. B.A. 1983, M.S.W. Research Assistant, Regional vices. Adjunct Assistant Professor Family and Child Service; Adjunct 1987 Portland State University; Research Institute for Human of Social Work. B.A. 1988 Univer- Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.A. 1997 Washington Theological Services. B.S. 1971 Portland State sity of Montana; M.S.W. 1990, B.S.N. 1972 University of Illinois; Union. University. Ph.D. 1997 Portland State M.A. 1976 University of Chicago. Lois Gold (1984) M.S.W. Charles H. Shireman (1985) University. Sharon E. Bowland (2000) M.S.W. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Ph.D. Siobhan E. Colgan (1999) M.P.H. Clinical Social Worker, Samaritan Social Work. B.S. 1967 University Adjunct Professor of Social Work. Research Assistant, Regional Counseling Center; Adjunct of Pittsburgh; M.S.W. 1971 New B.A. 1939 University of Puget Research Institute for Human Ser- Instructor in Social Work. B.S.W. York University. Sound; M.S.W. 1954 University of vices. B.A. 1993 State University of 1978, M.S.W. 1979 University of Susan C. Hedlund (1986) M.S.W. California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. 1966 New York, Buffalo; M.S.W. 1997, Illinois, Chicago; M.P.S. 1993 Medical Social Worker, Oregon University of Chicago. M.P.H. 1997 University of North Loyola University. Health Sciences University; Susan Snyder (1993) M.S.W. Carolina, Chapel Hill. Gregory N. Clarke (1995) Ph.D. Instructor in Social Work. B.S. Therapist/trainer/consultant; Don Owen Costello (2000) J.D. Senior Investigator, Center for 1976 University of California, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Research Associate, Regional Health Research, Kaiser Perma- Davis; M.S.W. 1980 Portland State Social Work. B.A. 1981 Pomona Research Institute for Human Ser- nente; Adjunct Assistant Professor University. College, M.S.W. 1984 Portland vices. A.B. 1970 University of Cali- of Social Work. B.A. 1979 Univer- Jean E. Herrera (1983) M.S.W. State University. fornia, Berkeley; J.D. 1976 sity of California, Los Angeles; M.S. Chief, Social Work Service, Consol- John Spence (1998) Ph.D. Northwestern College of Law, 1983, Ph.D. 1985 University of idated Veterans Administration Social Work Consultant; Adjunct Lewis & Clark College. Oregon. Medical Center, Portland/Vancou- Assistant Professor of Social Work. Richard H. Dana (1988) Ph.D. Mary Beth Collins (1984) M.S.W. ver; Adjunct Assistant Professor of B.A. 1963 University of Washing- Research Associate, Regional Director of Counseling and Psycho- Social Work. B.S. 1965 University ton, M.S.W. 1968 Rutgers Univer- Research Institute for Human Ser- logical Services; Adjunct Assistant of Oregon; M.S.W. 1970 Portland sity, Ph.D. 1987 University of vices. B.A. 1949 Princeton Univer- Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1969 State University. Washington. sity; M.S. 1951, Ph.D. 1953 Stanford University; M.S.W. 1978 Steven Ickes (1998) M.S.W. Michael Taylor (1997) M.S.W. University of Illinois. University of Southern California. Assistant Director of Correctional Program Administrator, Clackamas Susan Eggman (1999) M.S.W. Steven S. Cooper (1999) M.S.W. Programs, Oregon Department of County Mental Health; Adjunct Research Assistant, Regional Clinical Coordinator, North Port- Corrections; Adjunct Instructor of Instructor in Social Work. B.A. Research Institute for Human Ser- land Youth and Family Center; Social Work. B.S. 1966, M.S.W. 1971 University of California, Los vices; Adjunct Assistant Professor Adjunct Instructor in Social Work. 1968 Portland State University. Angeles; M.S.W. 1977 Portland of Social Work. B.S. 1990, M.S.W. B.S. 1985, M.S.W. 1988 Portland Barry S. Kast (1990) M.S.W. State University. 1996 California State University, State University. Administrator, Mental Health and Kay Dean Toran (1971) M.S.W. Stanislaus. Terry L. Cross (1987) M.S.W. Developmental Disabilities Ser- Administrator, Children’s Services Debra J. Elliott (1992) Ph.D. Executive Director, National Indian vices Division; Adjunct Assistant Division; Adjunct Associate Profes- Research Associate, Regional Child Welfare Association; Assis- Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1986 sor of Social Work. B.A. 1964 Uni- Research Institute for Human Ser- tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Stanford University; M.A. 1971 versity of Portland; M.S.W. 1970 vices. B.S. 1982 University of 1974 Grove City College; M.S.W. State University of New York; Portland State University. Washington; M.A. 1988, Ph.D. 1977 Portland State University. M.S.W. 1975 Portland State Patricia A. Zimmerman (1998) 1994 Ohio State University. University. David L. Cutler (1990) M.D. M.S.W. Lynwood J. Gordon (1995) Professor and Director of Public David H. Kim (1986) M.S.W. Clinical Social Worker, Private M.S.W. Psychiatry Training Program, President, Holt International Chil- Practice; Adjunct Instructor of Research Assistant, Regional Oregon Health Sciences University, dren’s Services, Eugene, Oregon; Social Work. B.S. 1990, M.S.W. Research Institute for Human Ser- Department of Psychiatry; Adjunct Adjunct Professor of Social Work. 1992 Portland State University. vices. B.A. 1987 Evergreen State B.A. 1959 Seoul National College; M.S.W. 1995 Portland Professor of Social Work. B.S. REGIONAL RESEARCH 1962, M.D. 1967 Ohio State University (Korea); M.S.W. 1966 State University. University. Portland State University. INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN SERVICES Heidi Herinckx (1994) M.A. Benjamin deHaan (1993) Ph.D. Paul E. Koren (1978) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Regional Deputy Director, Oregon Depart- Research Associate, Regional Associated Faculty Research Institute for Human Ser- ment of Corrections, Adjunct Assis- Research Institute for Human Ser- Jeff Alworth (1999) M.A. vices. B.S. 1991 University of Ore- tant Professor of Social Work. B.S. vices. B.A. 1970 Duquesne Univer- Research Assistant, Regional gon; M.A. 1993 Rutgers University. 1973 Southern Oregon State Col- sity; M.S. 1975, Ph.D. 1978 Research Institute for Human Ser- lege; M.P.A. 1993 Lewis & Clark University of Utah. vices. B.A. 1990 Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. 1997 Portland State College; M.A. 1994 University of University. Wisconsin, Madison. 346 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Karen D. Lewis (1994) B.S. Cindy L. Workman (1999) M.S.W. Don Grossnickle (1994) B.S. Elizabeth A. Kutza (1987) Ph.D. Research Assistant, Regional Research Assistant, Regional Research Associate, Child Welfare Director, Institute on Aging; Profes- Research Institute for Human Research Institute for Human Ser- Partnership. B.S. 1971 Portland sor of Community Health. B.S. Services. B.S. 1987 University of vices. B.S. 1979 West Virginia Uni- State University. 1966 Loyola University (Chicago); Oregon. versity; M.S.W. 1998 University of Kari Grosvold (1997) B.A. M.S. 1969 Boston University; Ph.D. Shu Liang (1998) Ph.D. Illinois, Urbana. Research Assistant, Child Welfare 1977 University of Chicago. Research Associate, Regional CHILD WELFARE Partnership. B.A. 1992 University Leslie McBride (1985) Ph.D. Research Institute for Human Ser- PARTNERSHIP of Oregon. Associate Professor of Community vices. B.A. 1981 Xiangtun Teachers’ Health. B.S. 1975, M.Ed. 1976 Faculty Constance Lehman (1997) Ph.D. Institute, (China); M.S. 1994 Research Associate, Child Welfare University of Missouri; Ph.D. 1979 Caleb F. Heppner (1999) B.A. Oregon State University; Ph.D. Partnership. B.A. 1973 Syracuse Southern Illinois University. Interim Director, Child Welfare 1997 Texas Tech University. University; M.S. 1989 Western David L. Morgan (1987) Ph.D. Partnership; Assistant Academic Mary McCormack (1998) Ph.D. Oregon University; Ph.D. 1995 Professor of Community Health Professional. B.A. 1972 Oregon Research Associate, Regional University of Oregon. and Sociology. B.A. 1972, M.A. State University. Research Institute for Human Kirstin O’Dell (1997) M.S.W. 1974, Ph.D. 1977 University of Monique Busch (1997) M.S.W. Services; Adjunct Assistant Research Assistant, Child Welfare Michigan. Graduate Education Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A. 1977 Partnership. B.S. 1996 Lewis-Clark Jan Semenza (2000) Ph.D. Coordinator, Child Welfare Part- Georgian Court College; M.A. State College; M.S.W. 1997 Univer- Associate Professor of Community nership; Assistant Professor of 1979, Ph.D. 1989 Michigan State sity of Kentucky, Lexington. Health. M.S. 1987 Swiss Federal Social Work. B.A. 1986 Marylhurst University. Institute of Technology; M.P.H. College; M.S.W. 1996 Portland Anna Rockhill (1995) M.P.P. A. Myrth Ogilvie (1996) Ph.D. 1994 University of California-Ber- State University. Research Assistant, Child Welfare Research Assistant, Regional Partnership. B.A. 1986, M.P.P. 1989 keley; Ph.D. 1991 Swiss Federal Mindy Holliday (1997) M.S.W. Research Institute for Human Ser- University of Michigan. Institute of Technology. Graduate Education Coordinator, vices; Adjunct Assistant Professor Judith L. Sobel (1985) Ph.D. Child Welfare Partnership; Assis- Marilyn Webb (1994) M.S. of Social Work. B.A. 1976 Linﬁeld Associate Professor of Community tant Professor of Social Work. B.A. Associate Academic Professional, College; M.S.W. 1982, Ph.D. 1999 Health. B.A. 1975 University of 1980, M.A. 1985 Oakland Univer- Child Welfare Partnership. B.A. Portland State University. California, Santa Cruz; M.A. 1977, sity; M.S.W. 1988 University of University of Illinois; M.S. Univer- Mary Oschwald (2000) M.S.W. sity of Washington. Ph.D. 1981 University of Minne- Research Assistant, Regional Michigan. sota; M.P.H. 1983 University of Research Institute for Human Ser- Glenn Huntley (1995) M.S. California, Los Angeles. vices. B.S. 1989 University of Min- Director and Research Associate, COLLEGE OF URBAN Lawrence Wallack (1999) Dr.P.H. Child Welfare Partnership. B.A. nesota; M.S.W. 1996 Portland State AND PUBLIC Director, School of Community 1978 Evergreen State College; M.S. University. Health. B.A. 1972 Franklin and 1996 Portland State University. AFFAIRS Claire Poirier (1997) B.A. Marshall College; M.S. 1974 Uni- Research Assistant, Regional Diane Yatchmenoff (1991) M.S. Nohad A. Toulan (1972) Ph.D. versity of Arizona; M.P.H. 1978, Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Director Child Welfare Dean, College of Urban and Public Dr.P.H. 1982 University of Califor- vices. B.A. 1965 Elms College. Partnership; Research Associate. Affairs; Professor of Urban Studies nia, Berkeley. B.A. 1969 Stanford University; Rachel L. Post (1998) M.S.W. and Planning. B.S. 1954 University James E. Wallis (1989) M.S. M.S. 1981 Boston University. Research Assistant. Regional of Cairo (Egypt); M.C.P. 1959 Assistant Professor of Community Research Institute for Human Ser- Associated Faculty University of California, Berkeley; Health. Head Athletic Trainer; B.S. vices. B.A. 1988 New England Col- Ph.D. 1965 University of 1983 Washington State University; lege; M.S.W. 1994 University of Nicole Bellamy (1999) M.S.W. Pennsylvania. M.S. 1984 University of Arizona. Wisconsin, Madison. Research Assistant, Child Welfare Partnership. B.S. 1991 Lewis & Ellsworth P. Ingraham (1996) Emeriti Faculty Michael D. Pullmann (1999) M.S. Clark College; M.S.W. 1995 Port- M.B.A. Charles J. Becker (1959) Ed.D. Research Assistant, Regional land State University. Associate Dean, College of Urban Associate Professor Emeritus of Research Institute for Human Ser- and Public Affairs; A.B. 1963 Clare- Paul Bellatty (1994) Ph.D. Health and Physical Education. B.S. vices. B.S. 1995 California Poly- mont McKenna College; M.S. 1963 1957, M.S. 1959 University of Ore- technic State University; M.S. 1998 Research Associate, Child Welfare School of Library and Information Partnership. B.A. 1978 University gon; Ed.D. 1970 Brigham Young Portland State University. Science, Simmons College, Boston; University. of Rhode Island; M.S. 1982, Ph.D. M.B.A. 1969 Harvard University. Lisa Shannon-Joseph (1998) 1987 Oregon State University. Oma E. Blankenship (1963) J.D. B.S.W. SCHOOL OF Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- Research Assistant, Regional Peter Coulson (1994) B.A. Research Assistant, Child Welfare COMMUNITY HEALTH cation. B.S. 1952 Oregon College Research Institute for Human Ser- of Education; M.Ed. 1963 Univer- vices. B.S.W. 1995 Chadron State Partnership. B.A. 1990 George Fox Faculty College. sity of Portland; J.D. 1972 North- College. Gary R. Brodowicz (1986) Ph.D. western College of Law. Tamara Dickerson (1995) B.S. Professor of Community Health. Jennifer S. Simpson (1998) Ph.D. Ralph S. Davis Research Assistant, Child Welfare B.S.Ed. 1977 University of Michi- (1955) M.Ed. Research Associate, Regional gan; M.A. 1981 Wake Forest Uni- Professor Emeritus of Physical Edu- Research Institute for Human Partnership. B.S. Western Oregon University. versity; Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State cation. B.S. 1949, M.Ed. 1965 Services. B.A. 1988 California University. Oregon State University. Lutheran University; M.A. 1991 Maria Duryea (1999) Ph.D. Margaret J. Dobson Lutheran School of Theology, Research Assistant, Child Welfare Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. (1955) Ed.D. Chicago; Ph.D. 1997 Northwest- Partnership. B.A. 1980, M.A. 1980 Professor of Public Administration Executive Vice President Emerita; Professor Emerita of Health and ern University. Stanford University; Ph.D. 1999 and Community Health. B.S. 1978, Physical Education. B.S. 1954, M.S. University of Washington. M.H.S. 1983 University of Toronto; Janet S. Walker (1998) Ph.D. Dr.P.H. 1990 University of Michi- 1959, Ed.D. 1965 University of Research Associate, Regional Mark Fenster (1998) Ph.D. gan. Oregon. Research Institute for Human Ser- Research Associate, Child Welfare Alice E. Lehman (1959) M.S. vices. A.B. 1983 Harvard Univer- Partnership. B.A. 1977 State Mark Kaplan (1997) Dr.P.H. Professor Emerita of Physical Edu- sity; M.A. 1992, Ph.D. 1997 University of New York; M.A. Associate Professor of Community cation. B.S. 1954, M.S. 1958 University of Chicago. 1981, Ph.D. 1987 Northwestern Health. B.S. 1975 University of University. Miami-Florida; M.S.W. 1977 Ari- Oregon State University. zona State University; M.P.H. 1978, Roy L. Love Noni Gibson (1997) B.S. (1961) M.Ed. Dr.P.H. 1984 University of Califor- Associate Professor Emeritus of Research Assistant, Child Welfare nia, Berkeley. Partnership. B.S. University of Physical Education. B.S. 1961 Port- Portland. land State University; M.Ed. 1963 Oregon State University. D IRECTORIES 347

Linda C. Neklason (1962) Ed.D. DIVISION OF DIVISION OF Ladis K.D. Kristof (1971) Ph.D. Associate Professor Emerita of ADMINISTRATION OF POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- Health and Physical Education. JUSTICE ence. B.A. 1955 Reed College; M.A. B.A. 1956 Western Washington Faculty 1956, Ph.D. 1969 University of University; M.S. 1961 University of Faculty A.E. Gordon Buffonge (1997) Chicago. William H. Feyerherm (1990) Ph.D. Washington; Ed.D. 1975 Oregon David A. Smeltzer (1964) Ph.D. State University. Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Political Sci- Vice Provost for Research and Dean ence. A.B. 1988 Bowdoin College; Professor Emeritus of Political Lee V. Ragsdale (1966) Ed.D. of Graduate Studies; Director, M.A. 1991, Ph.D. 1998 Princeton Science. A.B. 1957 Wayne State Dean Emeritus, School of Health Criminal Justice Research and University. University; M.A. 1958, Ph.D. 1964 and Physical Education; Professor University of Michigan. Policy Institute. B.A. 1970 North- Craig L. Carr (1985) Ph.D. Emeritus of Health and Physical ern Illinois University; Ph.D. 1977 Associated Faculty Education. B.S. 1938 Willamette Professor of Political Science. A.B. State University of New York, 1970 Brown University; M.A. Dale E. Hess (1980) Ph.D. University; M.S. 1952, Ed.D. 1966 Albany. University of Oregon. 1974, Ph.D. 1978 University of Adjunct Professor of Political Sci- James P. Heuser (1996) Ph.D. Washington. ence. B.A. 1959 Wheaton College; Jack S. Schendel (1978) Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Administra- Richard L. Clucas (1995) Ph.D. M.A.T. 1963 Miami University; Dean Emeritus, School of Health tion of Justice. B.A. 1967 Univer- Ph.D. 1974 University of Oregon. and Human Performance; Professor Associate Professor of Political Sci- sity of Arizona, Tucson; M.A. 1969, ence. B.A. 1980 University of Cali- David M. Johns (1981) M.S., J.D. Emeritus of Health and Physical Ph.D. 1973 University of Oregon. Education. B.A. 1954, M.S. 1960 fornia, Irvine; M.A. 1984, Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Fresno State College; Ed.D. 1963 Annette I. Jolin (1990) Ph.D. 1990 University of California, Political Science. B.S. 1976 Port- University of Oregon. Professor of Administration of Jus- Santa Barbara. land State University; M.S. 1978, tice. B.A. 1973, M.S. 1979, Ph.D. John Damis (1970) Ph.D. J.D. 1980 Columbia University Law Robert C. Scruggs (1960) M.S.T. 1985 Portland State University. School. Associate Professor Emeritus of Chair, Division of Political Science; Health and Physical Education. Robert Kane (1999) Ph.D. Professor of Political Science and DIVISION OF B.A. 1958 Western Washington Assistant Professor of Administra- International Studies. A.B. 1962, PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION tion of Justice. B.S. 1991, M.S. A.M. 1964 Harvard University; University; M.S.T. 1960 University Faculty of Washington. 1995 California State, Sacramento; M.A., M.A.L.D. 1966, Ph.D. 1970 Ph.D. 2000 Temple University. Fletcher School of Law and Ronald C. Cease (1966) Ph.D. Michael W. Tichy (1955) Ed.D. Diplomacy, Tufts University. Professor of Public Administration. Professor Emeritus of Health and Nella R. Lee (1995) Ph.D. B.A. 1953 Reed College; M.P.A. Physical Education. B.S. 1947 East Associate Professor of Administra- Mel Gurtov (1986) Ph.D. 1954 Syracuse University; Ph.D. Stroudsburg State Teachers College; tion of Justice. B.A. 1983 Univer- Professor of Political Science and 1965 Claremont Graduate School. M.S. 1951 University of Southern sity of Alaska, Anchorage; Ph.D. International Studies. A.B. 1963 1991 Rutgers University. Columbia University; M.I.A. and Jack Corbett (1996) Ph.D. California; Ed.D. 1960 University Associate Professor of Public of Wyoming. Robert W. Lockwood (1975) J.D. Certificate 1965 School of Interna- tional Affairs and East Asian Insti- Administration. B.A. 1965 Allegh- Garland Trzynka (1966) M.S. Professor of Administration of Jus- eny College; Ph.D. 1974 Stanford tice. B.A. 1971 Kalamazoo College; tute, Columbia University; Ph.D. Associate Professor Emeritus of 1970 University of California, Los University. Physical Education. B.S. 1953, M.S. M.A. 1971 University of Michigan; J.D. 1974 University of Oregon. Angeles. Ronald Dowd (1996) Dr.P.H. 1955 University of Oregon. Professor of Public Administration. Gary R. Perlstein (1971) Ph.D. Regina Lawrence (1999) Ph.D. Associated Faculty Assistant Professor of Political B.S. 1962, M.S.P.A. 1964 Univer- Michael R. Skeels (1986) Ph.D. Chair, Division of Administration sity of Southern California; M.P.H. of Justice. Professor of Administra- Science. B.A. 1985 Metropolitan Adjunct Professor of Community State College; M.A. 1991 University 1964, Dr.P.H. 1967 University of Health and Biology. B.S. 1970, M.S. tion of Justice. B.A. 1961 Central California, Los Angeles. College; M.A. 1965 University of of Colorado, Denver; Ph.D. 1997 1972 Wichita State University; University of Washington. Walter G. Ellis (1976) Ph.D. M.P.H. 1986 University of Wash- Missouri, Kansas City; Ph.D. 1971 Melody Rose (1996) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administration. ington; Ph.D. 1979 University of Florida State University. Assistant Professor of Political Sci- B.A. 1963, M.P.A. 1965, Ph.D. Montana. Associated Faculty ence. B.A. 1988 University of Cali- 1971 University of Washington. Anthony A. Lukin (1998) Ph.D. fornia, Santa Cruz; M.P.A. 1991, Suzanne Feeney MARK O. HATFIELD International Criminal Justice Con- (1996) Ph.D. SCHOOL OF M.A. 1994, Ph.D. 1996 Cornell Associate Professor of Public sultant; Adjunct Assistant Profes- University. GOVERNMENT sor of Administration of Justice. Administration. B.A. 1968 Oregon Mark O. Hatfield (1997) M.S. B.S. 1967 California State Univer- Gary L. Scott (1979) Ph.D. State University; M.A. 1975, Ph.D. Distinguished Professor of Govern- sity; M.A. 1982 Columbia Pacific Professor of Political Science. B.A. 1984 University of Washington. ment. B.A. 1943 Willamette University; M.P.A. 1985, M.B.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1973 Uni- Erna G. Gelles (1998) Ph.D. University; M.S. 1948 Stanford 1986 City University, Seattle; Ph.D. versity of Washington. Assistant Professor of Public University. 1984 Columbia Pacific University. Charles R. White (1971) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1974 Antioch Elizabeth Furse (1999) Robert L. Mitchell (1997) M.S. Associate Dean, University Studies; College; M.A.T.S. 1981 Colgate Associate Director for Tribal Retired Agent, Federal Bureau of Professor of Political Science and University; M.P.A. 1987 University Programs. Investigation; Adjunct Assistant Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. of Missouri, Kansas City; Ph.D. 1994 University of Georgia. Gretchen Miller Kafoury (1999) Professor of Administration of Jus- 1965 Colorado College; M.A. 1968 B.A. tice. B. of University Studies 1970 New Mexico State University; Sherril B. Gelmon (1994) Dr.P.H. Coordinator of Internship University of New Mexico; M.S. Ph.D. 1977 University of Arizona. Professor of Public Administration Programs. B.A. 1963 Whitman 1978 University of Portland. Birol A. Yesilada (1998) Ph.D. and Community Health. B.S. 1978, College. Emeriti Faculty Professor of Political Science and M.H.S. 1983 University of Toronto; International Studies; Turkish Polit- Dr.P.H. 1990 University of Barbara K. Roberts (1998) Charles A. Tracy (1972) D.Crim. Michigan. Associate Director for Leadership Professor Emeritus of Administra- ical Economy and Trade Chair. Development. tion of Justice. B.S. 1959 San Jose B.A. 1977 University of California, Henry “Budd” Kass (1996) Ph.D. State College; M.Crim. 1965, Berkeley; M.A. 1979 San Francisco Professor of Public Administration. D.Crim. 1976 University of Califor- State; Ph.D. 1984 University of B.A. 1956 Alfred University; Ph.D. nia, Berkeley. Michigan. 1969 American University. Emeriti Faculty Douglas Morgan (1996) Ph.D. Ralph E. Bunch (1970) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administration. Professor Emeritus of Political Sci- B.A. 1965 Claremont McKenna ence. B.S. 1951 Lewis & Clark Col- College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 lege; M.A. 1961, Ph.D. 1968 University of Chicago. University of Oregon. 348 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Daniel E. O’Toole (1977) Ph.D. Pamela Hanes (1989) Ph.D. Anthony White (1999) Ph.D. George C. Hough (1995) Ph.D. Professor of Public Administration. Adjunct Associate Professor of Adjunct Assistant Professor of Research Associate Professor of A.B. 1967 Occidental College; Public Administration. B.S. 1974 Public Administration. B.S. 1967 Urban Studies and Planning and M.P.A. 1971 California State Uni- West Virginia University, Morgan- Oregon State University, M.S. 1971 Center for Population Research and versity, Hayward; Ph.D. 1977 Uni- town; M.S.W. 1978 California State Portland State University; M.P.A. Census. B.A. 1978 Loyola Univer- versity of Southern California. University, Sacramento; Ph.D. 1986 1977 University of Southern Flor- sity (Chicago); M.A. 1980 Univer- Theresa Julnes Rapida (1988) University of California, Berkeley. ida; Ph.D. 1994 Portland State sity of Illinois; Ph.D. 1994 Ph.D. Russell Harding (1994) Ph.D. University. University of Texas. Associate Professor of Public Adjunct Assistant Professor of Timothy D.W. Williams (1981) Deborah Howe (1985) Ph.D. Administration. B.A. 1979, M.P.A. Public Administration. B.A. 1978 Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and 1982, Ph.D. 1988 University of Waikato University; M.P.P. 1982, Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- Planning. B.S. 1974 State Univer- Washington. Ph.D. 1991 University of Welling- istration. B.A. 1968, Ph.D. 1971 sity of New York, Syracuse; M.S. Craig Shinn (1996) Ph.D. ton (New Zealand). University of Minnesota. 1977, Ph.D. 1982 University of Michigan. Associate Professor of Public Mark C. Hornbrook (1988) Ph.D. SCHOOL OF URBAN Administration. B.S. 1974 Univer- Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- STUDIES AND PLANNING Robert C. Liebman (1987) Ph.D. sity of Maine; M.P.A. 1984 Lewis & istration. B.A. 1968, M.A. 1969 Professor of Sociology and Urban Clark College; Ph.D. 1992 Univer- University of Denver; Ph.D. 1975 Faculty Studies and Planning. B.A. 1972 sity of Washington. University of Michigan. Carl Abbott (1978) Ph.D. State University of New York, Bing- Professor of Urban Studies and Brian I. Stipak (1982) Ph.D. James L. Koss (1982) M.B.A. hamton; M.A. 1977, Ph.D. 1981 Planning. B.A. 1966 Swarthmore Professor of Public Administration. Adjunct Associate Professor of University of Michigan. College; M.A. 1967, Ph.D. 1971 A.B. 1969 University of California, Public Administration. B.I.E. 1967 Gerard C.S. Mildner (1991) Ph.D. University of Chicago. Davis; M.A. 1970, Ph.D. 1976 Uni- General Motors Institute of Tech- Associate Professor of Urban Stud- versity of California, Los Angeles. nology; M.B.A. 1968 University of Sy Adler (1981) Ph.D. ies and Planning. B.A. 1982 Uni- Denver. Director, School of Urban Studies versity of Chicago; Ph.D. 1991 Associated Faculty and Planning; Professor of Urban Gregory Lee (1998) Ph.D. New York University. Timothy Baker (1994) Ph.D. Studies and Planning. B.A. 1971 Adjunct Assistant Professor of Margaret B. Neal (1983) Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor of University of Pittsburgh; M.C.P. Public Administration. Ph.D. 1997 Professor of Urban Studies and Public Administration. B.S. 1987 1973 Harvard University; Ph.D. Linﬁeld College; M.P.A. 1989, Portland State University. Planning and Community Health; 1980 University of California, Research Associate, Regional Ph.D. 1994 Portland State Eric Levine (1996) B.A. Berkeley. University. Adjunct Associate Professor of Research Institute for Human Ser- Martha Bianco Public Administration. B.A. 1968 (1995) Ph.D. vices. B.A. 1974 Indiana Univer- Donald Balmer (1996) Ph.D. Research Assistant Professor of Queens College. sity; M.U.S. 1979, Ph.D. 1985 Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. Portland State University. istration. B.A. 1947, M.A. 1949, Barbara Lombardo (1996) Ph.D. 1975, Ph.D. 1994 Portland State Connie Ozawa (1994) Ph.D. Ph.D. 1956 University of Adjunct Associate Professor of University. Washington. Public Administration. B.A. Lafay- Associate Professor of Urban Stud- Qian Cai (1999) Ph.D. ette College, M.P.A. 1987, Ph.D. ies and Planning. A.B. 1976 Uni- Mark Bonanno (1995) J.D. Research Assistant Professor of 1990 University of Berkeley. versity of California at Berkeley; Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- Urban Studies and Planning. B.A. M.A. 1978 University of Hawaii; istration. B.S. 1985 University of Candice Morgan (1996) M.L.S. 1991, M.A. 1994 Peking Univer- Ph.D. 1988 Massachusetts Insti- Vermont; M.P.H. 1987 Boston Uni- Adjunct Assistant Professor of sity; Ph.D. 1999 Brown University. tute of Technology. versity; J.D. 1994 Lewis & Clark Public Administration. B.A. 1963 Nancy J. Chapman (1973) Ph.D. College. University of California; M.L.S. Anthony M. Rufolo (1980) Ph.D. Professor of Urban Studies and Professor of Urban Studies and Jack Collins 1964 Columbia University. (1996) LL.B. Planning. B.A. 1964 University of Planning. B.S. 1970 Massachusetts Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- Sharron Noone (1986) Ph.D. Oregon; Ph.D. 1969 University of Institute of Technology; Ph.D. 1975 istration. A.B. 1952 Princeton Adjunct Assistant Professor of California, Berkeley. University of California, Los University; LL.B. 1958 Harvard Public Administration. B.S. 1968 Kenneth J. Dueker (1979) Ph.D. Angeles. University. Portland State University; M.P.A. Professor of Urban Studies and 1986 Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D. Tom Sanchez (1998) Ph.D. Bob Doppelt (1996) M.S. Planning. B.S. 1960, M.S. 1963, 1994 Oregon State University. Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- Adjunct Associate Professor of Ph.D. 1967 University of ies and Planning. B.A. 1984 Uni- Public Administration. B.A. 1973 Paige Sipes-Metzler (1995) Ph.D. Washington. versity of California, Santa Barbara; Lewis & Clark College; M.S. 1975, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Barry Edmonston (1997) Ph.D. M.C.R.P. 1986 California Polytech- M.S. 1976 University of Oregon. Public Administration. B.S. 1974 Director of the Center for Popula- nic; Ph.D. 1996 Georgia Institute of University of Pennsylvania; M.S. Angus Duncan (1996) B.A. tion Research and Census; Profes- Technology. 1977 University of California, San Adjunct Associate Professor of sor of Urban Studies and Planning. Francisco; Ph.D. 1986 University Ethan P. Seltzer (1992) Ph.D. Public Administration. B.A. 1967 B.A. 1968, M.A. 1970 University of of Southern California, Los Director, Institute of Portland Met- Harvard University Institute of Oregon; Ph.D. 1974 University of Angeles. ropolitan Studies; Associate Profes- Policy Studies; B.A. 1980 Portland Michigan. sor of Urban Studies and Planning. State University. Kathleen Sohl (1996) M.A.T. Karen Gibson (1998) Ph.D. B.A. 1976 Swarthmore College; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Donna Fowler (1996) M.P.A. Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- M.R.P. 1979, Ph.D. 1983 University Public Administration. A.B. 1969 Adjunct Assistant Professor of ies and Planning. B.A. 1980 Cali- of Pennsylvania. Public Administration. B.A. 1970 University of Berkeley; M.A.T. 1971 Reed College. fornia State University, San Irina Sharkova (1992) Ph.D. California State University at Long Francisco; M.S. 1991 Carnegie Research Assistant Professor in Beach; M.P.A. 1981 Portland State Michael Wells (1998) M.A. Mellon University; Ph.D. 1996 Urban Studies and Planning and University. Adjunct Assistant Professor of University of California, Berkeley. Center for Population Research and Public Administration. B.A. Linda Golaszewski (1996) M.A. Charles H. Heying (1995) Ph.D. Census. M.A. 1986 Moscow State Thomas Edison State College; M.A. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Assistant Professor of Urban Stud- University (Moscow, Russia); Ph.D. 1993 California State University, Public Administration. B.A. 1975 ies and Planning. B.A. 1967 1991 Institute of Geography Dominguez Hills. Loyola University; M.A. 1977 Uni- Creighton University; M.C.R.P. (Moscow, Russia) versity of Illinois. 1988 Iowa State University; Ph.D. Stephen J. Heck (1985) M.P.A. 1995 University of North Carolina Adjunct Professor of Public Admin- at Chapel Hill. istration. B.A. 1968 Portland State University; M.S.W. 1973 University of Washington; M.P.A. 1982 Portland State University. D IRECTORIES 349

James G. Strathman (1982) Ph.D. Morton Paglin (1961) Ph.D. Martin Zwick (1976) Ph.D. Director, Center for Urban Studies; Professor Emeritus of Economics MILITARY SCIENCE Professor of Systems Science. B.A. Professor of Urban Studies and and Urban Studies and Planning. DEPARTMENT 1960 Columbia College; Ph.D. Planning. B.A. 1973 University of B.A. 1943 University of Miami; 1968 Massachusetts Institute of Iowa; M.A. 1975 University of Ph.D. 1956 University of Califor- Regina M. Largent (1996) M.A. Technology. Pennsylvania; Ph.D. 1981 Univer- nia, Berkeley. Professor of Military Science. B.S. Associated Faculty sity of Iowa. William A. Rabiega (1975) Ph.D. 1975 Florida State University; M.A. 1986 University of Massachusetts. Mark A. Bedau (1993) Ph.D. Gerald Sussman (1995) Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Urban Stud- Adjunct Associate Professor of Sys- Professor of Urban Studies and ies and Planning. B.S. 1965 Elm- David S. Long (2000) M.S. tems Science. B.A. 1977 Reed Col- Planning and Speech hurst College; M.A. 1968, Ph.D. Professor of Military Science. B.S. lege; M.A. 1981, Ph.D. 1985 Communication. B.A. 1967 Fair- 1973 Southern Illinois University. 1982 Western New England University of California, Berkeley. leigh Dickinson University; M.A. College; M.S. 1995 University of Associated Faculty Wayne W. Wakeland 1975 University of the Philippines; Denver. (1976) Ph.D. Adrianne Brockman Ph.D. 1983 University of Hawaii. (1992) J.D. Adjunct Professor of Systems Sci- Adjunct Assistant Professor of Joseph L. Cramer (1998) B.A. ence. B.S. 1972, M.Eng. 1973 Emeriti Faculty Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. Assistant Professor of Military Sci- Harvey Mudd College; Ph.D. 1977 Charles D. Bolton (1964) Ph.D. 1962, M.U.P. 1977 Portland State ence. B.A. 1978 Southern Oregon Portland State University. University. Professor Emeritus of Sociology University; J.D. 1981 Northwestern Emeriti Faculty and Urban Studies and Planning. School of Law. Brian J. James (1998) B.A. Harold A. Linstone B.A. 1947 University of Denver; (1970) Ph.D. William P. Macht (1978) J.D. Assistant Professor of Military Professor Emeritus of Systems Sci- M.A. 1948 Stanford University; Adjunct Professor of Urban Studies Science. B.A. 1990 Gonzaga Ph.D. 1959 University of Chicago. ence. B.S. 1944 City College of and Planning. A.B. 1963 Princeton University. New York; M.A. 1947 Columbia Leonard D. Cain, Jr. (1969) Ph.D. University; J.D. 1967 University of University; Ph.D. 1954 University Professor Emeritus of Sociology Virginia Law School. SYSTEMS SCIENCE of Southern California. and Urban Studies and Planning. Alice U. Scannell (1988) Ph.D. PH.D. PROGRAM Beatrice T. Oshika (1989) Ph.D. A.B. 1948, M.A. 1949 Texas Chris- Adjunct Assistant Professor of tian University; Ph.D. 1955 Univer- Professor Emerita of Systems Sci- Urban Studies and Planning. A.B. Faculty ence. B.A. 1963, M.A. 1964, Ph.D. sity of Texas, Austin. 1960 Smith College; M.R.E. 1963 Nancy A. Perrin (1986) Ph.D. 1973 University of Michigan. Don C. Gibbons (1969) Ph.D. Union Theological Seminary Director, Systems Science Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Sociology (NYC); Ph.D. 1989 Program; Associate Dean, College and Urban Studies and Planning. Portland State University. of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Profes- B.A. 1950, M.A. 1953, Ph.D. 1956 Edward J. Sullivan (1974) J.D. sor of Psychology. B.A. 1980 Uni- University of Washington. Adjunct Associate Professor of versity of California, Los Angeles; Paul L. Niebanck (1993) Ph.D. Urban Studies and Planning. B.S. M.A. 1983, Ph.D. 1986 Ohio State Professor Emeritus of Urban Stud- 1966 St. John’s University; J.D. University. ies and Planning. A.B. 1961 Johns 1969 Willamette University; M.A. Andrew M. Fraser (1989) Ph.D. Hopkins University; M.C.P. 1963, 1972, Cert. Urban Studies 1974 Associate Professor of Systems Sci- Ph.D. 1966 University of Pennsyl- Portland State University. ence. B.A. 1977 Princeton Univer- vania; M.A. 1990 Paciﬁc School of Keren B. Wilson (1983) Ph.D. sity; Ph.D. 1988 University of Religion, Graduate Theological Adjunct Associate Professor of Texas, Austin. Union, Berkeley. Urban Studies. B.A. 1975 Univer- George G. Lendaris (1970) Ph.D. sity of Washington; M.P.A. 1977 Professor of Systems Science and Seattle University; Ph.D. 1983 Electrical Engineering. B.S. 1957, Portland State University. M.S. 1958, Ph.D. 1961 University of California, Berkeley. 350 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX

RESIDENCE CLASSIFICATION (2) “Financially independent” denotes a (4) The criteria for determining Oregon POLICY AND PROCEDURES person who has not been and will not be resident classification shall also he used to ln Oregon, as in all other states, instruction claimed as an exemption and has not determine whether a person who has fees at publicly supported four-year col- received and will not receive financial assis- moved from Oregon has established a non- leges and universities are higher for nonres- tance in cash or in kind of an amount equal Oregon residence. ident students than for resident students. to or greater than that which would qualify (5) If institution records show that the resi- Currently, nonresident students are him or her to be claimed as an exemption dence of a person or the person’s legal cus- assessed instruction fees that approximate for federal income tax purposes by another todian upon whom the person is the full cost of instruction. person except his or her spouse for the cur- dependent is outside of Oregon, the person The current rules and amendments used rent calendar year and for the calendar year shall continue to be classified as a nonresi- in determining residency seek to ensure immediately prior to the year in which dent until entitlement to resident classifica- that only bona fide Oregon residents are application is made. tion is shown. The burden of showing that assessed the resident fee. Those rules- (3) A “dependent” is a person who is not the residence classification should be Oregon Administrative Rules, Chapter 580, financially independent. changed is on the person requesting the Division 10 Board of Higher Education- Determination of Residence change. appear below. 580-10-030 (1) For purposes of admission Residency Consideration Factors Only duly authorized admissions officers and instruction fee assessment, Oregon 580-10-031 (1) The following factors, have authority to apply and interpret these University System (OUS) institutions shall although not necessarily conclusive or rules and procedures. No other indication classify a student as Oregon resident or exclusive, have probative value in support or determination of residency by any other nonresident. ln determining resident or of a claim for Oregon resident institutional office, department, program, nonresident classification, the primary classification: or staff represents the official institutional issue is one of intent. If a person is in (a) Be primarily engaged in activities determination of residency. Oregon primarily for the purpose of other than those of a student and reside Summary of Key Considerations obtaining an education, that person will be in Oregon for 12 consecutive months in Determining Classification as a considered a nonresident. For example, it immediately prior to the beginning of the Resident: may be possible for an individual to qualify term for which resident classification is l. Establishment of a domicile in Oregon as a resident of Oregon for purposes of sought; for a period of 12 months or more prior to voting or obtaining an Oregon driver’s (b) Reliance upon Oregon resources for the beginning of the term for which resi- license and not meet the residency require- financial support; dency is sought. ments established by these rules. (c) Domicile in Oregon of persons legally 2. Financial dependence on an Oregon res- (2) An Oregon resident is a financially responsible for the student; ident or financial independence. independent person who, immediately (d) Acceptance of an offer of permanent 3. Primary purpose for being in Oregon prior to the term for which Oregon resi- employment in Oregon; and other than to obtain an education. dent classification is requested: (e) Ownership by the person of his or her 4. Nature and source of financial resources. (a) Has established and maintained a living quarters in Oregon. 5. Various other indicia of residency, e.g., domicile in Oregon of not less than 12 (2) The following factors, standing alone, ownership of Oregon living quarters, per- consecutive months; and do not constitute sufficient evidence to manent Oregon employment, payment of (b) Is primarily engaged in activities other effect classification as an Oregon resident: Oregon income taxes. than those of being a college student. (i) (a) Voting or registration to vote; A student may be considered primarily (b) Employment in any position normally OREGON BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE engaged in educational activities regard- filled by a student; RULES less of the number of hours for which the (c) The lease of living quarters; These are the rules the Board of Higher student is enrolled. However, a student (d) Admission to a licensed practicing Education adopted to be effective Novem- who is enrolled for more than eight hours profession in Oregon; ber 1, 1993. per semester or quarter shall be pre- (e) Automobile registration; sumed to be in Oregon for primarily edu- (f) Public records, for example, birth and Residence Classification cational purposes. (ii) Such period of marriage records, Oregon driver’s license; Definitions 580-10-029 For the purpose of enrollment shall not he counted toward (g) Continuous presence in Oregon rules 580-10-030 through 580-100-45, the the establishment of a bona fide domicile during periods when not enrolled in following words and phrases mean: of one year in this state unless the student school; (1) “Domicile” denotes a person’s true, proves, in fact, establishment of a bona (h) Ownership of property in Oregon, or fixed, and permanent home and place of fide domicile in this state primarily for the payment of Oregon income or other habitation. It is the place where a person purposes other than educational. Oregon taxes; or intends to remain and to which the person (3) An Oregon resident is also a person (i) Domicile in Oregon of the student’s expects to return when the person leaves who is dependent on a parent or legal cus- spouse; without intending to establish a new domi- todian who meets the Oregon residency (3) Reliance upon non-Oregon resources cile elsewhere. requirements of these rules. for financial support is an inference of residency in another state. A PPENDIX 351

(4) The resident classification of a depen- (5) A person who continues to reside in (c) NEVADA: Duck Valley Shoshone- dent person shall be that of his or her par- Oregon after separation from the armed Paiute Tribes, Fallon Paiute-Shoshone ents or legal custodians, or, in case of services may count the time spent in the Tribe, Fort McDermitt Paiute-Shoshone divorce or other similar circumstances, the state while in the armed services to support Tribe, Lovelock Paiute Tribe, Pyramid parent or legal custodian upon whom the a claim for classification as an Oregon Lake Paiute Tribe, Reno-Sparks Indian person is financially dependent, unless the resident. Colony, Summit Lake Paiute Tribe, dependent has been in Oregon with the (6) The dependent child and spouse of a Walker River Paiute Tribe, Winnemucca other parent or a legal custodian and estab- person who is a resident under section (2) Indian Colony, Yerington Paiute Tribe; lished Oregon residency under these rules of this rule shall be considered an Oregon (d) OKLAHOMA: Modoc Tribe of 12 months prior to the term for which resident. “Dependent child” includes any Oklahoma; Oregon resident classification is requested. child of a member of the armed forces who: (e) WASHINGTON: Chehalis Commu- Evidence of Financial Dependency (a) Is under 18 years of age and not mar- nity Council, Colville Confederated 580-10-033 (1) In determining whether a ried, otherwise emancipated, or self-sup- Tribes, Quinalt Indian Nation, Shoalwater student is financially dependent and porting; or Bay Tribe, Yakama Indian Nation. whether his or her parent, or legal custo- (b) Is under 24 years of age, unmarried, (4) A student seeking to be assessed resi- dian has maintained a bona fide domicile enrolled in a full time course of study in dent tuition under the provisions of this in Oregon for one year, a student must pro- an institution of higher learning, and rule shall submit, following procedures vide: dependent on the member for over one- prescribed by the OUS institution where (a) Legal proof of custodianship; half of his/her support. the student seeks to enroll, a photocopy of (b) Evidence of established domicile of Residence Classification of Members of tribal enrollment which documents tribal parent or legal custodian; Oregon Tribes membership. (c) The identification of the student as a 580-10-037 (1) Students who are enrolled Residence Classification of Aliens dependent on the federal income tax as members of federally recognized tribes 580-10-040 (1) An alien holding an immi- return of the parents, or legal custodian. of Oregon or who are enrolled members of grant visa or an A, E, G, H, I, K, L, N, R, Additional documentation to substantiate a Native American tribe which had tradi- NATO, TC, TN, or TD visa, or granted ref- dependency during the current calendar tional and customary tribal boundaries that ugee or political asylum, Family Unity or year may be required at a later time if included parts of the state of Oregon or Voluntary Departure in Lieu of Family Unity status, or otherwise admitted for per- deemed necessary by the institution. which had ceded or reserved lands within manent residence in the United States is (2) A student who provides evidence that the state of Oregon shall be assessed resi- eligible to be considered an Oregon resi- he or she is a dependent of a parent or legal dent tuition regardless of their state of dent if OAR 580-10 030 is otherwise satis- custodian who has maintained a one-year residence. fied. The date of receipt of the immigrant domicile in Oregon shall not he required to (2) For purposes of this rule, the federally visa, the date of approval of political establish a one-year domicile prior to clas- recognized tribes of Oregon are: Burns asylum or refugee status, or the date of sification of resident status, provided such Paiute Tribe, Confederated Tribes of Coos, approval of lawful permanent residence, a student may not be classified as a resident Lower Umpqua and Siuslaw, Confederated whichever is earlier, shall be the date upon while receiving financial assistance from Tribes of Grand Ronde Community of Ore- which the 12 months and other residency requirements under OAR 580-10-030 shall another state or state agency for educa- gon, Confederated Tribes of Siletz Indians begin to accrue. tional purposes. of Oregon, Confederated Tribes of Umatilla (2) Notwithstanding any other rule, an Residence Classification of Armed Indian Reservation, Confederated Tribes of alien possessing a nonimmigrant or tempo- Forces Personnel Warm Springs Indian Reservation, Coquille rary, i.e., B, C, D, F, J, or M visa cannot be 580-10-035 (l) For purposes of this rule, Indian Tribe, Cow Creek Band of Umpqua classified as a resident. armed services means officers and enlisted Indians, Klamath Tribes. Changes in Residence Classification personnel of the United States Army, Navy, (3) For purposes of this rule, the Native 580-10-041 (1) If an Oregon resident stu- Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard. American tribes which had traditional and dent enrolls in an institution outside of (2) Notwithstanding OAR 580-10-030, customary boundaries that included parts Oregon and later seeks to re-enroll in an members of the armed services and their of the state of Oregon or which had ceded OUS institution, the residence classifica- or reserved lands within the state of tion of that student shall be reexamined spouses and dependent children who and determined on the same basis as for reside in this state while assigned to duty at Oregon are: (a) CALIFORNIA: Benton Paiute Tribe, any other person. any base, station, shore establishment, or (2) A person whose nonresident legal cus- other facility in this state, or while serving Big Bend Rancheria, Big Lagoon Ranche- todian establishes a permanent Oregon res- as members of the crew of a ship that has ria, Blue Lake Rancheria, Bridgeport idence as defined in OAR 580-10-030 an Oregon port of shore establishment as Indian Colony, Cedarville Rancheria, Fort during a term when the dependent is its home port or permanent station, shall Bidwell Indian Tribe, Hoopa Valley Tribe, enrolled at an OUS institution, may register be considered residents for purposes of the Karuk Tribe of California, Likely Ranche- as a resident at the beginning of the next instruction fee. ria, Lookout Rancheria, Lytton Rancheria, term. Melochundum Band of Tolowa Indians, (3) Once established, classification as a res- (3) An Oregon resident entering the armed ident continues so long as the student services retains Oregon residence classifica- Montgomery Creek Rancheria, Pit River Tribe, Quartz Valley Indian Community, remains in continuous academic year tion until it is voluntarily relinquished. enrollment in the classifying institution. (4) An Oregon resident who has been in Redding Rancheria, Roaring Creek (4) A person who seeks classification as a the armed services and assigned on duty Rancheria, Smith River Rancheria, Susan- resident under these rules shall complete outside of Oregon must return to Oregon ville Rancheria, Tolowa-Tututni Tribe, and submit a notarized Residence Informa- within 60 days after completing service to Winnemucca Colony, XL Ranch; tion Affidavit. The affidavit and all required retain classification as an Oregon resident. (b) IDAHO: Nez Perce Tribe of Idaho, supportive documents and materials must Shoshoni-Bannock Tribes; be submitted by the last day to register for the term in which resident status is sought. 352 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

(5) No OUS institution is bound by any (2) Refunds of the nonresident fee may be and an equal number of students specified determination of residency except by duly granted if the student shows that the classi- by name from the other institution may authorized officials under procedures pre- fication previously assigned was in error, transfer to the Oregon institution with a scribed by these rules including timely sub- but no such refund shall be made unless reciprocal waiving of additional fees ordi- mittal of the notarized affidavit. the student applies and submits all sup- narily assessed to nonresident students in Review of Residence Classification porting information for residency status both institutions. Decisions by IRC prior to the last day to register for the term (b) The recommendation for a student in which the student seeks change of exchange program, together with a copy 580-10-045 (1) An interinstitutional resi- status. of the proposed agreement between the dency committee (IRC) is established con- institutions, shall be approved by the sisting of the officers determining student WAIVER OF NONRESIDENT Chancellor or designee before the residence classification at Department insti- INSTRUCTION FEE exchange program is undertaken. Fur- tutions and a member of the Chancellor’s 580-10-081 (1) Notwithstanding the pro- ther, the program recommendation and staff appointed by the Chancellor. The visions of rule 580-10-080, the following the proposed agreement between institu- member of the Chancellor’s staff, shall nonresident students shall be permitted to tions shall set forth the reasons why the serve as chairperson. A majority of the pay instruction fees at the same rates as exchange would be of particular benefit members of the Committee shall constitute Oregon resident students: to the students in their chosen study pro- a quorum A majority of a quorum may (a) Students who are residents of the State grams and specify: fees to be paid by make decisions. of Washington attending an Oregon insti- incoming and outgoing students; student (2) Residence cases of unusual complexity, tution and who are granted a tuition responsibility for costs of transportation, especially where there may be conflict of waiver under the terms of reciprocity housing, books, board and room, and rules, may be referred by an institution res- agreement; other incidentals; responsibility of insti- idence classification office to the IRC for (b) All undergraduates attending Eastern tutions to assist students in obtaining decision. Oregon State College; housing, counseling, and interpreters; (3) Any person who is aggrieved by the (c) Graduate students who are residents procedures to be followed in state entitle- institution residence classification may, of a participating WICHE state enrolled ment funding and counting credit hours; within ten (10) days of the date of mailing in a WICHE Regional Graduate Program action to be taken if students do not regu- or other service of classification decision, or a WICHE Northwest doctoral student larly participate in the academic program appeal the classification to the IRC. An exchange program at a Department insti- being pursued, and procedures for pro- aggrieved person may supply written state- tution; and viding transcripts. ments to the IRC for consideration in (d) Students attending Oregon graduate (c) If an approved agreement provides for reviewing the case and may also make an or professional schools under terms of exchange of equal numbers of students, oral presentation to the IRC. The decision the WICHE Compact. then unforeseen circumstances which of the IRC shall be final unless appealed. (2) When provisions of this rule are limited later might cause a student to withdraw (4) A person dissatisfied with the IRC deci- to residents of specific states or counties, from the program shall not void the sion may, within ten (10) days of the date determination of residence in those states arrangements agreed upon by the two of the mailing or other service of the IRC or counties shall be made in the same institutions. decision, appeal the IRC decision to the manner as for students claiming Oregon (d) Attendance at a Department institu- Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs or residence. tion as an exchange student from another designee. An appeal to the vice chancellor state or country cannot be used in estab- shall be in writing only. The vice chancel- Student Exchanges 580-10-085 (1) (a) Under the WICHE Stu- lishing residence. lor’s decision shall be final. (3) Notwithstanding any other rule, and (5) A person granted a meritorious hard- dent Exchange Program, certification of students as Oregon residents for purposes effective fall term of the 1989-90 academic ship exception to residency under this rule year, a Department institution may provide prior to July 1, 1990, shall not lose the of attending institutions not under Board control or in other states shall be guided by that a vacant WICHE opening may be exception solely because of the repeal of occupied by a nonresident, non-WICHE the exception authorization. rules set forth in Division 10. In order to be considered for WICHE certification, the student who agrees not to seek residency Residents Under WICHE student’s completed application must be status for the duration of the student’s 580-10-047 A certification officer, desig- received by the certifying officer on or degree program and who agrees to pay a nated by the Board, shall determine the res- before October 15 of the year preceding fee equal to the nonresident tuition fee for idence classification of any person seeking admission. An application received after the duration of that program. certification as an Oregon resident, pursu- that date in an envelope postmarked not ENROLLMENT OF SPOUSE AND ant to the terms of the WICHE Compact. later than October 15 will be deemed to DEPENDENT CHILDREN have been received on the 15th. Residency Any person dissatisfied with the decision of 580-10-086 (1) The spouse and dependent the certification officer may appeal to the shall be determined as of the date of the application for WICHE certification, not as children of regular Department staff mem- lRC. The decision of the IRC shall be final of the date of expected admission or regis- bers with a full-time equivalent of at least unless further appeal is made to the Vice tration to an institution. (b) Persons apply- .50 may enroll as students at resident fee Chancellor for Academic Affairs pursuant ing for WICHE certification must be rates in Department institutions. to OAR 580-10-045 (4). certified as Oregon residents and placed in (2) The spouse and dependent children of ranked preference order within each pro- PAYMENT OF STUDENT FEES Department visiting instructors from other gram. Ranked preference order is deter- countries or other states with a full-time Payment of Nonresident Instruction Fee mined by a score based on the grade point equivalent of at least .50 may enroll in 580-10-080 (1) All students who are classi- average of all college work plus .25 times fied as nonresidents shall pay a nonresi- the number of years of residence in Oregon Department institutions at resident fee dent fee. up to a maximum of ten years. rates during the terms that the parent, (2) (a) The department and separate insti- guardian, or spouse is serving a Depart- tutions may enter into agreements with ment institution as a visiting instructor. individual institutions in other states or other countries whereby resident students specified by name in the Oregon institutions may transfer to the other institution, I NDEX 353

INDEX

Army ROTC, 14, 319 A Art Education, Secondary Education Program, C 256 Academic Affairs, Office of, 322 Art Exhibition Committee, 45 Campus Christian Ministry, 42 Academic Appeals Board, 28 Art, Department of, 256 Campus Life, 41 Academic Committees, 28 Arts and Letters, 124 Campus Map, 359 Academic Credit, 26 Arts, Master of Fine, 257 Campus Public Safety, 49 Academic Disqualification, 28 Arts, Master of, 55 Campus/Cityscape, 9 Academic Faculty: Assessment, 25 Cancellation of Admission to Graduate Program, Administrative, 322 Assistantships, Graduate, 58 61 Regular, 327 Associated Students of Portland State University Capstone Requirement, 19 Academic Honesty, 42 (ASPSU), 42 Career Center, 48 Academic Load: Athletic Grants-in-Aid and Scholarships, 34 Center for Black Studies, 88 Credit, 26 Athletic Training Minor, 280 Center for Population Research and Census, 309 Graduate, 60 Athletics, 42 Center for Public Health Studies, 309 Undergraduate, 26 Audit, 26, 59 Center for Science Education, 165 Academic Probation: Center for Urban Studies, 309 Graduate, 61 Certificate Options, College of Liberal Arts and Undergraduate, 27 Sciences, 72 Academic Requirements Committee, 28 B Certificate Programs, 16 Academic Resources, 10 Certificates: Academic Standing: Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 17 Graduate, 56 Graduate, 61 Bachelor of Arts Degree, 16 Challenge Program, 320 Undergraduate, 27 Bachelor of Music Degree, 16 Checks and Tuition Credits, 34 Academic Support Program, 43 Bachelor of Science Degree, 16 Chemistry, Department of, 89 Accessibility, 49 Bachelor’s Degree: Chicano/Latino Studies, 94 Accounting, 184 Academic Credit, 26 Child and Family Studies, 95 Accounting, Postbaccalaureate Certificate in, 186 Alternative Ways of Meeting Some University Child Care Resources, 47 Accreditation, 10 Requirements, 25 Child Development Center, Helen Gordon, 47 ACT, 11 Application for a Degree, 26 Chinese, 117 Administration of Justice, Division of, 285 Credit by Examination, 28 Chiron Studies, 46, 320 Administration, Officers of, 322 Cross-Listed Courses, 15 Civil Engineering, Department of, 229 Admission Requirements, 11, 12 Double Major, 25 Class Standing, 26 Admission Requirements: General Education Requirements, 17 CLEP Examinations, 29 International Students, 12 GPA Repeat Policy, 27 Club Sports, 46 Veterans’, 13 Grade Point Average (GPA), 27 Clubs, 45 Admissions: Grade Requirements for Graduation, 27 Clusters: Graduate, 56 Grading System, 26 Upper-Division, 19 Undergraduate, 11 Honors Degrees, 27 College Housing Northwest, 40 Advance Registration, 15 Key to Course Descriptions, 15 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 71 Advanced Degrees, 53 Language Requirements, 25 College of Urban and Public Affairs, 277 Advanced Placement Program, 29 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 26 Community College Co-Admission Program, 14 Advancement to Candidacy, 63 Requirements for, 16 Community College Transfer, 14 Advertising Management, 185 Withdrawals, 27 Community Counseling Specialization, Graduate Advising, General Education Requirements, 43 Basic Graduate Fees, 58 School of Education, 204 Advisory Committee for Doctoral Degrees, 63 Beta Alpha Psi, 47 Community Health Care Systems Cooperative Affirmative Action, Office of, 49 Beta Gamma Sigma, 47 Degree, 294 African Students, Association of, 45 Biology, Department of, 80 Community Health, School of, 280 Aging, Institute on, 310 Black Cultural Affairs Board, 45 Community Health, School of: Agriculture, 158 Black Studies, Center for, 88 Athletic Training Minor, 280 Air Force ROTC, 14 Black Studies, Department of, 86 Graduate Program, 282 Allied Health, 158 Board of Higher Education, Oregon State, 321 Secondary Education Program, 280 Alpha Phi Sigma, 47 Box Office, 49 Undergraduate Programs, 280 Alternative Means of Meeting Some University Branford Price Millar Library, 50 Comprehensive Examination, Doctoral, 63 Requirements, 25 Budgets, Student, 33 Computer Engineering, 233 Alumni Relations, 52 Bus Service, 49 Computer Engineering, Graduate Degree in American College Test (ACT), 11 Business Administration, School of, 183 Electrical and, 234 Anthropology, Department of, 73 Business Administration, School of: Computer Labs, 50 Appeals and Grievances, 28 Accreditation, 10 Computer Science, Department of, 231 Appendix, 350 Food Industry Management Certificate, 186 Concurrent Enrollment, 15 Application Fee, 11 Graduate Programs, 187 Conduct, Rights, Freedoms, and Responsibilities, Application for a Degree: International Business Studies Certificate, 186 Student, 42 Doctoral, 61 Master of International Management, 189 Confirmation and Decision Notification, 33 Graduate, 26 Minor, 186 Conflict Resolution, Master’s Degree in, 150 Master’s, 61 Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting, Cooperative Degree Program in Community Undergraduate, 26 186 Health Care Systems, 294 Application for Financial Aid, 32, 33 Undergraduate Programs, 183 Correspondence Credit, 14 Applied Linguistics, Department of, 77 Business and Government Documents, 50 Counseling and Psychological Services, 48 Applied Science, School of Engineering and, 225 Counseling Courses, School of Education, 219 Arabic, 117 Course Descriptions, Key to, 15 Architecture, Department of, 253 Course Numbering System, 15 Area Studies Certificate Programs, Language and, Courses: 142 Equivalent, 14 354 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Parallel, 14 M.A./M.S. Education: Educational Policy, Executives, Oregon University System Repeat Policy, GPA, 27 Foundations, and Administration, 203 Institutional, 321 Repetition of Graduate, 59 Programs Leading to Licensure, 205 Expenses, 31 Credit by Examination: Reading Endorsement, 208 Extended Studies, School of, 311 Advanced Placement Program, 29 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, 204 CLEP Examinations, 28, 29 Educational Advancement Program, 44 Credit Distribution and Limitations for Master’s Educational Equity Programs, 44 Degrees, 60 Educational Grant Programs, 33 F Credit Regulations and Enrollment Policies, Educational Loans: Graduate, 59 Graduate, 34, 59 Faculty Boards and Committees, 42 Credits, Accredited School Transfer, 14 Undergraduate, 34 Faculty: Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 310 Educational Media/School Librarianship, Academic, 327 Cross-Listed Courses, 15 Program in, 206 Administrative, 322 Curriculum and Instruction Courses, 211 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Profile, 10 Department of, 232 Family Studies, Child and, 95 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Graduate Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 34 Degree in, 234 Federal Direct Stafford Student Loans, 34 D Emeriti Faculty, Administrative, 349 Federal Pell Grants, 33 Employment, Student, 34 Federal Perkins Student Loan, 34 Dance Committee, 46 Engineering and Applied Science, School of, 225 Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Deadline Appeals Board, 28 Engineering and Applied Science, School of: Grants, 34 Decision Notification, 33 Accreditation, 225 Federal Work-Study Programs, 34 Degree Requirements: Civil Engineering, Department of, 229 Fees: Doctoral, 63 Computer Science, Department of, 231 Graduate, 58 Master’s, 65 Electrical and Computer Engineering, Payment of Student, 352 Undergraduate, 16, 17 Department of, 232 Tuition and Fees, 31 Degrees: Engineering and Technology Management, Fellowships, Urban and Public Affairs, 278 Graduate, 53 Department of, 235 Film Committee, 46 Undergraduate, 11 Graduate Programs, 226 Finance, 184 Delta Pi Epsilon, 47 Manufacturing Engineering, 227 Financial Aid, 32, 33 Dental Hygiene, Preprofessional, 158 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, 236 Financial Assistance, Graduate, 58 Dentistry, Preprofessional, 158 Software Engineering, 227 Financial Management Association Honors Dependent Children, Enrollment of Spouse and, Systems Engineering, 228 Society, 47 352 Undergraduate Programs, 225 Fine and Performing Arts, School of, 253 Deutsche Sommerschule am Pazifik, 116 Engineering and Technology Management, 235 Fine and Performing Arts, School of: Development, Office of University, 52 English as a Foreign Language, Test of (TOEFL), Architecture, Department of, 253 Directories, 321 12 Art Education: Secondary Education Program, Disability Services for Students, 44 English as a Second Language (ESL), 12 256 Disciplinary Proceedings, 28 English as a Second Language, Certificate in Art, Department of, 256 Disqualification, Academic, 27, 28, 61 Teaching, 78 Music, Department of, 261 Dissertation: English as a Second Language, Intensive Program Theater Arts, Department of, 267 in Absentia, 64 in, 77 Fine Arts, Master of, 257 Presentation, 63 English for Non-Native Residents (ENNR), Fines, 32 Proposal, 63 Program in, 78 Food Industry Management Certificate, 186 Diversity Achievement Scholarships, 44 English Language Competency Requirement, 12 Foreign Language Requirements: Doctor of Education, 54, 202 English, Department of, 102 Bachelor of Arts, 25 Doctor of Philosophy, 54 English, Department of: Doctoral, 63 Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements for, 63 Writing, Master of Arts or Master of Science in, Master’s, 65 Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, 104 Foreign Languages and Literatures, Department 64 Enrollment of Spouse and Dependent Children, of, 113 Doctoral Programs: 352 Foreign Literature and Language, Master of Arts Education, 54, 202 Enrollment Policies, Graduate, 59 in, 115 Electrical and Computer Engineering, 234 Enrollment, 14 Foreign School Transfers, 14 Environmental Sciences and Resources, 109 Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Foreign Student Application, 12 Mathematics Education, 145 Program Participating Departments: Forestry, 159 Public Administration and Policy, 302 Biology, 82 Foundation, PSU, 51 Social Work and Social Research, 272 Chemistry, 91 Fraternities and Sororities, Social, 46 Systems Science, 67 Civil Engineering, 231 Freedoms, Responsibilities, Conduct, and Rights, Urban Studies, 301 Geography, 126 Student, 42 Double Major, 25 Geology, 132 French, 118 Dual Master’s Degrees, 61 Physics, 154 Freshman Inquiry, 17, 19 Environmental Sciences and Resources Doctoral Fulbright Program, 318 Program, 109 Full-time Student, Defined, 31 Environmental Sciences and Resources, E Graduate Programs in, 110 Environmental Studies, Undergraduate Program, Economics, Department of, 97 109 G Education, Doctor of, 54 ESL (English as a Second Language), 12, 77 Education, Graduate School of, Eta Kappa Nu, 47 Gay, Bisexual Alliance, Lesbian (See Queers and 201 European Studies Certificate, 143 Allies), 46 Education, Graduate School of: European Studies, 142 GED, 11 Accreditation, 201 Evening Classes, 10 General Arts and Letters, 124 Community Counselor Specialization, 204 Evening Schedule, 13 General Degree Requirements, 17 Degree Programs, 202 Examinations: General Education Requirement Exclusion List, Doctor of Education, 202 Advanced Placement, 29 25 Educational Media/School Librarianship, 206 CLEP, 29 General Education Requirements Advising, 43 Graduate Teacher Education Program (GTEP), Comprehensive Doctoral, 63 General Management, 184 205 Final Master’s, 65 General Requirements for Doctoral Degree, 63 M.A./M.S. Education in Counseling, 203 Final Oral Doctoral, 64 General Requirements for Master’s Degree, 65 M.A./M.S. Education in Curriculum and Preliminary Doctoral, 63 General Science, 124 Instruction, 203 Exchange Program, National Student, 14 General Social Science, 124 Executive Leadership Institute, 295 General Speech Communication, 171 I NDEX 355

General Studies, 124 Graduate Degrees, 54 Housing Northwest, College, 40 General Studies: Graduate Governance, 53 Human Resource Management Association, 47 Graduate Programs, 125 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy on, 62 Human Resource Management, 184 General University Requirements, 17 Incompletes, 59 Human Services, Regional Research Institute for, Geography, Department of, 126 Language Requirement, Doctoral Degree, 63 276 Geology, Department of, 131 Language Requirement, Master’s Degree, 65 Human Subjects Research Review Committee, 63 German Summer School, 116 Leave of Absence, 61 Hungarian, 120 German, 119 Limitations for Faculty Members, 61 Gerontology, Graduate Certificate in, 302 Loans and Work, Educational, 59 Golden Key National Honorary, 47 M.A.T., M.S.T., 55 Government Documents, Business and, 50 Master of Arts in Teaching, 55 I Government Relations, Office of, 52 Master of Arts or Master of Science— Government, Hatfield School of, 285 Education: ID Cards, 15 Government, Student, 42 Counseling, 203 IELP (Intensive English Language Program), 12 GPA Repeat Policy, 27 Curriculum and Instruction, 203 Incompletes, 27, 59 Grade Point Average, 27 Educational Policy, Foundations, and Information and Academic Support Center, 43 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 27 Administration, 203 Information Center, 52 Grading System: Master of Arts, 55 Information Systems, 184 Graduate, 59 Master of Education, 205 Information Technologies, Office of, 50 Undergraduate, 26 Master of Engineering, 227, 228 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 294 Graduate Assistants, 31 Master of Science in Teaching, 55 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 310 Graduate Assistantships, 58 Master of Science, 55 Institutional Executives of the Oregon University Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 302 Master’s Degree Requirements, 65 System, 321 Graduate Certificates, 56 Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, Insurance, 48 Graduate Council, 28 66 Intensive English Language Program (IELP), 12 Graduate Degrees, 54 Microfilming, 64, 66 Intensive Program in English as a Second Graduate Fees, Basic, 58 Minimum Enrollment, 60 Language, 77 Graduate Governance, 53 Oregon Laurels Tuition Remission Program, 58 Intercollegiate Athletics, 42 Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and Plagiarism, 62 Interdisciplinary Courses, 182 Integrity, 62 Postbaccalaureate Status, 57 International Business Studies Certificate, 186 Graduate School of Education, 201 Probation, Academic, 61 International Education Services, 314 Graduate School of Social Work, 271 Readmission After Disqualification, 61 International Management, Master of, 189 Graduate Studies: Re-enrollment, 58 International Programs (See Study Abroad Academic Appeals Board, 28 Regular Status, 56 Programs), 315 Academic Honesty and Integrity, 62 Repeat of Courses, 59 International Student Admissions, 12 Academic Load, 60 Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, 61 International Studies, 142 Admission of Foreign Applicants, 57 Residence Credit, 60 Iota Sigma Psi, 47 Admission Requirements, University, 57 Scholarships, 59 Italian, 120 Admission to, 56 Summary of Procedures for Doctoral Degrees, Admission, Exceptional, 58 64 Application Documents, 57 Summary of Procedures for Master’s Degrees, Assistantships, 31, 58 66 J Audit, 59 Systems Science Ph.D. Program, 67 Basic Graduate Fees, 58 Television Courses, 60 Japanese, 121 Cancellation of Admission, 61 Thesis, Master’s, 66 Junior College Transfer, 14 Conditional Status, 56, 57 Time Limitation, Doctoral, 64 Justice, Administration of, 285 Correspondence Credit, 60 Time Limitation, Master’s, 66 Council, Graduate, 28 Transfer Credit, 60 Credit Distribution and Limitations, Master’s, Withdrawals, 59 60 Graduate Teacher Education Program (GTEP), K Credit Regulations, 59 205 Credit, Reservation of Work for Graduate, 61 Grants, 33 Deadline Appeals Board, 28 Grants: Kappa Delta Pi, 47 Degree Application, 61 Federal Pell, 33 Key to Course Descriptions, 15 Degrees, 54 Federal Supplemental Educational Korean, 121 Departmental Requirements, 57 Opportunity, 34 KPSU Radio, 46 Disqualification, 61 Oregon University System Supplemental Dissertation in Absentia, 64 Tuition, 34 Dissertation Presentation, Doctoral, 63 State Need, 34 Doctor of Education, 54 Greek System, 46 L Doctor of Philosophy, 54 Grievances, Appeals and, 28 Doctoral Candidacy, 65 La Raza, 46 Doctoral Degree Requirements, 63 Language and Area Studies Certificate Programs, Doctoral Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, 142 64 H Language Requirement: Doctoral Pre-candidacy, 64 Doctoral, 63 Dual Master’s, 61 Hatfield School of Government, 285 Master’s, 65 Educational Loans and Work, 59 Health and Physical Education Requirement, 25 Late Fees, 32 Enrollment Policies and Credit Regulations, 59 Health Care Systems, Cooperative Degree Latin American Studies Certificate, 143 Examinations, Comprehensive Doctoral, 63 Program in Community, 294 Latin, 121 Examinations, Final Master’s, 65 Health Services, Student, 48 Law, Preprofessional, 159 Examinations, Final Oral Doctoral, 64 Hearing Sciences Program, Speech and, 172 Leave of Absence, Graduate, 61 Examinations, Preliminary Doctoral, 63 Hebrew, 120 Legal Services, 47 Fees, Basic, 58 Helen Gordon Child Development Center, 47 Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual Alliance (See Queers and Financial Assistance, 58 High School College Course Transfer, 14 Allies), 46 Foreign Applicants, 57 History, Department of, 136 Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of, 71 France, Lyon, 316 History, PSU, 9 Liberal Studies, 124 General Information, 53 Hoffmann Hall, 50 Librarianship, Program in Educational Media, General Requirements, 65 Honesty and Integrity, Graduate Policy on School, 206 General Requirements, Doctoral, 63 Academic, 62 Library Courses, Education, 218 Grading Scale, 59 Honorary, Professional, Social Affiliations, 47 Library, Branford Price Millar, 50 Grading System, 59 Honors Degrees, 27 Library: Graduate Assistantships, 31, 58 Honors Program, University, 30 Arts and Humanities, 50 356 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

Business and Government Documents, 50 Biology, 82 Advance Registration, 15 Card Catalog, 50 Black Studies, 86 Defined, 13, 31 Divisional Libraries, 50 Chemistry, 89 Expenses, 31 Education, Social Science and, 50 Computer Applications, 72 Graduate, 26 Engineering, Science and, 51 Economics, 97 Library Privileges, 13 Holdings, 50 Environmental Studies, 110 Nonadmitted, 13, 31 Hours, 50 Foreign Languages and Literatures, 114 Parking, 49 Humanities, Arts and, 50 General Information, 71 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 32 Interlibrary Loan Department, 51 Geography, 127 Senior Citizens, 13, 32 Music Recordings and Scores, 50 Geology, 131 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 32 Part-time Student Privileges, 13 History, 136 Payment of Student Fees, 352 PORTALS, 51 International Economics, 97 Persian, 122 PSU Online Catalog, 50 International Studies, 142 Pharmacy, 160 Reserve Library, 51 Mathematical Sciences, 144 Phi Alpha Theta, 47 Science and Engineering, 51 Philosophy, 149 Phi Kappa Phi 47 Social Science and Education, 50 Physics, 154 Phi Sigma Iota, 47 Linguistics, Department of Applied, 77 Professional Writing, 103 Philosophy, Department of, 149 Literary Arts Committee, 46 Psychology, 161 Philosophy, Doctor of, 54 Littman Gallery, 51 Sociology, 168 Physics, Department of, 153 Loans, 34 Speech Communication, 172 Pi Mu Epsilon, 47 Loans: Minors, Urban and Public Affairs: Pi Sigma Alpha, 47 Federal Direct PLUS Loans, 34 Athletic Training Minor, 280 Plagiarism, 62 Federal Direct Stafford Student, 34 Community Development, 301 Political Science, Division of, 287 Federal Perkins Student, 34 Health, 282 Popular Music Board, 46 Lockers, 52 Political Science, 288 Population Research and Census, Center for, 309 Lost and Found, 52 Mu Phi Epsilon, 47 PORTALS, 51 Multicultural Center, 41 Portland Area Library System, 51 Music Committee, 46 Portland Metropolitan Studies, Institute on, 310 Music Education, Certification Program (K-12), Portland State University Student Conduct Code, M 262 42 Music, Campus Activities, 41 Portland State University, 9 Management, General, 184 Music, Department of, 261 Portuguese, 122 Management, Human Resources, 184 Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting, 186 Manufacturing Engineering, 227 Postbaccalaureate Studies, 26 Marketing and Communications, Office of, 52 Preliminary Examination, Doctoral, 63 Marketing, 185 N Preprofessional Programs, 158 Master of Arts (TESOL), 78 Preprofessional Programs: Master of Arts Degree, 55 National Student Exchange Program, 14 Agriculture, 158 Master of Arts in French, 115 Nonaccredited Transfers, 14 Allied Health: Chiropractic, Clinical Master of Arts in German, 115 Nonadmitted Students, 13 Laboratory Services, Cytotechnology, Master of Arts in Spanish, 115 Nonprofit Management, Institute for, 294 Naturopathic Medicine, Occupational Master of Arts in Teaching, 55 Nonresident Instruction Fee, Waiver of, 352 Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, Master of Education, 205 Northwest Interinstitutional Council on Study Physician Assistant, Radiation Therapy, and Master of Engineering, 227, 228 Abroad (NICSA), 315 Veterinary Medicine, 158 Master of International Management, 189 Nursing, 160 Dental Hygiene, 158 Master of Science Degree, 55 Nursing: Dentistry, Medicine, Osteopathy, and Podiatry, Master of Science in Teaching, 55 Cooperative Degree Program in Community 158 Master of Social Work Program, 271 Health Care, 294 Forestry, 159 Master’s Degree, General Requirements for, 65 Preprofessional Program in, 160 Law, 159 Master’s Degrees, Dual, 61 Transferring Credits, 14 Nondegree, 16 Master’s Degrees, Summary of Procedures for, 66 Nursing, 160 Master’s Degrees: Pharmacy, 160 Conflict Resolution, 150 Transferring Credits, 14 Writing, 104 O President, Office of the, 322 Mathematical Sciences, Department of, 144 Presidents, Oregon University System Mathematics Education, Ph.D Program, 145 Officers of Administration, Portland State Institutional, 321 Mechanical Engineering, Department of, 236 University, 322 Presidents, Portland State University, 9 Media Services, Educational, 50 Ombuds Office, 51 Probation, Academic: Medical Insurance Plan, 48 Oregon Resident Transfer Students Graduate, 61 Medicine, Preprofessional, 158 Admission Requirements, 12 Undergraduate, 27 Mentor Program for Returning Women Students, Oregon State Board of Higher Education, 321 Professional Affiliations, 47 44 Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Professional Programs and Schools, Admission Microcomputer Labs, 50 Commission, 201 to, 14 Microfilming, 64, 66 Oregon University System (OUS): Professional Writing Minor, 103 Middle East Area Studies, 142 321 Program in English for Non-Native Residents Middle East Studies Center, 313 Members of the, 321 (ENNR), 78 Middle East Studies Certificate, 143 Officers of, 321 Project PLUS, Talent Search, 45 Military Science Program, 319 Supplemental Tuition Grants, 34 Provost, Office of the, 322 Millar Library, Branford Price, 50 Organizations, Student, 45 PSU Link, 320 Minimum Enrollment, Graduate, 60 Osteopathy, Preprofessional, 158 Psychological Services, Counseling and, 48 Minor, 16 Outdoor Program, 46 Psychology, Department of, 160 Minors, Engineering: Out-of-State Students, Admission Requirements, Public Administration and Policy Ph.D., 278 Minor in Computer Science, 231 12 Public Administration, 292 Minor in Electrical Engineering, 233 Public Health Studies, Center for, 309 Minor in Environmental Engineering, 229 Public Health, Master of, 280, 282 Minors, Fine and Performing Arts: Publications, Office of, 52 Architecture, 254 P Publications, Student, 41 Art, 256 Music, 262 Parking Office, 52 Theater Arts, 268 Part-time Students, 13 Q Minors, Liberal Arts and Sciences: Part-time Students: Anthropology, 73 Admitted, 13, 31 Applied Linguistics, 77 Queers and Allies, 46 I NDEX 357

Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, and Conduct, State Need Grants, 34 R Student, 42 Statement of Student Rights, Freedoms, and ROTC, Air Force, 14 Responsibilities, 42 Reading Examinations, Graduate, 116 ROTC, Army, 14, 319 Student Affairs, Office of, 43 Reading, Basic and Standard Endorsement in, Russian, 122 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 44 208 Student Budgets, 33 Readmission After Disqualification, Graduate, 61 Student Conduct Code, 42 Reciprocity, Tuition, 32 Student Development, 45 Re-enrollment: S Student Employment: Graduate, 58 Federal Work Study, 34 Undergraduate, 13 SAT, 11 Student Exchanges, 14, 352 Refunds, 32 Schedule of Classes, 13, 15, 26 Student Financial Aid, 32, 33 Regional Research Institute for Human Services, Scheduling Office, Campus, 51 Student Government, 42 276 Scholarships, 35 Student Health Services, 48 Registration: Scholarships: Student Legal Services, 47 Advance, 15 Athletic Grants-in-Aid, 34 Student Organization Committee, 46 Procedures, 14 Graduate, 39 Student Organizations, 45 Regular Students: Undergraduate, 35 Student Parent Services, 48 Defined, 31 Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), 11 Student Participation on Faculty Boards and Withdrawing from School, 32 Scholastic Standards Committee, 28 Committees, 42 Rehabilitation Counseling Specialization, School School Librarianship, Program in Educational Student Publications, 41 of Education, 204 Media, 206 Student Resource Center, 46 Religious Activities, 42 School of Business Administration, 183 Student Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, and Repeat of Courses, Graduate, 59 School of Community Health, 280 Conduct, 42 Repeat Policy, GPA, 27 School of Education, Graduate 201 Student Services, 43 Requirements: School of Engineering and Applied Science, 225 Student Services: Admission to Graduate Courses and Programs, School of Extended Studies, 311 Academic Support Program, 43 57 School of Fine and Performing Arts, 253 Alumni Relations, 52 Admission to Undergraduate Studies, 11 School of Social Work, Graduate, 271 Career Center, 48 Alternative Means of Meeting Some University School of Urban Studies and Planning, 300 Child Care Resources, 47 Requirements, 25 Science Education, Center for, 165 Counseling and Psychological Services, 48 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 17 Science Endorsement, Integrated, 125 Disabilities Union, Students with, 46 Bachelor’s Degree, 16 Science, General Studies, 125 Disability Services for Students, 44 Committee, Academic Requirements, 28 Science, Master of, 55 Educational Equity Programs, 44 Departmental and School Majors, 18 Second Baccalaureate Degree, 26 General Education Requirements Advising, 43 Departmental Graduate, 57 Senior Citizen Fee Schedule, 32 General, 43 Distribution, 17 Short-Term Loans, 34 Health, 48 Doctoral Degree, 63 Sigma Xi, 47 Helen Gordon Child Development Center, 47 Double Major, 25 Smith Memorial Center, 49, 51 Housing, 40 Entrance, 11 Social Science, 124 Information and Academic Support Center, 43 Foreign Language, 25 Social Sororities and Fraternities, 46 Legal, 47 Foreign Language, Doctoral Degree, 63 Social Studies Endorsement, 125 Mentor Program for Returning Women Foreign Language, Master’s Degree, 65 Social Studies Endorsement, Standard, 125 Students, 44 General University, 17 Social Work, Graduate School of, 271 Parent Services, 48 Grade Requirements for Graduation, 27 Social Work, Graduate School of: Placement, 48 International Students, 12 Accreditation, 271 Student Athlete Academic Adviser, 44 Master’s Degree, General Requirements for, 65 Extended Studies, 272 Student Employment, 34 Residence, Doctoral Degree, 63 Master’s Degree Program, 271 Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 43 Undergraduate, 16 Ph.D. Program, 272 Veterans’ Services, 44 Veterans’ Admission, 13 Regional Research Institute for Human Student Support Services, 44 Research Institutes: Services, 276 Students with Disabilities Union, 46 Center for Black Studies, 88 Sociology, Department of, 168 Students: Center for Population Research and Census, Software Engineering, 227 Domestic, 11 309 Sophomore Inquiry, 17, 19 Graduate, 53 Center for Public Health Studies, 309 Sororities and Fraternities, Social, 46 International, 12 Center for Urban Studies, 309 Spanish, 122 Nonadmitted, 13 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 310 Speakers Board, 46 Part-time, 13 Executive Leadership Institute, 295 Special Education Courses, 219 Part-time, Defined, 31 Institute for Nonprofit Management, 294 Special Education, 205 PSU, 41 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 310 Special Events, 42 Regular Student, Defined, 31 Institute on Aging, 310 Special Regulations, Graduate: Returning after an Absence, 13 Regional Research Institute for Human Academic Probation, 61 Senior Citizens, 32 Services, 276 Cancellation of Admission to Graduate Transfer Credit, 14 Transportation Studies Center, 310 Program, 61 Transfer, 12 Reservation of Work for Graduate Credit, 61 Degree Application, 61 Study Abroad Programs: Reserve Library, 51 Disqualification, 61 116, 315 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 319 Dual Master’s Degrees, 61 Argentina, Buenos Aires, 315 Residence, Degree Credit: Exceptional Admission Procedures, 58 Australia, Perth, 315 Graduate, 60 Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty and Australia, Wollongong, 315 Undergraduate, 18 Integrity, 62 Belgium, Brussels, 315 Residence, Oregon, for Fee Matters, 350 Leave of Absence, 61 Brazil, São Paulo, 315 Resource Center, Student, 46 Limitations for Faculty Members, 61 Chile, Santiago, 315 Responsibilities, Conduct, Rights, and Freedoms, Readmission After Disqualification, 61 China, Beijing, 315 Student, 42 Speech and Hearing Sciences Program, 172, 173 China, Nanjing, 315 Returning Students, 13 Speech Communication, Department of, 171 China, Shanghai, 315 Returning Women Students, Mentor Program Sports and Recreation, 42 China, Zhengzhou, 316 for, 44 Spouse and Dependent Children, Enrollment of, Costa Rica, Monteverde, 316 Review, The Portland State University, 41 352 Czech Republic, Prague, 316 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 32 Standard Teaching License, 125 Denmark, Copenhagen, 316 State Board of Higher Education, 321 Dominican Republic, Santiago, 316 Ecuador, Quito, 316 358 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

France, Angers, 316 TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), Government, School of: France, Haute Bretagne, 316 12 Administration of Justice, 285 France, Paris, 316 Transcripts, 11 Political Science, 287 France, Poitiers, 316, 317 Transfer Credits, 14, 60 Public Administration, 292 Germany, Baden-Württemberg, 316 Transfer Evaluations, 12 Graduate Certificate in Gerontology, 302 Germany, Tübingen, 316 Transfer Students, 12 Institute of Portland Metropolitan Studies, 310 Ghana, Legon, 316 Transportation Studies Center, 310 Institute on Aging, 310 Great Britain, London, 316 Transportation, 49 Interdivisional Programs, 278 Great Britain, Reading, 317 Tri-Met Tickets and Passes, 49 Interinstitutional Programs, 280 Greece, Athens, 317 Tuition and Fees Chart, 31 Master of Public Administration, 292 Hungary, Budapest, 317 Tuition and Fees Chart, Graduate, 58 Master of Public Health, 280 Hungary, Szeged, 317 Tuition and Fees, 31 Master of Urban and Regional Planning, 302 Indonesia, Java, 317 Tuition and Fees: Master of Urban Studies, 302 Italy, Macerta, 317 Audit, 32 Ph.D. in Urban Studies, 301 Italy, Siena, 317 Calculations, 31 Research Institutes, 309 Japan, Tokyo, 317 Chart, 31 Transportation Studies Center, 310 Mexico, Cholula, 317 Credits, Tuition, 34 Urban Studies and Planning, 300 Poland, Warsaw, 317 Late Fees, 32 Urban and Regional Planning, Master of, 302 Russia, St. Petersburg, 317 Other Special Fees, 32 Urban Studies and Planning, School of, 300 Russia, St. Petersburg/Moscow, 318 Part-time Students, 31 Urban Studies, Center for, 309 South Korea, Seoul, 317 Reciprocity, 32 Urban Studies, Doctoral Program in: Spain, Alicante, 318 Refund Schedule, 32 Economics, 97 Spain, Barcelona, 318 Revolving Charge Account Plan, 32 Geography, 127 Spain, Seville, 318 Self-Support, Extended Studies, and Non- Political Science, 288 Taiwan, Taipei, 318 Credit, 32 Psychology, 161 Thailand, Khon Kaen, 318 Senior Citizens, 32 Sociology, 168 The Netherlands, Amsterdam, 317 Student Status, 31 Urban Studies, Master of, 302 Tunisia, Monastir, 318 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 32 Urban Studies, Ph.D. in: Vietnam, Hanoi, 318 Turkish, 123 Public Administration and Policy, 294 Study Resource Fees, 32 Tutorial and Learning Skills Program, 43 Summer Study (See Study Abroad Programs), Tutoring: 315 Student, 43 Supplemental Programs: Veterans’, 44 V 319 AFROTC, 14 Validation of Out-of-Date Graduate Credit, 66 Army ROTC, 14, 319 Vanguard, 41 Challenge Program, 320 U Veterans’ Admission Requirements, 13 Chiron Studies, 46, 320 Veterans’ Services, 44 PSU Link, 320 Undergraduate: Visitor Information Center, 52 Supply and Logistics Management, 185 Academic Appeals Board, 28 Vocational and Technical Schools, 14 Systems Engineering, 228 Academic Load, 26 Systems Science Ph.D. Program: Academic Requirements Committee, 26, 28 Admission and Advising, 68 Admissions, 11 Anthropology, 74 Appeals and Grievances, 28 W Business Administration, 190 Bachelor’s Degree Requirements, 16 Civil Engineering, 230 Credit by Examination, 28 Waiver of Nonresident Instruction Fee, 352 Economics, 97, 98 Financial Aid, 32, 33 Welcome to PSU, 9 Engineering Management, 236 General Education Requirement, 17, 25 Withdrawals and Fee Refunds, 27 General Information, 67 Grading Scale, 26 Women Students, Mentor Program for Mathematical Sciences, 146 Grading System, 26 Returning, 44 Mechanical Engineering, 237 Institutional Programs, 319 Women’s Studies, 179 Requirements, 68 Requirements, 16, 17 Women’s Union Resource Center, 46 Sociology, 168 Scholarships and Awards, 35 Work-Study, Federal, 34 Scholastic Standards Committee, 28 Writing Requirements, 25 Student Rights, Freedoms, Responsibilities, Writing, Master of Arts of Master of Science in, and Conduct, 42 104 T Supplemental Programs, 319 Transfer Credits, 14 Talent Search, 45 Tuition and Fees, 31 Tau Beta Pi, 47 United Indian Students in Higher Education, 46 Teaching English as a Second Language, (TESL), University Development, Office of, 52 78 University Honors Program, 30 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages University Relations, Office of, 52, 326 (TESOL), 78 University Services, 49 Teaching License, Standard, 125 University Studies, 17 Teaching, Master Arts in, 55 University Studies: Teaching, Master of Science in, 55 Capstone Requirement, 19 Technical and Vocational Schools, 14 Freshman Inquiry, 19 Television Course Credit, Graduate, 60 Sophomore Inquiry, 19 TESL (Teaching English as a Second Language), Upper-Division Cluster, 19 78 University, 9 TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Upward Bound Program, 45 Languages), Master of Arts, 78 Urban and Public Affairs, College of, 277 Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), Urban and Public Affairs, College of: 12 Admission, 303 Theater Arts, Department of, 267 Center for Population Research and Census, Theater, Campus Activities, 42 309 Thesis, Master’s, 66 Center for Public Health Studies, 309 Ticketmaster, 49 Center for Urban Studies, 309 Time Limitation: Community Health, School of, 280 Doctoral, 64 Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 310 Master’s, 66 Financial Aid, 303 Government, Hatfield School of, 285 P ORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS 359

PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS

1 23 4567 8 9 10

SW CLAY SW CLAY SW FIFTH SW BROADWAY SW FOURTH SW PARK SW SIXTH SW TENTH SW TWELFTH SW PARK AVE SW ELEVENTH SW THIRTEENTH

U.S. Post Office A A

SW MARKET

Harder Helen Parkway Gordon House Child Stratford Lincoln Center B Extended P Hall B Honors Systems Science Studies Science Building 1

Parking A SW MILL Structure 3 Urban West Parking za Center Hall Science la R Structure 2 P Building ne Cramer C St. 2 Io Hall Campus C Helens K Ministry USB

SW MONTGOMERY Simon King LIbrary Adeline Montgomery Benson Albert House East Portland Surface Lot Permit School of Center for Birmingham B Advanced Maryanne Smith Education D Memorial Technology D Blackstone Center School of (PCAT) HSB L Business Hoffmann To 26 West Hall SW HARRISON

O University Millar Neuberger Parking Center Building E Community Library Hall Stucture 1 Fourth E Recreation Field C PSU Avenue Bookstore Building K SW HALL West Shattuck O I-405 Heating Peter W. Stott Hall East n Plant Center Hall d S i F Campus n F Security e SW COLLEGE

Guest Sixth and Avenue Meter Building G Parking G

SW JACKSON

H N H E W S

1 23 4567 8 9 10

BUILDING NAME LOCATION BUILDING NAME LOCATION OTHER BUILDINGS ON THE PSU CAMPUS Business Administration ...... 7-D Parking 2 ...... 7-C Adeline ...... 1-D Campus Security ...... 6-F Parking 3 ...... 1-C Birmingham ...... 2-D Cramer Hall...... 6-C Peter W. Stott Center ...... 4-F Blackstone ...... 4-D East Hall ...... 7-F Portland Center for Advanced Technology ...... 8-D Campus Ministry...... 7-C Education ...... 7-D PSU Bookstore ...... 8-E King Albert ...... 2-D Extended Studies ...... 4-B Science Building 1...... 3-B Maryanne ...... 3-D Fourth Avenue Building ...... 10-E Science Building 2...... 3-C Montgomery Court ...... 4-D Harder House ...... 4-B Shattuck Hall ...... 6-F Ondine ...... 8-F Harrison Street Building (HSB) ...... 3-D Simon Benson House ...... 4-D Parkway ...... 4-B Helen Gordon Child Development Center...... 1-B Sixth Avenue Building...... 8-G St. Helens ...... 2-C Hoffmann Hall ...... 2-E Smith Memorial Center...... 6-D Stratford ...... 3-B Honors ...... 2-B Systems Science ...... 2-B West Hall ...... 2-C Library East...... 6-D University Center Building ...... 8-E Lincoln Hall...... 6-B University Services (USB) ...... 7-C Millar Library ...... 4-E Urban Center Building ...... 8-C Neuberger Hall ...... 6-E West Heating Plant...... 2-F Parking 1 ...... 7-E